diff options
| author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2005-12-29 00:35:50 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2005-12-29 00:35:50 +0000 |
| commit | 949fbfdbc7dc88fba337c1482683f13518b43a5e (patch) | |
| tree | b8a8fdc6333dde937d7770be34d77d34bba7a69f /Master/texmf-doc | |
| parent | 86f6ad0f8431ad33548e4b843418630365dcd7cb (diff) | |
doc/english/t-w
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@23 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-doc')
982 files changed, 72171 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-figures.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fdbdd36b70a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-figures.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-src.tar.gz.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-src.tar.gz.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..677d2b422f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-src.tar.gz.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b2dc525cb0b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-figures.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5ff942b28ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-figures.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-src.tar.gz.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-src.tar.gz.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6587e858eeb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-src.tar.gz.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..edfdd969e94 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-figures.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8cda651c2e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-figures.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-src.tar.gz.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-src.tar.gz.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..29c39397e2a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-src.tar.gz.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..614c6697a01 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-figures.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..18d745a3753 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-figures.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-src.tar.gz b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-src.tar.gz Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..988ca08961e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-src.tar.gz diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..50791295936 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-figures.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e6783ac7529 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-figures.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-src.tar.gz.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-src.tar.gz.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5eb05a68620 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-src.tar.gz.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1d50235d697 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-figures.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8c59b2dd782 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-figures.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-src.tar.gz.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-src.tar.gz.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..33f61b9e0ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-src.tar.gz.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3ec3f3bc109 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-figures.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a105766db1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-figures.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-src.tar.gz b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-src.tar.gz Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0f185bde1a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-src.tar.gz diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9b1db20c6c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/CHANGES b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/CHANGES new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..68397e16ec3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/CHANGES @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +v1.00 2004/07/21 First release on CTAN. +v1.01 2004/08/15 Corrected two related errors in sec3 + (about left brace and @preamble) +v1.10 2005/03/06 Some corrections. + Added hyperref. +v1.20 2005/06/10 Added LPPL licence notes + Minor corrections and additions +v1.30 2005/10/16 Corrected many typos (thanks to Roger Jeurissen + and Maarten Grachten) diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/Makefile b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..647f51b3333 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +## Makefile +## Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +# +# This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +# conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +# of this license or (at your option) any later version. +# The latest version of this license is in +# http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +# and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +# version 2003/12/01 or later. +# +# This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +# The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +# +# This work consists of the files +# ttb_en.tex +# ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +# ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty +# local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +# and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf + +all: + LATEX=latex make tex + dvips ttb_en -o + +pdf: + LATEX=pdflatex make tex + +tex: *.tex + ${LATEX} ttb_en.tex + makeindex -s idxstyle.ist bibtex + makeindex -s idxstyle.ist latex + bibtex ttb_en + ${LATEX} ttb_en.tex + ${LATEX} ttb_en.tex + +clean: + rm -f *.aux ttb_en.log ttb_en.blg *.ilg *.ind *.idx \ + ttb_en.bbl ttb_en.toc ttb_en.dvi ttb_en.out \ + ttb_en.ptc* ttb_en.mtc* ttb_en.bmt *~ + +tgz: + tar zcvf ttb_en.tgz Makefile ttb_*.tex ttb_*.sty local.bib \ + idxstyle.ist README CHANGES diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/README b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e39177d4fad --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/README @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +Tame the BeaST -- The B to X of BibTeX +======================================== + Nicolas MARKEY + <markey@lsv.ens-cachan.fr> + v1.3 2005/10/16 + + +This is an (as complete as possible) documentation +about bibliographies in LaTeX, thus mainly about +BibTeX. + +Comments welcome! diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/idxstyle.ist b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/idxstyle.ist new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d93f54269f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/idxstyle.ist @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% idxstyle.ist +%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +% +% This work consists of the files +% ttb_en.tex +% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty +% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf +% +% +% This file is derived from fridx1.ist: +% FICHIER fridx1.ist +% Personnalisation Numero 1 d'un index (faire makeindex -s fridx1.ist) +% -------------------------------------------------------------------- + +headings_flag 1 +heading_prefix "{\\large \\bf \\hfil--\\ " +heading_suffix " --\\ \\hfil}\\nopagebreak\n" +symhead_negative "symbols" +symhead_positive "Symbols" + +delim_0 " \\dotfill \ " +delim_1 " \\dotfill \ " +delim_2 " \\dotfill \ " +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/local.bib b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/local.bib new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f24ffb664cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/local.bib @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +%% local.bib +%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +% +% This work consists of the files +% ttb_en.tex +% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex +% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf + +@book{latex:dps, + author = "Lamport, Leslie", + title = "{{\LaTeX}}: a Document Preparation System", + publisher = "Addison-Wesley", + year = 1997, + month = mar, +} + +@book{latex:lc, + title = "The {{\LaTeX}} Companion", + author = "Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Frank and Samarin, + Alexander", + publisher = "Addison-Wesley", + year = 1993, + month = dec, +} + +@book{latex:lc2, + title = "The {{\LaTeX}} Companion~--- Second Edition", + author = "Mittelbach, Frank and Goossens, Michel and + Braams, Johannes and Carlisle, David and Rowley, Chris", + publisher = "Addison-Wesley", + year = 2004, + month = apr, +} + + +@manual{natbib, + author = "Daly, Patrick W.", + title = "Natural Sciences Citations and References", + year = 1999, + month = may, + } + +@manual{bibentry, + author = "Daly, Patrick W.", + title = "A {{\LaTeX}} Package to Place Bibliography Entries in Text", + year = 1999, + month = feb, + } + +@manual{multibib, + author = "Hansen, Thorsten", + title = "The {\textbf{multibib}} package", + year = 2000, + month = jan, +} + +@manual{bibunit, + author = "Hansen, Thorsten", + title = "The {\textbf{bibunits}} package", + year = 2000, + month = oct, +} + +@manual{footbib, + author = "Dommenjoud, {\'E}ric", + title = "The {\textbf{footbib}} package", + year = 1997, + month = mar, +} + +@manual{merlin, + author = "Daly, Patrick W.", + title = "A Master Bibliographic Style File", + year = 1999, + month = may, + } + +@manual{splitbib, + author = "Markey, Nicolas", + title = "The {\textbf{splitbib}} package", + year = 2005, + month = feb, +} + +@manual{jurabib, + author = "Berger, Jens", + title = "The {\textbf{jurabib}} package", + year = 2002, + month = sep, +} + +@manual{jmpl, + author = "Bayart, Benjamin", + title = "Joli Manuel pour {{\LaTeX}}", + year = 1995, + month = dec, +} + +@book{desg, + title = "{{\LaTeX}}~: Apprentissage, Guide et R{\'e}f{\'e}rences", + author = "Desgraupes, Bernard", + publisher = "Vuibert", + year = 2000, + month = nov, + } + +@manual{btxdoc, + author = "Patashnik, Oren", + title = "{\textsc{Bib}}{{\TeX}}ing", + year = 1988, + month = feb, +} + +@manual{btxhak, + author = "Patashnik, Oren", + title = "Designing {\textsc{Bib}}{{\TeX}} styles", + year = 1988, + month = feb, +} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a5a89966c1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.ps.gz b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.ps.gz Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..56748003dc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.ps.gz diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec1.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6d40692260c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec1.tex @@ -0,0 +1,570 @@ +%% ttb_en.sec1.tex +%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +% +% This work consists of the files +% ttb_en.tex +% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty +% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf + +\mypart{Basic bibliography with \LaTeX}\label{part1} +\parttoc +\mtcskip + +\bt is often seen as something magical, as well as \LaTeX +bibliography-related commands in general. Many users simply copy and paste +classical examples without trying to understand how it works. But in +fact, a bibliography in \LaTeX is nothing but a \emph{list} of +\emph{references} mentioned in a document. If we had to do it ``by +hand'', +without knowing anything about the \env{thebibliography} environment, +it could look like this: + +\medskip +\begin{verbatim} +This is the main matter of the document, mentioning +[\ref{doc1}] and [\ref{doc2}], for instance. +\section*{References} +\begin{enumerate} + \renewcommand\labelenumi{[\theenumi]} %% numbers are surronded with brackets + \item \label{doc1} Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach and Alexander + Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993. + \item \label{doc2} Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation + System}, Addison Wesley, 1997. +\end{enumerate} +\end{verbatim} +\noindent which, when compiled, gives +\begin{myex} +This is the main matter of the document, mentioning +[\ref{doc1}] and [\ref{doc2}], for instance. +\section*{References} +\begin{enumerate} + \renewcommand\labelenumi{[\theenumi]} %% numbers are between brackets + \item \label{doc1} Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach and Alexander + Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993. + \item \label{doc2} Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation + System}, Addison Wesley, 1997. +\end{enumerate} +\end{myex} + +This is mostly what the \env{thebibliography} environment does (it +starts a \env{list} environment, similar to~\env{enumerate}), +\cmd{bibitem} corresponding +to the \cmd{item} commands. One major difference is that \cmd{bibitem} +allows for more general cross-references than \cmd{item} and +\cmd{label} (for example, one can cite~\cite{latex:lc}). + + +This is what this part deals with: ``Writing a bibliography +\emph{without} \bt''. This is not the main goal of this manual, but +it is a cornerstone for understanding the sequel. + + +\mysection{The \nienv{thebibliography} environment} + + +%% +%% Fin trad. +%% + +The \env{thebibliography} environment is not defined in \LaTeX +itself (neither is it in \TeX\footnote{\bt may be used with plain \TeX, +you'll simply have to input the \sty[tex]{btxmac} package}, of course). It has +to be defined by the +class file used in the document (\emph{e.g.} \cls{article} or +\cls{book}). As mentioned earlier, it is a \env{list}-like +environment inside a new \cmd{section} (or \cmd{chapter}, depending on +the document class\footnote{This is the reason why \env{thebibliography} +has to be defined in the class files. The +other bibliographic commands are defined in the standard \LaTeX format.}). +This list has to be set up carefully, however, in order to avoid indentation +problems. For instance, if we put ``alphanumerical'' labels in the previous +example, we would get: +\begin{myex} +\section*{References} +\begin{enumerate} +\renewcommand\labelenumi{[\theenumi]} +\item[{[GMS93]}] Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander +Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993. +\item[{[Lam97]}] Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation +System}, Addison Wesley, 1997. +\end{enumerate} +\end{myex} + +In order to avoid this problem, \env{thebibliography} has a mandatory +argument, which should be the largest label occurring in the list. This will +allow to set up margins properly. + +\medskip +Let's now have a look at the precise definition of the +\env{thebibliography} environment (as defined in the \cls{article} +class, for instance): +\begin{listing}{1} +\newenvironment{thebibliography}[1] + {\section*{\refname + \@mkboth{\MakeUppercase\refname}{\MakeUppercase\refname}}% +\end{listing} +As mentioned earlier, \env{thebibliography} starts a new +section\footnote{It is in fact a \cmd{section*}, so that it won't + appear in the table of contents. In order to cleanly insert the + bibliography in your table of contents, use the \sty{tocbibind} + package. Other methods you can think of will probably lead to wrong + page numbers.}. The environment also sets the page headers\footnote{The + standard + \sty{apalike} package hard-codes the headers to ``REFERENCES'' or + ``BIBLIOGRAPHY'', depending on the class file. + But another package (with the same name, unfortunately) correctly sets + the headers to \cmd{refname} or \cmd{bibname}. Simply check in the sources if you have + problems for redefining the headers with that package.}. + +\begin{listingcont} + \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}% + {\settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}% +\end{listingcont} +This is not surprising either: We start a new \env{list} +environment\footnote{The \cmd{list} command is equivalent to a + \texttt{\bs begin\{list\}}, and has to be followed with a + \cmd{endlist}.}. It takes two mandatory arguments: +\begin{itemize} +\item the first one (\texttt{\bs\at biblabel\{...\}}) defines the format of +the default command for + generating labels. Here it is defined with the \verb+enumiv+ + counter, using \cmdat{biblabel}{}\footnote{\cmdat{biblabel} is + defined in \LaTeX. It outputs its argument surrounded with + brackets. The precise definition is: +\texttt{\bs def\bs\at biblabel\#1\{[\#1]\}}.}. + Thus we have [1], [2], ... Since \cmd{bibitem} is a sort of + \cmd{item}, it may have an optional argument for modifying this + default label. +\item The second argument(lines~5 above to~11 below) is a set of commands that + are run at the + beginning of the environment. They set the values + of different lengths and parameters of the \env{list} environment. + This is where we need the longest label (which the mandatory + argument of the \env{thebibliography} environment should be set to), + in order to correctly indent the whole list. + People often write \verb+\begin{thebibliography}{99}+, but this is + correct only if there are between $10$ and $99$ cited references + (assuming all digits have the same length, which is the case with + the \textsf{cmr} fonts). +\end{itemize} + + +The rest of the definition of \env{thebibliography} contains some +borderline definitions for the list environment and the use of the +\verb+enumiv+ counter: +\begin{listingcont} + \leftmargin\labelwidth + \advance\leftmargin\labelsep + \@openbib@code + \usecounter{enumiv}% + \let\p@enumiv\@empty + \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}% +\end{listingcont} +\cmdat{openbib\at code}, which is empty by default, allows +to modify some parameters if necessary. Option \texttt{openbib} of +classical style files uses this command for resetting some parameters. +Line~9 to~11 set the list counter. + +Last, within the reference list, spacing rules as well as some special +penalties are used: +\begin{listingcont} + \sloppy + \clubpenalty4000 + \@clubpenalty \clubpenalty + \widowpenalty4000% + \sfcode`\.\@m} +\end{listingcont} + + +That's it for the initialization of this environment. Ending the +\env{thebibliography} is much easier: +we just echo a warning if no reference has been included, and we close +the \env{list} environment: +\begin{listingcont} + {\def\@noitemerr + {\@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}% + \endlist} +\end{listingcont} + + + +\mysection{The \protect\nicmd{bibitem} command}\label{bibitem} + +Inside the \env{list} environment described above, we have to insert +\cmd{item}{}s, as is usual. It will be a special \cmd{item}, though, in +order to have a correct rendering of each bibliographical item. The +adequate command is named \cmd{bibitem}, and has two roles: Writing +the new entry in the list, and defining the cross-reference to be used +when citing this entry, which defaults to +\verb+\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}+. The result is [1] for instance, +but of course can be modified into [GMS94], say, +with an optional argument, +exactly in the same way as for an \cmd{item}. +Here is the precise definition of \cmd{bibitem}: +\begin{listing}{1} +\def\bibitem{\@ifnextchar[\@lbibitem\@bibitem} +\end{listing} +\cmd{bibitem} calls \cmdat{lbibitem} if +there is an optional argument, and \cmdat{bibitem} otherwise. +Those auxiliary commands are defined as follows: +% +\begin{listing}{1} +\def\@lbibitem[#1]#2{\item[\@biblabel{#1}\hfill]\if@filesw + {\let\protect\noexpand + \immediate + \write\@auxout{\string\bibcite{#2}{#1}}}\fi\ignorespaces} +\end{listing} +% +Let's take an example in order to see how it works: Assume we wrote +\verb+\bibitem[GMS94]{companion}+. +The command first creates an item having the same optional argument, +which will be surrounded with brackets by \cmdat{biblabel} and flushed +to the left by \cmd{hfill}.\label{biblabel} +It then write a \cmd{bibcite} command, with two arguments, into the +\ext{aux} file\footnote{More precisely, the file pointed to by +the \cmdat{auxout} command, but this generally is the \ext{aux} +file.}. +\cmd{bibcite} is simply defined as follows: +\label{bibcite} +\begin{listing}{1} +\def\bibcite{\@newl@bel b} +\end{listing} + +The \cmdat{newl\at bel} command requires three arguments, \texttt{\#1}, + \texttt{\#2} and \texttt{\#3}, and defines a command named + \texttt{\#1\at\#2} (with of course \texttt{\#1} and \texttt{\#2} being + replaced by their values) whose value is the third argument \texttt{\#3}. + +This behavior is the same as when defining a cross reference (with +\cmd{label}) in the document: when the \ext{aux} file is read by +\LaTeX (namely at the \verb+\begin{document}+ and +\verb+\end{document}+), those \cmdat{newl\at bel} commands are +executed, and a \verb+\b@companion+ command is defined, containing, +in our case, \texttt{GMS93}. + +When there is no optional argument, it is quite similar: +% +\begin{listing}{1} +\def\@bibitem#1{\item\if@filesw \immediate\write\@auxout + {\string\bibcite{#1}{\the\value{\@listctr}}}\fi\ignorespaces} +\end{listing} +% +The new \cmd{item} is created, and the \cmd{bibcite} command is +output in the \ext{aux} file. The only new thing to know here is that +\cmdat{listctr} is the list counter, and points to \verb+enumiv+ as requested +by the \cmd{usecounter} command in the definition of \env{thebibliography}. +Everything after the \cmd{bibitem} (and its argument(s)) is +output in the document, within the recently created item of the +list, until the next \cmd{bibitem} or the end of the +\env{thebibliography} environment\footnote{Some packages redefine + \cmd{bibitem} and could not meet this last rule. See + section~\ref{redefbibitem} on this topic.}. + +\medskip +To conclude, here is a small example of a bibliography, having two +entries, as it could be defined in a document: + +\begin{verbatim} +\begin{thebibliography}{GMS93} %% GMS93 is the longest label. +\bibitem[GMS93]{companion} Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach and Alexander + Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993. +\bibitem[Lam97]{lamport} Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation + System}, Addison Wesley, 1997. +\end{thebibliography} +\end{verbatim} +And here is the result: + +\begin{myex} +\begin{thebibliography}{GMS93} +\bibitem[GMS93]{companion1} Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach and Alexander + Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993. +\bibitem[Lam97]{lamport1} Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation + System}, Addison Wesley, 1997. +\end{thebibliography} +\end{myex} + + +\mysection{The \protect\nicmd{cite} command}\label{cite} + +When considering a bibliography as a list of cross-references, +\cmd{cite} is the equivalent for \cmd{ref}. It has one mandatory +argument, which is the internal label to be cited. It also has an +optional argument, that can be used to add some comments to the +reference. For instance, a good reference concerning \bt is +\cite[Chap.~13]{latex:lc}, which is obtained by entering +\verb+\cite[Chap.~13]{companion}+.\label{citeopt} + + +Here is how it is defined\footnote{Details about + \cmd{DeclareRobustCommand} are given at page~\pageref{DRC}. If you + don't know what it is, you can see it as a simple + \cmd{newcommand}.}: +% +\begin{listing}{1} +\DeclareRobustCommand\cite{% + \@ifnextchar [{\@tempswatrue\@citex}{\@tempswafalse\@citex[]}} +\end{listing} +% +If there is an optional argument, the boolean variable \cmdat{tempswa} +is set to true (we need to remember that an optional argument was provided), +and \cmdat{citex} is called. Otherwise, \cmdat{tempswa} is false, and +\cmdat{citex} is called with an empty optional argument. + + +Before explaining \cmdat{citex}, we first have a quick look at +\cmdat{cite}, which will be used by \cmdat{citex}. This will help +understand how \cmdat{tempswa} is used: +% +\begin{listing}{1} +\def\@cite#1#2{[{#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi}]} +\end{listing} +This is the command used for outputting the reference in the +document. The second argument is used only if \cmdat{tempswa} has been +set to true. Together with the first argument, they are put into +brackets, and output in the document. + +Now \cmdat{citex}~will be the ``bridge'' between \cmd{cite} and \cmdat{cite}: +\label{citex} +% +\begin{listing}{1} +\def\@citex[#1]#2{% + \let\@citea\@empty + \@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do +\end{listing} + +This calls \cmdat{cite}. Its first argument will be computed by the +\cmdat{for} command, in case several references are cited at one +time.\index{latex}{citea@\texttt{\protect\bs\protect\at citea}} +% +\begin{listingcont} + {\@citea\def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }% +\end{listingcont} +% +Starting from the second run through the \cmdat{for}-loop, we add a +comma, and a penalty for a line break not to occur between references. +The default is to never have a line break inside a set of references. +% +\begin{listingcont} + \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb\@empty}% +\end{listingcont} +% +This redefines \cmdat{citeb}, the variable used in the loop. The +\cmdat{for} command successively sets \cmdat{citeb} to all the values +that have been cited, and \cmdat{citeb} is redefined here in order to +remove extra spaces. This is somewhat tricky, but it works. +\label{citation} + +\begin{listingcont} + \if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi +\end{listingcont} +% +This writes a \cmd{citation} command in the \ext{aux} file, indicating +that \cmdat{citeb} has been cited in the document. This is not useful +here, but will be crucial for \bt to generate the bibliography (see +section~\ref{bibtex}). + +\begin{listingcont} + \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb}{\mbox{\reset@font\bfseries ?}% + \G@refundefinedtrue + \@latex@warning + {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}% +\end{listingcont} +% +This handles cases where the requested reference does not exist yet. In +that case, the reference is replaced by a boldface question mark. A +warning is also echoed in the \ext{log} file. + +\begin{listingcont} + {\@cite@ofmt{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}}{#1}} +\end{listingcont} +If the reference exists, it is written here, using the +\nicmd{b\at...} command created when reading the \ext{aux} file (\cf +page~\pageref{bibcite}). +\cmdat{cite\protect\at ofmt} is equivalent to~\cmd{hbox}\footnote{The +command~\cmdat{citex} is defined with \cmd{hbox} in old (before 2003) versions +of \LaTeX.}. +The loop is executed for all the requested +references, and the whole result is then passed to \cmdat{cite}, +together with the optional second argument, which is \verb+#1+ here. + +\medskip +This may look intricate, but it is really easy to use: You simply +enter \verb+\cite{companion, lamport}+ in order to get \cite{latex:lc, + latex:dps}, with the bibliographic items shown at the end of the previous + section. + + + +\mysection{Some more little tricks}\label{truc1} + +\mysubsection{What is \protect\nicmd{DeclareRobustCommand}?} +\label{DRC} + +A command having an optional argument, such as \cmd{cite}, is said to +be \emph{fragile}: Generally speaking, they cannot be directly used +in the argument of other commands (for instance, \cmd{cite} in the +argument of a \cmd{section}). These problems can be overcome by preceding +the fragile command by a \cmd{protect}, but this is annoying. The +other solution is to declare the command as robust, by defining it +with \cmd{DeclareRobustCommand} instead of \cmd{newcommand}. + + +\mysubsection{Changing the name of the bibliography} + +This is obvious from the definition of the \env{thebibliography} +environment: We simply have to redefine \cmd{refname}, which defaults +to \emph{\refname}. However, this +only works with the \cls{report} class. The \cls{book} and +\cls{article} classes use \cmd{bibname} instead, which defaults to +\emph{\bibname}. + +For instance, when using \cls{report}, you'll write: +\begin{verbatim} + \renewcommand{\refname}{Some references} +\end{verbatim} +while with \cls{book} or \cls{article}, it should be: +\begin{verbatim} + \renewcommand{\bibname}{Some references} +\end{verbatim} +As mentioned earlier, \sty{apalike} does not use \cmd{refname} and hard-codes +the reference name in the page headers. + +\mysubsection{Adding text before the first reference} + +Putting text just after the beginning of the \env{thebibliography} +environment raises an error, since the \env{list} environment demands +an \cmd{item} command. Thus we will put a real \cmd{item}, then add +some negative horizontal space back to the left margin, and write our +text within a \env{minipage} environment (in order to avoid +indentation due to the list): + +\begin{verbatim} +\begin{thebibliography}{GMS93} +\item[] +\hskip-\leftmargin +\begin{minipage}{\textwidth} +Here are some useful references about \LaTeX. They are +available in every worthy bookshop. Many other good documentations +might be found on the web (the FAQ of \textsf{comp.text.tex} for +instance). +\end{minipage} +\bigskip +\bibitem[GMS93]{companion} Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach and + Alexander + Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993. +\bibitem[Lam97]{lamport} Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation + System}, Addison Wesley, 1997. +\end{thebibliography} +\end{verbatim} +This code gives: + +\begin{myex} +\begin{thebibliography}{AAA00} +\item[] +\hskip-\leftmargin +\begin{minipage}{\textwidth} +Here are some useful references about \LaTeX. They are +available in every worthy bookshop. Many other good documentations +might be found on the web (the FAQ of \textsf{comp.text.tex} for +instance). +\end{minipage} + +\bigskip +\bibitem[GMS93]{companion2} Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach and + Alexander + Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993. +\bibitem[Lam97]{lamport2} Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation + System}, Addison Wesley, 1997. +\end{thebibliography} +\end{myex} + + +\mysubsection{Redefining \protect\nicmd{bibitem}}\label{redefbibitem} + + +Some style files need redefining the \cmd{bibitem} command, or in +fact \cmdat{bibitem} and \cmdat{lbibitem}, so that an entry has to +end with a \cmd{par} command (or an empty line). \sty{backref} is an +example of such a style file. Some other will turn the optional +argument of \cmd{bibitem} into a mandatory one. \sty{apalike} does +so. + +I've nothing to add about that, but it is useful to know this to +avoid spending too much time on debugging... + + + +\mysubsection{Turning brackets into parentheses} + + +As we saw earlier, \cmd{biblabel} is in charge of adding brackets +around reference labels, in the reference list. It is easy +to redefine it in order to get parentheses: + +\begin{verbatim} +\makeatletter % @ is now a letter +\def\bibleftdelim{(} +\def\bibrightdelim{)} +\def\@biblabel#1{\bibleftdelim #1\bibrightdelim} +\makeatother % @ is a symbol +\end{verbatim} + +This does the trick, and it is now easy to change parentheses into +anything else, by redefining \nicmd{bibleftdelim} and +\nicmd{bibrightdelim}. + +However, this won't change the behavior of \cmdat{cite}, which will +still write brackets around cited reference labels. Thus we also have +to redefine \cmdat{cite}: +\begin{verbatim} +\makeatletter +\def\@cite#1#2{\bibleftdelim{#1\if@tempswatrue , #2\fi}\bibrightdelim} +\makeatother +\end{verbatim} + +\mysubsection{... and more} + +Several packages have been written for modifying the look +of bibliographies and citations. For instance, +the package \sty{cite} allows to modify the result of the +\cmd{cite} command: turning brackets into parentheses, but also +sorting and compressing a set of numeric references. +The package \sty{overcite} allows, moreover, to get references +displayed as superscript. + +The package \sty{splitbib} changes the output of the list of +references: it allows to split the bibliography into several +categories, and\slash or reordering that list. See the +documentation~\cite{splitbib} for more details. + +\mysubsection{Can the symbol \$ be used in an internal key?} + +Probably not, but I don't know exactly which character may or may not +be used. Obviously, any letter and digit can be used, and my opinion +is that it is quite enough. On the other hand, commas, curly brackets +and backslashes are clearly forbidden. For the other ones, I don't +know, just give it a try and you'll know. + + +\mysection*{Conclusion} + +Well... It could be over right now, since we know how to write a +bibliography. However, typesetting all references by hand is long and +annoying. Moreover, when writing several articles on related areas, +we often cite the same sets of references, but possibly with different styles. +It would be interesting to have a \emph{database} containing a large +set of references, some of which would be picked up, formatted and typeset by +\LaTeX. This does exist, and is described in the sequel. diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec2.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ac324feb8ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec2.tex @@ -0,0 +1,672 @@ +%% ttb_en.sec2.tex +%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +% +% This work consists of the files +% ttb_en.tex +% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty +% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf + + +\mypart{How to use \bt?} +\parttoc +\mtcskip + +\mysection{How does it work?} \label{bibtex} + +As mentioned earlier, \bt can be seen as a general database manager: +It extracts items from a database, sorts them, and exports the +result, generally as a \LaTeX{}able \env{thebibliography} +environment. + +This description is a somewhat optimistic view, however, and reality +is a little more complex: In order to tell \bt which entries have to +be extracted, you have to first run \LaTeX on your document. And once +\bt has finished its job, you have to run \LaTeX anew in order to take +the resulting bibliography into account. Here are some more precisions: + +\begin{itemize} +\item At the very first stage, you run \LaTeX on your document. Since this is + the first time you compile it, no bibliographic + information is included, and references are left + empty. Nevertheless, each time \LaTeX encounters a bibliographic reference + in the document, it writes the key of the reference in the \ext{aux} + file\footnote{This is the role of the \cmd{citation} command issued + by the \cmd{cite} command (\cf page~\pageref{citation}).}. During + the compilation, \LaTeX also indicates in the \ext{aux} file which + databases have to be used, and which bibliography style has + to be applied for typesetting the bibliography; + +\item \bt can now be executed: It takes the \ext{aux} file as + argument, which contains all the relevant informations + for extracting the bibliography: The style (\ext{bst} file) to be + applied to the + bibliography, the database (\ext{bib} file) to be used, and the + entries to be extracted from the database. With this stuff, \bt + will then extract the \cmd{cite}{}d references + and write the bibliography in a \ext{bbl} + file. Logs of this operation are written in a \ext{blg} file; + +\item The next step is to rerun \LaTeX. The \ext{bbl} file will then + be included, and its \cmd{bibitem} commands executed. This writes + the necessary bibliographic cross references in the \ext{aux} + file. However, this does not define the cross references for the + current compilation, and bibliographic references still won't be + defined; + +\item We then run \LaTeX a third time: When reading the \ext{aux} file + at the beginning of the compilation, \LaTeX will store the + references of the bibliographic citations, and those references + will be correct in the document. +\end{itemize} + + +It follows that, in the best case, we need to compile the file three +times, and to run \bt once. There are some cases where this is still +not sufficient: If, for instance, a bibliographic entry cites another +one, another run of both \bt and \LaTeX is needed. And so on. +Finally, here is the global pattern to be applied: +\begin{center} +\LaTeX (\bt {} \LaTeX )$^+$ \LaTeX. +\end{center} + + +Everything else works as in part~\ref{part1}, since \bt generally creates the +complete \env{thebibliography} environments with all the \cmd{bibitem}{}s of +the references that are cited in your document. +There are two new \LaTeX commands, however: Those +defining the style file to consider and bibliographic database(s): +\begin{itemize} +\item \cmd{bibliographystyle} is the command to be used to declare the + bibliography style to be used by \bt. Here is how it is defined: +\begin{listing}{1} +\def\bibliographystyle#1{% + \ifx\@begindocumenthook\@undefined\else + \expandafter\AtBeginDocument + \fi + {\if@filesw + \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\bibstyle{#1}}% + \fi}} +\end{listing} + + +This simply writes a \cmd{bibstyle} command in the \ext{aux} file, +whose argument is the name of the style. \cmd{bibstyle} itself is a +command that has one argument, but does nothing. Indeed, the +name of the bibliography style is only needed by \bt, and \LaTeX doesn't +care about it. + +\item \cmd{bibliography} is the command for defining the bibliographic + database to be used. Contrary to the previous command, the argument + of \cmd{bibliography} might be a comma-separated list of + bibliographic databases. Note that ``comma-separated'' is strict + here: No space and no line break are allowed. Apart from this, the + behavior of this command is similar to the behavior of the previous + one: It writes its argument in the \ext{aux} file, as the + argument of + a command named \cmd{bibdata} (which is then read by \bt, + but does nothing in \LaTeX). Last, this + \cmd{bibliography} command includes the \ext{bbl} file, + which writes + the bibliography. Here is the precise definition: +\begin{listing}{1} +\def\bibliography#1{% + \if@filesw + \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\bibdata{#1}}% + \fi + \@input@{\jobname.bbl}} +\end{listing} + +You've probably already understood that \cmd{jobname} returns the name +of the file being compiled. +\end{itemize} + + +Last precision: The \ext{aux} file also contains the list of keys of +the entries to be extracted. This is achieved by the \cmd{citation} +commands echoed by \cmd{cite} in the \ext{aux} file. \cmd{citation} +does the same thing as \cmd{bibstyle} and \cmd{bibdata}: Nothing. + + +\mysection{Some bibliography styles...} + +There exist quite a bunch +of bibliography styles, since each publisher has his own +needs +and preferences. I'll present some generic styles here, together with their +specificities. + +\mysubsection{Classical bibliography styles} + +The following four styles were originally written by Oren +\textsc{Patashnik}, whom I forgot to introduce but is in fact the +author of \bt. The styles are named \bst{plain}, \bst{alpha}, +\bst{unsrt} and \bst{abbrv}. If you want to use the +\bst{plain}~style, you'll write \verb+\bibliographystyle{plain}+ +(anywhere) in your document. + + +Globally speaking, the bibliography style has to manage +everything. ``Everything'' here can be decomposed into three points: +Defining the available entry types, with their relevant +fields\footnote{I insist that entry types and field names depend +on the bibliography style, and are not fixed by \bt.}; +Extracting and sorting +bibliographic items; And typesetting the bibliography. + + +So the first role of the style file is to define entry types, such as +\ent{book}, \ent{article} or \ent{inproceedings} in classical styles, +and for each of them, the relevant fields that will be +either mandatory or optional or just ignored\footnote{The following + rule applies: A field that is neither mandatory nor optional, is + ignored. Thus you can add any comment or personal field in your + bibliography, even if they're not in the list below. Some other + fields might of course be used by other, non classical styles.}. +The table below describes the role of the fields that are used in +classical style files. Descriptions are short, but more details can be +easily found in any \LaTeX book.\label{champ} + +\begin{center} +%\centerline{% +\begin{longtable}{|>{\vrule height8pt depth0pt width 0pt\noindent\bgroup\bfseries}p{.17\textwidth}<{\egroup}>{\noindent}p{.77\textwidth}<{\vrule height0pt depth7pt width 0pt}|} +\hline\endfirsthead +\hline\endhead +\hline\endfoot +\hline\endlastfoot +address & Generally the city or complete address of the publisher. +\\ +author & For author names. The input format is quite special, since +\bt +has to be able to distinguish between the first and last +names. Section~\ref{author} and~\ref{noms-start} are completely +dedicated to this topic. +\\ +booktitle & For the title of a book one part of which is cited. +\\ +chapter & The number of the chapter (or any part) of a book being +cited. If not a chapter, the \texttt{type} field might be used for +precising the type of sectioning. +\\ +crossref & This one is quite peculiar. It's used to cross-reference +within the bibliography. For instance, you might cite a +document, and a part of it. In that case, the second one +can reference +the first one, or at least inherit some of its fields from the first +one. This deserves some more comments, see section~\ref{crossref}. +\label{cetaitla} \\ +edition & The edition number. Or in fact its ordinal, for instance +\texttt{edition = "First"}. This might raise +problems when trying to export a bibliography into another language. +\\ +editor & The name of the editor(s) of the entry. The format is the +same as for authors. +\\ +howpublished & Only used in rare cases where the document being cited +is not a classical type such as a \ent{book}, an \ent{article} or an +\ent{inproceedings} publication. +\\ +institution & For a technical report, the name of the institution that +published it. +\\ +journal & The name of the journal in which the cited article has +been published. +\\ +key & Used for defining the label, in case it cannot be computed by +\bt. It does not force the label, but defines the label when +\bt needs one but can't compute it. +\\ +month & Well... The month during which the document has been +published. This also raises the problem of the translation of the +bibliography: It's better having a numerical value, or an abbreviation, +instead of the +complete name of the month. Having the number would also allow \bt +to sort the entries more precisely (even though, as far as I know, no +bibliography style does this at the present time). +\\ +note & For any additional data you would want to add. Since classical +styles were written in 1985, they don't have a \texttt{url} field, and +\texttt{note} is often used for this purpose, together with the +\sty{url} package. +\\ +number & A number... Not whichever, but the number of a report. For +volume numbers, a special +\texttt{volume} field exists. +\\ +organization & The organizing institution of a conference. +\\ +pages & The relevant pages of the document. Useful for the reader when +you cite a huge book; Note that such a precision could be added +through the optional argument of \cmd{cite} (see +page~\pageref{citeopt}), in which case it would appear in the document +but not in the bibliography. +\\ +publisher & The institution that published the document. +\\ +school & For theses, the name of the school the thesis has been +prepared in. +\\ +series & The name of a collection of series or books. +\\ +title & The title of the document being cited. There are some rules to +be observed when entering this field, see section~\ref{title}. +\\ +type & The type. Which type? It depends... The type of publication, if +needed. For thesis, for instance, in order to distinguish between +a masters thesis and a PhD. Or the type of section being cited (see +\texttt{chapter} above). +\\ +volume & The volume number in a series or collection of books. +\\ +year & The publication year. +\\ +%\hline +%\caption{ }\label{chp} +\end{longtable} +\end{center} +\label{fin-champ} + + +The table below describes the different entry types. Once again, you +can find more details in any \LaTeX documentation, so I won't go deep +into the details. \label{type} +{% +\hfuzz=50pt% +\begin{longtable}{|>{\vrule height11pt depth0pt width 0pt}p{.45\textwidth} +%>{\noindent}p{.27\textwidth} +>{\noindent\raggedright\relax}p{.22\textwidth} +>{\noindent\raggedright\relax}p{.25\textwidth}<{\vrule height0pt depth9pt width 0pt}|} +\hline\endfoot +\hline\endlastfoot +\hline +\vrule depth7pt height 10pt width 0pt\normalfont Entry type & +Mandatory fields & Optional fields \tabularnewline\hline\endhead +\hline\vrule depth7pt height 10pt width 0pt\normalfont Entry type & +Mandatory fields & Optional fields \tabularnewline\hline\endfirsthead + +\ent{article} : An article published in a journal. & +\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{year}, \chp{journal}. & +\chp{volume}, \chp{number}, \chp{pages}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline + +\ent{book} : Well... A book. & +\chp{author} or \chp{editor}, \chp{title}, \chp{publisher}, \chp{year}.& +\chp{volume} or \chp{number}, \chp{series}, \chp{address}, \chp{edition}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline + +\ent{booklet} : A \emph{small} book, that has no \chp{publisher} field.& +\chp{title}.& +\chp{author}, \chp{howpublished}, \chp{address}, \chp{address}, \chp{month}, \chp{year}, \chp{note}. \tabularnewline + +\ent{conference} : Article that appeared in the proceedings of a +conference, a meeting... & +\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{booktitle}, \chp{year}.& +\chp{editor}, \chp{volume} or \chp{number}, \chp{series}, \chp{pages}, +\chp{address}, \chp{month}, \chp{organization}, \chp{publisher}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline + +\ent{inbook} : Part (generally a chapter) of a book.& +\chp{author} or \chp{editor}, \chp{title}, \chp{chapter} or \chp{pages}.& +\chp{volume}, \chp{number}, \chp{series}, \chp{type}, \chp{address}, +\chp{edition}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline + +\ent{incollection} : Part of a book having its own title. & +\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{booktitle}, \chp{publisher}, \chp{year}.& +\chp{editor}, \chp{volume} or \chp{number}, \chp{series}, \chp{type}, +\chp{chapter}, \chp{pages}, \chp{address}, +\chp{edition}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}. \tabularnewline + +\ent{inproceedings} & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{Same as \ent{conference}.} +\tabularnewline + +\ent{manual} : A little manual, such as this one for instance. & +\chp{title}.& +\chp{author}, \chp{organization}, \chp{year}, \chp{address}, +\chp{edition}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline + +\ent{mastersthesis} : Masters thesis, or something equivalent. & +\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{school}, \chp{year}.& +\chp{type}, \chp{address}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline + +\ent{misc} : When nothing else fits...& +at least one of the optional fields. & +\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{howpublished}, \chp{year}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}. +\tabularnewline + +\ent{phdthesis} : PhD dissertation, or similar. & +\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{school}, \chp{year}.& +\chp{type}, \chp{address}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline + +\ent{proceedings} : Conference proceedings. & +\chp{title}, \chp{year}.& +\chp{editor}, \chp{volume} or \chp{number}, \chp{series}, +\chp{address}, \chp{month}, \chp{organization}, \chp{publisher}, \chp{note}. +\tabularnewline + +\ent{techreport} : Technical report, published by a laboratory, a +research center, ... & +\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{institution}, \chp{year}.& +\chp{type}, \chp{address}, \chp{number}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}. +\tabularnewline + +\ent{unpublished} : A document that has not been published. Very +close to \ent{misc}, but \texttt{author} and \texttt{title} are needed +here. & +\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{note}.& +\chp{month}, \chp{year}.\tabularnewline +%\hline +\end{longtable} +%\end{center} +} + + +Concerning the order and typesetting of all this stuff, it's similar +in all the classical style files. Of course it depends on the entry +type, but it generally begins with the author names and the +title. Then the references of the journal or of the proceedings... +The best thing to do if you need more details is to give it a try, or +have a look directly in the style files (but read Part~\ref{bst} before if +you don't know how \bt style files are built). +\medskip + + +Up to now, there are no differences between the four standard +style files. +The only possible difference now can only be related to labelling and +typesetting method to be used. + + +\begin{itemize} +\item the \bst{plain} style sorts the entries according to the name of + their authors (using the alphabetical order\footnote{The standard +alphabetical order with $26$~letters. Unfortunately, some language +have a different alphabet, for instance Swedish, in which +``\texttt{\aa}'' and~``\texttt{\"o}'' are considered as letters and placed +after~``\texttt{z}''.}, of course), and, for + papers by the same author(s), the year they have been published +(the + older first). The last criterion in case of equality is the title, + being a little bit modified. If two references can't be + distinguished with the above, the first one being cited in the + document appears first. Labels are numbers, + starting with $1$. + +\item the \bst{alpha} style file is named \emph{alpha} because it uses + alphanumerical labels: Those labels are computed by \bt using the + first three letters of the author name + (or initials of the author names + if multiple authors), followed by the last two digits of the + publication year. Sorting the entries is done according to the label + first, and then to the same criteria as for \bst{plain}, + in case several + publication have the same label\footnote{You certainly don't want + that several publications have the same labels. Thus computing the + labels is done in two phases: First computing the label with the + standard method, and then adding a supplementary letter (``a'', + ``b'',~...) for multiple labels. And sorting is done just between + those two phases...}; +\item you probably understood what \bst{unsrt} does: +It does not sort + its references, which appears in the order they are cited in the + document. Everything else is done as in \bst{plain}; +\item \bst{abbrv} abbreviates first names + of the authors and the names of predefined journal and month names. +I forgot to mention that bibliography styles historically + predefine some shorthands for computer science journal names (Oren + \textsc{Patashnik} is a computer scientist...). Those shorthands are + abbreviated journal names in this style file. These are the only + difference between \bst{abbrv} and \bst{plain}. +\end{itemize} + + +That's all for classical styles. Those styles suffer from several +problems, for instance not having a \texttt{url} field, or not being +multilingual, or sorting in a weird way... Moreover, publishers +often impose precise +typographic rules for bibliographies. This entails that many other +styles have been proposed. Let's have a look at some of them. + + + + +\mysubsection{Some other bibliography styles} + +%There are numerous other bibliography style files. I really can't +%describe all of them, just mentionning some of them together with +%their main characteristics. + +\mysubsubsection{The \protect\nibst{apalike} style} + +\bst{apalike} was (also) written by Oren \textsc{Patashnik}. It uses a +special construction for labels, generally called \emph{author-year}. +I think the best way to understand is with some examples: + +\begin{myex} +\makeatletter +\def\@cite#1#2{(#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi)} +\def\@biblabel#1{} +\makeatother + +On page~$384$ of \cite{latex:lcici}, you'll find a complete example of +what \bst{apalike} does. + +\begin{thebibliography}{} +\bibitem[Goossens et~al., 1993]{latex:lcici} +Goossens, M., Mittelbach, F., and Samarin, A. (1993). +\newblock {\em the \LaTeX{} Companion}. +\newblock Addison-Wesley. + +\bibitem[Lamport, 1997]{latex:dpsici} +Lamport, L. (1997). +\newblock {\em \LaTeX{}: A Document Preparation System}. +\newblock Addison-Wesley. +\end{thebibliography} +\end{myex} + +Don't forget to include the \sty{apalike} package when using +the \bst{apalike} style: Indeed, if you remember how \cmdat{biblabel} +and \cmd{cite} are defined, you should have seen why... +Moreover, labels created +by \bst{apalike} might be long, and you probably will accept that +\LaTeX hyphenates them if necessary, which the default +\cmd{cite} won't do (\cf section~\ref{cite}). + +%Last, I always like to quote the following comments +%written in the \bst{apalike} file: +%\begin{verbatim} +%% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I recommend that you +%% not use it if you have a choice---use something like `plain' instead. +%\end{verbatim} + +Also: There are some other \emph{author-year} style files, named +\bst{authordate1}, \bst{authordate2}, \bst{authordate3}, +\bst{authordate4}, and that slightly differ from \bst{apalike}. +They must be used together with the +\sty{authordate1-4} package. + +Very last important thing: \sty{apalike} redefined \cmd{bibitem} +so that the optional argument becomes mandatory (but must still be +within square brackets). But you probably don't care since, of course, +the bibliography style file tells \bt to always output it. + + +\mysubsubsection{The \protect\nisty{natbib} package} + +The \sty{natbib} package, written by Patrick~W. \textsc{Daly}, +goes a bit further: It mainly redefines \cmd{cite} so that you can +get \emph{author-year} or numerical labels, in a very elegant way. + +Classical bibliography styles have been ported to \sty{natbib}, +except \bst{alpha} since it already was an \emph{author-year} +style. The names of the ports are +\bst{plainnat}, \bst{abbrvnat} et \bst{unsrtnat}. +Moreover, those styles have a \texttt{url} field for adding reference +to articles on the web. Also note that \sty{natbib} can be used with +\bst{apalike} or \bst{authordate1} to \bst{authordate4}. + +Last interesting remark: There is a very clean +documentation~\cite{natbib} for +\sty{natbib}, it's really worth reading. + +\mysubsubsection{The \protect\nisty{jurabib} package} + +The package \sty{jurabib}, by Jens Berger, is another +package for adapting +the output to the typographic rules used in legal studies. +It is associated to a bibliography style \bst{jurabib}, and +rests on a very special format for the optional argument +of~\cmd{bibitem}. It also redefines \cmd{cite}, and defines +many flavors of that command. +See~\cite{jurabib} for detailed comments on \sty{jurabib}. + +\mysubsubsection{\textsf{custom-bib}} + +Since there are many possible criteria for defining a bibliographic +style, +Patrick~W. \textsc{Daly} decided to write a little piece of software +for automatically generating customized bibliography styles. It asks +you about $20$~questions and produces a pretty ready-to-use +bibliography style file. + +As usual with Patrick~\textsc{Daly}, +the documentation~\cite{merlin} is excellent, and I +won't go any further in the details. I just mention how to create your +\ext{bst}-file: +Simply type +\verb+latex makebst.tex+, and answer the questions. All along the +execution, the style file is being created. It's really easy and +intuitive. + + + +\mysection{Questions and answers} + +This section ends the \LaTeX part of this manual with some +frequently asked questions. We'll then tackle the \bt part, which was +intended to be the central topic... + + + +\mysubsection{How to get several bibliographies?} + +I did not insist on that, but it is of course recommended that you +only have one occurrence of each +\cmd{bibliography} and \cmd{bibliographystyle} commands. +\LaTeX won't mind if it is not the case, but \bt won't appreciate, +since it can't choose which style or bibliographic file to use. + + +Thus the only possible thing is to write several \ext{aux} files, each +of them containing a complete set of data for one bibliography. +This is precisely what +\sty{multibib}, \sty{chapterbib} and \sty{bibunit} do. +\begin{itemize} +\item \sty{multibib}, written by +Thorsten \textsc{Hansen}, +allows for precising in which bibliography a document lies. +This is achieved by using different \cmd{cite} commands, one for each +bibliography. +For this manual, I could have used \sty{multibib} to define special +\nicmd{citelatex} and \nicmd{citebibtex} commands defining two +separate bibliographies\footnote{For those who know the \sty{multind} + package for getting multiple indexes, the idea is similar.}. +Of course, this requires that you run \bt against each of the +\ext{aux} files created. For more details, refer to the +documentation~\cite{multibib}, which (also) is really worth +reading. The doc also mentions the main issue with such a method: The +same label could be used in several bibliographies for different +references. And you can't easily avoid this problem... + +\item The \sty{chapterbib} package, mainly written by +Donald \textsc{Arseneau}, provides a way to get +one bibliography for each +chapter or part of a (long) document (short documents won't need +several bibliographies). Indeed, a long document will be +made of several files \cmd{include}{}d by a main file. +\sty{chapterbib} creates one \ext{aux} file for each of those included +files, each of which being intended to contain the +necessary \cmd{bibstyle}, \cmd{bibdata} and +\cmd{citation} commands. +Documentation for this package may be found at the end of the package +file itself. + +\item The \sty{bibunit} package, also written by +Thorsten \textsc{Hansen}, is pretty similar to \sty{chapterbib}: +it allows to create one bibliography for each ``unit'', a unit +being any part of the document beginning with +\verb+\begin{bibunit}+ and ending with +\verb+\end{bibunit}+. + + +Inside such a unit, all occurrences of \cmd{cite} refer to the +bibliography of the current unit. \cite{bibunit} gives many +details of how it works. +\end{itemize} + + +There are some other packages for creating several bibliographies: +\sty{camel}, \sty{bibtopic}... I can't detail everything since it is +not the aim of this manual. + + +\mysubsection{How to have references closer to where they are cited?} + +There are two solutions to this problem, depending on what you +precisely want: The first solution consists in putting references in +footnotes. This might be practical for the reader, since he has the +complete references without always going back and forth to the end of +the book. There is a package just designed to this purpose: +\sty{footbib}. It's quite well documented~\cite{footbib}. + + +The second solution is to write the complete references in the +text. Instead of citing~\cite{latex:lc}, you cite +Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach et Alexander + Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993. +This may enhance your document, but can sometimes become +annoying for the reader. However, just have a look a the package \sty{bibentry}, and +its documentation~\cite{bibentry}, if you want some more details. + + +Note that both of these packages might conflict with some other ones, +such as \sty{hyperref}. This is due to the fact that each of them +wants to impose its own definition of the \env{thebibliography} +environment or of the \cmd{bibitem} command. The last one being included +will win, but the other ones will eventually complain. There is no +simple solution to avoid this, the only way, if any, is to merge all +the definitions by hand. + + +\mysubsection{How to add entries in the reference list without + citing them in the document?} + +This is achieved by the \cmd{nocite} command. It works exactly like +\cmd{cite}, but writes nothing in the document. It just includes the +\cmd{citation} command in the \ext{aux} file. + + +A variant of this command is \verb+\nocite{*}+: it +amounts to \cmd{nocite}-ing the whole bibliography at one time. +Those references are included in the same order as they appear in the +\ext{bib} file, except for those having been cited earlier. +Note that \verb+\cite{*}+ is also correct, but I'm not sure it has +any interest... + + +\bigskip + + +Well... That's all for this part. +We now forget \LaTeX, and go closer to the core of the problem. The +next section explains how to create a clean \ext{bib} file. + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec3.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d1459a7616a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec3.tex @@ -0,0 +1,749 @@ +%% ttb_en.sec3.tex +%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +% +% This work consists of the files +% ttb_en.tex +% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty +% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf + + +\mypart{The \protect\niext{bib} file}\label{part3} +\parttoc +\mtcskip + +The \ext{bib} file is the database. Its contents heavily +depends on the style being applied to it, even though +bibliography styles are generally ``compatible'' with each w.r.t.\ the +database. I will only describe here +the case of standard styles\footnote{Thus using entry types +and fields as described at pages~\pageref{champ} +to~\pageref{fin-champ}.}. +But remember that +\bt can do many other things, we'll see some examples in +section~\ref{autres}. + +\mysection{Structure of the \protect\niext{bib} file} + +We start with an example: + +\begin{verbatimtab} +@book{companion, + author = "Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Franck and Samarin, Alexander", + title = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion", + publisher = "Addison-Wesley", + year = 1993, +} +\end{verbatimtab} +We just consider the structure of this entry for the moment, not its +contents. The general form is the following\footnote{The +outermost braces can be replaced by parentheses: + \texttt{\at{\itshape entry\_type}({\itshape internal\_key}, ...)}.}: +\bigskip + +\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth} +\obeylines +\ttfamily \at{\itshape entry\_type}\{internal\_key, +\ \ {\bfseries field\_1}\ \ \ \ \ \ \ = "value\_1", +\ \ {\bfseries field\_2}\ \ \ \ \ \ \ = "value\_2", +\ \ ... +\ \ {\bfseries field\_n}\ \ \ \ \ \ \ = "value\_n" +\} +\end{minipage} + +\bigskip + +\noindent Some basic remarks: +\begin{itemize} +\item New entries always start with \texttt\at. Anything outside + the ``argument'' of a ``command'' starting with an \texttt\at{} is + considered as a comment. This gives an easy way to comment a given + entry: just remove the initial \texttt\at. + As usual when a language allows comments: Don't hesitate to use + them, so that you have a clean, ordered, and easy-to-maintain + database. Conversely, anything starting with an \texttt\at{} is + considered as being a new entry\footnote{There is a special entry + type named \ent{comment}. The main use of such an + entry type is to comment a large part of the bibliography easily, +since anything outside an entry is already a comment, and commenting +out one entry may be achieved by just removing its +initial~\texttt{\at}.}. + +\item \bt does not distinguish between normal and capital + letters in entry and field names. \bt will complain if two entries + have the same internal key, even if they aren't capitalized in the + same way. For instance, you cannot have two entries named + \texttt{Example} and \texttt{example}. + + In the same way, if you cite both \texttt{example} and + \texttt{Example}, \bt will complain. Indeed, it would have to + include the same entry twice, which probably is not what you want; + + +\item Spaces and line breaks are not important, except for + readability. On the contrary, commas are compulsory between any two + fields; + + +\item Values (\emph{i.e.} right hand sides of each assignment) can be either + between curly braces or between double quotes. The main difference + is that you can write double quotes in the first case, and not in + the second case. For citing + \emph{Comments on ``Filenames and Fonts''} by Franck +\textsc{Mittelbach}, you can use one of the following solutions: +\begin{verbatimtab} + title = "Comments on {"}Filenames and Fonts{"}", + title = {Comments on "Filenames and Fonts"}, +\end{verbatimtab} + +Curly braces have to match, since they will appear in the output to be +compiled by \LaTeX. +A problem occurs if you need to write a (left-, say) brace in an entry. You +could of course write \verb+\{+, but the entry will have to also include the +corresponding right brace. To include a left brace without its +corresponding right brace, you'll have use a \LaTeX~function having no +brace in its name. \cmd{leftbrace} is the right choice here. Another solution +is to add an extra \cmd{bgroup} in the entry, so that both \LaTeX and \bt will +find the correct number of ``braces''. + +\item For numerical values, curly braces and double quotes can be + omitted. +\end{itemize} + + +As I already mentioned, you can define fields even if they aren't +used by the style being applied. For instance, the following can be +used for the \LaTeX Companion: +\begin{verbatimtab} +@book{companion, + author = "Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Franck and Samarin, Alexander", + title = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion", + booktitle = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion", + publisher = "Addison-Wesley", + year = 1993, + month = "December", + ISBN = "0-201-54199-8", + library = "Yes", +} +\end{verbatimtab} +It gives complementary information about the book\footnote{Filling + both \nichp{title} and \nichp{booktitle} for a book may be of real + interest, as we will see in the section dedicated to cross + references (see section~\ref{crossref} for some more details).}, +for + instance the fact that it is available in your local library. +You really + should not hesitate to use auxiliary, personal fields, giving them + explicit names in order to be sure that no bibliography style +will + use them incidentally\footnote{You'll ask ``Is it really + useful?''. First of all, it is not that long to add those + informations each time you add a new entry, and it is much longer +to + add a field to several entries. Moreover, we'll see later how to + design bibliography styles, and you'll be able to write styles + that take those new fields into account.}. + + +\mysection{The \protect\nient{string} and \protect\nient{preamble} + entries}\label{strpre} + +These are not really entry types: \ent{string} +entries can be used in order to define abbreviations. For instance, +we've cited two books published by Addison-Wesley. It might be useful +to define a shortcut for this publisher. Thus we write: +\begin{verbatimtab} +@string{AW = "Addison-Wesley"} + +@book{companion, + author = "Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Franck and Samarin, Alexander", + title = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion", + booktitle = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion", + publisher = AW, + year = 1993, + month = "December", + ISBN = "0-201-54199-8", + library = "Yes", +} +\end{verbatimtab} + +This does not only spare some time, but most importantly, it ensures that +you won't misspell it, and helps you maintain an homogeneous database. +I find this really interesting for author names, so that you're sure +to always write them correctly (or always incorrectly, but it would +be easy to detect and correct a global mistake anyway). + + +As regards \ent{preamble}, it may be used for inserting commands or +text in the file created by \bt. Anything declared in a \ent{preamble} +command will be concatenated and put in a variable named +\fn{preamble}, for being used in the bibliography style and, +generally, inserted at the beginning of the \ext{bbl} file, just +before the \env{thebibliography} environment. This is useful for +defining new commands used in the bibliography. Here is a small +example: +\begin{verbatimtab} +@preamble{ "\makeatletter" } +@preamble{ "\@ifundefined{url}{\def\url#1{\texttt{#1}}}{}" } +@preamble{ "\makeatother" } +\end{verbatimtab} +This way, you may safely use the \nicmd{url} command in your +entries. If it is not defined at the beginning of the bibliography, the +default command defined in the \ent{preamble} will be used. + +Please note that you should never define style settings +in the \ent{preamble} of a bibliography database, +since it would be applied to +any bibliography built from this database. + + + + + + +\mysection{The \nichp{title} field}\label{title} + +Let's see how to fill the ``title'' field. We start by studying how I entered +the title field for the +\emph{\LaTeX Companion} : +\begin{verbatimtab} + title = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion" +\end{verbatimtab} + +We'll need several definitions before going further. +The \emph{brace depth} of an item is the number of braces surrounding +it. This is not a very formal definition, but for instance, in +the title above, \verb+\LaTeX+ has brace depth $2$, the \verb+C+ has +brace depth $1$, and everything else has depth $0$\footnote{Of course, +surrounding the field with braces instead of quotes does not modify +the brace depth.}. +A~\emph{special character} is a part of a field starting with a left +brace +being at brace depth $0$ immediately +followed with a backslash, and ending +with the corresponding right brace. +For instance, in the above example, there is +no special character, since \verb+\LaTeX+ is at depth~$2$. It should +be noticed that anything in a special character is considered as being at +brace depth~$0$, even if it is placed between another pair of braces. + +That's it for the definitions. +Generally speaking, several modifications can be applied to the +title by the bibliography style: +\begin{itemize} +\item first of all, the title might be used for sorting. When sorting, + \bt computes a string, named \fn{sort.key}, for each + entry. The \fn{sort.key} string is an (often long) + string defining the order in which + entries will be sorted. To avoid any ambiguity, \fn{sort.key} should + only contain alphanumeric characters. Classical non-alphanumeric + characters\footnote{Except hyphens and tildes + that are replaced + by spaces. Spaces are preserved. The precise behavior of + \fn{purify} is explain on page~\pageref{purify}.}, + except special characters, will be removed by + a \bt function named \fn{purify}. For special characters, \fn{purify} + removes spaces and + \LaTeX commands (strings beginning with a backslash), even those + placed between brace pairs. Everything else is left unmodified. For + instance, + \verb+t\^ete+, \verb+t{\^e}te+ and \verb+t{\^{e}}te+ +are transformed into \verb+tete+, +while \texttt{t\^ete} gives \texttt{t\^ete}; +\verb+Bib{\TeX}+ gives \verb+Bib+ and +\verb+Bib\TeX+ becomes \verb+BibTeX+. +There are thirteen \LaTeX commands that won't follow the above rules: +\verb+\OE+, \verb+\ae+, \verb+\AE+, \verb+\aa+, \verb+\AA+, +\verb+\o+, \verb+\O+, \verb+\l+, \verb+\L+, \verb+\ss+. +Those commands correspond to \i, \j, \oe, +\OE, \ae, \AE, \aa, \AA, \o, \O, +\l, \L, \ss, and \fn{purify} transforms them (if they are in a special +character, +in \verb+i+, \verb+j+, + \verb+oe+, +\verb+OE+, \verb+ae+, \verb+AE+, \verb+aa+, \verb+AA+, \verb+o+, + \verb+O+, +\verb+l+, \verb+L+, \verb+ss+, respectively. + + +\item the second transformation applied to a title is to be turned to + lower case (except the first character). + The function named + \fn{change.case} does this job. But it only applies to letters that + are a brace depth~$0$, except within a special character. In a + special character, brace depth is always $0$, and letters are + switched to lower case, except \LaTeX commands, that + are left unmodified. +\end{itemize} +Both transformations might be applied to the \chp{title} field by +standard styles, and you must ensure that your title will be treated correctly +in all cases. + +Let's try to apply it now, +for instance to \emph{the \LaTeX Companion}. +Several solutions might be tried: +\begin{itemize} +\item \verb+ title = "The \LaTeX Companion"+: This won't work, since + turning it to lower case will produce \verb+The \latex companion+, + and + \LaTeX won't accept this... +\item \verb+ title = "The {\LaTeX} {C}ompanion"+ : This ensures that + switching to lower case will be correct. However, applying + \fn{purify} gives \verb+The Companion+. Thus sorting could be + wrong; +\item \verb+ title = "The {\csname LaTeX\endcsname} {C}ompanion"+: + This won't work since \texttt{LaTeX} will be turned to \texttt{latex}; +\item \verb+ title = "The { \LaTeX} {C}ompanion"+ : In this case, + \verb+{ \LaTeX}+ is \emph{not} a special character, but a set of + letters at depth~$1$. It won't be modified by + \fn{change.case}. However, \fn{purify} will leave both spaces, and + produce \verb+The LaTeX Companion+, which could result in wrong + sorting; +\item \verb+ title = "The{ \LaTeX} {C}ompanion"+: This solution also + works, but is not as elegant as the next one; +\item \verb+ title = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion"+ : This is the + solution I used. It solves the problems mentioned above. +\end{itemize} + +For encoding an accent in a title, say \emph{\'E} (in upper case) as +in the French word \emph{\'Ecole}, we'll write +\verb+{\'{E}}cole+, \verb+{\'E}cole+ or \verb+{{\'E}}cole+, +depending on whether we want it to be turned to lower case (the first +two solutions) or not (the last one). \fn{purify} will give the same +result in the three cases. +However, it should be noticed that the third one is not a special +character. If you ask \bt to extract the first character of each +string using \fn{text.prefix}, you'll get \verb+{\'{E}}+ in the first case, +\verb+{\'E}+ in the second case and +\verb+{{\}}+ in the third case. + + +That's all for subtleties of titles. Let's have a look at author +names, which is even more tricky. + + +\mysection{The \nichp{author} field}\label{author} + + +We still begin with the entry for the \emph{\LaTeX Companion}: +\begin{verbatim} + author = "Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Franck and Samarin, Alexander" +\end{verbatim} +The first point to notice is that two authors are separated with the +keyword \texttt{and}\index{bibtex}{and}. The format of the names is +the second important point: The last name first, then the first name, +with a separating comma. In fact, \bt understands other formats. + +Before going further, we remark an important point: \bt will have to +\emph{guess} which part is the first name and which part is the last +name. It also has to distinguish a possible ``von'' part (as in John +von Neumann) and a possible ``Jr'' part. + +The following explanation is somewhat technical. The first name will +be called \verb+First+, the last name is denoted by \verb+Last+, the +``von'' with \verb+von+ and the ``Jr'' part, \verb+Jr+. + + +So, \bt must be able to distinguish between the different parts of the +\chp{author} field. To that aim, \bt recognizes three +possible formats: +\begin{itemize} +\item \verb+First von Last+; +\item \verb+von Last, First+; +\item \verb+von Last, Jr, First+. +\end{itemize} + +The format to be considered is obtained by counting the number of +commas in the name. + Here are the characteristics of these formats: + +\begin{itemize} +\item \verb+First von Last+: Suppose you entered +\verb+Jean de La Fontaine+. There is no comma, hence the format is +\verb+First von Last+. The \verb+Last+ name cannot be empty, unless +the whole field is. It should then contain at least \verb+Fontaine+. +\bt then looks at the first character\footnote{In the sequel, the + first character means ``the first non-brace character that at brace depth + $0$, if + any, characters of a special character being + at depth $0$, even if there are $15$ braces around.'' If there is + no + character at depth $0$, then the item will go with its neighbour, + first and foremost with the \texttt{First}, then with the \texttt{Last}. It + will be in the \texttt{von} if, and only if, it is surrounded with + two \texttt{von} items. Moreover, two words in the same group + (in \LaTeX sense) will go to the same place. Last, for a + \LaTeX command outside a special character, the backslash is removed + and \bt considers the remaining word. If you did not understand, + please take a while for reading this note anew, since it will be + used + in the sequel.} of each remaining word. If some +of them are lower cases alphabetic letters, +anything between the first and the last ones +(beginning with lower cases) is considered as being in the +\verb+von+. Anything before the +\verb+von+ is in the \verb+First+, anything after is in the +\verb+Last+. If no first letter is in lower case, then everything +(except the part already put in the \verb+Last+) is put in the +\verb+First+. + +\verb+Jean de La Fontaine+ will then give \verb+La Fontaine+ as the +\verb+Last+, \verb+Jean+ for the \verb+First+ and \verb+de+ for the +\verb+von+. + +Here is what it gives for several other combinations. This is for you +to check if you understood: +\begin{center} +\begin{longtable}{|>{\vrule height 4mm depth 2mm width 0pt}p{.3\textwidth}|p{.15\textwidth}|p{.15\textwidth}|p{.18\textwidth}|} +\hline +Name & \verb+First+ & \verb+von+ & \verb+Last+ \endfirsthead +\hline +Name & \verb+First+ & \verb+von+ & \verb+Last+ \endhead +\hline +\verb+jean de la fontaine+ & \verb++ & \verb+jean de la+ & \verb+fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+Jean de la fontaine+ & \verb+Jean+ & \verb+de la+ & \verb+fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+Jean {de} la fontaine+ & \verb+Jean de+ & \verb+la+ & \verb+fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+jean {de} {la} fontaine+ & \verb++ & \verb+jean+ & \verb+de la fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+Jean {de} {la} fontaine+ & \verb+Jean de la+ & \verb++ & \verb+fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+Jean De La Fontaine+ & \verb+Jean De La+ & \verb++ & \verb+Fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+jean De la Fontaine+ & \verb++ & \verb+jean De la+ & \verb+Fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+Jean de La Fontaine+ & \verb+Jean+ & \verb+de+ & \verb+La Fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\end{longtable} +\end{center} +The last line is the only one (in this table) that is correct. +Of course, some of you will have a counter example where the +\verb+von+ has to begin with an upper case letter. We'll see this at section~\ref{trucsbib}. + +\item \verb+von Last, First+: The idea is similar, but identifying + the \verb+First+ is easier: It's everything after the comma. Before + the comma, the last word is put in the \verb+Last+ (even if it + starts with a lower case). If any other word begins with a lower + case, anything from the first word to the last one starting with a + lower case is in the \verb+von+, and what remains is in the + \verb+Last+. +Once again, an example should make everything clear: + +\begin{center} +\begin{longtable}{|>{\vrule height 4mm depth 2mm width 0pt}p{.3\textwidth}|p{.15\textwidth}|p{.15\textwidth}|p{.18\textwidth}|} +\hline +Name & \verb+First+ & \verb+von+ & \verb+Last+ \endfirsthead +\hline +Name & \verb+First+ & \verb+von+ & \verb+Last+ \endhead +\hline +\verb+jean de la fontaine,+\footnotemark & \verb++ & \verb+jean de la+ & \verb+fontaine+ \\ +\noalign{\footnotetext{This case raises an error message from \bt, complaining + that a name ends with a comma. +It is a common error to separate names with commas instead of ``\texttt{and}''.}}% +\hline +\verb+de la fontaine, Jean + & \verb+Jean+ & \verb+de la+ & \verb+fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+De La Fontaine, Jean+ & \verb+Jean+ & \verb++ & \verb+De La Fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+De la Fontaine, Jean+ & \verb+Jean+ & \verb+De la+ & \verb+fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+de La Fontaine, Jean+ & \verb+Jean+ & \verb+de+ & \verb+La Fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\end{longtable} +\end{center} +%\medskip + +\item \verb+von Last, Jr, First+: Well... It's still the same, except + that anything between the commas is put in the \verb+Jr+. +\end{itemize} + +Names are separated by spaces above, but it may occur that two +first names are separated by a hyphen, as in ``Jean-Fran\c cois'' +for instance. \bt splits that string, and if both parts are in the +\verb+First+, the abbreviated surnames is ``J.-F.'' as (generally) +wanted. A tilde is also seen as a string separator. This all boils +down to the fact that, if you enter \verb+Jean-baptiste Poquelin+, +the string \verb+baptiste+ will be in the \verb+von+ part of the +name, since it erroneously begins with a lower case letter. +\medskip + +I think it's a good place for coming back to abbreviations: You probably agree +that names are something not that easy to enter, and are +error-prone. I personally advise defining an abbreviation for each +author. You'll then concatenate them with \verb+``and''+ using +\verb+#+\index{bibtex}{\#@\texttt{\#}(concatenation)}\index{bibtex}{concatenation@concatenation (\texttt{\#})}. + +For instance, I always include a \ext{bib} file containing the +following lines: +\begin{verbatimtab} +@string{goossens = "Goossens, Michel"} +@string{mittelbach = "Mittelbach, Franck"} +@string{samarin = "Samarin, Alexander"} +\end{verbatimtab} +another one containing: +\begin{verbatimtab} +@string{AW = "Addison-Wesley"} +\end{verbatimtab} +and my main bibliographic file contains\footnote{This is not quite + true, since \texttt{September} still depends on the language, and I + prefer using \texttt{9} and letting the style file translate that + into the corresponding month in the correct language.}: +\begin{verbatimtab} +@book{companion, + author = goossens #" and "# mittelbach #" and "# samarin, + title = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion", + booktitle = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion", + year = 1993, + publisher = AW, + month = "December", + ISBN = "0-201-54199-8", + library = "Yes", +} +\end{verbatimtab} +This makes adding an entry much easier when you're used to such an +encoding. Moreover, you can easily recover self-contained entries by using +\texttt{bibexport.sh}~tool (see section~\ref{bibexport}). + + + +\mysection{Cross-references (\protect\nichp{crossref})}\label{crossref} +As mentioned earlier (can't remember where... Oh, yes, on +page~\pageref{cetaitla}), \bt allows for cross-referencing. This is +very useful, for instance, when citing a part of a book, or an article +in conference proceedings. For instance, for citing chapter~$13$ of +the \LaTeX~Companion: +\begin{verbatimtab} +@incollection{companion-bib, + crossref = "companion", + title = "Bibliography Generation", + chapter = 13, + pages = "371-420", +} +\end{verbatimtab} +This shows why having defined the \chp{booktitle} field +of the \verb+companion+~entry is useful: It is not used in the \ent{book} entry, +but +it is inherited in the above \ent{incollection} entry. We could of +course have added it by hand, but we should have added it in each +chapter we cite. + +The other possible interesting feature is that, when cross-referencing +several times an entry that is not cited by itself, \bt can +``factor'' it, \emph{i.e.} add it in the list of references and +explicitly \cmd{cite} it in each entry. On the other hand, if the cross +reference appears only once, it inherits from the fields of the +reference, which is not included in the bibliography. +Here is an example of both behaviours: + +\medskip +\begin{myex} +\begin{thebibliography}{1} + +\bibitem{bib} +Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. +\newblock Bibliography generation. +\newblock In {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion\/} \cite{companion4}, chapter~13, + pages 371--420. + +\bibitem{math} +Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. +\newblock Higher mathematics. +\newblock In {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion\/} \cite{companion4}, chapter~8, + pages 215--258. + +\bibitem{ind} +Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. +\newblock Index generation. +\newblock In {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion\/} \cite{companion4}, chapter~12, + pages 345--370. + +\bibitem{companion4} +Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. +\newblock {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion}. +\newblock Addison-Wesley, December 1993. + +\end{thebibliography} +\end{myex} + +\medskip \noindent or\medskip + +\begin{myex} +\begin{thebibliography}{1} + +\bibitem{bib2} +Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. +\newblock Bibliography generation. +\newblock In {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion}, chapter~13, pages 371--420. + Addison-Wesley, December 1993. + +\bibitem{math2} +Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. +\newblock Higher mathematics. +\newblock In {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion}, chapter~8, pages 215--258. + Addison-Wesley, December 1993. + +\bibitem{ind2} +Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. +\newblock Index generation. +\newblock In {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion}, chapter~12, pages 345--370. + Addison-Wesley, December 1993. + +\end{thebibliography} +\end{myex} + +In order to have one presentation or the other, we can tell \bt the +number of cross-references needed for an entry to be explicitly +\cmd{cite}{}'d. We use the \verb+-min-crossrefs+ command line argument +of \bt for that. +For the first example above, I used +\verb+bibtex biblio+, +while the second example was obtained with +\verb+bibtex -min-crossrefs=5 biblio+. + + +One other important remark is that cross-referenced entries must be +defined \emph{after} entries containing the corresponding +\chp{crossref} field. And you can't embed +cross-references, that is, you cannot \chp{crossref} an entry that +already contains a \chp{crossref}. + + +Last, the \chp{crossref} field has a particular behaviour: it always +exists, whatever the bibliography style. If a \chp{crossref}{}'ed entry +is included (either by a \cmd{cite} command or by \bt if there are +sufficiently many \chp{crossref}{}s), then the entries cross-referencing +it have their original \chp{crossref} field. Otherwise, that field is +empty. + + + +\mysection{Quick tricks}\label{trucsbib} + +\mysubsection{How to get \emph{Christopher} abbreviated as \emph{Ch.}?} + +First names abbreviation is done when extracting names from the \chp{author} +field. If the function is asked to abbreviate the first name (or any other part +of it), it will return the first character of each ``word'' in that part. +Thus \emph{Christopher} gets abbreviated into \emph{C.} Special characters + provide a solution against this problem: If you enter + \verb+{\relax Ch}ristopher+, the abbreviated version would be + \verb+{\relax Ch}.+, which gives \emph{Ch.}, while the long version is + \verb+{\relax Ch}ristopher+, \emph{i.e.} \emph{{Ch}ristopher}. + +\mysubsection{How to get caps in \texttt{von}?} + +Note: This part is somewhat technical. You should probably read and understand +how \bt extracts names, which is explained at pages~\pageref{noms-start} +and~\pageref{noms-end}. + +It may occur that the \verb+von+ part of a name begins with a capital letter. +For some reason, the standard example is \emph{Maria De La Cruz}. + +The basic solution is to write +\verb+"{\uppercase{d}e La} Cruz, Maria"+. When analyzing this name, \bt will +place \verb+Cruz+ in the +\verb+Last+ part, then \verb+Maria+ as the \verb+First+ name. Then +\verb+{\uppercase{d}e La}+ is a special character, +whose first letter is \verb+d+, and is thus placed in the \verb+von+ part. + +In that case, however, if you use an ``alphanumeric'' style such as +\bst{alpha}, \bt will use the first character of the +\verb+von+ part in the label\footnote{It could be argued \texttt{von} parts +should not be used when computing the label, but classical style file do use +it.}. But the first character here is +\verb+{\uppercase{d}e La}+, and the label would be +\verb+{\uppercase{d}e La}C+, and you'll get \texttt{[{\uppercase{d}e La}C]}. +You'd probably prefer \texttt{[DLC]} or \texttt{[Cru]}. The second solution +would then be +\begin{verbatimtab} + author = {\uppercase{d}}e {\uppercase{l}}a Cruz, Maria. +\end{verbatimtab} +The label would be \verb+{\uppercase{d}}{\uppercase{l}}C+, which is correct. +Another (easier) proposal would be +\begin{verbatimtab} + author = {D}e {L}a Cruz, Maria. +\end{verbatimtab} +This also solves the problem, because \bt only considers characters at level~0 when +determining which part a word belongs to, but takes all letters into account +when extracting the first letter. + + +\mysubsection{How to get lowercase letters in the \texttt{Last}?} + +This is precisely the reverse problem, but the solution will be different. +Assume you cite a paper by the famous Spanish scientist +\emph{Juan de la Cierva y Codorn\'\i u}. The basic ideas are +\begin{verbatimtab} + author = de la Cierva {\lowercase{Y}} Codorn{\'\i}u, Juan +\end{verbatimtab} +or +\begin{verbatimtab} + author = de la Cierva {y} Codorn{\'\i}u, Juan +\end{verbatimtab} +However, these solutions yields labels such as \verb+CYC+ or \verb+CyC+, where +we would prefer \verb+CC+. + +Several solutions are possible: +\begin{verbatimtab} + author = de la Cierva{ }y Cordon{\'\i}u, Juan +\end{verbatimtab} +or +\begin{verbatimtab} + author = de la {Cierva y} Cordon{\'\i}u, Juan +\end{verbatimtab} +Both solutions work: In the first case, \bt won't see the space, and +considers that the \verb+y+ belongs to the previous word. In the second case, +\verb+Cierva y+ is at brace-level~$1$, and thus goes into the \verb+Last+ part, +which has priority over the \verb+von+ part. + +\mysubsection{How to remove space between \texttt{von} and \texttt{Last}?} + +Here the example will be \emph{Jean d'Ormesson}. +The best way to encode this appears to be +\begin{verbatimtab} + author = "d'\relax Ormesson, Jean" +\end{verbatimtab} +Indeed, the \nicmd{relax} commands will gobble spaces until the next +non-space character. + +\mysubsection{How to get \emph{et al.} in the author list?} + +Some special bibliography styles will automatically replace long lists of +authors with the name of the first author, followed by \emph{et al.} +However, standard \bt styles won't. You can however get the same result by +using the special name \verb+others+. For instance, if you enter +\begin{verbatimtab} + author = "Dupont, Jean and others" +\end{verbatimtab} +you get "Jean Dupont \emph{et al.}" in the resulting bibliography. + +\mysubsection{The \protect\nichp{key} field} + +It may happen that no author is given for a document. In that case, +bibliography styles such as \bst{alpha}, when computing the ``label'' of such +an entry, will use the \chp{key} field (the first three letters for +\bst{alpha}, but the entire field for \bst{apalike}, for instance). +When no \texttt{key} is given, the first three letters of the internal +citation key are used. + +\bigskip + +Is it ok with everyone? Yes ?! +Right, we can go to the next, most exciting part of +this doc: How to create or modify a bibliography style... + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec4.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec4.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c6d81e4d574 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec4.tex @@ -0,0 +1,841 @@ +%% ttb_en.sec4.tex +%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +% +% This work consists of the files +% ttb_en.tex +% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty +% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf + + +\mypart{Bibliography style (\protect\niext{bst}) files}\label{bst} +\parttoc +\mtcskip + +\mysection{What's that?} + +The \ext{bst} file is responsible for building the reference list. It is +crucial to distinguish between the role of \bt and the role of \LaTeX, and, +inside the role of \bt, +between what is done by the style file and what should be done in the +\ext{bib} file. + +Roughly speaking, \bt reads three files, in the following order: The \ext{aux} +file first, where it finds the name of the style file to be used, the name of +the database(s), and the list of cited entries. The \ext{bst} file is read +next, and the \ext{bib} file last. + +The \ext{bst} file tell \bt what to do with each cited entry. Namely: +\begin{itemize} +\item Which entry-type are defined; +\item Which fields are mandatory, or just allowed, depending on the entry; +\item And, mainly, how to handle all that stuff in order to produce a clean, + \LaTeX-able bibliography. +\end{itemize} + +In view of this, \bt uses a language with two types of instructions: The +so-called \emph{commands}\index{bibtex}{command}, first, and the +\emph{internal functions}\index{bibtex}{internal function}. The following section +deals with commands, and the other ones with internal functions. + + +\mysection{The structure of a \protect\niext{bst} file} + +Here is, roughly speaking, the structure of a \ext{bst} file: + +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +ENTRY + { ... } + { ... } + { ... } + +INTEGERS { ... } +STRINGS { ... } + +MACRO { ... }{ ... } +FUNCTION { ... }{ ... } + +READ +EXECUTE { ... } +ITERATE { ... } +SORT +ITERATE { ... } +REVERSE { ... } +EXECUTE { ... } +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} + +This example shows all the +commands\index{bibtex}{command} understood by \bt. +Here is their meaning: +\begin{description} +\item[\texttt{ENTRY}]\index{bibtex}{entry@\texttt{ENTRY}}: This command defines + the list of all possible fields. More precisely, it takes three arguments + (between braces), defining the list of possible ``external'' (string) + entries\footnote{Except the \chp{crossref} field, which is added + automatically by \bt.}, the list of ``internal'' integer variables, and a + list of ``internal'' string variables. Those variables are used for internal + computations of \bt, for instance when building the label with the + \bst{alpha} style. + + Inside braces, variable names are + separated with spaces. I shall also mention that \bt does not distinguish + between upper- and lowercase in the names of functions and variables. I will + generally write command names in uppercase, and everything else in lowercase. + + For instance, \bst{plain} starts with: +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + ... + volume + year + } + {} + { label } +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} +\noindent This defines the classical fields, plus an internal +string variable for the label. In fact, \bst{plain} uses numbers as labels, +but remember that the length of the longest label has to be evaluated and +given as argument to the \env{thebibliography} environment. This is the only +reason why this \verb+label+ variable is defined. + +Note that \texttt{ENTRY} must appear once and only once in each style file. + +\item[\texttt{INTEGERS}]\index{bibtex}{integers@\texttt{INTEGERS}}: This command + declares integer variables\footnote{Those variables are not linked with any + entry, contrary to variables defined in the second argument of + \texttt{ENTRY}.}. The argument of this command is a space-separated + list of names. + +\item[\texttt{STRINGS}]\index{bibtex}{strings@\texttt{STRINGS}}: This commands + defines string variables in the same way as \texttt{INTEGERS} defines + integer variables. Contrary to integer variables, string variables are very + ``expensive'', and \bt limits the number of such variables to twenty. You + should really spare string variables if you plan to develop a large style + file. + +\item[\texttt{MACRO}]\index{bibtex}{macro@\texttt{MACRO}}: This command defines + abbreviations, in the same way as \ent{string} does\footnote{Note that + \ent{string} has nothing to do with + \texttt{STRINGS}\index{bibtex}{strings@\texttt{STRINGS}}...}. + If an abbreviation is defined in both the \ext{bst} and in the + \ext{bib} file, the definition in the \ext{bib} file is used. Also note that + you can define \ent{string} definitions involving \texttt{MACRO} + definitions. But this is probably not a good advice... + + As regards the syntax, \texttt{MACRO} requires two arguments, the first one + being the name of the abbreviation to be defined, the second one being the + definition itself. It must be a string surrounded with double-quotes. + As an example, standard style files define the following: +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +MACRO {jan} {"January"} +MACRO {feb} {"February"} +MACRO {mar} {"March"} +... +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} +\item[\texttt{FUNCTION}]\index{bibtex}{function@\texttt{FUNCTION}}: The most useful + command: It allows to define macro functions that will be executed later on. + The first argument is the name of the function, the second one is its + definition. No example for the moment since there will be numerous ones in + the following. +\item[\texttt{READ}]\index{bibtex}{read@\texttt{READ}}: As for \texttt{ENTRY}, + this command must occur exactly once in any \ext{bst} style file. This is + not surprising since it tells \bt to read the \ext{bib} file: Reading it + several time would not change anything, and not reading it would seriously limit the + interest of the bibliography style. So, that command extracts from the + \ext{bib}-file the entries that are cited in the \ext{aux} file. Commands + \texttt{ENTRY} and \texttt{MACRO} should appear before \texttt{READ}, while + \texttt{ITERATE} and \texttt{REVERSE} may only appear after. +\item[\texttt{EXECUTE}]\index{bibtex}{execute@\texttt{EXECUTE}}: This executes + the function whose name is given as argument. Note that the function must + have been defined earlier. The argument could also be a sequence of \bt + internal functions. For some more comments, see the + description of \texttt{ITERATE} below. +\item[\texttt{ITERATE}]\index{bibtex}{iterate@\texttt{ITERATE}}: +This commands also execute the function given in the argument, but contrary to +\texttt{EXECUTE}, the function is executed as many times as the number of +entries imported by \texttt{READ}. The function may use the fields of +each entry. \texttt{EXECUTE} only executes its argument once, and it can not +use any field of any entry. +\item[\texttt{SORT}]\index{bibtex}{sort@\texttt{SORT}}: +This command sorts the entries according to the variable \fn{sort.key}. That +special variable is a string variable, implicitly declared for each entry, +and that can be set by \texttt{ITERATE}{}ing a function. The entries are then +sorted alphabetically according to that string. Of course, some styles won't +sort the entries, in which case they will appear in the same order as in the +document. +\item[\texttt{REVERSE}]\index{bibtex}{reverse@\texttt{REVERSE}}: +Like \texttt{ITERATE}, but from the last entry to the first one. +\end{description} + +That's all for the list of commands. You probably can imagine how this will be +set up. It remains to define the relevant \texttt{FUNCTION}{}s... This is the +subject of the next two sections: We will first see the notation used by \bt, +and then how to define functions. + +\mysection{Reverse Polish Notation} + +\bt uses the so-called Reverse Polish Notation. This is the main reason why +people say that \bt language is hard to understand. It is a stack-based +language: You put arguments on a stack (think of a stack of plates), and each +function takes as many arguments as necessary on the top of the stack, and +replace them with its result. Addition, for instance, will take the first two +elements on the stack, add them, and put the result on the top of the stack. +Another example\footnote{This part is crucial, that's why I insist on it. + But if you really understood how it works, + you can skip the explanation.}: \verb/ 1 3 5 + 2 3 * - / is executed as +follows: +\begin{itemize} +\item \verb+1+ is put on the stack. Assuming the stack was initially empty, it + now contains \verb+1+; +\item \verb+3+ is then put on the stack, which now contains +\verb+1+ and \verb+3+ (\verb+3+ being on the top of the stack); +\item \verb+5+ is added on the stack, which now contains \verb+1+, \verb+3+ + and \verb+5+; +\item \verb/+/ is a binary operator: it reads (and removes) the topmost two + elements on the + stack, which are \verb+5+ and \verb+3+, adds them, and put the resulting + value, \verb+8+, on the top of the stack. The stack is now \verb+1+, + \verb+8+, with \verb+8+ being on the top; +\item \verb+2+ is put on the top of the stack; +\item \verb+3+ is put on the stack. It now contains \verb+1+, \verb+8+, + \verb+2+ and \verb+3+. +\item \verb+*+ is applied to the topmost two elements, which are removed. +The resulting value\footnote{We assume that $\mathtt *$ is the + multiplication in that example, but it is not the case in \bt. In fact, + there is no multiplication operator in \bt, as we will see later, and + $\mathtt{*}$ is the concatenation on strings.}~$3\times 2=6$ +is put on top of the stack, which is now made of \verb+1+, \verb+8+ and +\verb+6+. +\item \verb+-+ is now applied to \verb+6+ and \verb+8+. As defined in + \bt\footnote{This operator is not commutative, and it could have been + defined in the other way.}, the + first value, \verb+6+, is subtracted to the second one, \verb+8+. + Finally, the stack contains \verb+1+ and \verb+2+. +\end{itemize} + +If you did not understand this example, you'd better re-read it, or try to +find more informations somewhere. This is really the core of \bt language, and +you'll probably won't understand anything below if you did not understand +this example. + +But for most of you, it should be ok, and we can tackle the most exciting part. + + +\mysection{Internal functions} + +The table below describes all internal functions\index{bibtex}{internal function}. +For each of them, I give +\begin{itemize} +\item on the left, the items it requires to be present on the top of the +stack, the rightmost item being the uppermost on the stack; +\item on the right, what the function puts on the top of the stack. +\end{itemize} +I will use the following conventions: \el I represents an integer, \el S is a +string, \el F is a function, \el N is a variable name\footnote{A variable name + is a name that has been declared with \texttt{STRINGS} or \texttt{INTEGERS}, + or with \texttt{ENTRY}. + Moreover, it must be preceded with a single quote, so that \bt understands + that you mean the name of the variable and not its value. For instance, + \texttt{'label}.}, \el C is the name of a field declared with +\texttt{ENTRY}\footnote{It could also be \chp{crossref}, which is implicitly + declared by \bt.}, and \el E is an item that can be either a string or an integer.. + +\begin{longtable}{|>{\vrule height9pt depth5pt width0pt}rlr|p{.58\textwidth}<{\vrule height5pt depth7pt width0pt}|} +\hline\endhead +\hline\endfirsthead +\hline\endfoot +\hline\endlastfoot +\eli I1 \eli I2 & \texttt+ & (\eli I1$+$\el I2) & +integer addition\footnotemark; \\ +\noalign{\footnotetext{Integers must be preceded with a +\texttt\#. For instance, if you want to compute $2+5$, you'll enter +\texttt{\#2 \#5 +}. Negative numbers are entered with \texttt{\#-3}, for +instance. }} +\eli I1 \eli I2 & \texttt- & (\eli I1$-$\eli I2) & +integer subtraction; \\ +\eli I1 \eli I2 & \texttt> & \el I & +returns $1$ if \eli I1 is strictly greater than \eli I2, and~$0$ +otherwise\footnotemark;\\ +\noalign{\footnotetext{There is no boolean type in \bt, because integers are + sufficient. Negative numbers (including $0$) mean \texttt{false}, and + strictly positive mean \texttt{true}.}} +\eli I1 \eli I2 & \texttt< & \el I & returns $1$ if \eli I2 is strictly +greater than \eli I1, and $0$ otherwise; \\ +\eli I1 \eli I2 & \texttt= & \el I & returns $1$ if both integers are equal, +and $0$ otherwise;\\ +\eli S1 \eli S2 & \texttt = & \el I & returns $1$ if both strings are equal, +and $0$ otherwise;\\ +\eli S1 \eli S2 & \texttt* & (\eli S1\eli S2) & concatenates both strings\footnotemark; \\ +\noalign{\footnotetext{As mentioned earlier, there is not multiplication in + \bt{}\footnotemark.}}% +\noalign{\footnotetext{We will define one later, since it may be useful.}} +\el E \el N & \texttt{:=} & & assignment operation. Provided that variable \el +N has the same type as item \el E, it is set to that value; \\ +\el S & \fn{add.period} & \el S & adds a period at the end of string \el S, +except if \el S already ends with a period, or an exclamation or question +mark (after removing right braces); \\ +& \fn{call.type} && executes the function whose name is the type of the +current entry. For instance, for an entry \nient{book}, it runs the function +\texttt{book}. Of course, this command cannot be executed through an +\texttt{EXECUTE} command, it can only be called with \texttt{ITERATE} or +\texttt{REVERSE}. +This explains how to add new entry-types: you simply have to define a function +whose name is the entry-type. If an entry-type is used and the +corresponding function has not been defined before the \texttt{READ} command, + \bt will complain; \\ +\el S \texttt{"t"} & \fn{change.case} & \el S & +turns \el S to lower case, except for the first letter and for letters that +appear at brace-depth strictly positive. Remember that special characters are +at depth~0; \\ +\el S \texttt{"l"} & \fn{change.case} & \el S & +turns \el S to lower case, except parts that are at strictly positive +brace-depth; \\ +\el S \texttt{"u"} & \fn{change.case} & \el S & +turns \el S to upper case, except... \\ +\el S & \fn{chr.to.int} & \el I & +if \el S contains only one character (in the classical sense, \emph{i.e.} not +considering special characters), returns its ASCII code; \\ +& \fn{cite} & \el S & puts on the stack the internal key of the current entry. +Only meant to be used with \texttt{ITERATE} or \texttt{REVERSE}, of course;\\ +\el E & \fn{duplicate} & \el E \el E & +adds a copy of the first item on the top of the stack;\\ +\el E & \fn{empty} & \el I & adds $1$ on the top of the stack if \el E is an +empty string or an empty (but defined) field, and $0$ otherwise; \\ +\eli S1 \el I \eli S2 & \fn{format.name} & \el S & +extract the \el I-th name of string \eli S1 (in which names are separated by +\texttt{and}), and formats it according to specification given by string \eli +S2. I can't explain all that here, see the next section for more details; \\ +& \fn{global.max} & \el I & +put on the stack the maximal length allowed for strings. This is useful to +ensure that a string obtained by concatenation is not too long, but the value +is generally quite high (5000~characters); \\ +\el I \eli F1 \eli F2 & \fn{if} && execute \eli F1 if \el I is strictly +positive, and \eli F2 otherwise; \\ +\el I & \fn{int.to.chr} & \el S & turns \el I to its corresponding character +in the ASCII table. \el I must be between $0$ and $127$; \\ +\el I & \fn{int.to.str} & \el S & turns an integer to the equivalent +string\footnotemark; \\ +\noalign{\footnotetext{Scientists would remark that I did not define the + equivalence relation I deal with. I think an example will be sufficient: + if \el I is 147, the equivalent string is \texttt{"147"}.}} +\el C & \fn{missing} & \el I & returns $1$ if field \el C has been defined in +the current entry, and $0$ otherwise;\\ +& \fn{newline} & & flushes the output buffer to the \ext{bbl} file, and + starts a new line; \\ +\el S & \fn{num.names} & \el I & returns the number of names in string \el S. +This is done by counting the number of occurrences of \texttt{and}, surrounded +with spaces and at level~$0$, and adding~$1$; \\ +\el E & \fn{pop} & & removes the topmost item on the stack; \\ +& \fn{preamble} & \el S & puts on the stack a string made of the concatenation +of all \chp{preamble} declarations found in the \ext{bib} file; \\ +\el S & \fn{purify} & \el S & +removes all non-alphanumeric characters of string~\el S. More precisely, this +functions preserves letters and numbers and spaces, replaces each tabulation, +hyphen and tilde with a space, and removes other standard characters, namely +characters not listed above and appearing in the table given in appendix~C of +the \TeX{}book. Special characters are an exception: \LaTeX commands are +removed, as well as spaces, tabulations, hyphens and tildes. Only numbers and +letters appearing outside \LaTeX command names are preserved.% +\label{purify} + +Practically, this commands is used for cleaning strings before comparing them, +when sorting entries. This is why it is important to keep only ``known'' +characters. I insists on the fact that ``\texttt{\bs'e}'' and ``\texttt{\'e}'' +are different, from this point of view, since the first one will be +transformed into an \texttt e, while the second one will be unchanged, but, +when sorting, will be put after the standard 26~letters. \\ +& \fn{quote} & \el S & adds the 1-character string + \verb+"+ on the stack;\\ +& \fn{skip} && does nothing; \\ +& \fn{sort.key} & \el S & this function is in fact a string variable, +implicitly declared for each entry, and that is used by \texttt{SORT}. It +must therefore be defined accordingly before sorting; \\ +... \el E \el E& \fn{stack} && clears the stack, and prints its contents on +standard output (not in the output file); \\ +\el S \eli I1 \eli I2 & \fn{substring} & \el S & extracts from \el S the +string of length \eli I2 starting at position~\eli I1. By convention, the +first character is at position~$1$. Note that special characters and braces +are not considered here, so that the substring of \verb+{\LaTeX}+ of length~3 +starting at position~2 is \verb+\LaT+; \\ +\eli E1 \eli E2 & \fn{swap} & \eli E2 \eli E1 & +swaps both topmost items on the stack; \\ +\el S & \fn{text.length} & \el I & returns the number of characters of \el S, +special characters being considered as only one character, and braces being +omitted; \label{textlength} \\ +\el S \el I & \fn{text.prefix} & \el S & +returns the first \el I characters of \el S, still considering special +characters as only one character, and omitting braces. Braces are output, +however. For instance, the prefix of length~3 of \verb+{{\LaTeX}}1234+ is +\verb+{{\LaT}}+, while it is \verb+{\LaTeX}12+ for \verb+{\LaTeX}1234+; \\ +\el E & \fn{top} && echoes the first item of the stack on standard output (not +in the output file) and removes it from the stack; \\ +& \fn{type} & \el S & adds on the stack the type of the current entry; \\ +\el S & \fn{warning} && writes \el S in a warning message on the standard +output; \\ +\eli F1 \eli F2 & \fn{while} & & +successively executes \eli F1 and \eli F2 while \eli F1 returns a strictly +positive value. \eli F1 has to return an integer; \\ +\el S & \fn{width} &\el I& returns the length of string \el S, in hundredths +of a point, when written using font \emph{cmr}10 of June 1987. You probably +don't mind the details... This function is used for comparing widths of +labels, the longest label being passed as the argument of the +\env{thebibliography} environment; \\ +\el S & \fn{write} && write \el S in the output \ext{bbl} file. +\end{longtable} + +We're done. This should be sufficient for defining plenty of functions for +managing entries, sorting them, label them and typeset them. Before using +them, I promised to explain how \fn{format.name} works. + + +\mysection{The \protect\nifn{format.name} function}\label{noms-start} + +This function is quite complicated. The syntax is as follows: +\begin{center} +\begin{minipage}{.8\textwidth} +\eli S1 \el I \eli S2 \ \fn{format.name}\ \el S +\end{minipage} +\end{center} + +The first argument \eli S1 is generally the content of fields \chp{author} or +\chp{editor}. It is a list of names separated +with \verb+and+. If names are in one of the three formats recognized by \bt +(see section~\ref{author}), \bt will be able to detect the last name, first +name, ``von'' and ``complement''. String \eli S2 defines the output format. +Here is an example: +\begin{center} +\begin{minipage}{.8\textwidth} +\begin{verbatimtab} +"{ff }{vv }{ll}{, jj}" +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{minipage} +\end{center} +The format of such a specification is defined as follows: +\begin{itemize} +\item globally, it is a list of strings, each one being surrounded with + braces; +\item \verb+ff+ represents the \verb+First+ part, \emph{i.e.} the first name; + \verb+ll+ is the \verb+Last+ part, \emph{i.e.} the last name, and \verb+vv+ and + \verb+jj+ are the \verb+von+ and \verb+jr+ part of the name; +\item \fn{format.name} replaces, in each string of list \el S2, strings + \verb+ff+, \verb+ll+, \verb+vv+ and \verb+jj+, with their respective values. + If a value is empty, the complete string is removed. Otherwise, the other + characters in the string are output. In the example above, for instance, if + the \verb+jr+ part is empty, the comma won't be output, and if the + \verb+First+ part is not empty, it will be followed with a space. +\end{itemize} + +This should be almost clear, now. I just mention, but you've probably already +understood, that the integer \el I indicates that we are working on the \el +I-th name of \eli S1. + +Last, there exists abbreviated forms for name formats. They are used to +extract the first letter of first names, for instance. It suffices to replace +\verb+{ff }+ with \verb+{f }+. For multiple names in one part +(several first names, for instance), the first +letter of each name is written, followed with a period. Different names must +be separated with a space, a tabulation, a tilde or an hyphen. Tabulations +are turned to spaces, tildes and hyphens are preserved. Note that there is no +period at the end, and it must be specified by hand by writing \verb+{f. }+. +For instance +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +"Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Franck and Samarin, Alexander" +#2 "{f. }{vv }{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\noindent returns \textit{F. Mittelbach}. +Let's have a look at several other interesting examples: +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +"Charles Jean Gustave Nicolas de La Vall{\'e}e Poussin" +#1 "{vv }{ll}{, f}" format.name$ +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\noindent +yields \emph{de La Vall\'ee Poussin, C.J.G.N} +without the final period, since we did not ask for it. +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +"Doppler, {\relax Ch}ristian Andreas" +#1 "{f. }{vv }{ll}" format.name$ +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\noindent gives \emph{Ch.~A. Doppler}. +Last, +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +"Jean-Baptiste Poquelin" #1 "{f. }{vv }{ll}" format.name$ +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\noindent outputs \emph{J.-B. Poquelin}. + +You probably remarked that one problem is still unsolved: For creating +labels from author names, we will of course use \fn{format.name}, and we'd +like to get \verb+LVP+, say, for a book by +La Vall\'ee Poussin. The first idea, of course, is: +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +"Charles Jean Gustave Nicolas de La Vall{\'e}e Poussin" +#1 "{l}" format.name$ +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\noindent +which unfortunately gives \emph{L. V. P}, which would look awful as a label. +But in fact, the period added between names is a default value, but can be +explicitly given. In our case, we would like to replace the period with empty strings: +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +"Charles Jean Gustave Nicolas de La Vall{\'e}e Poussin" +#1 "{l{}}" format.name$ +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\noindent +which gives the expected \emph{LVP}. +Braces following \verb+l+ mean that nothing should be put between names or +letters. It is also possible to add some text only once, before or after +the names. Spaces can be entered directly, while text and commands should be +put between braces, so that \bt distinguished them with \verb+ff+, +\verb+ll+,~... specifications. An example should make this clear: +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +"Charles Jean Gustave Nicolas de La Vall{\'e}e Poussin" +#1 "{{\scshape\bgroup}ff{ }{\egroup}" format.name$ +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\noindent gives +\verb+{\scshape\bgroup}Charles Jean Gustave Nicolas{\egroup}+, and thus +<<~{\scshape\bgroup}Charles Jean Gustave Nicolas{\egroup}~>>. +Note that we had to trick \bt and \LaTeX regarding the \cmd{bgroup}: braces, +which are necessary in \bt name specifications, are copied verbatim in the +output... +\label{noms-end} + +\medskip +Well... Once again, I could stop here, since you know everything, at least +from the theoretical point of view. But this would not be a good +idea. So the next sections are devoted to some examples and tricks that could +be useful. + +\clearpage +\mysection{Some practical tricks} + +In fact, the main trick to know is how to build a minimal file, in order to +test \bt{}'s behavior, for instance for testing the encoding of a name. This +basic style file will simply output its result on the standard output. +Assume you want to see how \bt cuts the following name: +%\begin{myexv} +\begin{center} +\begin{minipage}{.8\textwidth} +\begin{verbatimtab} +de la Cierva y Codorn{\'\i}u, Juan +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{minipage} +\end{center} +%\end{myexv} %$ + +The minimal \ext{bst} file must contain +\texttt{ENTRY}\index{bibtex}{entry@\texttt{ENTRY}} and +\texttt{READ}\index{bibtex}{read@\texttt{READ}} +commands, even if we won't use any entry. It must also compute the desired +result. Our style file, \verb+min.bst+, will be: +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +ENTRY {}{}{} + +FUNCTION {test} +{"de la Cierva y Codorn{\'\i}u, Juan" +#1 "{ff - }{vv - }{ll}" format.name$ top$} + +READ + +EXECUTE{test} +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} +\noindent This will split the name and write the different parts, separated +with hyphens. + +The \ext{aux} file now: it will simply define the style file to be used: +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +\bibstyle{min} +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} + +This file, called \verb+min.aux+, contains neither the \cmd{bibdata} +precising the \ext{bib} file to use, nor the \cmd{citation}{}s declaring the +entries to be extracted. \bt will, of course, complain about that, but will +continue the execution anyway. + +The result is as follows: +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +% bibtex min +This is BibTeX, Version 0.99c (Web2C 7.4.5) +The top-level auxiliary file: min.aux +The style file: min.bst +I found no \citation commands---while reading file min.aux +I found no \bibdata command---while reading file min.aux +Warning--I didn't find any fields--line 1 of file min.bst +Juan - de~la Cierva~y - Codorn{\'\i}u +(There were 2 error messages) +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} + +We get the error messages, but also the result, showing that our encoding is +not correct (since the \verb+von+ part should only contain \verb+de la+). +As regards unbreakable spaces: \bt automatically adds unbreakable spaces +instead of the first and last spaces. + +This provides you with a way to test all your future \bt functions, which can +be quite useful since \bt error messages are generally difficult to understand. +You can also try to test if \fn{purify} behaves as I said previously. + + +\mysection{Some small simple functions} + +\mysubsection{Boolean functions} + +As you know, \bt does not know about booleans. In particular, there is no +negation, conjunction or disjunction, while it would be quite useful. +Those operations are defined on figure~\ref{fig1}. + +\begin{figure}[!htbp] +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\caption{Basic boolean functions}\label{fig1} +\end{figure} +Let me just explain the first two: For negation, you assume there is a boolean +(\emph{i.e.} an integer) on the top of the stack. Function \fn{if} will test that +boolean. If it evaluates to \verb+true+, the function returns \verb+#0+ (\emph{i.e.} +\verb+false+), and otherwise it returns \verb+#1+ (\emph{i.e.} \verb+true+). +This is precisely what we wanted. + +For the conjunction: we have two booleans on the stack. Function \fn{if} tests +the first one. If it is \verb+true+, then we do nothing (thus leaving the +second boolean on the top of the stack, it's value being the result of the +conjunction). If it is \verb+false+, the conjunction is false: We remove the +second argument and put \verb+#0+ on the top of the stack. + +\mysubsection{Multiplication} + +Figure~\ref{fig2} shows how to compute the multiplication of two integers. +I won't enter into the details, comments should be sufficient. In the same +way, you can try to define integer division, gcd, primality testing,~... +But I'm not sure if it is useful. Multiplication can be, as you'll see below. + +\begin{figure}[!htbp] +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +INTEGERS { a b } + +FUNCTION {mult} +{ + 'a := %% we store the first value + 'b := %% we store the second value + + b #0 < %% We remember the sign of b, and + {#-1 #0 b - 'b :=} %% then consider its absolute value. + {#1} %% + if$ %% + + #0 %% Put 0 on the stack. + {b #0 >} %% While b is strictly positive, + { %% we add a to the value on the stack + a + %% and decrement b. + b #1 - 'b := %% + } %% + while$ %% + + swap$ %% Last, we take the opposite + 'skip$ %% if b was negative. + {#0 swap$ -} %% + if$ %% +} +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} +\caption{The ``multiplication'' function}\label{fig2} +\end{figure} + + +\mysubsection{Converting a string to an integer} + +There is no direct way for converting a string (made of digits) to the +corresponding integer. We will define a function achieving this, and returning +an error message whenever the string is not a number. +This is done recursively, as shown on figure~\ref{fig3}. + +\begin{figure}[!htbp] +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +FUNCTION {chr.to.value} %% The ASCII code of a character +{ + chr.to.int$ #48 - %% ASCII value of "0" -> 48 + duplicate$ duplicate$ %% "1" -> 49 + #0 < swap$ #9 > or %% ... + { %% "9" -> 57 + #48 + int.to.chr$ + " is not a number..." * + warning$ %% Return 0 if it is not a number + pop$ #0 %% + } + {} + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {str.to.int.aux} %% The auxiliary function +{ + {duplicate$ empty$ not} %% While the string is not empty + { %% consider its first char + swap$ #10 mult 'a := %% and ``add'' it at the end of + duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ %% the result. + chr.to.value a + + swap$ + #2 global.max$ substring$ + } + while$ + pop$ +} + +FUNCTION {str.to.int} +{ %% Handling negative values + duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + {#1 swap$ #2 global.max$ substring$} + {#0 swap$} + if$ + %% Initialization, and then + #0 swap$ str.to.int.aux %% call to the aux. funtion + swap$ + {#0 swap$ -} %% And handle the sign. + {} + if$ +} +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\caption{Converting a string to an integer}\label{fig3} +\end{figure} + +There are several interesting points: first, it requires boolean functions, +and multiplications. Those functions must thus be added before the above +definitions. Moreover, function \verb+chr.to.value+ emphasizes an important +rule of thumb: A function must always behave in the same way as regards the +stack: Same type and numbers of inputs, same type and number of outputs. For +instance, here, if the character is not an integer, we complain, but we return +an integer, as if everything was ok. This rule is very important unless you +want to spend some time in debugging. + + +\mysubsection{Counting the number of characters in a string} + +As we saw on page~\pageref{textlength}, \fn{text.length} counts the number of +characters in a string, but assuming \bt's meaning of ``character''. +In fact, the only function that assumes the standard definition of a character +is \fn{substring}. We will use it repeatedly for counting the number of +characters of a string, by computing the successive prefixes until they equal +the original string. + +\begin{figure}[!htbp] +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +INTEGERS{ l } +FUNCTION{ string.length } +{ + #1 'l := + {duplicate$ duplicate$ #1 l substring$ = not} + {l #1 + 'l :=} + while$ + pop$ l +} +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\caption{A function for counting the \emph{real} number of characters}\label{fig4} +\end{figure} + +As an exercise, the reader can try to implement another algorithm: removing +one after the other the first characters of the string until the resulting +string is empty. + +\mysubsection{A ``search-and-replace'' function} + +With the function above, we can now design an algorithm for searching and +replacing the occurrences of a string in a given text. Once again, we cannot +use \fn{text.length} and \fn{text.prefix} since they assume a special +definition of a character. We only use the function \verb+string.length+ and +\fn{substring}. The idea is to successively extract the first $n$ characters +of the text, compare them with the pattern, and replace it or drop the first +character, depending on the result of the comparison. + +\begin{figure}[!htbp] +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +STRINGS{replace find text} +INTEGERS{find_length} +FUNCTION{find.replace} +{ 'replace := + 'find := + 'text := + find string.length 'find_length := + "" + { text empty$ not } + { text #1 find_length substring$ find = + { + replace * + text #1 find_length + global.max$ substring$ 'text := + } + { text #1 #1 substring$ * + text #2 global.max$ substring$ 'text := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\caption{Search-and-replacing with \bt}\label{fig5} +\end{figure} + +This function replaces all the occurrences of the pattern, but it can easily be +adapted for replacing only the first occurrence. As an exercise, the reader can +try to implement the same algorithm using only two string +variables\footnote{Hint: try to leave \texttt{find} on the stack.} (it may be +important to spare string variables since their number is very limited). diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec5.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec5.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..83bc4f6e3eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec5.tex @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +%% ttb_en.sec5.tex +%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +% +% This work consists of the files +% ttb_en.tex +% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty +% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf + + +\mypart{Other use of \bt}\label{autres} +\parttoc +\mtcskip + +Here are some general extensions, showing how to use \bt for other purposes. +I'm developing some of those extensions, and you can get the latest news on my web +page: +\begin{center} +\url{http://www.lsv.ens-cachan.fr/~markey/bibla.php}. +\end{center} +Don't hesitate to give me your comments and ideas. + +\mysection{A publication list} + +This is not really a wide extension of the use of \bt, since it still deals +with bibliography. In this example, we use classical \ext{bib} files in order +to extract only publications by one single person, indicating the names of the +possible other authors. This gives, for instance: +\begin{myex} +\def\refname{Books by Michel \textsc{Goossens}} +\begin{thebibliography}{9} +\bibitem{companion} +{\em the \LaTeX{} Companion}. +Addison-Wesley, 1993. +Joint work with Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin. + +\bibitem{graphics} +{\em the \LaTeX{} Graphics Companion}. +Addison-Wesley, 1999. +Joint work with Sebastian Rahtz and Frank Mittelbach. + +\bibitem{webc} +{\em the \LaTeX{} Web Companion}. +Addison-Wesley, 1999. +Joint work with Sebastian Rahtz. + +\end{thebibliography} +\end{myex} + +There are three important points here: +\begin{itemize} +\item In this case, the entries to be cited are extracted by the style file; +\item Typesetting of names is a little bit different. +\end{itemize} + +The third difference consists in the way the style is configured: Instead of +asking the user to modify the \ext{bst} file, which is rarely desirable, we +add a new entry-type, named \nient{config}. A \nient{config} entry will define +the name of the author whose publications are to be extracted, as well as some +other configuration variables. + +\mysection{An addressbook} + +A list of addresses is a database, that has to be sorted, grouped and typeset. +\bt should be able to do that... + +To that aim, we have to completely redefine the fields, entry-types, and +functions. Fields include names, addresses, phone numbers, e-mail +addresses,~... Here is an example of the output: + +\bigskip +\makeatletter +\font\lettre=cmssdc10 at 20pt +\def\at{@} +\ifx\sautepage\@undefined% +\def\sautepage{\null\cleardoublepage}\fi +\ifx\ecritlettre\@undefined% +\def\ecritlettre#1#2#3#4#5{ +\vbox to 0pt{ +\vspace{#3mm}\hspace{#1mm} +\smash{\colorbox[rgb]{.8,.8,.8}{\lettre \ \ +\vrule height #2mm depth #2mm width 0pt% +\vrule height 8mm depth 0mm width 0pt% +\hbox to #4mm{#5\hfil\null}% +}} +\vspace{-#3mm}\hspace{-#1mm}}}\fi +\small +\makeatother +\ecritlettre{157}{5}{10}{20}{mn} +\noindent +\begin{center} +\begin{tabular}{|p{.30\textwidth}|p{.4\textwidth}p{.18\textwidth}|} +\hline +{\vrule height 5mm width 0mm +{\normalsize \textsc{Markey} Nicolas +}} \vrule height 0mm depth 5mm width 0mm & +\vrule height 5mm width 0mm +LSV -- ENS Cachan\endgraf +61, avenue du Pr\'esident Wilson\endgraf +94235 \textsc{Cachan} C\'edex\vrule depth 3mm width 0mm +& \vrule height 5mm width 0mm +\Telefon \hfill01.47.40.75.32\endgraf +\Faxmachine \hfill01.47.40.24.64\endgraf +\\ & +\multicolumn{2}{l|}{\texttt{markey\at lsv.ens-cachan.fr}} \vrule depth 2mm + width 0mm +\\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{center} + +As in the previous example, I defined a \nient{config} entry-type in order to +define how letters should be grouped together,~... + +\mysection{Exporting, extracting and cleaning bibliographic entries} +\label{bibexport} + +It sometimes occurs that you have to extract a part of your bibliographic +database, for instance for sending it together with a \LaTeX~document. Several +tools already exist for doing this, but they generally can't handle crossrefs, +macros, string abbreviations,~... If fact, \bt can do this on its own: You +simply have to ask the bibliography style to format its output as a +\ext{bib} database (The result will be named \ext{bbl}, since there is no way +to tell \bt to write somewhere else). This technique has many advantages: It +ensures that the fields are treated exactly as \bt would treat them with +another style file; abbreviations are automatically expanded; It is easy to +extract all the references by one author (remember that names could be encoded +in many different manners inside a \ext{bib} database),~... +The package \verb+bibexport+ implements these techniques: +\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/bibexport/} + +\mysection{Using several languages in one bibliography} + +Classical bibliography style only handle one language, generally English. +Handling several languages is quite tricky: First, when filling the \ext{bib} +file, you must ensure not to write language-dependant data. Namely, for +instance, months should be entered numerically. Moreover, \bt adds some words +while processing the entries, such as the ``and'' before the last author name. + +There are several solution for handling several languages: +\begin{itemize} +\item Designing one style file per language. This is somewhat tiring to do, + but not really complicated, and many such translations already exist. + + French styles are available on + \url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/bib-fr/}. In + those styles, I put every translated word at the beginning of the file, so + that it is easy to adapt the translation. + +\item Another solution is to replace language-dependant words with a \LaTeX + command. This is done in \textsf{babelbib} + (\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/babelbib/}), + developed by Harald Harders. + Those style files require that you use the package \sty{babel}, and allows + you to define one language for each entry (and thus to use the right + hyphenation patterns). +\end{itemize} + + +\mysection{A glossary} + +A glossary is a dictionary defining technical terms that appear in a +document. Glossaries are generally made using the index mechanisms of \LaTeX. +But \bt can also do that (and even better than with \nicmd{index}, since it +could extract definitions from a general dictionary). Moreover, it is +possible to add reference to pages where the term is used by using the +\sty{backref} package. See for instance the package \sty{gloss}, developed by +Jose Luis Diaz de Arriba and Javier Bezos. diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e7a7feac9b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.tex @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +%% ttb_en.tex +%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +% +% This work consists of the files +% ttb_en.tex +% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty +% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf + +\def\ttbversion{1.3} +\def\ttbdate{16/10/2005} + +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{lmodern} +\fi +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[english]{babel} +\usepackage{moreverb} +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage[margin=3cm,bottom=2.5cm,top=3cm]{geometry} +\usepackage{multind} +\usepackage{array} +\usepackage{longtable} +\usepackage{marvosym} +\usepackage{color} +\usepackage{ttb_style} +\usepackage{xcolor} +\usepackage[colorlinks,breaklinks]{hyperref} +\makeatletter +\def\@citecolor{green!50!black} +\def\@linkcolor{red!80!black} +\makeatother +\usepackage{advdate} +\makeatletter +\let\save@ssect\@ssect +\usepackage{minitoc} +\expandafter\ifx\csname mtcskip\endcsname\relax + \def\mtcskip{} + \message{WARNING -- Please update your minitoc package.} +\fi + +\makeindex{latex} +\makeindex{bibtex} + + + +\begin{document} +\SetDate[\ttbdate] +\setcounter{parttocdepth}{3} +\doparttoc + +%% Title page +\begin{center} +{\Huge\bfseries Tame the BeaST} +\par\bigskip +{\large The B to X of \bt} +\par\bigskip +Nicolas \textsc{Markey} +\par +\url{markey@lsv.ens-cachan.fr} +\end{center} +\widowpenalty10000 +\vfil\vfil +\begin{center} +\fbox{Version \ttbversion{} -- \today} +\vfil +\begin{minipage}{.8\textwidth} +This \pageref{lastpage}-page tutorial presents and explains, as clearly and +exhaustively as possible, what \bt can do. +Indeed, \bt manuals, essentially two documents by its +author~\cite{btxdoc,btxhak} and chapters in some \LaTeX +books~\cite[...]{latex:dps,latex:lc,latex:lc2}, are often +short and incomplete. + +The capital letters ``BST'' in the title represent the standard extension of +\bt style files. ``B~to~X'' means that I tried to be as complete as +possible. Don't hesitate to e-mail me you \TeX{}nical as well as +(mis)spelling remarks. +\end{minipage} +\end{center} +\vfil\vfil +\begin{center} +\begin{minipage}{.8\textwidth} +\tableofcontents +\end{minipage} +\end{center} +\vfil + +\include{ttb_en.sec1} +\include{ttb_en.sec2} +\include{ttb_en.sec3} +\include{ttb_en.sec4} +\include{ttb_en.sec5} + + +%\nocite{merlin} +\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{} +\cleardoublepage +\bibliographystyle{alpha} +\bibliography{local} +\printindex{latex}{\LaTeX} +\clearpage +\let\oldendindex\endtheindex +\def\copyright{\vfill +\null\hfill\begin{minipage}{.5\textwidth} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\obeyspaces +Copyright \textcopyright{} 2003-\the\year{} Nicolas \textsc{Markey} + +This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +of this license or (at your option) any later version. +The latest version of this license is in\par +\hfil\url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt}\par +and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +version 2003/12/01 or later. + +This work has the LPPL status "maintained".\par +The current maintainer of this work is Nicolas \textsc{Markey}. + \end{minipage}} + + +\def\endtheindex{\label{lastpage}\copyright\oldendindex} +\printindex{bibtex}{\bt} +%\leavevmode\label{lastpage} + + + +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_style.sty b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_style.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7f9eef5356b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_style.sty @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +%% ttb_style.sty +%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +% +% This work consists of the files +% ttb_en.tex +% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty +% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf + + +\RequirePackage{xspace} +\RequirePackage{boxedminipage} + +%\let\nospaceTeX\TeX +%\def\TeX{\nospaceTeX\xspace} +\def\bt{Bib\TeX\xspace} +\let\nospaceLaTeX\LaTeX +\def\LaTeX{\nospaceLaTeX\xspace} +\def\gomo{\emph{grosso modo}\xspace} +\def\ie{ie.\xspace} +\def\cf{cf. } +\catcode`\*=0 +*catcode`*\=11 +*def*bs{\} +*catcode`*\=0 +\catcode`\*=12 +\def\at{@} +\catcode`\$=11 +\def\dol{$} +\catcode`\$=3 %$ +\def\cmd#1{\index{latex}{#1@\texttt{\protect\bs #1}}{\ttfamily \bs #1}\xspace} +\def\cmdat#1{\index{latex}{#1@\texttt{\protect\bs\protect\at #1}}{\ttfamily \bs\at #1}\xspace} +\def\env#1{\index{latex}{#1@\texttt{#1}}{\ttfamily #1}\xspace} +\def\ext#1{{\ttfamily .#1}\xspace} + +\def\sty{\@ifnextchar[{\@sty}{\@sty[sty]}} +\def\@sty[#1]#2{\index{latex}{#2@\textsf{#2.#1}}{\sffamily #2.#1}\xspace} + +\def\cls#1{\index{latex}{#1@\textsf{#1.cls}}{\sffamily #1.cls}\xspace} +\def\bst#1{\index{bibtex}{#1@\textsf{#1.bst}}{\sffamily #1.bst}\xspace} +\def\chp#1{\index{bibtex}{#1@\texttt{#1}}{\ttfamily #1}\xspace} +\def\ent#1{\index{bibtex}{#1@\protect\at #1}{\bfseries \at #1}\xspace} +\def\fn#1{\index{bibtex}{#1@\texttt{#1\protect\dol}}{\ttfamily #1\dol}\xspace} + +\def\el#1{$\cal #1$} +\def\eli#1#2{$\mathcal{#1}_{#2}$} + +\def\nicmd#1{{\ttfamily \bs #1}\xspace} +\def\nienv#1{{\ttfamily #1}\xspace} +\def\niext#1{{\ttfamily .#1}\xspace} +\def\nisty#1{{\sffamily #1.sty}\xspace} +\def\nicls#1{{\sffamily #1.cls}\xspace} +\def\nibst#1{{\sffamily #1.bst}\xspace} +\def\nichp#1{{\ttfamily #1}\xspace} +\def\nient#1{{\bfseries \at #1}\xspace} +\def\nifn#1{{\ttfamily #1\dol}\xspace} + +\newenvironment{myex}{\bigskip\par + \noindent\begin{boxedminipage}{\textwidth}}{% + \end{boxedminipage}\bigskip\par} +\newenvironment{myexv}{\bigskip\par + \noindent\begin{center}\begin{boxedminipage}{.8\textwidth}}{% + \end{boxedminipage}\end{center} + \bigskip\par} + +%\AtBeginDocument{% +\setcounter{tocdepth}{0}% +\def\thepart{\arabic{part}}% +\def\mypart{\clearpage\part}% +\def\@part[#1]#2{ \ifnum\c@secnumdepth>\m@ne\relax + \refstepcounter{part}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart\hspace{1em}#1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}% + \fi + {\parindent \z@ \raggedleft + \interlinepenalty \@M + \normalfont + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne\relax + \Large\sffamily\bfseries \partname\nobreakspace\thepart + \par\nobreak + \fi + \huge \sffamily \bfseries #2% + \markboth{}{}\par}% + \nobreak + \vskip 12ex% + \@afterheading}% +\renewcommand*\l@part[2]{% + \ifnum \c@tocdepth >-2\relax + \addpenalty\@secpenalty + \addvspace{2.25em \@plus\p@}% + \setlength\@tempdima{3em}% + \begingroup + \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth + \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth + {\leavevmode + \large \sffamily #1 + \leaders\hbox{$\m@th + \mkern 2mu\hbox{\small.}\mkern 2mu$}\hfill + \hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}}\par + \nobreak + \if@compatibility + \global\@nobreaktrue + \everypar{\global\@nobreakfalse\everypar{}}% + \fi + \endgroup + \fi} +\let\mysection\section +\def\mysubsection{\subsection} +\def\mysubsubsection{\subsubsection} +\def\floatpagefraction{.8} + +\def\section{\let\@ssect\save@ssect\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {2.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +%} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/ChangeLog b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..90d726e479c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,312 @@ +2004-06-23 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org> + + * tds.tex: version 1.1. + * tds.tex: make that june 2004. + +2004-06-08 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org> + + * tds.tex: type3, version 1.096. + +2004-06-06 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org> + + * tds.tex: 1.095 (still draft). + +2004-06-04 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org> + + * tds2texi.el [ ] doesn't make sense; changed to "\s ". + * tds.tex: use \TeX{} uniformly, not \TeX\ , since that's what + tds2texi.el handles. We ended up with "Inputs for, TeX". + Report from: Hans Fredrik Nordhaug, + 2 Jun 2004 23:01:15 +0200. + + * tds2texi.el (tds2texi-fixup-texinfo): fix the reference to the + "Non-font Metafont" node here instead. + * tds.sed: no non-font special case. + + * tds.tex: specify opentype and truetype under fonts. + +2004-06-03 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org> + + * tds2texi.el (tds2texi-logos-alist): Metafont instead of + METAFONT. + +2004-05-15 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org> + + * tds.tex: doc/ subtree improvements from Chris Rowley, and more. + +2004-05-14 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org> + + * 1.094. + * tds.tex: clarify description of enc & map, maybe. + +2004-05-08 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org> + + * tds.tex: fixes from Staszek. + * tds.tex: check in. + +2004-04-03 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org> + + * Makefile (packages.zip): new target. + (dist): depend on it, and include it in + distribution tar file. + + * tds.tex: wording improvement from vojta, 1.093. + +2004-03-28 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org> + + * tdsguide.cls (\tdsSummary): \let\obeylines=\relax after we set + it, so url.sty v3.0's usage of \obeylines does not cause errors. + + * tds.tex (etex): fix in tds example. + +2004-03-27 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org> + + * tds.tex: 1.092, move extension input files within tex. also + check in from previous changes, notably new scripts/ dir. + +2004-02-11 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org> + + * tds.tex: pfm text, etc., from feb03. + +2003-02-02 <karl@gnu.org> + + * tds.tex: 1.0 + +2003-01-18 <karl@gnu.org> + + * Version 0.9998. + + * tds.tex: force line breaks in references, add Downs reference. + * tds2texi.el: handle \\ in references section. + * Makefile (tds.texi.tmp): don't read emacs init files. + +2003-01-17 <karl@gnu.org> + + * tds2texi.el: doc fixes, @tie. + * tds.tex: enc/maps vs fontname clarification, removal of some + history. + +2003-01-12 <karl@gnu.org> + + * tds.tex: first cut at fonts/enc and fonts/map, version 0.9997. + * Makefile: clean up directory for dist, and remake everything. + * Makefile: use makeinfo --no-split. + +Mon Jul 19 16:54:37 1999 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org> + + * tds2texi.el (tds2texi-fixup-texinfo): Don't need to do this with + Emacs 20.4, at least. + +Sun Jul 11 12:55:53 1999 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org> + + * tds.tex: I have a new address. + +Wed Apr 21 15:30:34 1999 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org> + + * version 0.9996. + + * tds2texi.el: @ifnottex, not @ifinfo. + + * Grammar fixes (Demitrios Athens). + Non-font METAFONT section title (Reinhard Kotucha). + Mention Kpathsea as a sample implementation (Paul Abrahams). + Allow discretion for single-file packages of all kinds (Matthew Swift). + + * fancyhdr.sty: get latest version. + +1998-01-26 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * tds.tex: Version 0.9995: add extension section. + + * tdsguide.cls (\TeXinfo): Remove unused and incorrect name. + (\parsep): Decrease slightly. + (\l@section): Decrease section spacing for toc slightly. + (\@maketitle): Remove word `draft'. + +Fri Jan 23 17:14:01 1998 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * tds.tex: checkin 0.9994. + +Sun Jul 20 16:29:37 1997 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * Version 0.9994. + + * tds2texi.el: We can do @ss. + + * tds2texi.el: Texinfo @url is now @uref. + +Fri Feb 7 15:47:17 1997 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * tds2texi.el: @detailmenu, other fixes, from Ulrik. + + * tdsguide.cls: Fix : in tdsSummary, more doc. + +Tue Feb 4 16:27:56 1997 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * Version 0.9992. + + * tds.tex: Replace gsftopk/ps2pk/etc. with just `modeless'. + +Tue Nov 19 01:24:46 1996 Ulrik Vieth <vieth@thphy.uni-duesseldorf.de> + + * tds.tex: Fix up indentation in `tdsSummary' environments + for the sake of Texinfo, should be consistent everywhere now. + + * tds2texi.el: Fix bug when combining multiple @file tags. + Added some missing functionality from tds.sed and tds.awk. + + * tds.sed: Handle a few translations in Elisp where possible. + Only leave those that are specific to document context. + + * tds.awk: File made redundant. + + * Makefile: Eliminate unnecessary gawk translation step. + +Sat Nov 16 07:16:03 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * tds.tex: Version 0.991. + + * tds2texi.el: More logos; no extra blank lines after sections; + handle \url and \email like \path. + + * tds.awk, tds.sed: New files. + + * url.sty, mflogo.sty, Ulogo.fd: Get latest versions. + + * tdsguide.cls: Changes for 0.9991. + +Tue Nov 12 17:16:54 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * tdsguide.cls: Saving version as of 0.999. + +Sun Nov 10 17:36:36 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * Mention texmf/ini loses. + * Say that the mode/ level is not optional. + + * Mention the possibility of doc/<language>. + From Sebastian. + + * Include AmiWeb2c 2.0 summary. + From: <Scherer@physik.rwth-aachen.de> + + * Allow distribution of modified versions as long they don't + pretend to be the TDS. + + * tds.tex: 0.999. + +Thu Nov 30 11:41:58 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * tds.tex: pnr10.tfm should be pnr10.mf. From Pierre. + +Wed Nov 22 11:46:51 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * tds.tex: Some periods after capital letters end sentences, and + some periods after lowercase don't. From bb. + Remove make uninstall text. + +Tue Nov 21 19:56:35 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * Version 0.999 sent to TUGboat (well, not really). + +Wed Nov 15 19:50:37 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * Version 0.104. Public release. + + * tds.tex: Add tex/generic/images to the figure. + +Sat Nov 11 11:47:16 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * tds.tex: Mention the possibility of multiple texmf's. Fix + non-sentence. From Paul Abrahams. + + * Version 0.103. + + * Move filename constraints to an appendix; we don't require this. + +Fri Oct 27 14:04:09 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * Version 0.102. + + * Include package subdirectories under bibtex. + + * Version 0.101. + +Tue Oct 17 13:22:08 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + - Mention what `texmf' stands for. + - Info documents might be stored outside the tree. + - Recommend PK specials, rather require them. + - Try to define format and package a bit more clearly. + - Explicitly unspecify when something is local. + These things from Paul Abrahams. + +Sat Oct 14 16:07:16 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * Version 0.100. + +Fri Oct 13 16:23:34 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * tdsguide.cls (\textwidth): Make a little larger. Don't bother + reading tdsguide.cfg just to get mflogo. + + - Mention that a format author doesn't have to have a <format> + directory. + - Don't use makeindx as an example. + +Thu Oct 12 14:19:25 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + - Add Christian Spieler to the author list. + - Reserve tex/images for eps files etc. + - Remove implication the texmf/tex/plain has no subdirectories. + - More implementation-specific stuff, this time under + `program'. From Alex Kok et al. + - Expound on texmf/source a bit. From Alex Kok. + - Tell people to go read if we're talking about mysteries + - Remove all instances of the confusing word `application'. + - Mention that examples are documentation, and move discussion of + the alternative to an appendix. + +Tue Oct 10 15:45:32 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + - New section on duplicate filenames. + - Image files are likely to go under texmf/tex. + - Printers can have multiple resolutions. From Bernard Gaulle. + - Reference the level 0 DVI standard. + - Define `dpi' better. From Nelson Beebe, David Kastrup. + - Document the reasons for not using modeless/. From David Kastrup. + - Mention the (presently impractical) possibility of \input + latex2e/file.tex. From Paul Vojta. + - make uninstall or an equivalent is desirable. From Alan Dunwell. + - Remove `files are...' text. From Doug Waud. + - /opt is another likely root. From Jeff Gealow. + - Use dpiNNN, not just dpi. From Bart Childs. + - Slightly improved description of MP. From Bart. + - Recommend . at beginning of search paths. From DEK via Sebastian. + - Include musictex as an example generic/ directory. + +Mon Oct 9 17:36:27 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + - mft/ is no longer a special case under tex/. + - Move `package distribution' to an appendix section. + +Fri Oct 6 17:23:15 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + - Remove \protect. From Ulrik. + +Wed Oct 4 15:08:01 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * Version 0.99. + - Don't hardwire version number in more than place. + - Use TUG instead of O'Reilly for postal mail. + - texmf/tex// does not suffice in general. + - Incorporate `subdirectory searching syntax' section into main + subdir searching section, and `Expeding the Process' into + `Adoption of the TDS'. + - Move bin/ out of the main text. + - Reserve `local' at every level. + - Top-level directories should be a chapter, and + implementation-specific files need more discussion. + - Make macros, fonts, etc. sections under the top-level + directories chapter. + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/Makefile b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..802f45b97c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +# $Id: Makefile,v 1.5 2004/04/04 00:14:59 karl Exp karl $ +# Makefile for tds, by Karl Berry. +# Public domain. + +default all: tds.info tds.html tds.dvi tds.pdf + +tds.dvi: tds.tex tdsguide.cls + latex '\nonstopmode \input tds' + +tds.pdf: tds.tex tdsguide.cls + pdflatex '\nonstopmode \input tds' + +tds.texi: tds.texi.tmp tds.sed + sed -f tds.sed $< >$@ + +tds.texi.tmp: tds.tex tds2texi.el + emacs -q --no-site -batch -l tds2texi.el -f tds2texi-convert --eval '(write-file "$@")' + +tds.info: tds.texi + makeinfo --no-split $< + +tds_toc.html: tds.texi /usr/local/gnu/bin/texi2html + texi2html -split_node -menu $< + +tds.html: tds.texi + makeinfo --number-sections --html --no-split $< + +check: + dw <tds.tex +# chkdelim <tds.tex + ispell -t -l <tds.tex | sort -u + +# so that when we're mirrored on CTAN, we don't show up as a good place +# to get these packages. +packages.zip: Ulogo.fd fancyhdr.sty mflogo.sty url.sty + zip $@ $^ + +dist: all packages.zip +# -rcsdiff -c tds.tex >/tmp/diff + rm -f tds.texi* *~ + rm -f tds.cp tds.fn tds.ky tds.pg tds.tp tds.vr tds.log tds.toc + tar cvvzf /tmp/tds.tar.gz C* M* tds* index.html packages.zip +# shar -z tds.dvi >/tmp/shar +# @echo "Now ci -l -m'version' tds.tex and increment the tdsVersion." diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/README b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d961e75efc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/README @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +This is the TeX Directory Structure (TDS) document, describing a runtime +layout of TeX-related files intended to be portable, +implementation-independent, etc. Most TeX distributions have adopted +this in some form. + +If any questions, comments, or suggestions, email twg-tds@tug.org. +Mailing list archives available at: http://tug.org/mail-archives/twg-tds/ + +tds.tex is the master source file. A few extra LaTeX packages that it +uses are in packages.zip, in the unlikely event that you don't already +have them. + +http://tug.org/tds/ contains the current released version. For older +versions, see ftp://tug.org/historic/docs/tds. For the current +development sources, see http://tds.sarovar.org. + +Happy installing. diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/index.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/index.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a9be53d8abf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/index.html @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +<meta http-equiv="refresh" content="0; url=tds.html"> diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..49da35a2f5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html @@ -0,0 +1,1997 @@ +<html lang="en"> +<head> +<title>A Directory Structure for TeX Files</title> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html"> +<meta name="description" content="A Directory Structure for TeX Files"> +<meta name="generator" content="makeinfo 4.7"> +<link title="Top" rel="top" href="#Top"> +<link href="http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/" rel="generator-home" title="Texinfo Homepage"> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css"> +<style type="text/css"><!-- + pre.display { font-family:inherit } + pre.format { font-family:inherit } + pre.smalldisplay { font-family:inherit; font-size:smaller } + pre.smallformat { font-family:inherit; font-size:smaller } + pre.smallexample { font-size:smaller } + pre.smalllisp { font-size:smaller } + span.sc { font-variant:small-caps } + span.roman { font-family:serif; font-weight:normal; } +--></style> +</head> +<body> +<h1 class="settitle">A Directory Structure for TeX Files</h1> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Top"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Introduction">Introduction</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#dir">(dir)</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h2 class="unnumbered">A Directory Structure for TeX Files</h2> + +<p>Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2003, 2004 +TeX Users Group. + + <p>Permission to use, copy, and distribute this document <em>without +modification</em> for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that this notice appears in all copies. It is provided “as +is” without expressed or implied warranty. + + <p>Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +document under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the +modifications are clearly marked and the document is not represented as +the official one. + + <p>This document is available on any CTAN host +(see Appendix <!-- /@w --><a href="#Related-references">Related references</a>). +Please send questions or suggestions by email to +<a href="mailto:tds@tug.org">tds@tug.org</a>. We welcome all comments. This is version +1.1. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Introduction">Introduction</a> +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#General">General</a> +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a> +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Summary">Summary</a> +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#Unspecified-pieces">Unspecified pieces</a> +<li><a accesskey="6" href="#Implementation-issues">Implementation issues</a> +<li><a accesskey="7" href="#Is-there-a-better-way_003f">Is there a better way?</a> +<li><a accesskey="8" href="#Related-references">Related references</a> +<li><a accesskey="9" href="#Contributors">Contributors</a> + +</li></ul> +<p>--- The Detailed Node Listing --- + +<p>Introduction + +</p> +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a href="#History">History</a> +<li><a href="#The-role-of-the-TDS">The role of the TDS</a> +<li><a href="#Conventions">Conventions</a> + +</li></ul> +<p>General + +</p> +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a href="#Subdirectory-searching">Subdirectory searching</a> +<li><a href="#Rooting-the-tree">Rooting the tree</a> +<li><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a> +<li><a href="#Duplicate-filenames">Duplicate filenames</a> + +</li></ul> +<p>Top-level directories + +</p> +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a href="#Macros">Macros</a> +<li><a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a> +<li><a href="#Non_002dfont-Metafont-files">Non-font Metafont files</a> +<li><a href="#MetaPost">MetaPost</a> +<li><a href="#BibTeX">BibTeX</a> +<li><a href="#Scripts">Scripts</a> +<li><a href="#Documentation">Documentation</a> + +</li></ul> +<p>Macros + +</p> +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a href="#Extensions">Extensions</a> + +</li></ul> +<p>Fonts + +</p> +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a href="#Font-bitmaps">Font bitmaps</a> +<li><a href="#Valid-font-bitmaps">Valid font bitmaps</a> + +</li></ul> +<p>Summary + +</p> +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a href="#Documentation-tree-summary">Documentation tree summary</a> + +</li></ul> +<p>Unspecified pieces + +</p> +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a href="#Portable-filenames">Portable filenames</a> + +</li></ul> +<p>Implementation issues + +</p> +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a href="#Adoption-of-the-TDS">Adoption of the TDS</a> +<li><a href="#More-on-subdirectory-searching">More on subdirectory searching</a> +<li><a href="#Example-implementation_002dspecific-trees">Example implementation-specific trees</a> + +</li></ul> +<p>Example implementation-specific trees + +</p> +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a href="#AmiWeb2c-2_002e0">AmiWeb2c 2.0</a> +<li><a href="#Public-DECUS-TeX">Public DECUS TeX</a> +<li><a href="#Web2c-7">Web2c 7</a> + +</li></ul> +<p>Is there a better way? + +</p> +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a href="#Macro-structure">Macro structure</a> +<li><a href="#Font-structure">Font structure</a> +<li><a href="#Documentation-structure">Documentation structure</a> + +</li></ul> +<p>Font structure + +</p> +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a href="#Font-file-type-location">Font file type location</a> +<li><a href="#Mode-and-resolution-location">Mode and resolution location</a> +<li><a href="#Modeless-bitmaps">Modeless bitmaps</a> + + </ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Introduction"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#General">General</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Top">Top</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h2 class="chapter">1 Introduction</h2> + +<p>TeX is a powerful, flexible typesetting system used by many people +around the world. It is extremely portable and runs on virtually all +operating systems. One unfortunate side effect of TeX's flexibility, +however, is that there has been no single “right” way to install it. +This has resulted in many sites having different installed arrangements. + + <p>The primary purpose of this document is to describe a standard TeX +Directory Structure (TDS): a directory hierarchy for macros, +fonts, and the other implementation-independent TeX system files. As +a matter of practicality, this document also suggests ways to +incorporate the rest of the TeX files into a single structure. The +TDS has been designed to work on all modern systems. In +particular, the Technical Working Group (TWG) believes it is usable +under MacOS, MS-DOS, OS/2, Unix, VMS, and +Windows NT. We hope that administrators and developers of both +free and commercial TeX implementations will adopt this standard. + + <p>This document is intended both for the TeX system administrator at a +site and for people preparing TeX distributions—everything from a +complete runnable system to a single macro or style file. It may also +help TeX users find their way around systems organized this way. It +is not a tutorial: we necessarily assume knowledge of the many parts of +a working TeX system. If you are unfamiliar with any of the programs +or file formats we refer to, consult the references in +Appendix <!-- /@w --><a href="#Related-references">Related references</a>. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#History">History</a> +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#The-role-of-the-TDS">The role of the TDS</a> +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Conventions">Conventions</a> +</ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="History"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#The-role-of-the-TDS">The role of the TDS</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Introduction">Introduction</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">1.1 History</h3> + +<p>Version 1.0 of the TDS was released in February 2003. + + <p>Version 1.1 was released in June 2004, with the following non-editorial +changes: + + <ul> +<li>Inputs for TeX extensions included under <samp><span class="file">tex</span></samp>, instead + of in their own top-level directories (Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Extensions">Extensions</a>) +<li>New top-level directory <samp><span class="file">scripts</span></samp> (Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Scripts">Scripts</a>). +<li>New subdirectories <samp><span class="file">lig</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">opentype</span></samp>, + <samp><span class="file">truetype</span></samp>, and <samp><span class="file">type3</span></samp> under <samp><span class="file">fonts</span></samp> + (Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>). +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">enc</span></samp>', +<samp><span class="file">lig</span></samp>, and <samp><span class="file">map</span></samp> all use + <samp><var>syntax</var><span class="file">/</span><var>package</var></samp> subdirectories + (Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>). +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">pfm</span></samp>' files specified to go under <samp><span class="file">type1</span></samp>, +and + <samp><span class="file">inf</span></samp> files under <samp><span class="file">afm</span></samp> (Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>). +</ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="The-role-of-the-TDS"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Conventions">Conventions</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#History">History</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Introduction">Introduction</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">1.2 The role of the TDS</h3> + +<p>The role of the TDS is to stabilize the organization of +TeX-related software packages that are installed and in use, possibly +on multiple platforms simultaneously. + + <p>At first glance, it may seem that the Comprehensive TeX Archive +Network (CTAN) fulfills at least part of this role, but this is +not the case. The role of CTAN is to simplify archiving and +distribution, not installation and use. + + <p>In fact, the roles of the TDS and CTAN are frequently in +conflict, as we will see. For distribution, many different types of +files must be combined into a single unit; for use, it is traditional to +segregate files (even similar files) from a single package into +separate, occasionally distant, directories. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Conventions"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#The-role-of-the-TDS">The role of the TDS</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Introduction">Introduction</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">1.3 Conventions</h3> + +<p>In this document, <samp><span class="file">/</span></samp> is used to separate filename components; +for example, <samp><span class="file">texmf/fonts</span></samp>. This is the Unix convention but the +ideas are in no way Unix-specific. + + <p>In this document, “TeX” generally means the TeX system, including +Metafont, DVI drivers, utilities, etc., not just the TeX +program itself. + + <p>The word “package” in this document has its usual meaning: a set of +related files distributed, installed, and maintained as a unit. This is +<em>not</em> a LaTeX2e package, which is a style file supplementing +a document class. + + <p>We use the following typographic conventions: + + <ul> +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">literal</span></samp>' +Literal text such as <samp><span class="file">filename</span></samp> is +typeset in typewriter type. + + <li>`<samp><var>replaceable</var></samp>' +Replaceable text such as +<samp><var>package</var></samp>, identifying a class of things, is typeset in +italics inside angle brackets. + + </ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="General"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Introduction">Introduction</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h2 class="chapter">2 General</h2> + +<p>This section describes common properties throughout the TDS tree. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Subdirectory-searching">Subdirectory searching</a> +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Rooting-the-tree">Rooting the tree</a> +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a> +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Duplicate-filenames">Duplicate filenames</a> +</ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Subdirectory-searching"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Rooting-the-tree">Rooting the tree</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#General">General</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">2.1 Subdirectory searching</h3> + +<p>Older TeX installations store large numbers of related files in single +directories, for example, all <samp><span class="file">TFM</span></samp> files and/or all TeX +input files. + + <p>This monolithic arrangement hinders maintenance of a TeX system: it +is difficult to determine what files are used by what packages, what +files need to be updated when a new version is installed, or what files +should be deleted if a package is removed. It is also a source of error +if two or more packages happen to have input files with the same name. + + <p>Therefore, the TWG felt each package should be in a separate +directory. But we recognized that explicitly listing all directories to +be searched would be unbearable. A site may wish to install dozens of +packages. Aside from anything else, listing that many directories would +produce search paths many thousands of characters long, overflowing the +available space on some systems. + + <p>Also, if all directories are explicitly listed, installing or removing a +new package would mean changing a path as well as installing or removing +the actual files. This would be a time-consuming and error-prone +operation, even with implementations that provide some way to specify +the directories to search at runtime. On systems without runtime +configuration, it would require recompiling software, an intolerable +burden. + + <p>As a result, the TWG concluded that a comprehensive TDS +requires implementations to support some form of implicit subdirectory +searching. More precisely, implementations must make it possible to +specify that TeX, Metafont, and their companion utilities search in both +a specified directory and recursively through all subdirectories of that +directory when looking for an input file. Other forms of subdirectory +searching, for example recursive-to-one-level searches, may also be +provided. We encourage implementors to provide subdirectory searching +at the option of the installer and user for all paths. + + <p>The TDS does not specify a syntax for specifying recursive +searching, but we encourage implementors to provide interoperability +(see Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#More-on-subdirectory-searching">More on subdirectory searching</a>). + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Rooting-the-tree"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Subdirectory-searching">Subdirectory searching</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#General">General</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">2.2 Rooting the tree</h3> + +<p>In this document, we shall designate the root TDS directory by +<samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> (for “TeX and Metafont”). We recommend using that name +where possible, but the actual name of the directory is up to the +installer. On PC networks, for example, this could map to a +logical drive specification such as <samp><span class="file">T:</span></samp>. + + <p>Similarly, the location of this directory on the system is +site-dependent. It may be at the root of the file system; on Unix +systems, <samp><span class="file">/usr/local/share</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">/usr/local</span></samp>, +<samp><span class="file">/usr/local/lib</span></samp>, and <samp><span class="file">/opt</span></samp> are common choices. + + <p>The name <samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> was chosen for several reasons: it reflects the fact +that the directory contains files pertaining to an entire TeX system +(including Metafont, MetaPost, BibTeX, etc.), not just TeX itself; and it +is descriptive of a generic installation rather than a particular +implementation. + + <p>A site may choose to have more than one TDS hierarchy installed +(for example, when installing an upgrade). This is perfectly legitimate. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Local-additions"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Duplicate-filenames">Duplicate filenames</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Rooting-the-tree">Rooting the tree</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#General">General</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">2.3 Local additions</h3> + +<p>The TDS cannot specify precisely when a package is or is not a +“local addition”. Each site must determine this according to its own +conventions. At the two extremes, one site might wish to consider +“nonlocal” all files not acquired as part of the installed TeX +distribution; another site might consider “local” only those files +that were actually developed at the local site and not distributed +elsewhere. + + <p>We recognize two common methods for local additions to a distributed +<samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> tree. Both have their place; in fact, some sites employ +both simultaneously: + + <ol type=1 start=1> + + <li>A completely separate tree which is a TDS structure +itself; for example, <samp><span class="file">/usr/local/umbtex</span></samp> at the University of +Massachusetts at Boston. This is another example of the multiple +<samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> hierarchies mentioned in the previous section. + + <li>A directory named <samp><span class="file">local</span></samp> at any appropriate level, for +example, in the <samp><var>format</var></samp>, <samp><var>package</var></samp>, and +<samp><var>supplier</var></samp> directories discussed in the following sections. +The TDS reserves the directory name <samp><span class="file">local</span></samp> for this +purpose. + + <p>We recommend using <samp><span class="file">local</span></samp> for site-adapted configuration files, +such as <samp><span class="file">language.dat</span></samp> for the Babel package or <samp><span class="file">graphics.cfg</span></samp> +for the graphics package. Unmodified configuration files from a package +should remain in the package directory. The intent is to separate +locally modified or created files from distribution files, to ease +installing new releases. + + </ol> + + <p>One common case of local additions is dynamically generated files, e.g., +PK fonts by the <samp><span class="file">mktexpk</span></samp> script (which originated in +Dvips as <samp><span class="file">MakeTeXPK</span></samp>). A site may store the +generated files directly in any of: + <ul> +<li>their standard location in the main TDS tree (if it can be +made globally writable); + + <li>an alternative location in the main TDS tree (for +example, under <samp><span class="file">texmf/fonts/tmp</span></samp>); + + <li>a second complete TDS tree (as outlined above); + + <li>any other convenient directory (perhaps under +<samp><span class="file">/var</span></samp>, for example <samp><span class="file">/var/spool/fonts</span></samp>). + + </ul> + + <p>No one solution will be appropriate for all sites. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Duplicate-filenames"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#General">General</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">2.4 Duplicate filenames</h3> + +<p>Different files by the same name may exist in a TDS tree. The +TDS generally leaves unspecified which of two files by the same +name in a search path will be found, so generally the only way to +reliably find a given file is for it to have a unique name. However, +the TDS requires implementations to support the following +exceptions: + + <ul> +<li>Names of TeX input files must be unique within each first-level +subdirectory of <samp><span class="file">texmf/tex</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">texmf/tex/generic</span></samp>, but not +within all of <samp><span class="file">texmf/tex</span></samp>; i.e., different TeX formats may have +files by the same name. (Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Macros">Macros</a> discusses this +further.) Thus, no single format-independent path specification, such +as a recursive search beginning at <samp><span class="file">texmf/tex</span></samp> specifying no other +directories, suffices. So implementations must provide format-dependent +path specifications, for example via wrapper scripts or configuration +files. + + <li>Many font files will have the same name (e.g., <samp><span class="file">cmr10.pk</span></samp>), +as discussed in Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Valid-font-bitmaps">Valid font bitmaps</a>. Implementations +must distinguish these files by mode and resolution. + + </ul> + + <p>All implementations we know of already have these capabilities. + + <p>One place where duplicate names are likely to occur is not an exception: + + <ul> +<li>Names of Metafont input files (as opposed to bitmaps) must be unique +within all of <samp><span class="file">texmf/fonts</span></samp>. In practice, this is a problem with +some variants of Computer Modern which contain slightly modified files +named <samp><span class="file">punct.mf</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">romanl.mf</span></samp>, and so on. We believe the only +feasible solution is to rename the derivative files to be +unique. + + </ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Top_002dlevel-directories"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Summary">Summary</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#General">General</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h2 class="chapter">3 Top-level directories</h2> + +<p>The directories under the <samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> root identify the major components of +a TeX system (see Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Summary">Summary</a> for a summary). A site +may omit any unneeded directories. + + <p>Although the TDS by its nature can specify precise locations only +for implementation-independent files, we recognize that installers may +well wish to place other files under <samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> to simplify administration +of the TeX tree, especially if it is maintained by someone other than +the system administrator. Therefore, additional top-level directories +may be present. + + <p>The top-level directories specified by the TDS are: + + <ul> +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">tex</span></samp>' +for TeX files (Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Macros">Macros</a>). + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">fonts</span></samp>' +for font-related files (Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>). + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">metafont</span></samp>' +for Metafont files which are not fonts (Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Non_002dfont-Metafont-files">Non-font Metafont files</a>). + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">metapost</span></samp>' +for MetaPost files (Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#MetaPost">MetaPost</a>). + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">bibtex</span></samp>' +for BibTeX files (Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#BibTeX">BibTeX</a>). + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">scripts</span></samp>' +for platform-independent executables (Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Scripts">Scripts</a>). + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">doc</span></samp>' +for user documentation (Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Documentation">Documentation</a>). + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">source</span></samp>' +for sources. This includes both traditional +program sources (for example, Web2C sources go in +<samp><span class="file">texmf/source/web2c</span></samp>) and, e.g., LaTeX <samp><span class="file">dtx</span></samp> sources (which +go in <samp><span class="file">texmf/source/latex</span></samp>). The TDS leaves unspecified any +structure under <samp><span class="file">source</span></samp>. + + <p><samp><span class="file">source</span></samp> is intended for files which are not needed at runtime by +any TeX program; it should not be included in any search path. For +example, <samp><span class="file">plain.tex</span></samp> does not belong under <samp><span class="file">texmf/source</span></samp>, +even though it is a “source file” in the sense of not being derived +from another file. (It goes in <samp><span class="file">texmf/tex/plain/base</span></samp>, as explained +in Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Macros">Macros</a>). + + <li>`<samp><var>implementation</var></samp>' +for implementations (examples: +<samp><span class="file">emtex</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">vtex</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">web2c</span></samp>), to be used for whatever +purpose deemed suitable by the implementor or TeX administrator. +That is, files that cannot be shared between implementations, such as +pool files (<samp><span class="file">tex.pool</span></samp>) and memory dump files (<samp><span class="file">plain.fmt</span></samp>) go +here, in addition to implementation-wide configuration files. See +Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Example-implementation_002dspecific-trees">Example implementation-specific trees</a> for examples of +real <samp><var>implementation</var></samp> trees. + + <p>Such implementation-specific configuration files should <em>not</em> +be located using the main TeX input search path (e.g., +<samp><span class="file">TEXINPUTS</span></samp>). This must be reserved for files actually read by a +TeX engine. See Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Extensions">Extensions</a>. + + <li>`<samp><var>program</var></samp>' +for program-specific input and +configuration files for any TeX-related programs (examples: +<samp><span class="file">mft</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">dvips</span></samp>). In fact, the <samp><span class="file">tex</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">metafont</span></samp>, +<samp><span class="file">metapost</span></samp>, and <samp><span class="file">bibtex</span></samp> items above may all be seen as +instances of this case. + + </ul> + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Macros">Macros</a> +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Fonts">Fonts</a> +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Non_002dfont-Metafont-files">Non-font Metafont files</a> +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#MetaPost">MetaPost</a> +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#BibTeX">BibTeX</a> +<li><a accesskey="6" href="#Scripts">Scripts</a> +<li><a accesskey="7" href="#Documentation">Documentation</a> +</ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Macros"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">3.1 Macros</h3> + +<p>TeX macro files shall be stored in separate directories, segregated +by TeX format and package name (we use `format' in its traditional +TeX sense to mean a usefully <samp><span class="file">\dump</span></samp>-able package): +<pre class="example"> texmf/tex/<var>format</var>/<var>package</var>/ +</pre> + <ul> +<li>`<samp><var>format</var></samp>' +is a format name (examples: <samp><span class="file">amstex</span></samp>, +<samp><span class="file">latex</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">plain</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">texinfo</span></samp>). + + <p>The TDS allows distributions that can be used as either formats or +packages (e.g., Texinfo, Eplain) to be stored at either level, at the +option of the format author or TeX administrator. We recommend that +packages used as formats at a particular site be stored at the +<samp><var>format</var></samp> level: by adjusting the TeX inputs search path, +it will be straightforward to use them as macro packages under another +format, whereas placing them in another tree completely obscures their +use as a format. + + <p>The TDS reserves the following <samp><var>format</var></samp> names: + + <ul> +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">generic</span></samp>', +for input files that are useful across a wide +range of formats (examples: <samp><span class="file">null.tex</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">path.sty</span></samp>). +Generally, this means any format that uses the category codes of Plain +TeX and does not rely on any particular format. This is in contrast +to those files which are useful only with Plain TeX (which go under +<samp><span class="file">texmf/tex/plain</span></samp>), e.g., <samp><span class="file">testfont.tex</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">plain.tex</span></samp> +itself. + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">local</span></samp>', +for local additions. See Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>. + + </ul> + + <p>Thus, for almost every format, it is necessary to search at least the +<samp><var>format</var></samp> directory and then the <samp><span class="file">generic</span></samp> directory (in +that order). Other directories may need to be searched as well, +depending on the format. When using AMS-TeX, for example, the +<samp><span class="file">amstex</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">plain</span></samp>, and <samp><span class="file">generic</span></samp> directories should be +searched, because AMS-TeX is compatible with Plain. + + <li>`<samp><var>package</var></samp>' +is a TeX package name (examples: +<samp><span class="file">babel</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">texdraw</span></samp>). + + <p>In the case where a format consists of only a single file and has no +auxiliary packages, that file can simply be placed in the +<samp><var>format</var></samp> directory, instead of +<samp><var>format</var><span class="file">/base</span></samp>. For example, Texinfo may go in +<samp><span class="file">texmf/tex/texinfo/texinfo.tex</span></samp>, not +<samp><span class="file">texmf/tex/texinfo/base/texinfo.tex</span></samp>. + + <p>The TDS reserves the following <samp><var>package</var></samp> names: + + <ul> +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">base</span></samp>', +for the base distribution of each format, +including files used by INITEX when dumping format files. For +example, in the standard LaTeX distribution, the <samp><span class="file">ltx</span></samp> files +created during the build process. Another example: the <samp><span class="file">.ini</span></samp> +driver files for formats used by TeX Live and other distributions. + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">hyphen</span></samp>', +for hyphenation patterns, including the original +American English <samp><span class="file">hyphen.tex</span></samp>. These are typically used only by +INITEX. In most situations, this directory need exist only under the +<samp><span class="file">generic</span></samp> format. + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">images</span></samp>', +for image input files, such as Encapsulated +PostScript figures. Although it is somewhat non-intuitive for these to +be under a directory named <samp><span class="file">tex</span></samp>, TeX needs to read these +files to glean bounding box or other information. A mechanism for +sharing image inputs between TeX and other typesetting programs +(e.g., Interleaf, FrameMaker) is beyond the scope of the +TDS. In most situations, this directory need exist only under +the <samp><span class="file">generic</span></samp> format. + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">local</span></samp>', +for local additions and configuration files. See +Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>. + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">misc</span></samp>', +for packages that consist of a single file. An +administrator or package maintainer may create directories for +single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using <samp><span class="file">misc</span></samp>. + + </ul> + + </ul> + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Extensions">Extensions</a> +</ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Extensions"></a>Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Macros">Macros</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h4 class="subsection">3.1.1 Extensions</h4> + +<p>TeX has spawned many companion and successor programs (“engines”), +such as PDFTeX, Omega, and others. The TDS specifies +that the input files for such programs (using a TeX-like syntax) be +placed within the top-level <samp><span class="file">tex</span></samp> directory, either at the top +level or within a format subdirectory, even though the original TeX +program may not be able to read them. For example: + +<pre class="example"> texmf/tex/aleph + texmf/tex/enctex +</pre> + <p>This is a change from TDS <!-- /@w -->1.0, which specified top-level +<samp><var>extension</var></samp> directories for each such program. We felt the +new approach is preferable, because: + + <ul> +<li>Authors of relevant packages typically make their code detect the +engine being used, and issue error messages or adapt to circumstances +appropriately. Furthermore, as a package matures, it may support +multiple engines. Thus, a package could conceivably be placed in any of +several top-level directories, at different times. Putting all packages +under the top-level <samp><span class="file">tex</span></samp> directory provides a stable location over +time. + + <li>Users need to be able to switch between engines, and configuring +different search paths for each engine is difficult and error-prone. + + </ul> + + <p>Thus, in practice, having different top-level directories caused +difficulties for everyone involved—users, package authors, site +administrators, and system distributors. + + <p>Please contrast this approach with the <samp><var>implementation</var></samp> +top-level subdirectory (Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a>), which +is to be used for configuration files that (presumably) do not use +TeX syntax and in any case should not be found along the main TeX +input search path. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Fonts"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Non_002dfont-Metafont-files">Non-font Metafont files</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Macros">Macros</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">3.2 Fonts</h3> + +<p>Font files are stored in separate directories, segregated by file type, +and then (in most cases) font supplier and typeface. PK and +GF files need additional structure, as detailed in the next +section. + +<pre class="example"> texmf/fonts/<var>type</var>/<var>supplier</var>/<var>typeface</var>/ + texmf/fonts/enc,lig,map/<var>subpath</var>/ +</pre> + <ul> +<li>`<samp><var>type</var></samp>' +is the type of font file. The TDS +reserves the following <samp><var>type</var></samp> names for common TeX file +types: + + <ul> +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">afm</span></samp>', +for Adobe font metrics, and <samp><span class="file">inf</span></samp> files. +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">gf</span></samp>', +for generic font bitmap files. +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">opentype</span></samp>', +for OpenType fonts. +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">pk</span></samp>', +for packed bitmap files. +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">source</span></samp>', +for font sources (Metafont files, property lists, etc.). +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">tfm</span></samp>', +for TeX font metric files. +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">truetype</span></samp>', +for TrueType fonts. +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">type1</span></samp>', +for PostScript Type 1 fonts (in <samp><span class="file">pfa</span></samp>, + <samp><span class="file">pfb</span></samp>, or any other format), and <samp><span class="file">pfm</span></samp> files. +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">type3</span></samp>', +for PostScript Type 3 fonts. +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">vf</span></samp>', +for virtual fonts. +</ul> + + <p>The TDS also reserves the names <samp><span class="file">enc</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">lig</span></samp>, and +<samp><span class="file">map</span></samp> for font encoding, ligature, and mapping files, respectively. +All of these directories are structured the same way, with +<samp><var>syntax</var></samp> subdirectories, and then <samp><var>package</var></samp> +subsubdirectories. Each of these file types is intended to be searched +along its own recursively-searched path. The names of the actual files +must be unique within their subtree, as usual. Examples: + <pre class="example"> fonts/map/dvipdfm/updmap/dvipdfm.map + fonts/map/dvips/lm/lm.map + fonts/enc/dvips/base/8r.enc + </pre> + <p>The Fontname and Dvips packages have more examples of the <samp><span class="file">enc</span></samp> and +<samp><span class="file">map</span></samp> types. The <samp><span class="file">afm2pl</span></samp> program uses <samp><span class="file">lig</span></samp> files. + + <p><samp><span class="file">pfm</span></samp> files are included in the <samp><span class="file">type1</span></samp> directory, instead of +being given their own directory, for two reasons: 1) <!-- /@w -->a <samp><span class="file">.pfm</span></samp> file +is always an adjunct to a given <samp><span class="file">.pfb</span></samp> file; 2) <!-- /@w -->they must be +installed from the same directory for Windows programs other than TeX +to use them. + + <p><samp><span class="file">inf</span></samp> files are included in the <samp><span class="file">afm</span></samp> directory, since +an <samp><span class="file">inf</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">afm</span></samp> file can be used to generate a <samp><span class="file">pfm</span></samp>. +(Unfortunately, Adobe Type Manager and perhaps other software requires +that the <samp><span class="file">pfb</span></samp> be in the same directory as <samp><span class="file">afm</span></samp> and +<samp><span class="file">inf</span></samp> for installation.) + + <p>As usual, a site may omit any of these directories that are unnecessary. +<samp><span class="file">gf</span></samp> is a particularly likely candidate for omission. + + <li>`<samp><var>supplier</var></samp>' +is a name identifying font source +(examples: <samp><span class="file">adobe</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">ams</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">public</span></samp>). The TDS +reserves the following <samp><var>supplier</var></samp> names: + + <ul> +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">ams</span></samp>', +for the American Mathematical Society's AMS-fonts +collection. + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">local</span></samp>', +for local additions. See Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>. + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">public</span></samp>', +for freely redistributable fonts where the supplier +neither (1) <!-- /@w -->requested their own directory (e.g., <samp><span class="file">ams</span></samp>), nor +(2) <!-- /@w -->also made proprietary fonts (e.g., <samp><span class="file">adobe</span></samp>). It does not +contain all extant freely distributable fonts, nor are all files therein +necessarily strictly public domain. + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">tmp</span></samp>', +for dynamically-generated fonts, as is traditional on +some systems. It may be omitted if unnecessary, as usual. + + </ul> + + <li>`<samp><var>typeface</var></samp>' +is the name of a typeface family +(examples: <samp><span class="file">cm</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">euler</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">times</span></samp>). The TDS +reserves the following <samp><var>typeface</var></samp> names: + + <ul> +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">cm</span></samp>' (within <samp><span class="file">public</span></samp>), +for the 75 fonts defined in +<cite>Computers and Typesetting, Volume <!-- /@w -->E</cite>. + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">latex</span></samp>' (within <samp><span class="file">public</span></samp>), +for those fonts distributed +with LaTeX in the base distribution. + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">local</span></samp>', +for local additions. See Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>. + + </ul> + + </ul> + + <p>Some concrete examples: +<pre class="example"> texmf/fonts/source/public/pandora/pnr10.mf + texmf/fonts/tfm/public/cm/cmr10.tfm + texmf/fonts/type1/adobe/utopia/putr.pfa +</pre> + <p>For complete supplier and typeface name lists, consult +<cite>Filenames for TeX fonts</cite> (see Appendix <!-- /@w --><a href="#Related-references">Related references</a>). + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Font-bitmaps">Font bitmaps</a> +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Valid-font-bitmaps">Valid font bitmaps</a> +</ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Font-bitmaps"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Valid-font-bitmaps">Valid font bitmaps</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Fonts">Fonts</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h4 class="subsection">3.2.1 Font bitmaps</h4> + +<p>Font bitmap files require two characteristics in addition to the above +to be uniquely identifiable: (1) <!-- /@w -->the type of device (i.e., mode) for +which the font was created; (2) <!-- /@w -->the resolution of the bitmap. + + <p>Following common practice, the TDS segregates fonts with +different device types into separate directories. See <samp><span class="file">modes.mf</span></samp> +in Appendix <!-- /@w --><a href="#Related-references">Related references</a> for recommended mode names. + + <p>Some printers operate at more than one resolution (e.g., at 300<span class="dmn">dpi</span> and +600<span class="dmn">dpi</span>), but each such resolution will necessarily have a different +mode name. Nothing further is needed, since implicit in the TeX +system is the assumption of a single target resolution. + + <p>Two naming strategies are commonly used to identify the resolution of +bitmap font files. On systems that allow long filenames (and in the +original Metafont program itself), the resolution is included in the +filename (e.g., <samp><span class="file">cmr10.300pk</span></samp>). On systems which do not support +long filenames, fonts are generally segregated into directories by +resolution (e.g., <samp><span class="file">dpi300/cmr10.pk</span></samp>). + + <p>Because the TDS cannot require long filenames, we must use the +latter scheme for naming fonts. So we have two more subdirectory +levels under <samp><span class="file">pk</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">gf</span></samp>: + +<pre class="example"> texmf/fonts/pk/<var>mode</var>/<var>supplier</var>/<var>typeface</var>/dpi<var>nnn</var>/ + texmf/fonts/gf/<var>mode</var>/<var>supplier</var>/<var>typeface</var>/dpi<var>nnn</var>/ +</pre> + <ul> +<li>`<samp><var>mode</var></samp>' +is a name which identifies the device type +(examples: <samp><span class="file">cx</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">ljfour</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">modeless</span></samp>). Usually, this is +the name of the Metafont mode used to build the PK file. For fonts +rendered as bitmaps by a program that does not distinguish between +different output devices, the <samp><var>mode</var></samp> name shall be simply +<samp><span class="file">modeless</span></samp>. The <samp><var>mode</var></samp> level shall not be omitted, +even if only a single mode happens to be in use. + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">dpi</span><var>nnn</var></samp>' +specifies the resolution of the font +(examples: <samp><span class="file">dpi300</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">dpi329</span></samp>). <samp><span class="file">dpi</span></samp> stands for +dots per inch, i.e., pixels per inch. We recognize that pixels per +millimeter is used in many parts of the world, but dpi is too +traditional in the TeX world to consider changing now. + + <p>The integer <samp><var>nnn</var></samp> is to be calculated as if using Metafont +arithmetic and then rounded; i.e., it is the integer Metafont uses in its +output <samp><span class="file">gf</span></samp> filename. We recognize small differences in the +resolution are a common cause of frustration among users, however, and +recommend implementors follow the level <!-- /@w -->0 DVI driver standard +(see Appendix <!-- /@w --><a href="#Related-references">Related references</a>) in bitmap font searches by +allowing a fuzz of +-0.2% (with a minimum of 1) in the +<samp><var>dpi</var></samp>. + + </ul> + + <p>Implementations may provide extensions to the basic naming scheme, such +as long filenames (as in the original Metafont) and font library files (as +in emTeX's <samp><span class="file">.fli</span></samp> files), provided that the basic scheme is also +supported. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Valid-font-bitmaps"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Font-bitmaps">Font bitmaps</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Fonts">Fonts</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h4 class="subsection">3.2.2 Valid font bitmaps</h4> + +<p>The TWG recognizes that the use of short filenames has many +disadvantages. The most vexing is that it results in the creation of +dozens of different files with the same name. At a typical site, +<samp><span class="file">cmr10.pk</span></samp> will be the filename for Computer Modern Roman 10<span class="dmn">pt</span> at +5–10 magnifications for 2–3 modes. (Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Duplicate-filenames">Duplicate filenames</a> discusses duplicate filenames in general.) + + <p>To minimize this problem, we strongly recommend that PK files +contain enough information to identify precisely how they were created: +at least the mode, base resolution, and magnification used to create the +font. + + <p>This information is easy to supply: a simple addition to the local modes +used for building the fonts with Metafont will automatically provide the +required information. If you have been using a local modes file derived +from (or that is simply) <samp><span class="file">modes.mf</span></samp> (see Appendix <!-- /@w --><a href="#Related-references">Related references</a>), the required information is already in your PK +files. If not, a simple addition based on the code found in +<samp><span class="file">modes.mf</span></samp> can be made to your local modes file and the PK +files rebuilt. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Non_002dfont-Metafont-files"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#MetaPost">MetaPost</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">3.3 Non-font Metafont files</h3> + +<p>Most Metafont input files are font programs or parts of font programs and +are thus covered by the previous section. However, a few non-font input +files do exist. Such files shall be stored in: + +<pre class="example"> texmf/metafont/<var>package</var>/ +</pre> + <p><samp><var>package</var></samp> is the name of a +Metafont package (for example, <samp><span class="file">mfpic</span></samp>). + + <p>The TDS reserves the following <samp><var>package</var></samp> names: + + <ul> +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">base</span></samp>', +for the standard Metafont macro files as described in +<cite>The Metafontbook</cite>, such as <samp><span class="file">plain.mf</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">expr.mf</span></samp>. + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">local</span></samp>', +for local additions. See Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>. + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">misc</span></samp>', +for Metafont packages consisting of only a single file +(for example, <samp><span class="file">modes.mf</span></samp>). An administrator or package maintainer +may create directories for single-file packages at their discretion, +instead of using <samp><span class="file">misc</span></samp>. + + </ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="MetaPost"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#BibTeX">BibTeX</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Non_002dfont-Metafont-files">Non-font Metafont files</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">3.4 MetaPost</h3> + +<p>MetaPost is a picture-drawing language developed by John Hobby, derived +from Knuth's Metafont. Its primary purpose is to output Encapsulated PostScript +instead of bitmaps. + + <p>MetaPost input files and the support files for MetaPost-related utilities +shall be stored in: + +<pre class="example"> texmf/metapost/<var>package</var>/ +</pre> + <p><samp><var>package</var></samp> is the name of a MetaPost package. At the present +writing none exist, but the TWG thought it prudent to leave room +for contributed packages that might be written in the future. + + <p>The TDS reserves the following <samp><var>package</var></samp> names: + + <ul> +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">base</span></samp>', +for the standard MetaPost macro files, such as +<samp><span class="file">plain.mp</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">mfplain.mp</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">boxes.mp</span></samp>, and +<samp><span class="file">graph.mp</span></samp>. This includes files used by INIMP when dumping mem +files containing preloaded macro definitions. + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">local</span></samp>', +for local additions. See Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>. + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">misc</span></samp>', +for MetaPost packages consisting of only a single file. +An administrator or package maintainer may create directories for +single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using <samp><span class="file">misc</span></samp>. + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">support</span></samp>', +for additional input files required by MetaPost +utility programs, including a font map, a character adjustment table, +and a subdirectory containing low-level MetaPost programs for rendering +some special characters. + + </ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="BibTeX"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Scripts">Scripts</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#MetaPost">MetaPost</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">3.5 BibTeX</h3> + +<p>BibTeX-related files shall be stored in: + +<pre class="example"> texmf/bibtex/bib/<var>package</var>/ + texmf/bibtex/bst/<var>package</var>/ +</pre> + <p>The <samp><span class="file">bib</span></samp> directory is for BibTeX database (<samp><span class="file">.bib</span></samp>) files, +the <samp><span class="file">bst</span></samp> directory for style (<samp><span class="file">.bst</span></samp>) files. + + <p><samp><var>package</var></samp> is the name of a BibTeX package. The +TDS reserves the following <samp><var>package</var></samp> names (the same +names are reserved under both <samp><span class="file">bib</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">bst</span></samp>): + + <ul> +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">base</span></samp>', +for the standard BibTeX databases and styles, such +as <samp><span class="file">xampl.bib</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">plain.bst</span></samp>. + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">local</span></samp>', +for local additions. See Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>. + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">misc</span></samp>', +for BibTeX packages consisting of only a single +file. An administrator or package maintainer may create directories for +single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using <samp><span class="file">misc</span></samp>. + + </ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Scripts"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Documentation">Documentation</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#BibTeX">BibTeX</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">3.6 Scripts</h3> + +<p>The top-level <samp><span class="file">scripts</span></samp> directory is for platform-independent +executables, such as Perl, Python, and shell scripts, and Java class +files. Subdirectories under <samp><span class="file">scripts</span></samp> are package names. This +eases creating distributions, by providing a common place for such +platform-independent programs. + + <p>The intent is not for all such directories to be added to a user's +command search path, which would be quite impractical. Rather, these +executables are primarily for the benefit of wrapper scripts in whatever +executable directory a distribution may provide (which is not specified +by the TDS). + + <p>Truly auxiliary scripts which are invoked directly by other programs, +rather than wrapper scripts, may also be placed here. That is, +<samp><span class="file">scripts</span></samp> also serves as a platform-independent analog of the +standard Unix <samp><span class="file">libexec</span></samp> directory. + + <p>We recommend using extensions specifying the language (such as +<samp><span class="file">.pl</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">.py</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">.sh</span></samp>) on these files, to help uniquely +identify the name. Since the intent of the TDS is for programs +in <samp><span class="file">scripts</span></samp> not to be invoked directly by users, this poses no +inconvenience. + + <p>For example, in the TeX Live distribution, the ConTeXt user-level +program <samp><span class="file">texexec</span></samp> can exist as a small wrapper script in each +<samp><span class="file">bin/</span><var>platform</var><span class="file">/texexec</span></samp> (which is outside the +<samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> tree), which merely finds and calls +<samp><span class="file">texmf/scripts/context/perl/texexec.pl</span></samp>. + + <p>Examples: +<pre class="example"> scripts/context/perl/texexec.pl + scripts/context/ruby/examplex.rb + scripts/thumbpdf/thumbpdf.pl +</pre> + <p>The TDS does not specify a location for platform-dependent +binary executables, whether auxiliary or user-level. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Documentation"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Scripts">Scripts</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">3.7 Documentation</h3> + +<p>Most packages come with some form of documentation: user manuals, +example files, programming guides, etc. In addition, many independent +files not part of any macro or other package have been created to +describe various aspects of the TeX system. + + <p>The TDS specifies that these additional documentation files shall +be stored in a structure that parallels to some extent the +<samp><span class="file">fonts</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">tex</span></samp> directories, as follows: + +<pre class="example"> texmf/doc/<var>category</var>/... +</pre> + <p><samp><var>category</var></samp> identifies the general topic of documentation +that resides below it; for example, a TeX format name (<samp><span class="file">latex</span></samp>), +program name (<samp><span class="file">bibtex</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">tex</span></samp>), language (<samp><span class="file">french</span></samp>, +<samp><span class="file">german</span></samp>), a file format (<samp><span class="file">info</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">man</span></samp>), or other system +components (<samp><span class="file">web</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">fonts</span></samp>). + + <p>One possible arrangement is to organize <samp><span class="file">doc</span></samp> by language, with all +the other category types below that. This helps users find +documentation in the language(s) in which they are fluent. Neither this +nor any other particular arrangement is required, however. + + <p>Within each <samp><var>category</var></samp> tree for a TeX format, the +directory <samp><span class="file">base</span></samp> is reserved for base documentation distributed by +the format's maintainers. + + <p>The TDS reserves the following category names: + + <ul> +<li>`<samp><span class="samp">general</span></samp>', +for standalone documents not specific to any +particular program (for example, Joachim Schrod's <cite>Components +of TeX</cite>). + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">help</span></samp>', +for meta-information, such as FAQ's, +the TeX Catalogue, etc. + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">info</span></samp>', +for processed Texinfo documents. (Info files, like +anything else, may also be stored outside the TDS, at the +installer's option.) + + <li>`<samp><span class="samp">local</span></samp>', +for local additions. See Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>. + + </ul> + + <p>The <samp><span class="file">doc</span></samp> directory is intended for implementation-independent and +operating system-independent documentation +files. Implementation-dependent files are best stored elsewhere, as +provided for by the implementation and/or TeX administrator (for +example, VMS help files under <samp><span class="file">texmf/vms/help</span></samp>). + + <p>The documentation directories may contain TeX sources, DVI +files, PostScript files, text files, example input files, or any other useful +documentation format(s). + + <p>See Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Documentation-tree-summary">Documentation tree summary</a> for a summary. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Summary"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Unspecified-pieces">Unspecified pieces</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h2 class="chapter">4 Summary</h2> + +<p>A skeleton of a TDS <samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> directory tree. This is not to +imply these are the only entries allowed. For example, <samp><span class="file">local</span></samp> may +occur at any level. + +<pre class="example"> bibtex/ BibTeX input files + bib/ BibTeX databases + base/ base distribution (e.g., <samp><span class="file">xampl.bib</span></samp>) + misc/ single-file databases + <package>/ name of a package + bst/ BibTeX style files + base/ base distribution (e.g., <samp><span class="file">plain.bst</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">acm.bst</span></samp>) + misc/ single-file styles + <package>/ name of a package + doc/ see Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Documentation">Documentation</a> and the summary below + fonts/ font-related files + <type>/ file type (e.g., <samp><span class="file">pk</span></samp>) + <mode>/ type of output device (for <samp><span class="file">pk</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">gf</span></samp> only) + <supplier>/ name of a font supplier (e.g., <samp><span class="file">public</span></samp>) + <typeface>/ name of a typeface (e.g., <samp><span class="file">cm</span></samp>) + dpi<nnn>/ font resolution (for <samp><span class="file">pk</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">gf</span></samp> only) + <implementation>/ TeX implementations, by name (e.g., <samp><span class="file">emtex</span></samp>) + local/ files created or modified at the local site + metafont/ Metafont (non-font) input files + base/ base distribution (e.g., <samp><span class="file">plain.mf</span></samp>) + misc/ single-file packages (e.g., <samp><span class="file">modes.mf</span></samp>) + <package>/ name of a package (e.g., <samp><span class="file">mfpic</span></samp>) + metapost/ MetaPost input and support files + base/ base distribution (e.g., <samp><span class="file">plain.mp</span></samp>) + misc/ single-file packages + <package>/ name of a package + support/ support files for MetaPost-related utilities + mft/ <samp><span class="file">MFT</span></samp> inputs (e.g., <samp><span class="file">plain.mft</span></samp>) + <program>/ TeX-related programs, by name (e.g., <samp><span class="file">dvips</span></samp>) + source/ program source code by name (e.g., <samp><span class="file">latex</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">web2c</span></samp>) + tex/ TeX input files + <engine>/ name of an engine (e.g., <samp><span class="file">aleph</span></samp>); can also be lower + <format>/ name of a format (e.g., <samp><span class="file">plain</span></samp>) + base/ base distribution for format (e.g., <samp><span class="file">plain.tex</span></samp>) + misc/ single-file packages (e.g., <samp><span class="file">webmac.tex</span></samp>) + local/ local additions to or local configuration files for <samp><var>format</var></samp> + <package>/ name of a package (e.g., <samp><span class="file">graphics</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">mfnfss</span></samp>) + generic/ format-independent packages + hyphen/ hyphenation patterns (e.g., <samp><span class="file">hyphen.tex</span></samp>) + images/ image input files (e.g., Encapsulated PostScript) + misc/ single-file format-independent packages (e.g., <samp><span class="file">null.tex</span></samp>). + <package>/ name of a package (e.g., <samp><span class="file">babel</span></samp>) +</pre> + <ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Documentation-tree-summary">Documentation tree summary</a> +</ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Documentation-tree-summary"></a>Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Summary">Summary</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">4.1 Documentation tree summary</h3> + +<p>An example skeleton of a TDS directory tree under +<samp><span class="file">texmf/doc</span></samp>. This is not to imply these are the only entries +allowed, or that this structure must be followed precisely for the +entries listed. + + <p>As mentioned, the <samp><span class="file">texmf/doc</span></samp> tree may be organized by language, so +that all documentation in French, say, is in a <samp><span class="file">french</span></samp> +subdirectory. In that case, the example structure here would be in a +given language directory. + +<pre class="example"> ams/ + amsfonts/ <samp><span class="file">amsfonts.faq</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">amfndoc</span></samp> + amslatex/ <samp><span class="file">amslatex.faq</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">amsldoc</span></samp> + amstex/ <samp><span class="file">amsguide</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">joyerr</span></samp> + bibtex/ BibTeX + base/ <samp><span class="file">btxdoc.tex</span></samp> + fonts/ + fontname/ <cite>Filenames for TeX fonts</cite> + oldgerm/ <samp><span class="file">corkpapr</span></samp> + <format>/ name of a TeX format (e.g., <samp><span class="file">generic</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">latex</span></samp>) + base/ for the base distribution + misc/ for contributed single-file package documentation + <package>/ for <em>package</em> + general/ across programs, generalities + errata/ <samp><span class="file">errata</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">errata[1-8]</span></samp> + texcomp/ <cite>Components of TeX</cite> + help/ meta-information + ctan/ info about CTAN mirror sites + faq/ FAQs of <samp><span class="file">comp.text.tex</span></samp>, etc. + info/ GNU Info files, made from Texinfo sources + latex/ example of <samp><var>format</var></samp> + base/ <samp><span class="file">ltnews*</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">*guide</span></samp>, etc. + graphics/ <samp><span class="file">grfguide</span></samp> + local/ site-specific documentation + man/ Unix man pages + <program>/ TeX-related programs, by name (examples follow) + metafont/ <samp><span class="file">mfbook.tex</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">metafont-for-beginners</span></samp>, etc. + metapost/ <samp><span class="file">mpman</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">manfig</span></samp>, etc. + tex/ <samp><span class="file">texbook.tex</span></samp>, <cite>A Gentle Introduction to TeX</cite>, etc. + web/ <samp><span class="file">webman</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">cwebman</span></samp> +</pre> + <div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Unspecified-pieces"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Implementation-issues">Implementation issues</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Summary">Summary</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h2 class="appendix">Appendix A Unspecified pieces</h2> + +<p>The TDS cannot address the following aspects of a functioning +TeX system: + + <ol type=1 start=1> + + <li>The location of executable programs: this is too site-dependent +even to recommend a location, let alone require one. A site may place +executables outside the <samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> tree altogether (e.g., +<samp><span class="file">/usr/local/bin</span></samp>), in a platform-dependent directory within +<samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp>, or elsewhere. + + <li>Upgrading packages when new releases are made: we could find no +way of introducing version specifiers into <samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> that would do more +good than harm, or that would be practical for even a plurality of +installations. + + <li>The location of implementation-specific files (e.g., TeX +<samp><span class="file">.fmt</span></samp> files): by their nature, these must be left to the +implementor or TeX maintainer. See Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Example-implementation_002dspecific-trees">Example implementation-specific trees</a>. + + <li>Precisely when a package or file should be considered “local”, +and where such local files are installed. See Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a> for more discussion. + + </ol> + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Portable-filenames">Portable filenames</a> +</ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Portable-filenames"></a>Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Unspecified-pieces">Unspecified pieces</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">A.1 Portable filenames</h3> + +<p>The TDS cannot require any particular restriction on filenames in +the tree, since the names of many existing TeX files conform to no +standard scheme. For the benefit of people who wish to make a portable +TeX distribution or installation, however, we outline here the +necessary restrictions. The TDS specifications themselves are +compatible with these. + + <p>ISO-9660 is the only universally acceptable file system format +for CD-ROMs. A subset thereof meets the stringent limitations of +all operating systems in use today. It specifies the following: + + <ul> +<li>File and directory names, not including any directory path or +extension part, may not exceed eight characters. + + <li>Filenames may have a single extension. Extensions may not exceed +three characters. Directory names may not have an extension. + + <li>Names and extensions may consist of <em>only</em> the characters +<samp><span class="file">A</span></samp>–<samp><span class="file">Z</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">0</span></samp>–<samp><span class="file">9</span></samp>, and underscore. +Lowercase letters are excluded. + + <li>A period separates the filename from the extension and is always +present, even if the name or extension is missing (e.g., +<samp><span class="file">FILENAME.</span></samp> or <samp><span class="file">.EXT</span></samp>). + + <li>A version number, ranging from 1–32767, is appended to the file +extension, separated by a semicolon (e.g., <samp><span class="file">FILENAME.EXT;1</span></samp>). + + <li>Only eight directory levels are allowed, including the top-level +(mounted) directory (see Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Rooting-the-tree">Rooting the tree</a>). Thus, the +deepest valid ISO-9660 path is: + <pre class="example"> texmf/L2/L3/L4/L5/L6/L7/L8/FOO.BAR;1 + 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 + </pre> + <p>The deepest TDS path needs only seven levels: + <pre class="example"> texmf/fonts/pk/cx/public/cm/dpi300/cmr10.pk + 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 + </pre> + </ul> + + <p>Some systems display a modified format of ISO-9660 names, +mapping alphabetic characters to lowercase, removing version numbers and +trailing periods, etc. + + <p>Before the December 1996 release, LaTeX used mixed-case names for +font descriptor files. Fortunately, it never relied on case alone to +distinguish among the files. Nowadays, it uses only monocase names. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Implementation-issues"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Is-there-a-better-way_003f">Is there a better way?</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Unspecified-pieces">Unspecified pieces</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h2 class="appendix">Appendix B Implementation issues</h2> + +<p>We believe that the TDS can bring a great deal of order to the +current anarchic state of many TeX installations. In addition, by +providing a common frame of reference, it will ease the burden of +documenting administrative tasks. Finally, it is a necessary part of +any reasonable system of true “drop-in” distribution packages for +TeX. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Adoption-of-the-TDS">Adoption of the TDS</a> +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#More-on-subdirectory-searching">More on subdirectory searching</a> +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Example-implementation_002dspecific-trees">Example implementation-specific trees</a> +</ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Adoption-of-the-TDS"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#More-on-subdirectory-searching">More on subdirectory searching</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Implementation-issues">Implementation issues</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">B.1 Adoption of the TDS</h3> + +<p>[This section is retained for historical purposes; the TDS +is now quite firmly entrenched in most TeX distributions.] + + <p>We recognize that adoption of the TDS will not be immediate or +universal. Most TeX administrators will not be inclined to make the +final switch until: + + <ul> +<li>Clear and demonstrable benefits can be shown for the TDS. +<li>TDS-compliant versions of all key programs are available +in ported, well-tested forms. +<li>A “settling” period has taken place, to flush out problems. The +public release of the first draft of this document was the first step in +this process. +</ul> + + <p>Consequently, most of the first trials of the TDS will be made by +members of the TDS committee and/or developers of TeX-related +software. This has already taken place during the course of our +deliberations (see Appendix <!-- /@w --><a href="#Related-references">Related references</a> for a sample +tree available electronically). They will certainly result in the +production of a substantial number of TDS-compliant packages. +Indeed, the teTeX and TeX Live +distributions are TDS-compliant and in use now at many sites. + + <p>Once installable forms of key TDS-compliant packages are more +widespread, some TeX administrators will set up TDS-compliant +trees, possibly in parallel to existing production directories. This +testing will likely flush out problems that were not obvious in the +confined settings of the developers' sites; for example, it should help +to resolve system and package dependencies, package interdependencies, and +other details not addressed by this TDS version. + + <p>After most of the dust has settled, hopefully even conservative TeX +administrators will begin to adopt the TDS. Eventually, most +TeX sites will have adopted the common structure, and most packages +will be readily available in TDS-compliant form. + + <p>We believe that this process will occur relatively quickly. The +TDS committee spans a wide range of interests in the TeX +community. Consequently, we believe that most of the key issues +involved in defining a workable TDS definition have been covered, +often in detail. TeX developers have been consulted about +implementation issues, and have been trying out the TDS +arrangement. Thus, we hope for few surprises as implementations mature. + + <p>Finally, there are several (current or prospective) publishers of TeX +CD-ROMs. These publishers are highly motivated to work out +details of TDS implementation, and their products will provide +inexpensive and convenient ways for experimentally-minded TeX +administrators to experiment with the TDS. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="More-on-subdirectory-searching"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Example-implementation_002dspecific-trees">Example implementation-specific trees</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Adoption-of-the-TDS">Adoption of the TDS</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Implementation-issues">Implementation issues</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">B.2 More on subdirectory searching</h3> + +<p>Recursive subdirectory searching is the ability to specify a search not +only of a specified directory <samp><var>d</var></samp>, but recursively of all +directories below <samp><var>d</var></samp>. + + <p>Since the TDS specifies precise locations for most files, with no +extra levels of subdirectories allowed, true recursive searching is not +actually required for a TDS-compliant implementation. We do, +however, strongly recommend recursive searching as the most +user-friendly and natural approach to the problem, rather than +convoluted methods to specify paths without recursion. + + <p>This feature is already supported by many implementations of TeX and +companion utilities, for example DECUS TeX for VMS, +Dvips(k), emTeX (and its drivers), +PubliC TeX, Web2C, Xdvi(k), +and Y&YTeX. The Kpathsea library is a reusable +implementation of subdirectory searching for TeX, used in a number of +the above programs. + + <p>Even if your TeX implementation does not directly support +subdirectory searching, you may find it useful to adopt the structure if +you do not use many fonts or packages. For instance, if you only use +Computer Modern and AMS fonts, it would be feasible to store them +in the TDS layout and list the directories individually in +configuration files or environment variables. + + <p>The TWG recognizes that subdirectory searching places an extra +burden on the system and may be the source of performance bottlenecks, +particularly on slower machines. Nevertheless, we feel that +subdirectory searching is imperative for a well-organized TDS, +for the reasons stated in Section <!-- /@w --><a href="#Subdirectory-searching">Subdirectory searching</a>. +Implementors are encouraged to provide enhancements to the basic +principle of subdirectory searching to avoid performance problems, e.g., +the use of a filename cache (this can be as simple as a recursive +directory listing) that is consulted before disk searching begins. If a +match is found in the database, subdirectory searching is not required, +and performance is thus independent of the number of subdirectories +present on the system. + + <p>Different implementations specify subdirectory searching differently. +In the interest of typographic clarity, the examples here do not use the +<samp><var>replaceable</var></samp> font. + + <ul> +<li>Dvips: +via a separate +<samp><span class="file">TEXFONTS_SUBDIR</span></samp> environment variable. + + <li>emTeX: +<samp><span class="file">t:\subdir!!</span></samp>; <samp><span class="file">t:\subdir!</span></samp> for +a single level of searching. + + <li>Kpathsea: +<samp><span class="file">texmf/subdir//</span></samp> + + <li>VMS: +<samp><span class="file">texmf:[subdir...]</span></samp> + + <li>Xdvi (patchlevel 20): +<samp><span class="file">texmf/subdir/**</span></samp>; +<samp><span class="file">texmf/subdir/*</span></samp> for a single level of searching. Version 20.50 +and above support the <samp><span class="file">//</span></samp> notation. + + <li>Y&Y TeX: +<samp><span class="file">t:/subdir//</span></samp> or +<samp><span class="file">t:\subdir\\</span></samp>. + + </ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Example-implementation_002dspecific-trees"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#More-on-subdirectory-searching">More on subdirectory searching</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Implementation-issues">Implementation issues</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">B.3 Example implementation-specific trees</h3> + +<p>The TDS cannot specify a precise location for +implementation-specific files, such as <samp><span class="file">texmf/ini</span></samp>, because a site +may have multiple TeX implementations. + + <p>Nevertheless, for informative purposes, we provide here the default +locations for some implementations. Please contact us with additions or +corrections. These paths are not definitive, may not match anything at +your site, and may change without warning. + + <p>We recommend all implementations have default search paths that start +with the current directory (e.g., <samp><span class="file">.</span></samp>). Allowing users to +include the parent directory (e.g., <samp><span class="file">..</span></samp>) is also helpful. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#AmiWeb2c-2_002e0">AmiWeb2c 2.0</a> +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Public-DECUS-TeX">Public DECUS TeX</a> +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Web2c-7">Web2c 7</a> +</ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="AmiWeb2c-2_002e0"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Public-DECUS-TeX">Public DECUS TeX</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Example-implementation_002dspecific-trees">Example implementation-specific trees</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h4 class="subsection">B.3.1 AmiWeb2c 2.0</h4> + +<p>(Email <a href="mailto:scherer@physik.rwth-aachen.de">scherer@physik.rwth-aachen.de</a> to contact the maintainer +of this implementation.) + + <p>AmiWeb2c 2 is compatible with Web2c 7 to the greatest possible +extent, so only the very few differences are described in this +section. Detailed information about the basic concepts is given in +the section for Web2c 7 below. + + <p>Thanks to the <samp><span class="file">SELFAUTO</span></samp> mechanism of Kpathsea 3.0 no specific +location for the installation of AmiWeb2c is required as long as the +general structure of the distribution is preserved. + + <p>In addition to Kpathsea's <samp><span class="file">//</span></samp> notation recursive path search may +also be started by <samp><var>DEVICE</var><span class="file">:/</span></samp>, e.g., <samp><span class="file">TeXMF:/</span></samp> +will scan this specific device completely. + + <p>Binaries coming with the AmiWeb2c distribution are installed in the +directory <samp><span class="file">bin/amiweb2c/</span></samp> outside the common TDS tree +<samp><span class="file">share/texmf/</span></samp>. In addition to the set of AmiWeb2c binaries +you will find two subdirectories <samp><span class="file">local/</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">pastex/</span></samp> +with auxiliary programs. + + <p>A stripped version of the PasTeX system (used by kind permission of +Georg Heßmann) is coming with AmiWeb2c, pre-installed in its own +<samp><span class="file">share/texmf/amiweb2c/pastex/</span></samp> directory. If you want to use +PasTeX you have to <samp><span class="file">assign</span></samp> the name <samp><span class="file">TeX:</span></samp> to this place. + + <p>Documentation files in AmigaGuide format should be stored at +<samp><span class="file">doc/guide/</span></samp> similar to <samp><span class="file">doc/info/</span></samp>. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Public-DECUS-TeX"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Web2c-7">Web2c 7</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#AmiWeb2c-2_002e0">AmiWeb2c 2.0</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Example-implementation_002dspecific-trees">Example implementation-specific trees</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h4 class="subsection">B.3.2 Public DECUS TeX</h4> + +<p>If another VMS implementation besides Public DECUS TeX +appears, the top level implementation directory name will be modified to +something more specific (e.g., <samp><span class="file">vms_decus</span></samp>). + +<pre class="example"> texmf/ + vms/ VMS implementation specific files + exe/ end-user commands + common/ command procedures, command definition files, etc. + axp/ binary executables for Alpha AXP + vax/ binary executables for VAX + formats/ pool files, formats, bases + help/ VMS help library, and miscellaneous help sources + mgr/ command procedures, programs, docs, etc., for system management +</pre> + <div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Web2c-7"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Public-DECUS-TeX">Public DECUS TeX</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Example-implementation_002dspecific-trees">Example implementation-specific trees</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h4 class="subsection">B.3.3 Web2c 7</h4> + +<p>All implementation-dependent TeX system files (<samp><span class="file">.pool</span></samp>, +<samp><span class="file">.fmt</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">.base</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">.mem</span></samp>) are stored by default directly +in <samp><span class="file">texmf/web2c</span></samp>. The configuration file <samp><span class="file">texmf.cnf</span></samp> and +various subsidiary <samp><span class="file">MakeTeX...</span></samp> scripts used as subroutines are +also stored there. + + <p>Non-TeX specific files are stored following the GNU coding +standards. Given a root directory <samp><var>prefix</var></samp> +(<samp><span class="file">/usr/local</span></samp> by default), we have default locations as follows: + +<pre class="example"> <prefix>/ installation root (<samp><span class="file">/usr/local</span></samp> by default) + bin/ executables + man/ man pages + info/ info files + lib/ libraries (<samp><span class="file">libkpathsea.*</span></samp>) + share/ architecture-independent files + texmf/ TDS root + web2c/ implementation-dependent files (<samp><span class="file">.pool</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">.fmt</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">texmf.cnf</span></samp>, etc.) +</pre> + <p>See <a href="http://www.gnu.org/prep/standards_toc.html">http://www.gnu.org/prep/standards_toc.html</a> for the +rationale behind and descriptions of this arrangement. A site may of +course override these defaults; for example, it may put everything under +a single directory such as <samp><span class="file">/usr/local/texmf</span></samp>. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Is-there-a-better-way_003f"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Related-references">Related references</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Implementation-issues">Implementation issues</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h2 class="appendix">Appendix C Is there a better way?</h2> + +<p>Defining the TDS required many compromises. Both the overall +structure and the details of the individual directories were arrived at +by finding common ground among many opinions. The driving forces were +feasibility (in terms of what could technically be done and what could +reasonably be expected from developers) and regularity (files grouped +together in an arrangement that “made sense”). + + <p>Some interesting ideas could not be applied due to implementations +lacking the necessary support: + + <ul> +<li>Path searching control at the TeX level. If documents could +restrict subdirectory searching to a subdirectory via some portable +syntax in file names, restrictions on uniqueness of filenames could be +relaxed considerably (with the cooperation of the formats), and the +TeX search path would not need to depend on the format. + + <li>Multiple logical <samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> trees. For example, a site might have +one (read-only) location for stable files, and a different (writable) +location for dynamically-created fonts or other files. It would be +reasonable for two such trees to be logically merged when searching. +See Michael Downes' article in the references for how this can work in +practice with Web2C. + + </ul> + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Macro-structure">Macro structure</a> +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Font-structure">Font structure</a> +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Documentation-structure">Documentation structure</a> +</ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Macro-structure"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Font-structure">Font structure</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Is-there-a-better-way_003f">Is there a better way?</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">C.1 Macro structure</h3> + +<p>The TWG settled on the +<samp><var>format</var><span class="file">/</span><var>package</var></samp> arrangement after long +discussion about how best to arrange the files. + + <p>The primary alternative to this arrangement was a scheme which reversed +the order of these directories: +<samp><var>package</var><span class="file">/</span><var>format</var></samp>. This reversed +arrangement has a strong appeal: it keeps all of the files related to a +particular package in a single place. The arrangement actually adopted +tends to spread files out into two or three places (macros, +documentation, and fonts, for example, are spread into different +sections of the tree right at the top level). + + <p>Nevertheless, the <samp><var>format</var><span class="file">/</span><var>package</var></samp> +structure won for a couple of reasons: + + <ul> +<li>It is closer to current practice; in fact, several members of the +TWG have already implemented the TDS hierarchy. The +alternative is not in use at any known site, and the TWG felt it +wrong to mandate something with which there is no practical experience. + + <li>The alternative arrangement increases the number of top-level +directories, so the files that must be found using subdirectory +searching are spread out in a wide, shallow tree. This could have a +profound impact on the efficiency of subdirectory searching. + + </ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Font-structure"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Documentation-structure">Documentation structure</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Macro-structure">Macro structure</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Is-there-a-better-way_003f">Is there a better way?</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">C.2 Font structure</h3> + +<p>The TWG struggled more with the font directory structure than +anything else. This is not surprising; the need to use the proliferation +of PostScript fonts with TeX is what made the previous arrangement +with all files in a single directory untenable, and therefore what +initiated the TDS effort. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Font-file-type-location">Font file type location</a> +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Mode-and-resolution-location">Mode and resolution location</a> +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Modeless-bitmaps">Modeless bitmaps</a> +</ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Font-file-type-location"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Mode-and-resolution-location">Mode and resolution location</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Font-structure">Font structure</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h4 class="subsection">C.2.1 Font file type location</h4> + +<p>We considered the supplier-first arrangement in use at many sites: + +<pre class="example"> texmf/fonts/<var>supplier</var>/<var>typeface</var>/<var>type</var>/ +</pre> + <p>This improves the maintainability of the font tree, since all files +comprising a given typeface are in one place, but unless all the +programs that search this tree employ some form of caching, there are +serious performance concerns. For example, in order to find a +<samp><span class="file">TFM</span></samp> file, the simplest implementation would require TeX to +search through all the directories that contain PK files in all +modes and at all resolutions. + + <p>In the end, a poll of developers revealed considerable resistance to +implementing sufficient caching mechanisms, so this arrangement was +abandoned. The TDS arrangement allows the search tree to be +restricted to the correct type of file, at least. Concerns about +efficiency remain, but there seems to be no more we can do without +abandoning subdirectory searching entirely. + + <p>We also considered segregating all font-related files strictly by file +type, so that Metafont sources would be in a directory +<samp><span class="file">texmf/fonts/mf</span></samp>, property list files in <samp><span class="file">texmf/fonts/pl</span></samp>, the +various forms of Type <!-- /@w -->1 fonts separated, and so on. Although more +blindly consistent, we felt that the drawback of more complicated path +constructions outweighed this. The TDS merges file types +(<samp><span class="file">mf</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">pl</span></samp> under <samp><span class="file">source</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">pfa</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">pfb</span></samp> +and <samp><span class="file">gsf</span></samp> under <samp><span class="file">type1</span></samp>) where we felt this was beneficial. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Mode-and-resolution-location"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Modeless-bitmaps">Modeless bitmaps</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Font-file-type-location">Font file type location</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Font-structure">Font structure</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h4 class="subsection">C.2.2 Mode and resolution location</h4> + +<p>We considered having the <samp><span class="file">mode</span></samp> at the bottom of the font tree: +<pre class="example"> texmf/fonts/pk/<var>supplier</var>/<var>typeface</var>/<var>mode</var>/<var>dpi</var>/ +</pre> + <p>In this case, however, it is difficult to limit subdirectory searching +to the mode required for a particular device. + + <p>We then considered moving the <samp><span class="file">dpi</span><var>nnn</var></samp> up to below +the mode: +<pre class="example"> texmf/fonts/pk/<var>mode</var>/<var>dpi</var>/<var>supplier</var>/<var>typeface</var>/ +</pre> + <p>But then it is not feasible to omit the <samp><span class="file">dpi</span><var>nnn</var></samp> +level altogether on systems which can and do choose to use long +filenames. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Modeless-bitmaps"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Mode-and-resolution-location">Mode and resolution location</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Font-structure">Font structure</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h4 class="subsection">C.2.3 Modeless bitmaps</h4> + +<p>The TDS specifies using a single directory <samp><span class="file">modeless/</span></samp> as +the mode name for those utilities which generate bitmaps, e.g., +<samp><span class="file">texmf/fonts/modeless/times/</span></samp>. This has the considerable advantage +of not requiring each such directory name to be listed in a search path. + + <p>An alternative was to use the utility name below which all such +directories could be gathered. That has the advantage of separating, +say, <samp><span class="file">gsftopk</span></samp>-generated bitmaps from <samp><span class="file">ps2pk</span></samp>-generated ones. +However, we decided this was not necessary; most sites will use only one +program for the purpose. Also, PK and GF fonts generally +identify their creator in the font comment following the <samp><span class="file">PK_ID</span></samp> +byte. + + <p>We are making an implicit assumption that Metafont is the only program +producing mode-dependent bitmaps. If this becomes false we could add an +abbreviation for the program to mode names, as in <samp><span class="file">mfcx</span></samp> vs. +<samp><span class="file">xyzcx</span></samp> for a hypothetical program Xyz, or we could +at that time add an additional program name level uniformly to the tree. +It seemed more important to concisely represent the current situation +than to worry about hypothetical possibilities that may never <!-- /@w -->happen. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Documentation-structure"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Font-structure">Font structure</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Is-there-a-better-way_003f">Is there a better way?</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h3 class="section">C.3 Documentation structure</h3> + +<p>We considered placing additional documentation files in the same +directory as the source files for the packages, but we felt that users +should be able to find documentation separately from sources, since most +users have no interest in sources. + + <p>We hope that a separate, but parallel, structure for documentation would +(1) <!-- /@w -->keep the documentation together and (2) <!-- /@w -->make it as straightforward +as possible for users to find the particular documentation they were +after. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Related-references"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Contributors">Contributors</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Is-there-a-better-way_003f">Is there a better way?</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h2 class="appendix">Appendix D Related references</h2> + +<p>This appendix gives pointers to related files and other documents. For +CTAN references, we use <samp><span class="file">http://www.ctan.org</span></samp> as the +top-level domain only to make the links be live in this document. See +<a href="http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/CTAN.sites">http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/CTAN.sites</a> for a complete list of +CTAN sites; there are mirrors worldwide. + + <ul> +<li>This document, in many formats (tex, dvi, info, pdf):<br> +<a href="http://tug.org/tds/">http://tug.org/tds/</a> + + <li>The TDS mailing list archives:<br> +<a href="http://tug.org/mail-archives/twg-tds/">http://tug.org/mail-archives/twg-tds/</a> + + <li>The level <!-- /@w -->0 DVI driver standard:<br> +<a href="http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/dviware/driv-standard/level-0/">http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/dviware/driv-standard/level-0/</a> + + <li><cite>Filenames for TeX fonts</cite>, with lists of recommended +supplier and typeface names:<br> +<a href="http://tug.org/fontname/">http://tug.org/fontname/</a> + + <li>ISO-9660 CD-ROM file system standard:<br> +<a href="http://www.iso.ch/cate/cat.html">http://www.iso.ch/cate/cat.html</a> + + <li><cite>Components of TeX</cite>, a paper by Joachim +Schrod:<br> +<a href="http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/documentation/components-of-TeX/">http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/documentation/components-of-TeX/</a> + + <li><cite>Managing Multiple TDS trees</cite>, an article by Michael +Downes:<br> +<a href="http://tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb22-3/tb72downes.pdf">http://tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb22-3/tb72downes.pdf</a> + + <li>A complete set of Metafont modes:<br> +<a href="http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/modes/modes.mf">http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/modes/modes.mf</a> + + <li>A large collection of BibTeX databases and styles:<br> +<a href="ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/">ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/</a> + + </ul> + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Contributors"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Related-references">Related references</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a> +<br> +</div> + +<h2 class="appendix">Appendix E Contributors</h2> + +<p>The TWG has had no physical meetings; electronic mail was the +communication medium. + + <p>Sebastian Rahtz is the TeX Users Group Technical Council liaison. +Norman Walsh was the original committee chair. Karl Berry is the +current editor. + + <p>The list of contributors has grown too large to fairly include, as some +would surely be inadvertently omitted. Please consider the archives of +the <a href="mailto:tds@tug.org">tds@tug.org</a> and <a href="mailto:tex-live@tug.org">tex-live@tug.org</a> mailing lists as +the record of contributions. + +</body></html> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bb2a2a46d30 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.sed b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.sed new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fb7f30f13cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.sed @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +# $Id: tds.sed,v 1.2 2004/06/04 17:11:34 karl Exp $ +# Written by Ulrik Vieth and Karl Berry. +# Public domain. +# +# Things that are too hard to do in Elisp. Run after tds2texi-convert. + +# Indentation blocks in tdsSummary environments. +s/ \./ /g + +# References that are too hard to convert automatically. +s/Table, ref{tab:summary}/@pxref{Summary},/ + +/^Copyright.*Group/a\ +This is version @value{version}. diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..55c1b4ddcc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.tex @@ -0,0 +1,1585 @@ +%&latex +% $Id: tds.tex,v 1.43 2004/06/23 17:24:42 karl Exp $ +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} % compatibility with 2.09 is too painful +\documentclass{tdsguide} + +\tdsVersion{1.1} + +\title{A Directory Structure for \TeX{} Files} +\author{TUG Working Group on a \TeX{} Directory Structure (TWG-TDS)} + +\begin{document} + +\maketitle + +\begin{legalnotice} + +Copyright {\copyright} 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2003, 2004 +\TeX{} Users Group. + +Permission to use, copy, and distribute this document \emphasis{without +modification} for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that this notice appears in all copies. It is provided ``as +is'' without expressed or implied warranty. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +document under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the +modifications are clearly marked and the document is not represented as +the official one. + +This document is available on any \abbr{ctan} host +(see Appendix~\ref{sec:Related references}). +Please send questions or suggestions by email to +\email|tds@tug.org|. We welcome all comments. This is version +\the\tdsVersion. + +\end{legalnotice} + + +\tableofcontents + + +\newpage +\section{Introduction} + +\TeX{} is a powerful, flexible typesetting system used by many people +around the world. It is extremely portable and runs on virtually all +operating systems. One unfortunate side effect of \TeX{}'s flexibility, +however, is that there has been no single ``right'' way to install it. +This has resulted in many sites having different installed arrangements. + +The primary purpose of this document is to describe a standard \TeX{} +Directory Structure (\abbr{TDS}): a directory hierarchy for macros, +fonts, and the other implementation-independent \TeX{} system files. As +a matter of practicality, this document also suggests ways to +incorporate the rest of the \TeX{} files into a single structure. The +\abbr{TDS} has been designed to work on all modern systems. In +particular, the Technical Working Group (\abbr{TWG}) believes it is usable +under Mac\abbr{OS}, \abbr{ms-dos}, \abbr{os/2}, Unix, \abbr{vms}, and +Windows \abbr{nt}\@. We hope that administrators and developers of both +free and commercial \TeX{} implementations will adopt this standard. + +This document is intended both for the \TeX{} system administrator at a +site and for people preparing \TeX{} distributions---everything from a +complete runnable system to a single macro or style file. It may also +help \TeX{} users find their way around systems organized this way. It +is not a tutorial: we necessarily assume knowledge of the many parts of +a working \TeX{} system. If you are unfamiliar with any of the programs +or file formats we refer to, consult the references in +Appendix~\ref{sec:Related references}. + + +\subsection{History} + +Version 1.0 of the \abbr{TDS} was released in February 2003. + +Version 1.1 was released in June 2004, with the following non-editorial +changes: + +\begin{itemize-squeeze} +\item Inputs for \TeX{} extensions included under \path|tex|, instead + of in their own top-level directories (Section~\ref{sec:Extensions}) +\item New top-level directory \path|scripts| (Section~\ref{sec:Scripts}). +\item New subdirectories \path|lig|, \path|opentype|, + \path|truetype|, and \path|type3| under \path|fonts| + (Section~\ref{sec:Fonts}). +\item \path|enc|, \path|lig|, and \path|map| all use + \replaceable{syntax}\path|/|\replaceable{package} subdirectories + (Section~\ref{sec:Fonts}). +\item \path|pfm| files specified to go under \path|type1|, and + \path|inf| files under \path|afm| (Section~\ref{sec:Fonts}). +\end{itemize-squeeze} + + +\subsection{The role of the \abbr{TDS}} + +The role of the \abbr{TDS} is to stabilize the organization of +\TeX{}-related software packages that are installed and in use, possibly +on multiple platforms simultaneously. + +At first glance, it may seem that the Comprehensive \TeX{} Archive +Network (\abbr{ctan}) fulfills at least part of this role, but this is +not the case. The role of \abbr{ctan} is to simplify archiving and +distribution, not installation and use. + +In fact, the roles of the \abbr{TDS} and \abbr{ctan} are frequently in +conflict, as we will see. For distribution, many different types of +files must be combined into a single unit; for use, it is traditional to +segregate files (even similar files) from a single package into +separate, occasionally distant, directories. + + +\subsection{Conventions} + +In this document, ``\path|/|'' is used to separate filename components; +for example, \path|texmf/fonts|. This is the Unix convention but the +ideas are in no way Unix-specific. + +In this document, ``\TeX{}'' generally means the \TeX{} system, including +\MF{}, \abbr{DVI} drivers, utilities, etc., not just the \TeX{} +program itself. + +The word ``package'' in this document has its usual meaning: a set of +related files distributed, installed, and maintained as a unit. This is +\emphasis{not} a \LaTeXe{} package, which is a style file supplementing +a document class. + +We use the following typographic conventions: + +\begin{description} + +\item[\literal{literal}] Literal text such as \literal{filename} is +typeset in typewriter type. + +\item[\replaceable{replaceable}] Replaceable text such as +\replaceable{package}, identifying a class of things, is typeset in +italics inside angle brackets. + +\end{description} + + +\section{General} + +This section describes common properties throughout the \abbr{TDS} tree. + +\subsection{Subdirectory searching} +\label{sec:Subdirectory searching} + +Older \TeX{} installations store large numbers of related files in single +directories, for example, all \path|TFM| files and\slash or all \TeX{} +input files. + +This monolithic arrangement hinders maintenance of a \TeX{} system: it +is difficult to determine what files are used by what packages, what +files need to be updated when a new version is installed, or what files +should be deleted if a package is removed. It is also a source of error +if two or more packages happen to have input files with the same name. + +Therefore, the \abbr{TWG} felt each package should be in a separate +directory. But we recognized that explicitly listing all directories to +be searched would be unbearable. A site may wish to install dozens of +packages. Aside from anything else, listing that many directories would +produce search paths many thousands of characters long, overflowing the +available space on some systems. + +Also, if all directories are explicitly listed, installing or removing a +new package would mean changing a path as well as installing or removing +the actual files. This would be a time-consuming and error-prone +operation, even with implementations that provide some way to specify +the directories to search at runtime. On systems without runtime +configuration, it would require recompiling software, an intolerable +burden. + +As a result, the \abbr{TWG} concluded that a comprehensive \abbr{TDS} +requires implementations to support some form of implicit subdirectory +searching. More precisely, implementations must make it possible to +specify that \TeX{}, \MF{}, and their companion utilities search in both +a specified directory and recursively through all subdirectories of that +directory when looking for an input file. Other forms of subdirectory +searching, for example recursive-to-one-level searches, may also be +provided. We encourage implementors to provide subdirectory searching +at the option of the installer and user for all paths. + +The \abbr{TDS} does not specify a syntax for specifying recursive +searching, but we encourage implementors to provide interoperability +(see Section~\ref{sec:More on subdirectory searching}). + + +\subsection{Rooting the tree} +\label{sec:Rooting the tree} + +In this document, we shall designate the root \abbr{TDS} directory by +`\texmf{}' (for ``\TeX{} and \MF{}''). We recommend using that name +where possible, but the actual name of the directory is up to the +installer. On \abbr{pc} networks, for example, this could map to a +logical drive specification such as \path|T:|. + +Similarly, the location of this directory on the system is +site-dependent. It may be at the root of the file system; on Unix +systems, \path|/usr/local/share|, \path|/usr/local|, +\path|/usr/local/lib|, and \path|/opt| are common choices. + +The name \texmf{} was chosen for several reasons: it reflects the fact +that the directory contains files pertaining to an entire \TeX{} system +(including \MF{}, \MP{}, \BibTeX{}, etc.), not just \TeX{} itself; and it +is descriptive of a generic installation rather than a particular +implementation. + +A site may choose to have more than one \abbr{TDS} hierarchy installed +(for example, when installing an upgrade). This is perfectly legitimate. + + +\subsection{Local additions} +\label{sec:Local additions} + +The \abbr{TDS} cannot specify precisely when a package is or is not a +``local addition''. Each site must determine this according to its own +conventions. At the two extremes, one site might wish to consider +``nonlocal'' all files not acquired as part of the installed \TeX{} +distribution; another site might consider ``local'' only those files +that were actually developed at the local site and not distributed +elsewhere. + +We recognize two common methods for local additions to a distributed +\texmf{} tree. Both have their place; in fact, some sites employ +both simultaneously: + +\begin{enumerate} + +\item A completely separate tree which is a \abbr{TDS} structure +itself; for example, \path|/usr/local/umbtex| at the University of +Massachusetts at Boston. This is another example of the multiple +\texmf{} hierarchies mentioned in the previous section. + +\item A directory named `\path|local|' at any appropriate level, for +example, in the \replaceable{format}, \replaceable{package}, and +\replaceable{supplier} directories discussed in the following sections. +The \abbr{TDS} reserves the directory name \path|local| for this +purpose. + +We recommend using \path|local| for site-adapted configuration files, +such as \path|language.dat| for the Babel package or \path|graphics.cfg| +for the graphics package. Unmodified configuration files from a package +should remain in the package directory. The intent is to separate +locally modified or created files from distribution files, to ease +installing new releases. + +\end{enumerate} + +One common case of local additions is dynamically generated files, e.g., +\abbr{PK} fonts by the \path|mktexpk| script (which originated in +\application{Dvips} as \path|MakeTeXPK|). A site may store the +generated files directly in any of: +\begin{itemize-squeeze} +\item their standard location in the main \abbr{TDS} tree (if it can be +made globally writable); + +\item an alternative location in the main \abbr{TDS} tree (for +example, under \path|texmf/fonts/tmp|); + +\item a second complete \abbr{TDS} tree (as outlined above); + +\item any other convenient directory (perhaps under +\path|/var|, for example \path|/var/spool/fonts|). + +\end{itemize-squeeze} + +No one solution will be appropriate for all sites. + + +\subsection{Duplicate filenames} +\label{sec:Duplicate filenames} + +Different files by the same name may exist in a \abbr{TDS} tree. The +\abbr{TDS} generally leaves unspecified which of two files by the same +name in a search path will be found, so generally the only way to +reliably find a given file is for it to have a unique name. However, +the \abbr{TDS} requires implementations to support the following +exceptions: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item Names of \TeX{} input files must be unique within each first-level +subdirectory of \path|texmf/tex| and \path|texmf/tex/generic|, but not +within all of \path|texmf/tex|; i.e., different \TeX{} formats may have +files by the same name. (Section~\ref{sec:Macros} discusses this +further.) Thus, no single format-independent path specification, such +as a recursive search beginning at \path|texmf/tex| specifying no other +directories, suffices. So implementations must provide format-dependent +path specifications, for example via wrapper scripts or configuration +files. + +\item Many font files will have the same name (e.g., \path|cmr10.pk|), +as discussed in Section~\ref{sec:Valid font bitmaps}. Implementations +must distinguish these files by mode and resolution. + +\end{itemize} + +All implementations we know of already have these capabilities. + +One place where duplicate names are likely to occur is not an exception: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item Names of \MF{} input files (as opposed to bitmaps) must be unique +within all of \path|texmf/fonts|. In practice, this is a problem with +some variants of Computer Modern which contain slightly modified files +named \path|punct.mf|, \path|romanl.mf|, and so on. We believe the only +feasible solution is to rename the derivative files to be +unique. + +\end{itemize} + + +\section{Top-level directories} +\label{sec:Top-level directories} + +The directories under the \texmf{} root identify the major components of +a \TeX{} system (see Section~\ref{sec:Summary} for a summary). A site +may omit any unneeded directories. + +Although the \abbr{TDS} by its nature can specify precise locations only +for implementation-independent files, we recognize that installers may +well wish to place other files under \texmf{} to simplify administration +of the \TeX{} tree, especially if it is maintained by someone other than +the system administrator. Therefore, additional top-level directories +may be present. + +The top-level directories specified by the \abbr{TDS} are: + +\begin{description} +\item[\path|tex|] +for \TeX{} files (Section~\ref{sec:Macros}). + +\item[\path|fonts|] +for font-related files (Section~\ref{sec:Fonts}). + +\item[\path|metafont|] +for \MF{} files which are not fonts (Section~\ref{sec:Non-font MF files}). + +\item[\path|metapost|] +for \MP{} files (Section~\ref{sec:MetaPost}). + +\item[\path|bibtex|] +for \BibTeX{} files (Section~\ref{sec:BibTeX}). + +\item[\path|scripts|] +for platform-independent executables (Section~\ref{sec:Scripts}). + +\item[\path|doc|] +for user documentation (Section~\ref{sec:Documentation}). + +\item[\path|source|] for sources. This includes both traditional +program sources (for example, \application{Web2C} sources go in +\path|texmf/source/web2c|) and, e.g., \LaTeX{} \path|dtx| sources (which +go in \path|texmf/source/latex|). The \abbr{TDS} leaves unspecified any +structure under \path|source|. + +\path|source| is intended for files which are not needed at runtime by +any \TeX{} program; it should not be included in any search path. For +example, \path|plain.tex| does not belong under \path|texmf/source|, +even though it is a ``source file'' in the sense of not being derived +from another file. (It goes in \path|texmf/tex/plain/base|, as explained +in Section~\ref{sec:Macros}). + +\item[\replaceable{implementation}] for implementations (examples: +\path|emtex|, \path|vtex|, \path|web2c|), to be used for whatever +purpose deemed suitable by the implementor or \TeX{} administrator. +That is, files that cannot be shared between implementations, such as +pool files (\path|tex.pool|) and memory dump files (\path|plain.fmt|) go +here, in addition to implementation-wide configuration files. See +Section~\ref{sec:Example implementation-specific trees} for examples of +real \replaceable{implementation} trees. + +Such implementation-specific configuration files should \emphasis{not} +be located using the main \TeX{} input search path (e.g., +\path|TEXINPUTS|). This must be reserved for files actually read by a +\TeX{} engine. See Section~\ref{sec:Extensions}. + +\item[\replaceable{program}] for program-specific input and +configuration files for any \TeX{}-related programs (examples: +\path|mft|, \path|dvips|). In fact, the \path|tex|, \path|metafont|, +\path|metapost|, and \path|bibtex| items above may all be seen as +instances of this case. + +\end{description} + + +\subsection{Macros} +\label{sec:Macros} + +\TeX{} macro files shall be stored in separate directories, segregated +by \TeX{} format and package name (we use `format' in its traditional +\TeX{} sense to mean a usefully \path|\dump|-able package): +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/tex/\replaceable{format}/\replaceable{package}/ +\end{ttdisplay} + +\begin{description} + +\item[\replaceable{format}] is a format name (examples: \path|amstex|, +\path|latex|, \path|plain|, \path|texinfo|). + +The \abbr{TDS} allows distributions that can be used as either formats or +packages (e.g., Texinfo, Eplain) to be stored at either level, at the +option of the format author or \TeX{} administrator. We recommend that +packages used as formats at a particular site be stored at the +\replaceable{format} level: by adjusting the \TeX{} inputs search path, +it will be straightforward to use them as macro packages under another +format, whereas placing them in another tree completely obscures their +use as a format. + +The \abbr{TDS} reserves the following \replaceable{format} names: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item \path|generic|, for input files that are useful across a wide +range of formats (examples: \path|null.tex|, \path|path.sty|). +Generally, this means any format that uses the category codes of Plain +\TeX{} and does not rely on any particular format. This is in contrast +to those files which are useful only with Plain \TeX{} (which go under +\path|texmf/tex/plain|), e.g., \path|testfont.tex| and \path|plain.tex| +itself. + +\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local +additions}. + +\end{itemize} + +Thus, for almost every format, it is necessary to search at least the +\replaceable{format} directory and then the \path|generic| directory (in +that order). Other directories may need to be searched as well, +depending on the format. When using \AMSTeX{}, for example, the +\path|amstex|, \path|plain|, and \path|generic| directories should be +searched, because \AMSTeX{} is compatible with Plain. + +\item[\replaceable{package}] is a \TeX{} package name (examples: +\path|babel|, \path|texdraw|). + +In the case where a format consists of only a single file and has no +auxiliary packages, that file can simply be placed in the +\replaceable{format} directory, instead of +\replaceable{format}\path|/base|. For example, Texinfo may go in +\path|texmf/tex/texinfo/texinfo.tex|, not +\path|texmf/tex/texinfo/base/texinfo.tex|. + +The \abbr{TDS} reserves the following \replaceable{package} names: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item \path|base|, for the base distribution of each format, +including files used by \iniTeX{} when dumping format files. For +example, in the standard \LaTeX{} distribution, the \path|ltx| files +created during the build process. Another example: the \path|.ini| +driver files for formats used by \TeX{} Live and other distributions. + +\item \path|hyphen|, for hyphenation patterns, including the original +American English \path|hyphen.tex|. These are typically used only by +\iniTeX{}. In most situations, this directory need exist only under the +\literal{generic} format. + +\item \path|images|, for image input files, such as Encapsulated +PostScript figures. Although it is somewhat non-intuitive for these to +be under a directory named ``\path|tex|'', \TeX{} needs to read these +files to glean bounding box or other information. A mechanism for +sharing image inputs between \TeX{} and other typesetting programs +(e.g., Interleaf, FrameMaker) is beyond the scope of the +\abbr{TDS}\@. In most situations, this directory need exist only under +the \literal{generic} format. + +\item \path|local|, for local additions and configuration files. See +Section~\ref{sec:Local additions}. + +\item \path|misc|, for packages that consist of a single file. An +administrator or package maintainer may create directories for +single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using \path|misc|. + +\end{itemize} + +\end{description} + + +\subsubsection{Extensions} +\label{sec:Extensions} + +\TeX{} has spawned many companion and successor programs (``engines''), +such as \abbr{PDF}\TeX{}, Omega, and others. The \abbr{TDS} specifies +that the input files for such programs (using a \TeX{}-like syntax) be +placed within the top-level \path|tex| directory, either at the top +level or within a format subdirectory, even though the original \TeX{} +program may not be able to read them. For example: + +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/tex/aleph +texmf/tex/enctex +\end{ttdisplay} + +This is a change from \abbr{TDS}~1.0, which specified top-level +\replaceable{extension} directories for each such program. We felt the +new approach is preferable, because: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item Authors of relevant packages typically make their code detect the +engine being used, and issue error messages or adapt to circumstances +appropriately. Furthermore, as a package matures, it may support +multiple engines. Thus, a package could conceivably be placed in any of +several top-level directories, at different times. Putting all packages +under the top-level \path|tex| directory provides a stable location over +time. + +\item Users need to be able to switch between engines, and configuring +different search paths for each engine is difficult and error-prone. + +\end{itemize} + +Thus, in practice, having different top-level directories caused +difficulties for everyone involved---users, package authors, site +administrators, and system distributors. + +Please contrast this approach with the \replaceable{implementation} +top-level subdirectory (Section~\ref{sec:Top-level directories}), which +is to be used for configuration files that (presumably) do not use +\TeX{} syntax and in any case should not be found along the main \TeX{} +input search path. + + +\subsection{Fonts} +\label{sec:Fonts} + +Font files are stored in separate directories, segregated by file type, +and then (in most cases) font supplier and typeface. \abbr{PK} and +\abbr{GF} files need additional structure, as detailed in the next +section. + +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/fonts/\replaceable{type}/\replaceable{supplier}/\replaceable{typeface}/ +texmf/fonts/enc,lig,map/\replaceable{subpath}/ +\end{ttdisplay} + +\begin{description} + +\item[\replaceable{type}] is the type of font file. The \abbr{TDS} +reserves the following \replaceable{type} names for common \TeX{} file +types: + +\begin{itemize-squeeze} +\item \path|afm|, for Adobe font metrics, and \path|inf| files. +\item \path|gf|, for generic font bitmap files. +\item \path|opentype|, for OpenType fonts. +\item \path|pk|, for packed bitmap files. +\item \path|source|, for font sources (\MF{} files, property lists, etc.). +\item \path|tfm|, for \TeX{} font metric files. +\item \path|truetype|, for TrueType fonts. +\item \path|type1|, for PostScript Type 1 fonts (in \path|pfa|, + \path|pfb|, or any other format), and \path|pfm| files. +\item \path|type3|, for PostScript Type 3 fonts. +\item \path|vf|, for virtual fonts. +\end{itemize-squeeze} + +The \abbr{TDS} also reserves the names \path|enc|, \path|lig|, and +\path|map| for font encoding, ligature, and mapping files, respectively. +All of these directories are structured the same way, with +\replaceable{syntax} subdirectories, and then \replaceable{package} +subsubdirectories. Each of these file types is intended to be searched +along its own recursively-searched path. The names of the actual files +must be unique within their subtree, as usual. Examples: +\begin{ttdisplay} +fonts/map/dvipdfm/updmap/dvipdfm.map +fonts/map/dvips/lm/lm.map +fonts/enc/dvips/base/8r.enc +\end{ttdisplay} + +The Fontname and Dvips packages have more examples of the \path|enc| and +\path|map| types. The \path|afm2pl| program uses \path|lig| files. + +\path|pfm| files are included in the \path|type1| directory, instead of +being given their own directory, for two reasons: 1)~a \path|.pfm| file +is always an adjunct to a given \path|.pfb| file; 2)~they must be +installed from the same directory for Windows programs other than \TeX{} +to use them. + +\path|inf| files are included in the \path|afm| directory, since +an \path|inf| and \path|afm| file can be used to generate a \path|pfm|. +(Unfortunately, Adobe Type Manager and perhaps other software requires +that the \path|pfb| be in the same directory as \path|afm| and +\path|inf| for installation.) + +As usual, a site may omit any of these directories that are unnecessary. +\path|gf| is a particularly likely candidate for omission. + +\item[\replaceable{supplier}] is a name identifying font source +(examples: \path|adobe|, \path|ams|, \path|public|). The \abbr{TDS} +reserves the following \replaceable{supplier} names: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item \path|ams|, for the American Mathematical Society's \AmS{}-fonts +collection. + +\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local additions}. + +\item \path|public|, for freely redistributable fonts where the supplier +neither (1)~requested their own directory (e.g., \path|ams|), nor +(2)~also made proprietary fonts (e.g., \path|adobe|). It does not +contain all extant freely distributable fonts, nor are all files therein +necessarily strictly public domain. + +\item \path|tmp|, for dynamically-generated fonts, as is traditional on +some systems. It may be omitted if unnecessary, as usual. + +\end{itemize} + + +\item[\replaceable{typeface}] is the name of a typeface family +(examples: \path|cm|, \path|euler|, \path|times|). The \abbr{TDS} +reserves the following \replaceable{typeface} names: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item \path|cm| (within \path|public|), for the 75 fonts defined in +\citetitle{Computers and Typesetting, Volume~E}. + +\item \path|latex| (within \path|public|), for those fonts distributed +with \LaTeX{} in the base distribution. + +\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local additions}. + +\end{itemize} + +\end{description} + +Some concrete examples: +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/fonts/source/public/pandora/pnr10.mf +texmf/fonts/tfm/public/cm/cmr10.tfm +texmf/fonts/type1/adobe/utopia/putr.pfa +\end{ttdisplay} + +For complete supplier and typeface name lists, consult +\citetitle{Filenames for \TeX{} fonts} (see Appendix~\ref{sec:Related +references}). + +\subsubsection{Font bitmaps} + +Font bitmap files require two characteristics in addition to the above +to be uniquely identifiable: (1)~the type of device (i.e., mode) for +which the font was created; (2)~the resolution of the bitmap. + +Following common practice, the \abbr{TDS} segregates fonts with +different device types into separate directories. See \path|modes.mf| +in Appendix~\ref{sec:Related references} for recommended mode names. + +Some printers operate at more than one resolution (e.g., at 300\,dpi and +600\,dpi), but each such resolution will necessarily have a different +mode name. Nothing further is needed, since implicit in the \TeX{} +system is the assumption of a single target resolution. + +Two naming strategies are commonly used to identify the resolution of +bitmap font files. On systems that allow long filenames (and in the +original \MF{} program itself), the resolution is included in the +filename (e.g., \path|cmr10.300pk|). On systems which do not support +long filenames, fonts are generally segregated into directories by +resolution (e.g., \path|dpi300/cmr10.pk|). + +Because the \abbr{TDS} cannot require long filenames, we must use the +latter scheme for naming fonts. So we have two more subdirectory +levels under \path|pk| and \path|gf|: + +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/fonts/pk/\replaceable{mode}/\replaceable{supplier}/\replaceable{typeface}/dpi\replaceable{nnn}/ +texmf/fonts/gf/\replaceable{mode}/\replaceable{supplier}/\replaceable{typeface}/dpi\replaceable{nnn}/ +\end{ttdisplay} + +\begin{description} + +\item[\replaceable{mode}] is a name which identifies the device type +(examples: \path|cx|, \path|ljfour|, \path|modeless|). Usually, this is +the name of the \MF{} mode used to build the \abbr{PK} file. For fonts +rendered as bitmaps by a program that does not distinguish between +different output devices, the \replaceable{mode} name shall be simply +\path|modeless|. The \replaceable{mode} level shall not be omitted, +even if only a single mode happens to be in use. + +\item[\path|dpi|\replaceable{nnn}] specifies the resolution of the font +(examples: \path|dpi300|, \path|dpi329|). `\literal{dpi}' stands for +dots per inch, i.e., pixels per inch. We recognize that pixels per +millimeter is used in many parts of the world, but dpi is too +traditional in the \TeX{} world to consider changing now. + +The integer \replaceable{nnn} is to be calculated as if using \MF{} +arithmetic and then rounded; i.e., it is the integer \MF{} uses in its +output \path|gf| filename. We recognize small differences in the +resolution are a common cause of frustration among users, however, and +recommend implementors follow the level~0 \abbr{DVI} driver standard +(see Appendix~\ref{sec:Related references}) in bitmap font searches by +allowing a fuzz of $\pm0.2$\% (with a minimum of $1$) in the +\replaceable{dpi}. + +\end{description} + +Implementations may provide extensions to the basic naming scheme, such +as long filenames (as in the original \MF{}) and font library files (as +in em\TeX{}'s \path|.fli| files), provided that the basic scheme is also +supported. + +\subsubsection{Valid font bitmaps} +\label{sec:Valid font bitmaps} + +The \abbr{TWG} recognizes that the use of short filenames has many +disadvantages. The most vexing is that it results in the creation of +dozens of different files with the same name. At a typical site, +\path|cmr10.pk| will be the filename for Computer Modern Roman 10\,pt at +5--10 magnifications for 2--3 modes. (Section~\ref{sec:Duplicate +filenames} discusses duplicate filenames in general.) + +To minimize this problem, we strongly recommend that \abbr{PK} files +contain enough information to identify precisely how they were created: +at least the mode, base resolution, and magnification used to create the +font. + +This information is easy to supply: a simple addition to the local modes +used for building the fonts with \MF{} will automatically provide the +required information. If you have been using a local modes file derived +from (or that is simply) \path|modes.mf| (see Appendix~\ref{sec:Related +references}), the required information is already in your \abbr{PK} +files. If not, a simple addition based on the code found in +\path|modes.mf| can be made to your local modes file and the \abbr{PK} +files rebuilt. + + +\subsection{Non-font \MF{} files} +\label{sec:Non-font MF files} + +Most \MF{} input files are font programs or parts of font programs and +are thus covered by the previous section. However, a few non-font input +files do exist. Such files shall be stored in: + +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/metafont/\replaceable{package}/ +\end{ttdisplay} + +\replaceable{package} is the name of a +\MF{} package (for example, \path|mfpic|). + +The \abbr{TDS} reserves the following \replaceable{package} names: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item \path|base|, for the standard \MF{} macro files as described in +\citetitle{The \MF{}book}, such as \path|plain.mf| and \path|expr.mf|. + +\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local additions}. + +\item \path|misc|, for \MF{} packages consisting of only a single file +(for example, \path|modes.mf|). An administrator or package maintainer +may create directories for single-file packages at their discretion, +instead of using \path|misc|. + +\end{itemize} + + +\subsection{\MP{}} +\label{sec:MetaPost} + +\MP{} is a picture-drawing language developed by John Hobby, derived +from Knuth's \MF{}. Its primary purpose is to output Encapsulated \PS{} +instead of bitmaps. + +\MP{} input files and the support files for \MP{}-related utilities +shall be stored in: + +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/metapost/\replaceable{package}/ +\end{ttdisplay} + +\replaceable{package} is the name of a \MP{} package. At the present +writing none exist, but the \abbr{TWG} thought it prudent to leave room +for contributed packages that might be written in the future. + +The \abbr{TDS} reserves the following \replaceable{package} names: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item \path|base|, for the standard \MP{} macro files, such as +\path|plain.mp|, \path|mfplain.mp|, \path|boxes.mp|, and +\path|graph.mp|. This includes files used by \iniMP{} when dumping mem +files containing preloaded macro definitions. + +\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local +additions}. + +\item \path|misc|, for \MP{} packages consisting of only a single file. +An administrator or package maintainer may create directories for +single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using \path|misc|. + +\item \path|support|, for additional input files required by \MP{} +utility programs, including a font map, a character adjustment table, +and a subdirectory containing low-level \MP{} programs for rendering +some special characters. + +\end{itemize} + + +\subsection{\BibTeX{}} +\label{sec:BibTeX} + +\BibTeX{}-related files shall be stored in: + +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/bibtex/bib/\replaceable{package}/ +texmf/bibtex/bst/\replaceable{package}/ +\end{ttdisplay} + +The \path|bib| directory is for \BibTeX{} database (\path|.bib|) files, +the \path|bst| directory for style (\path|.bst|) files. + +\replaceable{package} is the name of a \BibTeX{} package. The +\abbr{TDS} reserves the following \replaceable{package} names (the same +names are reserved under both \path|bib| and \path|bst|): + +\begin{itemize} + +\item \path|base|, for the standard \BibTeX{} databases and styles, such +as \path|xampl.bib|, \path|plain.bst|. + +\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local +additions}. + +\item \path|misc|, for \BibTeX{} packages consisting of only a single +file. An administrator or package maintainer may create directories for +single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using \path|misc|. + +\end{itemize} + + +\subsection{Scripts} +\label{sec:Scripts} + +The top-level \path|scripts| directory is for platform-independent +executables, such as Perl, Python, and shell scripts, and Java class +files. Subdirectories under \path|scripts| are package names. This +eases creating distributions, by providing a common place for such +platform-independent programs. + +The intent is not for all such directories to be added to a user's +command search path, which would be quite impractical. Rather, these +executables are primarily for the benefit of wrapper scripts in whatever +executable directory a distribution may provide (which is not specified +by the \abbr{TDS}). + +Truly auxiliary scripts which are invoked directly by other programs, +rather than wrapper scripts, may also be placed here. That is, +\path|scripts| also serves as a platform-independent analog of the +standard Unix \path|libexec| directory. + +We recommend using extensions specifying the language (such as +\path|.pl|, \path|.py|, \path|.sh|) on these files, to help uniquely +identify the name. Since the intent of the \abbr{TDS} is for programs +in \path|scripts| not to be invoked directly by users, this poses no +inconvenience. + +For example, in the \TeX{} Live distribution, the Con\TeX{}t user-level +program \path|texexec| can exist as a small wrapper script in each +\path|bin/|\replaceable{platform}\path|/texexec| (which is outside the +\path|texmf| tree), which merely finds and calls +\path|texmf/scripts/context/perl/texexec.pl|. + +Examples: +\begin{ttdisplay} +scripts/context/perl/texexec.pl +scripts/context/ruby/examplex.rb +scripts/thumbpdf/thumbpdf.pl +\end{ttdisplay} + +The \abbr{TDS} does not specify a location for platform-dependent +binary executables, whether auxiliary or user-level. + + +\subsection{Documentation} +\label{sec:Documentation} + +Most packages come with some form of documentation: user manuals, +example files, programming guides, etc. In addition, many independent +files not part of any macro or other package have been created to +describe various aspects of the \TeX{} system. + +The \abbr{TDS} specifies that these additional documentation files shall +be stored in a structure that parallels to some extent the +\path|fonts| and \path|tex| directories, as follows: + +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/doc/\replaceable{category}/... +\end{ttdisplay} + +\replaceable{category} identifies the general topic of documentation +that resides below it; for example, a \TeX{} format name (\path|latex|), +program name (\path|bibtex|, \path|tex|), language (\path|french|, +\path|german|), a file format (\path|info|, \path|man|), or other system +components (\path|web|, \path|fonts|). + +One possible arrangement is to organize \path|doc| by language, with all +the other category types below that. This helps users find +documentation in the language(s) in which they are fluent. Neither this +nor any other particular arrangement is required, however. + +Within each \replaceable{category} tree for a \TeX{} format, the +directory \path|base| is reserved for base documentation distributed by +the format's maintainers. + +The \abbr{TDS} reserves the following category names: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item \path|general|, for standalone documents not specific to any +particular program (for example, Joachim Schrod's \citetitle{Components +of \TeX{}}). + +\item \path|help|, for meta-information, such as \abbr{faq}'s, +the \TeX{} Catalogue, etc. + +\item \path|info|, for processed Texinfo documents. (Info files, like +anything else, may also be stored outside the \abbr{TDS}, at the +installer's option.) + +\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local +additions}. + +\end{itemize} + +The \path|doc| directory is intended for implementation-independent and +operating system-independent documentation +files. Implementation-dependent files are best stored elsewhere, as +provided for by the implementation and/or \TeX{} administrator (for +example, \abbr{VMS} help files under \path|texmf/vms/help|). + +The documentation directories may contain \TeX{} sources, \abbr{DVI} +files, \PS{} files, text files, example input files, or any other useful +documentation format(s). + +See Section~\ref{sec:Documentation tree summary} for a summary. + + +\newpage +\section{Summary} +\label{sec:Summary} + +A skeleton of a \abbr{TDS} \texmf{} directory tree. This is not to +imply these are the only entries allowed. For example, \path|local| may +occur at any level. + +\begin{tdsSummary} + bibtex/ \BibTeX{} input files + . bib/ \BibTeX{} databases + . . base/ base distribution (e.g., \path|xampl.bib|) + . . misc/ single-file databases + . <package>/ name of a package + . bst/ \BibTeX{} style files + . . base/ base distribution (e.g., \path|plain.bst|, \path|acm.bst|) + . . misc/ single-file styles + . <package>/ name of a package + doc/ see Section~\ref{sec:Documentation} and the summary below + fonts/ font-related files + . <type>/ file type (e.g., \path|pk|) + . . <mode>/ type of output device (for \path|pk| and \path|gf| only) + . . . <supplier>/ name of a font supplier (e.g., \path|public|) + . . . . <typeface>/ name of a typeface (e.g., \path|cm|) + . . . . . dpi<nnn>/ font resolution (for \path|pk| and \path|gf| only) + <implementation>/ \TeX{} implementations, by name (e.g., \path|emtex|) + local/ files created or modified at the local site + metafont/ \MF{} (non-font) input files + . base/ base distribution (e.g., \path|plain.mf|) + . misc/ single-file packages (e.g., \path|modes.mf|) + . <package>/ name of a package (e.g., \path|mfpic|) + metapost/ \MP{} input and support files + . base/ base distribution (e.g., \path|plain.mp|) + . misc/ single-file packages + . <package>/ name of a package + . support/ support files for \MP{}-related utilities + mft/ \path|MFT| inputs (e.g., \path|plain.mft|) + <program>/ \TeX{}-related programs, by name (e.g., \path|dvips|) + source/ program source code by name (e.g., \path|latex|, \path|web2c|) + tex/ \TeX{} input files + . <engine>/ name of an engine (e.g., \path|aleph|); can also be lower + . <format>/ name of a format (e.g., \path|plain|) + . . base/ base distribution for format (e.g., \path|plain.tex|) + . . misc/ single-file packages (e.g., \path|webmac.tex|) + . . local/ local additions to or local configuration files for \replaceable{format} + . . <package>/ name of a package (e.g., \path|graphics|, \path|mfnfss|) + . generic/ format-independent packages + . . hyphen/ hyphenation patterns (e.g., \path|hyphen.tex|) + . . images/ image input files (e.g., Encapsulated PostScript) + . . misc/ single-file format-independent packages (e.g., \path|null.tex|). + . . <package>/ name of a package (e.g., \path|babel|) +\end{tdsSummary} + + +\newpage +\subsection{Documentation tree summary} +\label{sec:Documentation tree summary} + +An example skeleton of a \abbr{TDS} directory tree under +\path|texmf/doc|. This is not to imply these are the only entries +allowed, or that this structure must be followed precisely for the +entries listed. + +As mentioned, the \path|texmf/doc| tree may be organized by language, so +that all documentation in French, say, is in a \path|french| +subdirectory. In that case, the example structure here would be in a +given language directory. + +\begin{tdsSummary} + ams/ + . amsfonts/ \path|amsfonts.faq|, \path|amfndoc| + . amslatex/ \path|amslatex.faq|, \path|amsldoc| + . amstex/ \path|amsguide|, \path|joyerr| + bibtex/ \BibTeX{} + . base/ \path|btxdoc.tex| + fonts/ + . fontname/ \citetitle{Filenames for \TeX{} fonts} + . oldgerm/ \path|corkpapr| + <format>/ name of a \TeX{} format (e.g., \path|generic|, \path|latex|) + . base/ for the base distribution + . misc/ for contributed single-file package documentation + . <package>/ for \emphasis{package} + general/ across programs, generalities + . errata/ \path|errata|, \path|errata[1-8]| + . texcomp/ \citetitle{Components of \TeX{}} + help/ meta-information + . ctan/ info about \abbr{ctan} mirror sites + . faq/ \abbr{faq}s of \path|comp.text.tex|, etc. + info/ \abbr{gnu} Info files, made from Texinfo sources + latex/ example of \replaceable{format} + . base/ \path|ltnews*|, \path|*guide|, etc. + . graphics/ \path|grfguide| + local/ site-specific documentation + man/ Unix man pages + <program>/ \TeX{}-related programs, by name (examples follow) + metafont/ \path|mfbook.tex|, \path|metafont-for-beginners|, etc. + metapost/ \path|mpman|, \path|manfig|, etc. + tex/ \path|texbook.tex|, \citetitle{A Gentle Introduction to \TeX{}}, etc. + web/ \path|webman|, \path|cwebman| +\end{tdsSummary} + + +\newpage +\appendix + +\section{Unspecified pieces} + +The \abbr{TDS} cannot address the following aspects of a functioning +\TeX{} system: + +\begin{enumerate} + +\item The location of executable programs: this is too site-dependent +even to recommend a location, let alone require one. A site may place +executables outside the \texmf{} tree altogether (e.g., +\path|/usr/local/bin|), in a platform-dependent directory within +\texmf{}, or elsewhere. + +\item Upgrading packages when new releases are made: we could find no +way of introducing version specifiers into \texmf{} that would do more +good than harm, or that would be practical for even a plurality of +installations. + +\item The location of implementation-specific files (e.g., \TeX{} +\path|.fmt| files): by their nature, these must be left to the +implementor or \TeX{} maintainer. See Section~\ref{sec:Example +implementation-specific trees}. + +\item Precisely when a package or file should be considered ``local'', +and where such local files are installed. See Section~\ref{sec:Local +additions} for more discussion. + +\end{enumerate} + + +\subsection{Portable filenames} +\label{sec:Portable filenames} + +The \abbr{TDS} cannot require any particular restriction on filenames in +the tree, since the names of many existing \TeX{} files conform to no +standard scheme. For the benefit of people who wish to make a portable +\TeX{} distribution or installation, however, we outline here the +necessary restrictions. The \abbr{TDS} specifications themselves are +compatible with these. + +\abbr{ISO}-9660 is the only universally acceptable file system format +for \abbr{CD-ROM}s. A subset thereof meets the stringent limitations of +all operating systems in use today. It specifies the following: + +\begin{itemize-squeeze} + +\item File and directory names, not including any directory path or +extension part, may not exceed eight characters. + +\item Filenames may have a single extension. Extensions may not exceed +three characters. Directory names may not have an extension. + +\item Names and extensions may consist of \emphasis{only} the characters +\literal{A}--\literal{Z}, \literal{0}--\literal{9}, and underscore. +Lowercase letters are excluded. + +\item A period separates the filename from the extension and is always +present, even if the name or extension is missing (e.g., +\path|FILENAME.| or \path|.EXT|). + +\item A version number, ranging from 1--32767, is appended to the file +extension, separated by a semicolon (e.g., \path|FILENAME.EXT;1|). + +\item Only eight directory levels are allowed, including the top-level +(mounted) directory (see Section~\ref{sec:Rooting the tree}). Thus, the +deepest valid \abbr{ISO}-9660 path is: +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/L2/L3/L4/L5/L6/L7/L8/FOO.BAR;1 +1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 +\end{ttdisplay} +The deepest \abbr{TDS} path needs only seven levels: +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/fonts/pk/cx/public/cm/dpi300/cmr10.pk +1 2 3 4 5 6 7 +\end{ttdisplay} + +\end{itemize-squeeze} + +Some systems display a modified format of \abbr{ISO}-9660 names, +mapping alphabetic characters to lowercase, removing version numbers and +trailing periods, etc. + +Before the December 1996 release, \LaTeX{} used mixed-case names for +font descriptor files. Fortunately, it never relied on case alone to +distinguish among the files. Nowadays, it uses only monocase names. + +\section{Implementation issues} + +We believe that the \abbr{TDS} can bring a great deal of order to the +current anarchic state of many \TeX{} installations. In addition, by +providing a common frame of reference, it will ease the burden of +documenting administrative tasks. Finally, it is a necessary part of +any reasonable system of true ``drop-in'' distribution packages for +\TeX{}. + + +\subsection{Adoption of the \abbr{TDS}} + +[This section is retained for historical purposes; the \abbr{TDS} +is now quite firmly entrenched in most \TeX{} distributions.] + +We recognize that adoption of the \abbr{TDS} will not be immediate or +universal. Most \TeX{} administrators will not be inclined to make the +final switch until: + +\begin{itemize-squeeze} +\item Clear and demonstrable benefits can be shown for the \abbr{TDS}. +\item \abbr{TDS}-compliant versions of all key programs are available +in ported, well-tested forms. +\item A ``settling'' period has taken place, to flush out problems. The +public release of the first draft of this document was the first step in +this process. +\end{itemize-squeeze} + +Consequently, most of the first trials of the \abbr{TDS} will be made by +members of the \abbr{TDS} committee and/or developers of \TeX{}-related +software. This has already taken place during the course of our +deliberations (see Appendix~\ref{sec:Related references} for a sample +tree available electronically). They will certainly result in the +production of a substantial number of \abbr{TDS}-compliant packages. +Indeed, the \application{te\TeX{}} and \application{\TeX{} Live} +distributions are \abbr{TDS}-compliant and in use now at many sites. + +Once installable forms of key \abbr{TDS}-compliant packages are more +widespread, some \TeX{} administrators will set up \abbr{TDS}-compliant +trees, possibly in parallel to existing production directories. This +testing will likely flush out problems that were not obvious in the +confined settings of the developers' sites; for example, it should help +to resolve system and package dependencies, package interdependencies, and +other details not addressed by this \abbr{TDS} version. + +After most of the dust has settled, hopefully even conservative \TeX{} +administrators will begin to adopt the \abbr{TDS}. Eventually, most +\TeX{} sites will have adopted the common structure, and most packages +will be readily available in \abbr{TDS}-compliant form. + +We believe that this process will occur relatively quickly. The +\abbr{TDS} committee spans a wide range of interests in the \TeX{} +community. Consequently, we believe that most of the key issues +involved in defining a workable \abbr{TDS} definition have been covered, +often in detail. \TeX{} developers have been consulted about +implementation issues, and have been trying out the \abbr{TDS} +arrangement. Thus, we hope for few surprises as implementations mature. + +Finally, there are several (current or prospective) publishers of \TeX{} +\abbr{CD-ROM}s. These publishers are highly motivated to work out +details of \abbr{TDS} implementation, and their products will provide +inexpensive and convenient ways for experimentally-minded \TeX{} +administrators to experiment with the \abbr{TDS}. + + +\subsection{More on subdirectory searching} +\label{sec:More on subdirectory searching} + +Recursive subdirectory searching is the ability to specify a search not +only of a specified directory \replaceable{d}, but recursively of all +directories below \replaceable{d}. + +Since the \abbr{TDS} specifies precise locations for most files, with no +extra levels of subdirectories allowed, true recursive searching is not +actually required for a \abbr{TDS}-compliant implementation. We do, +however, strongly recommend recursive searching as the most +user-friendly and natural approach to the problem, rather than +convoluted methods to specify paths without recursion. + +This feature is already supported by many implementations of \TeX{} and +companion utilities, for example \abbr{DECUS} \TeX{} for \abbr{VMS}, +\application{Dvips(k)}, \application{em\TeX{}} (and its drivers), +\application{PubliC \TeX{}}, \application{Web2C}, \application{Xdvi(k)}, +and \application{Y\&Y\TeX{}}. The Kpathsea library is a reusable +implementation of subdirectory searching for \TeX{}, used in a number of +the above programs. + +Even if your \TeX{} implementation does not directly support +subdirectory searching, you may find it useful to adopt the structure if +you do not use many fonts or packages. For instance, if you only use +Computer Modern and \abbr{ams} fonts, it would be feasible to store them +in the \abbr{TDS} layout and list the directories individually in +configuration files or environment variables. + +The \abbr{TWG} recognizes that subdirectory searching places an extra +burden on the system and may be the source of performance bottlenecks, +particularly on slower machines. Nevertheless, we feel that +subdirectory searching is imperative for a well-organized \abbr{TDS}, +for the reasons stated in Section~\ref{sec:Subdirectory searching}. +Implementors are encouraged to provide enhancements to the basic +principle of subdirectory searching to avoid performance problems, e.g., +the use of a filename cache (this can be as simple as a recursive +directory listing) that is consulted before disk searching begins. If a +match is found in the database, subdirectory searching is not required, +and performance is thus independent of the number of subdirectories +present on the system. + +Different implementations specify subdirectory searching differently. +In the interest of typographic clarity, the examples here do not use the +\replaceable{replaceable} font. + +\begin{description-squeeze} + +\item[\application{Dvips}:] via a separate +\systemitem{ENVIRONVAR}{TEXFONTS\_SUBDIR} environment variable. + +\item[\application{em\TeX{}}:] \path|t:\subdir!!|; \path|t:\subdir!| for +a single level of searching. + +\item[\application{Kpathsea}:] \path|texmf/subdir//| + +\item[\abbr{VMS}:] \path|texmf:[subdir...]| + +\item[\application{Xdvi} (patchlevel 20):] \path|texmf/subdir/**|; +\path|texmf/subdir/*| for a single level of searching. Version 20.50 +and above support the \path|//| notation. + +\item[\application{Y\&Y \TeX{}}:] \path|t:/subdir//| or +\path|t:\subdir\\|. + +\end{description-squeeze} + + +\subsection{Example implementation-specific trees} +\label{sec:Example implementation-specific trees} + +The \abbr{TDS} cannot specify a precise location for +implementation-specific files, such as \path|texmf/ini|, because a site +may have multiple \TeX{} implementations. + +Nevertheless, for informative purposes, we provide here the default +locations for some implementations. Please contact us with additions or +corrections. These paths are not definitive, may not match anything at +your site, and may change without warning. + +We recommend all implementations have default search paths that start +with the current directory (e.g., `\path|.|'). Allowing users to +include the parent directory (e.g., `\path|..|') is also helpful. + + +\subsubsection{AmiWeb2c 2.0} + +(Email \email|scherer@physik.rwth-aachen.de| to contact the maintainer +of this implementation.) + +AmiWeb2c 2 is compatible with Web2c 7 to the greatest possible +extent, so only the very few differences are described in this +section. Detailed information about the basic concepts is given in +the section for Web2c 7 below. + +Thanks to the \path|SELFAUTO| mechanism of Kpathsea 3.0 no specific +location for the installation of AmiWeb2c is required as long as the +general structure of the distribution is preserved. + +In addition to Kpathsea's \path|//| notation recursive path search may +also be started by \replaceable{DEVICE}\path|:/|, e.g., \path|TeXMF:/| +will scan this specific device completely. + +Binaries coming with the AmiWeb2c distribution are installed in the +directory \path|bin/amiweb2c/| outside the common \abbr{TDS} tree +\path|share/texmf/|. In addition to the set of AmiWeb2c binaries +you will find two subdirectories \path|local/| and \path|pastex/| +with auxiliary programs. + +A stripped version of the Pas\TeX{} system (used by kind permission of +Georg He\ss{}mann) is coming with AmiWeb2c, pre-installed in its own +\path|share/texmf/amiweb2c/pastex/| directory. If you want to use +Pas\TeX{} you have to \path|assign| the name \path|TeX:| to this place. + +Documentation files in AmigaGuide format should be stored at +\path|doc/guide/| similar to \path|doc/info/|. + + +\subsubsection{Public \abbr{DECUS} \TeX{}} + +If another \abbr{VMS} implementation besides Public \abbr{DECUS} \TeX{} +appears, the top level implementation directory name will be modified to +something more specific (e.g., \path|vms_decus|). + +\begin{tdsSummary} + texmf/ + . vms/ \abbr{VMS} implementation specific files + . . exe/ end-user commands + . . . common/ command procedures, command definition files, etc. + . . . axp/ binary executables for Alpha \abbr{AXP} + . . . vax/ binary executables for \abbr{VAX} + . . formats/ pool files, formats, bases + . . help/ \abbr{VMS} help library, and miscellaneous help sources + . . mgr/ command procedures, programs, docs, etc., for system management +\end{tdsSummary} + + +\subsubsection{Web2c 7} + +All implementation-dependent \TeX{} system files (\path|.pool|, +\path|.fmt|, \path|.base|, \path|.mem|) are stored by default directly +in \path|texmf/web2c|. The configuration file \path|texmf.cnf| and +various subsidiary \path|MakeTeX...| scripts used as subroutines are +also stored there. + +Non-\TeX{} specific files are stored following the \abbr{GNU} coding +standards. Given a root directory \replaceable{prefix} +(\path|/usr/local| by default), we have default locations as follows: + +\begin{tdsSummary} + <prefix>/ installation root (\path|/usr/local| by default) + . bin/ executables + . man/ man pages + . info/ info files + . lib/ libraries (\path|libkpathsea.*|) + . share/ architecture-independent files + . . texmf/ \abbr{TDS} root + . . . web2c/ implementation-dependent files (\path|.pool|, \path|.fmt|, \path|texmf.cnf|, etc.) +\end{tdsSummary} + +See \url|http://www.gnu.org/prep/standards_toc.html| for the +rationale behind and descriptions of this arrangement. A site may of +course override these defaults; for example, it may put everything under +a single directory such as \path|/usr/local/texmf|. + + +\section{Is there a better way?} + +Defining the \abbr{TDS} required many compromises. Both the overall +structure and the details of the individual directories were arrived at +by finding common ground among many opinions. The driving forces were +feasibility (in terms of what could technically be done and what could +reasonably be expected from developers) and regularity (files grouped +together in an arrangement that ``made sense''). + +Some interesting ideas could not be applied due to implementations +lacking the necessary support: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item Path searching control at the \TeX{} level. If documents could +restrict subdirectory searching to a subdirectory via some portable +syntax in file names, restrictions on uniqueness of filenames could be +relaxed considerably (with the cooperation of the formats), and the +\TeX{} search path would not need to depend on the format. + +\item Multiple logical \texmf{} trees. For example, a site might have +one (read-only) location for stable files, and a different (writable) +location for dynamically-created fonts or other files. It would be +reasonable for two such trees to be logically merged when searching. +See Michael Downes' article in the references for how this can work in +practice with Web2C. + +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{Macro structure} + +The \abbr{TWG} settled on the +\replaceable{format}\path|/|\replaceable{package} arrangement after long +discussion about how best to arrange the files. + +The primary alternative to this arrangement was a scheme which reversed +the order of these directories: +\replaceable{package}\path|/|\replaceable{format}. This reversed +arrangement has a strong appeal: it keeps all of the files related to a +particular package in a single place. The arrangement actually adopted +tends to spread files out into two or three places (macros, +documentation, and fonts, for example, are spread into different +sections of the tree right at the top level). + +Nevertheless, the \replaceable{format}\path|/|\replaceable{package} +structure won for a couple of reasons: + +\begin{itemize-squeeze} +\item It is closer to current practice; in fact, several members of the +\abbr{TWG} have already implemented the \abbr{TDS} hierarchy. The +alternative is not in use at any known site, and the \abbr{TWG} felt it +wrong to mandate something with which there is no practical experience. + +\item The alternative arrangement increases the number of top-level +directories, so the files that must be found using subdirectory +searching are spread out in a wide, shallow tree. This could have a +profound impact on the efficiency of subdirectory searching. + +\end{itemize-squeeze} + + +\subsection{Font structure} + +The \abbr{TWG} struggled more with the font directory structure than +anything else. This is not surprising; the need to use the proliferation +of PostScript fonts with \TeX{} is what made the previous arrangement +with all files in a single directory untenable, and therefore what +initiated the \abbr{TDS} effort. + + +\subsubsection{Font file type location} + +We considered the supplier-first arrangement in use at many sites: + +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/fonts/\replaceable{supplier}/\replaceable{typeface}/\replaceable{type}/ +\end{ttdisplay} + +This improves the maintainability of the font tree, since all files +comprising a given typeface are in one place, but unless all the +programs that search this tree employ some form of caching, there are +serious performance concerns. For example, in order to find a +\path|TFM| file, the simplest implementation would require \TeX{} to +search through all the directories that contain \abbr{PK} files in all +modes and at all resolutions. + +In the end, a poll of developers revealed considerable resistance to +implementing sufficient caching mechanisms, so this arrangement was +abandoned. The \abbr{TDS} arrangement allows the search tree to be +restricted to the correct type of file, at least. Concerns about +efficiency remain, but there seems to be no more we can do without +abandoning subdirectory searching entirely. + +We also considered segregating all font-related files strictly by file +type, so that \MF{} sources would be in a directory +\path|texmf/fonts/mf|, property list files in \path|texmf/fonts/pl|, the +various forms of Type~1 fonts separated, and so on. Although more +blindly consistent, we felt that the drawback of more complicated path +constructions outweighed this. The \abbr{TDS} merges file types +(\path|mf| and \path|pl| under \path|source|, \path|pfa| and \path|pfb| +and \path|gsf| under \path|type1|) where we felt this was beneficial. + + +\subsubsection{Mode and resolution location} + +We considered having the \path|mode| at the bottom of the font tree: +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/fonts/pk/\replaceable{supplier}/\replaceable{typeface}/\replaceable{mode}/\replaceable{dpi}/ +\end{ttdisplay} + +In this case, however, it is difficult to limit subdirectory searching +to the mode required for a particular device. + +We then considered moving the \path|dpi|\replaceable{nnn} up to below +the mode: +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/fonts/pk/\replaceable{mode}/\replaceable{dpi}/\replaceable{supplier}/\replaceable{typeface}/ +\end{ttdisplay} + +But then it is not feasible to omit the \path|dpi|\replaceable{nnn} +level altogether on systems which can and do choose to use long +filenames. + + +\subsubsection{Modeless bitmaps} + +The \abbr{TDS} specifies using a single directory \path|modeless/| as +the mode name for those utilities which generate bitmaps, e.g., +\path|texmf/fonts/modeless/times/|. This has the considerable advantage +of not requiring each such directory name to be listed in a search path. + +An alternative was to use the utility name below which all such +directories could be gathered. That has the advantage of separating, +say, \path|gsftopk|-generated bitmaps from \path|ps2pk|-generated ones. +However, we decided this was not necessary; most sites will use only one +program for the purpose. Also, \abbr{PK} and \abbr{GF} fonts generally +identify their creator in the font comment following the \path|PK_ID| +byte. + +We are making an implicit assumption that \MF{} is the only program +producing mode-dependent bitmaps. If this becomes false we could add an +abbreviation for the program to mode names, as in \path|mfcx| vs.\ +\path|xyzcx| for a hypothetical program \application{Xyz}, or we could +at that time add an additional program name level uniformly to the tree. +It seemed more important to concisely represent the current situation +than to worry about hypothetical possibilities that may never~happen. + + +\subsection{Documentation structure} + +We considered placing additional documentation files in the same +directory as the source files for the packages, but we felt that users +should be able to find documentation separately from sources, since most +users have no interest in sources. + +We hope that a separate, but parallel, structure for documentation would +(1)~keep the documentation together and (2)~make it as straightforward +as possible for users to find the particular documentation they were +after. + + +\section{Related references} +\label{sec:Related references} + +This appendix gives pointers to related files and other documents. For +\abbr{CTAN} references, we use \path|http://www.ctan.org| as the +top-level domain only to make the links be live in this document. See +\url|http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/CTAN.sites| for a complete list of +\abbr{ctan} sites; there are mirrors worldwide. + +\begin{itemize-squeeze} + +\item This document, in many formats (tex, dvi, info, pdf):\\ \hspace*{1em} +\url|http://tug.org/tds/| + +\item The \abbr{TDS} mailing list archives:\\ \hspace*{1em} +\url|http://tug.org/mail-archives/twg-tds/| + +\item The level~0 \abbr{DVI} driver standard:\\ \hspace*{1em} +\url|http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/dviware/driv-standard/level-0/| + +\item \citetitle{Filenames for \TeX{} fonts}, with lists of recommended +supplier and typeface names:\\ \hspace*{1em} +\url|http://tug.org/fontname/| + +\item \abbr{ISO}-9660 \abbr{CD-ROM} file system standard:\\ \hspace*{1em} +\url|http://www.iso.ch/cate/cat.html| + +\item \citetitle{Components of \TeX{}}, a paper by Joachim +Schrod:\\ \hspace*{1em} +\url|http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/documentation/components-of-TeX/| + +\item \citetitle{Managing Multiple TDS trees}, an article by Michael +Downes:\\ \hspace*{1em} +\url|http://tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb22-3/tb72downes.pdf| + +\item A complete set of \MF{} modes:\\ \hspace*{1em} +\url|http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/modes/modes.mf| + +\item A large collection of \BibTeX{} databases and styles:\\ \hspace*{1em} +\url|ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/| + +\end{itemize-squeeze} + + +\section{Contributors} + +The \abbr{TWG} has had no physical meetings; electronic mail was the +communication medium. + +Sebastian Rahtz is the \TeX{} Users Group Technical Council liaison. +Norman Walsh was the original committee chair. Karl Berry is the +current editor. + +The list of contributors has grown too large to fairly include, as some +would surely be inadvertently omitted. Please consider the archives of +the \email|tds@tug.org| and \email|tex-live@tug.org| mailing lists as +the record of contributions. + + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds2texi.el b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds2texi.el new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..de87d404304 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds2texi.el @@ -0,0 +1,577 @@ +;;; tds2texi.el --- convert TDS draft from LaTeX to Texinfo + +;; Copyright (C) 1996, 1999, 2003, 2004 Ulrik Vieth and the TeX Users Group. + +;; This programm is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +;; any later version. + +;; This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +;; GNU General Public License for more details. + +;; You should have a copy of the GNU General Public License; see the +;; file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +;; 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + +;; Author: Ulrik Vieth <vieth@thphy.uni-duesseldorf.de> +;; Maintainer: karl@mail.tug.org +;; Version: $Id: tds2texi.el,v 1.12 2004/06/04 17:25:49 karl Exp $ +;; Keywords: TDS, LaTeX, Texinfo, Info, HTML, tex, maint + +;;; Commentary: + +;; Description: +;; +;; This file provides a limited LaTeX-to-Texinfo conversion function +;; `tds2texi-convert' which is intended to convert the LaTeX +;; source of the TDS draft document `tds.tex', using a couple of +;; special markup tags defined in the document class `tdsguide.cls'. +;; It is definitely *not* suitable to be used as a general-purpose +;; LaTeX-to-Texinfo converter and is not intended to be used as such. +;; + +;; Usage (also see the Makefile): +;; +;; 0. load or autoload this file, e.g: (load-library "tds2texi") +;; +;; 1. go to a directory containing `tds.tex', e.g. in dired mode +;; +;; 2. run M-x tds2texi-convert -- this does all the conversion and +;; leaves you in a buffer `tds.texi' containing the converted file +;; +;; 3. edit the buffer if necessary and save it -- you will be asked +;; for a file name (which should be `tds.texi', of course) +;; +;; 4. run M-x makeinfo-buffer or invoke makeinfo and/or texi2html +;; from the shell -- don't try texi2dvi, it may work all right, +;; but it's not recommended since it will only cause confusion +;; with the DVI file created from the original LaTeX source! +;; + +;; Bugs: +;; +;; * whitespace (esp. blank lines) before and after environments +;; will be inconsistent (should be fixed in the LaTeX version!) +;; +;; * whitespace (esp. indentation) in tdsSummary environments +;; will be inconsistent (should be fixed in the LaTeX version!) +;; +;; * labels are references are assumed to coincide with names +;; of @nodes -- this is not always true, e.g. for MF vs. \MF{} +;; +;; * the last comma in the list of contributors should be a period +;; +;; * the list of contributors should be handled in a better way +;; (currently: LaTeX tabbing -> @quotation -> HTML <blockquote>) +;; +;; * the contents of the top node may get lost in the texi2html +;; conversion under some circumstances, or else it may end up +;; in the wrong split file -- this seems to be a texi2html bug +;; + +;; History: +;; +;; v 0.0 -- 1996/01/23 UV created +;; v 0.1 -- 1996/01/24 UV first rough version, posted to twg-tds +;; v 0.2 -- 1996/01/24 UV added some commentary and doc strings +;; v 0.3 -- 1996/01/25 UV modularized code, handle header and trailer, +;; call texinfo routines for @nodes and @menus +;; v 0.4 -- 1996/01/27 UV slightly touched-up and some doc fixes, +;; improved handling of legalnotice header +;; v 0.5 -- 1996/01/28 UV more documentation added, code freeze +;; +;; v 1.0 -- 1996/02/20 UV renamed to tds2texi, bumped version number, +;; also fixed a minor typo in "@item samp" +;; v 1.1 -- 1996/11/12 KB no node pointers, no double blank line after +;; sections, allow braces after abbrevs. +;; v 1.2 -- 1996/11/16 KB ??? (see ChangeLog) +;; v 1.3 -- 1996/11/18 UV added translation for umlaut accents, +;; added tds2texi-direntry header lines, +;; added function tds2texi-fixup-texinfo, +;; fixed bug when combining multiple "@file"s. + + +;;; Code: + +(require 'texinfo) ; needed to update @nodes and @menus + +;; file name variables + +(defvar tds2texi-source-file "tds.tex" + "File name of TDS LaTeX source to be converted.") + +(defvar tds2texi-target-file "tds.texi" + "File name of TDS Texinfo source to be created.") + +(defvar tds2texi-filename "tds.info" + "File name of Info file to be inserted in Texinfo header.") + +(defvar tds2texi-direntry + (concat + "@dircategory TeX\n" + "@direntry\n" + "* TeX Directories: (tds). A directory structure for TeX files.\n" + "@end direntry\n")) + +;; translation tables + +(defvar tds2texi-logos-alist + '(("{\\TeX}" . "TeX") ; when only doing Info + ("\\TeX{}" . "TeX") ; no need to use "@TeX{}" + ("{\\LaTeX}" . "LaTeX") + ("\\LaTeX{}" . "LaTeX") + ("{\\LaTeXe}" . "LaTeX2e") + ("\\LaTeXe{}" . "LaTeX2e") + ("{\\AmS}" . "AMS") + ("\\AmS{}" . "AMS") + ("{\\AMSTeX}" . "AMS-TeX") + ("\\AMSTeX{}" . "AMS-TeX") + ("\\MF{}" . "Metafont") + ("\\MP{}" . "MetaPost") + ("\\BibTeX{}" . "BibTeX") + ("{\\iniTeX}" . "INITEX") + ("\\iniTeX{}" . "INITEX") + ("{\\iniMF}" . "INIMF") + ("\\iniMF{}" . "INIMF") + ("{\\iniMP}" . "INIMP") + ("\\iniMP{}" . "INIMP") + ("{\\PS}" . "PostScript") + ("\\PS{}" . "PostScript") + ("{\\copyright}" . "@copyright{}") + ) + "List of TeX logos and their replacement text after conversion.") + +(defvar tds2texi-logos-regexp-1 "\\(\\\\[A-Za-z]+{}\\)" + "Regexp for TeX logos to be converted using `tds2texi-logos-alist'.") + +(defvar tds2texi-logos-regexp-2 "\\({\\\\[^}]+}\\)" + "Regexp for TeX logos to be converted using `tds2texi-logos-alist'.") + +;; + +(defvar tds2texi-tags-alist + '(("\\emphasis" . "@emph") + ("\\citetitle" . "@cite") + ("\\literal" . "@file") + ("\\replaceable" . "@var") + ("\\command" . "@code") ; defined, but not used + ;; ("\\application" . "@r") ; unnecessary, but ... + ;; ("\\abbr" . "@sc") ; unnecessary, but ... + ) + "List of markup tags and their replacement text after conversion.") + +(defvar tds2texi-tags-regexp "\\(\\\\[a-z]+\\)" + "Regexp for markup tags to be converted using `tds2texi-tags-alist'.") + +;; + +(defvar tds2texi-env-alist + '(("\\begin{ttdisplay}" . "@example") + ("\\end{ttdisplay}" . "@end example") + ("\\begin{tdsSummary}" . "@example") + ("\\end{tdsSummary}" . "@end example") + ("\\begin{enumerate}" . "@enumerate") + ("\\end{enumerate}" . "@end enumerate") + ("\\begin{enumerate-squeeze}" . "@enumerate") + ("\\end{enumerate-squeeze}" . "@end enumerate") + ("\\begin{itemize}" . "@itemize @bullet") + ("\\end{itemize}" . "@end itemize") + ("\\begin{itemize-squeeze}" . "@itemize @bullet") + ("\\end{itemize-squeeze}" . "@end itemize") + ("\\begin{description}" . "@itemize @bullet") + ("\\end{description}" . "@end itemize") + ("\\begin{description-squeeze}" . "@itemize @bullet") + ("\\end{description-squeeze}" . "@end itemize") + ("\\begin{legalnotice}" . "@titlepage") ; special hack + ("\\end{legalnotice}" . "@end titlepage") + ("\\begin{tabbing}" . "@quotation") ; special hack + ("\\end{tabbing}" . "@end quotation") + ) + "List of environments and their replacement text after conversion.") + +(defvar tds2texi-env-regexp "\\(\\\\\\(begin\\|end\\){[^}]+}\\)" + "Regexp for environments to be converted using `tds2texi-env-alist'.") + + +;;; some utility functions + +(defun tds2texi-string-replace (x-string x-replace) + "Searches for occurences of X-STRING, replacing them by X-REPLACE." + (save-excursion + (while (search-forward x-string nil t) + (replace-match x-replace t t)))) ; use fixed case! + +(defun tds2texi-regexp-replace (x-regexp x-replace) + "Searches for occurences of X-REGEXP, replacing them by X-REPLACE." + (save-excursion + (while (re-search-forward x-regexp nil t) + (replace-match x-replace t nil)))) ; use fixed case! + + +(defun tds2texi-alist-replace (x-regexp x-alist) + "Searches for ocurrences of X-REGEXP, replacing them using X-ALIST. +If no match is found in X-ALIST, leaves the original text unchanged." + (save-excursion + (let (x-match + x-replace) + (while (re-search-forward x-regexp nil t) + (setq x-match (match-string 1)) + (setq x-replace (or (cdr (assoc x-match x-alist)) x-match)) + (replace-match x-replace t t))))) ; use fixed case! + + +;;; the main conversion function + +(defun tds2texi-convert () + "Have a try at converting LaTeX to Texinfo. Good luck!" + (interactive) + + ;; get a buffer to operate on and insert the LaTeX source + (set-buffer (get-buffer-create tds2texi-target-file)) + (erase-buffer) + (insert-file-contents-literally tds2texi-source-file) + + ;; tab characters can mess up tds-summary envrionments, + ;; so get rid of them as soon as possible + (untabify (point-min) (point-max)) + (goto-char (point-min)) + + ;; do the conversion steps for the text body + (tds2texi-do-simple-tags) ; mostly general + (tds2texi-do-fancy-logos) ; mostly specific to TDS + (tds2texi-do-sectioning) ; mostly general + (tds2texi-do-markup-tags) ; mostly specific to TDS + (tds2texi-do-environments) ; partly specific to TDS + + ;; do the conversion for header and trailer + (tds2texi-do-header) ; partly specific to TDS + (tds2texi-do-trailer) ; partly specific to TDS + + ;; standard Texinfo functions + ; (texinfo-every-node-update) ; I don't like the extra node pointers. + (texinfo-all-menus-update) + (texinfo-master-menu nil) + + (tds2texi-fixup-texinfo) + + ;; all that's left to do is saving the buffer to a file + ;; -- we simply select the buffer and leave saving it to + ;; the user in case some manual intervention is needed + (switch-to-buffer tds2texi-target-file) + ) + + +;;; various steps of the conversion process + +(defun tds2texi-do-simple-tags () + "First step of \\[tds2texi-convert]. Not useable by itself." + + ;; literal `@' -- should come before anything else, since it's + ;; the Texinfo control character. + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\([^\\\\]\\)@" "\\1@@") + + ;; fancy spacing -- should come early before we have many `@' + + ;; "\@" -- space factor corrections before sentence end `.' + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\@\\." "@.") + ;; "\ " -- control space after `.' in the middle of sentences. Also + ;; converts \\ to \. + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\.\\\\\\([ \n]+\\)" ".@:\\1") + ;; "\ " -- control space used otherwise + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\\\([ \n]+\\)" "\\1") + + ;; "\," -- thin space used with dimensions like "dpi" or "pt" + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\,\\([a-z]+\\)" "@dmn{\\1}") + + ;; "\\" -- forced line breaks in references, where it's always + ;; preceded by a :. Previous "\ " conversion reduced \\ to \. + (tds2texi-string-replace ":\\ " ":@*\n") + + ;; "\"" -- accents etc.: + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\\"" "@\"") + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\ss" "@ss") + + ;; special TeX characters that needn't be quoted in Texinfo: + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\_" "_") + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\&" "&") + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\%" "%") + + ;; special TeX characters that we prefer to transliterate: + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\slash[ ]*" "/") + + ;; we could translate $...$ into @math{...}, but why bother + ;; when we can transliterate it easily? + (tds2texi-string-replace "$" "") + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\pm" "+-") +) + + +(defun tds2texi-do-fancy-logos () + "Second step of \\[tds2texi-convert]. Not useable by itself." + + ;; fancy TeX logos -- these are used in arguments of sections, + ;; so we have to do them early before doing sectioning commands. + (tds2texi-alist-replace tds2texi-logos-regexp-1 tds2texi-logos-alist) + (tds2texi-alist-replace tds2texi-logos-regexp-2 tds2texi-logos-alist) + + ;; acronyms -- these are also used in arguments of sections. + ;; There's no need to use @sc markup, just upcase the argument. + (save-excursion + (while (re-search-forward "\\\\abbr{\\([^}]+\\)}" nil t) + (replace-match (upcase (match-string 1)) nil t))) + + ;; applications -- similar to acronyms, so done here as well. + ;; There's no need to use @r markup either, it's the default! + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\application{\\([^}]+\\)}" "\\1") + ) + + +(defun tds2texi-do-sectioning () + "Third step of \\[tds2texi-convert]. Not useable by itself." + + ;; first do @chapter and @appendix by narrowing + (save-excursion + (save-restriction + (narrow-to-region + (point-min) (search-forward "\\appendix" nil t)) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "\\\\section{\\([^}]+\\)}[ ]*" "@node \\1\n@chapter \\1") + )) + (save-excursion + (save-restriction + (narrow-to-region + (search-forward "\\appendix" nil t) (point-max)) + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "\\\\section{\\([^}]+\\)}[ ]*" "@node \\1\n@appendix \\1") + )) + + ;; @section and @subsection are just shifted a level up + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "\\\\subsection{\\([^}]+\\)}[ ]*" "@node \\1\n@section \\1") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "\\\\subsubsection{\\([^}]+\\)}[ ]*" "@node \\1\n@subsection \\1") + + ;; now we no longer need \appendix as a marker + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\appendix[ ]*\n" "") + + ;; \newpage can go as well + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "%?\\\\newpage[ ]*\n" "") + + ;; \labels are redundant since we have @nodes + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\label{sec:\\([^}]+\\)}[ ]*\n" "") + + ;; \refs now refer to @nodes instead of \labels + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\ref{sec:\\([^}]+\\)}" "@ref{\\1}") + ) + + +(defun tds2texi-do-markup-tags () + "Fourth step of \\[tds2texi-convert]. Not usable by itself." + + ;; special tags -- for \CTAN, we must used fixed-case replace! + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\the\\tdsVersion" "@value{version}") + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\texmf{}" "@file{texmf}") + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\CTAN:" "@file{@var{CTAN}:}") + + ;; convert simple tags without expanding their arguments: + ;; \emphasis, \citetitle, \literal, \replaceable + (tds2texi-alist-replace tds2texi-tags-regexp tds2texi-tags-alist) + + ;; \\systemitem -- a silly tag with an extra argument that + ;; isn't printed. It is used exactly once! + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "\\\\systemitem{\\([^}]+\\)}{\\([^}]+\\)}" "@file{\\2}") + + ;; \path, \url -- here we can't avoid shuffling the argument + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\path|\\([^|]+\\)|" "@file{\\1}") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\url|\\([^|]+\\)|" "@uref{\\1}") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\email|\\([^|]+\\)|" "@email{\\1}") + + ;; After turning \replaceable into @var above we now have to + ;; turn @var{...} into @file{@var{...}} to get quotation marks + ;; around file names consistent. (Read: those extra quotation + ;; marks inserted automatically by makeinfo in the @file tag.) + + ;; For simplicity we first do the change everywhere and then + ;; undo it again inside `ttdisplay' environments, where we + ;; can leave @var by itself as @file isn't used there anyway. + + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "@var{\\([^}]+\\)}" "@file{@var{\\1}}") + (save-excursion + (while (search-forward "\\begin{ttdisplay}" nil t) + (save-restriction + (narrow-to-region + (point) (search-forward "\\end{ttdisplay}" nil t)) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "@file{@var{\\([^}]+\\)}}" "@var{\\1}") + ))) + + ;; eliminate redundant quotation marks around @file + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "``\\(@file{[^}]+}\\)''" "\\1") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "`\\(@file{[^}]+}\\)'" "\\1") + + ;; ... and combine multiple @file{}s in one line + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "@file{\\([^ ]+\\)}@file{\\([^ ]+\\)}@file{\\([^ ]+\\)}" "@file{\\1\\2\\3}") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "@file{\\([^ ]+\\)}@file{\\([^ ]+\\)}" "@file{\\1\\2}") + + ;; ... also simplify cases of nested @file{}s + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "@file{@file{\\([^ ]+\\)}\\([^ ]+\\)}" "@file{\\1\\2}") + + ;; literal `~' -- if it hasn't been converted to space earlier, + ;; we can now do the conversion to @w{word1 word2} without + ;; running the risk of confusion the regexp matcher somewhere. + ;; Unfortunately @w will get lost again in the HTML conversion + ;; because or   are not yet standard HTML tags. + (tds2texi-string-replace "~" "@tie{}") + ) + + +(defun tds2texi-do-environments () + "Fifth step of \\[tds2texi-convert]. Not useable by itself." + + ;; convert \begin and \end of environments + (tds2texi-alist-replace tds2texi-env-regexp tds2texi-env-alist) + + ;; convert \items + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\item" "@item") + + ;; insert newlines after description items where appropriate + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "@item\\[\\([^]]+\\)\\][ ]*\n" "@item \\1\n") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "@item\\[\\([^]]+\\)\\][ ]*" "@item \\1\n") + + ;; insert newlines after @item @file, also replace @item @file + ;; by @item @samp -- this is done because it may look nicer + ;; in the HTML version, but it depends on the style sheet used + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "@item @file\\([^,\n]*\\),[ ]*" "@item @samp\\1,\n") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "@item @file" "@item @samp") + ) + + +;;; handling the header and trailer + +(defun tds2texi-do-header () + "Convert LaTeX header to Texinfo. Used in \\[tds2texi-convert]." + (let (title-string + author-string + version-string) + + ;; collect information + (save-excursion + (re-search-forward "\\\\tdsVersion{\\(.*\\)}" nil t) + (setq version-string (match-string 1)) + (re-search-forward "\\\\title{\\(.*\\)}" nil t) + (setq title-string (match-string 1)) + (re-search-forward "\\\\author{\\(.*\\)}" nil t) + (setq author-string (match-string 1)) + ) + + ;; discard information lines + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\title{.*}[ ]*\n" "") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\author{.*}[ ]*\n" "") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\tdsVersion{.*}[ ]*\n\n" "") + + ;; discard pre-title lines + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "%&latex[ ]*\n" "") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\NeedsTeXFormat.*\n" "") + + ;; convert \documentclass to \input texinfo + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\documentclass.*\n\n" "\\\\input texinfo\n") + + ;; insert Texinfo header lines + (save-excursion + (goto-char (search-forward "texinfo\n" nil t)) + (insert "@setfilename " tds2texi-filename "\n") + (insert "@settitle " title-string "\n\n") + (insert "@set version " version-string "\n\n") + (insert tds2texi-direntry "\n") + ) + + ;; discard \begin{document} and \maketitle + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\begin{document}[ ]*\n\n" "") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\maketitle[ ]*\n\n" "") + + ;; copy contents of `legalnotice' environments + (save-excursion + (let ((begin (search-forward "@titlepage\n\n" nil t)) + (end (progn + (search-forward "@end titlepage" nil t) + (match-beginning 0)))) + (copy-region-as-kill begin end) + )) + + ;; insert stuff for title page before `legalnotice' environment + ;; -- \begin{legalnotice} has been converted to @titlepage + (save-excursion + (goto-char (search-forward "@titlepage\n" nil t)) + (insert "@title " title-string "\n") + (insert "@subtitle Version @value{version}\n") + (insert "@author " author-string "\n\n") + (insert "@page\n@vskip 0pt plus 1filll\n") + ) + + ;; insert stuff for @node Top and master menu after `legalnotice' + ;; -- \end{legalnotice} has been converted to @end titlepage + (save-excursion + (goto-char (search-forward "@end titlepage\n\n" nil t)) + + (insert "@ifnottex\n") + (insert "@node Top\n@top " title-string "\n\n") + + ;; insert contents of `legalnotice' copied above + (yank) ; should include a "\n\n" at the end + + (insert "@menu\n@end menu\n") + (insert "@end ifnottex\n\n") + ) + + ;; discard \tableofcontents -- @contents belongs in the trailer + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\tableofcontents[ ]*\n\n" "") + )) + +(defun tds2texi-do-trailer () + "Convert LaTeX trailer to Texinfo. Used in \\[tds2texi-convert]." + + ;; The list of contributors is a LaTeX tabbing environment, which + ;; is difficult to convert -- we convert it to a normal paragraph + ;; inside a @quotation environment, so it gets indented a little. + + ;; Conversion of the tabbing environment is already done elsewhere, + ;; so we just have to remove some redundant tags. + + ;; discard alignment preamble consisting of lines starting with + ;; \hspace{0.25\linewidth}. We use \hspace in other places too. + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\hspace.*\n" "") + + ;; convert "\>" and "\\" in tabbing environment to comma + (tds2texi-regexp-replace " +\\\\>[ ]*" ", ") + + ;; In the earlier conversion of "\ ", "\\" followed by newline + ;; was already converted to "\", so we just have to convert + ;; the remaining instances of "\" followed by space or newline. + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\s +\\\\\\s +" ", ") + + ;; convert \end{document} to @contents and @bye + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\end{document}" + "@iftex\n@contents\n@end iftex\n@bye") + ) + +(defun tds2texi-fixup-texinfo () + "Fix up a few last-minute items. Used in \\[tds2texi-convert]." + + ;; Fix the reference to the node name with the logo. + (tds2texi-string-replace "Non-font MF" "Non-font Metafont") + ) + +;;; tds2texi.el ends here diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tdsguide.cls b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tdsguide.cls new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..45267762588 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tdsguide.cls @@ -0,0 +1,845 @@ +% $Id: tdsguide.cls,v 1.19 2004/03/28 14:21:10 karl Exp $ +% LaTeX document class tdsguide +% (history at end) +% +% This class provides markup & layout for the TDS report. +% +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] % star-form of \CheckCommand, etc. + + +% The code below is explained in the implementation documentation of the +% rcs package. + +\begingroup + \def\RCSClass#1#2 $#3: #4 #5\endRCS $#6: #7 #8\endRCS{% + \def\date{#4}\def\id{v#7}% + \ProvidesClass{#1}[\date\space\id\space #2]% + } + + \RCSClass{tdsguide}{markup and layout for TDS document} + $Date: 2004/03/28 14:21:10 $: 9999/00/00 \endRCS + $Revision: 1.19 $: 0.0 \endRCS +\endgroup + + +% default setup +\ifx \CatEscape\undefined + \chardef\CatEscape=0 + \chardef\CatOpen=1 + \chardef\CatClose=2 + \chardef\CatIgnore=9 + \chardef\CatLetter=11 + \chardef\CatOther=12 + \chardef\CatActive=13 + + \chardef\CatUsCode=\catcode`\_ +\fi + + + +%%% ====================================================================== + +% +% OPTIONS +% + +\catcode`\_=\CatLetter + + +% We can select to use Roman for METAFONT/METAPOST logos by the +% nomflogo option. That should be done if no current logo fonts (with +% `P' & `S') are available. Of course, it would be best to install +% current fonts. +% The mflogo options is provided for upward compatibility. + +\let\tds_mflogo\relax +\DeclareOption{nomflogo}{% + \def\tds_mflogo{\let\textlogo\tds@transfer@logo} % gimme refinements! :( + } +\DeclareOption{mflogo}{} + + +\newif\ifTdsDraft + \TdsDraftfalse +\DeclareOption{draft}{% + \TdsDrafttrue + \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}% + } +\DeclareOption{final}{% + \TdsDraftfalse + \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}% + } + + +\catcode`\_=\CatUsCode + + +%%% ------------------------------------------------------------ + + +% +% CONFIGURATION, INHERITANCE, AND OTHER MODULES +% + + +% configure this class + +\InputIfFileExists{tdsguide.cfg}{% + \typeout{*************************************^^J% + *^^J% + * Local config file tdsguide.cfg used^^J% + *^^J% + *************************************% + }% + }{} + + +% inherit article class + +\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}} +\ProcessOptions +\LoadClass{article} + + +% add more modules + +\RequirePackage{url} % file names & email addresses +\RequirePackage{mflogo} % MF & MP logos (but see below) +%\RequirePackage{hyperref} % navigation specials in .dvi +\RequirePackage{fancyhdr} % rev. no & draft notice in headers + +% Put hypertext links in the DVI file on the URL's: +% \def\UrlLeft#1\UrlRight{\special{html:<a href="#1">}#1\special{html:</a>}} +% Don't do this because xdvi doesn't know what do with ftp url's, which +% is the vast majority of links; also because we use the url package for +% mere directory names. + + +%%% ============================================================ + + +% +% NEW MARKUP +% + +\catcode`\_=\CatLetter + +% info about original SGML files + +\def\sourcefile#1{} +\def\formatterfile#1{} + +% revision number (should use rcs package) + +\newtoks\tdsVersion + + + +% +% RENDER DOCUMENT-SPECIFIC MARKUP +% + +% categories for terms + +% typewriter type. +% `_', `\_', and `\\' produce respective chars. + +\def\tds_tt{% + \begingroup + \catcode`\_=\CatOther + \chardef\_=`\_ + \chardef\\=`\\ + \tds_tt_set + } +\def\tds_tt_set#1{% + \ttfamily + #1% + \endgroup + } + +\def\systemitem#1{\tds_tt} +\def\replaceable#1{{\rmfamily $\langle$\textit{#1}$\rangle$}} +\let\command=\tds_tt +\def\application#1{\textrm{#1}} +\let\literal=\tds_tt +\let\email=\url + +% \abbr may be called with lowercase & uppercase letters, actually all +% abbreviations are to be typeset with reduced-size uppercase letters. +% (That lowercase letters are used as arguments was a half-hearted +% attempt by Norm who did use small caps at this time.) `Reduced size' +% means one point smaller than the current size. If the reduced size +% is larger than 12pt, we issue a warning; if no font-generating +% driver is used, this situation will lead to character replacements +% most probably. +% +% This macro may be written to an auxilliary file, we must not use +% underscores in its name. + +\DeclareRobustCommand\tds@reduced@size{% + \dimen@\f@size\p@ + \advance \dimen@ -\p@ % dimen@ = font_size - 1 + \ifdim \dimen@ >12\p@ + \@font@warning{% +Using font size `\the\dimen@' for abbreviations. That might lead% +\MessageBreak +to character replacements if you don't use a driver that\MessageBreak +generates fonts.}% + \fi + \math@fontsfalse + \fontsize{\the\dimen@}\z@ + \selectfont + } +\def\abbr#1{{\tds@reduced@size \uppercase{#1}}} + +% references + +\let\xref\relax +\let\citetitle=\textit + +% aliases for LaTeX markup + +\let\emphasis=\emph + +% environment `legalnotice', part of front matter + +\let\legalnotice=\par +\let\endlegalnotice=\par + +% environment `ttdisplay', used to explicate some fact. Basically, +% it's the alltt environment without parskip and with an additional +% level of indentation. + +\def\ttdisplay{% + \begingroup + \list{}{% + \parsep\z@skip % no skip before env + \parskip\z@skip + \relax + }% + \item\relax + \parshape\z@ + %% code below is copied from alltt.dtx. + \leftskip\@totalleftmargin + \@tempswafalse + \def\par{% + \if@tempswa + \leavevmode\null\@@par\penalty\interlinepenalty + \else + \@tempswatrue + \ifhmode + \@@par + \penalty\interlinepenalty + \fi + \fi + }% + \obeylines + \verbatim@font + \let\org@prime~% + \@noligs + \everymath \expandafter{\the\everymath \let~\org@prime}% + \everydisplay \expandafter{\the\everydisplay \let~\org@prime}% + \let\org@dospecials\dospecials + \g@remfrom@specials{\\}% + \g@remfrom@specials{\{}% + \g@remfrom@specials{\}}% + \let\do\@makeother \dospecials + \let\dospecials\org@dospecials + \frenchspacing\@vobeyspaces + \everypar \expandafter{\the\everypar \unpenalty}% + %} + } +\def\endttdisplay{% + \endlist + \endgroup + \vskip -\parskip % undo skip after env + } + +% Code below is from alltt.dtx. I don't understand why it's not part +% of the LaTeX kernel. +\def\g@remfrom@specials#1{% + \def\@new@specials{}% + \def\@remove##1{% + \ifx ##1#1% + \else + \g@addto@macro\@new@specials{\do ##1}% + \fi + }% + \let\do\@remove \dospecials + \let\dospecials\@new@specials + } + + + + +%%% ------------------------------------------------------------ + + +% +% LOGOS +% + + +% Some of them are rather document-specific. + +\def\texmf{\path|texmf|} +\def\CTAN:{\replaceable{\abbr{CTAN}:}} + + +% Actually, I should use my logos package for the rest... [-js] + +% The AmS definition is from AmS-LaTeX, that's more stable in this +% document's context than the one from AmS-TeX. +\def\AmS{% + \begingroup + \protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}% + A\kern-.1667em \lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125em S% + \endgroup + } +\def\AMSTeX{\AmS-\TeX} + +\def\iniTeX{\texttt{INITEX}\@} +\def\iniMF{\texttt{INIMF}\@} +\def\iniMP{\texttt{INIMP}\@} + +\def\PS{\textsc{PostScript}} + + +% If we don't use logo fonts, both the Metafont and the MetaPost logo +% is typeset in the current font, as shown in this comment. The macros +% `\MF' & `\MP' expand to two \textfont macros, with uppercase +% syllables as arguments. We check for the syllable `FONT', this has +% to be typeset in lowercase. All other syllables are capitalized. + +\def\tds_logo_fontarg{FONT} +\DeclareRobustCommand\tds@transfer@logo[1]{% + \def\tds_arg{#1}% + \ifx \tds_arg\tds_logo_fontarg + font% + \else + \tds_capitalize#1\tds_argend + \fi + } +\def\tds_capitalize#1#2\tds_argend{% + \uppercase{#1}\lowercase{#2}% + } + +\tds_mflogo + + +% Use a small caps fake for BibTeX's `ib'. This way we can typeset it +% in bold face or sans-serif, too. The code is copied from the LaTeX +% logo definition, from ltlogos.dtx. + +\DeclareRobustCommand\tds@smsize{% + $\m@th$% % force math size calculation + \csname S@\f@size\endcsname + \fontsize\sf@size\z@ + \math@fontsfalse \selectfont + } + +\def\BibTeX{B\kern-.05em{\tds@smsize IB}\kern-.08em\TeX} + + +%%% ============================================================ + +% +% TDS SUMMARIES +% + +% Typeset a figure that shows the TeX directory layout. The layout is +% input with optical markup: +% +% \begin{tdsSummary} +% dir/ explanation of dir +% . subdir/ explanation of subdir +% . . subsubdir/ next subdir level +% . dir/dir/ more than one dir in one line +% . <category>/ explanation of category +% \end{tdsSummary} +% +% Directories and category names don't have dots. + +% We transform that input into a table. The first table column (the +% directory spec) is terminated by a slash that's followed by white +% space. Directory names are typeset in monocase. <categories> are +% tagged with \replaceable. Subdirectory levels are indented by one +% quad. A quad is placed between columns. The explanation text +% is typeset in one line. + +% As this is a special implementation for a special document, these +% design decisions are hardwired, no protected interface is available. +% Design changes will be realized by changes to the macro code. + + +% The environment is realized as a trivlist to behave correctly in list +% environments. I don't use a tabular environment, since I don't know +% exactly how the first column is tokenized. Instead a halign is used. +% IMO it does not matter, as tdsSummary does not use table markup +% anyhow. If somebody wants to use longer explanations and if they must +% be broken then, I have to use one of the tabulars of the tools bundle. + +% The first column (the directory names) is typeset in typewriter type. The +% font chosen hereby must have the underscore at its ASCII position. If +% that is not the case, one has to generalize \tds_dir_tags below. +% Namely, this macro sets up the special lexical convention for this +% column. As TeX will look at the first token of the column to check for +% the table end, \cr, or \omit before \tds_dir_tags is evaluated, the +% redefinition of the lexical analysis will not have happened for that +% token. So we have to check this token specially if it's one of the +% special optical markup chars. + +% After we started the trivlist, we need to supply the item (as this +% macro really adds the vertical space). But it does not actually +% start an item, it sets up the everypar register to do so. We fake +% the item start as we don't want to go in horizontal mode, \halign +% needs to be evaluated in vertical mode. +% +% \par is not evaluated by \endtrivlist and \end, so we don't need +% another group around its redefinition. + +\def\tdsSummary{% + \trivlist \item\relax + \vskip\parskip + \global\@inlabelfalse \global\@newlistfalse \global\everypar{}% + \tabskip 0pt + \let\par\crcr \obeylines % can't use \obeycr, redefined by LaTeX + % redefine \obeylines to do nothing; url.sty v3.0 calls it, and the + % ^^M character therein causes a `Missing \endgroup inserted' error + % at a \path|...| within a tdsSummary, if it's already defined as \par. + \let\obeylines=\relax + \halign\bgroup + \ttfamily \tds_dir_tags \tds_first_token ##\unskip\hfil &% + \quad ##\unskip\hfil \cr + } +\def\endtdsSummary{% + \crcr + \egroup + \endtrivlist + } + + +% Our special lexical conventions are: `.' denotes the next directory +% level, `<...>' denotes a directory category, and `/' is a column +% separator if it is followed by space or tab, a typeset slash +% otherwise. Underscores don't have any special meaning. + +\begingroup + \catcode`\.=\CatActive + \catcode`\<=\CatActive + \catcode`\/=\CatActive + \catcode`\:=\CatActive + \gdef\tds_dir_tags{% + \catcode`\.=\CatActive \let.=\tds_next_dir_level + \catcode`\<=\CatActive \let<=\tds_dir_category + \catcode`\/=\CatActive \let/=\tds_slash + \catcode`\:=\CatActive \let:=\tds_colon + \catcode`\_=\CatOther + \tt + } +\endgroup + +% There are spaces between the dots, ignore them. + +\def\tds_next_dir_level{\quad \ignorespaces} +\def\tds_dir_category#1>{\replaceable{#1}} + +\chardef\tds_dir_sep=`\/ % typeset a directory separator + +% The slash has to check the stuff behind. If it's a space or a tab, +% \next is bound to the action `blank-space' (the binding of all +% '(space . #\Space) tokens). A tab is usually tokenized to the same +% token, but we care for redefinitions below. +% +\def\tds_slash{% + \futurelet\next \tds_check_dir_end + } + +% For colons in the examples. +% +\def\tds_colon{:&} + +% We need two control sequencess that are bound to the actions currently +% bound to '(space . #\Space) and (tex:parse "\t"). A direct \let +% evaluation is difficult as the lexical analysis collapses subsequent +% spaces to one token. But we need one space token behind the equal +% sign, to be able to \let our cseq to the next space token. The first +% token is stored in the replacement list of a macro, the second token +% comes as its argument. + +\def\tds_let#1#2{\let#1= #2} +\tds_let\tds_space{ } +\tds_let\tds_tab{^^I} + +\def\TdsColSep{/&} % use trailing slashes for dir names + +\def\tds_check_dir_end{% + \ifx \next\tds_space + \let\next\TdsColSep + \else + \ifx \next\tds_tab + \let\next\TdsColSep + \else + \let\next\tds_dir_sep + \fi + \fi + \next + } + + +% We're almost finished with the tdsSummary setup. The stuff above is +% not used for the first column token, as it's already tokenized when +% the catcode changes take effect. So let's check and remap this token +% by hand. Actually, I'm sloppy here; I assume that `/' won't be a +% used as a directory name and that no directory name starts with an +% underscore. But then, I know that this won't happen in TDS... :-) + +\def\tds_first_token{% + \futurelet\next \tds_check_special + } +\def\tds_check_special{% + \ifx \next.% + \def\next{\afterassignment\tds_next_dir_level \let\next}% + \else + \ifx \next<% + \def\next{\afterassignment\tds_dir_category \let\next}% + \else + \let\next\relax + \fi + \fi + \next + } + + + +%%% ============================================================ + +% +% LAYOUT +% + + +% text area size + +% We use the same height as article's default, but increase the width. + +\textwidth=35pc +\oddsidemargin = \paperwidth + \advance\oddsidemargin by -\textwidth + \divide\oddsidemargin by 2 +\evensidemargin = \oddsidemargin +\hoffset = -1in + + +% spacing + +\parindent=0pt % no paragraph indentation +\emergencystretch=2em % fewer overfull hboxes, only a memo + +\parskip=1ex plus 1ex minus .5ex % between paragraphs; if you change it, + % change the spacing in section headers + % below, too! + +% Our spacing for lists is very simplistic, but uniform: We use (almost) +% parskip everywhere, and don't distinguish vertical spacing for +% different list levels. Actually, the latter is the thing we might want +% to introduce later again. + +\labelsep=1.1em % increase distance between item & text +\topsep=0pt % no extra skip above list in paragraph +\partopsep=0pt % no extra skip above list starting par. +\itemsep=0pt % no extra space between items +\parsep=.9\parskip % between paragraphs in items + +\def\@listI{% + \leftmargin\leftmargini + } +\let\@listi\@listI +\@listi + +\def\@listii{% + \leftmargin\leftmarginii + \labelwidth\leftmarginii \advance \labelwidth-\labelsep + } + +\def\@listiii{% + \leftmargin\leftmarginiii + \labelwidth\leftmarginiii \advance \labelwidth-\labelsep + } + + +% Like itemize, but squeeze the items. + +\newenvironment{itemize-squeeze} + {% + \parsep\z@skip + \itemize + }{% + \enditemize + } + +% Ditto, for description. + +\newenvironment{description-squeeze} + {% + \parsep\z@skip + \description + }{% + \enddescription + } + + +% Redefine section headers, different spacing and other fonts. + +\newskip\TdsPreSubSectionSkip + \TdsPreSubSectionSkip = 2.5ex plus 0.5ex minus 0.2ex + +\def\section{% + \@startsection{section}{1}% % name and level + {\z@}% % indentation + {-3ex plus-.75ex minus-.2ex}% % skip above and don't indent next par + {1.5ex plus.2ex}% % skip below + {\reset@font \Large \sffamily}% % type + } +\def\subsection{% + \@startsection{subsection}{2}% % name and level + {\z@}% % indentation + {-\TdsPreSubSectionSkip}% % skip above and don't indent next par + \parskip % skip below + {\reset@font \large \sffamily}% % type + } +\def\subsubsection{% + \@startsection{subsubsection}{3}% % name and level + {\z@}% % indentation + {-\TdsPreSubSectionSkip}% % skip above and don't indent next par + \parskip % skip below + {\reset@font \normalsize \sffamily}% % type + } +\def\paragraph{% + \@startsection{paragraph}{4}% % name and level + {\z@}% % indentation + \TdsPreSubSectionSkip % skip above and indent next par + {-1.5em}% % skip after, run in text + {\reset@font \normalsize \scshape}% % type + } + + +% Table of contents + +\setcounter{tocdepth}{2} % only sections on first two levels + +% Less space between TOC entries, discard the parskip. For that, we +% have to redefine \@starttoc, since no hook is available. +\let\tds_orig_starttoc=\@starttoc +\def\@starttoc#1{% + \begingroup + \parskip\z@skip + \tds_orig_starttoc{#1}% + \endgroup + } + +% Section TOC entries in sans serif, and less space above. The code +% below is copied from the article view on classes.dtx, I have changed +% space and font. But let's first assure that we shouldn't use a newer +% version of this code. +\CheckCommand*\l@section[2]{% + \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@ + \addpenalty\@secpenalty + \addvspace{1.0em \@plus\p@}% + \setlength\@tempdima{1.5em}% + \begingroup + \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth + \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth + \leavevmode \bfseries + \advance\leftskip\@tempdima + \hskip -\leftskip + #1\nobreak\hfil \nobreak\hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par + \endgroup + \fi} +\def\l@section#1#2{% + \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@ + \addpenalty\@secpenalty + \addvspace{.75ex \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@}% % was: 1em plus 1pt + \setlength\@tempdima{1.5em}% + \begingroup + \parindent \z@ + \rightskip \@pnumwidth + \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth + \leavevmode \sffamily % was: \bfseries + \advance\leftskip\@tempdima + \hskip -\leftskip + #1\nobreak \hfil \nobreak \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}% + \par + \endgroup + \fi} + + +% Not so spacey a title, please. + +\def\@maketitle{% + \null + \kern-90pt \relax \kern0pt + \begin{center}% + {\LARGE \@title \par}% + %\vskip 1.5em% + {\large + \lineskip .5em% + \begin{tabular}[t]{c}% + \@author + \end{tabular}\par}% + \vskip 1em% + {\large version \the\tdsVersion \quad \@date}% + \end{center}% + \par + \vskip 1.5em} + + +% Make labels in the description environment come out in the +% requested type rather than bold. + +\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep #1} + + +% Headline & footline + +\pagestyle{fancy} + +\lhead{} +\chead{% + \ifTdsDraft draft \fi % <-- space! + TDS version \the\tdsVersion + } +\rhead{} +\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.4pt} + +\lfoot{} +\cfoot{\thepage} +\rfoot{} +\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt} + + + +%%% ============================================================ + +\catcode`\_=\CatUsCode + +\endinput + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% +% $Log: tdsguide.cls,v $ +% Revision 1.19 2004/03/28 14:21:10 karl +% (\tdsSummary): \let\obeylines=\relax after we set +% it, so url.sty v3.0's usage of \obeylines does not +% cause errors. +% +% Revision 1.18 1998/01/26 21:26:10 karl +% (\TeXinfo): Remove unused and incorrect name. +% (\parsep): Decrease slightly. +% (\l@section): Decrease section spacing for toc slightly. +% (\@maketitle): Remove word `draft'. +% +% Revision 1.17 1997/02/07 20:47:16 karl +% Fix : in tdsSummary, more doc. +% +% Revision 1.16 1996/11/16 14:23:58 karl +% fancyhdr requires different commands. +% +% Revision 1.13 1995/11/21 18:57:35 schrod +% Add description-squeeze environment. +% +% Revision 1.12 1995/11/14 18:33:18 schrod +% Drop draft hint in legalnotice environment, make title more +% squeezed. Changes by Karl, to make title & toc fit on one page. +% +% Revision 1.11 1995/11/14 12:36:54 schrod +% Use url.sty instead of path.sty. (On request of Karl, better input +% syntax and different line breaks [0.103].) +% Rename environment explicate to ttdisplay. (Proposal of Karl.) +% +% Revision 1.10 1995/11/11 16:29:01 schrod +% Identify version of class in log file. +% Change layout of table of contents. Implementation of a discussion +% between Karl Berry and myself. +% +% Revision 1.9 1995/11/11 15:43:34 schrod +% Replace alltt environment by explicate environment. Change +% requested by Karl at 09 Nov 95. +% +% Revision 1.8 1995/11/02 10:52:29 schrod +% Add option nomflogo, mflogo is default now. +% Don't need provision for slanted typewriter type any more, +% replacable texts are set in italics now. +% Add logos \texmf and \CTAN:. [kb] +% Set margins in addition to \textwidth. It's a bit wider, too. [kb] +% Wider distance between item label and item text. [kb] +% New environment itemize-squeeze, without space between items. [kb] +% +% Revision 1.7 1995/05/18 09:06:39 schrod +% Don't parse arguments unnecessarily early, one might change +% catcodes in them. +% Use \tds_tt to switch to typewriter, also typesets backslashs and +% underscores [kb]. +% Increase width to 33pc [kb]. +% +% Revision 1.6 1995/05/12 23:19:07 schrod +% \f@size may be a fraction, so use dimension register to compute +% the reduced size for abbreviations [dc]. +% In summary tables, terminate the directory names with slashes [kb, nw]. +% +% Revision 1.5 1995/05/09 01:46:24 schrod +% Typeset abbreviation one point smaller than surrounding font [uv, +% kb, bb], use always uppercase letters for them. Rename the tag from +% \acronym to \abbr [kb, nw]. +% +% Revision 1.4 1995/05/09 00:39:57 schrod +% Repair vertical spacing around tdsSummary environment. +% +% Revision 1.3 1995/05/08 17:14:52 schrod +% For TDS 0.72 Norm changed the document to use \abbr (argument with +% lowercase letters) instead of \acronym. It's not looking better, of +% course; small caps is not really a good font for abbreviations. This +% revision just tracks his change, I'll look later if I can improve the +% rendering. +% +% Revision 1.2 1995/05/07 18:22:53 schrod +% In environment tdsSummary: Next directory level indented by one +% quad, without dots for indentation [kb, !uv, js]. +% Renamed Draft flag to TdsDraft, to keep namespace clean. +% Headline now features a centered short title [kb, uv, nw]. It's +% still ruled. +% \replaceable used spurious \selectfont [uv]. \dir & \ext are not +% used [uv]. +% Subsubsections are also numbered and not indented [uv]. But they +% are still not added to the table of contents. Actually, we have only +% _one_ subsubsection... +% Set erroneously counter `secnumdepth' when I wanted fewer section +% headings in the table of contents. That's controlled by counter +% `tocdepth' [uv]. +% Inherit tdsguide from article class, not from ltxguide. The tags +% of the latter class are not appropriate and we define our layout +% ourselves. +% + +% +% pre-CVS Log: +% +% 19 Apr 95 js Made a LaTeX2e class. +% Use mflogo option to select MF/MP logo typesetting, +% support configuration file. +% 1994-1995 nw Initial revision. + + + +%%%------------------------------------------------------------ + +% mode: LaTeX +% Local Variables: +% TeX-brace-indent-level: 4 +% indent-tabs-mode: t +% TeX-auto-untabify: nil +% TeX-auto-regexp-list: LaTeX-auto-regexp-list +% page-delimiter: "^%%%" +% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/README b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..90313b718a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/README @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +README file for tex-refs +======================== + +$Id: README 146 2005-05-14 15:34:22Z mw $ + +This file contains very brief instructions on how to build the +various output formats (in case you want to do this yourself for +some reason or just want to see how we handle all the 'magic'). + + +Where to find +------------- + +You'll find the latest version of 'tex-refs' at +http://www.miwie.org/tex-refs/ + + +Requirements +------------ + +- DocBook XML V4.3 + Your Linux distribution should provide an up-to-date package for this. + +- DocBook XSL Stylesheets (V1.68.1 as of this writing) + Your Linux distribution should provide a package for this. + If you only find an older version, try it or get the tarball + from »http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/«, install it + at some place and adjust some pathnames in Makefile.cfg.in + +- XSLT processor + At least »xsltproc« from libxslt/libxml2, and »Saxon« should work. + +- make + Should already be installed on your system + +- db2latex (http://db2latex.sourceforge.net) + If you want to generate PDF output you'll need this + + +Usage +----- +- Use the "catalog.xml" file as a hint how to setup your own + XML catalog or edit the XSL files to use absolute pathnames. + +- Run 'make targets' + This lists the most important targets of the Makefile + +- Run 'make' + This will generate all currently supported output files + +- Read over 'Makefile' if you want to know more details + + +Contact +------- + +Contact the authors if you have any suggestions, enhancements, +corrections, etc. Your contribution is very welcome. + +-- +Michael Wiedmann <mw@miwie.in-berlin.de> diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.css b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.css new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c4d1e1bdc53 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.css @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +/* $Id: tex-refs.css 120 2004-03-26 20:19:43Z mw $ */ + +body { background-color: whitesmoke; + } + +h1.title { background-color: gainsboro; + text-align: center; + font-family: sans-serif; + color: black; + } + +h2.title { background-color: gainsboro; + font-family: sans-serif; + color: black; + } + +h3.title { background-color: gainsboro; + font-family: sans-serif; + color: black; + } + +h4.title { background-color: gainsboro; + font-family: sans-serif; + color: black; + } +h5.title { background-color: gainsboro; + font-family: sans-serif; +/* font-size: small; */ + color: black; + } +h6.title { background-color: gainsboro; + font-family: sans-serif; +/* font-size: x-small; */ + font-size: small; + color: black; + } +span.title { background-color: gainsboro; + font-family: sans-serif; +/* font-size: x-small; */ + font-size: small; + color: black; + } + +.title { background-color: gainsboro; + font-family: sans-serif; + } + +.authorgroup { + background-color: #EEEEEE + } + +.copyright { + } + +.legalnotice { + } + +.revhistory { + } + +.abstract { + margin-top: 1em + } + +.toc { + } + +.itemizedlist { + } + +.orderedlist { + } + +.variablelist { + } + +.term { background-color: #EFEFEF + } + +pre.programlisting +{ + background-color: #E0E0E0; + border: thin solid gray; + margin-top: 1.33ex; + margin-bottom: 1.33ex; +} + + +.footer-date { font-size: xx-small; + font-family: monospace; + } + + +#customheader, #customfooter +{ + /* list of fonts provides fallbacks if a font is not present */ + font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, Sans-Serif; + /* font size, relative to body font size */ + font-size: 80%; + + /* line height, relative to body font size */ + line-height: 200%; + + text-align: center; + vertical-align: middle; + color: #fff; + background-color: #009; +} + +/* leave more space between last paragraph and footer */ +/* some browser do not add up the bottom margin of the prior element */ +/* and the top margin of the footer */ +#customfooter { + margin-top: 15px; +} + +/* define special font for logo */ +/* list of fonts provides fallbacks in case selected fonts are not present +*/ +.logo +{ + font-family: Lucida Console, Verdana, Arial, Sans-Serif; +} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..34dfbf0e52c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.html @@ -0,0 +1,14590 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<meta content="HTML Tidy for Linux/x86 (vers 1st February 2003), see www.w3.org" + name="generator" /> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" +content="text/html; charset=us-ascii" /> +<title>References for TeX and Friends</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="tex-refs.css" type="text/css" /> +<meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.66.1" /> +</head> +<body> +<div class="book" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h1 class="title"><a id="id2405204"></a>References for TeX and +Friends</h1></div> +<div> +<div class="author"> +<h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Michael</span> +<span class="surname">Wiedmann</span></h3> +<div class="affiliation"> +<div class="address"> +<p> +<tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:mw%20at%20miwie%20dot%20in-berlin%20dot%20de"> +mw at miwie dot in-berlin dot de</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div> +<div> +<p class="copyright">Copyright © ? Stephen Gilmore</p></div> +<div> +<p class="copyright">Copyright © ? Torsten Martinsen</p></div> +<div> +<p class="copyright">Copyright © 1988, 1994 Free Software +Foundation, Inc.</p></div> +<div> +<p class="copyright">Copyright © 1994 - 1996 Torsten +Martinsen</p></div> +<div> +<p class="copyright">Copyright © 2002, 2003 Peter Karp, +Michael Wiedmann</p></div> +<div> +<p class="copyright">Copyright © 2004, 2005 Michael +Wiedmann</p></div> +<div> +<div class="legalnotice"><a id="id2451479"></a> +<p class="legalnotice-title"><b>License</b></p> +<p>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this +document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, +Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software +Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and +no Back-Cover Texts.</p></div></div> +<div> +<div class="revhistory"> +<table border="2" cellspacing="4" width="100%" +summary="Revision history"> +<tr> +<th align="left" valign="top" colspan="2"><b>Revision +History</b></th></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">Revision 0.3.9</td> +<td align="left">2005-05-14</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" colspan="2">Consistent naming scheme of IDs to +ease the use of this reference for other projects; added new +section <a href="#float" title="3.3 float">float</a> in chapter +<a href="#latex" title="2 LaTeX">LaTeX</a>.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">Revision 0.2.0</td> +<td align="left">2003-01-11</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" colspan="2">License changed to +<a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl.html" target="_top">GNU +Free Documentation License</a>.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">Revision 0.0.1</td> +<td align="left">2002-06-21</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" colspan="2">This version was adapted from the +edition 1.6 of the LaTeX2e documentation, converted to DocBook XML +using <a href="http://www.tldp.org/downloads/" +target="_top">texi2db</a>, and further edited +manually.</td></tr></table></div></div></div> +<hr /></div> +<div class="toc"> +<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="preface"><a href="#preface">Preface</a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="preface"><a href="#credits">Credits</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#tex">1 TeX</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#plaintex">1 +PlainTeX</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#plaintex-ovw">1.1 +Overview</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#latex">2 LaTeX</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#opt-latex">2.1 +Options</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#overview">2.2 Overview of LaTeX +and Local Guide</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#commands">2.3 +Commands</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#parameters">2.4 +Parameters</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#latex-packages">3 LaTeX +Packages</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#amsmath">3.1 +<tt class="filename">amsmath</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#dcolumn">3.2 +<tt class="filename">dcolumn</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#float">3.3 +<tt class="filename">float</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#fontenc">3.4 +<tt class="filename">fontenc</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#german">3.5 +<tt class="filename">german</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#graphics">3.6 +<tt class="filename">graphics</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#hyperref">3.7 +<tt class="filename">hyperref</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#inputenc">3.8 +<tt class="filename">inputenc</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#komascript">3.9 +<tt class="filename">KOMA-Script</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#mathpazo">3.10 +<tt class="filename">mathpazo</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#varioref">3.11 +<tt class="filename">varioref</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#small-packages">3.12 Several +Small Packages</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#generic-packages">4 Generic +Packages</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pictex">4.1 PiCTeX +(tbd.)</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pstricks">4.2 +PSTricks</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#fontinst">5 +<tt class="filename">fontinst</tt> (tbd.)</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#context">6 ConTeXt +(tbd.)</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#context-ovw">6.1 +Overview</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#texinfo">7 Texinfo +(tbd.)</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#pdftex">2 +pdfTeX</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-options">1 +Options</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-file-line-error-style"> +1.1 +<tt class="filename">--file-line-error-style</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-fmt">1.2 +<tt class="filename">--fmt format</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-help">1.3 +<tt class="filename">--help</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-ini">1.4 +<tt class="filename">--ini</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-interaction%20mode">1.5 +<tt class="filename">--interaction mode</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-ipc">1.6 +<tt class="filename">--ipc</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-ipc-start">1.7 +<tt class="filename">--ipc-start</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-jobname-name">1.8 +<tt class="filename">--jobname name</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-kpathsea-debug">1.9 +<tt class="filename">--kpathsea-debug bitmask</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-maketex">1.10 +<tt class="filename">--maketex fmt</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-no-maketex">1.11 +<tt class="filename">--no-maketex fmt</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-output-comment">1.12 +<tt class="filename">--output-comment string</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-parse-first-line">1.13 +<tt class="filename">--parse-first-line</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-progname">1.14 +<tt class="filename">--progname name</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-recorder">1.15 +<tt class="filename">--recorder</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-shell-escape">1.16 +<tt class="filename">--shell-escape</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-translate-file">1.17 +<tt class="filename">--translate-file tcxname</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-version">1.18 +<tt class="filename">--version</tt></a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-environment">2 +Environment</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#metafont">3 Metafont +(tbd.)</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#metapost">4 +MetaPost</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-options">1 +Options</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-file-line-error-style"> +1.1 +<tt class="filename">--file-line-error-style</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-help">1.2 +<tt class="filename">--help</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-ini">1.3 +<tt class="filename">--ini</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-intercation">1.4 +<tt class="filename">--interaction mode</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-jobname">1.5 +<tt class="filename">--jobname name</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-kpathsea-debug">1.6 +<tt class="filename">--kpathsea-debug bitmask</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-mem">1.7 +<tt class="filename">--mem mem</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-parse-first-line">1.8 +<tt class="filename">--parse-first-line</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-progname">1.9 +<tt class="filename">--progname name</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-recorder">1.10 +<tt class="filename">--recorder</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-T">1.11 +<tt class="filename">-T</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-translate-file">1.12 +<tt class="filename">--translate-file tcxname</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-troff">1.13 +<tt class="filename">--troff</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-version">1.14 +<tt class="filename">--version</tt></a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-environment">2 +Environment</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#bibtex">5 +BibTeX</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-parameters">1 +Parameters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-command-qualifiers">2 +Command Qualifiers</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bib-files">3 bib +files</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-string-command">3.1 +<tt class="filename">@STRING</tt> command</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-entry-format">3.2 Entry +Format</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-entry-types">3.3 Entry +Types</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-field-text">3.4 Field +Text</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-field-types">3.5 Field +Types</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-files">4 bst +files</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-abbr">4.1 +<tt class="filename">ABBRV.BST</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-alpha">4.2 +<tt class="filename">ALPHA.BST</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-plain">4.3 +<tt class="filename">PLAIN.BST</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-sample">4.4 +<tt class="filename">SAMPLE.BST</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-unsrt">4.5 +<tt class="filename">UNSRT.BST</tt></a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#makeindex">6 +Make-Index</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-options">1 +Options</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-c">1.1 +<tt class="filename">-c</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-g">1.2 +<tt class="filename">-g</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-i">1.3 +<tt class="filename">-i</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-l">1.4 +<tt class="filename">-l</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-q">1.5 +<tt class="filename">-q</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-r">1.6 +<tt class="filename">-r</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-s-sty">1.7 +<tt class="filename">-s sty</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-o-ind">1.8 +<tt class="filename">-o ind</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-t-log">1.9 +<tt class="filename">-t log</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-p-no">1.10 +<tt class="filename">-p no</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-L">1.11 +<tt class="filename">-L</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-T">1.12 +<tt class="filename">-T</tt></a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-style-file">2 Style +File</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-style">2.1 Input +Style Specifiers</a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-output-style-specs">2.2 +Output Style Specifiers</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-example">3 +Example</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-ordering">4 +Ordering</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-special-effects">5 +Special Effects</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#xindy">7 xindy</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list">1 Command +List</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list-processing">1.1 +Processing Commands</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list-markup">1.2 +Markup Commands</a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list-raw-index">1.3 +Raw Index Interface</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-invoking">2 Invoking +xindy</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-invoking-cmdline">2.1 +Command Line Options</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-search-path">2.2 Search +Path</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="appendix"><a href="#appendices">A +Appendices</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#issues">1 Bugs / Known Issues / +Missing Features</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#about">2 About this +Document</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#release-news">3 Release +News</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#gfdl">4 GNU Free Documentation +License</a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="index"><a href="#tex-refs-idx">Index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> +<div class="list-of-tables"> +<p><b>List of Tables</b></p> +<dl> +<dt>1.1 <a href="#id2521491">Options for +<tt class="literal">\newcommand</tt></a></dt> +<dt>1.2 <a href="#id2521690">Options for +<tt class="literal">\newenvironment</tt></a></dt> +<dt>1.3 <a href="#id2521896">Options for +<tt class="literal">\newtheorem</tt></a></dt> +<dt>1.4 <a href="#id2525205">Commands in a +<tt class="literal">tabbing</tt> environment</a></dt> +<dt>1.5 <a href="#id2525850">Commands used inside a +<tt class="literal">tabular</tt> environment</a></dt> +<dt>1.6 <a href="#id2526898">Standard styles distributed with +BibTeX</a></dt> +<dt>1.7 <a href="#id2529997">Three environments that put LaTeX in +math mode</a></dt> +<dt>1.8 <a href="#id2530391">Math Miscellany</a></dt> +<dt>1.9 <a href="#id2538486">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>1.10 <a href="#id2539011">Standard type size commands</a></dt> +<dt>1.11 <a href="#id2539271">Low-level font commands</a></dt> +<dt>1.12 <a href="#id2559775">Special coordinates and +angles</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="preface" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title"> +<a id="preface"></a>Preface</h2></div></div></div> +<p class="db2latex:noindent">LaTeX2e is a document preparation +system implemented as a macro package for Donald E. Knuth's TeX +typesetting program.</p> +<p class="db2latex:noindent">LaTeX was originally conceived by +Leslie Lamport.</p> +<p class="db2latex:noindent">This updated LaTeX reference is by no +means complete, but it's a first step towards a more complete LaTeX +reference! We welcome if we'll get pointed to missing commands or +even better when you make additions and further improvements and +send them to the authors.</p> +<p class="db2latex:noindent"><a href="http://www.tug.org" +target="_top">TUG (TeX User Group)</a> and +<a href="http://www.dante.de" target="_top">DANTE (German TeX User +Group)</a> both have excellent FAQ's which answer many questions or +give great pointers to additional resources both on the internet or +in books. Most if not all missing packages can also be found on the +CTAN servers.</p> +<p class="db2latex:noindent">This reference is not meant to replace +the package documentation or the standard literature like the LaTeX +handbook and the LaTeX companion. Look there for detailed +descriptions of the commands and even mostly more options and +examples.</p> +<p class="db2latex:noindent">The authors intend to extend this +documentation to other TeX related packages (e.g. ConTeXt, +MetaPost, Metafont, etc.). Contributions are very +welcome!</p></div> +<div class="preface" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title"> +<a id="credits"></a>Credits</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2450500" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The following people have contributed substantial parts to this +documentation project or helped in some other way (listed +alphabetically):</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li> +<p>Karl Berry</p> +<a id="id2450525" class="indexterm"></a></li> +<li> +<p>Wolfgang Borgert</p> +<a id="id2450544" class="indexterm"></a></li> +<li> +<p>Ramon Casellas</p> +<a id="id2450563" class="indexterm"></a></li> +<li> +<p>Holger Danielsson</p> +<a id="id2450582" class="indexterm"></a></li> +<li> +<p>James Devenish</p> +<a id="id2450602" class="indexterm"></a></li> +<li> +<p>Hubert Gaesslein</p> +<a id="id2450621" class="indexterm"></a></li> +<li> +<p>Peter Karp</p> +<a id="id2450640" class="indexterm"></a></li> +<li> +<p>Rolf Niepraschk</p> +<a id="id2450659" class="indexterm"></a></li> +<li> +<p>Hans Fredrik Nordhaug</p> +<a id="id2450681" class="indexterm"></a></li> +<li> +<p>Simon Pepping</p> +<a id="id2450700" class="indexterm"></a></li> +<li> +<p>Bob Stayton</p> +<a id="id2450719" class="indexterm"></a></li> +<li> +<p>Herbert Voss</p> +<a id="id2450739" class="indexterm"></a></li></ul></div></div> +<div class="chapter" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title"> +<a id="tex"></a>Chapter 1. TeX</h2></div></div></div> +<div class="toc"> +<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#plaintex">1 +PlainTeX</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#plaintex-ovw">1.1 +Overview</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#latex">2 LaTeX</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#opt-latex">2.1 +Options</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#overview">2.2 Overview of LaTeX +and Local Guide</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#commands">2.3 +Commands</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#parameters">2.4 +Parameters</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#latex-packages">3 LaTeX +Packages</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#amsmath">3.1 +<tt class="filename">amsmath</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#dcolumn">3.2 +<tt class="filename">dcolumn</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#float">3.3 +<tt class="filename">float</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#fontenc">3.4 +<tt class="filename">fontenc</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#german">3.5 +<tt class="filename">german</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#graphics">3.6 +<tt class="filename">graphics</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#hyperref">3.7 +<tt class="filename">hyperref</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#inputenc">3.8 +<tt class="filename">inputenc</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#komascript">3.9 +<tt class="filename">KOMA-Script</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#mathpazo">3.10 +<tt class="filename">mathpazo</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#varioref">3.11 +<tt class="filename">varioref</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#small-packages">3.12 Several +Small Packages</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#generic-packages">4 Generic +Packages</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pictex">4.1 PiCTeX +(tbd.)</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pstricks">4.2 +PSTricks</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#fontinst">5 +<tt class="filename">fontinst</tt> (tbd.)</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#context">6 ConTeXt +(tbd.)</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#context-ovw">6.1 +Overview</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#texinfo">7 Texinfo +(tbd.)</a></span></dt></dl></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="plaintex"></a>1 +PlainTeX</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2450802" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="plaintex-ovw"></a>1.1 +Overview</h3></div></div></div> +<p>For a really excellent reference of all TeX primitive control +sequences see David Bausum's<a id="id2450821" +class="indexterm"></a> +<a href="http://www.tug.org/utilities/plain/cseq.html" +target="_top"><span class="emphasis"><em>TeX Primitive Control +Sequences</em></span></a>.</p></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="latex"></a>2 +LaTeX</h2></div></div></div> +<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> +<h3 class="title">Note</h3> +<p>The original file <tt class="filename">latex2e.texi</tt> +contains the following copyright and permission notice:</p> +<p>“<span class="quote">Permission is granted to make and +distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright +notice and this permission notice are preserved on all +copies.</span>”</p> +<p>“<span class="quote">Permission is granted to copy and +distribute modified versions of this manual under the conditions +for verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting derived +work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice +identical to this one.</span>”</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="opt-latex"></a>2.1 +Options</h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2450904" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>LaTeX understands the following command line options.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-file-line-error-style"></a>2.1.1 +<tt class="filename">-file-line-error-style</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2450936" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Print error messages in the form +<tt class="literal">file:line:error</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-fmt"></a>2.1.2 +<tt class="filename">-fmt=FMTNAME</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2450977" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Use <tt class="literal">FMTMAME</tt> instead of program name or +a %& line.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-ini"></a>2.1.3 +<tt class="filename">-ini</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2451019" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Be <span><b class="command">initex</b></span>, for dumping +formats; this is implicitly true if the program is called as +<span><b class="command">initex</b></span>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-interaction mode"></a>2.1.4 +<tt class="filename">-interaction=STRING</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2519533" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Set interaction mode +(<tt class="literal">STRING=batchmode/nonstopmode/scrollmode/errorstopmode</tt>).</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-ipc"></a>2.1.5 +<tt class="filename">-ipc</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2519571" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Send DVI output to a socket as well as the usual output +file.</p> +<p>Note: not available on all systems.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-ipc-start"></a>2.1.6 +<tt class="filename">-ipc-start</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2519609" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>As <tt class="literal">-ipc</tt>, and also start the server at +the other end.</p> +<p>Note: not available on all systems.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-jobname-name"></a>2.1.7 +<tt class="filename">-jobname=STRING</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2519656" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Set the job name to <tt class="literal">STRING</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-kpathsea-debug"></a>2.1.8 +<tt class="filename">-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2519697" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Sets path searching debugging flags according to the bits of +<tt class="literal">NUMBER</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-no-maketex"></a>2.1.9 +<tt class="filename">[-no]-maketex=FMT</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2519741" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Disable/enable <span><b class="command">mktexFMT</b></span> +generation (FMT=tex/tfm).</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-mltex"></a>2.1.10 +<tt class="filename">-mltex</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2519782" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Enable MLTeX extensions such as +<tt class="literal">\charsubdef</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-output-comment"></a>2.1.11 +<tt class="filename">-output-comment=STRING</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2519825" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>use <tt class="literal">STRING</tt> for DVI file comment instead +of date.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-parse-first-line"></a>2.1.12 +<tt class="filename">-parse-first-line</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2519867" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Parse of the first line of the input file.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-progname"></a>2.1.13 +<tt class="filename">-progname=STRING</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2519903" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Set program (and fmt) name to +<tt class="literal">STRING</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-recorder"></a>2.1.14 +<tt class="filename">-recorder</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2519945" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Enable filename recorder.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-shell-escape"></a>2.1.15 +<tt class="filename">-shell-escape</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2519982" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Enable <tt class="literal">\write18{SHELL +COMMAND}</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-src-specials"></a>2.1.16 +<tt class="filename">-src-specials</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2520024" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Insert source specials into the DVI file.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-src-specials-where"></a>2.1.17 +<tt class="filename">-src-specials=WHERE</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2520061" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Insert source specials in certain places of the DVI file. +<tt class="literal">WHERE</tt> is a comma-separated value list: +<tt class="literal">cr display hbox math par parend +vbox</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="opt-latex-translate-file-tcxname"></a>2.1.18 +<tt class="filename">-translate-file=TCXNAME</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2520111" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Use the <tt class="literal">TCX</tt> file +<tt class="literal">TCXNAME</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-help"></a>2.1.19 +<tt class="filename">-help</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2520158" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Display this help and exit.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-version"></a>2.1.20 +<tt class="filename">-version</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2520194" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Output version information and exit.</p></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="overview"></a>2.2 Overview of LaTeX and +Local Guide</h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2520232" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2520240" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The LaTeX command typesets a file of text using the TeX program +and the LaTeX Macro package for TeX. To be more specific, it +processes an input file containing the text of a document with +interspersed commands that describe how the text should be +formatted. It produces at least three files as output:</p> +<div class="orderedlist"> +<ol type="1"> +<li> +<p>A <span class="emphasis"><em>Device Independent</em></span>, or +<tt class="filename">.dvi</tt> file. This contains commands that +can be translated into commands for a variety of output devices. +You can view the output of LaTeX by using a program such as +<tt class="literal">xdvi</tt>, which actually uses the +<tt class="filename">.dvi</tt> file.</p></li> +<li> +<p>A <span class="emphasis"><em>transcript</em></span> or +<tt class="filename">.log</tt> file that contains summary +information and diagnostic messages for any errors discovered in +the input file.</p></li> +<li> +<p>An <span class="emphasis"><em>auxiliary</em></span> or +<tt class="filename">.aux</tt> file. This is used by LaTeX itself, +for things such as sectioning.</p></li></ol></div> +<p>For a description of what goes on inside TeX, you should consult +<i class="citetitle">The TeXbook</i> by Donald E. Knuth, ISBN +0-201-13448-9, published jointly by the American Mathematical +Society and Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.</p> +<p>For a description of LaTeX, you should consult:</p> +<p><i class="citetitle">LaTeX: A Document Preparation System</i>, +by Leslie Lamport,<a id="id2520380" class="indexterm"></a> +Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 2nd edition, 1994.</p> +<p><i class="citetitle">The LaTeX Companion</i>, by Michel +Goossens,<a id="id2520401" class="indexterm"></a> Frank Mittelbach, +<a id="id2520410" class="indexterm"></a> and Alexander +Samarin,<a id="id2520420" class="indexterm"></a> Addison-Wesley, +1994.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="commands"></a>2.3 +Commands</h3></div></div></div> +<p>A LaTeX command begins with the command name, which consists of +a <tt class="literal">\</tt> followed by either (a) a string of +letters or (b) a single non-letter. Arguments contained in square +brackets, <tt class="literal">[]</tt>, are optional while arguments +contained in braces, <tt class="literal">{}</tt>, are required.</p> +<p>NOTE: LaTeX is case sensitive. Enter all commands in lower case +unless explicitly directed to do otherwise.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="counters"></a>2.3.1 +Counters</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2520496" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2520502" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with +it. The name of the counter is the same as the name of the +environment or command that produces the number, except with no +<tt class="literal">\</tt> (<tt class="literal">enumi</tt> - +<tt class="literal">enumiv</tt> are used for the nested enumerate +environment). Below is a list of the counters used in LaTeX's +standard document classes to control numbering.</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +part paragraph figure enumi +chapter subparagraph table enumii +section page footnote enumiii +subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv +subsubsection +</pre> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-addtocounter"></a><tt class="literal">\addtocounter</tt></h5> +<a id="id2520566" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\addtocounter</tt> command increments +the <tt class="literal">counter</tt> by the amount specified by the +<tt class="literal">value</tt> argument. The +<tt class="literal">value</tt> argument can be negative.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-alph-title"></a><tt class="literal">\alph{counter}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2520615" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2520622" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>This command causes the value of the +<tt class="literal">counter</tt> to be printed in alphabetic +characters. The <tt class="literal">\alph</tt> command uses lower +case alphabetic alphabetic characters, i.e., <tt class="literal">a, +b, c...</tt> while the <tt class="literal">\Alph</tt> command uses +upper case alphabetic characters, i.e., <tt class="literal">A, B, +C...</tt>.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-arabic-title"></a><tt class="literal">\arabic{counter}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2520679" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\arabic</tt> command causes the value of +the <tt class="literal">counter</tt> to be printed in Arabic +numbers, i.e., <tt class="literal">3</tt>.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-fnsymbol-title"></a><tt class="literal">\fnsymbol{counter}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2520721" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\fnsymbol</tt> command causes the value +of the <tt class="literal">counter</tt> to be printed in a specific +sequence of nine symbols that can be used for numbering +footnotes.</p> +<p>NB. <tt class="literal">counter</tt> must have a value between 1 +and 9 inclusive.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-newcounter-title"></a><tt class="literal">\newcounter{foo}[counter]</tt></h5> +<a id="id2520769" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2520776" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\newcounter</tt> command defines a new +counter named <tt class="literal">foo</tt>. The counter is +initialized to zero.</p> +<p>The optional argument <tt class="literal">[counter]</tt> causes +the counter <tt class="literal">foo</tt> to be reset whenever the +counter named in the optional argument is incremented.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-refstepcounter-title"></a><tt class="literal">\refstepcounter{counter}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2520830" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\refstepcounter</tt> command works like +<tt class="literal">\stepcounter</tt>. See +<a href="#cmd-stepcounter-title">\stepcounter</a>, except it also +defines the current <tt class="literal">\ref</tt> value to be the +result of <tt class="literal">\thecounter</tt>.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-roman-title"></a><tt class="literal">\roman{counter}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2520888" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2520894" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>This command causes the value of the +<tt class="literal">counter</tt> to be printed in Roman numerals. +The <tt class="literal">\roman</tt> command uses lower case Roman +numerals, i.e., <tt class="literal">i, ii, iii...</tt>, while the +<tt class="literal">\Roman</tt> command uses upper case Roman +numerals, i.e., <tt class="literal">I, II, III...</tt>.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-stepcounter-title"></a><tt class="literal">\stepcounter{counter}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2520951" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\stepcounter</tt> command adds one to +the <tt class="literal">counter</tt> and resets all subsidiary +counters.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-setcounter-title"></a><tt class="literal">\setcounter{counter}{value}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2520988" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2520995" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\setcounter</tt> command sets the value +of the <tt class="literal">counter</tt> to that specified by the +<tt class="literal">value</tt> argument.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-usecounter-title"></a><tt class="literal">\usecounter{counter}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2521038" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\usecounter</tt> command is used in the +second argument of the <tt class="literal">list</tt> environment to +allow the counter specified to be used to number the list +items.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-value-title"></a><tt class="literal">\value{counter}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2521076" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2521083" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\value</tt> command produces the value +of the <tt class="literal">counter</tt> named in the mandatory +argument. It can be used where LaTeX expects an integer or number, +such as the second argument of a +<tt class="literal">\setcounter</tt> or +<tt class="literal">\addtocounter</tt> command, or in:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\hspace{\value{foo}\parindent} +</pre> +<p>It is useful for doing arithmetic with counters.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="cross-references"></a>2.3.2 Cross +References</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2521150" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to +refer the reader to them, as in <span class="emphasis"><em>See +Figure 3 for more details.</em></span> A smarter version of the +cross reference commands is available in the package +<a href="#varioref" +title="3.11 varioref"><tt class="literal">varioref</tt></a>.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-label-title"></a><tt class="literal">\label{key}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2521192" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>A <tt class="literal">\label</tt> command appearing in ordinary +text assigns to the <tt class="literal">key</tt> the number of the +current sectional unit; one appearing inside a numbered environment +assigns that number to the <tt class="literal">key</tt>.</p> +<p>A <tt class="literal">key</tt> can consist of any sequence of +letters, digits, or punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase +letters are different.</p> +<p>To avoid accidentally creating two labels with the same name, it +is common to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix +separated by a colon. The prefixes conventionally used are</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">cha</tt> for chapters</li> +<li><tt class="literal">sec</tt> for lower-level sectioning +commands</li> +<li><tt class="literal">fig</tt> for figures</li> +<li><tt class="literal">tab</tt> for tables</li> +<li><tt class="literal">eq</tt> for equations</li></ul></div> +<p>Thus, a label for a figure would look like +<tt class="literal">fig:bandersnatch</tt>.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-pageref"></a><tt class="literal">\pageref{key}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2521325" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2521332" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\pageref</tt> command produces the page +number of the place in the text where the corresponding +<tt class="literal">\label</tt> command appears. ie. where +<tt class="literal">\label{key}</tt> appears. For a smart version +see +<a href="#cmd-vpageref"><tt class="literal">\vpageref</tt></a>.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-ref-title"></a><tt class="literal">\ref{key}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2521388" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2521395" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\ref</tt> command produces the number of +the sectional unit, equation number, ... of the corresponding +<tt class="literal">\label</tt> command. For a smart version see +<a href="#cmd-vref">\vref</a>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="definitions"></a>2.3.3 +Definitions</h4></div></div></div> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-newcommand-title"></a><tt class="literal">\newcommand</tt></h5> +<a id="id2521458" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2521465" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2521472" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\newcommand{cmd}[args]{definition} +\newcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition} +\renewcommand{cmd}[args]{definition} +\renewcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition} +</pre> +<p>These commands define (or redefine) a command.</p> +<div class="table"><a id="id2521491"></a> +<p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Options for +<tt class="literal">\newcommand</tt></b></p> +<table summary="Options for \newcommand" border="0"> +<colgroup> +<col align="left" /> +<col align="justify" /></colgroup> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left">cmd</td> +<td align="justify">A command name beginning with a +<tt class="literal">\</tt>. For +<tt class="literal">\newcommand</tt> it must not be already defined +and must not begin with <tt class="literal">\end</tt>; for +<tt class="literal">\renewcommand</tt> it must already be +defined.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">args</td> +<td align="justify">An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of +arguments of the command being defined. The default is for the +command to have no arguments.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">def</td> +<td align="justify">If this optional parameter is present, it means +that the command's first argument is optional. The default value of +the optional argument is <tt class="literal">def</tt>.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">definition</td> +<td align="justify">The text to be substituted for every occurrence +of <tt class="literal">cmd</tt>; a parameter of the form +<tt class="literal">#n</tt> in <tt class="literal">cmd</tt> is +replaced by the text of the nth argument when this substitution +takes place.</td></tr></tbody></table></div> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-newenvironment-title"></a><tt class="literal">\newenvironment</tt></h5> +<a id="id2521657" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2521664" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2521671" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\newenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef} +\newenvironment{nam}[args][default]{begdef}{enddef} +\renewenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef} +</pre> +<p>These commands define or redefine an environment.</p> +<div class="table"><a id="id2521690"></a> +<p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Options for +<tt class="literal">\newenvironment</tt></b></p> +<table summary="Options for \newenvironment" border="0"> +<colgroup> +<col align="left" /> +<col align="justify" /></colgroup> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left">nam</td> +<td align="justify">The name of the environment. For +<tt class="literal">\newenvironment</tt> there must be no currently +defined environment by that name, and the command +<tt class="literal">\nam</tt> must be undefined. For +<tt class="literal">\renewenvironment</tt> the environment must +already be defined.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">args</td> +<td align="justify">An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of +arguments of the newly-defined environment. The default is no +arguments. Arguments can only be used in te +<tt class="literal">{begdef}</tt> part.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">default</td> +<td align="justify">If this is specified, the first argument is +optional, and <tt class="literal">default</tt> gives the default +value for that argument.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">begdef</td> +<td align="justify">The text substituted for every occurrence of +<tt class="literal">\begin{nam}</tt>; a parameter of the form +<tt class="literal">#n</tt> in <tt class="literal">cmd</tt> is +replaced by the text of the nth argument when this substitution +takes place.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">enddef</td> +<td align="justify">The text substituted for every occurrence of +<tt class="literal">\end{nam}</tt>. It may not contain any argument +parameters.</td></tr></tbody></table></div> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-newtheorem-title"></a><tt class="literal">\newtheorem</tt></h5> +<a id="id2521865" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2521872" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2521878" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\newtheorem{env_name}{caption}[within] +\newtheorem{env_name}[numbered_like]{caption} +</pre> +<p>This command defines a theorem-like environment.</p> +<div class="table"><a id="id2521896"></a> +<p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Options for +<tt class="literal">\newtheorem</tt></b></p> +<table summary="Options for \newtheorem" border="0"> +<colgroup> +<col align="left" /> +<col align="justify" /></colgroup> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left">env_name</td> +<td align="justify">The name of the environment to be defined. A +string of letters. It must not be the name of an existing +environment or counter.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">caption</td> +<td align="justify">The text printed at the beginning of the +environment, right before the number. This may simply say +<span class="emphasis"><em>Theorem</em></span>, for +example.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">within</td> +<td align="justify">The name of an already defined counter, usually +of a sectional unit. Provides a means of resetting the new theorem +counter <span class="bold"><b>within</b></span> the sectional +unit.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">numbered_like</td> +<td align="justify">The name of an already defined theorem-like +environment.</td></tr></tbody></table></div> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\newtheorem</tt> command may have at +most one optional argument.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-newfont-title"></a><tt class="literal">\newfont</tt></h5> +<a id="id2522022" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522028" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522035" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\newfont{cmd}{font_name}</tt></p> +<p>Defines the command name <tt class="literal">cmd</tt>, which +must not be currently defined, to be a declaration that selects the +font named <tt class="literal">font_name</tt> to be the current +font.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="document-classes"></a>2.3.4 Document +Classes</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2522083" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522090" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522097" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522104" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522110" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522117" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522124" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Valid LaTeX document classes include:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>article</li> +<li>report</li> +<li>letter</li> +<li>book</li> +<li>slides</li></ul></div> +<p>Other document classes are often available. See +<a href="#overview" +title="2.2 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide ">Overview</a>, for +details. They are selected with the following command:</p> +<p><tt class="literal">\documentclass [options] {class}</tt></p> +<p>All the standard classes (except slides) accept the following +options for selecting the typeface size +(<tt class="literal">10pt</tt> is default):</p> +<p><tt class="literal">10pt, 11pt, 12pt</tt></p> +<p>All classes accept these options for selecting the paper size +(default is letter):</p> +<p>a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, letterpaper, legalpaper, +executivepaper</p> +<p>Miscellaneous options:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>landscape --- selects landscape format. Default is +portrait.</li> +<li>titlepage, notitlepage --- selects if there should be a +separate title page.</li> +<li>leqno --- equation number on left side of equations. Default is +right side.</li> +<li>fleqn --- displayed formulas flush left. Default is +centered.</li> +<li>openbib --- use <span class="emphasis"><em>open</em></span> +bibliography format.</li> +<li>draft, final --- mark/do not mark overfull boxes with a rule. +Default is final.</li></ul></div> +<p>These options are not available with the slides class:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>oneside, twoside --- selects one- or twosided layout. Default +is oneside, except for the book class.</li> +<li>openright, openany --- determines if a chapter should start on +a right-hand page. Default is openright for book.</li> +<li>onecolumn, twocolumn --- one or two columns. Defaults to one +column.</li></ul></div> +<p>The slides class offers the option +<tt class="literal">clock</tt> for printing the time at the bottom +of each note.</p> +<p>If you specify more than one option, they must be separated by a +comma.</p> +<p>Additional packages are loaded by a</p> +<p><a id="usepackage-linkend"></a> +<tt class="literal">\usepackage[options]{pkg}</tt> +<a id="id2522347" class="indexterm"></a></p> +<p>command. If you specify more than one package, they must be +separated by a comma. <a id="id2522359" class="indexterm"></a> +<a id="id2522365" class="indexterm"></a></p> +<p>Any options given in the <tt class="literal">\documentclass</tt> +command that are unknown by the selected document class are passed +on to the packages loaded with +<tt class="literal">\usepackage</tt>. <a id="id2522390" +class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2522397" class="indexterm"></a></p> +<a id="id2522405" class="indexterm"></a></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="layout"></a>2.3.5 +Layout</h4></div></div></div> +<p>Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general layout of the +page.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-flushbottom-title"></a><tt class="literal">\flushbottom</tt></h5> +<a id="id2522444" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\flushbottom</tt> declaration makes all +text pages the same height, adding extra vertical space when +necessary to fill out the page.</p> +<p>This is the standard if twocolumn mode is selected.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-onecolumn-title"></a><tt class="literal">\onecolumn</tt></h5> +<a id="id2522480" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\onecolumn</tt> declaration starts a new +page and produces single-column output.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-raggedbottom-title"></a><tt class="literal">\raggedbottom</tt></h5> +<a id="id2522511" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\raggedbottom</tt> declaration makes all +pages the height of the text on that page. No extra vertical space +is added.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-twocolumn-title"></a><tt class="literal">\twocolumn</tt></h5> +<a id="id2522542" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522549" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\twocolumn[text]</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\twocolumn</tt> declaration starts a new +page and produces two-column output. If the optional +<tt class="literal">text</tt> argument is present, it is typeset in +one-column mode.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="env-latex"></a>2.3.6 +Environments</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2522598" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522605" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522612" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>LaTeX provides a number of different paragraph-making +environments. Each environment begins and ends in the same +manner.</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{environment-name} + . + . + . +\end{environment-name} +</pre> +<h5 class="title"><a id="env-array"></a>array</h5> +<a id="id2522642" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522649" +class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{array}{col1col2...coln} +column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ + . + . + . +\end{array} +</pre> +<p>Math arrays are produced with the array environment. It has a +single mandatory argument describing the number of columns and the +alignment within them. Each column, <tt class="literal">coln</tt>, +is specified by a single letter that tells how items in that row +should be formatted.</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">c</tt> --- for centered</li> +<li><tt class="literal">l</tt> --- for flush left</li> +<li><tt class="literal">r</tt> --- for flush right</li></ul></div> +<p>Column entries must be separated by an +<tt class="literal">&</tt>. Column entries may include other +LaTeX commands. Each row of the array must be terminated with the +string <tt class="literal">\\</tt>.</p> +<p>Note that the <tt class="literal">array</tt> environment can +only be used in math mode, so normally it is used inside an +<tt class="literal">equation</tt> environment.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-center"></a><tt class="literal">center</tt></h5> +<a id="id2522771" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522778" +class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{center} +Text on line 1 \\ +Text on line 2 \\ + . + . + . +\end{center} +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">center</tt> environment allows you to +create a paragraph consisting of lines that are centered within the +left and right margins on the current page. Each line must be +terminated with the string <tt class="literal">\\</tt>.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-centering"></a><tt class="literal">\centering</tt></h5> +<a id="id2522824" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522831" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522837" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>This declaration corresponds to the +<tt class="literal">center</tt> environment. This declaration can +be used inside an environment such as +<tt class="literal">quote</tt> or in a +<tt class="literal">parbox</tt>. The text of a figure or table can +be centered on the page by putting a +<tt class="literal">\centering</tt> command at the beginning of the +figure or table environment.</p> +<p>Unlike the <tt class="literal">center</tt> environment, the +<tt class="literal">\centering</tt> command does not start a new +paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph units. To +affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the declaration must +contain the blank line or <tt class="literal">\end</tt> command (of +an environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-description"></a><tt class="literal">description</tt></h5> +<a id="id2522919" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522926" +class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{description} +\item [label] First item +\item [label] Second item + . + . + . +\end{description} +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">description</tt> environment is used to +make labelled lists. The <tt class="literal">label</tt> is bold +face and flushed right.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-enumerate"></a><tt class="literal">enumerate</tt></h5> +<a id="id2522970" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522977" +class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{enumerate} +\item First item +\item Second item + . + . + . +\end{enumerate} +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">enumerate</tt> environment produces a +numbered list. Enumerations can be nested within one another, up to +four levels deep. They can also be nested within other +paragraph-making environments.</p> +<p>Each item of an enumerated list begins with an +<tt class="literal">\item</tt> command. There must be at least one +<tt class="literal">\item</tt> command within the environment.</p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">enumerate</tt> environment uses the +<tt class="literal">enumi</tt> through +<tt class="literal">enumiv</tt> counters (see <a href="#counters" +title="2.3.1 Counters">Counters</a>). The type of numbering can be +changed by redefining <tt class="literal">\theenumi</tt> etc.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-eqnarray"></a><tt class="literal">eqnarray</tt></h5> +<a id="id2523071" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523078" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523085" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{eqnarray} +math formula 1 \\ +math formula 2 \\ + . + . + . +\end{eqnarray} +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">eqnarray</tt> environment is used to +display a sequence of equations or inequalities. It is very much +like a three-column <tt class="literal">array</tt> environment, +with consecutive rows separated by <tt class="literal">\\</tt> and +consecutive items within a row separated by an +<tt class="literal">&</tt>.</p> +<p>An equation number is placed on every line unless that line has +a <tt class="literal">\nonumber</tt> command.</p> +<a id="id2523140" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The command <tt class="literal">\lefteqn</tt> is used for +splitting long formulas across lines. It typesets its argument in +display style flush left in a box of zero width.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-equation"></a><tt class="literal">equation</tt></h5> +<a id="id2523173" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523180" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523187" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{equation} + math formula +\end{equation} +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">equation</tt> environment centers your +equation on the page and places the equation number in the right +margin.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-figure"></a><tt class="literal">figure</tt></h5> +<a id="id2523223" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523230" +class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{figure}[placement] + + body of the figure + +\caption{figure title} +\end{figure} +</pre> +<a id="id2523244" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Figures are objects that are not part of the normal text, and +are usually <span class="emphasis"><em>floated</em></span> to a +convenient place, like the top of a page. Figures will not be split +between two pages.</p> +<p>The optional argument <tt class="literal">[placement]</tt> +determines where LaTeX will try to place your figure. There are +four places where LaTeX can possibly put a float:</p> +<div class="orderedlist"> +<ol type="1"> +<li> +<p><tt class="literal">h</tt> (Here) - at the position in the text +where the figure environment appears.</p></li> +<li> +<p><tt class="literal">t</tt> (Top) - at the top of a text +page.</p></li> +<li> +<p><tt class="literal">b</tt> (Bottom) - at the bottom of a text +page.</p></li> +<li> +<p><tt class="literal">p</tt> (Page of floats) - on a separate +float page, which is a page containing no text, only +floats.</p></li></ol></div> +<p>The standard report and article classes use the default +placement <tt class="literal">tbp</tt>.</p> +<p>The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, LaTeX +commands, etc. you wish. The <tt class="literal">\caption</tt> +command allows you to title your figure.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-flushleft"></a><tt class="literal">flushleft</tt></h5> +<a id="id2523376" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523383" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523390" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{flushleft} +Text on line 1 \\ +Text on line 2 \\ + . + . + . +\end{flushleft} +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">flushleft</tt> environment allows you to +create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flushed left, to +the left-hand margin. Each line must be terminated with the string +<tt class="literal">\\</tt>.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-raggedright"></a><tt class="literal">\raggedright</tt></h5> +<a id="id2523435" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523442" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523449" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523456" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>This declaration corresponds to the +<tt class="literal">flushleft</tt> environment. This declaration +can be used inside an environment such as +<tt class="literal">quote</tt> or in a +<tt class="literal">parbox</tt>.</p> +<p>Unlike the <tt class="literal">flushleft</tt> environment, the +<tt class="literal">\raggedright</tt> command does not start a new +paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph units. To +affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the declaration must +contain the blank line or <tt class="literal">\end</tt> command (of +an environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-flushright"></a><tt class="literal">flushright</tt></h5> +<a id="id2523530" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523537" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523544" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{flushright} +Text on line 1 \\ +Text on line 2 \\ + . + . + . +\end{flushright} +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">flushright</tt> environment allows you +to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flushed right, +to the right-hand margin. Each line must be terminated with the +string <tt class="literal">\\</tt>.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-raggedleft"></a><tt class="literal">\raggedleft</tt></h5> +<a id="id2523590" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523597" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523604" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523611" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>This declaration corresponds to the +<tt class="literal">flushright</tt> environment. This declaration +can be used inside an environment such as +<tt class="literal">quote</tt> or in a +<tt class="literal">parbox</tt>.</p> +<p>Unlike the <tt class="literal">flushright</tt> environment, the +<tt class="literal">\raggedleft</tt> command does not start a new +paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph units. To +affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the declaration must +contain the blank line or <tt class="literal">\end</tt> command (of +an environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-itemize"></a><tt class="literal">itemize</tt></h5> +<a id="id2523684" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523690" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523697" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{itemize} +\item First item +\item Second item + . + . + . +\end{itemize} +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">itemize</tt> environment produces a +<span class="emphasis"><em>bulleted</em></span> list. Itemizations +can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can +also be nested within other paragraph-making environments.</p> +<p>Each item of an <tt class="literal">itemized</tt> list begins +with an <tt class="literal">\item</tt> command. There must be at +least one <tt class="literal">\item</tt> command within the +environment.</p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">itemize</tt> environment uses the +<tt class="literal">itemi</tt> through +<tt class="literal">itemiv</tt> counters (see <a href="#counters" +title="2.3.1 Counters">Counters</a>). The type of numbering can be +changed by redefining <tt class="literal">\theitemi</tt> etc.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-letter"></a><tt class="literal">letter</tt></h5> +<a id="id2523799" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>This environment is used for creating letters. See +<a href="#letters" title="2.3.9 Letters">Letters</a>.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-list"></a><tt class="literal">list</tt></h5> +<a id="id2523830" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523837" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">list</tt> environment is a generic +environment which is used for defining many of the more specific +environments. It is seldom used in documents, but often in +macros.</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{list}{label}{spacing} +\item First item +\item Second item + . + . + . +\end{list} +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">{label}</tt> argument specifies how +items should be labelled. This argument is a piece of text that is +inserted in a box to form the label. This argument can and usually +does contain other LaTeX commands.</p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">{spacing}</tt> argument contains +commands to change the spacing parameters for the list. This +argument will most often be null, i.e., +<tt class="literal">{}</tt>. This will select all default spacing +which should suffice for most cases.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-minipage"></a><tt class="literal">minipage</tt></h5> +<a id="id2523912" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523919" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523926" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523933" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{minipage}[position][height][inner-pos]{width} + text +\end{minipage} +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">minipage</tt> environment is similar to +a <tt class="literal">\parbox</tt> command. It takes the same +optional <tt class="literal">position</tt> argument and mandatory +<tt class="literal">width</tt> argument. You may use other +paragraph-making environments inside a minipage.</p> +<p>Footnotes in a <tt class="literal">minipage</tt> environment are +handled in a way that is particularly useful for putting footnotes +in figures or tables. A <tt class="literal">\footnote</tt> or +<tt class="literal">\footnotetext</tt> command puts the footnote at +the bottom of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the page, +and it uses the <tt class="literal">mpfootnote</tt> counter instead +of the ordinary <tt class="literal">footnote</tt> counter See +<a href="#counters" title="2.3.1 Counters">Counters</a>.</p> +<p>NOTE: Don't put one minipage inside another if you are using +footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong +minipage.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-picture"></a><tt class="literal">picture</tt></h5> +<a id="id2524040" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2524047" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2524054" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset) + . + . + picture commands + . + . +\end{picture} +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">picture</tt> environment allows you to +create just about any kind of picture you want containing text, +lines, arrows and circles. You tell LaTeX where to put things in +the picture by specifying their coordinates. A coordinate is a +number that may have a decimal point and a minus sign --- a number +like <tt class="literal">5</tt>, <tt class="literal">2.3</tt> or +<tt class="literal">-3.1416</tt>. A coordinate specifies a length +in multiples of the unit length +<tt class="literal">\unitlength</tt>, so if +<tt class="literal">\unitlength</tt> has been set to +<tt class="literal">1cm</tt>, then the coordinate 2.54 specifies a +length of 2.54 centimetres. You can change the value of +<tt class="literal">\unitlength</tt> anywhere you want, using the +<tt class="literal">\setlength</tt> command, but strange things +will happen if you try changing it inside the picture +environment.</p> +<p>A position is a pair of coordinates, such as +<tt class="literal">(2.4,-5)</tt>, specifying the point with +x-coordinate <tt class="literal">2.4</tt> and y-coordinate +<tt class="literal">-5</tt>. Coordinates are specified in the usual +way with respect to an origin, which is normally at the lower-left +corner of the picture. Note that when a position appears as an +argument, it is not enclosed in braces; the parentheses serve to +delimit the argument.</p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">picture</tt> environment has one +mandatory argument, which is a <tt class="literal">position</tt>. +It specifies the size of the picture. The environment produces a +rectangular box with width and height determined by this argument's +x- and y-coordinates.</p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">picture</tt> environment also has an +optional <tt class="literal">position</tt> argument, following the +<tt class="literal">size</tt> argument, that can change the origin. +(Unlike ordinary optional arguments, this argument is not contained +in square brackets.) The optional argument gives the coordinates of +the point at the lower-left corner of the picture (thereby +determining the origin). For example, if +<tt class="literal">\unitlength</tt> has been set to +<tt class="literal">1mm</tt>, the command</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20) +</pre> +<p>produces a picture of width 100 millimetres and height 200 +millimetres, whose lower-left corner is the point (10,20) and whose +upper-right corner is therefore the point (110,220). When you first +draw a picture, you will omit the optional argument, leaving the +origin at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your +picture by shifting everything, you just add the appropriate +optional argument.</p> +<p>The environment's mandatory argument determines the nominal size +of the picture. This need bear no relation to how large the picture +really is; LaTeX will happily allow you to put things outside the +picture, or even off the page. The picture's nominal size is used +by LaTeX in determining how much room to leave for it.</p> +<p>Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by the +<tt class="literal">\put</tt> command. The command</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\put (11.3,-.3){...} +</pre> +<p>puts the object specified by <tt class="literal">...</tt> in the +picture, with its reference point at coordinates (11.3,-.3). The +reference points for various objects will be described below.</p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\put</tt> command creates an +<span class="bold"><b>LR box</b></span>. You can put anything in +the text argument of the <tt class="literal">\put</tt> command that +you'd put into the argument of an <tt class="literal">\mbox</tt> +and related commands. When you do this, the reference point will be +the lower left corner of the box.</p> +<p>Picture commands:</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-circle"></a><tt class="literal">\circle{diameter}, +\circle*{diameter}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2524329" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\circle</tt> command produces a circle +with a diameter as close to the specified one as possible. If the +<tt class="literal">*</tt>-form of the command is used, LaTeX draws +a solid circle.</p> +<p>Note that only circles up to 40 pt can be drawn.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-dashbox"></a><tt class="literal">\dashbox</tt></h5> +<a id="id2524374" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Draws a box with a dashed line.</p> +<p> +<tt class="literal">\dashbox{dash_length}(width,height){...}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\dashbox</tt> has an extra argument +which specifies the width of each dash. A dashed box looks best +when the <tt class="literal">width</tt> and +<tt class="literal">height</tt> are multiples of the +<tt class="literal">dash_length</tt>.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-frame"></a><tt class="literal">\frame{...}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2524435" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\frame</tt> command puts a rectangular +frame around the object specified in the argument. The reference +point is the bottom left corner of the frame. No extra space is put +between the frame and the object.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-framebox-op-picture-cp"></a><tt class="literal">\framebox(width,height)[position]{...}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2524469" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\framebox</tt> command is exactly the +same as the <tt class="literal">\makebox</tt> command, except that +it puts a frame around the outside of the box that it creates.</p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">framebox</tt> command produces a rule of +thickness <tt class="literal">\fboxrule</tt>, and leaves a space +<tt class="literal">\fboxsep</tt> between the rule and the contents +of the box.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-line"></a><tt class="literal">\line(x +slope,y slope){length}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2524529" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\line</tt> command draws a line of the +specified <tt class="literal">length</tt> and +<tt class="literal">slope</tt>.</p> +<p>Note that LaTeX can only draw lines with slope = x/y, where x +and y have integer values from -6 through 6.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-linethickness"></a><tt class="literal">\linethickness{dimension}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2524580" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Declares the thickness of horizontal and vertical lines in a +picture environment to be <tt class="literal">dimension</tt>, which +must be a positive length. It does not affect the thickness of +slanted lines and circles, or the quarter circles drawn by +<tt class="literal">\oval</tt> to form the corners of an oval.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-makebox-op-picture-cp"></a><tt class="literal">\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2524621" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\makebox</tt> command for the picture +environment is similar to the normal +<tt class="literal">\makebox</tt> command except that you must +specify a <tt class="literal">width</tt> and +<tt class="literal">height</tt> in multiples of +<tt class="literal">\unitlength</tt>.</p> +<p>The optional argument, <tt class="literal">[position]</tt>, +specifies the quadrant that your text appears in. You may select up +to two of the following:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">t</tt> - Moves the item to the top of the +rectangle</li> +<li><tt class="literal">b</tt> - Moves the item to the bottom</li> +<li><tt class="literal">l</tt> - Moves the item to the left</li> +<li><tt class="literal">r</tt> - Moves the item to the +right</li></ul></div> +<p>See <a href="#cmd-makebox">\makebox</a>.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-multiput"></a><tt class="literal">\multiput(x coord,y +coord)(delta x,delta y){number of copies}{object}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2524752" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\multiput</tt> command can be used when +you are putting the same object in a regular pattern across a +picture.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-oval"></a><tt class="literal">\oval(width,height)[portion]</tt></h5> +<a id="id2524783" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\oval</tt> command produces a rectangle +with rounded corners. The optional argument, +<tt class="literal">[portion]</tt>, allows you to select part of +the oval.</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">t</tt> - Selects the top portion</li> +<li><tt class="literal">b</tt> - Selects the bottom portion</li> +<li><tt class="literal">r</tt> - Selects the right portion</li> +<li><tt class="literal">l</tt> - Selects the left +portion</li></ul></div> +<p>Note that the <span class="emphasis"><em>corners</em></span> of +the oval are made with quarter circles with a maximum radius of 20 +pt, so large <span class="emphasis"><em>ovals</em></span> will look +more like boxes with rounded corners.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-put"></a><tt class="literal">\put(x +coord,y coord){ ... }</tt></h5> +<a id="id2524885" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\put</tt> command places the item +specified by the mandatory argument at the given coordinates.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-shortstack"></a><tt class="literal">\shortstack[position]{... +\\ ... \\ ...}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2524917" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\shortstack</tt> command produces a +stack of objects. The valid positions are:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">r</tt> - Moves the objects to the right of +the stack</li> +<li><tt class="literal">l</tt> - Moves the objects to the left of +the stack</li> +<li><tt class="literal">c</tt> - Moves the objects to the centre of +the stack (default)</li></ul></div> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-vector"></a><tt class="literal">\vector(x slope,y +slope){length}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2524989" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\vector</tt> command draws a line with +an arrow of the specified length and slope. The +<tt class="literal">x</tt> and <tt class="literal">y</tt> values +must lie between -4 and +4, inclusive.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-quotation"></a><tt class="literal">quotation</tt></h5> +<a id="id2525032" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525038" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525046" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{quotation} + text +\end{quotation} +</pre> +<p>The margins of the <tt class="literal">quotation</tt> +environment are indented on the left and the right. The text is +justified at both margins and there is paragraph indentation. +Leaving a blank line between text produces a new paragraph.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-quote"></a><tt class="literal">quote</tt></h5> +<a id="id2525085" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525092" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525099" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{quote} + text +\end{quote} +</pre> +<p>The margins of the <tt class="literal">quote</tt> environment +are indented on the left and the right. The text is justified at +both margins. Leaving a blank line between text produces a new +paragraph.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-tabbing"></a><tt class="literal">tabbing</tt></h5> +<a id="id2525137" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525144" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525151" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{tabbing} +text \= more text \= still more text \= last text \\ +second row \> \> more \\ + . + . + . +\end{tabbing} +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">tabbing</tt> environment provides a way +to align text in columns. It works by setting tab stops and tabbing +to them much the way you do with an ordinary typewriter.</p> +<p>It is best suited for cases where the width of each column is +constant and known in advance.</p> +<p>This environment can be broken across pages, unlike the +<tt class="literal">tabular</tt> environment.</p> +<p>The following commands can be used inside a +<tt class="literal">tabbing</tt> environment:</p> +<div class="table"><a id="id2525205"></a> +<p class="title"><b>Table 1.4. Commands in a +<tt class="literal">tabbing</tt> environment</b></p> +<table summary="Commands in a tabbing environment" border="0"> +<colgroup> +<col align="left" /> +<col align="justify" /></colgroup> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left">\= <a id="id2525244" class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Sets a tab stop at the current +position.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\> <a id="id2525263" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Advances to the next tab stop.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\< <a id="id2525282" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">This command allows you to put something to the +left of the local margin without changing the margin. Can only be +used at the start of the line.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\+ <a id="id2525302" class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Moves the left margin of the next and all the +following commands one tab stop to the right.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\- <a id="id2525322" class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Moves the left margin of the next and all the +following commands one tab stop to the left.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\' <a id="id2525341" class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Moves everything that you have typed so far in +the current column, i.e. everything from the most recent +<tt class="literal">\></tt>, <tt class="literal">\<</tt>, +<tt class="literal">\'</tt>, <tt class="literal">\\</tt>, or +<tt class="literal">\kill</tt> command, to the right of the +previous column, flush against the current column's tab +stop.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\` <a id="id2525392" class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Allows you to put text flush right against any +tab stop, including tab stop 0. However, it can't move text to the +right of the last column because there's no tab stop there. The +<tt class="literal">\`</tt> command moves all the text that follows +it, up to the <tt class="literal">\\</tt> or +<tt class="literal">\end{tabbing}</tt> command that ends the line, +to the right margin of the tabbing environment. There must be no +<tt class="literal">\></tt> or <tt class="literal">\'</tt> +command between the <tt class="literal">\`</tt> and the command +that ends the line.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\kill <a id="id2525452" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Sets tab stops without producing text. Works +just like <tt class="literal">\\</tt> except that it throws away +the current line instead of producing output for it. The effect of +any <tt class="literal">\=</tt>, <tt class="literal">\+</tt> or +<tt class="literal">\-</tt> commands in that line remain in +effect.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\pushtabs <a id="id2525497" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful +for temporarily changing tab stop positions in the middle of a +<tt class="literal">tabbing</tt> environment.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\poptabs <a id="id2525524" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Restores the tab stop positions saved by the +last <tt class="literal">\pushtabs</tt>.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\a <a id="id2525548" class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">In a <tt class="literal">tabbing</tt> +environment, the commands <tt class="literal">\=</tt>, +<tt class="literal">\'</tt> and <tt class="literal">\`</tt> do not +produce accents as normal. Instead, the commands +<tt class="literal">\a=</tt>, <tt class="literal">\a'</tt> and +<tt class="literal">\a`</tt> are +used.</td></tr></tbody></table></div> +<p>This example typesets a Pascal function in a traditional +format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{tabbing} +function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\ + \> begin \= \+ \\ + \> if \= n $>$ 1 then \+ \\ + fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\ + else \+ \\ + fact := 1; \-\- \\ + end;\\ +\end{tabbing} +</pre> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-table"></a><tt class="literal">table</tt></h5> +<a id="id2525638" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525645" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525652" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{table}[placement] + + body of the table + +\caption{table title} +\end{table} +</pre> +<p>Tables are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are +usually <span class="emphasis"><em>floated</em></span> to a +convenient place, like the top of a page. Tables will not be split +between two pages.</p> +<p>The optional argument <tt class="literal">[placement]</tt> +determines where LaTeX will try to place your table. There are four +places where LaTeX can possibly put a float:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">h</tt> : Here - at the position in the text +where the table environment appears.</li> +<li><tt class="literal">t</tt> : Top - at the top of a text +page.</li> +<li><tt class="literal">b</tt> : Bottom - at the bottom of a text +page.</li> +<li><tt class="literal">p</tt> : Page of floats - on a separate +float page, which is a page containing no text, only +floats.</li></ul></div> +<p>The standard <tt class="literal">report</tt> and +<tt class="literal">article</tt> classes use the default placement +<tt class="literal">[tbp]</tt>.</p> +<p>The body of the table is made up of whatever text, LaTeX +commands, etc., you wish. The <tt class="literal">\caption</tt> +command allows you to title your table.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-tabular"></a><tt class="literal">tabular</tt></h5> +<a id="id2525799" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525806" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525813" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{tabular}[pos]{cols} +column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ + . + . + . +\end{tabular} +</pre> +<p>or</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols} +column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ + . + . + . +\end{tabular*} +</pre> +<p>These environments produce a box consisting of a sequence of +rows of items, aligned vertically in columns. The mandatory and +optional arguments consist of:</p> +<div class="table"><a id="id2525850"></a> +<p class="title"><b>Table 1.5. Commands used inside a +<tt class="literal">tabular</tt> environment</b></p> +<table summary="Commands used inside a tabular environment" +border="0"> +<colgroup> +<col align="left" /> +<col align="justify" /></colgroup> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left">width</td> +<td align="justify">Specifies the width of the +<tt class="literal">tabular*</tt> environment. There must be rubber +space between columns that can stretch to fill out the specified +width.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">pos</td> +<td align="justify">Specifies the vertical position; default is +alignment on the centre of the environment. +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">t</tt> - align on top row</li> +<li><tt class="literal">b</tt> - align on bottom +row</li></ul></div></td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">cols</td> +<td align="justify">Specifies the column formatting. It consists of +a sequence of the following specifiers, corresponding to the +sequence of columns and intercolumn material. +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">l</tt> - A column of left-aligned +items.</li> +<li><tt class="literal">r</tt> - A column of right-aligned +items.</li> +<li><tt class="literal">c</tt> - A column of centred items.</li> +<li><tt class="literal">|</tt> - A vertical line the full height +and depth of the environment.</li> +<li><tt class="literal">@{text}</tt> - This inserts +<tt class="literal">text</tt> in every row. An @-expression +suppresses the intercolumn space normally inserted between columns; +any desired space between the inserted text and the adjacent items +must be included in text. An +<tt class="literal">\extracolsep{wd}</tt> command in an +@-expression causes an extra space of width +<tt class="literal">wd</tt> to appear to the left of all subsequent +columns, until countermanded by another +<tt class="literal">\extracolsep</tt> command. Unlike ordinary +intercolumn space, this extra space is not suppressed by an +@-expression. An <tt class="literal">\extracolsep</tt> command can +be used only in an @-expression in the +<tt class="literal">cols</tt> argument.</li> +<li> +<p><tt class="literal">p{wd}</tt> - Produces a column with each +item typeset in a parbox of width <tt class="literal">wd</tt>, as +if it were the argument of a +<tt class="literal">\parbox[t]{wd}</tt> command. However, a +<tt class="literal">\\</tt> may not appear in the item, except in +the following situations:</p> +<div class="orderedlist"> +<ol type="1"> +<li>inside an environment like <tt class="literal">minipage</tt>, +<tt class="literal">array</tt>, or +<tt class="literal">tabular</tt>.</li> +<li>inside an explicit <tt class="literal">\parbox</tt>.</li> +<li>in the scope of a <tt class="literal">\centering</tt>, +<tt class="literal">\raggedright</tt>, or +<tt class="literal">\raggedleft</tt> declaration. The latter +declarations must appear inside braces or an environment when used +in a <tt class="literal">p</tt>-column +element.</li></ol></div></li> +<li><tt class="literal">*{num}{cols}</tt> - Equivalent to +<tt class="literal">num</tt> copies of +<tt class="literal">cols</tt>, where <tt class="literal">num</tt> +is any positive integer and <tt class="literal">cols</tt> is any +list of column-specifiers, which may contain another +<tt class="literal">*-expression</tt>.</li></ul></div></td></tr></tbody></table></div> +<p>These commands can be used inside a +<tt class="literal">tabular</tt> environment:</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-cline"></a><tt class="literal">\cline{i-j}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2526249" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\cline</tt> command draws horizontal +lines across the columns specified, beginning in column +<tt class="literal">i</tt> and ending in column +<tt class="literal">j</tt>, which are identified in the mandatory +argument.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-hline"></a><tt class="literal">\hline</tt></h5> +<a id="id2526292" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\hline</tt> command will draw a +horizontal line the width of the table. It's most commonly used to +draw a line at the top, bottom, and between the rows of the +table.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-multicolumn"></a><tt class="literal">\multicolumn</tt></h5> +<a id="id2526324" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\multicolumn{cols}{pos}{text}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\multicolumn</tt> is used to make an +entry that spans several columns. The first mandatory argument, +<tt class="literal">cols</tt>, specifies the number of columns to +span. The second mandatory argument, <tt class="literal">pos</tt>, +specifies the formatting of the entry; <tt class="literal">c</tt> +for centred, <tt class="literal">l</tt> for flushleft, +<tt class="literal">r</tt> for flushright. The third mandatory +argument, <tt class="literal">text</tt>, specifies what text is to +make up the entry.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-vline"></a><tt class="literal">\vline</tt></h5> +<a id="id2526402" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\vline</tt> command will draw a vertical +line extending the full height and depth of its row. An +<tt class="literal">\hfill</tt> command can be used to move the +line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an +@-expression.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-thebibliography"></a><tt class="literal">thebibliography</tt></h5> +<a id="id2526441" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2526448" +class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{thebibliography}{widest-label} +\bibitem[label]{cite_key} + . + . + . +\end{thebibliography} +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">thebibliography</tt> environment +produces a bibliography or reference list. In the +<tt class="literal">article</tt> class, this reference list is +labelled <span class="emphasis"><em>References</em></span>; in the +<tt class="literal">report</tt> class, it is labelled +<span class="emphasis"><em>Bibliography</em></span>.</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">widest-label</tt>: Text that, when printed, +is approximately as wide as the widest item label produces by the +<tt class="literal">\bibitem</tt> commands.</li></ul></div> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-bibitem"></a><tt class="literal">\bibitem[label]{cite_key}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2526531" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\bibitem</tt> command generates an entry +labelled by <tt class="literal">label</tt>. If the +<tt class="literal">label</tt> argument is missing, a number is +generated as the <tt class="literal">label</tt>, using the +<tt class="literal">enumi</tt> counter. The +<tt class="literal">cite_key</tt> is any sequence of letters, +numbers, and punctuation symbols not containing a comma. This +command writes an entry on the <tt class="filename">.aux</tt> file +containing <tt class="literal">cite_key</tt> and the item's +<tt class="literal">label</tt>. When this +<tt class="filename">.aux</tt> file is read by the +<tt class="literal">\begin{document}</tt> command, the item's +<tt class="literal">label</tt> is associated with +<tt class="literal">cite_key</tt>, causing the reference to +<tt class="literal">cite_key</tt> by a +<tt class="literal">\cite</tt> command to produce the associated +<tt class="literal">label</tt>.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-cite"></a><tt class="literal">\cite[text]{key_list}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2526657" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">key_list</tt> argument is a list of +citation keys. This command generates an in-text citation to the +references associated with the keys in +<tt class="literal">key_list</tt> by entries on the +<tt class="filename">.aux</tt> file read by the +<tt class="literal">\begin{document}</tt> command.</p> +<p>The optional <tt class="literal">text</tt> argument will appear +after the citation, i.e. +<tt class="literal">\cite[p.~2f.]{knuth}</tt> might produce +`[Knuth, p. 2]'.</p> +<p><a id="id2526714" class="indexterm"></a> The package +<tt class="literal">cite.sty</tt> allows a line break in the +<tt class="literal">\cite</tt> reference and can sort numerical +entries.</p> +<p><a id="id2526740" class="indexterm"></a> +<tt class="literal">overcite.sty</tt> makes citations like +footnotes.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-nocite"></a><tt class="literal">\nocite{key_list}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2526770" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\nocite</tt> command produces no text, +but writes <tt class="literal">key_list</tt>, which is a list of +one or more citation keys, on the <tt class="filename">.aux</tt> +file. <tt class="literal">\nocite{*}</tt> uses all entries from the +BibTeX database.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="using-bibtex"></a>Using BibTeX</h5> +<a id="id2526818" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2526825" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2526837" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2526844" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2526855" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>If you use the BibTeX program by Oren Patashnik (highly +recommended if you need a bibliography of more than a couple of +titles) to maintain your bibliography, you don't use the +<tt class="literal">thebibliography</tt> environment. Instead, you +include the lines</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\bibliographystyle{style} +\bibliography{bibfile} +</pre> +<p>where <tt class="literal">style</tt> refers to a file +<tt class="literal">style.bst</tt>, which defines how your +citations will look.</p> +<div class="table"><a id="id2526898"></a> +<p class="title"><b>Table 1.6. Standard styles +distributed with BibTeX</b></p> +<table summary="Standard styles distributed with BibTeX" +border="0"> +<colgroup> +<col align="left" /> +<col align="justify" /></colgroup> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left">alpha</td> +<td align="justify">Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from +name of author and year of publication.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">plain</td> +<td align="justify">Sorted alphabetically. Labels are +numeric.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">unsrt</td> +<td align="justify">Like <tt class="literal">plain</tt>, but +entries are in order of citation.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">abbrv</td> +<td align="justify">Like <tt class="literal">plain</tt>, but more +compact labels.</td></tr></tbody></table></div> +<p>In addition, numerous other BibTeX style files exist tailored to +the demands of various publications.</p> +<p>The argument to <tt class="literal">\bibliography</tt> refers to +the file <tt class="literal">bibfile.bib</tt>, which should contain +your database in BibTeX format. Only the entries referred to via +<tt class="literal">\cite</tt> and <tt class="literal">\nocite</tt> +will be listed in the bibliography.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-theorem"></a><tt class="literal">theorem</tt></h5> +<a id="id2527036" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527043" +class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{theorem} + theorem text +\end{theorem} +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">theorem</tt> environment produces +<span class="emphasis"><em>Theorem x</em></span> in boldface +followed by your theorem text.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-titlepage"></a><tt class="literal">titlepage</tt></h5> +<a id="id2527084" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527091" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527098" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{titlepage} + text +\end{titlepage} +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">titlepage</tt> environment creates a +title page, i.e. a page with no printed page number or heading. It +also causes the following page to be numbered page one. Formatting +the title page is left to you. The <tt class="literal">\today</tt> +command comes in handy for title pages. <a id="id2527130" +class="indexterm"></a></p> +<p>Note that you can use the <tt class="literal">\maketitle</tt> +(see <a href="#cmd-maketitle">\maketitle</a>) command to produce a +standard title page.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-verbatim"></a><tt class="literal">verbatim</tt></h5> +<a id="id2527170" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527177" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527184" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527191" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527198" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{verbatim} + text +\end{verbatim} +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">verbatim</tt> environment is a +paragraph-making environment that gets LaTeX to print exactly what +you type in. It turns LaTeX into a typewriter with carriage returns +and blanks having the same effect that they would on a +typewriter.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-verb"></a><tt class="literal">\verb +char literal_text char</tt> <tt class="literal">\verb*char +literal_text char</tt></h5> +<a id="id2527251" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527258" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Typesets <tt class="literal">literal_text</tt> exactly as typed, +including special characters and spaces, using a typewriter +(<tt class="literal">\tt</tt>) type style. There may be no space +between <tt class="literal">\verb</tt> or +<tt class="literal">\verb*</tt> and <tt class="literal">char</tt> +(space is shown here only for clarity). The +<tt class="literal">*-form</tt> differs only in that spaces are +printed</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="env-verse"></a><tt class="literal">verse</tt></h5> +<a id="id2527321" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527327" +class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{verse} + text +\end{verse} +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">verse</tt> environment is designed for +poetry, though you may find other uses for it.</p> +<p>The margins are indented on the left and the right. Separate the +lines of each stanza with <tt class="literal">\\</tt>, and use one +or more blank lines to separate the stanzas.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="footnotes"></a>2.3.7 +Footnotes</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2527382" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways. They can be +produced with one command, the <tt class="literal">\footnote</tt> +command. They can also be produced with two commands, the +<tt class="literal">\footnotemark</tt> and the +<tt class="literal">\footnotetext</tt> commands. See the specific +command for information on why you would use one over the +other.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-cmd-footnote"></a><tt class="literal">\footnote[number]{text}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2527428" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\footnote</tt> command places the +numbered footnote <tt class="literal">text</tt> at the bottom of +the current page. The optional argument, +<tt class="literal">number</tt>, is used to change the default +footnote number. This command can only be used in outer paragraph +mode; i.e., you cannot use it in sectioning commands like +<tt class="literal">\chapter</tt>, in figures, tables or in a +<tt class="literal">tabular</tt> environment.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-footnotemark"></a><tt class="literal">\footnotemark</tt></h5> +<a id="id2527486" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\footnotemark</tt> command puts the +footnote <tt class="literal">number</tt> in the text. This command +can be used in inner paragraph mode. The text of the footnote is +supplied by the <tt class="literal">\footnotetext</tt> command.</p> +<p>This command can be used to produce several consecutive footnote +markers referring to the same footnote by using</p> +<p><tt class="literal">\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]</tt></p> +<p>after the first <tt class="literal">\footnote</tt> command.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-footnotetext"></a><tt class="literal">\footnotetext[number]{text}</tt></h5> +<a id="id2527554" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\footnotetext</tt> command produces the +<tt class="literal">text</tt> to be placed at the bottom of the +page. This command can come anywhere after the +<tt class="literal">\footnotemark</tt> command. The +<tt class="literal">\footnotetext</tt> command must appear in outer +paragraph mode.</p> +<p>The optional argument, <tt class="literal">number</tt>, is used +to change the default footnote number.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="lengths"></a>2.3.8 +Lengths</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2527617" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>A <tt class="literal">length</tt> is a measure of distance. Many +LaTeX commands take a length as an argument.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-newlength"></a><tt class="literal">\newlength</tt></h5> +<a id="id2527651" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527658" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\newlength{\gnat}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\newlength</tt> command defines the +mandatory argument, <tt class="literal">\gnat</tt>, as a +<tt class="literal">length</tt> command with a value of +<tt class="literal">0in</tt>. An error occurs if a +<tt class="literal">\gnat</tt> command already exists.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-setlength"></a><tt class="literal">\setlength</tt></h5> +<a id="id2527721" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527728" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\setlength{\gnat}{length}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\setlength</tt> command is used to set +the value of a <tt class="literal">length</tt> command. The +<tt class="literal">length</tt> argument can be expressed in any +terms of length LaTeX understands, i.e., inches +(<tt class="literal">in</tt>), millimetres +(<tt class="literal">mm</tt>), points +(<tt class="literal">pt</tt>), etc.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-addtolength"></a><tt class="literal">\addtolength</tt></h5> +<a id="id2527801" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527808" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\addtolength{\gnat}{length}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\addtolength</tt> command increments +<span class="emphasis"><em>length command</em></span> by the amount +specified in the <tt class="literal">length</tt> argument. It can +be a negative amount.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-settodepth"></a><tt class="literal">\settodepth</tt></h5> +<a id="id2527857" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\settodepth{\gnat}{text}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\settodepth</tt> command sets the value +of a <tt class="literal">length</tt> command equal to the depth of +the <tt class="literal">text</tt> argument.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-settoheight"></a><tt class="literal">\settoheight</tt></h5> +<a id="id2527906" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\settoheight{\gnat}{text}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\settoheight</tt> command sets the value +of a <tt class="literal">length</tt> command equal to the height of +the <tt class="literal">text</tt> argument.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-settowidth"></a><tt class="literal">\settowidth</tt></h5> +<a id="id2527956" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\settowidth{\gnat}{text}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\settowidth</tt> command sets the value +of a <tt class="literal">length</tt> command equal to the width of +the <tt class="literal">text</tt> argument.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="predefined-lengths-title"></a><tt class="literal">Predefined +lengths</tt></h5> +<a id="id2528006" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528013" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><a id="cmd-length-pre-width"></a><tt class="literal">\width</tt> +<a id="id2528031" class="indexterm"></a></p> +<p> +<a id="cmd-length-pre-height"></a><tt class="literal">\height</tt> +<a id="id2528050" class="indexterm"></a></p> +<p><a id="cmd-length-pre-depth"></a><tt class="literal">\depth</tt> +<a id="id2528069" class="indexterm"></a></p> +<p> +<a id="cmd-length-pre-totalheight"></a><tt class="literal">\totalheight</tt> +<a id="id2528088" class="indexterm"></a></p> +<p>These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the +box-making commands See <a href="#spaces-and-boxes" +title="2.3.17 Spaces & Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a>. They +specify the natural width etc. of the text in the box. +<tt class="literal">\totalheight</tt> equals +<tt class="literal">\height</tt> + <tt class="literal">\depth</tt>. +To make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, +e.g., say</p> +<p><tt class="literal">\makebox[2\width]{Get a +stretcher}</tt></p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="letters"></a>2.3.9 +Letters</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2528153" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528160" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>You can use LaTeX to typeset letters, both personal and +business. The <tt class="literal">letter</tt> document class is +designed to make a number of letters at once, although you can make +just one if you so desire.</p> +<p>Your <tt class="filename">.tex</tt> source file has the same +minimum commands as the other document classes, i.e., you must have +the following commands as a minimum:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\documentclass{letter} +\begin{document} + ... letters ... +\end{document} +</pre> +<p>Each letter is a <tt class="literal">letter</tt> environment, +whose argument is the name and address of the recipient. For +example, you might have:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\begin{letter}{Mr. Joe Smith\\ 2345 Princess St.\\ Edinburgh, EH1 1AA} + ... +\end{letter} +</pre> +<p>The letter itself begins with the +<tt class="literal">\opening</tt> command. The text of the letter +follows. It is typed as ordinary LaTeX input. Commands that make no +sense in a letter, like <tt class="literal">\chapter</tt>, do not +work. The letter closes with a <tt class="literal">\closing</tt> +command.</p> +<p>After the <tt class="literal">closing</tt>, you can have +additional material. The <tt class="literal">\cc</tt> command +produces the usual <span class="emphasis"><em>cc: ...</em></span>. +There's also a similar <tt class="literal">\encl</tt> command for a +list of enclosures. With both these commands, use +<tt class="literal">\\</tt> to separate the items.</p> +<p>These commands are used with the <tt class="literal">letter</tt> +class:</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-address"></a>\address</h5> +<a id="id2528302" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\address{Return address}</tt></p> +<p>The return address, as it should appear on the letter and the +envelope. Separate lines of the address should be separated by +<tt class="literal">\\</tt> commands. If you do not make an +<tt class="literal">\address</tt> declaration, then the letter will +be formatted for copying onto your organisation's standard +letterhead. (See <a href="#overview" +title="2.2 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide ">Overview</a>, for +details on your local implementation). If you give an +<tt class="literal">\address</tt> declaration, then the letter will +be formatted as a personal letter.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-cc"></a>\cc</h5> +<a id="id2528361" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528368" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\cc{Kate Schechter\\Rob McKenna}</tt></p> +<p>Generate a list of other persons the letter was sent to. Each +name is printed on a separate line.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-closing"></a>\closing</h5> +<a id="id2528397" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528404" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\closing{text}</tt></p> +<p>The letter closes with a <tt class="literal">\closing</tt> +command, i.e.,</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\closing{Best Regards,} +</pre> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-encl"></a>\encl</h5> +<a id="id2528444" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528451" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\encl{CV\\Certificates}</tt></p> +<p>Generate a list of enclosed material.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-location"></a>\location</h5> +<a id="id2528480" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\location{address}</tt></p> +<p>This modifies your organisation's standard address. This only +appears if the <tt class="literal">firstpage</tt> pagestyle is +selected.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-makelabels"></a>\makelabels</h5> +<a id="id2528515" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\makelabels{number}</tt></p> +<p>If you issue this command in the preamble, LaTeX will create a +sheet of address labels. This sheet will be output before the +letters.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-name"></a>\name</h5> +<a id="id2528548" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\name{June Davenport}</tt></p> +<p>Your name, used for printing on the envelope together with the +return address.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-opening"></a>\opening</h5> +<a id="id2528577" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528584" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\opening{text}</tt></p> +<p>The letter begins with the <tt class="literal">\opening</tt> +command. The mandatory argument, <tt class="literal">text</tt>, is +whatever text you wish to start your letter, i.e.,</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\opening{Dear Joe,} +</pre> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-ps"></a>\ps</h5> +<a id="id2528632" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\ps</tt></p> +<p>Use this command before a postscript.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-signature"></a>\signature</h5> +<a id="id2528660" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\signature{Harvey Swick}</tt></p> +<p>Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter +underneath the space for your signature. Items that should go on +separate lines should be separated by <tt class="literal">\\</tt> +commands.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-startbreaks"></a>\startbreaks</h5> +<a id="id2528696" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\startbreaks</tt></p> +<p>Used after a <tt class="literal">\stopbreaks</tt> command to +allow page breaks again.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-stopbreaks"></a>\stopbreaks</h5> +<a id="id2528732" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\stopbreaks</tt></p> +<p>Inhibit page breaks until a +<tt class="literal">\startbreaks</tt> command occurs.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-telephone"></a>\telephone</h5> +<a id="id2528766" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\telephone{number}</tt></p> +<p>This is your telephone number. This only appears if the +<tt class="literal">firstpage</tt> pagestyle is selected.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="line-and-page-breaking"></a>2.3.10 Line +& Page Breaking</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2528809" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528816" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528823" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The first thing LaTeX does when processing ordinary text is to +translate your input file into a string of glyphs and spaces. To +produce a printed document, this string must be broken into lines, +and these lines must be broken into pages. In some environments, +you do the line breaking yourself with the +<tt class="literal">\\</tt> command, but LaTeX usually does it for +you.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-bslash"></a>\\</h5> +<a id="id2528860" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528867" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\\[extra-space], \\*[extra-space]</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\\</tt> command tells LaTeX to start a +new line. It has an optional argument, +<tt class="literal">extra-space</tt>, that specifies how much extra +vertical space is to be inserted before the next line. This can be +a negative amount.</p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\\*</tt> command is the same as the +ordinary <tt class="literal">\\</tt> command except that it tells +LaTeX not to start a new page after the line.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-dash-op-hyphenation-cp"></a>\-</h5> +<a id="id2528935" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528942" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\-</tt> command tells LaTeX that it may +hyphenate the word at that point. LaTeX is very good at +hyphenating, and it will usually find all correct hyphenation +points. The <tt class="literal">\-</tt> command is used for the +exceptional cases.</p> +<p>Note that when you insert <tt class="literal">\-</tt> commands +in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at those points and not +at any of the hyphenation points that LaTeX might otherwise have +chosen.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-cleardoublepage"></a>\cleardoublepage</h5> +<a id="id2528999" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529006" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\cleardoublepage</tt> command ends the +current page and causes all figures and tables that have so far +appeared in the input to be printed. In a two-sided printing style, +it also makes the next page a right-hand (odd-numbered) page, +producing a blank page if necessary.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-clearpage"></a>\clearpage</h5> +<a id="id2529037" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529044" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\clearpage</tt> command ends the current +page and causes all figures and tables that have so far appeared in +the input to be printed.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-enlargethispage"></a>\enlargethispage</h5> +<a id="id2529072" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529079" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\enlargethispage{size}</tt></p> +<p><tt class="literal">\enlargethispage*{size}</tt></p> +<p>Enlarge the <tt class="literal">\textheight</tt> for the current +page by the specified amount; e.g. +<tt class="literal">\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}</tt> will allow +one additional line.</p> +<p>The starred form tries to squeeze the material together on the +page as much as possible. This is normally used together with an +explicit <tt class="literal">\pagebreak</tt>.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-samepage"></a>\samepage</h5> +<a id="id2529141" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\samepage</tt></p> +<p>The object in the argument <tt class="literal">{}</tt> should be +on the current page.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-fussy"></a>\fussy</h5> +<a id="id2529176" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\fussy</tt></p> +<p>This declaration (which is the default) makes TeX more fussy +about line breaking. This can avoids too much space between words, +but may produce overfull boxes.</p> +<p>This command cancels the effect of a previous +<tt class="literal">\sloppy</tt> command. +<a href="#cmd-sloppy">\sloppy</a></p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-hyphenation"></a>\hyphenation</h5> +<a id="id2529227" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529234" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\hyphenation{words}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\hyphenation</tt> command declares +allowed hyphenation points, where <tt class="literal">words</tt> is +a list of words, separated by spaces, in which each hyphenation +point is indicated by a <tt class="literal">-</tt> character.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-linebreak"></a>\linebreak</h5> +<a id="id2529283" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529290" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\linebreak[number]</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\linebreak</tt> command tells LaTeX to +break the current line at the point of the command. With the +optional argument, <tt class="literal">number</tt>, you can convert +the <tt class="literal">\linebreak</tt> command from a demand to a +request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The higher the +number, the more insistent the request is.</p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\linebreak</tt> command causes LaTeX to +stretch the line so it extends to the right margin.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-newline"></a>\newline</h5> +<a id="id2529357" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529364" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\newline</tt> command breaks the line +right where it is. It can only be used in paragraph mode.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-newpage"></a>\newpage</h5> +<a id="id2529392" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529398" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\newpage</tt> command ends the current +page. In contrast to <a href="#cmd-pagebreak">\pagebreak</a> it can +produce a partly empty page, even when +<a href="#cmd-flushbottom-title">\flushbottom</a> is active.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-nolinebreak"></a>\nolinebreak</h5> +<a id="id2529443" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\nolinebreak[number]</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\nolinebreak</tt> command prevents LaTeX +from breaking the current line at the point of the command. With +the optional argument, <tt class="literal">number</tt>, you can +convert the <tt class="literal">\nolinebreak</tt> command from a +demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The +higher the number, the more insistent the request is.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-nopagebreak"></a>\nopagebreak</h5> +<a id="id2529498" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\nopagebreak[number]</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\nopagebreak</tt> command prevents LaTeX +from breaking the current page at the point of the command. With +the optional argument, <tt class="literal">number</tt>, you can +convert the <tt class="literal">\nopagebreak</tt> command from a +demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The +higher the number, the more insistent the request is.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-pagebreak"></a>\pagebreak</h5> +<a id="id2529553" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529559" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\pagebreak[number]</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\pagebreak</tt> command tells LaTeX to +break the current page at the point of the command. With the +optional argument, <tt class="literal">number</tt>, you can convert +the <tt class="literal">\pagebreak</tt> command from a demand to a +request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The higher the +number, the more insistent the request is.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-sloppy"></a>\sloppy</h5> +<a id="id2529612" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\sloppy</tt></p> +<p>This declaration makes TeX less fussy about line breaking. This +can prevent overfull boxes, but may leave too much space between +words.</p> +<p>Lasts until a <tt class="literal">\fussy</tt> command is issued. +<a href="#cmd-fussy">\fussy</a>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="making-paragraphs"></a>2.3.11 Making +Paragraphs</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2529670" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529677" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines --- +lines not containing even a <tt class="literal">%</tt>. A blank +line should not appear where a new paragraph cannot be started, +such as in math mode or in the argument of a sectioning +command.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-indent"></a>\indent</h5> +<a id="id2529706" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529713" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\indent</tt></p> +<p>This produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width of +the paragraph indentation. It is used to add paragraph indentation +where it would otherwise be suppressed.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-noindent"></a>\noindent</h5> +<a id="id2529744" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529751" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\noindent</tt></p> +<p>When used at the beginning of the paragraph, it suppresses the +paragraph indentation. It has no effect when used in the middle of +a paragraph.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-par"></a>\par</h5> +<a id="id2529781" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529787" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Equivalent to a blank line; often used to make command or +environment definitions easier to read.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="margin-notes"></a>2.3.12 Margin +Notes</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2529815" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529822" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529829" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The command <tt class="literal">\marginpar[left]{right}</tt> +creates a note in the margin. The first line will be at the same +height as the line in the text where the +<tt class="literal">\marginpar</tt> occurs.</p> +<p>When you only specify the mandatory argument +<tt class="literal">right</tt>, the text will be placed</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>in the right margin for one-sided layout</li> +<li>in the outside margin for two-sided layout</li> +<li>in the nearest margin for two-column layout.</li></ul></div> +<p>By issuing the command +<tt class="literal">\reversemarginpar</tt>, you can force the +marginal notes to go into the opposite (inside) margin.</p> +<p>When you specify both arguments, <tt class="literal">left</tt> +is used for the left margin, and <tt class="literal">right</tt> is +used for the right margin.</p> +<p>The first word will normally not be hyphenated; you can enable +hyphenation by prefixing the first word with a +<tt class="literal">\hspace{0pt}</tt> command.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="math-formulae"></a>2.3.13 Math +Formulae</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2529943" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529950" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529957" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529964" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529971" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529977" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529984" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529990" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="table"><a id="id2529997"></a> +<p class="title"><b>Table 1.7. Three environments that +put LaTeX in math mode</b></p> +<table summary="Three environments that put LaTeX in math mode" +border="0"> +<colgroup> +<col align="left" /> +<col align="justify" /></colgroup> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left">math</td> +<td align="justify">For Formulae that appear right in the +text.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">displaymath</td> +<td align="justify">For Formulae that appear on their own +line.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">equation</td> +<td align="justify">The same as the displaymath environment except +that it adds an equation number in the right +margin.</td></tr></tbody></table></div> +<p>The <tt class="literal">math</tt> environment can be used in +both paragraph and LR mode, but the +<tt class="literal">displaymath</tt> and +<tt class="literal">equation</tt> environments can be used only in +paragraph mode. The <tt class="literal">math</tt> and +<tt class="literal">displaymath</tt> environments are used so often +that they have the following short forms:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\(...\) instead of \begin{math}...\end{math} + +\[...\] instead of \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath} +</pre> +<p>In fact, the <tt class="literal">math</tt> environment is so +common that it has an even shorter form:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +$ ... $ instead of \(...\) +</pre> +<a id="id2530129" class="indexterm"></a> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="subscripts-and-superscripts-title"></a>Subscripts & +Superscripts</h5> +<a id="id2530148" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530154" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530161" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530168" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>To get an expression <span class="emphasis"><em>exp</em></span> +to appear as a subscript, you just type +<tt class="literal">_{</tt><span class="emphasis"><em>exp</em></span><tt class="literal"> +}</tt> . To get <span class="emphasis"><em>exp</em></span> to +appear as a superscript, you type +<tt class="literal">^{</tt><span class="emphasis"><em>exp</em></span> +<tt class="literal">}</tt>. LaTeX handles superscripted +superscripts and all of that stuff in the natural way. It even does +the right thing when something has both a subscript and a +superscript.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="math-symbols-title"></a>Math Symbols</h5> +<a id="id2530229" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530236" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530243" class="indexterm"></a> +<h5 class="title"><a id="spacing-in-math-mode-title"></a>Spacing in +Math Mode</h5> +<a id="id2530261" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530268" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>In a <tt class="literal">math</tt> environment, LaTeX ignores +the spaces you type and puts in the spacing that it thinks is best. +LaTeX formats mathematics the way it's done in mathematics texts. +If you want different spacing, LaTeX provides the following four +commands for use in math mode:</p> +<a id="id2530299" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530306" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530313" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530319" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="orderedlist"> +<ol type="1"> +<li> +<p><tt class="literal">\;</tt> - a thick space</p></li> +<li> +<p><tt class="literal">\:</tt> - a medium space</p></li> +<li> +<p><tt class="literal">\,</tt> - a thin space</p></li> +<li> +<p><tt class="literal">\!</tt> - a negative thin +space</p></li></ol></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="math-miscellany-title"></a>Math +Miscellany</h5> +<a id="id2530384" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="table"><a id="id2530391"></a> +<p class="title"><b>Table 1.8. Math Miscellany</b></p> +<table summary="Math Miscellany" border="0"> +<colgroup> +<col align="left" /> +<col align="justify" /></colgroup> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left"> +<a id="cmd-math-misc-cdots"></a>\cdots<a id="id2530429" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Produces a horizontal ellipsis where the dots +are raised to the centre of the line.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-ddots"></a>\ddots +<a id="id2530454" class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Produces a diagonal ellipsis.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-frac"></a>\frac{num}{den} +<a id="id2530477" class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Produces the fraction +<tt class="literal">num</tt> divided by +<tt class="literal">den</tt>.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-ldots"></a>\ldots +<a id="id2530510" class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Produces an ellipsis. This command works in any +mode, not just math mode.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left"> +<a id="cmd-math-misc-overbrace"></a>\overbrace{text} +<a id="id2530534" class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Generates a brace over text.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-overline"></a>\overline{text} +<a id="id2530557" class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Causes the argument text to be +overlined.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-sqrt"></a>\sqrt[root]{arg} +<a id="id2530580" class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Produces the square root of its argument. The +optional argument, <tt class="literal">root</tt>, determines what +root to produce, i.e., the cube root of +<tt class="literal">x+y</tt> would be typed as +<tt class="literal">$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$</tt>.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left"> +<a id="cmd-math-misc-underbrace"></a>\underbrace{text} +<a id="id2530623" class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Generates text with a brace +underneath.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left"> +<a id="cmd-math-misc-underline"></a>\underline{text} +<a id="id2530646" class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Causes the argument text to be underlined. This +command can also be used in paragraph and LR modes.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-vdots"></a>\vdots +<a id="id2530671" class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Produces a vertical ellipsis.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-ensuremath"></a>\ensuremath{} +<a id="id2530695" class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">It's argument is set in math mode. This is +needed for own definitions.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="modes"></a>2.3.14 +Modes</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2530726" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530733" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530740" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530747" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530754" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>When LaTeX is processing your input text, it is always in one of +three modes:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>paragraph mode</li> +<li>Math mode</li> +<li>Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short</li></ul></div> +<p>LaTeX changes mode only when it goes up or down a staircase to a +different level, though not all level changes produce mode changes. +Mode changes occur only when entering or leaving an environment, or +when LaTeX is processing the argument of certain text-producing +commands.</p> +<p><span class="emphasis"><em>Paragraph mode</em></span> is the +most common; it's the one LaTeX is in when processing ordinary +text. In that mode, LaTeX breaks your text into lines and breaks +the lines into pages. LaTeX is in <span class="emphasis"><em>math +mode</em></span> when it's generating a mathematical formula. In +<span class="emphasis"><em>LR mode</em></span>, as in paragraph +mode, LaTeX considers the output that it produces to be a string of +words with spaces between them. However, unlike paragraph mode, +LaTeX keeps going from left to right; it never starts a new line in +LR mode. Even if you put a hundred words into an +<tt class="literal">\mbox</tt>, LaTeX would keep typesetting them +from left to right inside a single box, and then complain because +the resulting box was too wide to fit on the line.</p> +<p>LaTeX is in LR mode when it starts making a box with an +<tt class="literal">\mbox</tt> command. You can get it to enter a +different mode inside the box - for example, you can make it enter +math mode to put a formula in the box. There are also several +text-producing commands and environments for making a box that put +LaTeX in paragraph mode. The box make by one of these commands or +environments will be called a <tt class="literal">parbox</tt>. When +LaTeX is in paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to be in +<span class="emphasis"><em>inner paragraph mode</em></span>. Its +normal paragraph mode, which it starts out in, is called +<span class="emphasis"><em>outer paragraph +mode</em></span>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="page-styles"></a>2.3.15 Page +Styles</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2530916" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530922" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\documentclass</tt> command determines +the size and position of the page's head and foot. The page style +determines what goes in them.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-maketitle"></a>\maketitle</h5> +<a id="id2530951" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530958" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\maketitle</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\maketitle</tt> command generates a +title on a separate title page. In the +<tt class="literal">article</tt> class, +<tt class="literal">\maketitle</tt> will also switch to pagestyle +<tt class="literal">plain</tt>. See <a href="#page-styles" +title="2.3.15 Page Styles">Page Styles</a> for commands to change +page numbering.</p> +<p>Information used to produce the title is obtained from the +following declarations:</p> +<p>See <a href="#page-styles" title="2.3.15 Page Styles">Page +Styles</a> for the commands to give the information.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-author"></a>\author</h5> +<a id="id2531036" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531043" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\author{names}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\author</tt> command declares the +author(s), where <tt class="literal">names</tt> is a list of +authors separated by <tt class="literal">\and</tt> commands. Use +<tt class="literal">\\</tt> to separate lines within a single +author's entry -- for example, to give the author's institution or +address.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-date"></a>\date</h5> +<a id="id2531098" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531105" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\date{text}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\date</tt> command declares +<span class="emphasis"><em>text</em></span> to be the document's +date. With no <tt class="literal">\date</tt> command, the current +date is used.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-thanks"></a>\thanks</h5> +<a id="id2531149" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531156" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\thanks{text}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\thanks</tt> command produces a +<tt class="literal">\footnote</tt> to the title.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-title"></a>\title</h5> +<a id="id2531196" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531203" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\title{text}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\title</tt> command declares +<tt class="literal">text</tt> to be the title. Use +<tt class="literal">\\</tt> to tell LaTeX where to start a new line +in a long title.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-pagenumbering"></a>\pagenumbering</h5> +<a id="id2531254" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531261" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\pagenumbering{num_style}</tt></p> +<p>Specifies the style of page numbers. Possible values of +<tt class="literal">num_style</tt> are:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">arabic</tt> - Arabic numerals</li> +<li><tt class="literal">roman</tt> - Lowercase Roman numerals</li> +<li><tt class="literal">Roman</tt> - Uppercase Roman numerals</li> +<li><tt class="literal">alph</tt> - Lowercase letters</li> +<li><tt class="literal">Alph</tt> - Uppercase +letters</li></ul></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-pagestyle"></a>\pagestyle</h5> +<a id="id2531355" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\pagestyle{option}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\pagestyle</tt> command changes the +style from the current page on throughout the remainder of your +document.</p> +<p>The valid options are:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">plain</tt> - Just a plain page number.</li> +<li><tt class="literal">empty</tt> - Produces empty heads and feet +- no page numbers.</li> +<li><tt class="literal">headings</tt> - Puts running headings on +each page. The document style specifies what goes in the +headings.</li> +<li><tt class="literal">myheadings</tt> - You specify what is to go +in the heading with the <tt class="literal">\markboth</tt> or the +<tt class="literal">\markright</tt> commands.</li></ul></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-markboth"></a>\markboth</h5> +<a id="id2531458" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\markboth{left head}{right head} +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\markboth</tt> command is used in +conjunction with the page style <tt class="literal">myheadings</tt> +for setting both the left and the right heading. You should note +that a <span class="emphasis"><em>left-hand heading</em></span> is +generated by the last <tt class="literal">\markboth</tt> command +before the end of the page, while a +<span class="emphasis"><em>right-hand heading</em></span> is +generated by the first <tt class="literal">\markboth</tt> or +<tt class="literal">\markright</tt> that comes on the page if there +is one, otherwise by the last one before the page.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-markright"></a>\markright</h5> +<a id="id2531527" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\markright{right head} +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\markright</tt> command is used in +conjunction with the page style <tt class="literal">myheadings</tt> +for setting the right heading, leaving the left heading unchanged. +You should note that a <span class="emphasis"><em>left-hand +heading</em></span> is generated by the last +<tt class="literal">\markboth</tt> command before the end of the +page, while a <span class="emphasis"><em>right-hand +heading</em></span> is generated by the first +<tt class="literal">\markboth</tt> or +<tt class="literal">\markright</tt> that comes on the page if there +is one, otherwise by the last one before the page.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-thispagestyle"></a>\thispagestyle</h5> +<a id="id2531597" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\thispagestyle{option}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\thispagestyle</tt> command works in the +same manner as the <tt class="literal">\pagestyle</tt> command +except that it changes the style for the current page +only.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="sectioning"></a>2.3.16 +Sectioning</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2531644" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531651" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531658" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531664" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531671" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531678" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text +into units.</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li> +<a id="cmd-sectioning-part"></a><tt class="literal">\part</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-sectioning-chapter"></a><tt class="literal">\chapter</tt> +(report and book class only)</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-sectioning-section"></a><tt class="literal">\section</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-sectioning-subsection"></a><tt class="literal">\subsection</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-sectioning-subsubsection"></a><tt class="literal">\subsubsection</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-sectioning-paragraph"></a><tt class="literal">\paragraph</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-sectioning-subparagraph"></a><tt class="literal">\subparagraph</tt></li></ul></div> +<p>All sectioning commands take the same general form, i.e.,</p> +<p><tt class="literal">\chapter[optional]{title}</tt></p> +<p>In addition to providing the heading in the text, the mandatory +argument of the sectioning command can appear in two other +places:</p> +<div class="orderedlist"> +<ol type="1"> +<li> +<p>The table of contents</p></li> +<li> +<p>The running head at the top of the page</p></li></ol></div> +<p>You may not want the same thing to appear in these other two +places as appears in the text heading. To handle this situation, +the sectioning commands have an <tt class="literal">optional</tt> +argument that provides the text for these other two purposes.</p> +<p>All sectioning commands have <tt class="literal">*</tt>-forms +that print a <span class="emphasis"><em>title</em></span>, but do +not include a number and do not make an entry in the table of +contents.</p> +<a id="id2531863" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531870" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p> +<a id="cmd-sectioning-appendix"></a><tt class="literal">\appendix</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\appendix</tt> command changes the way +sectional units are numbered. The +<tt class="literal">\appendix</tt> command generates no text and +does not affect the numbering of parts. The normal use of this +command is something like</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\chapter{The First Chapter} + ... +\appendix +\chapter{The First Appendix} +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="spaces-and-boxes"></a>2.3.17 Spaces & +Boxes</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2531930" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531937" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>All the predefined length parameters See +<a href="#predefined-lengths-title">Predefined lengths</a> can be +used in the arguments of the box-making commands.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-dotfill"></a>\dotfill</h5> +<a id="id2531966" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\dotfill</tt> command produces a +<span class="emphasis"><em>rubber length</em></span> that produces +dots instead of just spaces.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-hfill"></a>\hfill</h5> +<a id="id2531997" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\hfill</tt> fill command produces a +<span class="emphasis"><em>rubber length</em></span> which can +stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with spaces.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-hrulefill"></a>\hrulefill</h5> +<a id="id2532029" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\hrulefill</tt> fill command produces a +<span class="emphasis"><em>rubber length</em></span> which can +stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with a horizontal +rule.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-hspace"></a>\hspace</h5> +<a id="id2532060" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\hspace{length}, \hspace*{length}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\hspace</tt> command adds horizontal +space. The length of the space can be expressed in any terms that +LaTeX understands, i.e., points, inches, etc. You can add negative +as well as positive space with an <tt class="literal">\hspace</tt> +command. Adding negative space is like backspacing.</p> +<p>LaTeX removes horizontal space that comes at the end of a line. +If you don't want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional +<tt class="literal">*</tt> argument. Then the space is never +removed.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-addvspace"></a>\addvspace</h5> +<a id="id2532127" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2532134" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2532141" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\addvspace{length}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\addvspace</tt> command normally adds a +vertical space of height length. However, if vertical space has +already been added to the same point in the output by a previous +<tt class="literal">\addvspace</tt> command, then this command will +not add more space than needed to make the natural length of the +total vertical space equal to <tt class="literal">length</tt>.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-bigskip"></a>\bigskip</h5> +<a id="id2532192" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\bigskip</tt> command is equivalent to +<tt class="literal">\vspace{bigskipamount}</tt> where +<tt class="literal">bigskipamount</tt> is determined by the +document class.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-medskip"></a>\medskip</h5> +<a id="id2532231" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\medskip</tt> command is equivalent to +<tt class="literal">\vspace{medskipamount}</tt> where +<tt class="literal">medskipamount</tt> is determined by the +document class.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-smallskip"></a>\smallskip</h5> +<a id="id2532271" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\smallskip</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\smallskip</tt> command is equivalent to +<tt class="literal">\vspace{smallskipamount}</tt> where +<tt class="literal">smallskipamount</tt> is determined by the +document class.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-vfill"></a>\vfill</h5> +<a id="id2532318" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\vfill</tt> fill command produces a +rubber length which can stretch or shrink vertically.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-vspace"></a>\vspace</h5> +<a id="id2532344" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\vspace{length}, \vspace*{length}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\vspace</tt> command adds vertical +space. The length of the space can be expressed in any terms that +LaTeX understands, i.e., points, inches, etc. You can add negative +as well as positive space with an <tt class="literal">\vspace</tt> +command.</p> +<p>LaTeX removes vertical space that comes at the end of a page. If +you don't want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional +<tt class="literal">*</tt> argument. Then the space is never +removed.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-fbox"></a>\fbox</h5> +<a id="id2532410" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\fbox{text}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\fbox</tt> command is exactly the same +as the <tt class="literal">\mbox</tt> command, except that it puts +a frame around the outside of the box that it creates.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-framebox"></a>\framebox</h5> +<a id="id2532450" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\framebox[width][position]{text}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\framebox</tt> command is exactly the +same as the <tt class="literal">\makebox</tt> command, except that +it puts a frame around the outside of the box that it creates.</p> +<p>The framebox command produces a rule of thickness +<tt class="literal">\fboxrule</tt>, and leaves a space +<tt class="literal">\fboxsep</tt> between the rule and the contents +of the box.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="env-lrbox"></a>lrbox</h5> +<a id="id2532509" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}</tt></p> +<p>This is the environment form of +<tt class="literal">\sbox</tt>.</p> +<p>The text inside the environment is saved in the box +<tt class="literal">cmd</tt>, which must have been declared with +<tt class="literal">\newsavebox</tt>.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-makebox"></a>\makebox</h5> +<a id="id2532560" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\makebox[width][position]{text}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\makebox</tt> command creates a box just +wide enough to contain the <tt class="literal">text</tt> specified. +The width of the box is specified by the optional +<tt class="literal">width</tt> argument. The position of the text +within the box is determined by the optional +<tt class="literal">position</tt> argument.</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">c</tt> --- centred (default)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">l</tt> --- flushleft</li> +<li><tt class="literal">r</tt> --- flushright</li> +<li><tt class="literal">s</tt> --- stretch from left to right +margin. The text must contain stretchable space for this to +work.</li></ul></div> +<p>See <a href="#cmd-makebox-op-picture-cp">\makebox +(picture)</a>.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-mbox"></a>\mbox</h5> +<a id="id2532676" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\mbox{text}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\mbox</tt> command creates a box just +wide enough to hold the text created by its argument.</p> +<p>Use this command to prevent text from being split across +lines.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-newsavebox"></a>\newsavebox</h5> +<a id="id2532716" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\newsavebox{cmd}</tt></p> +<p>Declares <tt class="literal">cmd</tt>, which must be a command +name that is not already defined, to be a bin for saving boxes.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-parbox"></a>\parbox</h5> +<a id="id2532751" class="indexterm"></a> +<p> +<tt class="literal">\parbox[position][height][inner-pos]{width}{text}</tt></p> +<p>A <tt class="literal">parbox</tt> is a box whose contents are +created in <tt class="literal">paragraph</tt> mode. The +<tt class="literal">\parbox</tt> has two mandatory arguments:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">width</tt> - specifies the width of the +parbox, and</li> +<li><tt class="literal">text</tt> - the text that goes inside the +parbox.</li></ul></div> +<p>LaTeX will position a <tt class="literal">parbox</tt> so its +centre lines up with the centre of the text line. The optional +<span class="emphasis"><em>position</em></span> argument allows you +to line up either the top or bottom line in the parbox (default is +top).</p> +<p>If the <span class="emphasis"><em>height</em></span> argument is +not given, the box will have the natural height of the text.</p> +<p>The <span class="emphasis"><em>inner-pos</em></span> argument +controls the placement of the text inside the box. If it is not +specified, <span class="emphasis"><em>position</em></span> is +used.</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">t</tt> --- text is placed at the top of the +box.</li> +<li><tt class="literal">c</tt> --- text is centred in the box.</li> +<li><tt class="literal">b</tt> --- text is placed at the bottom of +the box.</li> +<li><tt class="literal">s</tt> --- stretch vertically. The text +must contain vertically stretchable space for this to +work.</li></ul></div> +<p>A <tt class="literal">\parbox</tt> command is used for a parbox +containing a small piece of text, with nothing fancy inside. In +particular, you shouldn't use any of the paragraph-making +environments inside a <tt class="literal">\parbox</tt> argument. +For larger pieces of text, including ones containing a +paragraph-making environment, you should use a +<tt class="literal">minipage</tt> environment See +<a href="#env-minipage">minipage</a>.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-raisebox"></a>\raisebox</h5> +<a id="id2532948" class="indexterm"></a> +<p> +<tt class="literal">\raisebox{distance}[extend-above][extend-below]{text}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\raisebox</tt> command is used to raise +or lower text. The first mandatory argument specifies how high the +text is to be raised (or lowered if it is a negative amount). The +text itself is processed in <tt class="literal">LR mode</tt>.</p> +<p>Sometimes it's useful to make LaTeX think something has a +different size than it really does - or a different size than LaTeX +would normally think it has. The <tt class="literal">\raisebox</tt> +command lets you tell LaTeX how tall it is.</p> +<p>The first optional argument, +<tt class="literal">extend-above</tt>, makes LaTeX think that the +text extends above the line by the amount specified. The second +optional argument, <tt class="literal">extend-below</tt>, makes +LaTeX think that the text extends below the line by the amount +specified.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-rule"></a>\rule</h5> +<a id="id2533042" class="indexterm"></a> +<p> +<tt class="literal">\rule[raise-height]{width}{thickness}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\rule</tt> command is used to produce +horizontal lines. The arguments are defined as follows:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">raise-height</tt> - specifies how high to +raise the rule (optional)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">width</tt> - specifies the length of the +rule (mandatory)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">thickness</tt> - specifies the thickness of +the rule (mandatory)</li></ul></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-savebox"></a>\savebox</h5> +<a id="id2533117" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\savebox{cmd}[width][pos]{text}</tt></p> +<p>This command typeset <tt class="literal">text</tt> in a box just +as for <tt class="literal">\makebox</tt>. However, instead of +printing the resulting box, it saves it in bin +<tt class="literal">cmd</tt>, which must have been declared with +<tt class="literal">\newsavebox</tt>.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-sbox"></a>\sbox</h5> +<a id="id2533170" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\sbox{cmd}\{text}</tt></p> +<p>This commands typesets <tt class="literal">text</tt> in a box +just as for <tt class="literal">\mbox</tt>. However, instead of +printing the resulting box, it saves it in +<tt class="literal">cmd</tt>, which must have been declared with +<tt class="literal">\newsavebox</tt>.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-usebox"></a>\usebox</h5> +<a id="id2533223" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\usebox{cmd}</tt></p> +<p>Prints the box most recently saved in bin +<tt class="literal">cmd</tt> by a <tt class="literal">\savebox</tt> +command.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="special-characters"></a>2.3.18 Special +Characters</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2533269" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2533276" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2533283" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2533290" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The following characters play a special role in LaTeX and are +called <span class="emphasis"><em>special printing +characters</em></span>, or simply +<span class="emphasis"><em>special characters</em></span>.</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +# $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { } +</pre> +<p>Whenever you put one of these special characters into your file, +you are doing something special. If you simply want the character +to be printed just as any other letter, include a +<tt class="literal">\</tt> in front of the character. For example, +<tt class="literal">\$</tt> will produce <tt class="literal">$</tt> +in your output.</p> +<p>One exception to this rule is the <tt class="literal">\</tt> +itself because <tt class="literal">\\</tt> has its own special +meaning. A <tt class="literal">\</tt> is produced by typing +<tt class="literal">$\backslash$</tt> in your file.</p> +<p>Also, <tt class="literal">\~</tt> means `place a tilde accent +over the following letter', so you will probably want to use +<tt class="literal">\verb</tt> instead.</p> +<a id="id2533390" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2533397" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2533404" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>In addition, you can access any character of a font once you +know its number by using the <tt class="literal">\symbol</tt> +command. For example, the character used for displaying spaces in +the <tt class="literal">\verb*</tt> command has the code decimal +32, so it can be typed as <tt class="literal">\symbol{32}</tt>.</p> +<p>You can also specify octal numbers with +<tt class="literal">'</tt> or hexadecimal numbers with +<tt class="literal">"</tt>, so the previous example could also be +written as <tt class="literal">\symbol{'40}</tt> or +<tt class="literal">\symbol{"20}</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="special-symbols"></a>2.3.19 Special +Symbols</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2533481" class="indexterm"></a> +<h5 class="title"><a id="accents-on-chars-title"></a>Accents on +Characters</h5> +<a id="id2533505" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The rules differ somewhat depending whether you are in +<a href="#modes" title="2.3.14 Modes">text mode</a>, +<a href="#modes" title="2.3.14 Modes">math modes</a>, or the +<a href="#env-tabbing">tabbing environment</a>.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2533542"></a>Text Mode</h5> +<p>The following accents may be placed on letters. Although +<span class="emphasis"><em>o</em></span> is used in most of the +example, the accents may be placed on any letter. Accents may even +be placed above a <span class="emphasis"><em>missing</em></span> +letter; for example, <tt class="literal">\~{}</tt> produces a tilde +over a blank space.</p> +<p>The following commands may be used only in paragraph or LR +mode:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">\`{o}</tt> produces a grave accent, +<span class="emphasis"><em>ò</em></span></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\'{o}</tt> produces an acute accent, +<span class="emphasis"><em>ó</em></span></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\^{o}</tt> produces a circumflex, +<span class="emphasis"><em>ô</em></span></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\"{o}</tt> produces an umlaut or dieresis, +<span class="emphasis"><em>ö</em></span></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\H{o}</tt> produces a long Hungarian +umlaut</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\~{o}</tt> produces a tilde, +<span class="emphasis"><em>õ</em></span></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\c{c}</tt> produces a cedilla, +<span class="emphasis"><em>ç</em></span></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\={o}</tt> produces a macron accent (a bar +over the letter)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\b{o}</tt> produces a bar under the +letter</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\.{o}</tt> produces a dot over the +letter</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\d{o}</tt> produces a dot under the +letter</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\u{o}</tt> produces a breve over the +letter</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\v{o}</tt> produces a +<span class="emphasis"><em>v</em></span> over the letter</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\t{oo}</tt> produces a +<span class="emphasis"><em>tie</em></span> (inverted u) over the +two letters</li></ul></div> +<p>Note that the letters <span class="emphasis"><em>i</em></span> +and <span class="emphasis"><em>j</em></span> require special +treatment when they are given accents because it is often desirable +to replace the dot with the accent. For this purpose, the commands +<tt class="literal">\i</tt> and <tt class="literal">\j</tt> can be +used to produce dotless letters.</p> +<p>For example,</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">\^{\i}</tt> should be used for i, +circumflex, î</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\"{\i}</tt> should be used for i, umlaut, +ï</li></ul></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="accents-chars-math"></a>Math Mode</h5> +<p>Several of the above and some similar accents can also be +produced in math mode. The following commands may be used +<span class="emphasis"><em>only</em></span> in math mode:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">\hat{o}</tt> is similar to the circumflex +(cf. <tt class="literal">\^</tt>)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\widehat{oo}</tt> is a wide version of +<span class="emphasis"><em>\hat</em></span> over several +letters</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\check{o}</tt> is a vee or check (cf. +<tt class="literal">\v</tt>)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\tilde{o}</tt> is a tilde (cf. +<tt class="literal">\~</tt>)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\widetilde{oo}</tt> is a wide version of +<tt class="literal">\tilde</tt> over several letters</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\acute{o}</tt> is an acute accent (cf. +<tt class="literal">\`</tt>)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\grave{o}</tt> is a grave accent (cf. +<tt class="literal">>\'</tt>)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\dot{o}</tt> is a dot over the letter (cf. +<tt class="literal">\.</tt>)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\ddot{o}</tt> is a double dot over the +letter</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\breve{o}</tt> is a breve (cf. +<tt class="literal">\u</tt>)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\bar{o}</tt> is a macron (cf. +<tt class="literal">\=</tt>)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\vec{o}</tt> is a vector (arrow) over the +letter</li></ul></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="accents-chars-tabbing"></a>Tabbing +Environment</h5> +<p>Some of the accent marks used in running text have other uses in +the <a href="#env-tabbing">Tabbing Environment</a>. In that case +they can be created with the following command:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">>\a'</tt> for an acute accent</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\a`</tt> for a grave accent</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\a=</tt> for a macron +accent</li></ul></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="arrows-title"></a>Arrows</h5> +<a id="id2534131" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>LaTeX provides commands for all sorts of arrows. The following +commands are used only in math mode.</p> +<p>In general the command names are created from +<tt class="literal">left</tt>, <tt class="literal">right</tt>, +<tt class="literal">up</tt>, or <tt class="literal">down</tt>. +<tt class="literal">leftright</tt> gives a double headed arrow. +Prefacing with <tt class="literal">long</tt> gives a longer arrow. +Capitalizing the first letter gives a double-shanked arrow.</p> +<p>Examples are:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">\leftarrow</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\Leftarrow</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\longleftarrow</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\Longleftarrow</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\rightarrow</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\Rightarrow</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\longrightarrow</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\Longrightarrow</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\leftrightarrow</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\Leftrightarrow</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\longleftrightarrow</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\uparrow</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\downarrow</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\Uparrow</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">>\nearrow</tt> points from southwest to +northeast</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\searrow</tt> points from northwest to +southeast</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\swarrow</tt> points from northeast to +southwest</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\nwarrow</tt> points from southeast to +northwest</li></ul></div> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\stackrel</tt> command is useful for +putting things over or under your arrow.</p> +<p>See also:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><a href="#math-symbols-title">Math Symbols</a></li> +<li><a href="#binary-and-relational-ops-title">Binary and +Relational Operators</a></li> +<li><a href="#greek-letters-title">Greek Letters</a></li> +<li><a href="#misc-symbols-title">Miscellaneous Symbols</a></li> +<li><a href="#variable-math-size-symbols-title">Variable Size Math +Symbols</a></li></ul></div> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="binary-and-relational-ops-title"></a>Binary and Relational +Operators</h5> +<a id="id2534488" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2534497" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2534507" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2534519" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Some <span class="emphasis"><em>math</em></span> symbols are +obtained by typing the corresponding keyboard character. Examples +include</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> ++ - = < > +</pre> +<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> +<h3 class="title">Note</h3> +<p>plus, minus, and equal sign may be used in either text or math +mode, but < and > are math mode only (they produce inverted +exclamation and question marks, respectively, in text +mode).</p></div> +<p>The following commands may be used only in math mode:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">\pm</tt> plus or minus sign</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\mp</tt> minus or plus sign</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\times</tt> times (an "x")</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\div</tt> divided by sign</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\ast</tt> an asterisk (centered)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\star</tt> a five-point star +(centered)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\bullet</tt> a bullet</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\circ</tt> an open bullet</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\cdot</tt> a centered dot</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\leq</tt> less than or equal to</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\ll</tt> much less than</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\subset</tt> is a subset of</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\geq</tt> greater than or equal to</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\gg</tt> much greater than</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\equiv</tt> equivalence symbol</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\sim</tt> similar to</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\simeq</tt> similar or equal to</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\approx</tt> approximately equal to</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\neq</tt> not equal to</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\per</tt> "perpendicular to" symbols</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\propto</tt> proportional +to</li></ul></div> +<p>Note that <span class="emphasis"><em>greater than</em></span> +and <span class="emphasis"><em>less than</em></span> are obtained +simply by entering <tt class="literal">></tt> and +<tt class="literal"><</tt>.</p> +<p>A slash, indicating <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> +can be placed through a symbol (or a letter) with the +<tt class="literal">\not</tt> command. For example, not less than +is <tt class="literal">\not<</tt> and not less than or equal to +is <tt class="literal">\not\leq</tt>. If the slash isn't properly +positioned it can be moved by putting a math mode spacing command +between the <tt class="literal">\not</tt>and the symbol.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="delimiters-title"></a>Delimiters</h5> +<a id="id2534883" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Delimiters are objects which act logically like parentheses. +These can be used only in math mode.</p> +<p>The delimiters recognized by LaTeX include:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">(</tt> (left parenthesis)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">)</tt> (right parenthesis)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">[</tt> (left bracket)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">]</tt> (right bracket)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\{</tt> (left brace)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\}</tt> (right brace)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">|</tt> (vertical line)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\vert</tt> (vertical line)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\|</tt> (double vertical lines)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\Vert</tt> (double vertical lines)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">/</tt> (slash)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\backslash</tt> (backslash)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\langle</tt> (left angle bracket)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\rangle</tt> (right angle bracket)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\uparrow</tt> (uparrow)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\downarrow</tt> (down arrow)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\updownarrow</tt> (up/down +arrow)</li></ul></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2535106"></a>Making Delimiters the Right +Size</h5> +<p>Delimiters in formulas should be big enough to +<span class="emphasis"><em>fit</em></span> around the formulas they +delimit (for example arround arrays). To obtain +<span class="emphasis"><em>stretchable</em></span> delimiters +(LaTeX makes them the appropriate size) type a +<tt class="literal">\left</tt> or <tt class="literal">\right</tt> +command before the delimiter. <tt class="literal">\left</tt> and +<tt class="literal">\right</tt> commands must come in matching +pairs, although the delimiters themselves need not be the same. +Thus, <tt class="literal">\left \{ ... \right \[</tt> produces a +legal pair. In cases where only one delimiter is desired, it is +possible to make the matching delimiter +<span class="emphasis"><em>invisible</em></span> by typing a period +(<tt class="literal">.</tt>) after the command, i.e., +<tt class="literal">\left.</tt> or +<tt class="literal">\right.</tt></p> +<p>In an <a href="#env-eqnarray">eqnarray</a> environment the +matching <tt class="literal">\left</tt> and +<tt class="literal">\right</tt> cannot be split between lines and +it may be necessary to use an +<span class="emphasis"><em>invisible</em></span> +<tt class="literal">\right.</tt> and +<tt class="literal">\left.</tt> to terminate and begin parts on +different lines. In this case a second problem may arise, since the +size of the delimiters will be chosen only for the +<span class="emphasis"><em>local part</em></span>, so that the size +of the <span class="emphasis"><em>visible</em></span> +<span class="emphasis"><em>left</em></span> and +<span class="emphasis"><em>right</em></span> delimiters might not +match. The solution is to trick LaTeX into thinking that both parts +have the same vertical height. This can be done by placing a strut, +that is a zero-width <tt class="literal">\rule</tt>. It can also be +accomplished with the <tt class="literal">\vphantom</tt> command, +which I have not found documented, but which appears to work.</p> +<p><tt class="literal">\vphantom{construct}</tt> creates a +zero-width object with the height of +<tt class="literal">construct</tt>. The argument can contain things +such as <tt class="literal">\frac</tt> or the +<span class="emphasis"><em>variable size math symbols</em></span> +and should be chosen according to what is in the section with the +delimiter you want to match.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2535294"></a>Some Examples</h5> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2535300"></a>A six-j symbol</h5> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\[ \left\{ +\begin{array}{ccc} +a & b & c \\ +d & e & f \end{array} +\right>\} \] +</pre> +<p>This should be displayed something like (insofar as it can be +rendered in "ascii art"):</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +( a b c ) +- - +( d e f ) +</pre> +<p>Note that the <tt class="literal">\[ ... \]</tt> set this off as +<span class="emphasis"><em>Display Math</em></span>, and that the +<span class="emphasis"><em>Array Environment</em></span> is used to +generate the three centered columns inside the braces.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2535342"></a>A "multiple choice" +equation</h5> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\[ f(x) = + \left\{ \begin{array}{l} + 0, x < 0 \\ 1, x = 0 \\ + 2, x > 0 \end{array} \right. \] +</pre> +<p>will be displayed as</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> + ( 0, x < 0 +f(x) = - 1, x = 0 + ( 2, x > 0 +</pre> +<p>Note that the <span class="emphasis"><em>invisible</em></span> +<tt class="literal">\right</tt> delimiter is specified using a +<span class="emphasis"><em>period</em></span>.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="ellipsis-title"></a>Ellipsis</h5> +<a id="id2535395" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Ellipses (three dots) can be produced by the following +commands</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">\ldots</tt> horizontally at bottom of +line</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\cdots</tt> horizontally center of line +(math mode only)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\ddots</tt> diagonal (math mode only)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\vdots</tt> vertical (math mode +only)</li></ul></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="greek-letters-title"></a>Greek +Letters</h5> +<a id="id2535471" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>These commands may be used only in math mode:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">\alpha</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\beta</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\gamma</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\delta</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\epsilon</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\varepsilon</tt> (variation, +script-like)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\zeta</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\eta</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\theta</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\vartheta</tt> (variation, +script-like)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\iota</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\kappa</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\lambda</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\mu</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\nu</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\xi</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\pi</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\varpi</tt> (variation)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\rho</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\varrho</tt> (variation, with the +tail)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\sigma</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\varsigma</tt> (variation, +script-like)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\tau</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\upsilon</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\phi</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\varphi</tt> (variation, script-like)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">\chi</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\psi</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\omega</tt></li></ul></div> +<p>Capital letters:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">\Gamma</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\Delta</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\Theta</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\Lambda</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\Xi</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\Pi</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\Sigma</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\Upsilon</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\Phi</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\Psi</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">\Omega</tt></li></ul></div> +<p>See also:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><a href="#math-symbols-title">Math Symbols</a></li> +<li><a href="#accents-on-chars-title">Accents</a></li> +<li><a href="#misc-symbols-title">Miscellaneous +Symbols</a></li></ul></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="misc-symbols-title"></a>Miscellaneous +Symbols</h5> +<a id="id2535966" class="indexterm"></a> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2535978"></a>Some symbols for math</h5> +<p>The following symbols are also used only in math mode</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li> +<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-aleph"></a><tt class="literal">\aleph</tt> +Hebrew aleph</li> +<li><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-hbar"></a><tt class="literal">\hbar</tt> +h-bar, Planck's constant</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-imath"></a><tt class="literal">\imath</tt> +variation on <span class="emphasis"><em>i</em></span>; no dot</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-jmath"></a><tt class="literal">\jmath</tt> +variation on <span class="emphasis"><em>j</em></span>; no dot</li> +<li><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-ell"></a><tt class="literal">\ell</tt> +script (loop) <span class="emphasis"><em>l</em></span></li> +<li><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-wp"></a><tt class="literal">\wp</tt> +fancy script lowercase +<span class="emphasis"><em>P</em></span></li> +<li><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-re"></a><tt class="literal">\Re</tt> +script capital <span class="emphasis"><em>R</em></span> +(<span class="emphasis"><em>Real</em></span>)</li> +<li><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-im"></a><tt class="literal">\Im</tt> +script capital <span class="emphasis"><em>I</em></span> +(<span class="emphasis"><em>Imaginary</em></span>)</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-prime"></a><tt class="literal">\prime</tt> +prime (also obtained by typing <tt class="literal">'</tt>)</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-nabla"></a><tt class="literal">\nabla</tt> +inverted capital Delta</li> +<li><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-surd"></a><tt class="literal">\surd</tt> +radical (square root) symbol</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-angle"></a><tt class="literal">\angle</tt> +angle symbol</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-forall"></a><tt class="literal">\forall</tt> +<span class="emphasis"><em>for all</em></span> (inverted A)</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-exists"></a><tt class="literal">\exists</tt> +<span class="emphasis"><em>exists</em></span> (left-facing E)</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-partial"></a><tt class="literal">\partial</tt> +partial derivative symbol</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-infty"></a><tt class="literal">\infty</tt> +infinity symbol</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-triangle"></a><tt class="literal">\triangle</tt> +open triangle symbol</li> +<li><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-box"></a><tt class="literal">\Box</tt> +open square</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-diamond"></a><tt class="literal">\Diamond</tt> +open diamond</li> +<li><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-flat"></a><tt class="literal">\flat</tt> +music: flat symbol</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-natural"></a><tt class="literal">\natural</tt> +music: natural symbol</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-clubsuit"></a><tt class="literal">\clubsuit</tt> +playing cards: club suit symbol</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-diamondsuit"></a><tt class="literal">\diamondsuit</tt> +playing cards: diamond suit symbol</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-heartsuit"></a><tt class="literal">\heartsuit</tt> +playing cards: heart suit symbol</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-spadsuit"></a><tt class="literal">\spadesuit</tt> +playing cards: space suit symbol</li></ul></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2536435"></a>Some Other Symbols</h5> +<p>The following symbols can be used in any mode:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><a id="cmd-other-symbol-dag"></a><tt class="literal">\dag</tt> +dagger</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-other-symbol-ddag"></a>><tt class="literal">\ddag</tt> +double dagger</li> +<li><a id="cmd-other-symbol-s"></a>><tt class="literal">\S</tt> +section symbol</li> +<li><a id="cmd-other-symbol-p"></a>><tt class="literal">\P</tt> +paragraph symbol</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-other-symbol-copyright"></a>><tt class="literal">\copyright</tt> +copyright symbol</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-other-symbol-pounds"></a>><tt class="literal">\pounds</tt> +British pound sterling symbol</li></ul></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2536553"></a>Calligraphic Style +Letters</h5> +<p>Twenty-six calligraphic letters are provided (the upper case +alphabet). These can only be used in math mode.</p> +<p>In LaTeX 2.09 they are produced with the +<tt class="literal">\cal</tt> declaration:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +${\cal A}$ +</pre> +<p>In LaTeX2e they are obtained with the +<tt class="literal">\mathcal</tt> command:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +$\mathcal{CAL}$ +</pre> +<h5 class="title"><a id="math-functions-title"></a>Math +Functions</h5> +<a id="id2536611" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Functions like <span class="emphasis"><em>log</em></span> or +<span class="emphasis"><em>cos</em></span> are normally used in +math mode. However, inmath mode strings of letters are treated as a +product of variables, which would normally be displayed in math +italics rather than a text font which would be appropriate for +these functions. To get proper display of such functions they are +generated with LaTeX commands.</p> +<p>Some of these commands are:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-arccos"></a><tt class="literal">\arccos</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-arcsin"></a><tt class="literal">\arcsin</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-arctan"></a><tt class="literal">\arctan</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-cos"></a><tt class="literal">\cos</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-cosh"></a><tt class="literal">\cosh</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-cot"></a><tt class="literal">\cot</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-coth"></a><tt class="literal">\coth</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-csc"></a><tt class="literal">\csc</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-deg"></a><tt class="literal">\deg</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-det"></a><tt class="literal">\det</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-dim"></a><tt class="literal">\dim</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-exp"></a><tt class="literal">\exp</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-gcd"></a><tt class="literal">\gcd</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-hom"></a><tt class="literal">\hom</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-inf"></a><tt class="literal">\inf</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-ker"></a><tt class="literal">\ker</tt></li> +<li><a id="cmd-math-func-lg"></a><tt class="literal">\lg</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-lim"></a><tt class="literal">\lim</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-liminf"></a><tt class="literal">\liminf</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-limsup"></a><tt class="literal">\limsup</tt></li> +<li><a id="cmd-math-func-ln"></a><tt class="literal">\ln</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-log"></a><tt class="literal">\log</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-max"></a><tt class="literal">\max</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-min"></a><tt class="literal">\min</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-sec"></a><tt class="literal">\sec</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-sin"></a><tt class="literal">\sin</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-sinh"></a><tt class="literal">\sinh</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-sup"></a><tt class="literal">\sup</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-tan"></a><tt class="literal">\tan</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-tanh"></a><tt class="literal">\tanh</tt></li></ul></div> +<p>Two commands are provided for the "modulus" function</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-bmod"></a><tt class="literal">\bmod</tt></li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-func-pmod"></a><tt class="literal">\pmod{}</tt></li></ul></div> +<p>The former would be used to write "a mod b" as +<tt class="literal">a \bmod b</tt> and the latter, which requires +an argument that is displayed in parentheses, would be used to +write "n = i (mod j)" as <tt class="literal">n = i +\pmod{j}</tt></p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="variable-math-size-symbols-title"></a>Variable Size Math +Symbols</h5> +<a id="id2537138" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The size of some mathematical symbols, notably summation signs, +product signs, and integral signs, depends on the environment in +which they appear (i.e., <tt class="literal">displaymath</tt> as +opposed to <tt class="literal">math</tt> environments.</p> +<p>These include:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><a id="cmd-math-symbol-sum"></a><tt class="literal">\sum</tt> a +summation sign (capital sigma)</li> +<li><a id="cmd-math-symbol-prod"></a><tt class="literal">\prod</tt> +a product (capital pi)</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-symbol-coprod"></a><tt class="literal">\coprod</tt> +a coproduct (inverted capital pi)</li> +<li><a id="cmd-math-symbol-int"></a><tt class="literal">\int</tt> +an integral sign</li> +<li><a id="cmd-math-symbol-oint"></a><tt class="literal">\oint</tt> +a surface (circular) integral sign</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigcup"></a><tt class="literal">\bigcup</tt> +big "U"</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigcap"></a><tt class="literal">\bigcap</tt> +big inverted "U"</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigvee"></a><tt class="literal">\bigvee</tt> +big "V"</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigwedge"></a><tt class="literal">\bigwedge</tt> +big inverted "V"</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigodot"></a><tt class="literal">\bigodot</tt> +big "O" with dot at center</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigotimes"></a><tt class="literal">\bigotimes</tt> +big "O" with cross inside</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigoplus"></a><tt class="literal">\bigoplus</tt> +big "O" with a + inside</li> +<li> +<a id="cmd-math-symbol-biguplus"></a><tt class="literal">\biguplus</tt> +big "U" with a + inside</li></ul></div> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\sqrt</tt> command also produces a +variable size symbol appropriate for the size of hte radicand +argument.</p> +<p>The "limits" associated with these symbols are entered as +<span class="emphasis"><em>subscripts</em></span> for entries +appearing below the symbol and as +<span class="emphasis"><em>superscripts</em></span> for entries +appearing above the symbol. For example the sum from n=0 to +infinity of x<sup>n</sup> would be entered as</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\sum_{n=0}^{\infty} x_{n} +</pre> +<p>The actual placement of the limits depends on whether this is in +<tt class="literal">displaymath</tt> mode in which case they are +placed below/above or in +<span class="emphasis"><em>math</em></span> mode in running text in +which case they are placed as regular subscripts and +superscripts.</p> +<p>Note that it is possible to treat several of these symbols (a +common example would be a double sum) as a single symbol for +placing limits above and/or below by using the +<tt class="literal">\mathop</tt> command.</p> +<p><span class="emphasis"><em>Hats</em></span> and +<span class="emphasis"><em>tildes</em></span> over symbols which +stretch (as best they can) to the correct size for their arguments +are produced by <tt class="literal">\widehat</tt> and +<tt class="literal">\widetilde</tt></p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="splitting-the-input"></a>2.3.20 Splitting +the Input</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2537484" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2537491" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting +the whole input in a single large file, it's more efficient to +split it into several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate +files you use, there is one that is the root file; it is the one +whose name you type when you run LaTeX.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-include-title"></a>\include</h5> +<a id="id2537521" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\include{file}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\include</tt> command is used in +conjunction with the <tt class="literal">\includeonly</tt> command +for selective inclusion of files. The <tt class="literal">file</tt> +argument is the first name of a file, denoting +<tt class="filename">file.tex</tt>. If +<tt class="literal">file</tt> is one the file names in the file +list of the <tt class="literal">\includeonly</tt> command or if +there is no <tt class="literal">\includeonly</tt> command, the +<tt class="literal">\include</tt> command is equivalent to</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\clearpage \input{file} \clearpage +</pre> +<p>except that if the file <tt class="filename">file.tex</tt> does +not exist, then a warning message rather than an error is produced. +If the file is not in the file list, the +<tt class="literal">\include</tt> command is equivalent to +<tt class="literal">\clearpage</tt>.</p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\include</tt> command may not appear in +the preamble or in a file read by another +<tt class="literal">\include</tt> command.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-includeonly-title"></a>\includeonly</h5> +<a id="id2537650" class="indexterm"></a> +<p> +<tt class="literal">\includeonly{</tt><span class="emphasis"><em>file_list</em></span><tt class="literal"> +}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\includeonly</tt> command controls which +files will be read in by an <tt class="literal">\include</tt> +command. <span class="emphasis"><em>file_list</em></span> should be +a comma-separated list of filenames. Each filename must match +exactly a filename specified in a <tt class="literal">\include</tt> +command. This command can only appear in the preamble.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-input-title"></a>\input</h5> +<a id="id2537710" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\input{file}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\input</tt> command causes the indicated +<tt class="literal">file</tt> to be read and processed, exactly as +if its contents had been inserted in the current file at that +point. The file name may be a complete file name with extension or +just a first name, in which case the file +<tt class="filename">file.tex</tt> is used.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="starting-and-ending"></a>2.3.21 Starting +& Ending</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2537767" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2537774" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Your input file must contain the following commands as a +minimum:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\documentclass{class} +\begin{document} + ... your text goes here ... +\end{document} +</pre> +<p>where the <tt class="literal">class</tt> selected is one of the +valid classes for LaTeX. See <a href="#document-classes" +title="2.3.4 Document Classes">Document Classes</a> (and see +<a href="#overview" +title="2.2 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide ">Overview</a>), for +details of the various document classes available locally.</p> +<p>You may include other LaTeX commands between the +<tt class="literal">\documentclass</tt> and the +<tt class="literal">\begin{document}</tt> commands (i.e., in the +`preamble').</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="table-of-contents"></a>2.3.22 Table of +Contents</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2537859" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>A table of contents is produced with the +<tt class="literal">\tableofcontents</tt> <a id="id2537874" +class="indexterm"></a> command. You put the command right where you +want the table of contents to go; LaTeX does the rest for you. It +produces a heading, but it does not automatically start a new page. +If you want a new page after the table of contents, include a +<tt class="literal">\newpage</tt> command after the +<tt class="literal">\tableofcontents</tt> command.</p> +<p>There are similar commands +<tt class="literal">\listoffigures</tt> <a id="id2537912" +class="indexterm"></a> and <tt class="literal">\listoftables</tt> +<a id="id2537925" class="indexterm"></a> for producing a list of +figures and a list of tables, respectively. Everything works +exactly the same as for the table of contents.</p> +<p>NOTE: If you want any of these items to be generated, you cannot +have the <tt class="literal">\nofiles</tt> <a id="id2537945" +class="indexterm"></a> command in your document.</p> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-addcontentsline-title"></a>\addcontentsline</h5> +<a id="id2537964" class="indexterm"></a> +<p> +<tt class="literal">\addcontentsline{file}{sec_unit}{entry}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\addcontentsline</tt> command adds an +entry to the specified list or table where:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">file</tt> is the extension of the file on +which information is to be written: <tt class="literal">toc</tt> +(table of contents), <tt class="literal">lof</tt> (list of +figures), or <tt class="literal">lot</tt> (list of tables).</li> +<li> +<p><tt class="literal">sec_unit</tt> controls the formatting of the +entry. It should be one of the following, depending upon the value +of the file argument:</p> +<div class="orderedlist"> +<ol type="1"> +<li><tt class="literal">toc</tt> --- the name of the sectional +unit, such as part or subsection.</li> +<li><tt class="literal">lof</tt> --- figure</li> +<li><tt class="literal">lot</tt> --- table</li></ol></div></li> +<li><tt class="literal">entry</tt> is the text of the +entry.</li></ul></div> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="cmd-addtocontents-title"></a>\addtocontents</h5> +<a id="id2538097" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\addtocontents{file}{text}</tt></p> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\addtocontents</tt> command adds text +(or formatting commands) directly to the file that generates the +table of contents or list of figures or tables.</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">file</tt> is the extension of the file on +which information is to be written: <tt class="literal">toc</tt> +(table of contents), <tt class="literal">lof</tt> (list of +figures), or <tt class="literal">lot</tt> (list of tables).</li> +<li><tt class="literal">text</tt> is the information to be +written.</li></ul></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="terminal-input-slash-output"></a>2.3.23 +Terminal Input/Output</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2538186" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2538193" +class="indexterm"></a> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-typein-title"></a>\typein</h5> +<a id="id2538211" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\typein[cmd]{msg}</tt></p> +<p>Prints <tt class="literal">msg</tt> on the terminal and causes +LaTeX to stop and wait for you to type a line of input, ending with +return. If the <tt class="literal">cmd</tt> argument is missing, +the typed input is processed as if it had been included in the +input file in place of the <tt class="literal">\typein</tt> +command. If the <tt class="literal">cmd</tt> argument is present, +it must be a command name. This command name is then defined or +redefined to be the typed input.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-typeout-title"></a>\typeout</h5> +<a id="id2538271" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\typeout{msg}</tt></p> +<p>Prints <tt class="literal">msg</tt> on the terminal and in the +<tt class="literal">log</tt> file. Commands in +<tt class="literal">msg</tt> that are defined with +<tt class="literal">\newcommand</tt> or +<tt class="literal">\renewcommand</tt> are replaced by their +definitions before being printed.</p> +<p>LaTeX's usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single +space and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to +<tt class="literal">msg</tt>. A <tt class="literal">\space</tt> +command in <tt class="literal">msg</tt> causes a single space to be +printed. A <tt class="literal">^^J</tt> in +<tt class="literal">msg</tt> prints a newline.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="typefaces"></a>2.3.24 +Typefaces</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2538374" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2538381" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">typeface</tt> is specified by giving the +<span class="emphasis"><em>size</em></span> and +<span class="emphasis"><em>style</em></span>. A typeface is also +called a <span class="emphasis"><em>font</em></span>.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="styles-title"></a>\Styles</h5> +<a id="id2538418" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2538425" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2538432" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX.</p> +<p>These commands are used like <tt class="literal">\textit{italics +text}</tt>. The corresponding command in parenthesis is the +<span class="emphasis"><em>declaration form</em></span>, which +takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until +the next type style command or the end of the current group.</p> +<p>The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say +<tt class="literal">\sffamily\bfseries</tt> to get sans serif +boldface.</p> +<p>You can also use the environment form of the declaration forms; +e.g. +<tt class="literal">\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}</tt>.</p> +<div class="table"><a id="id2538486"></a> +<p class="title"><b>Table 1.9. Typefaces</b></p> +<table summary="Typefaces" border="0"> +<colgroup> +<col align="left" /> +<col align="justify" /></colgroup> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left">\textrm (\rmfamily) <a id="id2538519" +class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538526" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Roman.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\textit (\itshape) <a id="id2538544" +class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538551" class="indexterm"></a>, +\emph <a id="id2538558" class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Emphasis (toggles between \textit and +\textrm).</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\textmd (\mdseries) <a id="id2538577" +class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538584" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Medium weight (default). The opposite of +boldface.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\textbf (\bfseries) <a id="id2538603" +class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538610" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Boldface.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\textup (\upshape) <a id="id2538628" +class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538635" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Upright (default). The opposite of +slanted.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\textsl (\slshape) <a id="id2538653" +class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538660" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Slanted.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\textsf (\sffamily) <a id="id2538678" +class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538685" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Sans serif.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\textsc (\scshape) <a id="id2538704" +class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538710" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Small caps.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\texttt (\ttfamily) <a id="id2538729" +class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538735" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Typewriter.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\textnormal (\normalfont) <a id="id2538754" +class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538761" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Main document font.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\mathrm <a id="id2538779" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Roman, for use in math mode.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\mathbf <a id="id2538797" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Boldface, for use in math mode. For bold +symbols or complete equations take a look at +<a href="#boldsymbol-linkend"><tt class="literal">\boldsymbol</tt></a> +and <a href="#cmd-bm"><tt class="literal">\bm</tt></a>.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\mathsf <a id="id2538839" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Sans serif, for use in math mode.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\mathtt <a id="id2538858" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Typewriter, for use in math mode.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\mathit <a id="id2538876" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Italics, for use in math mode, e.g. variable +names with several letters.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\mathnormal <a id="id2538895" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type +style declaration.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\mathcal <a id="id2538914" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">`Calligraphic' letters, for use in math +mode.</td></tr></tbody></table></div> +<p>In addition, the command +<tt class="literal">\mathversion{bold}</tt> <a id="id2538939" +class="indexterm"></a> can be used for switching to bold letters +and symbols in formulas. +<tt class="literal">\mathversion{normal}</tt> restores the +default.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="sizes-title"></a>Sizes</h5> +<a id="id2538965" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2538972" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2538979" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The following standard type size commands are supported by +LaTeX.</p> +<p>The commands as listed here are "declaration forms". The scope +of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command or +the end of the current group.</p> +<p>You can also use the environment form of these commands; e.g. +<tt class="literal">\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</tt>.</p> +<div class="table"><a id="id2539011"></a> +<p class="title"><b>Table 1.10. Standard type size +commands</b></p> +<table summary="Standard type size commands" border="0"> +<colgroup> +<col align="left" /> +<col align="justify" /></colgroup> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left">\tiny<a id="id2539045" class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify"></td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\scriptsize <a id="id2539066" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify"></td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\footnotesize <a id="id2539084" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify"></td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\small <a id="id2539103" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify"></td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\normalsize <a id="id2539122" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">(default)</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\large <a id="id2539141" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify"></td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\Large <a id="id2539160" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify"></td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\LARGE <a id="id2539179" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify"></td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\huge <a id="id2539198" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify"></td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\Huge <a id="id2539216" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify"> </td></tr></tbody></table></div> +<h5 class="title"> +<a id="low-dash-level-font-commands-title"></a>Low-level font +commands</h5> +<a id="id2539242" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2539250" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and +packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the +available ones. For full details, you should consult Chapter 7 of +<i class="citetitle">The LaTeX Companion</i>.</p> +<div class="table"><a id="id2539271"></a> +<p class="title"><b>Table 1.11. Low-level font +commands</b></p> +<table summary="Low-level font commands" border="0"> +<colgroup> +<col align="left" /> +<col align="justify" /></colgroup> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left">\fontencoding{enc} <a id="id2539304" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Select font encoding. Valid encodings include +<tt class="literal">OT1</tt> and +<tt class="literal">T1</tt>.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\fontfamily{family} <a id="id2539334" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Select font family. Valid families include: +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">cmr</tt> for Computer Modern Roman</li> +<li><tt class="literal">cmss</tt> for Computer Modern Sans +Serif</li> +<li><tt class="literal">cmtt</tt> for Computer Modern +Typewriter</li></ul></div> +and numerous others.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\fontseries{series} <a id="id2539391" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Select font series. Valid series include: +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">m</tt> Medium (normal)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">b</tt> Bold</li> +<li><tt class="literal">c</tt> Condensed</li> +<li><tt class="literal">bc</tt> Bold condensed</li> +<li><tt class="literal">bx</tt> Bold extended</li></ul></div> +and various other combinations.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\fontshape{shape} <a id="id2539468" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Select font shape. Valid shapes are: +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li><tt class="literal">n</tt> Upright (normal)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">it</tt> Italic</li> +<li><tt class="literal">sl</tt> Slanted (oblique)</li> +<li><tt class="literal">sc</tt> Small caps</li> +<li><tt class="literal">ui</tt> Upright italics</li> +<li><tt class="literal">ol</tt> Outline</li></ul></div> +The two last shapes are not available for most font +families.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\fontsize{size}{skip} <a id="id2539555" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Set font size. The first parameter is the font +size to switch to; the second is the +<tt class="literal">\baselineskip</tt> to use. The unit of both +parameters defaults to pt. A rule of thumb is that the baselineskip +should be 1.2 times the font size.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\selectfont <a id="id2539583" +class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">The changes made by calling the four font +commands described above do not come into effect until +<tt class="literal">\selectfont</tt> is called.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape} +<a id="id2539610" class="indexterm"></a></td> +<td align="justify">Equivalent to calling +<tt class="literal">\fontencoding</tt>, +<tt class="literal">\fontfamily</tt>, +<tt class="literal">\fontseries</tt> and +<tt class="literal">\fontshape</tt> with the given parameters, +followed by +<tt class="literal">\selectfont</tt>.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="parameters"></a>2.4 +Parameters</h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2539672" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The input file specification indicates the file to be formatted; +TeX uses <tt class="filename">.tex</tt> as a default file +extension. If you omit the input file entirely, TeX accepts input +from the terminal. You specify command options by supplying a +string as a parameter to the command; e.g.</p> +<p><tt class="literal">latex \scrollmode\input foo.tex</tt></p> +<p>will process <tt class="filename">foo.tex</tt> without pausing +after every error.</p> +<p>Output files are always created in the current directory. When +you fail to specify an input file name, TeX bases the output names +on the file specification associated with the logical name +TEX_OUTPUT, typically +<tt class="literal">texput.log</tt>.</p></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="latex-packages"></a>3 +LaTeX Packages</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2539754" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="amsmath"></a>3.1 +<tt class="filename">amsmath</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2539778" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2539785" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">amsmath</tt> consists of several packages to +aid in typesetting math.</p> +<div class="variablelist"><a id="boldsymbol-linkend"></a> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\boldsymbol</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2539828" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Produces a bold math symbol. When not only a single symbol, but +a complete equation has to be bold you might consider using the +superior <a href="#cmd-bm"><tt class="literal">\bm</tt></a> command +which takes better care of spacing.</p></dd> +<dt> +<a id="pmb-linkend"></a><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pmb</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2539871" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Can be used for mathematic symbols, when no bold version is +available. It prints the standard symbol several times slightly +shifted and is inferior to a real bold +font!</p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="dcolumn"></a>3.2 +<tt class="filename">dcolumn</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2539910" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2539917" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\usepackage{dcolumn}</tt></p> +<p>Defines a system for defining columns of entries in an +<tt class="literal">array</tt> or <tt class="literal">tabular</tt> +which are to be aligned on a <span class="emphasis"><em>decimal +point</em></span>.</p> +<p>This package defines <tt class="literal">D</tt> to be a column +specifier with three arguments:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +D{sep.tex}{sep.dvi}{decimal places} +</pre> +<p><tt class="literal">sep.tex</tt> should be a single character, +this is used as the separator in the <tt class="literal">.tex</tt> +file. It will usually be '<tt class="literal">.</tt>' or +'<tt class="literal">,</tt>'.</p> +<p><tt class="literal">sep.dvi</tt> is used as the separator in the +output.</p> +<p><tt class="literal">decimal places</tt> should be the maximum +number of decimal places in the column.</p> +<p><tt class="literal">\newcolumntype</tt> can be used to define +own column types.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="float"></a>3.3 +<tt class="filename">float</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2540048" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> +<h3 class="title">Note</h3> +<p>The contents of this section was taken from the documentation of +<tt class="filename">float</tt> v1.3d of 2001/11/08.</p></div> +<p>“<span class="quote">This style option improves the +interface for defining objects such as figures and tabels in LaTeX. +It adds the notion of a <span class="emphasis"><em>float +style</em></span> that governs the appearance of +floats.</span>”</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newfloat{<placement>}{<ext>}[<within>]</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540101" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2540108" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Add a new class of floats.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\floatstyle{<style>}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540138" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2540145" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Sets a default float style.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\floatname{<style>}{<name>}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540175" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2540182" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Define the <span class="emphasis"><em>float name</em></span> +used in the caption of a float.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\floatplacement{<>}{<placement>}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540216" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2540223" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Resets the default placement specifier of a class of +floats.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\restylefloat<style></tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540253" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2540260" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Change styles for the standard float types +<tt class="literal">figure</tt> and +<tt class="literal">table</tt>.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\listof{<type>}{<title>}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540303" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2540309" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Produces a list of all floats of a given +class.</p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="fontenc"></a>3.4 +<tt class="filename">fontenc</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2540350" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}</tt></p> +<p>chooses T1-fonts and allows correct automatic +hyphenation.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="german"></a>3.5 +<tt class="filename">german</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2540390" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2540397" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Das <tt class="literal">german</tt> Paket muß geladen +sein:</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">"a</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540437" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>erzeugt ein <span class="emphasis"><em>ä</em></span></p> +<p>entsprechend <tt class="literal">"o</tt>, +<tt class="literal">"u</tt>, <tt class="literal">"A</tt>, +<tt class="literal">"O</tt>, <tt class="literal">"U</tt>, +<tt class="literal">"s (ß)</tt></p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">"ck</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540504" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>wird bei Trennung zu <tt class="literal">k-k</tt></p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">"ff</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540538" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>wird bei Trennung zu <tt class="literal">ff-f</tt></p> +<p>entsprechend <tt class="literal">"ll</tt>, +<tt class="literal">"mm</tt>, <tt class="literal">"pp</tt>, +<tt class="literal">"rr</tt>, <tt class="literal">"tt</tt></p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\glqq</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540604" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>oder <tt class="literal">"`</tt> erzeugt untere doppelte +Anführungszeichen</p></dd> +<dt> +<a id="cmd-grqq"></a><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\grqq</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540644" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>oder <tt class="literal">"'</tt> erzeugt obere doppelte +Anführungszeichen</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\glq</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540681" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>erzeugt untere einfache Anführungszeichen</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\flqq</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540711" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>oder <tt class="literal">"<</tt> doppelte linke +französische Anführungszeichen</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\frqq</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540748" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>oder <tt class="literal">"></tt> doppelte rechte +französische Anführungszeichen</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\flq</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540785" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>einfache linke französische Anführungszeichen</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\frq</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540815" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>einfache rechte französische +Anführungszeichen</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">"|</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540846" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>verhindert eine Ligatur an der Stelle</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\-</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540875" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>markiert mögliche Trennstelle, im restlichen Wort ist keine +Trennung mehr möglich</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">"-</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540906" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Trennvorschlag, der Rest des Wortes kann noch automatisch +getrennt werden</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">""</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540936" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Trennvorschlag, bei dem bei einer Trennung kein Bindestrich +eingefügt wird</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">"~</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540967" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Bindestrich, an dem nicht getrennt werden darf</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">"=</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2540996" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Bindestrich, an dem getrennt werden darf</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dq</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2541025" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>erzeugt ein nicht-typographisches gerades +Anführungszeichen</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\texttt{\dq} +</pre></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal"><</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2541062" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>oder <tt class="literal">\dq</tt> ergibt das +Zoll-Zeichen</p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="graphics"></a>3.6 +<tt class="filename">graphics</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2541109" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2541116" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Look up details in <tt class="filename">grfguide</tt>.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="includegraphics"></a>3.6.1 +\includegraphics</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2541152" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\includegraphics[]{picture-name}</tt></p> +<p>File extensions of the graphics should be omitted, so it's +easier to change the format (for example for pdf or ps +output).</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="graphicspath"></a>3.6.2 +\graphicspath</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2541188" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\graphicspath{dir-list}</tt></p> +<p><tt class="literal">dir-list</tt> is a list of absolute or +relative paths, where the command <a href="#includegraphics" +title="3.6.1 \includegraphics"><tt class="literal">\includegraphics{}</tt></a> +searches for the graphic files:</p> +<p><tt class="literal">\graphicspath{{eps/}{tiff/}}</tt> would +cause the system to look in the subdirectories +<tt class="literal">eps</tt> and <tt class="literal">tiff</tt> of +the current directory. This is unix syntax, on a Mac it would +be:</p> +<p><tt class="literal">\graphicspath{{:eps:}{:tiff:}}</tt></p> +<p>Under Windows/DOS use also the slash <tt class="literal">/</tt> +to separate directories. Not all tex installations can handle +filenames with spaces. So it's better to avoid +them.</p></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="hyperref"></a>3.7 +<tt class="filename">hyperref</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2541288" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2541297" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>For more infos read in the book <span class="emphasis"><em>LaTeX +Web Companion</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>Mit LaTeX +ins Web</em></span>.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="hyperref-options"></a>3.7.1 +Options</h4></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term">4</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2541354" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>use Acrobat 4 features (default: +<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, legalpaper, +letterpaper, executivepaper</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2541391" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2541407" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2541423" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2541439" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2541454" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2541470" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>use the specified paper size.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">anchorcolor</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2541500" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>set color of anchors (default: +<tt class="literal">black</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">backref</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2541536" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>do bibliographical back references (default: +<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">baseurl</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2541572" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>set base URL for document (default: +<tt class="literal">empty</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">bookmarks</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2541608" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>make bookmarks (default: +<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">bookmarksnumbered</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2541644" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>put section numbers in bookmarks (default: +<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">bookmarksopen</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2541680" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>open up bookmark tree (default: +<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">bookmarksopenlevel</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2541716" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>level to which bookmarks are open (default: +<tt class="literal">\maxdimen</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">bookmarkstype</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2541752" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>to specify which `toc' file to mimic toc.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">breaklinks</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2541782" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>allow links to break over lines (default: +<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">citebordercolor</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2541819" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>color of border around cites (default: <tt class="literal">0 1 +0</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">citecolor</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2541855" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>color of citation links (default: +<tt class="literal">green</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">colorlinks</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2541891" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>color links (default: <tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">debug</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2541926" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>provide details of anchors defined (same as verbose, default: +<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">draft</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2541962" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>do not do any hyper linking (default: +<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">dvipdf, dvipdfm, dvips, dvipsone, dviwindo, +hypertex,</span> <span class="term">latex2html, pdftex, tex4ht, +textures, ps2pdf, vtex,</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542003" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542019" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542035" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542051" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542066" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542082" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542098" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542114" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542130" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542146" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542162" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>use the specified backend.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">extension</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542191" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>suffix of linked files (default: +<tt class="literal">dvi</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">filebordercolor</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542227" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>color of border around file links (default: +<tt class="literal">0 .5 .5</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">filecolor</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542263" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>color of file links (default: +<tt class="literal">cyan</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">frenchlinks</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542299" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>use small caps instead of color for links (default: +<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">hyperfigures</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542335" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>make figures hyper links (default: +<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">hyperindex</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542371" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>set up hyperlinked indices (default: +<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">hypertexnames</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542407" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>use guessable names for links (default: +<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">implicit</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542443" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>redefine LaTeX internals (default: +<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">linkbordercolor</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542482" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>color of border around links (default: <tt class="literal">1 0 +0</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">linkcolor</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542518" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>color of links (default: <tt class="literal">red</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">linktocpage</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542554" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF and LOT +(default: <tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">menubordercolor</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542590" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>color of border around menu links (default: +<tt class="literal">1 0 0</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">menucolor</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542627" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>color for menu links (default: +<tt class="literal">red</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">naturalnames</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542662" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>use LaTeX-computed names for links (default: +<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">nesting</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542702" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>allow nesting of links (default: +<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pageanchor</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542738" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>put an anchor on every page (default: +<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pagebackref</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542773" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>backreference by page number (default: +<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pagebordercolor</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542809" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>color of border around page links (default: +<tt class="literal">1 1 0</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pagecolor</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542846" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>color of page links (default: +<tt class="literal">red</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdfauthor</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542881" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>text for PDF Author field (default: empty).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdfborder</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542911" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>width of PDF link border (default: <tt class="literal">0 0 +1</tt>; <tt class="literal">0 0 0</tt> for +<tt class="literal">colorlinks</tt>)</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdfcenterwindow</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542959" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>position the document window center of the screen (default: +<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdfcreator</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2542995" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>text for PDF Creator field (default: LaTeX with hyperref +package).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdffitwindow</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543029" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>resize document window to fit document size (default: +<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdfhighlight</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543066" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>set highlighting of PDF links (default: +<tt class="literal">/I</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdfkeywords</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543101" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>text for PDF Keywords field (default: empty).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdfmenubar</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543131" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>make PDF viewer's menu bar visible (default: +<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdfnewwindow</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543167" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>make links that open another PDF file start a new window +(default: <tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdfpagelayout</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543204" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>set layout of PDF pages (default: empty).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdfpagemode</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543234" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>set default mode of PDF display (default: empty).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdfpagescrop</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543264" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>set crop size of PDF document (default: empty).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdfpagetransition</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543294" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>set PDF page transition style (default: empty).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdfproducer</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543325" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>text for PDF Producer field (default: empty).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdfstartpage</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543355" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>page at which PDF document opens (default: +<tt class="literal">1</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdfstartview</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543391" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>starting view of PDF document (default: +<tt class="literal">/Fit</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdfsubject</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543427" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>text for PDF Subject field (default: empty).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdftitle</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543457" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>text for PDF Title field(default: empty).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdftoolbar</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543487" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>make PDF toolbar visible (default: +<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdfview</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543522" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>PDF `view' when on link traversal (default: empty).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">pdfwindowui</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543552" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>make PDF user interface elements visible (default: +<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">plainpages</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543588" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>do page number anchors as plain arabic (default: +<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">raiselinks</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543624" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>raise up links (for HyperTeX backend; default: +<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">runbordercolor</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543661" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>color of border around run links (default: <tt class="literal">0 +.7 .7</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">unicode</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543697" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Unicode encoded pdf strings (default: +<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">urlbordercolor</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543733" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>color of border around URL links (default: <tt class="literal">0 +1 1</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">urlcolor</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543769" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>color of URL links (default: +<tt class="literal">magenta</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">verbose</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543804" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>be chatty (default: +<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="hyperref-commands"></a>3.7.2 +Commands</h4></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\texorpdfstring{TeX-string}{pdf-string}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543868" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>allows different texts for PDF or TeX creation.</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\section{The role of \texorpdfstring{H$_2$O}{water}} +</pre></dd> +<dt> +<a id="href"></a><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\href{URL}{Text}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543915" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>the text will be resolved into a URL. The URL must be complete, +according to a base-url which might be defined in a +<a href="#cmd-hyperbaseurl"><tt class="literal">\hyperbaseurl</tt></a>.</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\href{http://www.karpfenteich.net/pit/}{Peter's input tips} +</pre></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><a id="cmd-hyperbaseurl"></a><tt class="literal"> +\hyperbaseurl{URL}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2543972" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>defines a base URL, which is preset to a given URL. This helps +to make portable documents.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\hyperimage{image-URL}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2544006" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>includes the picture of the URL reference.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\hyperref{URL}{category}{name}{text}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\hyperref[mark]{text}</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2544047" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">text</tt> is activated as a hyperlink to the +point which is defined with a +<a href="#cmd-label-title"><tt class="filename">\label</tt></a> +command with the symbolic name +<tt class="literal">mark</tt>.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\hyperlink{name}{text}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\hyertarget{name}{text}</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2544113" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2544129" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\hyperlink</tt> creates an internal link to +an object which is somewhere defined with a +<tt class="literal">\hypertarget</tt> command.</p> +<p>For HTML the command <tt class="literal">\hyperlink</tt> inserts +a <tt class="literal">#</tt> character in front of each link. Thus +it'll refer to the topical document, while +<tt class="literal">\href</tt> will expect a complete URL.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\autoref{marker}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2544197" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\autoref</tt> is a substitution for the +standard <tt class="literal">\ref</tt> command. It inserts a +context sensitive phrase.</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +see \autoref{foo} +</pre> +<p>for a <tt class="literal">\label</tt> in a section will output +<span class="emphasis"><em>see section 3</em></span> for an +example.</p> +<p>There are macros to change the default output with the help of +the <tt class="literal">\renewcommand</tt>:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\figurename *\figurename* +\tablename *\tablename* +\partname *\partname* +\appendixname *\appendixname* +\equationname *\equationname* +\Itemname *\Itemname* +\chaptername *\chaptername* +\sectionname *\sectionname* +\subsectionname *\subsesctionname* +\subsubsectionname *\subsubsectionname* +\paragraphname *\paragraphname* +\Hfootnotename *\Hfootnotename* +\AMSname *\AMSname* +\theoremname *\theoremname* +</pre></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><a id="cmd-nolinkurl"></a><tt class="literal">\nolinkurl</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2544292" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Allows line breaks in a verbatim like environment like +<tt class="literal">\url</tt>, but without the hyperlink function. +This is useful to define own commands like this example:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\newcommand*{\urlw}[1]{\href{http://www.#1}% + {\nolinkurl{www.#1}}} +</pre> +<p>This new defined command <tt class="literal">\urlw</tt> allows +the user to typeset a linkable (this function is offered by +<tt class="literal">\href</tt>) +<tt class="literal">www.example.org</tt> address in the latex +source like this:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\urlw{example.org} +</pre> +<p>This will produce the string +<tt class="literal">www.example.org</tt> which is hyperlinked and +breakable (when the driver like pdfTeX allows line breaks in +links).</p></dd></dl></div></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="inputenc"></a>3.8 +<tt class="filename">inputenc</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2544394" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\usepackage[encoding +name]{inputenc}</tt></p> +<p>Allows to specify an input encoding for direct input of +character codes > 127, e.g. accented characters.</p> +<p>Important encodings are:</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">latin9, +latin1</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Linux, Unix, VMS</p> +<a id="id2544441" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2544448" +class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">ansinew</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Windows (codepage 1252)</p> +<a id="id2544471" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">cp850</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>OS/2, MSDOS (codpage 850)</p> +<a id="id2544495" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">applemac</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Apple Macintosh</p> +<a id="id2544519" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="komascript"></a>3.9 +<tt class="filename">KOMA-Script</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2544549" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2544557" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">KOMA-Script</tt> package has a very +detailed and well written documentation. Read the +<tt class="literal">scrguide</tt> for further information! :-)</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="komascript-page-layout"></a>3.9.1 +Page-Layout</h4></div></div></div> +<p><tt class="literal">\typearea[BCOR]{DIV}</tt></p> +<a id="id2544614" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\areaset[BCOR]{Breite}{Höhe}</tt></p> +<a id="id2544631" class="indexterm"></a></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="komascript-options"></a>3.9.2 +Options</h4></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term">headinclude, headexclude,</span> +<span class="term">footinclude, footexclude,</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2544671" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2544680" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2544688" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2544697" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>will determine if headers and footers are used in the +calculation of the page size. Default is exclude. Include will make +the text area smaller.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">DIV</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2544722" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>is a factor which determins how large the used page size is. +This method takes care of good typography.</p> +<p>Try values between 10 and 15. Higher values will cause smaller +margins. An example would be: +<tt class="literal">DIV12</tt>.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">BCOR</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2544758" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Binding correction. Takes care of the loss of the visible paper +size when the paper is cut and a book is +bound.</p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="komascript-scrlttr2"></a>3.9.3 Letter +Class <tt class="literal">scrlttr2</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2544796" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>This reference is based on the excellent +<tt class="literal">scrguien.pdf</tt> from 2002-09-06.</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2544819"></a>Options</h5> +<a id="id2544825" class="indexterm"></a> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2544840"></a>Defining Options Later</h5> +<a id="id2544846" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\KOMAoptions{options +list}</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Use this to change options after loading the class. List single +or multiple options, separated by commas.</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2544888"></a>Page Layout Options</h5> +<a id="id2544894" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">paper=format</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Defines the paper format.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">BCOR=length</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">DIV=value</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">headlines=count</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Divisor, binding correction, and number of headlines.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">enlargefirstpage</tt></span></dt> +<dd>If <span class="emphasis"><em>true</em></span> some more text +would fit on the first page</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2544988"></a>Other Layout Options</h5> +<a id="id2544994" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2545010" +class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">twoside</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Activate possibilities of a double-sided document, but stay +with with the one-sided layout as far as possible.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">cleardoublepage=style</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Inserted pages by <tt class="literal">\cleardoublepage</tt> get +one of these page styles:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc"> +<li><tt class="literal">empty</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">plain</tt></li> +<li><tt class="literal">standard</tt></li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">headsepline</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">footsepline</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Insert a separator line below the head or above the foot.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">mpinclude</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">mpexclude</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>These two options of the <tt class="literal">typearea</tt> +package should not be used with +<tt class="literal">scrlttr2</tt>.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">pagenumber=position</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>This option defines if and where a page number will be placed. +Possible values are:</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">bot</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">foot</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Page number in foot, horizontal position not changed</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">botcenter</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">botcentered</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">botmiddle</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">footcenter</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">footcentered</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">footmiddle</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Page number infoot,centered</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">botleft</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">footleft</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Page number in foot, left justified</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">botrigth</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">footright</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Page number in foot, right justified</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">center</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">centered</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">middle</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Page number centered horizontally, vertical position not +changed</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">false</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">no</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">off</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>No page number</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">head</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">top</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Page number in head, horizontal position not changed</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">headcenter</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">headcentered</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">headmiddle</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">topcenter</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">topcentered</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">topmiddle</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Page number in head, centered</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">headleft</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">topleft</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Page number in head, left justified</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">headright</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">topright</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Page number in head, right justified</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">left</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Page number left, vertical position not changed</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">right</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Page number right, vertical position not +changed</dd></dl></div> +<p>Default is <tt class="literal">botcenter</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">parskip=value</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Mark paragraphs alternatively by vertical skip. Possible values +are:</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">false</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">off</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Paragraph indentation instead of verticalk space</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">full</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">on</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">true</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>One line vertical space between paragraphs; at least 1 em free +space in the last line.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">full*</tt></span></dt> +<dd>One line vertical space betwen paragraphs; at least a quarter +of a line free space at the end of a paragraph.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">full+</tt></span></dt> +<dd>One line vertical space betwen paragraphs; at least a third of +aline free space at the end of a paragraph.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">full-</tt></span></dt> +<dd>One line vertical space betwen paragraphs; last line of a +paragraph may be arbitrarily filled.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">half</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Half a line vertical space between paragraphs; at least 1 em +free space in the last line.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">half*</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Half a line vertical space between paragraphs; at least a +quarter of a line free space at the end of a paragraph.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">half+</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Half a line vertical space between paragraphs; at least a third +of a line free space at the end of a paragraph.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">half-</tt></span></dt> +<dd>One line vertical space between paragraphs; last line may be +arbitrarily filled.</dd></dl></div> +<p>Default is <tt class="literal">false</tt>.</p></dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2545774"></a>Font Options</h5> +<a id="id2545779" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fontsize=size</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Font size of the document. Defaults to +<tt class="literal">12pt</tt>.</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2545825"></a>Options for Letterhead and +Address</h5> +<a id="id2545831" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromalign</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Defines the placement of the from address in the letterhead. +Possible values are:</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">center</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">centered</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">middle</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Return address centered.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">false</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">no</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">off</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Standard design for return address.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">left</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Left justified return address.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">rigth</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Right justified return address.</dd></dl></div> +<p>Default is <tt class="literal">left</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromrule</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Allows to place a horizontal rule within return address. +Possible values are:</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">afteraddress</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">below</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">true</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">yes</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Line below return address</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">aftername</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Line right below sender's name</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">false</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">no</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">off</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>No line.</dd></dl></div> +<p>Default is <tt class="literal">false</tt>.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromphone</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Defines whether the phone number will be part of the return +address.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromfax</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Defines whether the facsimile number will be part of the return +address.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromemail</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Defines whether the email address will be part of the return +address.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromurl</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Defines whether the URL will be part of the return +address.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromlogo</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Defines whether the logo will be part of the return +address.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">addrfield</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Defines whether a return address field will be set.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">backaddress</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Defines whether a return address for window envelopes will be +set.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">subject</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Choose of your subject should have a title and if the subject +should be set before or after the opening. Possible values are:</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">afteropening</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Set subject after opening.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">beforeopening</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Set subject before opening.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">titled</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Add title to subject.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">untitled</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Do not add title to subject.</dd></dl></div> +<p>Defaults are <tt class="literal">beforeopening</tt> and +<tt class="literal">untitled</tt>.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">locfield</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Toggle between presets for the field width of additionbal sender +attributes.</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">narrow</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Small sender supplement field.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">wide</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Wide sender supplement field.</dd></dl></div> +<p>Default is <tt class="literal">narrow</tt>.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">foldmarks</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Activates fold marks.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">numericaldate</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Toggles between standard, language-dependent date presentation +and a short, numerical one.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">refline</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Defines that the reference line may extend beyond the normal +type area.</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2546465"></a>Format Options</h5> +<a id="id2546471" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">draft</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Toggles between the final and the draft +version.</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2546513"></a>Letter Class Option +Files</h5> +<a id="id2546519" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\LoadLetterOption{name}</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Load a <tt class="literal">lco</tt> file. +<tt class="literal">name</tt> is the filename without suffix.</p> +<p>Predefined <tt class="literal">lco</tt> files:</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">DIN</tt></span></dt> +<dd>For A4 size paper, complying with DIN 676.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">DINmtext</tt></span></dt> +<dd>For A4 size paper, complying with DIN 676, but using an +alternate layout with more text on the first page.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">KOMAold</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Fo AQ4 paper size using a layout close to the obsolete +<tt class="literal">scrlettr</tt> class.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">SN</tt></span></dt> +<dd>For Swiss letters with address field on the right side, +according to SN 010 130</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">SNleft</tt></span></dt> +<dd>For Swiss letters with address field on the left +side.</dd></dl></div></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\LetterOptionNeedsPaperSize{option +name}{paper size}</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Useful to be abel to emit warnings if the user selects a +different paper size from the one the <tt class="literal">lco</tt> +file is based on.</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2546713"></a>General Document +Properties</h5> +<a id="id2546718" class="indexterm"></a> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2546734"></a>Font Selection</h5> +<a id="id2546740" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>See also the section for <span class="emphasis"><em>Changing +Fonts</em></span> in KOMA-Script (still to be written).</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">backaddress</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Back address for a window envelope</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">descriptionlabel</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Label in a <tt class="literal">description</tt> +environment</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromaddress</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Sender's address in letterhead</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromname</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Sender's address in letterhead if different from +<tt class="literal">fromaddress</tt></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">pagefoot</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Footer, sometimes header of a page</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">pagehead</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Header, sometimes footer of a page</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">pagenumber</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Page number in footer or header</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">subject</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Subject in the opening</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">title</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Headline in the opening</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2546939"></a>Page Style</h5> +<a id="id2546945" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>See also the section for <span class="emphasis"><em>Page +Style</em></span> in KOMA-Script (still to be written).</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">empty</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Entirely empty headers and footers</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">plain</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Empty head and and only page number in header or footer</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">headings</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Automatic page headings</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">myheadings</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Manual page headings</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2547046"></a>Variables</h5> +<a id="id2547052" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The main difference between a +<span class="emphasis"><em>command</em></span> and a +<span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span> is that a command +usually triggers an action whereas a variable only consists of +plain text. Furthermore a variable can have an additional +description.</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newkomavar[description]{name}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newkomavar*[description]{name}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\addtoreffields{name}</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547114" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2547130" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\newkomavar</tt> defines a new variable, +addressed with <tt class="literal">name</tt>.</p> +<p>The command <tt class="literal">\addtoreffields</tt> adds the +variable <tt class="literal">name</tt> to the reference fields. See +section <a href="#scrlttr-business-line">Business Line</a>.</p> +<p>The command <tt class="literal">\newkomavar*</tt> works like +<tt class="literal">\newkomavar</tt> with an additional call of the +command +<tt class="literal">\addtoreffields</tt>.</p></dd></dl></div> +<p>Overview of all variables:</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">backaddress</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547233" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Back address for window envelopes</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">backaddressseparator</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547265" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Separator within the back address</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">ccseparator</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547299" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Separator between title of additional recipients and additional +recipients</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">customer</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547332" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Customer number</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">date</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547365" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Date</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">emailseparator</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547398" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Separator between e-mail name and e-mail address</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">enclseparator</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547431" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Separator between title of enclosure and and enclosures</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">faxseparator</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547465" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Separator between title of fax and fax number</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromaddress</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547499" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Sender's address without its name</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">frombank</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547532" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Sender's bank account</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromemail</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547564" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Sender's e-mail</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromfax</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547597" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Sender's fax number</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromlogo</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547630" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Commands for inserting the sender's logo</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromname</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547663" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Complete name of the sender</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromphone</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547696" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Sender's telephone number</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromurl</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547728" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>URL of the sender</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">invoice</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547761" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Invoice number</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">location</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547794" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>More details of the sender</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">myref</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547827" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Sender's reference</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">place</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547859" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Place</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">placeseparator</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547892" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Separator between place and date</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">phoneseparator</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547925" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Separator between title of telephone and telephone +number</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">signature</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547959" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Signature beneath the ending of the letter</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">specialmail</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2547992" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Special mail</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">subject</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2548025" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Subject</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">subjectseparator</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2548058" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Separator between title of subject and subject</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">title</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2548091" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Letter title</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">toname</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2548124" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Complete name of recipient</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">toaddress</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2548156" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Address of recipient without its name</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">yourmail</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2548190" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Date of recipient's mail</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">yourref</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2548222" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Recipient's reference</p></dd></dl></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\setkomavar{name}[description]{content}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\setkomavar*{name}{description}</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2548272" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\setkomavar</tt> sets the content of the +variable <tt class="literal">name</tt>. The optional argument sets +the <tt class="literal">description</tt> of the variable.</p> +<p><tt class="literal">\setkomavar*</tt> only sets the +<tt class="literal">description</tt>.</p></dd></dl></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\usekomavar[command]{name}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\usekomavar*[command]{name}</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2548353" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\usekomavar</tt> gives you access to the +content of the variable <tt class="literal">name</tt>.</p> +<p><tt class="literal">\usekomavar*</tt> gives you access to the +<tt class="literal">description</tt> of the variable +<tt class="literal">name</tt>.</p></dd></dl></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ifkomavarempty{name}{true}{false}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ifkomavarempty*{name}{true}{false}</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2548434" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">true</tt> argument will be executed if +the content or description is empty. Otherwise the +<tt class="literal">false</tt> argument will be executed.</p> +<p>The starred version handles the description of a variable, the +variant without star the content.</p></dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2548477"></a>Pseudo Lengths</h5> +<a id="id2548483" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\@newplength{name}</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Defines a new pseudo length</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\useplength{name}</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Access value of pseudo length +<tt class="literal">name</tt></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\setlengthtoplength[factor]{length}{pseudo +length}</tt> ,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\addtolengthplength[factor]{length}{pseudo +length}</tt> ,</span></dt> +<dd>Assign a multiple of <tt class="literal">pseudo length</tt> to +a real <tt class="literal">length</tt>. Adds a multiple of +<tt class="literal">pseudo length</tt> to +<tt class="literal">length</tt>.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\@setplength[factor]{pseudo +length}{value}</tt> ,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\@addtoplength[factor]{pseudo +length}{value}</tt> ,</span></dt> +<dd>Assign a multiple of a <tt class="literal">value</tt> to a +<tt class="literal">pseudo length</tt>. Adds +<tt class="literal">value</tt> to <tt class="literal">pseudo +length</tt>.</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2548654"></a>Letter Declaration</h5> +<a id="id2548663" class="indexterm"></a> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2548679"></a>Letterhead</h5> +<a id="id2548685" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">firstheadvpos</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Distance between the top of the sheet and the letterhead.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">firstheadwidth</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Width of the letterhead.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromname</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromaddress</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromphone</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromfax</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromemail</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromurl</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromlogo</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>This variables give all statements concerning the sender +necessary to create the letterhead.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">phoneseparator</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">faxseparator</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">emailseparator</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">urlseparator</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Separators for variables in letterhead.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\firsthead{construction}</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Create letterhead freely.</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2548859"></a>Footer</h5> +<a id="id2548865" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">firstfootvpos</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Distance between footer and upper border of the sheet.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">firstfootwidth</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Width of letter's firstpage footer.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\firstfoot{Construction}</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Set definition for first page's footer</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2548942"></a>Address</h5> +<a id="id2548948" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">toaddrvpos</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">toaddrhpos</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Distance between address window of a window envelope and the +upper and left border of the sheet.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">toaddrwidth</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Width of the address window.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">toaddrindent</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Value of indentation for the address from the left border.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">backaddress</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">backaddressseparator</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">backaddrheight</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Double backslashes within return address will be exchanged with +<tt class="literal">backaddressseparator</tt>. Height of the return +address field.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">specialmail</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">specialmailindent</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">specialmailrightindent</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Optionally set between return address and addressee. +<tt class="literal">specialmailindent</tt> and +<tt class="literal">specialmailrightindent</tt> determine left and +right indentation.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">toname</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">toaddress</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Usually not set directly by the user.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\begin{letter}[options]{address}</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Major point of the letter class.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\AtBeginLetter{command}</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Hook for commands run at begin of a letter.</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549175"></a>Sender's Extension</h5> +<a id="id2549181" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">locwidth</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Declares width of sender's extensions.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">location</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Content of sender's extension.</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="scrlttr-business-line"></a>Business +Line</h5> +<a id="id2549251" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">refvpos</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Distance between upper border of sheet and business line.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">refwidth</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Available width for the business line.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">refaftervskip</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Vertical space to be inserted beneath business line.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">place</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">placeseparator</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>If all variables for business line are empty, the content of +<tt class="literal">place</tt> and +<tt class="literal">placeseparator</tt> will be set, followed by +content of <tt class="literal">date</tt>.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">yourref</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">yourmail</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">myref</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">customer</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">invoice</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">date</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Typical fields for business lines.</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549423"></a>Title and Subject Line</h5> +<a id="id2549428" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2549444" +class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">title</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Additional tile. Set centered beneath the business line.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">subject</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">subjectseparator</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Set the subject of the letter, optional prefixed by a +label.</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549511"></a>Further Issues</h5> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">tfoldmarkvpos</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">bfoldmarkvpos</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Position of upper and lower fold mark.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">foldmarkhpos</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Distance between fold marks and the sheet's left border.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">frombank</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Internally not used yet.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\nexthead{construction}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\nextfoot{construction}</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Create letter head or foot for the following pages +freely.</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549610"></a>The Text</h5> +<a id="id2549615" class="indexterm"></a> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549631"></a>Opening</h5> +<a id="id2549637" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\opening{opening}</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Set the opening of the letter.</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549676"></a>Footnotes</h5> +<a id="id2549682" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>See section <span class="emphasis"><em>Footnotes</em></span> in +KOMA-Script (still to be written).</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549706"></a>Lists</h5> +<a id="id2549712" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>See section <span class="emphasis"><em>Lists</em></span> in +KOMA-Script (still to be written).</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549736"></a>Margin Notes</h5> +<a id="id2549742" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>See section <span class="emphasis"><em>Margin Notes</em></span> +in KOMA-Script (still to be written).</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549766"></a>Text Emphasis</h5> +<a id="id2549772" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>See section <span class="emphasis"><em>Logical Markup of +Text</em></span> in KOMA-Script (still to be written).</p> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549796"></a>Closing Part</h5> +<a id="id2549802" class="indexterm"></a> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549818"></a>Closing</h5> +<a id="id2549823" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">signature</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Inlcudes an explanation for the inscription. Defaults to +<tt class="literal">\usekomavar{fromname}</tt>.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\closing{closing +phrase}</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Typesets the colsing phrase follwoed by a vertical space and +the contents fo variable <tt class="literal">signature</tt>.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">sigindent</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">sigbeforevskip</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\raggedsignature</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Indentation of the box for closing phrase, inscription and +signature (defaults to 0mm). Vertical space between closing phrase +and signature (defaults to two lines). Alignment inside the +box.</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549930"></a>Postscript, Carbon Copy, +and Enclosures</h5> +<a id="id2549937" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2549952" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2549968" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ps</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Set a postscript.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\cc{distribution +list}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">ccseparator</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Set a ddistribution list. If the contents of +<tt class="literal">ccseparator</tt> isn't empty then the name and +the content of the variable is inserted prior to distribution +list.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\encl{enclosures}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">enclseparator</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Same structur as the distribution list.</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2550066"></a>Language Support</h5> +<a id="id2550072" class="indexterm"></a> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2550088"></a>Language Selection</h5> +<a id="id2550094" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionenglish</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionUSenglish</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionamerican</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionbritish</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionUKenglish</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captiongerman</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionngerman</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionaustrian</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionfrench</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionitalian</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionspanish</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captiondutch</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captioncroatian</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>If the used language selection scheme does not support +switching the language the above commands can be used +directly.</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dateenglish</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dateUSenglish</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dateamerican</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\datebritish</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dateUKenglish</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dategerman</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\datengerman</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dateaustrian</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\datefrench</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dateitalian</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\datespanish</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\datedutch</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\datecrotian</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Numerical date representation.</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2550325"></a>Language-Dependent +Terms</h5> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\yourrefname</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\youremailname</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\myrefname</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\customername</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\invoicename</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\subjectname</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ccname</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\enclname</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\headtoname</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\headfromname</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\datename</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pagename</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\phonename</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\faxname</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\emailname</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\wwwname</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\bankname</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>These defintions can be modified to support a new language of +for private customization.</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2550468"></a>Defining Language +Terms</h5> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\providecaptioname{language}{term}{definition}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newcaptioname{language}{term}{defintion}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\renewcaptionname{language}{term}{definition}</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Assign a <span class="emphasis"><em>definition</em></span> for +a <span class="emphasis"><em>language</em></span> to a +<span class="emphasis"><em>term</em></span>.</dd></dl></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2550526"></a>Address Files and Circular +Letters</h5> +<a id="id2550533" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550549" +class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\adrentry{Lastname}{Firstname}{Address}{Telephone}{F1}{F2}{Comment}{Key}</tt></span></dt> +<dd>Address entry for address files. The file extension has to be +<tt class="literal">.adr</tt>!</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\addrentry{Lastname}{Firstname}{Address}{Telephone}{F1}{F2}{F3}{F4}{Key}</tt></span></dt> +<dd>This command supports four freely definable parameters for an +address entry.</dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\adrchar{initial +letter}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\addrchar{initial +letter}</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Separator for address entries. Ignored by +<tt class="literal">scrlttr2</tt>.</dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="komascript-scraddr"></a>3.9.4 Address +Files with <tt class="literal">scraddr</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2550668" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\InputAddressFile{file +name}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2550698" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Read the contents of the given address file. Filename extension +has to be <tt class="literal">.adr</tt> and has to be omitted in +the argument.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\Name{Key}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\FirstName{Key}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\LastName{Key}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\Address{Key}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\Telephone{Key}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\FreeI{Key}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\FreeII{Key}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\Comment{Key}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\FreeIII{Key}</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\FreeIV{Key}</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2550801" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550817" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550833" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550849" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550865" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550881" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550897" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550912" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550928" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550944" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Access to the data in address file. +<tt class="literal">\Name</tt> is a concatenation of +<tt class="literal">\FirstName</tt> and +<tt class="literal">\LastName</tt>.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">AdrFreeIVempty</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">AdrFreeIVshow</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">AdrFreeIVwarn</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">AdrFreeIVstop</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd>Package warning options. Defaults to +<tt class="literal">AdrFreeIVshow</tt>.</dd></dl></div></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="mathpazo"></a>3.10 +<tt class="filename">mathpazo</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2551052" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551059" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Math fonts for the use with the Palatino font.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="upDelta-upOmega"></a>3.10.1 \upDelta / +\upOmega</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2551091" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551098" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Math fonts for the use with the Palatino font.</p> +<p>Package options are:</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">[slantedGreek]</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Uppercase Greek will be typeset slanted.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">[noBBpl]</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Do not use PazoMathBlackboardBold as (partial) blackboard bold +font (e.g with <tt class="literal">\mathbb{R}</tt>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">[osf]</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Make the font family <tt class="literal">pplj</tt> (Palatino +with old style numerals) the default roman font, and use an +alternative version of the virtual math italic fonts +(<tt class="literal">zplmrj7m</tt> and +<tt class="literal">zplmbj7m</tt>) with upright Palatino old style +numerals for use with the <tt class="literal">\oldstylenums</tt> +command.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">[osfeqnnum]</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Use old style numerals for equation +numbering.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="varioref"></a>3.11 +<tt class="filename">varioref</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2551242" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551249" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Smarter version of the original latex2e +<a href="#cross-references" title="2.3.2 Cross References">cross +reference commands</a>. Generated strings are customizable, Babel +options are recognized (further info in the package +documentation).</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><a id="cmd-vref"></a><tt class="literal">\vref</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><a id="cmd-vpageref"></a><tt class="literal">\vpageref</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2551309" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551318" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">\vref</tt> is similar to +<tt class="literal">\ref</tt> but adds an additional page +reference, like <span class="emphasis"><em>on the facing +page</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>on page +27</em></span> whenever the corresponding +<a href="#cmd-label-title"><tt class="filename">\label</tt></a> is +not on the same page.</p> +<p><tt class="literal">\vpageref</tt> is a variation of +<tt class="literal">\pageref</tt> with similar +functionality.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\vrefrange</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\vpagerefrange</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2551398" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551407" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">\v...range</tt> commands take two labels +as arguments and produce strings which depend on wether or not +these labels fall onto a single page or on different +pages.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\vref*</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\vpageref*</tt>,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\vpagerefrange*</tt>,</span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Star * variants do not add any space before the generated text +for situations like:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(\vref{foo} ...) +</pre></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="small-packages"></a>3.12 Several Small +Packages</h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2551486" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551493" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551500" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Must be loaded with the usual +<a href="#usepackage-linkend"><tt class="literal">\usepackage</tt></a> +command. Further info for a package to be found in the +documentation (dvi, pdf, ps) or in the +<tt class="literal">sty</tt>-file itself.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bm-package"></a>3.12.1 +<tt class="filename">bm</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2551555" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551564" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551576" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Bold math symbols or equations with better spacing then the +<tt class="literal">\boldsymbold</tt> command. <a id="id2551598" +class="indexterm"></a> If possible load after other packages which +redefine the fonts. When no bold font is available for a certain +char <tt class="literal">bm</tt> will use +<span class="emphasis"><em>poor man's bold</em></span> +<a href="#pmb-linkend"><tt class="literal">\pmb</tt></a>.</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><a id="cmd-bm"></a><tt class="literal">\bm</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2551652" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Produces bold math symbol or equation.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\unboldmath</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2551678" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Can be used to set parts of an equation +unbold.</p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="url-package"></a>3.12.2 +<tt class="filename">url</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2551716" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551724" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Defines line breakable hyperlinked (uses <a href="#hyperref" +title="3.7 hyperref">hyperref</a> package) verbatim input for urls +and e-mail addresses.</p> +<p>Example: <tt class="literal">\url{http://example.org}</tt> +outputs <tt class="literal">http://example.org</tt>.</p> +<p>Related commands are +<a href="#href"><tt class="literal">\href</tt></a> and +<a href="#cmd-nolinkurl"><tt class="literal">\nolinkurl</tt></a>.</p></div></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> +<a id="generic-packages"></a>4 Generic +Packages</h2></div></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="pictex"></a>4.1 PiCTeX +(tbd.)</h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2551827" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>tbd.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="pstricks"></a>4.2 +PSTricks</h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2551853" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="pstricks-ovw"></a>4.2.1 +Overview</h4></div></div></div> +<p>The idea behind the PSTricks package of Timothy van Zandt +<a id="id2551856" class="indexterm"></a> is to provide most of the +PostScript language in LaTeX and TeX syntax.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="pstricks-commands"></a>4.2.2 Commands and +Parameters</h4></div></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-color"></a>4.2.2.1 +Color</h5></div></div></div> +<a id="id2551932" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551948" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551964" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551980" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newgray{color}{num}</tt> +,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newrgbcolor{color}{num1 +num2 num3}</tt> ,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newhsbcolor{color}{num1 +num2 num3}</tt> ,</span> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newcmykcolor{color}{num1 +num2 num3 num4}</tt> ,</span></dt></dl></div> +<p>Note that these commands are obsolete for LaTeX. Load PSTricks +with <tt class="literal">\usepackage{pstcol}</tt> and use the +standard LaTeX color commands instead.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-setting"></a>4.2.2.2 Setting +graphics parameters</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psset{par1=value1,par2=value2,...}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552100" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-dimensions"></a>4.2.2.3 +Dimensions, coordinates and angles</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pssetlength{cmd}{dim}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552152" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">unit=dim, xunit=dim, +yunit=dim, yunit=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552183" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2552199" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2552215" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2552230" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1cm</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\degrees[num]</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552271" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\radians</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552302" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-basic"></a>4.2.2.4 Basic graphics +parameters</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">linewidth=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552356" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.8pt</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">linecolor=color</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552397" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">black</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">showpoints=true/false</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552437" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: +<tt class="literal">false</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-lines"></a>4.2.2.5 Lines and +polygons</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">linearc=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552499" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0pt</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">framearc=num</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552540" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">cornersize=relative/absolute</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552580" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">relative</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psline*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552622" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\qline(coor0)(coor1)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552653" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pspolygon*[par](x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552685" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psframe*[par](x0,y0)(x1,y1)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552717" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-arcs"></a>4.2.2.6 Arcs, circles +and ellipses</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pscircle*[par](x0,y0){radius}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552770" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\qdisk(coor){radius}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552801" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pswedge*[par](x0,y0){radius}{angle1}{angle2}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552833" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psellipse*[par](x0,y0)(x1,y1)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552864" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psarc*[par]{arrows}(x,y){radius}{angleA}{angleB}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552896" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psarcn*[par]{arrows}(x,y){radius}{angleA}{angleB}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552928" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">arcsep=dim, arcsepA=dim, +arcsepB=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2552960" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2552976" +class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2552992" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0pt</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-curves"></a>4.2.2.7 +Curves</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psbezier*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553054" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\parabola*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553086" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pscurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553118" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psecurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553149" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psccurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553181" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">curvature=num1 num2 +num3</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553212" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1 .1 +0</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-dots"></a>4.2.2.8 +Dots</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psdots*[par](x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553275" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">dotstyle=style</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553306" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">*</tt></p> +<p>Dots: <tt class="literal">*, o, +, triangle, triangle*, square, +square*, pentagon, pentagon*, |</tt></p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">dotscale=num1 +num2</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553356" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">dotangle=angle</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553396" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-grids"></a>4.2.2.9 +Grids</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psgrid(x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553459" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">gridwidth=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553490" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.8pt</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">gridcolor=color</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553530" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">black</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">griddots=num</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553569" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">gridlabels=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553608" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">10pt</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">gridlabelcolor=color</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553647" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">black</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">subgriddiv=int</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553687" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">5</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">subgridwidth=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553726" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.4pt</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">subgridcolor=color</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553766" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">gray</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">subgriddots=num</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553805" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-plots"></a>4.2.2.10 +Plots</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\fileplot*[par]{file}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553866" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dataplot*[par]{commands}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553898" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\savedata{command}[data]</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553929" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\readdata{command}{file}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553961" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\listplot*[par]{list}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2553992" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psplot*[par]{xmin}{xmax}{function}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554024" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\parametricplot*[par]{tmin}{tmax}{function}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554056" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">plotstyle=style</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554087" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">line</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">plotpoints=int</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554126" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">50</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-coordinate"></a>4.2.2.11 +Coordinate systems</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">origin={coor}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554188" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0pt,0pt</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">swapaxes=true</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554228" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: +<tt class="literal">false</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-line-styles"></a>4.2.2.12 Line +styles</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">linestyle=style</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554289" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">solid</tt></p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">dash=dim1 +dim2</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554328" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">5pt 3pt</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">dotsep=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554368" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">3pt</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">border=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554407" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0pt</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">bordercolor=color</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554446" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">white</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">doubleline=true/false</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554485" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">false</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">doublesep=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554524" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1.25\pslinewidth</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">doublecolor=color</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554564" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">white</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">shadow=true/false</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554604" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">false</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">shadowsize=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554643" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">3pt</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">shadowangle=angle</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554683" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">-45</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">shadowcolor=color</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554722" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">darkgray</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">dimen=outer/inner/middle</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554761" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: +<tt class="literal">outer</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-fill-styles"></a>4.2.2.13 Fill +styles</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fillstyle=style</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554823" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">none</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fillcolor=color</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554862" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">white</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">hatchwidth=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554902" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.8pt</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">hatchsep=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554941" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">4pt</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">hatchcolor=color</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2554981" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">black</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">hatchangle=rot</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555020" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">45</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-arrowheads"></a>4.2.2.14 +Arrowheads and such</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">arrows=style</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555080" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">-</tt></p> +<p>Arrows: <tt class="literal">-, <->, >-<, +<<->>, >>-<<, |-|, |*-|*, [-], (-), o-o, +*-*, oo-oo, **-**, c-c, cc-cc, C-C</tt></p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">arrowsize=dim +num</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555133" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">2pt 3</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">arrowlength=num</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555172" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1.4</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">arrowinset=num</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555211" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.4</tt></p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">tbarsize=dim +num</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555250" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">2pt 5</tt></p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">bracketlength=num, +rbracketlength=num</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555290" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2555306" +class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.15</tt></p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">dotsize=dim +num</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555346" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.5pt 2.5</tt></p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">arrowscale=num1 +num2</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555385" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-custom"></a>4.2.2.15 Custom +styles</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newpsobject{name}{object}{par1=value1,...}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555446" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newpsstyle{name}{par1=value1,...}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555478" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-basics"></a>4.2.2.16 The +basics</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pscustom*[par]{commands}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555530" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-parameters"></a>4.2.2.17 +Parameters</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">linetype=int</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555583" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-graphics-objects"></a>4.2.2.18 +Graphics objects</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">liftpen=0/1/2</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555644" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="safe-tricks"></a>4.2.2.19 Safe +tricks</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newpath</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555705" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\moveto(coor)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555736" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\closepath</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555767" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\stroke[par]</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555798" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\fill[par]</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555830" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\gsave</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555861" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\grestore</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555892" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\translate(coor)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555923" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\scale{num1 +num2}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555955" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\rotate{angle}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2555986" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\swapaxes</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556017" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\msave</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556048" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\mrestore</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556080" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\openshadow[par]</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556111" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\closedshadow[par]</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556142" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\movepath(coor)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556174" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pretty-safe-tricks"></a>4.2.2.20 Pretty +safe tricks</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\lineto(coor)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556226" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\rlineto(coor)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556258" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\curveto(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556289" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\rcurveto(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556320" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="hackers"></a>4.2.2.21 For hackers +only</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\code{code}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556373" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dim{dim}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556404" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\coor(x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556436" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\rcoor(x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556467" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\file{file}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556499" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\arrows{arrows}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556530" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\setcolor{color}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556561" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pictures"></a>4.2.2.22 +Pictures</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pspicture*[baseline](x0,y0)(x1,y1)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556613" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\endpspicture</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556644" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="placing"></a>4.2.2.23 Placing and rotating +whatever</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\rput*[refpoint]{rotation}(x,y){stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556698" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\uput*{labelsep}[refangle]{rotation}(x,y){stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556729" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pslabelsep</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556761" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">labelsep=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556792" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">5pt</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-repetition"></a>4.2.2.24 +Repetition</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\multirput*[refpoint]{angle}(x0,y0)(x1,y1){int}{stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556854" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\multips{angle}(x0,y0)(x1,y1){int}{graphics}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2556886" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-axes"></a>4.2.2.25 +Axes</h5></div></div></div> +<a id="id2556920" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psaxes*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="informaltable"> +<table border="0"> +<colgroup> +<col align="left" /> +<col align="left" /> +<col align="left" /> +<col align="justify" /></colgroup> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left"> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Horizontal</em></span></td> +<td align="left"> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Vertical</em></span></td> +<td align="left"><span class="emphasis"><em>Dflt</em></span></td> +<td align="justify"> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Description</em></span></td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">Ox=num</td> +<td align="left">Oy=num</td> +<td align="left">0</td> +<td align="justify">Label at origin.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">Dx=num</td> +<td align="left">Dy=num</td> +<td align="left">1</td> +<td align="justify">Label increment.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">dx=dim</td> +<td align="left">oy=dim</td> +<td align="left">0pt</td> +<td align="justify">Dist btwn +labels.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">labels=all/x/y/none</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557092" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">all</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">showorigin=true/false</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557132" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">true</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">ticks=all/x/y/none</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557173" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">all</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">tickstyle=full/top/bottom</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557213" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">full</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">ticksize=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557254" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">3pt</tt></p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psxlabel, +\psylabel</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557295" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2557311" +class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">axesstyle=axes/frame/none</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557343" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">axes</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-framed"></a>4.2.2.26 Framed +boxes</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">framesep=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557406" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">3pt</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">boxsep=true/false</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557446" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">true</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psframebox*[par]{stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557487" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psdblframebox*[par]{stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557519" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psshadowbox*[par]{stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557551" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pscirclebox*[par]{stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557582" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\cput*[par]{angle}(x,y){stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557614" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psovalbox*[par]{stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557645" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-clipping"></a>4.2.2.27 +Clipping</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\clipbox[dim]{stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557698" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psclip{graphics} ... +\endpsclip</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557730" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-rotation"></a>4.2.2.28 Rotation +and scaling boxes</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\rotateleft{stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557782" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\rotateright{stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557813" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\rotatedown{stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557845" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\scalebox{num1 +num2}{stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557876" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\scaleboxto(x,y){stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557908" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-nodes"></a>4.2.2.29 +Nodes</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\rnode[refpoint]{name}{stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557961" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\Rnode(x,y){name}{stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2557992" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\RnodeRef</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558023" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pnode(x,y){name}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558054" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\cnode*[par](x,y){radius}{name}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558086" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\circlenode*[par]{name}{stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558118" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\cnodeput*[par]{angle}(x,y){name}{stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558150" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ovalnode*[par]{name}{stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558181" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-connections"></a>4.2.2.30 Node +connections</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">nodesep=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558235" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">offset=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558276" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">arm=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558316" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">10pt</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">angle=angle</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558356" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">arcangle=angle</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558397" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">8</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">ncurv=num</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558438" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.67</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">loopsize=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558478" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1cm</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ncline*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558519" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ncLine*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558551" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\nccurve*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558582" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ncarc*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558614" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ncbar*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558646" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ncdiag*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558677" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ncdiagg*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558709" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ncangle*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558741" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ncangles*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558772" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ncloop*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558804" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\nccircle*[par]{arrows}{node}{radius}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558836" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pcline*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558868" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pccurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558899" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pcarc*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558931" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pcbar*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558963" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pcdiag*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2558995" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pcangle*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559026" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pcloop*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559058" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-attaching"></a>4.2.2.31 Attaching +labels to node connections</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\lput*[refpoint]{rotation}(pos){stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559112" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\aput*[labelsep]{angle}(pos){stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559144" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\bput*[labelsep]{angle}(pos){stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559175" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\mput*[refpoint]{stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559206" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\Aput*[labelsep]{stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559238" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\Bput*[labelsep]{stuff}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559269" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-coils"></a>4.2.2.32 Coils and +zigzags</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pscoil*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559323" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psCoil*[par]{angle1}{angle2}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559355" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pszigzag*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559386" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">coilwidth=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559418" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1cm</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">coilheight=num</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559458" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">coilarm=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559498" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.5cm</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">coilaspect=angle</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559540" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">45</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">coilinc=angle</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559580" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">10</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\nccoil*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559621" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\nczigzag*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559652" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pccoil*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559684" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pczigzag*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2559716" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-coordinates"></a>4.2.2.33 Special +coordinates</h5></div></div></div> +<p><tt class="literal">\SpecialCoor</tt></p> +<a id="id2559759" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="table"><a id="id2559775"></a> +<p class="title"><b>Table 1.12. Special coordinates and +angles</b></p> +<table summary="Special coordinates and angles" border="0"> +<colgroup> +<col align="left" /> +<col align="left" /> +<col align="justify" /></colgroup> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left"> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Coordinate</em></span></td> +<td align="left"> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Example</em></span></td> +<td align="justify"> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Description</em></span></td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">(x,y)</td> +<td align="left">(3,4)</td> +<td align="justify">Cartesian coordinate.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">(r;a)</td> +<td align="left">(3;110)</td> +<td align="justify">Polar coordinate.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">(node)</td> +<td align="left">(A)</td> +<td align="justify">Center of node.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">([par]node)</td> +<td align="left">([angle=45]A)</td> +<td align="justify">Relative to node.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">(!ps)</td> +<td align="left">(!5 3.3 2 exp)</td> +<td align="justify">Raw PostScript.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">(coor1|coor2)</td> +<td align="left">(A|1in;30)</td> +<td align="justify">Combination.</td></tr></tbody></table> +<table summary="Special coordinates and angles" border="0"> +<colgroup> +<col align="left" /> +<col align="left" /> +<col align="justify" /></colgroup> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left"> </td> +<td class="auto-generated"> </td> +<td class="auto-generated"> </td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="emphasis"><em>Angle</em></span></td> +<td align="left"> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Example</em></span></td> +<td align="justify"> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Description</em></span></td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">num</td> +<td align="left">45</td> +<td align="justify">Angle.</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">(coor)</td> +<td align="left">(-1,1)</td> +<td align="justify">Coordinate (vector).</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">!ps</td> +<td align="left">!33 sqrt</td> +<td align="justify">Raw PostScript.</td></tr></tbody></table></div> +<p><tt class="literal">\NormalCoor</tt></p> +<a id="id2560044" class="indexterm"></a></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-overlays"></a>4.2.2.34 +Overlays</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\overlaybox +stuff\endoverlaybox</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560093" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psoverlay{string}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560124" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\putoverlaybox{string}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560156" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">gradbegin=color</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560187" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">gradbegin</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">gradend=color</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560228" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">gradend</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">gradlines=int</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560269" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">500</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">gradmidpoint=num</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560309" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.9</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">gradangle=angle</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560350" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-path"></a>4.2.2.35 Typesetting +text along a path</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pstextpath[pos](x,y){graphics +object}{text}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560412" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-stroking"></a>4.2.2.36 Stroking +and filling character paths</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pscharpath*[par]{text}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560465" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pscharclip*[par]{text} +... \endpscharclip</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560497" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-exporting"></a>4.2.2.37 Exporting +EPS files</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\TeXtoEPS ... +\endTeXtoEPS</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560550" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\PSTtoEPS[par]{file}{graphics +objects}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560581" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">bbllx=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560613" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">-1pt</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">bblly=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560653" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">-1pt</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">bburx=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560694" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1pt</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">bbury=dim</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560734" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1pt</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">headerfile=file</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560774" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">s</tt></p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">headers=none/all/user</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560815" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">none</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-boxes"></a>4.2.2.38 +Boxes</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psmathboxtrue, +\psmathboxfalse</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560878" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2560894" +class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\everypsbox{commands}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560925" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pslongbox{name}{cmd}</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560956" class="indexterm"></a></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psverbboxtrue, +\psverbboxfalse</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2560988" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2561004" +class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-tricks"></a>4.2.2.39 Tips and +More Tricks</h5></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pslbrace, +\psrbrace</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2561058" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2561073" +class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="pstricks-add-packages"></a>4.2.3 List of +Additional PSTricks Packages</h4></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><a href="ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/psgo/" + target="_top"><tt class="literal">psgo</tt></a></span></dt> +<dd>Draw Go diagrams</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><a href="ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-blur/" + target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-blur</tt></a></span></dt> +<dd>PSTricks package for "blurred" shadows</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><a href="http://dominique.rodriguez.9online.fr/pst-eucl/" + target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-euc</tt></a></span></dt> +<dd>Géométrie en LaTeX et PSTricks</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><a href="http://www.tug.org/applications/PSTricks/More/pst-fr3d.tar.gz" + target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-fr3d</tt></a></span></dt> +<dd>Three dimensional framed Boxes</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><a href="ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-ghsb/" + target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-ghsb</tt></a></span></dt> +<dd>PSTricks package for HSB Gradients</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><a href="ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-gr3d/" + target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-gr3d</tt></a></span></dt> +<dd>PSTricks package for 3D grids</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><a href="http://members.aol.com/ManuelLuque2/optique.htm" + target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-lens</tt></a></span></dt> +<dd>Optique géométrique</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><a href="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/generic/" + target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-node</tt></a></span></dt> +<dd>PSTricks package for nodes</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><a href="http://members.aol.com/Mluque5130/pst-ob3d.tar.gz" + target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-ob3d</tt></a></span></dt> +<dd>A PSTricks package for three dimensional basic objects</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><a href="http://www.tug.org/applications/PSTricks/Physics/Oscilloscopes/" + target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-osci</tt></a></span></dt> +<dd>Oscilloscopes with PSTricks</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><a href="ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-poly/" + target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-poly</tt></a></span></dt> +<dd>Polygons with PSTricks</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><a href="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/generic/" + target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-tree</tt></a></span></dt> +<dd>PSTricks package for trees</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><a href="http://www.ensta.fr/~diam/latex/pst-uml/" + target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-uml</tt></a></span></dt> +<dd>Draw easily diagrams with UML notation</dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><a href="http://perso.enst.fr/~lombardy/Vauc/" +target="_top"><tt class="literal">vaucansom.sty</tt></a></span></dt> +<dd>Drawing automata</dd></dl></div></div></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="fontinst"></a>5 +<tt class="filename">fontinst</tt> (tbd.)</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2561444" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>tbd.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="context"></a>6 ConTeXt +(tbd.)</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2561469" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2561478" +class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="context-ovw"></a>6.1 +Overview</h3></div></div></div> +<p>ConTeXt is based on PlainTeX and MetaPost and gets controlled +with some Perl scripts. It's mainly targeted towards layout +oriented users and especially useful for presentations. It's +extensible by the use of modules and has in it's base distribution +already a large amount of functionality. The preferred output +format is PDF, but DVI is possible too.</p> +<p>Some of the unique features of ConTeXt are:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Inline XML (including MathML, ChemML, and PhysML)</li> +<li>really good XML support in general</li> +<li>inline MetaPost</li></ul></div></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="texinfo"></a>7 Texinfo +(tbd.)</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2561513" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>tbd.</p></div></div> +<div class="chapter" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title"> +<a id="pdftex"></a>Chapter 2. pdfTeX</h2></div></div></div> +<div class="toc"> +<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-options">1 +Options</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-file-line-error-style"> +1.1 +<tt class="filename">--file-line-error-style</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-fmt">1.2 +<tt class="filename">--fmt format</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-help">1.3 +<tt class="filename">--help</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-ini">1.4 +<tt class="filename">--ini</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-interaction%20mode">1.5 +<tt class="filename">--interaction mode</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-ipc">1.6 +<tt class="filename">--ipc</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-ipc-start">1.7 +<tt class="filename">--ipc-start</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-jobname-name">1.8 +<tt class="filename">--jobname name</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-kpathsea-debug">1.9 +<tt class="filename">--kpathsea-debug bitmask</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-maketex">1.10 +<tt class="filename">--maketex fmt</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-no-maketex">1.11 +<tt class="filename">--no-maketex fmt</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-output-comment">1.12 +<tt class="filename">--output-comment string</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-parse-first-line">1.13 +<tt class="filename">--parse-first-line</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-progname">1.14 +<tt class="filename">--progname name</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-recorder">1.15 +<tt class="filename">--recorder</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-shell-escape">1.16 +<tt class="filename">--shell-escape</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-translate-file">1.17 +<tt class="filename">--translate-file tcxname</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-version">1.18 +<tt class="filename">--version</tt></a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-environment">2 +Environment</a></span></dt></dl></div> +<a id="id2561599" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> +<h3 class="title">Note</h3> +<p>The contents of this section was taken from +<tt class="filename">pdftex(1)</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="pdftex-options"></a>1 +Options</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2561639" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>pdfTeX understands the following command line options.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"> +<a id="pdftex-option-file-line-error-style"></a>1.1 +<tt class="filename">--file-line-error-style</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2561675" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Print error messages in the form +<tt class="literal">file:line:error</tt> which is similar to the +way many compilers format them.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-fmt"></a>1.2 +<tt class="filename">--fmt format</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2561719" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Use <tt class="literal">format</tt> as the name of the format to +be used, instead of the name by which pdfTeX was called or a +<tt class="literal">%&</tt> line.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-help"></a>1.3 +<tt class="filename">--help</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2561774" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Print help message and exit.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-ini"></a>1.4 +<tt class="filename">--ini</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2561810" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Be <span><b class="command">pdfinitex</b></span>, for dumping +formats; this is implicitly true if the program is called as +<span><b class="command">pdfinitex</b></span>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-interaction mode"></a>1.5 +<tt class="filename">--interaction mode</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2561860" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be one of +<tt class="literal">batchmode</tt>, +<tt class="literal">nonstopmode</tt>, +<tt class="literal">scrollmode</tt>, and +<tt class="literal">errorstopmode</tt>. The meaning of these modes +is the same as that of the corresponding +<tt class="literal">\commands</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-ipc"></a>1.6 +<tt class="filename">--ipc</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2561928" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Send DVI or PDF output to a socket as well as the usual output +file. Whether this option is available is the choice of the +installer.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-ipc-start"></a>1.7 +<tt class="filename">--ipc-start</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2561967" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>As <tt class="literal">--ipc</tt>, and starts the server at the +other end as well. Whether this option is available is the choice +of the installer.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-jobname-name"></a>1.8 +<tt class="filename">--jobname name</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2562011" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Use <tt class="literal">name</tt> for the job name, instead of +deriving it from the name of the input file.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-kpathsea-debug"></a>1.9 +<tt class="filename">--kpathsea-debug +bitmask</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2562055" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Sets path searching debugging flags according to the +<tt class="literal">bitmask</tt>. See the Kpathsea manual for +details.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-maketex"></a>1.10 +<tt class="filename">--maketex fmt</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2562099" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Enable <span><b class="command">mktexfmt</b></span>, where +<tt class="literal">fmt</tt> must be one of +<tt class="literal">tex</tt> or +<tt class="literal">tfm</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-no-maketex"></a>1.11 +<tt class="filename">--no-maketex fmt</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2562160" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Disable <span><b class="command">mktexfmt</b></span>, where +<tt class="literal">fmt</tt> must be one of +<tt class="literal">tex</tt> or +<tt class="literal">tfm</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-output-comment"></a>1.12 +<tt class="filename">--output-comment +string</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2562220" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Use <tt class="literal">string</tt> for the DVI file comment +instead of the date.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-parse-first-line"></a>1.13 +<tt class="filename">--parse-first-line</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2562260" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>If the first line of the main input file begins with +<tt class="literal">%&</tt> parse it to look for a dump name or +a <tt class="literal">--translate-file</tt> option.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-progname"></a>1.14 +<tt class="filename">--progname name</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2562311" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Pretend to be program <tt class="literal">name</tt>. This +affects both the format used and the search paths.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-recorder"></a>1.15 +<tt class="filename">--recorder</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2562354" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files +opened for input and output in a file with extension +<tt class="literal">.fls</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-shell-escape"></a>1.16 +<tt class="filename">--shell-escape</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2562399" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Enable the <tt class="literal">\write18{command}</tt> construct. +The command can be any Bourne shell command. This construct is +normally disallowed for security reasons.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-translate-file"></a>1.17 +<tt class="filename">--translate-file +tcxname</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2562444" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Use the <tt class="literal">tcxname</tt> translation +table.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-version"></a>1.18 +<tt class="filename">--version</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2562487" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Print version information and exit.</p></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> +<a id="pdftex-environment"></a>2 Environment</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2562518" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path +specifications' node) for the details of how the environment +variables are used when searching. The +<span><b class="command">kpsewhich</b></span> utility can be used +to query the values of the variables.</p> +<p>One caveat: In most pdfTeX formats, you cannot use ~ in a +filename you give directly to pdfTeX, because ~ is an active +character, and hence is expanded, not taken as part of the +filename. Other programs, such as Metafont, do not have this +problem.</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">TEXMFOUTPUT</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2562576" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Normally, pdfTeX puts its output files in the current directory. +If any output file cannot be opened there, it tries to open it in +the directory specified in the environment variable +<tt class="literal">TEXMFOUTPUT</tt>. There is no default value for +that variable. For example, if you say +<span><b class="command">pdftex paper</b></span> and the current +directory is not writable, if <tt class="literal">TEXMFOUTPUT</tt> +has the value <tt class="literal">/tmp</tt>, pdfTeX attempts to +create <tt class="literal">/tmp/paper.log</tt> (and +<tt class="literal">/tmp/paper.pdf</tt>, if any output is +produced.)</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">TEXINPUTS</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2562664" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Search path for <tt class="literal">\input</tt> and +<tt class="literal">\openin</tt> files. This should probably start +with ``.'', so that user files are found before system files. An +empty path component will be replaced with the paths defined in the +<tt class="filename">texmf.cnf</tt> file. For example, set +<tt class="literal">TEXINPUTS</tt> to +<tt class="literal">".:/home/usr/tex:"</tt> to prepend the current +direcory and <tt class="literal">``/home/user/tex''</tt> to the +standard search path.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">TEXFONTS</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2562741" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>earch path for font metric (<tt class="literal">.tfm</tt>) +files.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">TEXFORMATS</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2562783" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Search path for format files.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">TEXPOOL</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2562818" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Search path for <span><b class="command">pdfinitex</b></span> +internal strings.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">TEXEDIT</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2562859" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Command template for switching to editor. The default, usually +<span><b class="command">vi</b></span>, is set when pdfTeX is +compiled.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div> +<div class="chapter" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title"> +<a id="metafont"></a>Chapter 3. Metafont +(tbd.)</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2562920" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>tbd.</p></div> +<div class="chapter" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title"> +<a id="metapost"></a>Chapter 4. MetaPost</h2></div></div></div> +<div class="toc"> +<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-options">1 +Options</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-file-line-error-style"> +1.1 +<tt class="filename">--file-line-error-style</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-help">1.2 +<tt class="filename">--help</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-ini">1.3 +<tt class="filename">--ini</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-intercation">1.4 +<tt class="filename">--interaction mode</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-jobname">1.5 +<tt class="filename">--jobname name</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-kpathsea-debug">1.6 +<tt class="filename">--kpathsea-debug bitmask</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-mem">1.7 +<tt class="filename">--mem mem</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-parse-first-line">1.8 +<tt class="filename">--parse-first-line</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-progname">1.9 +<tt class="filename">--progname name</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-recorder">1.10 +<tt class="filename">--recorder</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-T">1.11 +<tt class="filename">-T</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-translate-file">1.12 +<tt class="filename">--translate-file tcxname</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-troff">1.13 +<tt class="filename">--troff</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-version">1.14 +<tt class="filename">--version</tt></a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-environment">2 +Environment</a></span></dt></dl></div> +<a id="id2562948" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> +<h3 class="title">Note</h3> +<p>The contents of this section was taken from +<tt class="filename">mpost(1)</tt>.</p></div> +<p>MetaPost is a programming language much like Knuth's Metafont +except that it outputs PostScript programs instead of bitmaps. +Borrowed from Metafont are the basic tools for creating and +manipulating pictures. These include numbers, coordinate pairs, +cubic splines, affine transformations, text strings, and boolean +quantities. Additional features facilitate integrating text and +graphics and accessing special features of PostScript such as +clipping, shading, and dashed lines. Another feature borrowed from +Metafont is the ability to solve linear equations that are given +implicitly, thus allowing many programs to be written in a largely +declarative style. By building complex operations from simpler +ones, MetaPost achieves both power and exibility.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> +<a id="metapost-options"></a>1 Options</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2563000" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>MetaPost understands the following command line options.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"> +<a id="metapost-option-file-line-error-style"></a>1.1 +<tt class="filename">--file-line-error-style</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2563034" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Print error messages in the form +<tt class="literal">file:line:error</tt> which is similar to the +way many compilers format them.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-help"></a>1.2 +<tt class="filename">--help</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2563078" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Print help message and exit.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-ini"></a>1.3 +<tt class="filename">--ini</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2563114" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Be <span><b class="command">inimpost</b></span>, for dumping +bases; this is implicitly true if the program is called as +<span><b class="command">inimpost</b></span>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-intercation"></a>1.4 +<tt class="filename">--interaction mode</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2563164" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be one of +<tt class="literal">batchmode</tt>, +<tt class="literal">nonstopmode</tt>, +<tt class="literal">scrollmode</tt>, and +<tt class="literal">errorstopmode</tt>. The meaning of these modes +is the same as that of the corresponding commands.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-jobname"></a>1.5 +<tt class="filename">--jobname name</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2563226" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Use <tt class="literal">name</tt> for the job name, instead of +deriving it from the name of the input file.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-kpathsea-debug"></a>1.6 +<tt class="filename">--kpathsea-debug +bitmask</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2563270" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Sets path searching debugging flags according to the +<tt class="literal">bitmask</tt>. See the Kpathsea manual for +details.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-mem"></a>1.7 +<tt class="filename">--mem mem</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2563313" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Use <tt class="literal">mem</tt> as the name of the mem to be +used, instead of the name by which MetaPost was called or a +<tt class="literal">%&</tt> line.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-parse-first-line"></a>1.8 +<tt class="filename">--parse-first-line</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2563365" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>If the first line of the main input file begins with +<tt class="literal">%&</tt> parse it to look for a dump name or +a <tt class="literal">--translate-file</tt> option.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-progname"></a>1.9 +<tt class="filename">--progname name</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2563416" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Pretend to be program <tt class="literal">name</tt>. This +affects both the format used and the search paths.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-recorder"></a>1.10 +<tt class="filename">--recorder</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2563459" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files +opened for input and output in a file with extension +<tt class="literal">.fls.</tt></p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-T"></a>1.11 +<tt class="filename">-T</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2563501" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Produce TROFF output.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-translate-file"></a>1.12 +<tt class="filename">--translate-file +tcxname</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2563538" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Use the <tt class="literal">tcxname</tt> translation +table.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-troff"></a>1.13 +<tt class="filename">--troff</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2563582" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>As -T.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-version"></a>1.14 +<tt class="filename">--version</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2563618" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Print version information and exit.</p></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> +<a id="metapost-environment"></a>2 +Environment</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2563650" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path +specifications' node) for the details of how the environment +variables are use when searching. The +<span><b class="command">kpsewhich</b></span> utility can be used +to query the values of the variables.</p> +<p>If the environment variable <tt class="literal">TEXMFOUTPUT</tt> +is set, MetaPost attempts to put its output files in it, if they +cannot be put in the current directory.</p> +<p>Here is a list of the environment variables which affect the +behavior of MetaPost:</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">MPINPUTS</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2563705" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Search path for input files.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">MFINPUTS</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2563738" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Auxiliary search path for input files with +<tt class="literal">.mf</tt> extensions.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">MPSUPPORT</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2563776" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Directory for various tables for handling included TeX and +troff.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">MPXCOMMAND</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2563813" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The name of a shell script that converts embedded typesetting +commands to a form that MetaPost understands. Defaults: +<tt class="literal">makempx</tt> for TeX and +<tt class="literal">troffmpx</tt> for troff.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">TEX</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2563864" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The version of TeX - or LaTeX - to use when processing +<span><b class="command">btex</b></span> and +<span><b class="command">verbatimtex</b></span> commands. Default +TeX. This version of MetaPost allows you to use a +<tt class="literal">`%&format'</tt> line instead.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">TROFF</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2563928" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The troff pipeline for <span><b class="command">btex</b></span> +and <span><b class="command">verbatimtex</b></span> commands. +Default <tt class="literal">eqn -d\$\$ | troff</tt></p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">MPEDIT</tt></span></dt> +<dd><a id="id2563978" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>A command template for invoking an editor.</p></dd></dl></div> +<p>A <tt class="literal">.mem</tt> file is a binary file that +permits fast loading of macro packages. MetaPost reads the default +<tt class="literal">plain.mem</tt> unless another +<tt class="literal">.mem</tt> file is specified at the start of the +first line with an <tt class="literal">&</tt> just before it. +There is also an <tt class="literal">mfplain.mem</tt> that +simulates plain Metafont so that MetaPost can read +<tt class="literal">.mf</tt> fonts. (Plain Metafont is described in +<span class="emphasis"><em>The Metafontbook</em></span>).</p> +<p>Experts can create <tt class="literal">.mem</tt> files by +invoking <span><b class="command">inimpost</b></span> and giving +macro definitions followed by a dump command.</p> +<p>The MetaPost language is similar to Metafont, but the manual +<span class="emphasis"><em>A User's Manual for MetaPost</em></span> +assumes no knowledge of Metafont. MetaPost does not have bitmap +output commands or Metafont's online display +mechanism.</p></div></div> +<div class="chapter" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title"> +<a id="bibtex"></a>Chapter 5. BibTeX</h2></div></div></div> +<div class="toc"> +<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-parameters">1 +Parameters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-command-qualifiers">2 +Command Qualifiers</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bib-files">3 bib +files</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-string-command">3.1 +<tt class="filename">@STRING</tt> command</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-entry-format">3.2 Entry +Format</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-entry-types">3.3 Entry +Types</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-field-text">3.4 Field +Text</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-field-types">3.5 Field +Types</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-files">4 bst +files</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-abbr">4.1 +<tt class="filename">ABBRV.BST</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-alpha">4.2 +<tt class="filename">ALPHA.BST</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-plain">4.3 +<tt class="filename">PLAIN.BST</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-sample">4.4 +<tt class="filename">SAMPLE.BST</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-unsrt">4.5 +<tt class="filename">UNSRT.BST</tt></a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> +<a id="id2564099" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> +<h3 class="title">Note</h3> +<p>The contents of this section was taken from the HTML helppages +for BibTeX of Norman Walsh (Version 1.0, 12 Apr 94).</p></div> +<p>Invokes the BibTeX utility to compile a bibliography file for +LaTeX. Full details can be found in "LaTeX: A Document Preparation +System" by Leslie Lamport.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> +<a id="bibtex-parameters"></a>1 Parameters</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2564142" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">bibliography-file-spec</tt></p> +<p>Specifies the name of the bibliography database file to be +compiled by BibTeX. If the file specification does not include a +file type, BibTeX assumes a default type of BIB.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> +<a id="bibtex-command-qualifiers"></a>2 Command +Qualifiers</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2564187" class="indexterm"></a> +<p><tt class="literal">/BIBINPUTS /BIBINPUTS=(name,...)</tt></p> +<p>Specify directories containing input files, and the order in +which they will be searched to locate each input file. A null value +in the list indicates the current directory. The search procedure +TeX uses to locate input files is to first search your default +directory and then search each of the directories specified by the +<tt class="literal">/BIBINPUTS</tt> option.</p> +<p>Default is <tt class="literal">/BIBINPUTS=(TEX_BIB:)</tt>; TeX +looks in the directory associated with the logical name +<tt class="literal">TEX_BIB.</tt></p> +<p><tt class="literal">/STATS /STATS /NOSTATS [D]</tt></p> +<p>This qualifier is used while debugging +<tt class="literal">.BST</tt> files to determine BIBTEX memory +usage.</p> +<p><tt class="literal">/TEXINPUTS /TEXINPUTS=(name,...)</tt></p> +<p>Specify directories containing input files, and the order in +which they will be searched to locate each input file. A null value +in the list indicates the current directory. The search procedure +TeX uses to locate input files is to first search your default +directory and then search each of the directories specified by the +<tt class="literal">/TEXINPUTS</tt> option.</p> +<p>Default is <tt class="literal">/TEXINPUTS=(TEX_INPUTS)</tt>; TeX +looks in the directory associated with the logical name +<tt class="literal">TEX_INPUTS</tt>.</p> +<p><tt class="literal">/TRACE /TRACE /NOTRACE [D]</tt></p> +<p>This qualifier is used while debugging +<tt class="literal">.BST</tt> files to follow program +flow.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> +<a id="bibtex-bib-files"></a>3 bib files</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2564338" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>This help entry contains the same information as Appendix B of +the LaTeX manual. It describes the format of a bibliography +database (<tt class="literal">.BIB</tt>) file.</p> +<p>A bibliography database file may contains two types of entry - +an abbreviation definition or a reference entry for citation.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-string-command"></a>3.1 +<tt class="filename">@STRING</tt> command</h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2564389" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The <tt class="literal">@STRING</tt> command is used to define +abbreviations for use by BibTeX within the bibliography database +file. The command</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> + @string{jgg1 = "Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1"} +</pre> +<p>defines 'jgg1' to be the abbreviation for the string "Journal of +Gnats and Gnus, Series~1". Parentheses can be used in place of the +outermost braces in the @string command, and braces can be used +instead of the quotation marks. The text must have matching +braces.</p> +<p>The case of letters is ignored in an abbreviation as well as in +the command name @string, so the command above could have been +written:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> + @STRING{JgG1 = "Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1"} +</pre> +<p>A <tt class="literal">@string</tt> command can appear anywhere +before or between entries in a bibliography database file. However, +it must come before any use of the abbreviation, so a sensible +place for <tt class="literal">@string</tt> commands is at the +beginning of the file. A <tt class="literal">@string</tt> command +in the bibliography database file takes precedence over a +definition made by the bibliography style, so it can be used to +change the definition of an abbreviation such as 'Feb'.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-format"></a>3.2 Entry +Format</h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2564482" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>A bibliography database file contains a series of reference +entries like the following:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> + @BOOK{kn:gnus, + AUTHOR = "Donald E. Knudson", + TITLE = "1966 World Gnus Almanac", + PUBLISHER = {Permafrost Press}, + ADDRESS = {Novisibirsk} } +</pre> +<p>The <tt class="literal">@BOOK</tt> states that this is an entry +of type book. various entry types are described below. The +'kn:gnus' is the citation key, as it appears in the argument of a +<tt class="literal">\cite</tt> command referring to the entry.</p> +<p>This entry has four fields, named +<tt class="literal">AUTHOR</tt>, <tt class="literal">TITLE</tt>, +<tt class="literal">PUBLISHER</tt> and +<tt class="literal">ADDRESS</tt>. The meanings of these and other +fields are described below. A field consists of the name, an '=' +character with optional space around it, followed by its text. The +text of a field is a string of characters, with no unmatched +braces, surrounded by either a pair of braces or a pair of '"' +characters. Entry fields are separated from one another, and from +the citation key, by commas. A comma may have optional space around +it.</p> +<p>The outermost braces that surround the entire entry may be +replaced by parentheses. As in TeX input files, an end-of-line +character counts as a space and one space is equivalent to many +spaces. Unlike TeX, BibTeX ignores the case of letters in the entry +type, citation key and field names. The above entry could have been +typed as follows:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +@BOOK(kn:gnus, author = {Donald E. Knudson}, + TITLE = "1966 World Gnus Almanac", + PUBLISHER = {Permafrost Press}, + ADDRESS = {Novisibirsk} ) +</pre> +<p>However, the case of letters does matter to LaTeX, so the +citation key ("kn:gnus" in the example above) should appear exactly +the same in all <tt class="literal">\cite</tt> commands in the +LaTeX input file.</p> +<p>The quotes or braces can be omitted around text consisting +entirely of numerals. The following two fields are equivalent:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +Volume = "27" Volume = 27 +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types"></a>3.3 Entry +Types</h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2564636" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>When entering a reference in the bibliography database, the +first thing to decide is what type of entry it is. No fixed +classification scheme can be complete, but BibTeX provides enough +entry types to handle almost any reference reasonably well.</p> +<p>References to different types of publications contain different +information; a reference to a journal might include the volume and +number of the journal, which is usually not meaningful for a book. +Therefore, database entries of different types have different +fields for each entry type, the fields are divided into three +classes:</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term">Required</span></dt> +<dd> +<p>omitting the field will produce an error message and may result +in a badly formatted bibliography entry. If the required +information is not meaningful, you are using the wrong entry +type.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">Optional</span></dt> +<dd> +<p>the field's information will be used if present, but can be +omitted without causing any formatting problems. A reference should +contain any available information that might help the reader, so +you should include the optional field if it is applicable.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">Ignored</span></dt> +<dd> +<p>the field is ignored. BibTeX ignores any field that is not +required or optional, so you can include any fields you want in a +bibliography entry. It's often a good idea to put all relevant +information about a reference in its bibliography entry - even +information that may never appear in the bibliography. For example, +if you want to keep an abstract of a paper in a computer file, put +it in an 'abstract' field in the paper's bibliography entry. The +bibliography database file is likely to be as good a place as any +for the abstract, and it is possible to design a bibliography style +for printing selected abstracts.</p></dd></dl></div> +<p>BibTeX ignores the case of letters in the entry type.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-article"></a>3.3.1 +article entry</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2564768" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>An article from a journal or magazine.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +@ARTICLE{citation_key, + required_fields [, optional_fields] } +</pre> +<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author" +title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title" +title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-journal" +title="3.5.10 journal field">journal</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year" +title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p> +<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-volume" +title="3.5.22 volume field">volume</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-number" +title="3.5.14 number field">number</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-pages" +title="3.5.16 pages field">pages</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month" +title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note" +title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key" +title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-book"></a>3.3.2 book +entry</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2564903" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>A book with an explicit publisher.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +@BOOK{citation_key, + required_fields [, optional_fields] } +</pre> +<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author" +title="3.5.3 author field">author</a> or +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-editor" +title="3.5.7 editor field">editor</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title" +title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-publisher" +title="3.5.17 publisher field">publisher</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year" +title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p> +<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-volume" +title="3.5.22 volume field">volume</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-series" +title="3.5.19 series field">series</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-address" +title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-edition" +title="3.5.6 edition field">edition</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month" +title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note" +title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key" +title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-booklet"></a>3.3.3 +booklet entry</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2565048" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>A work that is printed and bound, but without a named publisher +or sponsoring institution.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +@BOOKLET{citation_key, + required_fields [, optional_fields] } +</pre> +<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-title" +title="3.5.20 title field">title</a></p> +<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author" +title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-howpublished" +title="3.5.8 howpublished field">howpublished</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-address" +title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month" +title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year" +title="3.5.23 year field">year</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note" +title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key" +title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-conference"></a>3.3.4 +conference entry</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2565158" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>An article in the proceedings of a conference. This entry is +identical to the 'inproceedings' entry and is included for +compatibility with another text formatting system.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +@CONFERENCE{citation_key, + required_fields [, optional_fields] } +</pre> +<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author" +title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title" +title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-booktitle" +title="3.5.4 booktitle field">booktitle</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year" +title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p> +<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-editor" +title="3.5.7 editor field">editor</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-pages" +title="3.5.16 pages field">pages</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-organization" +title="3.5.15 organization field">organization</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-publisher" +title="3.5.17 publisher field">publisher</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-address" +title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month" +title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note" +title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key" +title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-inbook"></a>3.3.5 +inbook entry</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2565304" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>A part of a book, which may be a chapter and/or a range of +pages.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +@INBOOK{citation_key, + required_fields [, optional_fields] } +</pre> +<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author" +title="3.5.3 author field">author</a> or +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-editor" +title="3.5.7 editor field">editor</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title" +title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-chapter" +title="3.5.5 chapter field">chapter</a> and/or +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-pages" +title="3.5.16 pages field">pages</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-publisher" +title="3.5.17 publisher field">publisher</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year" +title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p> +<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-volume" +title="3.5.22 volume field">volume</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-series" +title="3.5.19 series field">series</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-address" +title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-edition" +title="3.5.6 edition field">edition</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month" +title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note" +title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key" +title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-incollection"></a>3.3.6 +incollection entry</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2565459" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>A part of a book with its own title.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +@INCOLLECTION{citation_key, + required_fields [, optional_fields] } +</pre> +<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author" +title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title" +title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-booktitle" +title="3.5.4 booktitle field">booktitle</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year" +title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p> +<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-editor" +title="3.5.7 editor field">editor</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-pages" +title="3.5.16 pages field">pages</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-organization" +title="3.5.15 organization field">organization</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-publisher" +title="3.5.17 publisher field">publisher</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-address" +title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month" +title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note" +title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key" +title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="bibtex-entry-types-inproceedings"></a>3.3.7 inproceedings +entry</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2565598" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>An article in the proceedings of a conference.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +@INPROCEEDINGS{citation_key, + required_fields [, optional_fields] } +</pre> +<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author" +title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title" +title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-booktitle" +title="3.5.4 booktitle field">booktitle</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year" +title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p> +<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-editor" +title="3.5.7 editor field">editor</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-pages" +title="3.5.16 pages field">pages</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-organization" +title="3.5.15 organization field">organization</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-publisher" +title="3.5.17 publisher field">publisher</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-address" +title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month" +title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note" +title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key" +title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-manual"></a>3.3.8 +manual entry</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2565738" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Technical documentation.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +@MANUAL{citation_key, + required_fields [, optional_fields] } +</pre> +<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-title" +title="3.5.20 title field">title</a></p> +<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author" +title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-organization" +title="3.5.15 organization field">organization</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-address" +title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-edition" +title="3.5.6 edition field">edition</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month" +title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year" +title="3.5.23 year field">year</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note" +title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key" +title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="bibtex-entry-types-mastersthesis"></a>3.3.9 mastersthesis +entry</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2565854" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>A Master's thesis.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +@MASTERSTHESIS{citation_key, + required_fields [, optional_fields] } +</pre> +<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author" +title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title" +title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-school" +title="3.5.18 school field">school</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year" +title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p> +<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-address" +title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month" +title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note" +title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key" +title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-misc"></a>3.3.10 misc +entry</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2565963" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Use this type when nothing else seems appropriate.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +@MISC{citation_key, + required_fields [, optional_fields] } +</pre> +<p>Required fields: none</p> +<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author" +title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title" +title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-howpublished" +title="3.5.8 howpublished field">howpublished</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month" +title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year" +title="3.5.23 year field">year</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note" +title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key" +title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-phdthesis"></a>3.3.11 +phdthesis entry</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2566065" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>A PhD thesis.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +@PHDTHESIS{citation_key, + required_fields [, optional_fields] } +</pre> +<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author" +title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title" +title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-school" +title="3.5.18 school field">school</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year" +title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p> +<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-address" +title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month" +title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note" +title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key" +title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-proceedings"></a>3.3.12 +proceedings entry</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2566173" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The proceedings of a conference.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +@PROCEEDINGS{citation_key, + required_fields [, optional_fields] } +</pre> +<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-title" +title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year" +title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p> +<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-editor" +title="3.5.7 editor field">editor</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-publisher" +title="3.5.17 publisher field">publisher</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-organization" +title="3.5.15 organization field">organization</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-address" +title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month" +title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note" +title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key" +title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-techreport"></a>3.3.13 +techreport entry</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2566290" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>A report published by a school or other institution, usually +numbered within a series.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +@TECHREPORT{citation_key, + required_fields [, optional_fields] } +</pre> +<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author" +title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title" +title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-institution" +title="3.5.9 institution field">institution</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year" +title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p> +<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-type" +title="3.5.21 type field">type</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-number" +title="3.5.14 number field">number</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-address" +title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month" +title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note" +title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key" +title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-unpublished"></a>3.3.14 +unpublished entry</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2566418" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>A document with an author and title, but not formally +published.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +@UNPUBLISHED{citation_key, + required_fields [, optional_fields] } +</pre> +<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author" +title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title" +title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note" +title="3.5.13 note field">note</a></p> +<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-month" +title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year" +title="3.5.23 year field">year</a>, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key" +title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-text"></a>3.4 Field +Text</h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2566513" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The text of the field is enclosed in braces or double quote +characters. A part of the text is said to be enclosed in braces if +it lies inside a matching pair of braces other than the ones +enclosing the entire entry or the entire field text.</p> +<p>BibTeX manipulates the case of letters in the field text as +described in the subtopics below.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-text-names"></a>3.4.1 +Names</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2566554" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The text of an author or editor field represents a list of +names. The bibliography style determines the format in which the +name is printed: whether the first name or last name appears first, +if the full first name or just the first initial is used, etc. The +bibliography file entry simply tells BibTeX what the name is.</p> +<p>You should type an author's complete name and let the +bibliography style decide what to abbreviate. (But an author's +complete name may be "Donald~E. Knuth" or even "J.~P.~Morgan"; you +should type it the way the author would like it to appear, if +that's known.)</p> +<p>Most names can be entered in the obvious way, either with or +without a comma, as in the following examples:</p> +<p>"John Paul Jones" "Jones, John Paul" "Ludwig von Beethoven" "von +Beethoven, Ludwig"</p> +<p>Some people have multiple last names - for example, Per Brinch +Hansen's last name is Brinch~Hansen. His name should be typed with +a comma:</p> +<p>"Brinch Hansen, Per"</p> +<p>To understand why, you must understand how BibTeX handles names +(for what follows, a "name" corresponds to a person).</p> +<p>Each name consists of four parts: First, von, Last, and~Jr; each +part consists of a (possibly empty) list of name-tokens. For +example the First part of Per Brinch~Hansen's name has the single +token "Per"; the Last part has two, "Brinch" and "Hansen"; and the +von and Jr parts are empty. If you had typed</p> +<p>"Per Brinch Hansen"</p> +<p>instead, BibTeX would erroneously think "Brinch" were a +First-part token, just as "Paul" is a First-part token in +"John~Paul Jones".</p> +<p>Here's another example:</p> +<p>"Charles Louis Xavier Joseph de la Vallee Poussin"</p> +<p>This name has four tokens in the First part, two in the von, and +two in the Last. Here BibTeX knows where one part ends and the +other begins because the tokens in the von part begin with +lower-case letters.</p> +<p>If you want BibTeX to consider something a single token, enclose +it in braces. You should do this, for example, if a comma is part +of a name:</p> +<p>"{Barnes and Noble, Inc.}" "{Barnes and} {Noble, Inc.}" +"{Barnes} {and} {Noble,} {Inc.}"</p> +<p>The braces surrounding the comma keep "Inc." from being +interpreted as a First token; this name has only a Last part, with +either one, two, or four tokens (there must be a space separating +the tokens in the second and third forms). Probably the second form +is slightly more meaningful, but don't lose sleep over this since +only rarely will an institution be an author or editor.</p> +<p>So the two names</p> +<p>"von Beethoven, Ludwig" "{von Beethoven}, Ludwig"</p> +<p>are considered by BibTeX to be different names. In the first, +"Beethoven" is the Last part and "von" is the von part; in the +second, which in this case happens to be incorrect, the Last part +has a single token and there's no von part. The bibliography style +will probably print both the same, but it may alphabetize and label +them differently.</p> +<p>"Juniors" pose a special problem. Most people having "Jr." in +their name precede it with a comma. Such a name should be entered +as follows:</p> +<p>"Ford, Jr., Henry"</p> +<p>However, a few people do not use a comma. They are handled by +considering the "Jr." to be part of the last Last token:</p> +<p>"{Steele Jr.}, Guy L." "Guy L. {Steele Jr.}"</p> +<p>This name has no Jr part.</p> +<p>To summarize, you may type a name in one of three forms:</p> +<p>"First von Last" "von Last, First" "von Last, Jr, First"</p> +<p>You may almost always use the first form; you shouldn't if +either there's a Jr part or the Last part has multiple tokens but +there's no von part.</p> +<p>If there are multiple authors or editors, their names must be +separated by the word "and", surrounded by spaces, not enclosed in +braces:</p> +<p>AUTHOR = "Ralph Alpher and Bethe, Hans and George Gamow"</p> +<p>Since BibTeX interprets commas as separating parts of a name and +"and" as separating names themselves, this example has three +coauthors: Ralph Alpher, Hans Bethe, and George Gamow. If the word +"and" appears as part of a name, it must be enclosed in braces, as +in the example of "Barnes and Noble,~Inc." given above. If you have +too many names to list in a field, you can end the list with "and +others"; the standard styles appropriately append an "et al."</p> +<p>BibTeX's rules are actually a bit more complicated than +indicated here, but this description will suffice for most +names.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-text-titles"></a>3.4.2 +Titles</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2566787" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The bibliography style determines whether or not a title is +capitalized; the titles of books usually are, the title of articles +usually are not. You type a title the way it should appear if it is +capitalized (you should capitalize everything but articles and +unstressed conjunctions and prepositions, and even these should be +capitalized as the first word or the first after a colon):</p> +<p>TITLE = "The Agony and the Ecstasy"</p> +<p>BibTeX will change uppercase letters to lowercase if +appropriate. Uppercase letters that should not be changed are +enclosed in braces. The following two titles are equivalent; the +"A" of "Africa" will not be made lowercase.</p> +<p>"The Gnats and Gnus of {Africa}" "The Gnats and Gnus of +{A}frica"</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-text-abbr"></a>3.4.3 +Abbreviations</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2566843" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Instead of an ordinary text string, the text of a field can be +replaced by an abbreviation for it. An abbreviation is a string of +characters that starts with a letter and does not contain a space +or any of the following ten characters:</p> +<p><tt class="literal">" # % ' ( ) , = { }</tt></p> +<p>The abbreviation is typed in place of the text field, with no +braces or quotation marks. If 'jgg1' is an abbreviation for</p> +<p>Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1</p> +<p>then the following are equivalent:</p> +<p>JOURNAL = jgg1 JOURNAL = "Journal of Gnats and Gnus, +Series~1"</p> +<p>Some abbreviations are predefined by the bibliography style. +These always include the usual 3 letter abbreviations for the +month: jan, feb, mar etc.</p> +<p>Bibliography styles usually contain abbreviations for the names +of commonly referenced journals. Consult the Local Guide for a list +of the predefined abbreviations for the bibliography styles +available.</p> +<p>You can define your own abbreviations by using BibTeX's +<tt class="literal">@STRING</tt> command.</p></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types"></a>3.5 Field +Types</h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2566930" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Below is a list of all fields recognized by the standard +bibliography styles. An entry can also contain other fields, which +are ignored by those styles.</p> +<p>BibTeX ignores the case of letters in the field names.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-address"></a>3.5.1 +address field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2566969" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Publisher's address. For major publishing houses, just the city +is given. For small publishers, you can help the reader by giving +the complete address.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +ADDRESS = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-annote"></a>3.5.2 +annote field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567012" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>An annotation, used only for annotated bibliography styles +(which are not among the standard ones).</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +ANNOTE = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-author"></a>3.5.3 +author field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567054" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The name(s) of the author(s).</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +AUTHOR = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-booktitle"></a>3.5.4 +booktitle field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567096" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Title of a book, part of which is being cited.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +BOOKTITLE = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-chapter"></a>3.5.5 +chapter field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567138" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>A chapter number.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +CHAPTER = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-edition"></a>3.5.6 +edition field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567178" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The edition of a book - for example, "second".</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +EDITION = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-editor"></a>3.5.7 +editor field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567220" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Name(s) of editor(s). If there is also an "author" field, then +the "editor" field gives the editor of the book or collection in +which the reference appears.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +EDITOR = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-howpublished"></a>3.5.8 +howpublished field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567263" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>How something strange has been published.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +HOWPUBLISHED = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-institution"></a>3.5.9 +institution field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567304" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The institution that published the work.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +INSTITUTION = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-journal"></a>3.5.10 +journal field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567346" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>A journal name. Abbreviations are provided for many journals; +see the Local Guide.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +JOURNAL = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-key"></a>3.5.11 key +field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567388" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Used for alphabetizing and creating a label when the "author" +and "editor" fields are missing. This field should not be confused +with the citation key that appears in the +<tt class="literal">\cite</tt> command and at the beginning of the +entry.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +KEY = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-month"></a>3.5.12 month +field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567438" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The month in which the work was published or, for an unpublished +work, in which it was written.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +MONTH = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-note"></a>3.5.13 note +field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567480" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Any additional information that can help the reader.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +NOTE = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-number"></a>3.5.14 +number field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567521" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The number of a journal, magazine, or technical report. An issue +of a journal or magazine is usually identified by its volume and +number; the organization that issues a technical report usually +gives it a number.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +NUMBER = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="bibtex-field-types-organization"></a>3.5.15 organization +field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567565" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The organization sponsoring a conference.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +ORGANIZATION = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-pages"></a>3.5.16 pages +field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567607" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>A page number or range of numbers such as "42--111"; you may +also have several of these, separating them with commas: +"7,41,73--97". The standard styles convert a single dash to a +double. ></p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +PAGES = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-publisher"></a>3.5.17 +publisher field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567654" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The publisher's name.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +PUBLISHER = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-school"></a>3.5.18 +school field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567695" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The name of the school where a thesis was written.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +SCHOOL = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-series"></a>3.5.19 +series field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567737" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The name of a series or set of books. When citing an entire +book, the the "title" field gives its title and an optional +"series" field gives the name of a series in which the book is +published.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +SERIES = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-title"></a>3.5.20 title +field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567781" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The work's title.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +TITLE = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-type"></a>3.5.21 type +field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567821" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The type of a technical report - for example, "Research +Note".</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +TYPE = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-volume"></a>3.5.22 +volume field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567862" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The volume of a journal or multivolume book work.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +VOLUME = field_text +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-year"></a>3.5.23 year +field</h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567903" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The year of publication or, for an unpublished work, the year it +was written. This field's text should contain only numerals.</p> +<p>Format:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +YEAR = field_text +</pre></div></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> +<a id="bibtex-bst-files"></a>4 bst files</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2567947" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Bibliography style files define the style of a bibliography +source list.</p> +<p>The standard bibliography style files are +<a href="#bibtex-bst-plain" +title="4.3 PLAIN.BST"><tt class="filename">PLAIN</tt></a>, +<a href="#bibtex-bst-unsrt" +title="4.5 UNSRT.BST"><tt class="filename">UNSRT</tt></a>, +<a href="#bibtex-bst-alpha" +title="4.2 ALPHA.BST"><tt class="filename">ALPHA</tt></a> and +<a href="#bibtex-bst-abbr" +title="4.1 ABBRV.BST"><tt class="filename">ABBRV</tt></a>.</p> +<p>If you want to make a bibliography style of your own, look at +<a href="#bibtex-bst-sample" +title="4.4 SAMPLE.BST"><tt class="filename">SAMPLE.BST</tt></a>.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-bst-abbr"></a>4.1 +<tt class="filename">ABBRV.BST</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2568057" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>This style is the same as the style defined in +<tt class="filename">PLAIN.BST</tt>, except that entries are more +compact because first names, month names and journal names are +abbreviated.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-bst-alpha"></a>4.2 +<tt class="filename">ALPHA.BST</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2568101" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>This style is the same as the style defined in +<tt class="filename">PLAIN.BST</tt> except that entry labels like +"Knu66", formed from the author's name and the year of publication, +are used.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-bst-plain"></a>4.3 +<tt class="filename">PLAIN.BST</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2568146" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>This style is formatted more or less as suggested by Mary-Claire +van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars" (Alfred A. Knopf, New York, +1979). Entries are sorted alphabetically and are labelled with +numbers.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-bst-sample"></a>4.4 +<tt class="filename">SAMPLE.BST</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2568185" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>This is a sample bibliography style file meant to help you +construct a new style. It creates a bibliography in which entries +appear as follows:</p> +<p>[Jones79] Jones, R. L. and Richards, P. Q. The Birds and the +Bees. {\it Journal of Irreproducible Results 4}, 2 (Jan. 1979), +27-33.</p> +<p>[Jones82a] Jones, P. G. The Bees and the Trees ... (1982).</p> +<p>[Jones82b] Jones, R. L. The Trees and the Peas ... (1982).</p> +<p>[Krist74] Kristofferson, R. P. Peopl and Places ... (1974)</p> +<p>It should illustrate how you write a style file. The functions +are described in an informal Pascal-like style in comments. Because +of the way while loops and if-then-else statements must use +functions, the following convention is used. If a while loop is +labeled 'foo' in the informal description, then its test and body +are the functions named 'foo.test' and 'foo.body'. If an if +statement is labeled 'foo', then its two clauses are the functions +named 'foo.then' and 'foo.else'. (Null clauses just use the 'skip$' +function.) Note that because functions have to be defined in terms +of already-defined functions, the actual function definitions are +given in a 'bottom-up' order.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-bst-unsrt"></a>4.5 +<tt class="filename">UNSRT.BST</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2568257" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>This style is that same as <tt class="filename">PLAIN.BST</tt> +except that entries appear in the order of their first +citation.</p></div></div></div> +<div class="chapter" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title"> +<a id="makeindex"></a>Chapter 6. Make-Index</h2></div></div></div> +<div class="toc"> +<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-options">1 +Options</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-c">1.1 +<tt class="filename">-c</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-g">1.2 +<tt class="filename">-g</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-i">1.3 +<tt class="filename">-i</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-l">1.4 +<tt class="filename">-l</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-q">1.5 +<tt class="filename">-q</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-r">1.6 +<tt class="filename">-r</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-s-sty">1.7 +<tt class="filename">-s sty</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-o-ind">1.8 +<tt class="filename">-o ind</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-t-log">1.9 +<tt class="filename">-t log</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-p-no">1.10 +<tt class="filename">-p no</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-L">1.11 +<tt class="filename">-L</tt></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-T">1.12 +<tt class="filename">-T</tt></a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-style-file">2 Style +File</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-style">2.1 Input +Style Specifiers</a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-output-style-specs">2.2 +Output Style Specifiers</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-example">3 +Example</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-ordering">4 +Ordering</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-special-effects">5 +Special Effects</a></span></dt></dl></div> +<a id="id2568311" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> +<h3 class="title">Note</h3> +<p>The contents of this section was taken from the HTML helppages +for Make-Index of Norman Walsh (Version 1.0, 12 Apr 94).</p> +<p>Some obvious errors in this documentation have been corrected +according to <tt class="filename">makeindex(1L)</tt>.</p> +<p>Additional information was taken from +<tt class="filename">makeindex(1L)</tt> and the program source +files as found in teTeX 2.0.2.</p></div> +<p>Make-Index is a general purpose index processor. It takes one or +more raw index files (normally generated by a formatter), sorts the +entries, and produces the actual index file. It is not dependent on +any particular format of raw index file, although the +<tt class="literal">.idx</tt> file generated by LaTeX is the +default. Up to three levels (0, 1, and 2) of subitem nesting within +the same entry is supported. The input format may be redefined in a +style file so that raw index or glossary output from other +formatters may be processed. The style file also defines the style +of output index file. Unless specified otherwise, the file name +base of the first input file (<tt class="literal">idx0</tt>) is +used to determine other related input/output files. The default +input file type is <tt class="literal">.idx</tt>.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> +<a id="makeindex-options"></a>1 Options</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2568409" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Make-Index is a Unix program, and therefore has a Unix-style +command line. Instead of qualifiers delimited with a slash +(<tt class="literal">/</tt>), Make-Index options are delimited with +a hyphen (<tt class="literal">-</tt>).</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-c"></a>1.1 +<tt class="filename">-c</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2568460" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Enable blank compression. By default every blank counts in the +index key. The <tt class="literal">-c</tt> option ignores leading +and trailing blanks and tabs and compresses intermediate ones to a +single space.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-g"></a>1.2 +<tt class="filename">-g</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2568504" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Employ German word ordering in the index, in accord with rules +set forth in DIN 5007. The quote character must be redefined in a +style file (for example, redefine quote as +<tt class="literal">'+'</tt>). If the quote character is not +redefined, Make-Index will produce an error message and +abort.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-i"></a>1.3 +<tt class="filename">-i</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2568553" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Use <tt class="literal">stdin</tt> as the input file. When this +option is specified and the <tt class="literal">-o</tt> is not, +output is written to <tt class="literal">stdout</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-l"></a>1.4 +<tt class="filename">-l</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2568607" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Use letter ordering. Default is word ordering (explained in the +<a href="#makeindex-ordering" title="4 Ordering">Ordering</a> +section).</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-q"></a>1.5 +<tt class="filename">-q</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2568652" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Quiet mode, send no messages to <tt class="literal">stderr</tt>. +By default progress and error messages are sent to +<tt class="literal">stderr</tt> as well as the transcript file. The +<tt class="literal">-q</tt> option disables the +<tt class="literal">stderr</tt> messages.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-r"></a>1.6 +<tt class="filename">-r</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2568712" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Disable implicit page range formation. By default three or more +successive pages will be automatically abbreviated as a range (e.g. +1--5). The <tt class="literal">-r</tt> option disables it, making +the explicit range operators the only way to create page ranges +(see the <a href="#makeindex-special-effects" +title="5 Special Effects">Special Effects</a> section +below).</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-s-sty"></a>1.7 +<tt class="filename">-s sty</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2568768" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Take <tt class="literal">sty</tt> as the style file. There is no +default for the style file name. The environment variable +INDEXSTYLE defines the path where the style file should be +found.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-o-ind"></a>1.8 +<tt class="filename">-o ind</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2568813" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Take <tt class="literal">ind</tt> as the output index file. By +default the file name base of the first input file +<tt class="literal">idx0</tt> concatenated with the extension +<tt class="literal">.ind</tt> is used as the output file +name.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-t-log"></a>1.9 +<tt class="filename">-t log</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2568869" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Take <tt class="literal">log</tt> as the transcript file. By +default the file name base of the first input file +<tt class="literal">idx0</tt> concatenated with the extension +<tt class="literal">.ilg</tt> is used as the transcript file +name.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-p-no"></a>1.10 +<tt class="filename">-p no</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2568925" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Set the starting page number of the output index file to be +<tt class="literal">no</tt>. This is useful when the index file is +to be formatted separately. Other than pure numbers, three special +cases are allowed for no: <tt class="literal">any</tt>, +<tt class="literal">odd</tt>, and <tt class="literal">even</tt>. In +these special cases, the starting page number is determined by +retrieving the last page number from the source log file. The +source log file name is determined by concatenating the file name +base of the first raw index file (<tt class="literal">idx0</tt>) +with the extension <tt class="literal">.log</tt>. The last source +page is obtained by searching backward in the log file for the +first instance of a number included in +<tt class="literal">[...]</tt>. If a page number is missing or the +log file is not found, no attempt will be made to set the starting +page number. The meaning of each of these cases follows:</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term">any</span></dt> +<dd> +<p>The starting page is the last source page number plus +1.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">odd</span></dt> +<dd> +<p>The starting page is the first odd page following the last +source page number.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">even</span></dt> +<dd> +<p>The starting page is the first even page following the last +source page number.</p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-L"></a>1.11 +<tt class="filename">-L</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569061" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Sort based on locale settings. String comparisons for sorting +are done using <span><b class="command">strcoll(3)</b></span>, +which compares strings according to the current locale category +<tt class="literal">LC_COLLATE</tt>.</p> +<p>Not available on all systems (depends on compile time +settings).</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-T"></a>1.12 +<tt class="filename">-T</tt></h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569115" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Special support for Thai documents.</p> +<p>Not available on all systems (depends on compile time +settings).</p></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> +<a id="makeindex-style-file"></a>2 Style +File</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569152" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The style file format is very simple. It is a list of +<tt class="literal"><specifier, attribute></tt> pairs. There +are two types of specifiers (input and output). The pairs don't +have to obey any particular order in the file. A line lead by +`<tt class="literal">%</tt>' is a comment. The following is a list +of all the specifiers and their respective arguments where +<tt class="literal"><string></tt> is an arbitrary string +delimited by double quotes (<tt class="literal">"..."</tt>), +<tt class="literal"><char></tt> is a single letter embraced +by single quotes (<tt class="literal">'...'</tt>), and +<tt class="literal"><number></tt> is a nonnegative integer. +The maximum length of a <tt class="literal"><string></tt> is +144. Notice that a backslash must be escaped (by an extra +backslash) in the string quotation. Anything not specified in the +style file will be assigned a default value, which is shown on a +separate line. This file can reside anywhere in the path defined by +the environment variable <tt class="envar">INDEXSTYLE</tt>.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-style"></a>2.1 Input Style +Specifiers</h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569242" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-actual-char"></a>2.1.1 actual +<char></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569266" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">@</tt></p> +<p>The symbol which indicates that the next entry is to appear in +the actual index file.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-arg-close"></a>2.1.2 arg_close +<char></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569306" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">}</tt></p> +<p>This is the closing delimiter for the index entry +argument.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-style-arg-open"></a>2.1.3 +arg_open <char></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569350" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">{</tt></p> +<p>This is the opening delimiter for the index entry +argument.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-encap-char"></a>2.1.4 encap +<char></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569390" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">|</tt></p> +<p>The symbol which indicates that the rest of the argument list is +to be used as the encapsulating command for the page +number.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-escape-char"></a>2.1.5 escape +<char></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569430" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">\\</tt></p> +<p>The symbol which escapes the next letter, unless its preceding +letter is escape. In other words, quote is used to escape the +letter which immediately follows it. But if it is preceded by +escape, it does not escape anything.</p> +<p>Notice that the two symbols must be distinct.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-style-string"></a>2.1.6 keyword +<string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569478" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\\indexentry"</tt></p> +<p>This is the command which tells Make-Index that its argument is +an index entry.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-level-char"></a>2.1.7 level +<char></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569521" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">!</tt></p> +<p>The delimiter which denotes a new level of subitem.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-quote-char"></a>2.1.8 quote +<char></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569561" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"</tt></p> +<p><tt class="literal">quote</tt> is used to escape the letter +which immediately follows it, but if it is preceded by escape, it +is treated as a ordinary character. These two symbols must be +distinct.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-range-close"></a>2.1.9 +range_close <char></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569608" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">)</tt></p> +<p>The closing delimiter indicating the end of an explicit page +range.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-range-open"></a>2.1.10 +range_open <char></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569648" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">(</tt></p> +<p>The opening delimiter indicating the beginning of an explicit +page range.</p></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-style-specs"></a>2.2 +Output Style Specifiers</h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569690" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-page-compositor"></a>2.2.1 +page_compositor <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569713" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"-"</tt></p> +<p>This specifier is used to separate a range of page numbers.</p> +<p>Officially undocumented!</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="makeindex-output-preamble-string"></a>2.2.2 preamble +<string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569758" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\\begin{theindex}\n"</tt></p> +<p>The preamble of actual index file.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="makeindex-output-postamble-string"></a>2.2.3 postamble +<string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569798" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"</tt></p> +<p>The postamble of actual index file.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-setpage-prefix"></a>2.2.4 +setpage_prefix <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569838" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n \\setcounter{page}{"</tt></p> +<p>The prefix of the command which sets the starting page +number.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-setpage-suffix"></a>2.2.5 +setpage_suffix <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569880" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"}\n"</tt></p> +<p>The suffix of the command which sets the starting page +number.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-group-skip"></a>2.2.6 +group_skip <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569921" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n\n \\indexspace\n"</tt></p> +<p>The vertical space to be inserted before a new group +begins.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="makeindex-output-heading-prefix-string"></a>2.2.7 +heading_prefix <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2569960" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">""</tt></p> +<p>The header prefix to be inserted before a new letter +begins.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="makeindex-output-heading-suffix-string"></a>2.2.8 +heading_suffix <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570000" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">""</tt></p> +<p>The header suffix to be inserted before a new letter +begins.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-headings-flag"></a>2.2.9 +headings_flag <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570041" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p> +<p>The flag indicating the condition of inserting new letter +header. Default is 0, which means no header. Positive means insert +an uppercase letter between prefix and suffix. Negative means +insert a lowercase letter.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="makeindex-output-symhead-positive"></a>2.2.10 +symhead_positive <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570084" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"Symbols"</tt></p> +<p>Heading for symbols to be inserted if +<tt class="literal">headings_flag</tt> is positive.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="makeindex-output-symhead-negative"></a>2.2.11 +symhead_negative <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570131" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"symbols"</tt></p> +<p>Heading for symbols to be inserted if +<tt class="literal">headings_flag</tt> is negative.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="makeindex-output-numhead-positive"></a>2.2.12 +numhead_positive <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570178" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"Numbers"</tt></p> +<p>Heading for numbers to be inserted if +<tt class="literal">headings_flag</tt> is positive.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="makeindex-output-numhead-negative"></a>2.2.13 +numhead_negative <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570224" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"numbers"</tt></p> +<p>Heading for numbers to be inserted if +<tt class="literal">headings_flag</tt> is negative.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-0"></a>2.2.14 item_0 +<string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570271" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n \\item "</tt></p> +<p>The command to be inserted between two primary (level 0) +items.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-1"></a>2.2.15 item_1 +<string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570312" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n \\subitem "</tt></p> +<p>The command to be inserted between two secondary (level 1) +items.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-2"></a>2.2.16 item_2 +<string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570352" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n \\subsubitem "</tt></p> +<p>The command to be inserted between two level 2 items.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-01"></a>2.2.17 +item_01 <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570392" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n \\subitem "</tt></p> +<p>The command to be inserted between a level 0 item and a level 1 +item.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-x1"></a>2.2.18 +item_x1 <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570432" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n \\subitem "</tt></p> +<p>The command to be inserted between a level 0 item and a level 1 +item. The difference between this and previous is that in this case +the level 0 item doesn't have any page numbers.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-12"></a>2.2.19 +item_12 <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570474" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n \\subsubitem "</tt></p> +<p>The command to be inserted between a level 1 item and a level 2 +item.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-x2"></a>2.2.20 +item_x2 <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570515" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n \\subsubitem "</tt></p> +<p>The command to be inserted between a level 1 item and a level 2 +item. The difference between this and previous is that in this case +the level 1 item doesn't have any page numbers.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-delim-0"></a>2.2.21 +delim_0 <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570557" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">", "</tt></p> +<p>The delimiter to be inserted between a level 0 key and its first +page number. Default is a comma followed by a blank.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-delim-1"></a>2.2.22 +delim_1 <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570598" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">", "</tt></p> +<p>The delimiter to be inserted between a level 1 key and its first +page number. Default is a comma followed by a blank.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-delim-2"></a>2.2.23 +delim_2 <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570640" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">", "</tt></p> +<p>The delimiter to be inserted between a level 2 key and its first +page number. Default is a comma followed by a blank.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-delim-n"></a>2.2.24 +delim_n <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570681" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">", "</tt></p> +<p>The delimiter to be inserted between two page numbers for the +same key in any level. Default is a comma followed by a +blank.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-delim-r"></a>2.2.25 +delim_r <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570722" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"--"</tt></p> +<p>The delimiter to be inserted between the starting and ending +page numbers of a range.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-delim-t"></a>2.2.26 +delim_t <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570762" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">""</tt></p> +<p>The delimiter to be inserted at the end of a page list. This +delimiter has no effect on entries which have no associated page +list.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-encap-prefix"></a>2.2.27 +encap_prefix <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570803" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\\"</tt></p> +<p>The prefix for the command which encapsulates the page +number.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-encap-infox"></a>2.2.28 +encap_infix <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570844" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"{"</tt></p> +<p>The prefix for the command which encapsulates the page +number.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-encap-suffix"></a>2.2.29 +encap_suffix <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570885" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"}"</tt></p> +<p>The suffix for the command which encapsulates the page +number.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-line-max"></a>2.2.30 +line_max <number></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570925" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">72</tt></p> +<p>The maximum length of a line in the output beyond which a line +wraps around.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-indent-space"></a>2.2.31 +indent_space <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2570965" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\t\t"</tt></p> +<p>The space to be inserted in front of a wrapped line. Default is +two tabs.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-indent-length"></a>2.2.32 +indent_length <number></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2571006" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">16</tt></p> +<p>The length of indent_space. In the default case this is 16 (for +2 tabs).</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-suffix-2p"></a>2.2.33 +suffix_2p <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2571047" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">""</tt></p> +<p>Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and the second page +number of a two page list. When present, it overrides +<tt class="literal">delim_r</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-suffix-3p"></a>2.2.34 +suffix_3p <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2571094" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">""</tt></p> +<p>Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and the second page +number of a three page list. When present, it overrides +<tt class="literal">delim_r</tt> and +<tt class="literal">suffix_mp</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-suffix-mp"></a>2.2.35 +suffix_mp <string></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2571147" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Default: <tt class="literal">""</tt></p> +<p>Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and the second page +number of a multiple page list (three or more pages). When present, +it overrides +<tt class="literal">delim_r</tt>.</p></div></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> +<a id="makeindex-example"></a>3 Example</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2571196" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The following example shows a style file called +<tt class="literal">book.isty</tt> which defines a stand-alone +index for a book. By stand-alone, we mean it can be formatted +independent of the main source.</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +preamble +"\\documentstyle[12pt]{book} +\\begin{document} +\\begin{theindex} +{\\small\n" + +postamble +"\n\n} +\\end{theindex} +\\end{document}\n" +</pre> +<p>Suppose a particular book style requires the index (as well as +any chapters) to start from an odd page number. Given +<tt class="literal">foo.idx</tt> as the raw index file, the +following command line produces an index in file +<tt class="literal">foo-.ind</tt>.</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +makeindex -s book.isty -o foo-.ind -p odd foo +</pre> +<p>The reason to use a non-default output file name is to avoid +clobbering the source output (presumably +<tt class="literal">foo.dvi</tt>) because if the index is in file +<tt class="literal">foo.ind</tt>, its output will also be in +<tt class="literal">foo.dvi</tt> as a result of separate formatting +using . In the example the index is in +<tt class="literal">foo-.ind</tt>, its output will be in +<tt class="literal">foo-.dvi</tt> and thus introduces no +confusion.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> +<a id="makeindex-ordering"></a>4 Ordering</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2571306" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>By default <tt class="literal">makeindex</tt> assumes word +ordering. The <tt class="literal">-l</tt> option turns it into +letter ordering. The only difference is whether a blank is treated +as an effective letter or not. In word ordering, a blank precedes +any letter in the alphabet, whereas in letter ordering, it doesn't +count at all. This is best illustrated by the following +example:</p> +<div class="informaltable"> +<table border="0"> +<colgroup> +<col align="left" /> +<col align="left" /></colgroup> +<thead> +<tr> +<th align="left"><span class="emphasis"><em>word +order</em></span></th> +<th align="left"><span class="emphasis"><em>letter +order</em></span></th></tr></thead> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left">sea lion</td> +<td align="left">seal</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">seal</td> +<td align="left">seal lion</td></tr></tbody></table></div> +<p>Numbers are sorted in numeric order. For instance,</p> +<div class="informaltable"> +<table border="0"> +<colgroup> +<col align="left" /></colgroup> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left">9 (nine), 123</td></tr> +<tr> +<td align="left">123 10 (ten), see Derek, +Bo</td></tr></tbody></table></div> +<p>Letters are first sorted with uppercase and lowercase considered +identical; then, within identical words the uppercase letter +precedes its lowercase counterpart.</p> +<p>Patterns lead by a special symbol precede numbers, which precede +patterns lead by a letter. The symbol here refers to anything not +in the union of digits and English alphabet. This includes those +which follow 'z' in the ASCII chart. As a special case, anything +started with a digit but mixed with non-digits is considered a +symbol-leading pattern instead of a number.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> +<a id="makeindex-special-effects"></a>5 Special +Effects</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2571484" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>In the normal case entries such as</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\indexentry{alpha}{1} +\indexentry{alpha!beta}{3} +\indexentry{alpha!beta!gamma}{10} +</pre> +<p>in the raw index file will be converted to</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\item alpha, 1 + \subitem beta, 3 + \subsubitem gamma, 10 +</pre> +<p>in the output index file by Make-Index. Notice that the level +symbol (<tt class="literal">!</tt>) is used to delimit levels of +nesting.</p> +<p>It is possible to make an item appear in a designated form by +using the actual (<tt class="literal">@</tt>) operator. For +instance,</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\indexentry{alpha@{\it alpha\/}}{1} +</pre> +<p>will become</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\item {\it alpha\/} 1 +</pre> +<p>after the conversion. The idea is that the pattern preceding +<tt class="literal">@</tt> is used as sort key, whereas the one +following it is put in the actual result. However, the same key +with and without the actual part are regarded as distinct +entries.</p> +<p>It is also possible to encapsulate a page number with a +designated command using the encap (<tt class="literal">|</tt>) +operator. For example, in the default case,</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\indexentry{alpha|bold}{1} +</pre> +<p>will be converted to</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\item alpha \bold{1} +</pre> +<p>where <tt class="literal">\bold{n}</tt> will expand to +<tt class="literal">{\bf n}</tt>. This allows the encap operator to +be used to set pages in different fonts, thereby conveying more +information about whatever being indexed. For instance, given the +same key the page where its definition appears can be in one font +while where its primary example is given can be in another, with +other ordinary appearances in a third. Notice that in this example, +the three output attributes associated with page encapsulation +<tt class="literal">encap_prefix</tt>, +<tt class="literal">encap_infix</tt>, and +<tt class="literal">encap_suffix</tt> correspond respectively to +backslash, left brace, and right brace. If this is to be formatted +by languages other than , they would be defined differently.</p> +<p>By the same token, the <tt class="literal">encap</tt> operator +can be used to make cross references in the index. For +instance,</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\indexentry{alpha|see{beta}}{1} +</pre> +<p>will become</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\item alpha \see{beta}{1} +</pre> +<p>in the output index file after the conversion, where</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\see{beta}{1} +</pre> +<p>will expand to</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +{\it see\/} beta +</pre> +<p>Notice that in a cross reference like this the page number +disappears. Therefore, where to insert such a command in the source +is immaterial.</p> +<p>A pair of encap concatenated with +<tt class="literal">range_open</tt> (<tt class="literal">|(</tt>) +and with <tt class="literal">range_close</tt> +(<tt class="literal">|)</tt>) creates an explicit page range. That +is,</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\indexentry{alpha|(}{1} +\indexentry{alpha|)}{5} +</pre> +<p>will become</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\item alpha, 1--5 +</pre> +<p>Intermediate pages indexed by the same key will be merged into +the range implicitly. This is especially useful when an entire +section about a particular subject is to be indexed, in which case +only the range opening and closing operators need to be inserted at +the beginning and end of the section, respectively.</p> +<p>This explicit page range formation can also include an extra +command to set the page range in a designated font. Thus</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\indexentry{alpha|(bold}{1} +\indexentry{alpha|)}{5} +</pre> +<p>will become</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\item alpha, \bold{1--5} +</pre> +<p>A couple of special cases are worth mentioning here. First, +entries like</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\indexentry{alpha|(}{1} +\indexentry{alpha|bold}{3} +\indexentry{alpha|)}{5} +</pre> +<p>will be interpreted as</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\item alpha, \bold{3}, 1--5 +</pre> +<p>but with a warning message in the transcript about the encounter +of an inconsistent page encapsulator. Secondly, an explicit range +beginning in a Roman page number and ending in Arabic is considered +an error. In a case like this the range is broken into two +subranges, if possible, one in Roman, the other in Arabic. For +instance,</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\indexentry{alpha|(}{i} +\indexentry{alpha}{iv} +\indexentry{alpha}{3} +\indexentry{alpha|)}{7} +</pre> +<p>will be turned into</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\item alpha, 1--iv, 3--7 +</pre> +<p>with a warning message in the transcript complaining about the +illegal range formation.</p> +<p>Finally, every special symbol mentioned in this section may be +escaped by the quote operator (<tt class="literal">"</tt>). +Thus</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\indexentry{alpha"@beta}{1} +</pre> +<p>will actually become</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\item alpha@beta, 1 +</pre> +<p>as a result of executing Make-Index. However, if quote is +preceded by escape (<tt class="literal">\</tt>), its following +letter is not escaped. That is,</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\indexentry{f\"ur}{1} +</pre> +<p>means</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\item f\"ur, 1 +</pre> +<p>which represents umlaut accented <tt class="literal">u</tt> to +the family of processors.</p></div></div> +<div class="chapter" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title"> +<a id="xindy"></a>Chapter 7. xindy</h2></div></div></div> +<div class="toc"> +<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list">1 Command +List</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list-processing">1.1 +Processing Commands</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list-markup">1.2 +Markup Commands</a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list-raw-index">1.3 +Raw Index Interface</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-invoking">2 Invoking +xindy</a></span></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-invoking-cmdline">2.1 +Command Line Options</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-search-path">2.2 Search +Path</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> +<a id="id2571856" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> +<h3 class="title">Note</h3> +<p>The content of this section was taken from the original +documentation of xindy V2.1 +(<tt class="filename">Doc/manual*.html</tt>).</p></div> +<p><span class="emphasis"><em>xindy</em></span> means +fle<span class="emphasis"><em>x</em></span>ible +<span class="emphasis"><em>ind</em></span>exing +s<span class="emphasis"><em>y</em></span>stem. It is an indexing +system that can be used to generate book-like indexes for arbitrary +document preparation systems. This term includes systems such as +TeX and LaTeX, the Nroff-family or SGML-based systems (e.g. HTML) +that process some kind of text and generate indexing information. +It is not fixed to any specific system, but can be configured for a +wide variety of purposes.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> +<a id="xindy-command-list"></a>1 Command +List</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2571920" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>Here is the complete list of xindy's commands that may be used +in the index style. The symbol <tt class="literal">name</tt> always +refers to a string. We separate the commands into the processing +and markup commands. The commands are listed in alphabetical +order.</p> +<p>The parenthesis <tt class="literal">[</tt> and +<tt class="literal">]</tt> denote optional parts of the syntax and +<tt class="literal">{</tt> and <tt class="literal">}</tt> denote +the grouping of elements. A vertical bar indicates alternatives. +However, the enclosing round braces +<span class="emphasis"><em>are</em></span> part of the syntax and +must be supplied.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="xindy-command-list-processing"></a>1.1 +Processing Commands</h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2571990" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-alphabet"></a>1.1.1 +<tt class="literal">define-alphabet</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2572018" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-alphabet name string-list) +</pre> +<p>Defines <tt class="literal">name</tt> to be the alphabet +consisting of all elements of the +<tt class="literal">string-list</tt>. Examples:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-alphabet "example-alphabet" ("An" "Example" "Alphabet")) +</pre> +<p>defines an alphabet consisting of exactly three symbols. For the +successor relationship holds: +<tt class="literal">succ("An")="Example"</tt> and +<tt class="literal">succ("Example")="Alphabet"</tt>. The built-in +alphabet <tt class="literal">digits</tt> is defined as follows:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-alphabet "digits" + ("0" "1" "2" "3" "4" "5" "6" "7" "8" "9")) +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-attributes"></a>1.1.2 +<tt class="literal">define-attributes</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2572110" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-attributes attribute-list) +</pre> +<p>Defines all attributes the raw index may contain. Parameter +<tt class="literal">attribute-list</tt> is a list of list of +strings. The nesting level must not be more than 2. So +<tt class="literal">(..(..)..)</tt> is allowed, whereas +<tt class="literal">(..(..(..)..)..)</tt> is not.</p> +<p>The list has two kinds of elements: strings and list of strings. +A single string is treated as if it were a single element list. So +the lists <tt class="literal">("definition")</tt> and +<tt class="literal">( ("definition") )</tt> are equivalent. All +elements forming a list are a so-called +<span class="emphasis"><em>attribute group</em></span>. The members +of a group are written to the output file before any member of the +following groups are written.</p> +<p>Examples of valid attributes lists are:</p> +<p><tt class="literal">("definition" "usage")</tt> defines two +attribute groups. The first one contains all references with the +attribute <tt class="literal">definition</tt> and the second one +all with the attribute <tt class="literal">usage</tt>.</p> +<p><tt class="literal">(("definition" "important") "usage")</tt> +defines two attribute groups. The first one contains all references +with the attributes <tt class="literal">definition</tt> or +<tt class="literal">important</tt> and the second one all with the +attribute <tt class="literal">usage</tt>. In the attribute group +<tt class="literal">("definition" "important")</tt> the attribute +<tt class="literal">definition</tt> overrides +<tt class="literal">important</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-crossref-class"></a>1.1.3 +<tt class="literal">define-crossref-class</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2572272" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-crossref-class name [:unverified]) +</pre> +<p>Defines <tt class="literal">name</tt> to be a class of cross +references. We distinguish two types of cross reference classes. +<span class="emphasis"><em>Verified</em></span> cross reference +classes can be checked for dangling references. If for instance a +cross reference points to the non-existent keyword `foo' a warning +is issued and the user is advised to correct the invalid cross +reference. This is the default. If for some reasons this mechanism +must be deactivated the switch <tt class="literal">:unverified</tt> +can be used to suppress this behaviour.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-letter-group"></a>1.1.4 +<tt class="literal">define-letter-group</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2572338" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-letter-group name [:before lgname] [:after lgname] + [:prefixes list-of-prefixes]) +</pre> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-letter-groups list-of-letter-groups) +</pre> +<p>This command defines a letter group with name +<tt class="literal">name</tt>, which must be a string value, +grouping all index entries that have a +<span class="emphasis"><em>sort key</em></span> beginning with the +prefix <tt class="literal">name</tt>. The command</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-letter-group "a") +</pre> +<p>is equivalent to the command</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-letter-group "a" :prefixes ("a")) +</pre> +<p>Using the latter form one can associate more than one prefix +with a given letter group. Also further prefixes can be added to an +already existing letter group by simply defining the same letter +group again. This results not in a redefinition but in adding more +prefixes to the currently defined prefixes.</p> +<p>Example:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-letter-group "a") +</pre> +<p>defines a letter group containing all index entries beginning +with the string <tt class="literal">"a"</tt>.</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-letter-group "c" :after "a") +</pre> +<p>defines a letter group containing all index entries beginning +with the string <tt class="literal">"c"</tt>. The letter group +appears behind the letter group <tt class="literal">"a"</tt></p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-letter-group "b" :after "a" :before "c") +</pre> +<p>inserts letter group <tt class="literal">"b"</tt> between letter +group <tt class="literal">"a"</tt> and +<tt class="literal">"c"</tt>. This allows incremental definition of +letter groups by extending already defined ones.</p> +<p>The arguments <tt class="literal">:after</tt> and +<tt class="literal">:before</tt> define a partial order on the +letter groups. xindy tries to convert this partial order into a +total one. If this is impossible due to circular definitions, an +error is reported. If more than one possible total ordering can +result, it is left open which one is used, so one should always +define a complete total order.</p> +<p>The command <tt class="literal">define-letter-groups</tt> (with +an `s' at the end) is simply an abbreviation for a sequence of +<tt class="literal">define-letter-group</tt> definitions where the +elements are ordered in the ordering given by the list. +Example:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-letter-groups ("a" "b" "c") +</pre> +<p>equals the definitions</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-letter-group "a") +(define-letter-group "b" :after "a") +(define-letter-group "c" :after "b") +</pre> +<p>See also commands +<tt class="literal">markup-letter-group-list</tt> and +<tt class="literal">markup-letter-group</tt> for further +information.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-location-class"></a>1.1.5 +<tt class="literal">define-location-class</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2572569" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-location-class name layer-list + [:min-range-length num] + [:hierdepth depth] + [:var]) +</pre> +<p>Defines <tt class="literal">name</tt> to be a location class +consisting of the given list of layers. A list of layers consists +of names of basetypes and/or strings representing separators. +Separators must follow the keyword argument +<tt class="literal">:sep</tt>. If the keyword +<tt class="literal">:min-range-length</tt> is specified we define +the <span class="emphasis"><em>minimum range length</em></span> to +be used when building ranges. The argument +<tt class="literal">num</tt> must be a positive integer number or +the keyword <tt class="literal">none</tt> in which case the +building of ranges is disallowed. If the switch +<tt class="literal">:var</tt> is specified the declared class is of +type <span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span>, i.e. it is a +<span class="emphasis"><em>var-location-class</em></span>. Since +building of ranges is currently only allowed for standard classes +<tt class="literal">:var</tt> and +<tt class="literal">:min-range-length</tt> must not be used +together. The keyword argument <tt class="literal">:hierdepth</tt> +can be used to declare that the location references have to be +tagged in a hierarchical form. Its argument +<tt class="literal">depth</tt> must be an integer number indicating +the number of layers the hierarchy does contain. See command +<tt class="literal">markup-locref-list</tt> for more information. +Examples:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-location-class "page-numbers" ("arabic-numbers") + :minimum-range-length 3) +</pre> +<p>Defines the location class <tt class="literal">page-numbers</tt> +consisting of one layer which is the alphabet +<tt class="literal">arabic-numbers</tt>. Since the minimum range +length is set to 3 the location references 2, 3 and 4 don't form a +range because the range length is only 2. But the references 6, 7, +8, and 9 are enough to form a range. Some example instances of this +class are <tt class="literal">0, 1, ... 2313</tt>, etc.</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-location-class "sections" :var + ("arabic-numbers" :sep "." + "arabic-numbers" :sep "." + "arabic-numbers")) +</pre> +<p>defines a variable location class. Valid instances are +<tt class="literal">1, 1.1, 1.2, 2, 2.4.5</tt>, but none of +<tt class="literal">2-3</tt> (wrong separator), +<tt class="literal">1.2.3.4</tt> (more than 3 layers), +<tt class="literal">2.3.iv</tt> (roman number instead of arabic +one).</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-location-class-order"></a>1.1.6 +<tt class="literal">define-location-class-order</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2572772" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-location-class-order list) +</pre> +<p>Defines the order in which the location classes are written to +the output file. The parameter <tt class="literal">list</tt> is a +list of names of location classes. Examples:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-location-class-order + ("page-numbers" "sections" "xrefs")) +</pre> +<p>tells the system that the page numbers should appear before the +section numbers and that the cross references should appear at the +end. If this command is omitted, the declaration order of the +location classes in the index style is implicitly used as the +output order. In the case that a location class does not appear in +the list, the output may behave unexpectedly, so one should always +enumerate all used location classes when using this +command.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-rule-set"></a>1.1.7 +<tt class="literal">define-rule-set</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2572847" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-rule-set name + [ :inherit-from ("rule-set" "rule-set-2") ] + :rules (<rule>...) ) +</pre> +<p>A complete specification of a multi-phase sorting process for a +language requires that some rules have to appear in several +subsequent sorting phases. Rule sets can be used to define a set of +rules that can be instantiated in an arbitrary sorting phase. +Basically, they offer means to separate the definition of sorting +rules from their instantiation, hence, acting as a wrapper for +calls to <tt class="literal">sort-rule</tt>. They do not add new +functionality that is not already present with +<tt class="literal">sort-rule</tt>.</p> +<p>A rule can be of the form:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +<rule> ::= ("pattern" "replacement" + [:string|:bregexp|:egegexp] [:again]) +</pre> +<p>The following incomplete example defines a new rule set of name +<tt class="literal">isolatin1-tolower</tt> that inherits +definitions from rule set <tt class="literal">latin-tolower</tt>, +overriding or adding the sort rules in the list of +<tt class="literal">:rules</tt>.</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-rule-set "isolatin1-tolower" + + :inherit-from ("latin-tolower") + + :rules (("?" "?" :string :again) + ("?" "?" :string :again) + ("?" "?" :string :again) + ("?" "?" :string :again) + ("?" "?" :string :again) + ("?" "?" :string :again) + ("?" "?" :string :again) + ... + ) +...) +</pre> +<p>Rule sets can be instantiated with the command +<tt class="literal">use-rule-set</tt>. For further descriptions on +the sorting model refer to the command +<tt class="literal">sort-rule</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-sort-rule-orientations"> +</a>1.1.8 +<tt class="literal">define-sort-rule-orientations</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2572976" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-sort-rule-orientations (orientations...)) +</pre> +<p>Defines the order for the different sorting phases. The +currently implemented +<span class="emphasis"><em>orientations</em></span> are +<tt class="literal">forward</tt> and +<tt class="literal">backward</tt>. This command must precede all +<tt class="literal">sort-rule</tt> commands in an index style. It +defines the orientations and implicitly sets the maximum number of +sorting phases performed.</p> +<p>For further descriptions on the sorting model refer to the +command <tt class="literal">sort-rule</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-merge-rule"></a>1.1.9 +<tt class="literal">merge-rule</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2573057" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(merge-rule pattern replacement [:again] + [:bregexp | :eregexp | :string]) +</pre> +<p>Defines a keyword mapping rule that can be used to generate the +<span class="emphasis"><em>merge key</em></span> from the +<span class="emphasis"><em>main key</em></span> of an index entry. +This mapping is necessary to map all keywords that are differently +written but belong to the same keyword to the same canonical +keyword.</p> +<p>The parameter <tt class="literal">pattern</tt> can be a +POSIX-compliant regular expression or an ordinary string. The +implementation uses the GNU Rx regular expression library which +implements the POSIX regular expressions. Regular expressions (REs) +can be specified as <span class="emphasis"><em>basic regular +expressions</em></span> (BREs) or +<span class="emphasis"><em>extended regular expressions</em></span> +(EREs). You can use the switch <tt class="literal">:bregexp</tt> to +force the interpretation of the pattern as a BRE, or +<tt class="literal">:eregexp</tt> to interpret it as an ERE. If you +want xindy to interpret the pattern literally, use the switch +<tt class="literal">:string</tt>. If none of these switches is +selected, xindy uses an auto-detection mechanism to decide, if the +pattern is a regular expression or not. If it recognizes the +pattern as a RE, it interprets it as an ERE by default.</p> +<p>The parameter <tt class="literal">replacement</tt> must be a +string possibly containing the special characters +<tt class="literal">&</tt> (substitutes for the complete match) +and <tt class="literal">\1 ,..., \9</tt> (substituting for the +<span class="emphasis"><em>n</em></span>-th submatch. Examples:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(merge-rule "A" "a") +</pre> +<p>replaces each occurrence of the uppercase letter +<tt class="literal">`A'</tt> with its lowercase counterpart.</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(merge-rule "\~"([AEOUaeou])" "\1") +</pre> +<p>transforms the TeX umlaut-letters into their stripped +counterparts, such that <tt class="literal">`\"A '</tt> is treated +as an <tt class="literal">`A'</tt> afterwards.</p> +<p>The following sequences have a special meaning:</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">` ~n '</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>End of line symbol +(<span class="emphasis"><em>linefeed</em></span>).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">` ~b '</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>The ISO-Latin character with the lowest ordinal number.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">` ~e '</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>The ISO-Latin character with the highest ordinal +number.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">` ~~ '</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>The tilde character.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">` ~" '</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>The double quote character.</p></dd></dl></div> +<p>Tilde characters and double quotes have to be quoted themselves +with a tilde character. The special characters +<tt class="literal">` ~b '</tt> and <tt class="literal">` ~e '</tt> +allow the definition of arbitrary sorting orders by rules. In +connection with an additional character every position in the +alphabet can be described. E.g. <tt class="literal">` m~e '</tt> is +lexicographically placed between <tt class="literal">`m'</tt> and +<tt class="literal">`n'</tt>.</p> +<p>Due to efficiency, rules that just exchange characters or +substitute constant character sequences are not treated as regular +expressions. Therefore, instead of using the rule</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(merge-rule "[A-Z]" "&") +</pre> +<p>it is more efficient (though less comfortable) to use</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(merge-rule "A" "Ax") +(merge-rule "B" "Bx") +... +(merge-rule "Z" "Zx") +</pre> +<p>Usually rules are applied in order of their definition. Rules +with a special prefix precede those that begin with a class of +characters, so that the search pattern +<tt class="literal">`alpha'</tt> is checked before +<tt class="literal">`.*'</tt>, but <tt class="literal">`auto'</tt> +and <tt class="literal">`a.*'</tt> are checked in order of their +definition.</p> +<p>The first rule from a style file that matches the input is +applied and the process restarts behind the substituted text. If no +rule could be applied, the actual character is copied from the +input and the process continues with the next character.</p> +<p>Sometimes it is necessary to apply rules anew to the result of a +transformation. By specifying the keyword argument +<tt class="literal">:again</tt> in the merge rule the rule is +marked as mutable, which means that after using this rule the +transformation process shall restart at the same place. E.g. the +rule</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(merge-rule "\$(.*)\$" "\1" :again) +</pre> +<p>deletes <span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> surrounding +<tt class="literal">`$ '</tt> symbols from the input.</p> +<p>See also command <tt class="literal">sort-rule</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-merge-to"></a>1.1.10 +<tt class="literal">merge-to</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2573462" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(merge-to attr-from attr-to [:drop]) +</pre> +<p>A merge rule says that the attribute +<tt class="literal">attr-from</tt> can be used to build ranges in +<tt class="literal">attr-to</tt>. Both attributes must name valid +attribute names. The switch <tt class="literal">:drop</tt> +indicates, that the original location reference with attribute +<tt class="literal">attr-from</tt> has to be dropped (removed), if +a successful range was built with location references in attribute +<tt class="literal">attr-to</tt>. A detailed description is given +in the section about processing phases.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-require"></a>1.1.11 +<tt class="literal">require</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2573541" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(require filename) +</pre> +<p>This command allows to load more index style modules. The module +is searched in the directories defined in the search path. The file +is read in and processing of the current file continues. The +argument <tt class="literal">filename</tt> must be a string. This +allows to decompose the index style into several modules that can +be included into the topmost index style file. Example:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(require "french/alphabet.xdy") +(require "french/sort-rules.xdy") +(require "tex/locations.xdy") +(require "tex/markup.xdy") +</pre> +<p>Submodules can load other submodules as well. If a file is +required that was already loaded, the +<tt class="literal">require</tt> command is simply ignored and +processing continues without including this file twice. See also +command searchpath.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-searchpath"></a>1.1.12 +<tt class="literal">searchpath</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2573612" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(searchpath {path-string | path-list}) +</pre> +<p>This command adds the given paths to the list of paths, xindy +searches for index style files. The argument +<tt class="literal">path-string</tt> must be a colon-separated +string of directory names. If this path ends with a colon the +default search path is added to the end of the path list. +Example:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(searchpath ".:/usr/local/lib/xindy:/usr/local/lib/xindy/english:") +</pre> +<p>adds the specified directories to the search path. Since the +last path ends with a colon, the built-in search path is added at +the end. Specifying</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(searchpath ("." + "/usr/local/lib/xindy" + "/usr/local/lib/xindy/english" + :default)) +</pre> +<p>yields exactly the same result as the example above. Here +<tt class="literal">path-list</tt> must be a list of strings and/or +the keyword(s) <tt class="literal">:default</tt> and +<tt class="literal">:last</tt>. The keyword +<tt class="literal">:default</tt> signifies that the default +pathnames are to be inserted at the specified position in the list. +The keyword <tt class="literal">:last</tt> allows to insert the +currently active paths at the indicated position. Since this allows +to insert the built-in paths at any position and incrementally +adding new paths to the search path, this version of the command +ist more flexible than the first version.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-sort-rule"></a>1.1.13 +<tt class="literal">sort-rule</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2573722" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(sort-rule pattern replacement [:run level] [:again]) +</pre> +<p>Defines a keyword mapping rule that can be used to generate the +<span class="emphasis"><em>sort key</em></span> of an index entry +from the <span class="emphasis"><em>merge key</em></span>. This key +is used to sort the index entries lexicographically after they have +been merged using the merge key.</p> +<p>The argument <tt class="literal">:run</tt> indicates that this +rule is only in effect a the specified +<span class="emphasis"><em>level</em></span> (default is level 0). +For a detailed discussion on the definition of sort rules for +different layers refer to the documentation about the new sorting +scheme (<tt class="literal">new-sort-rules</tt>) that comes with +this distribution.</p> +<p>See command <tt class="literal">merge-rule</tt> for more +information about keyword rules.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"> +<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-use-rule-set"></a>1.1.14 +<tt class="literal">use-rule-set</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<a id="id2573810" class="indexterm"></a> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(use-rule-set [:run phase] + [:rule-set ( <rule-set>... )) +</pre> +<p>This command instantiates the gives rule sets to be in effect at +sorting phase <tt class="literal">phase</tt>. The order of the rule +sets given with argument <tt class="literal">:rule-set</tt> is +significant. Rule set entries of rule set appearing at the +beginning of the list override entries in rule sets at the end of +the list.</p> +<p>The following example declares that in phase 0 the rule sets +<tt class="literal">din5007</tt> and +<tt class="literal">isolatin1-tolower</tt> should be active, +whereas in phase 2 the other rule sets have to be applied.</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(use-rule-set :run 0 + :rule-set ("din5007" "isolatin1-tolower")) + +(use-rule-set :run 1 + :rule-set ("resolve-umlauts" + "resolve-sharp-s" + "isolatin1-tolower" + )) +</pre> +<p>For a discussion on rule sets refer to command +<tt class="literal">define-rule-set</tt>.</p></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="xindy-command-list-markup"></a>1.2 Markup +Commands</h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2573907" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The following commands can be used to define the markup of the +index. They don't have any influence on the indexing process. Since +the markup scheme is characterized by the concept of +<span class="emphasis"><em>environments</em></span>, the syntax and +naming scheme of all commands follows a simple structure.</p> +<p>The commands can be separated into +<span class="emphasis"><em>environment</em></span> and +<span class="emphasis"><em>list-environment</em></span> commands. +All commands of the first group support the keyword arguments +<tt class="literal">:open</tt> and <tt class="literal">:close</tt>, +whereas the second group additionally supports the keyword argument +<tt class="literal">:sep</tt>. If one of these keyword arguments is +missing, the default markup tag is always the empty tag. The +<tt class="literal">:open</tt> tag is always printed before the +object itself and the <tt class="literal">:close</tt> tag is always +printed after the object has been printed. If a list is printed the +<tt class="literal">:sep</tt> tag is printed between two elements +of the list but not before the first element, or after the last +one. All commands dealing with a list have the suffix +<tt class="literal">`-list'</tt> as part of their command name.</p> +<p>Since the number of commands and the heavy usage of +<span class="emphasis"><em>default</em></span> and +<span class="emphasis"><em>specialized</em></span> tags makes the +markup somehow complex (but very powerful) we have added a +mechanism to trace the markup tags xindy omits during its markup +phase with the command <tt class="literal">markup-trace</tt>.</p> +<p>Here follows the list of markup commands in alphabetical order +with some of the commands grouped together.</p> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574023"></a>1.2.1 +<tt class="literal">markup-attribute-group-list</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-attribute-group-list [:open string] [:close string] + [:sep string]) + +(markup-attribute-group [:open string] [:close string] + [:group group-num]) +</pre> +<p>Location class groups consist of lists of attribute groups. The +markup of this list can be defined with the command +<tt class="literal">markup-attribute-group-list</tt>.</p> +<p>To allow different markup for different attribute groups the +command <tt class="literal">markup-attribute-group</tt> can be +specialized on the group number with the keyword argument +<tt class="literal">:group</tt> which must be an integer number. +E.g., given are the groups <tt class="literal">("definition" +"theorem")</tt> and <tt class="literal">("default")</tt> with group +numbers 0 and 1, then</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-attribute-group :open "<group0>" :close </group0>" + :group 0) + +(markup-attribute-group :open "<group1>" :close "</group1>" + :group 1) +</pre> +<p>can be used to assign different markup for both groups in a +SGML-based language.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574100"></a>1.2.2 +<tt class="literal">markup-crossref-list</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-crossref-list [:open string] [:close string] + [:sep string] + [:class crossref-class]) + +(markup-crossref-layer-list [:open string] [:close string] + [:sep string] + [:class crossref-class]) + +(markup-crossref-layer [:open string] [:close string] + [:class crossref-class]) +</pre> +<p>A crossref class group contains cross references of the same +class. The separator between the classes is defined with the +<tt class="literal">(markup-locclass-list :sep)</tt>-parameter. A +list of cross references can be tagged with the +<tt class="literal">command markup-crossref-list</tt> that +specializes on the <tt class="literal">:class</tt> argument.</p> +<p>Each cross reference is determined by a list of layers +indicating the target of the cross reference. To define a suitable +markup for such a list the <tt class="literal">command +markup-crossref-layer-list</tt> can be used.</p> +<p>Each layer of a cross reference can be assigned two tags that +specialize on the class of the reference, like all other +commands.</p> +<p>A suitable markup for a cross reference class +<tt class="literal">see</tt> within LaTeX2e could look like +that:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-crossref-list :class "see" :open "\emph{see} " + :sep "; ") +(markup-crossref-layer-list :class "see" :sep ",") +(markup-crossref-layer :class "see" + :open "\textbf{" :close "}") +</pre> +<p>An example output could look like <tt class="literal">... see +house; garden,winter; greenhouse</tt></p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574200"></a>1.2.3 +<tt class="literal">markup-index</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-index [:open string] [:close string] + [ :flat | :tree | :hierdepth depth ]) +</pre> +<p>Defines the markup tags that enclose the whole index via the +<tt class="literal">:open</tt> and <tt class="literal">:close</tt> +parameters. Examples:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-index :open "Here comes the index~n" + :close "That's all folks!~n") +</pre> +<p>defines that the <tt class="literal">:open</tt> string is +printed before the rest of the index and the +<tt class="literal">:close</tt> string appears after the index is +printed.</p> +<p>Additionally one can specify the form of the generated index. It +is possible to produce flat indexes by specifying the switch +<tt class="literal">:flat</tt>, to generate a tree with the +<tt class="literal">:tree</tt> switch or any kind of mixture +between both by specifying the depth up to which trees shall be +built with the parameter <tt class="literal">:hierdepth</tt>. Its +argument depth is the number of layers that can be formed into a +tree. Therefore <tt class="literal">:flat</tt> is an abbrevation of +<tt class="literal">:hierdepth 0</tt> and +<tt class="literal">:tree</tt> is an abbrevation of +<tt class="literal">:hierdepth max-depth</tt>, with +<tt class="literal">max-depth</tt> being the maximum number of +layers a keyword has. An example: the keywords</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +("tree" "binary" "AVL") +("tree" "binary" "natural") +</pre> +<p>can be transformed in the following ways:</p> +<p>A flat index (<tt class="literal">:flat</tt> or +<tt class="literal">:hierdepth 0</tt>)</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +tree binary AVL +tree binary natural +</pre> +<p>with <tt class="literal">:hierdepth 1</tt></p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +tree + binary AVL + binary natural +</pre> +<p>and a tree (<tt class="literal">:tree</tt> or +<tt class="literal">:hierdepth > 1</tt>)</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +tree + binary + AVL + natural +</pre> +<p>Most often one will create tree-like indexes or ones that are +flat.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574381"></a>1.2.4 +<tt class="literal">markup-indexentry-list</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-indexentry-list [:open string] [:close string] + [:sep string] [:depth integer]) + +(markup-indexentry [:open string] [:close string] + [:depth integer]) +</pre> +<p>Letter groups consists of a list of index entries. The command +<tt class="literal">markup-indexentry-list</tt> defines the markup +of these lists. The markup can be specialized on the depth if the +index is hierarchically organized. The command</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-indexentry-list :open "\begin{IdxentList}" + :close "\end{IdxentList}" + :sep "~n") +</pre> +<p>defines that the index entries of all layers are wrapped into +the given markup tags. If additionally</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-indexentry-list :open "\begin{IdxentListII}" + :close "\end{IdxentListII}" + :sep "~n" + :depth 2) +</pre> +<p>is defined, all index entry lists of all layers (except layer 2) +are tagged according to the first specification, and the index +entry list within depth 2 are tagged according to the second +rule.</p> +<p>The command <tt class="literal">markup-indexentry</tt> defines +the markup of an index entry at a given depth. Since index entries +may also contain subentries and the markup for subentries may be +different in different layers, the optional keyword argument +<tt class="literal">:depth</tt> can be used to assign different +markup for different layers. If depth is ommited the default markup +for all possible depths is defined. The top-most index entries have +depth 0.</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-indexentry :open "\begin{Indexentry}" + :close "\end{Indexentry}") +</pre> +<p>defines that the index entries of all layers are wrapped into +the given markup tags. If additionally</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-indexentry :open "\begin{IndexentryII}" + :close "\end{IndexentryII}" + :depth 2) +</pre> +<p>is defined, all index entries of all layers (except layer 2) are +tagged according to the first specification, and the index entries +with depth 2 are tagged according to the second rule.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574484"></a>1.2.5 +<tt class="literal">markup-keyword-list</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-keyword-list [:open string] [:close string] + [:sep string] [:depth integer]) + +(markup-keyword [:open string] [:close string] + [:depth integer]) +</pre> +<p>The print key of an index entry consists of a list of strings. +The markup of this list can be defined with the command +<tt class="literal">markup-keyword-list</tt>. The keyword argument +<tt class="literal">:depth</tt> may be specified to define the +markup of the list at a particular depth.</p> +<p>The keyword of an index entry consists of a list of strings. +Each of these components is tagged with the strings defined with +the command <tt class="literal">markup-keyword</tt>. Since we maybe +need different markup for different layers, the optional keyword +argument can be used to specialize this markup for some +depth.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574539"></a>1.2.6 +<tt class="literal">markup-letter-group-list</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-letter-group-list [:open string] [:close string] + [:sep string]) + +(markup-letter-group [:open string] [:close string] [:group group-name] + [:open-head string] [:close-head string] + [:upcase | :downcase | :capitalize]) +</pre> +<p>The first command defines the markup of the letter group with +name <tt class="literal">group-name</tt>. Since the markup of +letter groups often contains the name of the letter group as a part +of it, the other keyword arguments allow an additional markup for +this group name. If one of the parameters +<tt class="literal">:open-head</tt> and +<tt class="literal">:close-head</tt> is specified additional markup +is added as can be described as follows:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +<OPEN> + IF (:open-head OR :close-head) + <OPEN-HEAD> + transformer-of(<GROUP-NAME>) + <CLOSE-HEAD> + FI + <INDEXENTRIES...> +<CLOSE> +</pre> +<p>Here, <tt class="literal">transformer-of</tt> is a function that +possibly transforms the string representing the group name into +another string. The transformers we currently support can be +specified with the switches <tt class="literal">:upcase</tt>, +<tt class="literal">:downcase</tt> and +<tt class="literal">:capitalize</tt> which result in the +corresponding string conversions. If none of them is specified no +transformation is done at all.</p> +<p>The command <tt class="literal">markup-letter-group</tt> defines +the markup of the list of letter groups.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574639"></a>1.2.7 +<tt class="literal">markup-locclass-list</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-locclass-list [:open string] [:close string] + [:sep string]) +</pre> +<p>Each index entry contains a list of location class groups. This +markup command can be used to define the markup of this +list.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574664"></a>1.2.8 +<tt class="literal">markup-locref</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-locref [:open string] [:close string] + [:class locref-class] + [:attr attribute] + [:depth integer]) +</pre> +<p>The markup tags of a location reference can be specialized on +the three arguments <tt class="literal">:class</tt>, +<tt class="literal">:attr</tt> and additionally, if sub-references +are used, <tt class="literal">:depth</tt>. Most often one will only +use a tag depending on the attribute. For example, all location +references with the attribute <tt class="literal">definition</tt> +should appear in a font series like bold, emphasizing the +importance of this location reference; those with the attribute +<tt class="literal">default</tt> in font shape italic. The markup +in this case would not specialize on the depth or any particular +class. A valid definition, suitable for a usage within HTML, could +look like this.</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-locref :open "<B>" :close "</B>" :attr "definition") +(markup-locref :open "<I>" :close "</I>" :attr "default") +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574736"></a>1.2.9 +<tt class="literal">markup-locref-class</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-locref-class [:open string] [:close string] + [:class locref-class]) +</pre> +<p>All location references of a particular location reference class +can be wrapped into the tags defined by this command. It +specializes on the keyword argument +<tt class="literal">:class</tt>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574768"></a>1.2.10 +<tt class="literal">markup-locref-layer</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-locref-layer [:open string] [:close string] + [:depth integer] [:layer integer] + [:class locref-class]) + +(markup-locref-layer-list [:open string] [:close string] + [:sep string] + [:depth integer] + [:class locref-class]) +</pre> +<p>A location reference contains a list of location reference +layers. The second markup command can be used to markup this list. +It specializes on the class of the location references and the +depth (if sub-references are used).</p> +<p>The first command allows to tag the elements of a layer list +differently. The first element of this list can is specialisable +with <tt class="literal">:layer 0</tt>, the next element with +<tt class="literal">:layer 1</tt>, etc. See the next example for an +example.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574818"></a>1.2.11 +<tt class="literal">markup-locref-list</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-locref-list [:open string] [:close string] [:sep string] + [:depth integer] [:class locref-class]) +</pre> +<p>An attribute group contains a list of location references and/or +ranges. Additionally a layered location reference itself may +contain sub-references that are stored as a list of location +references. We specialize the markup for these lists on the +location class they belong to with the keyword argument +<tt class="literal">:class</tt>, and on +<tt class="literal">:depth</tt> that specializes on the different +subentry levels when using location references with +sub-references.</p> +<p>Given is a list of location references that have the class +description</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(define-location-class "Appendix" + ("ALPHA" :sep "-" "arabic-numbers") + :hierdepth 2) +</pre> +<p>This location class has instances like +<tt class="literal">A-1</tt>, <tt class="literal">B-5</tt>, etc. +The keyword argument <tt class="literal">:hierdepth 2</tt> informs +xindy to markup these location references in a hierarchical form. +With the commands</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-locref-list :sep "; " + :depth 0 :class "Appendix") +(markup-locref-list :open " " :sep "," + :depth 1 :class "Appendix") +(markup-locref-layer :open "{\bf " :close "}" :layer 0 + :depth 0 :class "Appendix") +</pre> +<p>we obtain a markup sequence for some example data that could +look like</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> + \bf A} 1,2,5; {\bf B} 5,6,9; {\bf D} 1,5,8; ... +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574916"></a>1.2.12 +<tt class="literal">markup-range</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-range [:open string] [:close string] [:sep string] + [:class locref-class] + [:length num] [:ignore-end]) +</pre> +<p>A range consists of two location references. Markup can be +specified with the <tt class="literal">:open</tt> and +<tt class="literal">:close</tt> arguments and one separator given +by the argument <tt class="literal">:sep</tt>.</p> +<p>Since both location references are tagged with markup defined by +the command <tt class="literal">markup-locref</tt> a specialization +on attributes or depth is not necessary. Specialization is allowed +on the class they belong to, because the separator between two +location refences may be different for each location class. +Argument <tt class="literal">:length</tt> can be used to define +different markup for different lengths. In conjunction with +<tt class="literal">:length</tt> is may be useful not to print the +second location reference at all. For example, one wishes to markup +ranges of length 1 in the form Xf. instead of X--Y. This can be +accomplished with the switch +<tt class="literal">:ignore-end</tt>.</p> +<p>The markup tags for a range (X,Y) can be described as +follows:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +<OPEN> + Markup of location reference X +<SEP> + IF (not :ignore-end) + Markup of location reference Y + FI +<CLOSE> +</pre> +<p>The following tags can be used to define a range of page numbers +(given in a location class <tt class="literal">page-numbers</tt>) +without considering the open and close parameters:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-range :sep "-" :class "page-numbers") +</pre> +<p>Location ranges then appear separated by a hyphen in a form like +this:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> + ..., 5-8, 19-23, ... +</pre></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h4 class="title"><a id="id2575040"></a>1.2.13 +<tt class="literal">(markup-trace [:on] [:open string] [:close +string])</tt></h4></div></div></div> +<p>This command can be used to activate the tracing of all markup +commands xindy executes. The switch <tt class="literal">:on</tt> +activates the trace. If <tt class="literal">:on</tt> is omitted, +the command line flag <tt class="literal">-t</tt> can be used as +well. All tags which are emitted but not yet defined explicitly by +the user are tagged with a symbolic notation indicating the +commands that must be used to define this tag. The defaults for the +keyword argument <tt class="literal">:open</tt> is +<tt class="literal">`<'</tt> and for +<tt class="literal">:close</tt> is <tt class="literal">`>'</tt>. +The beginning of an example output could look like:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +<INDEX:OPEN> + <LETTER-GROUP-LIST:OPEN> + <LETTER-GROUP:OPEN ["a"]> + <INDEXENTRY-LIST:OPEN [0]> + <INDEXENTRY:OPEN [0]> + <KEYWORD-LIST:OPEN [0]> + <KEYWORD:OPEN [0]> + ... +</pre> +<p>We use a simple indentation scheme to make the structure of the +tags visible. The symbolic tag +<tt class="literal"><LETTER-GROUP:OPEN ["a"]></tt> for +example indicates that the tag that can be specified with the +command</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-letter-group :open "XXX" :group "a" ... ) +</pre> +<p>is emitted at this point in the markup process. By incrementally +adding markup commands to the index, more and more tags can be +defined until the whole markup is defined. This general mechanism +should allow everyone understand the markup process. The best is to +start with a small index, define the complete markup and afterwards +process the whole index. Additionally one can enclose the symbolic +tags into an environment that is neutral to the document +preparation system, such as a comment. For TeX this could be</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-trace :open "%%" :close "~n") +</pre> +<p>or a definition in the TeX document like</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +\def\ignore#1{} +</pre> +<p>combined with the command</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(markup-trace :open "\ignore{" :close "}") +</pre></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="xindy-command-list-raw-index"></a>1.3 Raw +Index Interface</h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2575175" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>This section can be skipped if the reader is not interested in +adapting xindy to a new document preparation system.</p> +<p>The raw index is the file that represents the index that is to +be processed. Since many different document preparation systems may +use different forms of index representations, their output must be +transformed in a form readable by xindy. We also could have written +an configurable parser performing this task, but usually a tool +written with some text processing tools such as +<span><b class="command">perl</b></span>, +<span><b class="command">sed</b></span> or +<span><b class="command">awk</b></span> can achieve the same task +as well. Therefore, adapting xindy to a completely different system +can mostly be done by writing an appropriate raw index filter.</p> +<p>The format of the raw index interface of xindy is defined as +follows:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(indexentry { :key string-list [:print string-list] + | :tkey list-of-layers } + [:attr string] + { :locref string [:open-range | :close-range] + | :xref string-list } ) +</pre> +<p>The pseudo variable +<span class="emphasis"><em>string</em></span> is a sequence of +characters surrounded by double quotes, e.g.</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +"Hi, it's me" "one" "a string with two \"double quotes\"" +</pre> +<p>are three examples of valid strings. If you need to include a +double quote as a literal character, you must quote it itself with +a backslash as shown in the third example. A +<span class="emphasis"><em>string list</em></span> is simply a list +of strings separated by whitespaces and surrounded by round braces. +An example of a string list is</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +("This" "is" "a" "list" "of" "strings") +</pre> +<p>So far about the syntax. The semantics of the different elements +are described here.</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">:key</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>The argument <span class="emphasis"><em>string list</em></span> +defines the keyword of the index entry. It must be a list of +strings, since the keyword may consist of different layers such as +<tt class="literal">("heap" "fibonacci")</tt>.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">:print</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>The optional <span class="emphasis"><em>print key</em></span> +defines the way the keyword has to be printed in the markup +phase.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">:tkey</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Another possibility to define the keys of an index entry is with +the <tt class="literal">:tkey</tt> keyword argument. It can be used +instead of the <tt class="literal">:key</tt> and +<tt class="literal">:print</tt> arguments. Instead of specifying +separately the key and the corresponding print key, we define the +keyword by its layers. Each layer consist of a list of one or two +strings. The first string will be interpreted as the main key, +whereas the second one will become the print key. If the print key +is ommited, the main key is taken instead. So the definition</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +:tkey (("This") ("is") ("a") ("bang" "BANG !!!")) +</pre> +<p>is equivalent to</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +:key ("This" "is" "a" "bang") +:print ("This" "is" "a" "BANG !!!") +</pre></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">:locref</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>The reference an index entry describes can be a +<span class="emphasis"><em>location reference</em></span> or a +<span class="emphasis"><em>cross reference</em></span>. The switch +<tt class="literal">:locref</tt> describes a location reference. +Its optional arguments are <tt class="literal">:open-range</tt> and +<tt class="literal">:close-range</tt>. The +<span class="emphasis"><em>string</em></span> that must be supplied +must somehow encode the location reference. It might look like the +string <tt class="literal">"25"</tt> representing the page number +25, or <tt class="literal">"Appendix-I"</tt> representing the first +appendix numbered in uppercase roman numerals.</p></dd> +<dt> +<span class="term"><tt class="literal">:open-range,:close-range</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>These are switches that do not take any arguments. They describe +the beginning and ending of a +<span class="emphasis"><em>range</em></span>, starting or ending +from the location reference that is given by the argument +<tt class="literal">:locref</tt>. If they are supplied, the +location reference may have influence on the way ranges are +build.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">:xref</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>These arguments choose the second alternative. The argument +<span class="emphasis"><em>string list</em></span> of parameter +<tt class="literal">:xref</tt> describes where the index entry +should point to.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">:attr</tt></span></dt> +<dd> +<p>This parameter may be used to tag a location reference with a +certain attribute or it names the class of a cross reference. It +may also used to associate different markup for different +attributes in the markup phase. If this parameter is omitted or is +the empty string, the indexentry is declared to have the attribute +<tt class="literal">default</tt>.</p></dd></dl></div> +<p>Some examples:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(indexentry :key ("airplane") :locref "25" :attr "default") +</pre> +<p>defines an index entry with the key +<span class="emphasis"><em>airplane'</em></span> indexed on page +<span class="emphasis"><em>25'</em></span>. This index entry has +the attribute <tt class="literal">default</tt>.</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(indexentry :key ("house") :xref("building") :attr "see") +</pre> +<p>defines a cross reference with the key +<tt class="literal">house</tt> pointing to the term +<tt class="literal">building</tt>. This cross reference belongs to +the cross reference class <tt class="literal">see</tt>.</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +(indexentry :key ("house") :xref("building") :open-range) +</pre> +<p>is an invalid specification, since +<tt class="literal">:open-range</tt> mustn't be used together with +cross references.</p></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="xindy-invoking"></a>2 +Invoking xindy</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2575621" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="xindy-invoking-cmdline"></a>2.1 Command +Line Options</h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2575644" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The following command line options are accepted:</p> +<pre class="programlisting"> +xindy [-h] [-t] [-v] [-l logfile] [-o outfile] + [-L n] [-f filterprog] + indexstyle raw-index +</pre> +<p>The argument <tt class="literal">indexstyle</tt> names a file, +containing the index style description. The argument +<tt class="literal">raw-index</tt> names a file, containing the raw +index. Both arguments are mandatory.</p> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Gives a short summary of all command line options.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">-l</span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Writes helpful information into the specified +<tt class="literal">logfile</tt>. For example, the keyword mappings +are written into this file, so one can check if the intended +mappings were actually performed this way.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">-o</span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Explicitly defines the name of the +<tt class="literal">output</tt> file. If not given, the name of the +<tt class="literal">raw-index</tt> is used with its extension +changed to <tt class="literal">.ind</tt> (or added, if it had no +extension at all).</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">-t</span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Enters tracing mode of the symbolic markup tags. The format of +the emitted tags can be defined with the command +<tt class="literal">markup-trace</tt>.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">-L</span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Set the xindy logging-level to +<tt class="literal">n</tt>.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">-f</span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Run <tt class="literal">filterprog</tt> on +<tt class="literal">raw-index</tt> before reading. The program must +act as a filter reading from <tt class="literal">stdin</tt> and +writing to <tt class="literal">stdout</tt>. The most obvious use of +this option in conjunction with TeX is to run +<tt class="literal">-f tex2xindy</tt> on the index file prior to +reading the entries into xindy.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">-v</span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Shows the version number of xindy.</p></dd></dl></div> +<p>Errors and warnings are reported to +<tt class="literal">stdout</tt> and additionally to the logfile if +<tt class="literal">-l</tt> was specified.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h3 class="title"><a id="xindy-search-path"></a>2.2 Search +Path</h3></div></div></div> +<a id="id2575892" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The system uses the concept of a search path for finding the +index style files and modules. The searchpath can be set with the +environment variable <tt class="envar">XINDY_SEARCHPATH</tt> which +must contain a list of colon-separated directories. If it ends with +a colon, the built-in searchpath is added to the entire searchpath. +See the command <a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-searchpath" +title="1.1.12 searchpath">searchpath</a> for further +details.</p></div></div></div> +<div class="appendix" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title"> +<a id="appendices"></a>Appendix A. Appendices</h2></div></div></div> +<div class="toc"> +<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> +<dl> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#issues">1 Bugs / Known Issues / +Missing Features</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#about">2 About this +Document</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#release-news">3 Release +News</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="section"><a href="#gfdl">4 GNU Free Documentation +License</a></span></dt> +<dt> +<span class="index"><a href="#tex-refs-idx">Index</a></span></dt></dl></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="issues"></a>1 Bugs / +Known Issues / Missing Features</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2575966" class="indexterm"></a> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term">PDF</span></dt> +<dd> +<p>The PDF file is an experimental version generated using +<a href="http://dblatex.sf.net" target="_top">DB2LaTeX</a>. There +is much room for improvements and we will work on this.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">Texinfo</span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Currently we don't know any working solution to convert DocBook +XML to Texinfo (at least not for a complex document). Anyone who +wants to work on this issue is highly welcome. A starting point +could be the <span class="emphasis"><em>docbook2X</em></span> +project at <a href="http://docbook2x.sourceforge.net" +target="_top">http://docbook2x.sourceforge.net</a>.</p></dd> +<dt><span class="term">vim-help</span></dt> +<dd> +<p>Quite a few poeple are asking for a version in vim-help format. +<a href="mailto:srinath@eecs.berkeley.edu" target="_top">Srinath +Avadhanula</a> has already done some work on +this.</p></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="about"></a>2 About +this Document</h2></div></div></div> +<a id="id2576071" class="indexterm"></a> +<p>The source format of this document is +<a href="http://www.oasis-open.org/committees/docbook/" +target="_top">DocBook XML (V4.3)</a>.</p> +<p>The various output formats were generated using:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc"> +<li><a href="http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/" target="_top">xsltproc +(libxml2-2.6.16/libxslt-1.1.12)</a> as XSLT processor</li> +<li><a href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook" +target="_top">DocBook XSL Stylesheets (V1.68.1)</a> for HTML</li> +<li><a href="http://db2latex.sf.net/" target="_top">DB2LaTeX XSL +Stylesheets (V0.8pre1+20050330</a> for LaTeX/PDF</li> +<li><tt class="literal">scrbook [2004/09/16 v2.9t LaTeX2e KOMA +document class]</tt> of +<a href="ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/" + target="_top">KOMA-Script</a></li> +<li> +<a href="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/fonts/ps-type1/lm/tex/latex/lm/" + target="_top">Latin Modern Type 1 Fonts (V0.92)</a></li> +<li>pdfLaTeX (3.14159-1.10b) for generating PDF +output</li></ul></div> +<p>You'll always find the newest version of this document at +<a href="http://www.miwie.org/tex-refs/" +target="_top">http://www.miwie.org/tex-refs/</a>.</p></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="release-news"></a>3 +Release News</h2></div></div></div> +<div class="variablelist"> +<dl> +<dt><span class="term">V0.3.9 05-05-14</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Consistent naming scheme of IDs to ease the use of this +reference for other projects</li> +<li>Added new section <a href="#float" title="3.3 float">float</a> +in chapter <a href="#latex" +title="2 LaTeX">LaTeX</a></li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.3.8 04-10-28</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Minor changes in <a href="#page-styles" +title="2.3.15 Page Styles">\maketitle</a></li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.3.7 04-08-26</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Corrected typos and markup errors in chapter <a href="#bibtex" +title="Chapter 5. BibTeX">BibTeX</a></li> +<li>Switched to DocBook XML V4.3</li> +<li>Added new section <a href="#opt-latex" +title="2.1 Options">Options</a> in chapter <a href="#latex" +title="2 LaTeX">LaTeX</a></li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.3.6 04-06-21</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Added a note in chapter <a href="#latex" +title="2 LaTeX">LaTeX</a> with the copyright and permission notice +of the original file <tt class="filename">latex2.texi</tt></li> +<li>Corrected typos and added missing hyperlinks in chapter +<a href="#xindy" title="Chapter 7. xindy">xindy</a></li> +<li>PDF file optimized/linearized and some +finetuning</li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.3.5 04-05-01</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Added content to chapters <a href="#metapost" +title="Chapter 4. MetaPost">MetaPost</a> and +<a href="#pdftex" +title="Chapter 2. pdfTeX">pdfTeX</a></li> +<li>Enhanced index for chapter <a href="#metapost" +title="Chapter 4. MetaPost">Make-Index</a></li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.3.4 04-04-24</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Version control system changed from CVS to SVN</li> +<li>Added missing entries to chapter <a href="#makeindex" +title="Chapter 6. Make-Index">Make-Index</a></li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.3.3 04-01-26</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Corrected again section <a href="#makeindex-output-style-specs" +title="2.2 Output Style Specifiers">Output Style Specifiers</a> and +<a href="#makeindex-style" title="2.1 Input Style Specifiers">Input +Style Specifiers</a> of chapter <a href="#makeindex" +title="Chapter 6. Make-Index">Make-Index</a></li> +<li>Corrected some symbols in the index</li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.3.2 04-01-16</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Corrected sections <a href="#makeindex-output-style-specs" +title="2.2 Output Style Specifiers">Output Style Specifiers</a> and +<a href="#makeindex-style" title="2.1 Input Style Specifiers">Input +Style Specifiers</a> of chapter <a href="#makeindex" +title="Chapter 6. Make-Index">Make-Index</a></li> +<li>Enhanced index in PDF</li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.3.1 04-01-06</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>More work on PDF</li> +<li>Modularized XSL stylesheet files</li> +<li>Corrected some typos</li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.3.0 03-12-25</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Changed document root to +<span class="emphasis"><em>book</em></span></li> +<li>More work on PDF version</li> +<li>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.64.1</li> +<li>Minor fixes</li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.2.6 03-10-27</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Rearranged appendix</li> +<li>Work on PDF version</li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.2.5 03-10-17</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Added contents of <a href="#gfdl" +title="4 GNU Free Documentation License">GNU FDL</a> in +appendix</li> +<li>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.62.4</li> +<li>Switched to <a href="http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/" +target="_top"><tt class="literal">xsltproc</tt></a> as +XSLT-processor</li> +<li>Reedited some deeply nested sections</li> +<li>Changed colors in CSS</li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.2.4 03-09-06</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Added subsection <a href="#dcolumn" +title="3.2 dcolumn"><tt class="literal">dcolumn</tt></a></li> +<li>Subsection <a href="#fontenc" +title="3.4 fontenc"><tt class="literal">fontenc</tt></a> translated +into english</li> +<li>Corrected typo in +<a href="#cmd-sbox"><tt class="filename">\sbox</tt></a></li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.2.3 03-04-12</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Provide PDF output using <a href="http://www.pragma-ade.com/" +target="_top">ConTeXt</a> and +<a href="http://www.hobby.nl/~scaprea/context/index.html" +target="_top">DocBook In ConTeXt</a> (still experimental)</li> +<li>Reedited (beautified) sections LaTeX / Commands / +<a href="#counters" title="2.3.1 Counters">Counters</a> | +<a href="#cross-references" title="2.3.2 Cross References">Cross +References</a> | <a href="#definitions" +title="2.3.3 Definitions">Definitions</a> | <a href="#layout" +title="2.3.5 Layout">Layout</a> | <a href="#env-latex" +title="2.3.6 Environments">Environments</a> | <a href="#footnotes" +title="2.3.7 Footnotes">Footnotes</a></li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.2.2 03-01-26</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Added bzip2 compressed version of source and outfiles +tarball</li> +<li>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.60.1</li> +<li>Eliminated more spurious &Acirc; characters in HTML +output</li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.2.1 03-01-18</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.59.2</li> +<li>Eliminated spurious &Acirc; characters</li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.2.0 03-01-11</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.58.1</li> +<li>Minor changes to CSS file</li> +<li>License changed to +<a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl.html" target="_top">GNU +Free Documentation License</a></li> +<li>Added subsection <a href="#pstricks-commands" +title="4.2.2 Commands and Parameters">Commands and Parameters</a> +to section <a href="#pstricks" +title="4.2 PSTricks">PSTricks</a></li> +<li>Reworked <a href="#inputenc" title="3.8 inputenc">inputenc</a> +section</li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.1.3 02-10-17</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Started rework of <a href="#komascript" +title="3.9 KOMA-Script">KOMA-Script</a> section</li> +<li>Added subsection <a href="#pstricks-add-packages" +title="4.2.3 List of Additional PSTricks Packages">Additional +PSTricks Packages</a></li> +<li>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.56.1</li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.1.2 02-10-01</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Reworked <a href="#hyperref" title="3.7 hyperref">hyperref</a> +section</li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.1.1 02-09-19</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Added template sections for <a href="#pictex" +title="4.1 PiCTeX (tbd.)">PiCTeX</a> and <a href="#texinfo" +title="7 Texinfo (tbd.)">Texinfo</a></li> +<li>Added subsection <a href="#release-news" +title="3 Release News">Release News</a> in appendix +<a href="#about" title="2 About this Document">About this +Document</a></li> +<li>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.55.0</li> +<li>Added missing CSS file to outfiles tarball</li> +<li>Corrected wrong FPI</li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.1.0 02-08-20</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Eliminated trailing '.' in numbered sections</li> +<li>Minor markup errors corrected</li> +<li>Reworked CSS file</li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.0.5 02-08-10</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Switched to DocBook XML 4.2</li> +<li>Sections 'Bibindex' and 'xindy' completed</li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.0.4 02-07-25</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>Section 'Makeindex' completed</li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.0.3 02-07-13</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>New XSL stylesheets solve bug in creating index (no other +changes)</li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.0.2 02-07-05</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>New (template) sections 'fontinst', 'Bibtex', 'Makeindex', and +'xindy'</li> +<li>New section 'Special Symbols'</li> +<li>Added information for 'german' package</li> +<li>Registered as a new project (tex-refs) on +freshmeat.net</li></ul></div></dd> +<dt><span class="term">V0.0.1 02-06-21</span></dt> +<dd> +<div class="itemizedlist"> +<ul type="disc" compact="compact"> +<li>First official +announcement</li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div> +<div class="section" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="gfdl"></a>4 GNU Free +Documentation License</h2></div></div></div> +<h5 class="title"><a id="id2577462"></a>Version 1.2, November +2002</h5> +<pre class="programlisting"> + Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + +0. PREAMBLE + +The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other +functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to +assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, +with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. +Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way +to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible +for modifications made by others. + +This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative +works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It +complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft +license designed for free software. + +We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free +software, because free software needs free documentation: a free +program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the +software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; +it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or +whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License +principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. + + +1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS + +This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that +contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be +distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a +world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that +work under the conditions stated herein. The "Document", below, +refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a +licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept the license if you +copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission +under copyright law. + +A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the +Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with +modifications and/or translated into another language. + +A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of +the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the +publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject +(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly +within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a +textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any +mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical +connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, +commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding +them. + +The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles +are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice +that says that the Document is released under this License. If a +section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not +allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero +Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant +Sections then there are none. + +The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, +as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that +the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may +be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. + +A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, +represented in a format whose specification is available to the +general public, that is suitable for revising the document +straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of +pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available +drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or +for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input +to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file +format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart +or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. +An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount +of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". + +Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain +ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML +or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple +HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of +transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats +include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by +proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or +processing tools are not generally available, and the +machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word +processors for output purposes only. + +The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, +plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material +this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in +formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means +the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, +preceding the beginning of the body of the text. + +A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose +title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following +text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a +specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements", +"Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) To "Preserve the Title" +of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a +section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition. + +The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which +states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty +Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this +License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other +implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has +no effect on the meaning of this License. + + +2. VERBATIM COPYING + +You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either +commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the +copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies +to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other +conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use +technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further +copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept +compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough +number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. + +You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and +you may publicly display copies. + + +3. COPYING IN QUANTITY + +If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have +printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the +Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the +copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover +Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on +the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify +you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present +the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and +visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. +Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve +the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated +as verbatim copying in other respects. + +If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit +legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit +reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent +pages. + +If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering +more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent +copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy +a computer-network location from which the general network-using +public has access to download using public-standard network protocols +a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. +If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, +when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure +that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated +location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an +Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that +edition to the public. + +It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the +Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give +them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. + + +4. MODIFICATIONS + +You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under +the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release +the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified +Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution +and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy +of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: + +A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct + from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions + (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section + of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version + if the original publisher of that version gives permission. +B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities + responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified + Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the + Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), + unless they release you from this requirement. +C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the + Modified Version, as the publisher. +D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. +E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications + adjacent to the other copyright notices. +F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice + giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the + terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. +G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections + and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. +H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. +I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add + to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and + publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If + there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one + stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as + given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified + Version as stated in the previous sentence. +J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for + public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise + the network locations given in the Document for previous versions + it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. + You may omit a network location for a work that was published at + least four years before the Document itself, or if the original + publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. +K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", + Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all + the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements + and/or dedications given therein. +L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, + unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers + or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. +M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section + may not be included in the Modified Version. +N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements" + or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. +O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. + +If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or +appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material +copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all +of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the +list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. +These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. + +You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains +nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various +parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has +been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a +standard. + +You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a +passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list +of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of +Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or +through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already +includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or +by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, +you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit +permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. + +The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License +give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or +imply endorsement of any Modified Version. + + +5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS + +You may combine the Document with other documents released under this +License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified +versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the +Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and +list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its +license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers. + +The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and +multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single +copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but +different contents, make the title of each such section unique by +adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original +author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. +Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of +Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. + +In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History" +in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled +"History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements", +and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections +Entitled "Endorsements". + + +6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS + +You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents +released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this +License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in +the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for +verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. + +You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute +it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this +License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all +other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. + + +7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS + +A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate +and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or +distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright +resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights +of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. +When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not +apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves +derivative works of the Document. + +If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these +copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of +the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on +covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the +electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. +Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole +aggregate. + + +8. TRANSLATION + +Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may +distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. +Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special +permission from their copyright holders, but you may include +translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the +original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a +translation of this License, and all the license notices in the +Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include +the original English version of this License and the original versions +of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between +the translation and the original version of this License or a notice +or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. + +If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements", +"Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve +its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual +title. + + +9. TERMINATION + +You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except +as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to +copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will +automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, +parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this +License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + +10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE + +The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions +of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new +versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may +differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See +http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. + +Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. +If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this +License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of +following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or +of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the +Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version +number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not +as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. + + +ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents + +To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of +the License in the document and put the following copyright and +license notices just after the title page: + + Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document + under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 + or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; + with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. + A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU + Free Documentation License". + +If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, +replace the "with...Texts." line with this: + + with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the + Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. + +If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other +combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the +situation. + +If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we +recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of +free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, +to permit their use in free software. +</pre></div> +<div class="index"> +<div class="titlepage"> +<div> +<div> +<h2 class="title"> +<a id="tex-refs-idx"></a>Index</h2></div></div></div> +<div class="index"> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>Symbols</h3> +<dl> +<dt>$, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\!, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\' (tabbing), <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\(, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\), <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\+, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\,, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\- (hyphenation), <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & +Page Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>\- (tabbing) , <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\;, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\< , <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\=, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\>, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\a, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\addcontentsline, <a href="#table-of-contents">Table of +Contents</a></dt> +<dt>\address, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt> +<dt>\addtocontents, <a href="#table-of-contents">Table of +Contents</a></dt> +<dt>\addtocounter{counter}{value}, +<a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt> +<dt>\addtolength, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt> +<dt>\addvspace, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & +Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\alph, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt> +<dt>\Alph, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt> +<dt>\appendix, <a href="#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt> +<dt>\arabic, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt> +<dt>\areaset, +<a href="#komascript-page-layout">Page-Layout</a></dt> +<dt>\author, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt> +<dt>\backslash, <a href="#special-characters">Special +Characters</a></dt> +<dt>\begin, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\bfseries, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\bibitem, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\bibliography, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\bibliographystyle, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\bigskip, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & +Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\bm, <a href="#bm-package">bm</a></dt> +<dt>\boldsymbol, <a href="#amsmath">amsmath</a></dt> +<dt>\boldsymbold, <a href="#bm-package">bm</a></dt> +<dt>\caption, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\cc, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt> +<dt>\cdots, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\centering, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\chapter, <a href="#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt> +<dt>\circle, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\cite, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\cleardoublepage, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & +Page Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>\clearpage, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & Page +Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>\cline, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\closing, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt> +<dt>\COLON, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\dashbox, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\date, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt> +<dt>\ddots, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\depth, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt> +<dt>\documentclass, <a href="#document-classes">Document +Classes</a></dt> +<dt>\dotfill, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & +Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\emph, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\encl, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt> +<dt>\end, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\enlargethispage, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & +Page Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>\ensuremath{}, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\fbox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\floatname, <a href="#float">float</a></dt> +<dt>\floatplacement, <a href="#float">float</a></dt> +<dt>\floatstyle, <a href="#float">float</a></dt> +<dt>\flushbottom, <a href="#layout">Layout</a></dt> +<dt>\fnsymbol, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt> +<dt>\fontencoding, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\fontfamily, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\fontseries, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\fontshape, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\fontsize, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\footnote, <a href="#footnotes">Footnotes</a></dt> +<dt>\footnotemark, <a href="#footnotes">Footnotes</a></dt> +<dt>\footnotesize, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\footnotetext, <a href="#footnotes">Footnotes</a></dt> +<dt>\frac, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\frame, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\framebox, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a>, +<a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\fussy, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & Page +Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>\graphicspath, <a href="#graphicspath">\graphicspath</a></dt> +<dt>\height, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt> +<dt>\hfill, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\hline, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\hrulefill, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & +Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\hspace, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & +Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\huge, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\Huge, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\hyphenation, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & Page +Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>\include, <a href="#splitting-the-input">Splitting the +Input</a></dt> +<dt>\includegraphics, +<a href="#includegraphics">\includegraphics</a></dt> +<dt>\includeonly, <a href="#splitting-the-input">Splitting the +Input</a></dt> +<dt>\indent, <a href="#making-paragraphs">Making +Paragraphs</a></dt> +<dt>\input, <a href="#splitting-the-input">Splitting the +Input</a></dt> +<dt>\item, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\itshape, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\kill, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\label, <a href="#cross-references">Cross References</a></dt> +<dt>\large, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\Large, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\LARGE, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\ldots, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\lefteqn, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\line, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\linebreak, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & Page +Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>\linethickness, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\listof, <a href="#float">float</a></dt> +<dt>\listoffigures, <a href="#table-of-contents">Table of +Contents</a></dt> +<dt>\listoftables, <a href="#table-of-contents">Table of +Contents</a></dt> +<dt>\location, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt> +<dt>\makebox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & +Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\makebox (picture), <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\makelabels, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt> +<dt>\maketitle, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt> +<dt>\markboth, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt> +<dt>\markright, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt> +<dt>\mathbf, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\mathcal, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\mathit, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\mathnormal, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\mathrm, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\mathsf, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\mathtt, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\mathversion, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\mbox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\mdseries, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\medskip, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & +Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\multicolumn, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\multiput, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\name, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt> +<dt>\newcommand, <a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt> +<dt>\newcounter, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt> +<dt>\newenvironment, <a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt> +<dt>\newfloat, <a href="#float">float</a></dt> +<dt>\newfont, <a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt> +<dt>\newlength, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt> +<dt>\newline, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & Page +Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>\newpage, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & Page +Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>\newsavebox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & +Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\newtheorem, <a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt> +<dt>\nocite, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\nofiles, <a href="#table-of-contents">Table of +Contents</a></dt> +<dt>\noindent, <a href="#making-paragraphs">Making +Paragraphs</a></dt> +<dt>\nolinebreak, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & Page +Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>\nopagebreak, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & Page +Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>\normalfont, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\normalsize, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\onecolumn, <a href="#layout">Layout</a></dt> +<dt>\opening, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt> +<dt>\oval, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\overbrace, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\overline, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\pagebreak, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & Page +Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>\pagenumbering, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt> +<dt>\pageref, <a href="#cross-references">Cross References</a></dt> +<dt>\pagestyle, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt> +<dt>\par, <a href="#making-paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a></dt> +<dt>\paragraph, <a href="#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt> +<dt>\parbox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & +Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\pmb, <a href="#amsmath">amsmath</a></dt> +<dt>\poptabs, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\ps, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt> +<dt>\pushtabs, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\put, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\raggedbottom, <a href="#layout">Layout</a></dt> +<dt>\raggedleft, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\raggedright, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\raisebox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & +Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\ref, <a href="#cross-references">Cross References</a></dt> +<dt>\refstepcounter, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt> +<dt>\restylefloat, <a href="#float">float</a></dt> +<dt>\rmfamily, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\roman, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt> +<dt>\Roman, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt> +<dt>\rule, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\samepage, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & Page +Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>\savebox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & +Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\sbox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\scriptsize, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\scshape, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\selectfont, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\setcounter, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt> +<dt>\setlength, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt> +<dt>\settodepth, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt> +<dt>\settoheight, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt> +<dt>\settowidth, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt> +<dt>\sffamily, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\shortstack, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\signature, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt> +<dt>\sloppy, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & Page +Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>\slshape, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\small, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\smallskip, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & +Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\sqrt, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\startbreaks, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt> +<dt>\stepcounter, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt> +<dt>\stopbreaks, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt> +<dt>\subparagraph, <a href="#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt> +<dt>\subsection, <a href="#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt> +<dt>\subsubsection, <a href="#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt> +<dt>\symbol, <a href="#special-characters">Special +Characters</a></dt> +<dt>\tableofcontents, <a href="#table-of-contents">Table of +Contents</a></dt> +<dt>\telephone, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt> +<dt>\textbf, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\textit, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\textmd, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\textnormal, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\textrm, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\textsc, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\textsf, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\textsl, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\texttt, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\textup, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\thanks, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt> +<dt>\thispagestyle, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt> +<dt>\tiny, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\title, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt> +<dt>\today, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\totalheight, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt> +<dt>\ttfamily, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\twocolumn, <a href="#layout">Layout</a></dt> +<dt>\typearea, +<a href="#komascript-page-layout">Page-Layout</a></dt> +<dt>\typein, <a href="#terminal-input-slash-output">Terminal +Input/Output</a></dt> +<dt>\typeout, <a href="#terminal-input-slash-output">Terminal +Input/Output</a></dt> +<dt>\unboldmath, <a href="#bm-package">bm</a></dt> +<dt>\underbrace, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\underline, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\upDelta, <a href="#upDelta-upOmega">\upDelta / +\upOmega</a></dt> +<dt>\upOmega, <a href="#upDelta-upOmega">\upDelta / +\upOmega</a></dt> +<dt>\upshape, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\usebox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & +Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\usecounter, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt> +<dt>\usefont, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>\usepackage, <a href="#document-classes">Document +Classes</a></dt> +<dt>\value, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt> +<dt>\vdots, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\vector, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\verb, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\vfill, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\vline, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>\vpageref, <a href="#varioref">varioref</a></dt> +<dt>\vpagerefrange, <a href="#varioref">varioref</a></dt> +<dt>\vref, <a href="#varioref">varioref</a></dt> +<dt>\vrefrange, <a href="#varioref">varioref</a></dt> +<dt>\vspace, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & +Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\width, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt> +<dt>\[, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\\, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & Page +Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>\], <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>\` (tabbing), <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>^, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>_, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>A</h3> +<dl> +<dt>About this Document, <a href="#about">About this +Document</a></dt> +<dt>Accents, <a href="#special-symbols">Special Symbols</a></dt> +<dt>Accessing any character of a font, +<a href="#special-characters">Special Characters</a></dt> +<dt>Aligning Equations, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>amsmath, <a href="#amsmath">amsmath</a></dt> +<dt>ansinew, <a href="#inputenc">inputenc</a></dt> +<dt>Appendix, creating, <a href="#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt> +<dt>applemac, <a href="#inputenc">inputenc</a></dt> +<dt>array, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Arrays, math, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Arrows, <a href="#special-symbols">Special Symbols</a></dt> +<dt>article class, <a href="#document-classes">Document +Classes</a></dt> +<dt>Author, for titlepage, <a href="#page-styles">Page +Styles</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>B</h3> +<dl> +<dt>BCOR, <a href="#komascript-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>Bibliography, creating (automatically), +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Bibliography, creating (manually), +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>BibTeX, <a href="#bibtex">BibTeX</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>bib files, <a href="#bibtex-bib-files">bib files</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>@STRING command, <a href="#bibtex-string-command">@STRING +command</a></dt> +<dt>Entry Format, <a href="#bibtex-entry-format">Entry +Format</a></dt> +<dt>Entry Types, <a href="#bibtex-entry-types">Entry Types</a></dt> +<dt>Field Text, <a href="#bibtex-field-text">Field Text</a></dt> +<dt>Field Types, <a href="#bibtex-field-types">Field +Types</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>bst files, <a href="#bibtex-bst-files">bst files</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>ABBRV.BST, <a href="#bibtex-bst-abbr">ABBRV.BST</a></dt> +<dt>ALPHA.BST, <a href="#bibtex-bst-alpha">ALPHA.BST</a></dt> +<dt>PLAIN.BST, <a href="#bibtex-bst-plain">PLAIN.BST</a></dt> +<dt>SAMPLE.BST, <a href="#bibtex-bst-sample">SAMPLE.BST</a></dt> +<dt>UNSRT.BST, +<a href="#bibtex-bst-unsrt">UNSRT.BST</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>Command Qualifiers, +<a href="#bibtex-command-qualifiers">Command Qualifiers</a></dt> +<dt>Entry Types</dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>article entry, <a href="#bibtex-entry-types-article">article +entry</a></dt> +<dt>book entry, <a href="#bibtex-entry-types-book">book +entry</a></dt> +<dt>booklet entry, <a href="#bibtex-entry-types-booklet">booklet +entry</a></dt> +<dt>conference entry, +<a href="#bibtex-entry-types-conference">conference entry</a></dt> +<dt>inbook entry, <a href="#bibtex-entry-types-inbook">inbook +entry</a></dt> +<dt>incollection entry, +<a href="#bibtex-entry-types-incollection">incollection +entry</a></dt> +<dt>inproceedings entry, +<a href="#bibtex-entry-types-inproceedings">inproceedings +entry</a></dt> +<dt>manual entry, <a href="#bibtex-entry-types-manual">manual +entry</a></dt> +<dt>mastersthesis entry, +<a href="#bibtex-entry-types-mastersthesis">mastersthesis +entry</a></dt> +<dt>misc entry, <a href="#bibtex-entry-types-misc">misc +entry</a></dt> +<dt>phdthesis entry, +<a href="#bibtex-entry-types-phdthesis">phdthesis entry</a></dt> +<dt>proceedings entry, +<a href="#bibtex-entry-types-proceedings">proceedings +entry</a></dt> +<dt>techreport entry, +<a href="#bibtex-entry-types-techreport">techreport entry</a></dt> +<dt>unpublished entry, +<a href="#bibtex-entry-types-unpublished">unpublished +entry</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>Field Text</dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>Abbreviations, +<a href="#bibtex-field-text-abbr">Abbreviations</a></dt> +<dt>Names, <a href="#bibtex-field-text-names">Names</a></dt> +<dt>Titles, +<a href="#bibtex-field-text-titles">Titles</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>Field Types</dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>address field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-address">address +field</a></dt> +<dt>annote field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-annote">annote +field</a></dt> +<dt>author field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author">author +field</a></dt> +<dt>booktitle field, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-booktitle">booktitle field</a></dt> +<dt>chapter field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-chapter">chapter +field</a></dt> +<dt>edition field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-edition">edition +field</a></dt> +<dt>editor field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-editor">editor +field</a></dt> +<dt>howpublished field, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-howpublished">howpublished +field</a></dt> +<dt>institution field, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-institution">institution +field</a></dt> +<dt>journal field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-journal">journal +field</a></dt> +<dt>key field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-key">key field</a></dt> +<dt>month field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-month">month +field</a></dt> +<dt>note field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-note">note +field</a></dt> +<dt>number field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-number">number +field</a></dt> +<dt>organization field, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-organization">organization +field</a></dt> +<dt>pages field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-pages">pages +field</a></dt> +<dt>publisher field, +<a href="#bibtex-field-types-publisher">publisher field</a></dt> +<dt>school field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-school">school +field</a></dt> +<dt>series field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-series">series +field</a></dt> +<dt>title field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-title">title +field</a></dt> +<dt>type field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-type">type +field</a></dt> +<dt>volume field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-volume">volume +field</a></dt> +<dt>year field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-year">year +field</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>Parameters, <a href="#bibtex-parameters">Parameters</a></dt> +<dt>using, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>Binary Operators, <a href="#special-symbols">Special +Symbols</a></dt> +<dt>bm, <a href="#bm-package">bm</a></dt> +<dt>book class, <a href="#document-classes">Document +Classes</a></dt> +<dt>Boxes, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & +Boxes</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>C</h3> +<dl> +<dt>Cc list, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt> +<dt>center, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Centering text, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Centering text, environment for, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Characters, reserved, <a href="#special-characters">Special +Characters</a></dt> +<dt>Characters, special, <a href="#special-characters">Special +Characters</a></dt> +<dt>cite.sty, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Classes of document, <a href="#document-classes">Document +Classes</a></dt> +<dt>Commands, defining new ones, +<a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt> +<dt>Computer programs, typesetting, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>ConTeXt, <a href="#context">ConTeXt (tbd.)</a></dt> +<dt>Counters, a list of, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt> +<dt>Counters, creating, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt> +<dt>Counters, getting the value of, +<a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt> +<dt>Counters, setting, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt> +<dt>cp850, <a href="#inputenc">inputenc</a></dt> +<dt>Creating letters, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt> +<dt>Creating pictures, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Creating tables, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Credits, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt> +<dt>Cross referencing, <a href="#cross-references">Cross +References</a></dt> +<dt>Cross referencing using page number, +<a href="#cross-references">Cross References</a></dt> +<dt>Cross referencing using section number, +<a href="#cross-references">Cross References</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>D</h3> +<dl> +<dt>Date, for titlepage, <a href="#page-styles">Page +Styles</a></dt> +<dt>dcolumn, <a href="#dcolumn">dcolumn</a></dt> +<dt>Defining a new command, +<a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt> +<dt>Defining new environments, +<a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt> +<dt>Defining new fonts, <a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt> +<dt>Defining new theorems, +<a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt> +<dt>Delimiters, <a href="#special-symbols">Special Symbols</a></dt> +<dt>description, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Displaying quoted text, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>DIV, <a href="#komascript-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>Document Classes, <a href="#document-classes">Document +Classes</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>E</h3> +<dl> +<dt>Ellipsis, <a href="#special-symbols">Special Symbols</a></dt> +<dt>Enclosed material, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt> +<dt>Ending & Starting, <a href="#starting-and-ending">Starting +& Ending</a></dt> +<dt>Enlarge current page, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line +& Page Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>enumerate, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Environments, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Environments, defining, +<a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt> +<dt>eqnarray, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>equation, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Equations, aligning, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Equations, environment for, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>exponent, <a href="#math-formulae">Math +Formulae</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>F</h3> +<dl> +<dt>figure, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Figures, footnotes in, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>float, <a href="#float">float</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>\floatname, <a href="#float">float</a></dt> +<dt>\floatplacement, <a href="#float">float</a></dt> +<dt>\floatstyle, <a href="#float">float</a></dt> +<dt>\listof, <a href="#float">float</a></dt> +<dt>\newfloat, <a href="#float">float</a></dt> +<dt>\restylefloat, <a href="#float">float</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>Flushing a page, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & +Page Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>flushleft, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>flushright, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Font commands, low-level, +<a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>Font Sizes, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>Font Styles, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>fontenc, <a href="#fontenc">fontenc</a></dt> +<dt>fontinst, <a href="#fontinst">fontinst (tbd.)</a></dt> +<dt>Fonts, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>Fonts, new commands for, +<a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt> +<dt>footexclude, <a href="#komascript-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>footinclude, <a href="#komascript-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>Footnotes in figures, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Footnotes, creating, <a href="#footnotes">Footnotes</a></dt> +<dt>Formatting Text, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Formulae, environment for, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Formulae, maths, <a href="#math-formulae">Math +Formulae</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>G</h3> +<dl> +<dt>german, <a href="#german">german</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>!-, <a href="#german">german</a></dt> +<dt>"", <a href="#german">german</a></dt> +<dt>"=, <a href="#german">german</a></dt> +<dt>"a, <a href="#german">german</a></dt> +<dt>"ck, <a href="#german">german</a></dt> +<dt>"ff, <a href="#german">german</a></dt> +<dt>"|, <a href="#german">german</a></dt> +<dt>"~, <a href="#german">german</a></dt> +<dt><, <a href="#german">german</a></dt> +<dt>\-, <a href="#german">german</a></dt> +<dt>\dq, <a href="#german">german</a></dt> +<dt>\flq, <a href="#german">german</a></dt> +<dt>\flqq, <a href="#german">german</a></dt> +<dt>\frq, <a href="#german">german</a></dt> +<dt>\frqq, <a href="#german">german</a></dt> +<dt>\glq, <a href="#german">german</a></dt> +<dt>\glqq, <a href="#german">german</a></dt> +<dt>\grqq, <a href="#german">german</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>Global options, <a href="#document-classes">Document +Classes</a></dt> +<dt>graphics, <a href="#graphics">graphics</a></dt> +<dt>Greek letters, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>Greek Letters, <a href="#special-symbols">Special +Symbols</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>H</h3> +<dl> +<dt>headexclude, <a href="#komascript-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>headinclude, <a href="#komascript-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>hyperref, <a href="#hyperref">hyperref</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>commands</dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>\autoref, <a href="#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt> +<dt>\href, <a href="#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt> +<dt>\hyperbaseurl, <a href="#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt> +<dt>\hyperimage, <a href="#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt> +<dt>\hyperlink, <a href="#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt> +<dt>\hyperref, <a href="#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt> +<dt>\hypertarget, <a href="#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt> +<dt>\nolinkurl, <a href="#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt> +<dt>\texorpdfstring, +<a href="#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>options</dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>4, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>a4paper, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>a5paper, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>anchorcolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>b5paper, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>backref, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>baseurl, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>bookmarks, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>bookmarksnumbered, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>bookmarksopen, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>bookmarksopenlevel, +<a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>bookmarkstype, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>breaklinks, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>citebordercolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>citecolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>colorlinks, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>debug, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>draft, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>dvipdf, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>dvipdfm, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>dvips, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>dvipsone, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>dviwindo, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>executivepaper, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>extension, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>filebordercolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>filecolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>frenchlinks, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>hyperfigures, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>hyperindex, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>hypertex, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>hypertexnames, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>implicit, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>latex2html, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>legalpaper, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>letterpaper, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>linkbordercolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>linkcolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>linktocpage, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>menubordercolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>menucolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>naturalnames, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>nesting, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pageanchor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pagebackref, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pagebordercolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pagecolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdfauthor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdfborder, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdfcenterwindow, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdfcreator, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdffitwindow, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdfhighlight, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdfkeywords, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdfmenubar, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdfnewwindow, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdfpagelayout, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdfpagemode, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdfpagescrop, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdfpagetransition, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdfproducer, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdfstartpage, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdfstartview, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdfsubject, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdftex, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdftitle, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdftoolbar, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdfview, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>pdfwindowui, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>plainpages, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>raiselinks, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>runbordercolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>tex4ht, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>textures, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>unicode, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>urlbordercolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>urlcolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>verbose, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt> +<dt>vtex, +<a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd> +<dt>Hyphenation, defining, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line +& Page Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>Hyphenation, forcing, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line +& Page Breaking</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>I</h3> +<dl> +<dt>Indent, forcing, <a href="#making-paragraphs">Making +Paragraphs</a></dt> +<dt>Indent, suppressing, <a href="#making-paragraphs">Making +Paragraphs</a></dt> +<dt>Input file, splitting, <a href="#splitting-the-input">Splitting +the Input</a></dt> +<dt>Input/Output, <a href="#terminal-input-slash-output">Terminal +Input/Output</a></dt> +<dt>inputenc, <a href="#inputenc">inputenc</a></dt> +<dt>Inserting figures, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>itemize, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>J</h3> +<dl> +<dt>Justification, ragged left, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Justification, ragged right, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>K</h3> +<dl> +<dt>Known Issues, <a href="#issues">Bugs / Known Issues / Missing +Features</a></dt> +<dt>KOMA-Script, <a href="#komascript">KOMA-Script</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>scraddr, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with +scraddr</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>\Address{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with +scraddr</a></dt> +<dt>\Comment{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with +scraddr</a></dt> +<dt>\FirstName{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with +scraddr</a></dt> +<dt>\FreeIII{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with +scraddr</a></dt> +<dt>\FreeII{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with +scraddr</a></dt> +<dt>\FreeIV{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with +scraddr</a></dt> +<dt>\FreeI{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with +scraddr</a></dt> +<dt>\InputAddressFile, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files +with scraddr</a></dt> +<dt>\LastName{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with +scraddr</a></dt> +<dt>\Name{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with +scraddr</a></dt> +<dt>\Telephone{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with +scraddr</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>scrlttr2, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>address, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>address files, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>backaddress, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>backaddressseparator, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter +Class scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>business line, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>carbon copy, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>ccseparator, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>circular letters, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>Closing, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>Closing Part, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>customer, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>date, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>emailseparator, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>enclosure, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>enclseparator, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>faxseparator, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>font options, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>font selection, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>footer, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>footnotes, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>format options, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>fromaddress, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>frombank, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>fromemail, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>fromfax, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>fromlogo, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>fromname, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>fromphone, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>fromurl, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>general document properties, +<a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>invoice, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>language selection, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>language support, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>letter class option files, +<a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>letter declaration, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>letterhead, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>lists, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>location, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>margin notes, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>myref, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>Opening, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>options, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>options for letterhead and address, +<a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>other layout, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>page layout, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>page style, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>phoneseparator, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>place, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>placeseparator, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>postscript, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>pseudo lengths, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>sender's extension, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>signature, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>specialmail, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>subject, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>subject line, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>subjectseparator, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>text, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>text emphasis, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>title, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>title line, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>toaddress, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>toname, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>variables, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>yourmail, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>yourref, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>\addtoreffields, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>\ifkomavarempty, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>\KOMAoptions{}, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>\newkomavar, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>\setkomavar, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt> +<dt>\usekomavar, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class +scrlttr2</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>L</h3> +<dl> +<dt>Labelled lists, creating, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>LaTeX</dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>Options, <a href="#opt-latex">Options</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>-file-line-error-style, +<a href="#opt-latex-file-line-error-style">-file-line-error-style</a></dt> +<dt>-fmt=FMTNAME, <a href="#opt-latex-fmt">-fmt=FMTNAME</a></dt> +<dt>-help, <a href="#opt-latex-help">-help</a></dt> +<dt>-ini, <a href="#opt-latex-ini">-ini</a></dt> +<dt>-interaction=STRING, +<a href="#opt-latex-interaction%20mode">-interaction=STRING</a></dt> +<dt>-ipc, <a href="#opt-latex-ipc">-ipc</a></dt> +<dt>-ipc-start, <a href="#opt-latex-ipc-start">-ipc-start</a></dt> +<dt>-jobname=STRING, +<a href="#opt-latex-jobname-name">-jobname=STRING</a></dt> +<dt>-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER, +<a href="#opt-latex-kpathsea-debug">-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER</a></dt> +<dt>-mltex, <a href="#opt-latex-mltex">-mltex</a></dt> +<dt>-output-comment=STRING, +<a href="#opt-latex-output-comment">-output-comment=STRING</a></dt> +<dt>-parse-first-line, +<a href="#opt-latex-parse-first-line">-parse-first-line</a></dt> +<dt>-progname=STRING, +<a href="#opt-latex-progname">-progname=STRING</a></dt> +<dt>-recorder, <a href="#opt-latex-recorder">-recorder</a></dt> +<dt>-shell-escape, +<a href="#opt-latex-shell-escape">-shell-escape</a></dt> +<dt>-src-specials, +<a href="#opt-latex-src-specials">-src-specials</a></dt> +<dt>-src-specials=WHERE, +<a href="#opt-latex-src-specials-where">-src-specials=WHERE</a></dt> +<dt>-translate-file=TCXNAME, +<a href="#opt-latex-translate-file-tcxname">-translate-file=TCXNAME</a></dt> +<dt>-version, +<a href="#opt-latex-version">-version</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd> +<dt>LaTeX overview, <a href="#overview">Overview of LaTeX and Local +Guide</a></dt> +<dt>LaTeX Packages, <a href="#latex-packages">LaTeX +Packages</a></dt> +<dt>latin1, <a href="#inputenc">inputenc</a></dt> +<dt>latin9, <a href="#inputenc">inputenc</a></dt> +<dt>Layout commands, <a href="#document-classes">Document +Classes</a></dt> +<dt>Left-justifying text, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Left-justifying text, environment for, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Left-to-right mode, <a href="#modes">Modes</a></dt> +<dt>Lengths, adding to, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt> +<dt>Lengths, defining a new, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt> +<dt>Lengths, defining and using, +<a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt> +<dt>Lengths, predefined, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt> +<dt>Lengths, setting value of, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt> +<dt>letter, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>letter class, <a href="#document-classes">Document +Classes</a></dt> +<dt>Letters, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt> +<dt>Letters, ending, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt> +<dt>Letters, starting, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt> +<dt>Line Breaking, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & +Page Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>Line breaks, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & Page +Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>Lines in tables, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Lining text up in columns using tab stops, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Lining text up in tables, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>list, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Lists of items, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Lists of items, generic, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Lists of items, numbered, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Loading additional packages, +<a href="#document-classes">Document Classes</a></dt> +<dt>Low-level font commands, +<a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>LR mode, <a href="#modes">Modes</a></dt> +<dt>lrbox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & +Boxes</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>M</h3> +<dl> +<dt>Make-Index, <a href="#makeindex">Make-Index</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>Example, <a href="#makeindex-example">Example</a></dt> +<dt>Input Style Specifiers, <a href="#makeindex-style">Input Style +Specifiers</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>actual, <a href="#makeindex-actual-char">actual +<char></a></dt> +<dt>arg_close, <a href="#makeindex-arg-close">arg_close +<char></a></dt> +<dt>arg_open, <a href="#makeindex-style-arg-open">arg_open +<char></a></dt> +<dt>encap, <a href="#makeindex-encap-char">encap +<char></a></dt> +<dt>escape, <a href="#makeindex-escape-char">escape +<char></a></dt> +<dt>keyword, <a href="#makeindex-style-string">keyword +<string></a></dt> +<dt>level, <a href="#makeindex-level-char">level +<char></a></dt> +<dt>quote, <a href="#makeindex-quote-char">quote +<char></a></dt> +<dt>range_close, <a href="#makeindex-range-close">range_close +<char></a></dt> +<dt>range_open, <a href="#makeindex-range-open">range_open +<char></a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>Options, <a href="#makeindex-options">Options</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>-c, <a href="#makeindex-option-c">-c</a></dt> +<dt>-g, <a href="#makeindex-option-g">-g</a></dt> +<dt>-i, <a href="#makeindex-option-i">-i</a></dt> +<dt>-l, <a href="#makeindex-option-l">-l</a></dt> +<dt>-L, <a href="#makeindex-option-L">-L</a></dt> +<dt>-o ind, <a href="#makeindex-option-o-ind">-o ind</a></dt> +<dt>-p no, <a href="#makeindex-option-p-no">-p no</a></dt> +<dt>-q, <a href="#makeindex-option-q">-q</a></dt> +<dt>-r, <a href="#makeindex-option-r">-r</a></dt> +<dt>-s sty, <a href="#makeindex-option-s-sty">-s sty</a></dt> +<dt>-T, <a href="#makeindex-option-T">-T</a></dt> +<dt>-t log, <a href="#makeindex-option-t-log">-t +log</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>Ordering, <a href="#makeindex-ordering">Ordering</a></dt> +<dt>Output Style Specifiers, +<a href="#makeindex-output-style-specs">Output Style +Specifiers</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>delim_0, <a href="#makeindex-output-delim-0">delim_0 +<string></a></dt> +<dt>delim_1, <a href="#makeindex-output-delim-1">delim_1 +<string></a></dt> +<dt>delim_2, <a href="#makeindex-output-delim-2">delim_2 +<string></a></dt> +<dt>delim_n, <a href="#makeindex-output-delim-n">delim_n +<string></a></dt> +<dt>delim_r, <a href="#makeindex-output-delim-r">delim_r +<string></a></dt> +<dt>delim_t, <a href="#makeindex-output-delim-t">delim_t +<string></a></dt> +<dt>encap_infix, +<a href="#makeindex-output-encap-infox">encap_infix +<string></a></dt> +<dt>encap_prefix, +<a href="#makeindex-output-encap-prefix">encap_prefix +<string></a></dt> +<dt>encap_suffix, +<a href="#makeindex-output-encap-suffix">encap_suffix +<string></a></dt> +<dt>group_skip, <a href="#makeindex-output-group-skip">group_skip +<string></a></dt> +<dt>headings_flag, +<a href="#makeindex-output-headings-flag">headings_flag +<string></a></dt> +<dt>heading_prefix, +<a href="#makeindex-output-heading-prefix-string">heading_prefix +<string></a></dt> +<dt>heading_suffix, +<a href="#makeindex-output-heading-suffix-string">heading_suffix +<string></a></dt> +<dt>indent_length, +<a href="#makeindex-output-indent-length">indent_length +<number></a></dt> +<dt>indent_space, +<a href="#makeindex-output-indent-space">indent_space +<string></a></dt> +<dt>item_0, <a href="#makeindex-output-item-0">item_0 +<string></a></dt> +<dt>item_01, <a href="#makeindex-output-item-01">item_01 +<string></a></dt> +<dt>item_1, <a href="#makeindex-output-item-1">item_1 +<string></a></dt> +<dt>item_12, <a href="#makeindex-output-item-12">item_12 +<string></a></dt> +<dt>item_2, <a href="#makeindex-output-item-2">item_2 +<string></a></dt> +<dt>item_x1, <a href="#makeindex-output-item-x1">item_x1 +<string></a></dt> +<dt>item_x2, <a href="#makeindex-output-item-x2">item_x2 +<string></a></dt> +<dt>line_max, <a href="#makeindex-output-line-max">line_max +<number></a></dt> +<dt>numhead_negative, +<a href="#makeindex-output-numhead-negative">numhead_negative +<string></a></dt> +<dt>numhead_positive, +<a href="#makeindex-output-numhead-positive">numhead_positive +<string></a></dt> +<dt>page_compositor, +<a href="#makeindex-page-compositor">page_compositor +<string></a></dt> +<dt>postamble, +<a href="#makeindex-output-postamble-string">postamble +<string></a></dt> +<dt>preamble, <a href="#makeindex-output-preamble-string">preamble +<string></a></dt> +<dt>setpage_prefix, +<a href="#makeindex-output-setpage-prefix">setpage_prefix +<string></a></dt> +<dt>setpage_suffix, +<a href="#makeindex-output-setpage-suffix">setpage_suffix +<string></a></dt> +<dt>suffix_2p, <a href="#makeindex-output-suffix-2p">suffix_2p +<string></a></dt> +<dt>suffix_3p, <a href="#makeindex-output-suffix-3p">suffix_3p +<string></a></dt> +<dt>suffix_mp, <a href="#makeindex-output-suffix-mp">suffix_mp +<string></a></dt> +<dt>symhead_negative, +<a href="#makeindex-output-symhead-negative">symhead_negative +<string></a></dt> +<dt>symhead_positive, +<a href="#makeindex-output-symhead-positive">symhead_positive +<string></a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>Special Effects, <a href="#makeindex-special-effects">Special +Effects</a></dt> +<dt>Style File, <a href="#makeindex-style-file">Style +File</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>Making a title page, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Making paragraphs, <a href="#making-paragraphs">Making +Paragraphs</a></dt> +<dt>Margin Notes, <a href="#margin-notes">Margin Notes</a></dt> +<dt>Math Formulae, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>Math Functions, <a href="#special-symbols">Special +Symbols</a></dt> +<dt>Math Miscellany, <a href="#math-formulae">Math +Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>Math mode, <a href="#modes">Modes</a></dt> +<dt>Math mode, entering, <a href="#math-formulae">Math +Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>Math mode, spacing, <a href="#math-formulae">Math +Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>Math Symbols, Variable Size, <a href="#special-symbols">Special +Symbols</a></dt> +<dt>mathpazo, <a href="#mathpazo">mathpazo</a></dt> +<dt>Maths symbols, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>Metafont, <a href="#metafont">Metafont (tbd.)</a></dt> +<dt>MetaPost, <a href="#metapost">MetaPost</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>Environment, +<a href="#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>MFINPUTS, <a href="#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt> +<dt>MPEDIT, <a href="#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt> +<dt>MPINPUTS, <a href="#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt> +<dt>MPSUPPORT, <a href="#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt> +<dt>MPXCOMMAND, +<a href="#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt> +<dt>TEX, <a href="#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt> +<dt>TROFF, +<a href="#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>Options, <a href="#metapost-options">Options</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>--file-line-error-style, +<a href="#metapost-option-file-line-error-style">--file-line-error-style</a></dt> +<dt>--help, <a href="#metapost-option-help">--help</a></dt> +<dt>--ini, <a href="#metapost-option-ini">--ini</a></dt> +<dt>--interaction mode, +<a href="#metapost-option-intercation">--interaction mode</a></dt> +<dt>--jobname name, <a href="#metapost-option-jobname">--jobname +name</a></dt> +<dt>--kpathsea-debug bitmask, +<a href="#metapost-option-kpathsea-debug">--kpathsea-debug +bitmask</a></dt> +<dt>--mem mem, <a href="#metapost-option-mem">--mem mem</a></dt> +<dt>--parse-first-line, +<a href="#metapost-option-parse-first-line">--parse-first-line</a></dt> +<dt>--progname name, <a href="#metapost-option-progname">--progname +name</a></dt> +<dt>--recorder, +<a href="#metapost-option-recorder">--recorder</a></dt> +<dt>--translate-file tcxname, +<a href="#metapost-option-translate-file">--translate-file +tcxname</a></dt> +<dt>--troff, <a href="#metapost-option-troff">--troff</a></dt> +<dt>--version, +<a href="#metapost-option-version">--version</a></dt> +<dt>-T, +<a href="#metapost-option-T">-T</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd> +<dt>minipage, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Minipage, creating a, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Modes, <a href="#modes">Modes</a></dt> +<dt>Multicolumn text, <a href="#layout">Layout</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>N</h3> +<dl> +<dt>New line, starting, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line +& Page Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>New line, starting (paragraph mode), +<a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>New Page, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & Page +Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>Notes in the margin, <a href="#margin-notes">Margin +Notes</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>O</h3> +<dl> +<dt>Operators</dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>Binary, <a href="#special-symbols">Special Symbols</a></dt> +<dt>Relational, <a href="#special-symbols">Special +Symbols</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>Options, global, <a href="#document-classes">Document +Classes</a></dt> +<dt>overcite.sty, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Overview of LaTeX, <a href="#overview">Overview of LaTeX and +Local Guide</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>P</h3> +<dl> +<dt>Packages</dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>amsmath, <a href="#amsmath">amsmath</a></dt> +<dt>bm, <a href="#bm-package">bm</a></dt> +<dt>bm.sty, <a href="#bm-package">bm</a></dt> +<dt>dcolumn, <a href="#dcolumn">dcolumn</a></dt> +<dt>german, <a href="#german">german</a></dt> +<dt>graphics, <a href="#graphics">graphics</a></dt> +<dt>hyperref, <a href="#hyperref">hyperref</a></dt> +<dt>KOMA-Script, <a href="#komascript">KOMA-Script</a></dt> +<dt>mathpazo, <a href="#mathpazo">mathpazo</a></dt> +<dt>Several Small Packages, <a href="#small-packages">Several Small +Packages</a></dt> +<dt>url, <a href="#url-package">url</a></dt> +<dt>varioref, <a href="#varioref">varioref</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>Packages, loading, <a href="#document-classes">Document +Classes</a></dt> +<dt>Page break, forcing, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line +& Page Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>Page Breaking, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & +Page Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>Page Formatting, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & +Page Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>Page numbering, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt> +<dt>Page styles, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt> +<dt>Paragraph mode, <a href="#modes">Modes</a></dt> +<dt>Paragraph, starting a new, <a href="#making-paragraphs">Making +Paragraphs</a></dt> +<dt>Paragraphs, <a href="#making-paragraphs">Making +Paragraphs</a></dt> +<dt>Parameters, <a href="#parameters">Parameters</a></dt> +<dt>pdfTeX, <a href="#pdftex">pdfTeX</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>Environment, <a href="#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>TEXEDIT, <a href="#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt> +<dt>TEXFONTS, <a href="#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt> +<dt>TEXFORMATS, <a href="#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt> +<dt>TEXINPUTS, <a href="#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt> +<dt>TEXMFOUTPUT, <a href="#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt> +<dt>TEXPOOL, +<a href="#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>Options, <a href="#pdftex-options">Options</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>--file-line-error-style, +<a href="#pdftex-option-file-line-error-style">--file-line-error-style</a></dt> +<dt>--fmt format, <a href="#pdftex-option-fmt">--fmt +format</a></dt> +<dt>--help, <a href="#pdftex-option-help">--help</a></dt> +<dt>--ini, <a href="#pdftex-option-ini">--ini</a></dt> +<dt>--interaction mode, +<a href="#pdftex-option-interaction%20mode">--interaction +mode</a></dt> +<dt>--ipc, <a href="#pdftex-option-ipc">--ipc</a></dt> +<dt>--ipc-start, +<a href="#pdftex-option-ipc-start">--ipc-start</a></dt> +<dt>--jobname name, <a href="#pdftex-option-jobname-name">--jobname +name</a></dt> +<dt>--kpathsea-debug bitmask, +<a href="#pdftex-option-kpathsea-debug">--kpathsea-debug +bitmask</a></dt> +<dt>--maketex fmt, <a href="#pdftex-option-maketex">--maketex +fmt</a></dt> +<dt>--no-maketex fmt, +<a href="#pdftex-option-no-maketex">--no-maketex fmt</a></dt> +<dt>--output-comment string, +<a href="#pdftex-option-output-comment">--output-comment +string</a></dt> +<dt>--parse-first-line, +<a href="#pdftex-option-parse-first-line">--parse-first-line</a></dt> +<dt>--progname name, <a href="#pdftex-option-progname">--progname +name</a></dt> +<dt>--recorder, +<a href="#pdftex-option-recorder">--recorder</a></dt> +<dt>--shell-escape, +<a href="#pdftex-option-shell-escape">--shell-escape</a></dt> +<dt>--translate-file tcxname, +<a href="#pdftex-option-translate-file">--translate-file +tcxname</a></dt> +<dt>--version, <a href="#pdftex-option-version">--version</a></dt> +<dt>[-no]-maketex=FMT, +<a href="#opt-latex-no-maketex">[-no]-maketex=FMT</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd> +<dt>People</dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>Bausum, David, <a href="#plaintex-ovw">Overview</a></dt> +<dt>Berry, Karl, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt> +<dt>Borgert, Wolfgang, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt> +<dt>Casellas, Ramon, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt> +<dt>Danielsson, Holger, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt> +<dt>Devenish, James, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt> +<dt>Gaesslein, Hubert, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt> +<dt>Goossens, Michel, <a href="#overview">Overview of LaTeX and +Local Guide</a></dt> +<dt>Hagen, Hans, <a href="#context">ConTeXt (tbd.)</a></dt> +<dt>Karp, Peter, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt> +<dt>Lamport, Leslie, <a href="#overview">Overview of LaTeX and +Local Guide</a></dt> +<dt>Mittelbach, Frank, <a href="#overview">Overview of LaTeX and +Local Guide</a></dt> +<dt>Niepraschk, Rolf, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt> +<dt>Nordhaug, Hans Fredrik, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt> +<dt>Pepping, Simon, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt> +<dt>Samarin, Alexander, <a href="#overview">Overview of LaTeX and +Local Guide</a></dt> +<dt>Stayton, Bob, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt> +<dt>van Zandt, Timothy, <a href="#pstricks-ovw">Overview</a></dt> +<dt>Voss, Herbert, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>PiCTeX, <a href="#pictex">PiCTeX (tbd.)</a></dt> +<dt>picture, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Pictures, creating, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>PlainTeX, <a href="#plaintex">PlainTeX</a></dt> +<dt>Poetry, an environment for, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Predefined lengths, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt> +<dt>Programs, typesetting, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>PSTricks, <a href="#pstricks">PSTricks</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>commands</dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>\aput, <a href="#pstricks-attaching">Attaching labels to node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\Aput, <a href="#pstricks-attaching">Attaching labels to node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\arrows, <a href="#hackers">For hackers only</a></dt> +<dt>\bput, <a href="#pstricks-attaching">Attaching labels to node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\Bput, <a href="#pstricks-attaching">Attaching labels to node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\circlenode, <a href="#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt> +<dt>\clipbox, <a href="#pstricks-clipping">Clipping</a></dt> +<dt>\closedshadow, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\closepath, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\cnode, <a href="#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt> +<dt>\cnodeput, <a href="#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt> +<dt>\code, <a href="#hackers">For hackers only</a></dt> +<dt>\coor, <a href="#hackers">For hackers only</a></dt> +<dt>\cput, <a href="#pstricks-framed">Framed boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\curveto, <a href="#pretty-safe-tricks">Pretty safe +tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\dataplot, <a href="#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt> +<dt>\degrees, <a href="#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions, +coordinates and angles</a></dt> +<dt>\dim, <a href="#hackers">For hackers only</a></dt> +<dt>\endpspicture, <a href="#pictures">Pictures</a></dt> +<dt>\everypsbox, <a href="#pstricks-boxes">Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\file, <a href="#hackers">For hackers only</a></dt> +<dt>\fileplot, <a href="#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt> +<dt>\fill, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\grestore, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\gsave, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\lineto, <a href="#pretty-safe-tricks">Pretty safe +tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\listplot, <a href="#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt> +<dt>\lput, <a href="#pstricks-attaching">Attaching labels to node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\movepath, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\moveto, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\mput, <a href="#pstricks-attaching">Attaching labels to node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\mrestore, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\msave, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\multips, <a href="#pstricks-repetition">Repetition</a></dt> +<dt>\multirput, <a href="#pstricks-repetition">Repetition</a></dt> +<dt>\ncangle, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\ncangles, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\ncarc, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\ncbar, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\nccircle, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\nccoil, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and zigzags</a></dt> +<dt>\nccurve, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\ncdiag, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\ncdiagg, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\ncline, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\ncLine, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\ncloop, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\nczigzag, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and zigzags</a></dt> +<dt>\newcmykcolor, <a href="#pstricks-color">Color</a></dt> +<dt>\newgray, <a href="#pstricks-color">Color</a></dt> +<dt>\newhsbcolor, <a href="#pstricks-color">Color</a></dt> +<dt>\newpath, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\newpsobject, <a href="#pstricks-custom">Custom styles</a></dt> +<dt>\newpsstyle, <a href="#pstricks-custom">Custom styles</a></dt> +<dt>\newrgbcolor, <a href="#pstricks-color">Color</a></dt> +<dt>\NormalCoor, <a href="#pstricks-coordinates">Special +coordinates</a></dt> +<dt>\openshadow, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\ovalnode, <a href="#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt> +<dt>\overlaybox, <a href="#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt> +<dt>\parabola, <a href="#pstricks-curves">Curves</a></dt> +<dt>\parametricplot, <a href="#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt> +<dt>\pcangle, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\pcarc, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\pcbar, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\pccoil, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and zigzags</a></dt> +<dt>\pccurve, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\pcdiag, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\pcline, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\pcloop, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>\pczigzag, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and zigzags</a></dt> +<dt>\pnode, <a href="#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt> +<dt>\psarc, <a href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs, circles and +ellipses</a></dt> +<dt>\psarcn, <a href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs, circles and +ellipses</a></dt> +<dt>\psaxes, <a href="#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt> +<dt>\psbezier, <a href="#pstricks-curves">Curves</a></dt> +<dt>\psccurve, <a href="#pstricks-curves">Curves</a></dt> +<dt>\pscharclip, <a href="#pstricks-stroking">Stroking and filling +character paths</a></dt> +<dt>\pscharpath, <a href="#pstricks-stroking">Stroking and filling +character paths</a></dt> +<dt>\pscircle, <a href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs, circles and +ellipses</a></dt> +<dt>\pscirclebox, <a href="#pstricks-framed">Framed boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\psclip, <a href="#pstricks-clipping">Clipping</a></dt> +<dt>\pscoil, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and zigzags</a></dt> +<dt>\psCoil, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and zigzags</a></dt> +<dt>\pscurve, <a href="#pstricks-curves">Curves</a></dt> +<dt>\pscustom, <a href="#pstricks-basics">The basics</a></dt> +<dt>\psdblframebox, <a href="#pstricks-framed">Framed +boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\psdots, <a href="#pstricks-dots">Dots</a></dt> +<dt>\psecurve, <a href="#pstricks-curves">Curves</a></dt> +<dt>\psellipse, <a href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs, circles and +ellipses</a></dt> +<dt>\psframe, <a href="#pstricks-lines">Lines and polygons</a></dt> +<dt>\psframebox, <a href="#pstricks-framed">Framed boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\psgrid, <a href="#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt> +<dt>\pslabelsep, <a href="#placing">Placing and rotating +whatever</a></dt> +<dt>\pslbrace, <a href="#pstricks-tricks">Tips and More +Tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\psline, <a href="#pstricks-lines">Lines and polygons</a></dt> +<dt>\pslongbox, <a href="#pstricks-boxes">Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\psmathboxfalse, <a href="#pstricks-boxes">Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\psmathboxtrue, <a href="#pstricks-boxes">Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\psovalbox, <a href="#pstricks-framed">Framed boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\psoverlay, <a href="#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt> +<dt>\pspicture, <a href="#pictures">Pictures</a></dt> +<dt>\psplot, <a href="#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt> +<dt>\pspolygon, <a href="#pstricks-lines">Lines and +polygons</a></dt> +<dt>\psrbrace, <a href="#pstricks-tricks">Tips and More +Tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\psset, <a href="#pstricks-setting">Setting graphics +parameters</a></dt> +<dt>\pssetlength, <a href="#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions, +coordinates and angles</a></dt> +<dt>\psshadowbox, <a href="#pstricks-framed">Framed boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\pstextpath, <a href="#pstricks-path">Typesetting text along a +path</a></dt> +<dt>\PSTtoEPS, <a href="#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS +files</a></dt> +<dt>\psverbboxfalse, <a href="#pstricks-boxes">Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\psverbboxtrue, <a href="#pstricks-boxes">Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\pswedge, <a href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs, circles and +ellipses</a></dt> +<dt>\psxlabel, <a href="#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt> +<dt>\psylabel, <a href="#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt> +<dt>\pszigzag, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and zigzags</a></dt> +<dt>\putoverlaybox, <a href="#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt> +<dt>\qline, <a href="#pstricks-lines">Lines and polygons</a></dt> +<dt>\radians, <a href="#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions, +coordinates and angles</a></dt> +<dt>\rcoor, <a href="#hackers">For hackers only</a></dt> +<dt>\rcurveto, <a href="#pretty-safe-tricks">Pretty safe +tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\readdata, <a href="#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt> +<dt>\rlineto, <a href="#pretty-safe-tricks">Pretty safe +tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\rnode, <a href="#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt> +<dt>\Rnode, <a href="#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt> +<dt>\RnodeRef, <a href="#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt> +<dt>\rotate, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\rotatedown, <a href="#pstricks-rotation">Rotation and scaling +boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\rotateleft, <a href="#pstricks-rotation">Rotation and scaling +boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\rotateright, <a href="#pstricks-rotation">Rotation and scaling +boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\rput, <a href="#placing">Placing and rotating +whatever</a></dt> +<dt>\savedata, <a href="#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt> +<dt>\scale, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\scalebox, <a href="#pstricks-rotation">Rotation and scaling +boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\scaleboxto, <a href="#pstricks-rotation">Rotation and scaling +boxes</a></dt> +<dt>\setcolor, <a href="#hackers">For hackers only</a></dt> +<dt>\SpecialCoor, <a href="#pstricks-coordinates">Special +coordinates</a></dt> +<dt>\stroke, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\swapaxes, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\TeXtoEPS, <a href="#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS +files</a></dt> +<dt>\translate, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt> +<dt>\uput, <a href="#placing">Placing and rotating +whatever</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>parameter</dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>angle, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>arcangle, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>arcsep, <a href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs, circles and +ellipses</a></dt> +<dt>arcsepA, <a href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs, circles and +ellipses</a></dt> +<dt>arcsepB, <a href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs, circles and +ellipses</a></dt> +<dt>arm, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node connections</a></dt> +<dt>arrowinset, <a href="#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and +such</a></dt> +<dt>arrowlength, <a href="#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and +such</a></dt> +<dt>arrows, <a href="#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and +such</a></dt> +<dt>arrowscale, <a href="#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and +such</a></dt> +<dt>arrowsize, <a href="#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and +such</a></dt> +<dt>axesstyle, <a href="#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt> +<dt>bbllx, <a href="#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS +files</a></dt> +<dt>bblly, <a href="#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS +files</a></dt> +<dt>bburx, <a href="#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS +files</a></dt> +<dt>bbury, <a href="#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS +files</a></dt> +<dt>border, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt> +<dt>bordercolor, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line +styles</a></dt> +<dt>boxsep, <a href="#pstricks-framed">Framed boxes</a></dt> +<dt>bracketlength, <a href="#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and +such</a></dt> +<dt>coilheight, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and +zigzags</a></dt> +<dt>coilinc, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and zigzags</a></dt> +<dt>coilwidth, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and zigzags</a></dt> +<dt>cornersize, <a href="#pstricks-lines">Lines and +polygons</a></dt> +<dt>curvature, <a href="#pstricks-curves">Curves</a></dt> +<dt>dash, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt> +<dt>dimen, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt> +<dt>dotangle, <a href="#pstricks-dots">Dots</a></dt> +<dt>dotscale, <a href="#pstricks-dots">Dots</a></dt> +<dt>dotsep, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt> +<dt>dotsize, <a href="#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and +such</a></dt> +<dt>dotstyle, <a href="#pstricks-dots">Dots</a></dt> +<dt>doublecolor, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line +styles</a></dt> +<dt>doubleline, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line +styles</a></dt> +<dt>doublesep, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt> +<dt>fillcolor, <a href="#pstricks-fill-styles">Fill styles</a></dt> +<dt>fillstyle, <a href="#pstricks-fill-styles">Fill styles</a></dt> +<dt>framearc, <a href="#pstricks-lines">Lines and polygons</a></dt> +<dt>framesep, <a href="#pstricks-framed">Framed boxes</a></dt> +<dt>gradangle, <a href="#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt> +<dt>gradbegin, <a href="#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt> +<dt>gradend, <a href="#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt> +<dt>gradlines, <a href="#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt> +<dt>gradmidpoint, <a href="#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt> +<dt>gridcolor, <a href="#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt> +<dt>griddots, <a href="#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt> +<dt>gridlabelcolor, <a href="#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt> +<dt>gridlabels, <a href="#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt> +<dt>gridwidth, <a href="#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt> +<dt>hatchangle, <a href="#pstricks-fill-styles">Fill +styles</a></dt> +<dt>hatchcolor, <a href="#pstricks-fill-styles">Fill +styles</a></dt> +<dt>hatchsep, <a href="#pstricks-fill-styles">Fill styles</a></dt> +<dt>hatchwidth, <a href="#pstricks-fill-styles">Fill +styles</a></dt> +<dt>headerfile, <a href="#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS +files</a></dt> +<dt>headers, <a href="#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS +files</a></dt> +<dt>labels, <a href="#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt> +<dt>labelsep, <a href="#placing">Placing and rotating +whatever</a></dt> +<dt>liftpen, <a href="#pstricks-graphics-objects">Graphics +objects</a></dt> +<dt>linearc, <a href="#pstricks-lines">Lines and polygons</a></dt> +<dt>linecolor, <a href="#pstricks-basic">Basic graphics +parameters</a></dt> +<dt>linestyle, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt> +<dt>linetype, <a href="#pstricks-parameters">Parameters</a></dt> +<dt>linewidth, <a href="#pstricks-basic">Basic graphics +parameters</a></dt> +<dt>loopsize, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>ncurv, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>nodesep, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>offset, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node +connections</a></dt> +<dt>origin, <a href="#pstricks-coordinate">Coordinate +systems</a></dt> +<dt>plotpoints, <a href="#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt> +<dt>plotstyle, <a href="#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt> +<dt>rbracketlength, <a href="#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and +such</a></dt> +<dt>runit, <a href="#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions, coordinates +and angles</a></dt> +<dt>shadow, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt> +<dt>shadowangle, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line +styles</a></dt> +<dt>shadowcolor, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line +styles</a></dt> +<dt>shadowsize, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line +styles</a></dt> +<dt>showorigin, <a href="#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt> +<dt>showpoints, <a href="#pstricks-basic">Basic graphics +parameters</a></dt> +<dt>subgriddots, <a href="#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt> +<dt>subgridwidth, <a href="#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt> +<dt>swapaxes, <a href="#pstricks-coordinate">Coordinate +systems</a></dt> +<dt>tbarsize, <a href="#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and +such</a></dt> +<dt>ticks, <a href="#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt> +<dt>ticksize, <a href="#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt> +<dt>tickstyle, <a href="#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt> +<dt>unit, <a href="#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions, coordinates +and angles</a></dt> +<dt>xunit, <a href="#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions, coordinates +and angles</a></dt> +<dt>yunit, <a href="#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions, coordinates +and angles</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>Q</h3> +<dl> +<dt>quotation, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>quote, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Quoted text, displaying, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>R</h3> +<dl> +<dt>Ragged left text, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Ragged left text, environment for, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Ragged right text, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Ragged right text, environment for, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Relational Operators, <a href="#special-symbols">Special +Symbols</a></dt> +<dt>Remarks in the margin, <a href="#margin-notes">Margin +Notes</a></dt> +<dt>report class, <a href="#document-classes">Document +Classes</a></dt> +<dt>Reserved Characters, <a href="#special-characters">Special +Characters</a></dt> +<dt>Right-justifying text, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Right-justifying text, environment for, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>S</h3> +<dl> +<dt>Sectioning, <a href="#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt> +<dt>Several Small Packages, <a href="#small-packages">Several Small +Packages</a></dt> +<dt>Simulating typed text, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Sizes of text, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>Small Packages, <a href="#small-packages">Several Small +Packages</a></dt> +<dt>Space, inserting vertical, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces +& Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>Spaces, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a></dt> +<dt>Spacing, within Math mode, <a href="#math-formulae">Math +Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>Special Characters, <a href="#special-characters">Special +Characters</a></dt> +<dt>Splitting the input file, +<a href="#splitting-the-input">Splitting the Input</a></dt> +<dt>Starting & Ending, <a href="#starting-and-ending">Starting +& Ending</a></dt> +<dt>Starting on a right-hand page, +<a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a></dt> +<dt>Styles of text, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>Styles, page, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt> +<dt>Subscript, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>Superscript, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dt>Symbols, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>Miscellaneous, <a href="#special-symbols">Special +Symbols</a></dt> +<dt>Special, <a href="#special-symbols">Special +Symbols</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>T</h3> +<dl> +<dt>Tab stops, using, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>tabbing, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>table, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Table of Contents, creating, <a href="#table-of-contents">Table +of Contents</a></dt> +<dt>Tables, creating, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>tabular, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Terminal Input/Output, +<a href="#terminal-input-slash-output">Terminal +Input/Output</a></dt> +<dt>Texinfo, <a href="#texinfo">Texinfo (tbd.)</a></dt> +<dt>Thanks, for titlepage, <a href="#page-styles">Page +Styles</a></dt> +<dt>thebibliography, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>theorem, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Theorems, defining, <a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt> +<dt>Theorems, typesetting, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Title making, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt> +<dt>Title pages, creating, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Title, for titlepage, <a href="#page-styles">Page +Styles</a></dt> +<dt>titlepage, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Typed text, simulating, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Typeface Sizes, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>Typeface Styles, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt> +<dt>Typefaces, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>U</h3> +<dl> +<dt>url, <a href="#url-package">url</a></dt> +<dt>Using BibTeX, +<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>V</h3> +<dl> +<dt>Variables, a list of, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt> +<dt>varioref, <a href="#varioref">varioref</a></dt> +<dt>verbatim, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Verbatim text, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>verse, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt> +<dt>Vertical space, inserting, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces +& Boxes</a></dt></dl></div> +<div class="indexdiv"> +<h3>X</h3> +<dl> +<dt>xindy, <a href="#xindy">xindy</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>Command List, <a href="#xindy-command-list">Command +List</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>Markup Commands, <a href="#xindy-command-list-markup">Markup +Commands</a></dt> +<dt>Raw Index Interface, +<a href="#xindy-command-list-raw-index">Raw Index +Interface</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>Invoking, <a href="#xindy-invoking">Invoking xindy</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>Command Line Options, <a href="#xindy-invoking-cmdline">Command +Line Options</a></dt> +<dt>Search Path, <a href="#xindy-search-path">Search +Path</a></dt></dl></dd> +<dt>Processing Commands, +<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing">Processing +Commands</a></dt> +<dd> +<dl> +<dt>define-alphabet, +<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-define-alphabet">define-alphabet</a></dt> +<dt>define-attributes, +<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-define-attributes">define-attributes</a></dt> +<dt>define-crossref-class, +<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-define-crossref-class">define-crossref-class</a></dt> +<dt>define-letter-group, +<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-define-letter-group">define-letter-group</a></dt> +<dt>define-location-class, +<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-define-location-class">define-location-class</a></dt> +<dt>define-location-class-order, +<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-define-location-class-order"> +define-location-class-order</a></dt> +<dt>define-rule-set, +<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-define-rule-set">define-rule-set</a></dt> +<dt>define-sort-rule-orientations, +<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-define-sort-rule-orientations"> +define-sort-rule-orientations</a></dt> +<dt>merge-rule, +<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-merge-rule">merge-rule</a></dt> +<dt>merge-to, +<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-merge-to">merge-to</a></dt> +<dt>require, +<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-require">require</a></dt> +<dt>searchpath, +<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-searchpath">searchpath</a></dt> +<dt>sort-rule, +<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-sort-rule">sort-rule</a></dt> +<dt>use-rule-set, +<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-use-rule-set">use-rule-set</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div></div></div> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.css b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.css new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5ea33eb7aed --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.css @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ + +/* start css.sty */ +.ec-lmri-12x-x-172{font-size:206%; font-style:italic;} +.ec-lmss-17{font-size:170%; font-family: sans-serif;} +.ec-lmr-12{font-size:120%;} +.ec-lmtt-12{font-size:120%; font-family: monospace;} +.ec-lmtt-10{ font-family: monospace;} +.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;} +.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;} +.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;} +.ec-lmro-10{ font-style: oblique;} +.ec-lmtk-10{ font-family: monospace;} +.ec-lmr-7{font-size:70%;} +.ec-lmr-8{font-size:80%;} +.ec-lmr-6{font-size:60%;} +.ec-lmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} +.ec-lmsso-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-style: oblique;} +.ec-lmr-9{font-size:90%;} +.ec-lmtt-9{font-size:90%; font-family: monospace;} +.ec-lmtt-8x-x-87{font-size:69%; font-family: monospace;} +p.noindent { text-indent: 0em } +p.nopar { text-indent: 0em; } +p.indent{ text-indent: 1.5em } +@media print {div.crosslinks {visibility:hidden;}} +a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; } +center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; } +td center { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; } +.Canvas { position:relative; } +img.math{vertical-align:middle;} +li p.indent { text-indent: 0em } +.enumerate1 {list-style-type:decimal;} +.enumerate2 {list-style-type:lower-alpha;} +.enumerate3 {list-style-type:lower-roman;} +.enumerate4 {list-style-type:upper-alpha;} +div.newtheorem { margin-bottom: 2em; margin-top: 2em;} +.obeylines-h,.obeylines-v {white-space: nowrap; } +div.obeylines-v p { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; } +.overline{ text-decoration:overline; } +.overline img{ border-top: 1px solid black; } +td.displaylines {text-align:center; white-space:nowrap;} +.centerline {text-align:center;} +.rightline {text-align:right;} +div.verbatim {font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; } +.fbox {padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; } +div.center div.fbox {text-align:center; clear:both; padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; } +table.minipage{width:100%;} +div.center, div.center div.center {text-align: center; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em;} +div.center div {text-align: left;} +div.flushright, div.flushright div.flushright {text-align: right;} +div.flushright div {text-align: left;} +div.flushleft {text-align: left;} +.underline{ text-decoration:underline; } +.underline img{ border-bottom: 1px solid black; margin-bottom:1pt; } +.framebox-c, .framebox-l, .framebox-r { padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; } +.framebox-c {text-align:center;} +.framebox-l {text-align:left;} +.framebox-r {text-align:right;} +span.thank-mark{ vertical-align: super } +div.footnotes{border-top:solid 1px black; border-bottom:solid 1px black; padding-bottom:1ex; padding-top:0.5ex; margin-right:15%; margin-top:2ex; font-style:italic; font-size:80%;} +div.footnotes p{margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-indent:0;} +div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; } +table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;} +table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} +div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; } +div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; } +div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; } +div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; } +td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; } +td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; } +td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; } +td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; } +.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 1px; margin:0px; } +.tabbing-right {text-align:right;} +span.TEX {letter-spacing: -0.125em; } +span.TEX span.E{ position:relative;top:0.5ex;left:-0.0417em;} +a span.TEX span.E {text-decoration: none; } +span.LATEX span.A{ position:relative; top:-0.5ex; left:-0.4em; font-size:85%;} +span.LATEX span.TEX{ position:relative; left: -0.4em; } +div.float img, div.float .caption {text-align:center;} +div.figure img, div.figure .caption {text-align:center;} +.marginpar {width:20%; float:right; text-align:left; margin-left:auto; margin-top:0.5em; font-size:85%; text-decoration:underline;} +.marginpar p{margin-top:0.4em; margin-bottom:0.4em;} +.equation td{text-align:center; } +td.equation { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; } +td.eqnarray4 { width:5%; white-space: normal; } +td.eqnarray2 { width:5%; } +table.eqnarray-star, table.eqnarray {width:100%;} +div.eqnarray{text-align:center;} +div.array {text-align:center;} +div.pmatrix {text-align:center;} +span.pmatrix img{vertical-align:middle;} +div.pmatrix {text-align:center;} +img.cdots{vertical-align:middle;} +div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; } +table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;} +table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} +div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; } +div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; } +div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; } +div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; } +td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; } +td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; } +td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; } +td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; } +.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 1px; margin:0px; } +div.array {text-align:center;} +.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110%;} +.caption td.id{font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; } +table.caption {text-align:center;} +h1.partHead{text-align: center} +p.bibitem { text-indent: -2em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; } +p.bibitem-p { text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; } +.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;} +.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;} +.quote {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em; text-align:justify;} +.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em} +div.maketitle {text-align:center;} +h2.titleHead{text-align:center;} +div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; } +div.author, div.date {text-align:center;} +div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10%; font-size:80%; font-style:italic; } +.quotation {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; } +.abstract p {margin-left:5%; margin-right:5%;} +.alltt P { margin-bottom : 0em; margin-top : 0em; } +.alltt { margin-bottom : 1em; margin-top : 1em; } +.figure img.graphics {margin-left:10%;} +div.longtable{text-align:center;} +span.sout {text-decoration: line-through } +span.xout {text-decoration: line-through } +span.uwave {text-decoration: line-through } +P.fancyvrb {white-space: nowrap; margin:0em;} +/* end css.sty */ + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d345b001196 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.html @@ -0,0 +1,5433 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> +<html > +<head> + <title>The TEX Live Guide TeX Collection 2005 </title> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8"> +<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html)"> +<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html)"> +<!-- charset=utf-8,html,info,fn-in --> +<meta name="src" content="live.tex"> +<meta name="date" content="2005-10-31 06:36:00"> +<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="live.css"> +<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="live.css" /> +<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="tex-live.css" /> +</head><body +> + <div class="maketitle"> + + + + + +<h2 class="titleHead">The <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live Guide<br> + <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Collection 2005 </h2> + <div class="author"><span +class="ec-lmr-12">Sebastian Rahtz & Karl Berry, editors</span> +<br> <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://tug.org/texlive/" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-12">http://tug.org/texlive/</span></a></span> </div> +<br> +<div class="date" ><span +class="ec-lmr-12">October 2005</span></div> + </div> + <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a + id="x1-1000"></a>Contents</h3> + <div class="tableofcontents"> + <span class="sectionToc">1 <a +href="#x1-30001" id="QQ2-1-3">Introduction</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">1.1 <a +href="#x1-40001.1" id="QQ2-1-4">Basic usage of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">1.2 <a +href="#x1-50001.2" id="QQ2-1-5">Getting help</a></span> +<br> <span class="sectionToc">2 <a +href="#x1-60002" id="QQ2-1-6">Structure of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">2.1 <a +href="#x1-70002.1" id="QQ2-1-7">Multiple distributions: <span +class="ec-lmss-10">live</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">inst</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">protext</span></a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">2.2 <a +href="#x1-80002.2" id="QQ2-1-8">Top level directories</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">2.3 <a +href="#x1-90002.3" id="QQ2-1-9">Overview of the predefined texmf trees</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">2.4 <a +href="#x1-100002.4" id="QQ2-1-10">Extensions to <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">2.5 <a +href="#x1-110002.5" id="QQ2-1-11">Other notable programs in <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live</a></span> +<br> <span class="sectionToc">3 <a +href="#x1-120003" id="QQ2-1-12">Unix installation</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">3.1 <a +href="#x1-130003.1" id="QQ2-1-13">Running <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live directly from media (Unix)</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">3.2 <a +href="#x1-140003.2" id="QQ2-1-15">Installing <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live to disk</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">3.3 <a +href="#x1-150003.3" id="QQ2-1-17">Installing individual packages to disk</a></span> +<br> <span class="sectionToc">4 <a +href="#x1-160004" id="QQ2-1-18">Post-installation</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">4.1 <a +href="#x1-170004.1" id="QQ2-1-19">The <span +class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig </span>program</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">4.2 <a +href="#x1-180004.2" id="QQ2-1-20">Testing the installation</a></span> +<br> <span class="sectionToc">5 <a +href="#x1-190005" id="QQ2-1-21">Mac OS X installation</a></span> +<br> <span class="sectionToc">6 <a +href="#x1-200006" id="QQ2-1-22">Windows installation</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">6.1 <a +href="#x1-210006.1" id="QQ2-1-23">Installing <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live to disk</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">6.2 <a +href="#x1-220006.2" id="QQ2-1-24">Support packages for Windows</a></span> +<br> <span class="sectionToc">7 <a +href="#x1-230007" id="QQ2-1-25">Maintenance of the installation in Windows</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">7.1 <a +href="#x1-240007.1" id="QQ2-1-26">Adding/removing packages</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">7.2 <a +href="#x1-250007.2" id="QQ2-1-27">Configuring and other management tasks</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">7.3 <a +href="#x1-260007.3" id="QQ2-1-28">Uninstalling <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">7.4 <a +href="#x1-270007.4" id="QQ2-1-29">Adding your own packages to the installation</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">7.5 <a +href="#x1-280007.5" id="QQ2-1-30">Running <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tlmp.exe </span>from the command line</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">7.6 <a +href="#x1-290007.6" id="QQ2-1-31">Network installation</a></span> + + +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">7.7 <a +href="#x1-300007.7" id="QQ2-1-32">What’s different in Windows?</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">7.8 <a +href="#x1-310007.8" id="QQ2-1-33">Personal configurations</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">7.9 <a +href="#x1-360007.9" id="QQ2-1-38">Testing</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">7.10 <a +href="#x1-370007.10" id="QQ2-1-39">Printing</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">7.11 <a +href="#x1-380007.11" id="QQ2-1-40">Tips and tricks for Win32</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">7.12 <a +href="#x1-450007.12" id="QQ2-1-47">In case of problems</a></span> +<br> <span class="sectionToc">8 <a +href="#x1-480008" id="QQ2-1-50">A user’s guide to Web2C</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">8.1 <a +href="#x1-490008.1" id="QQ2-1-51">Kpathsea path searching</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">8.2 <a +href="#x1-570008.2" id="QQ2-1-59">Filename databases</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">8.3 <a +href="#x1-620008.3" id="QQ2-1-67">Runtime options</a></span> +<br> <span class="sectionToc">9 <a +href="#x1-630009" id="QQ2-1-68">Acknowledgements</a></span> +<br> <span class="sectionToc">10 <a +href="#x1-6400010" id="QQ2-1-69">Release history</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">10.1 <a +href="#x1-6500010.1" id="QQ2-1-70">Past</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">10.2 <a +href="#x1-6800010.2" id="QQ2-1-73">Present</a></span> +<br>  <span class="subsectionToc">10.3 <a +href="#x1-6900010.3" id="QQ2-1-74">Future</a></span> + </div> + <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a + id="x1-2000"></a>List of Tables</h3> + <div class="tableofcontents"><span class="lotToc">1 <a +href="#x1-13001r1">Supported system architectures.</a></span><br><span class="lotToc">2 <a +href="#x1-14001r2">Main menu options for the installation.</a></span><br> + </div> +<!--l. 29--><p class="noindent"> + <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1 </span> <a + id="x1-30001"></a>Introduction</h3> +<!--l. 32--><p class="noindent">This document describes the main features of the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live software distribution — <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> and friends for +GNU/Linux and other Unix flavors, Mac OS X, and (32-bit) Windows systems. (Warning: it is not +especially useful for older Mac or MS-DOS systems.) +<!--l. 37--><p class="indent"> <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live includes executables for <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>, LaTeX2e, Con<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>t, Metafont, MetaPost, BibTeX and +many other programs; an extensive collection of macros, fonts and documentation; and support for +typesetting in many different scripts from around the world. It is part of the even larger <span class="TEX"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">E</span></span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">X</span></span><span +class="ec-lmss-10"> Collection</span> +(briefly described below in section <a +href="#x1-60002">2<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:struct-tl --></a>, p. <a +href="#x1-60002">6<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:struct-tl --></a>). Both are cooperative efforts by the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> user +groups. +<!--l. 45--><p class="indent"> For newer versions of the packages included here, please check CTAN: <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.ctan.org" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.ctan.org</span></a></span>. +<!--l. 48--><p class="indent"> For a brief summary of the major changes in this edition of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, see the end of the document, +section <a +href="#x1-6400010">10<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:history --></a> (p. <a +href="#x1-6400010">65<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:history --></a>). +<!--l. 53--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.1 </span> <a + id="x1-40001.1"></a>Basic usage of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live</h4> +<!--l. 56--><p class="noindent">You can use <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live in three principal ways: +<!--l. 58--><p class="indent"> + <ol class="enumerate1" > + <li class="enumerate" value="1" +><a + id="x1-4002x1"></a>You can run <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live directly from the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">live </span>DVD (see section <a +href="#x1-70002.1">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>, p. <a +href="#x1-70002.1">6<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>). This takes almost no + disk space, and gives you immediate access to everything in <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live. Of course performance + will be worse than running on local disk, but you may well find it useful. + + + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="2" +><a + id="x1-4004x2"></a>You can install all or part of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live to a local disk, from either the DVD or the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">inst </span>CD. + This is the most common use of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live. You will need (approximately) 100 megabytes + for the most minimal system, and upwards of 1.3 gigabytes for a full system. + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="3" +><a + id="x1-4006x3"></a>You can integrate a particular package or collection into your existing <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> system, either + a <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live system you installed earlier, or a different system. + </li></ol> +<!--l. 77--><p class="noindent">All of these are described in detail in the OS-specific installation sections following, but here is a quick +start: + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize">The main installation script for Unix and Mac OS X is <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">install-tl.sh</span>. + </li> + <li class="itemize">The single package installation script is <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">install-pkg.sh</span>. + </li> + <li class="itemize">The installation program for Windows is <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tlpmgui.exe</span>. It can be used also for adding or + removing the packages. See section <a +href="#x1-200006">6<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:win-install --></a> below for more information. + </li></ul> +<!--l. 94--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.2 </span> <a + id="x1-50001.2"></a>Getting help</h4> +<!--l. 97--><p class="noindent">The <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> community is both active and friendly, and virtually all serious questions end up getting +answered. However, the support is informal, done by volunteers and casual readers, so it’s +especially important that you do your homework before asking. (If you prefer guaranteed +commercial support, you can forego <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live completely and purchase a vendor’s system; <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://tug.org/interest.html#vendors" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/interest.html#vendors</span></a></span> has a list.) +<!--l. 105--><p class="indent"> Here is a list of resources, approximately in the order we recommend using them: +<!--l. 108--><p class="indent"> + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">Getting Started</span> </dt><dd +class="description">If you are new to <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>, the web page <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://tug.org/begin.html" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/begin.html</span></a></span> gives a + brief introduction to the system. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span class="TEX"><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">E</span></span><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">X</span></span> <span +class="ec-lmbx-10">FAQ</span> </dt><dd +class="description">The <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> FAQ is a huge compendium of answers to all sorts of questions, from the + most basic to the most arcane. It is included on <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live in <a +href="../../../../texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en" >texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en</a>, + and is available on the Internet through <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/faq" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.tex.ac.uk/faq</span></a></span>. Please check here + first. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span class="TEX"><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">E</span></span><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">X</span></span> <span +class="ec-lmbx-10">Catalogue</span> </dt><dd +class="description">If you are + looking for a specific package, font, program, etc., the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Catalogue is the place to look. + It is a huge collection of all <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>-related items. See <a +href="../../../../texmf-doc/doc/english/catalogue" >texmf-doc/doc/english/catalogue</a>, or <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue</span></a></span>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span class="TEX"><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">E</span></span><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">X</span></span> <span +class="ec-lmbx-10">Web Resources</span> </dt><dd +class="description">The web page <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://tug.org/interest.html" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/interest.html</span></a></span> has many <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>-related + links, in particular for numerous books, manuals, and articles on all aspects of the system. + + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">support archives</span> </dt><dd +class="description"> + The two principal support forums are the Usenet newsgroup <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="news:comp.text.tex" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">news:comp.text.tex</span></a></span> and the + mailing list <a +href="mailto:texhax@tug.org" ><span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texhax@tug.org</span></span></a>. Their archives have years of past questions and answers for + your searching pleasure, via <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://groups.google.com/groups?group=comp.text.tex" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://groups.google.com/groups?group=comp.text.tex</span></a></span> + and <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://tug.org/mail-archives/texhax" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/mail-archives/texhax</span></a></span>, respectively. And a general web search, for + example on <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://google.com" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://google.com</span></a></span>, never hurts. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">asking questions</span> </dt><dd +class="description">If you cannot find an answer, you can post to <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">comp.text.tex </span>through Google + or your newsreader, or to <a +href="mailto:texhax@tug.org" ><span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texhax@tug.org</span></span></a> through email. But before you post, <span +class="ec-lmri-10">please </span>read + this FAQ entry on asking questions in such a way that you’re most likely to get an answer: <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion</span></a></span>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span class="TEX"><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">E</span></span><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">X</span></span> <span +class="ec-lmbx-10">Live support</span> </dt><dd +class="description">If you want to report a bug or have suggestions or comments on the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> + Live distribution, installation, or documentation, the mailing list is <a +href="mailto:tex-live@tug.org" ><span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tex-live@tug.org</span></span></a>. + However, if your question is about how to use a particular program included in <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, + you are better off writing to that program’s maintainer or mailing list. + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 153--><p class="indent"> The other side of the coin is helping others who have questions. Both <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">comp.text.tex </span>and <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texhax </span>are +open to anyone, so feel free to join, start reading, and help out where you can. Welcome to +<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>! +<!--l. 161--><p class="noindent"> + <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2 </span> <a + id="x1-60002"></a>Structure of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live</h3> +<!--l. 164--><p class="noindent">This section describes the structure and contents of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live and the <span class="TEX"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">E</span></span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">X</span></span><span +class="ec-lmss-10"> Collection </span>of which it is a +part. +<!--l. 169--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1 </span> <a + id="x1-70002.1"></a>Multiple distributions: <span +class="ec-lmss-10">live</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">inst</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">protext</span></h4> +<!--l. 172--><p class="noindent">Space limitations of CD-ROM format have forced us to divide <span class="TEX"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">E</span></span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">X</span></span><span +class="ec-lmss-10"> Collection </span>into several distributions, +as follows. +<!--l. 175--><p class="indent"> + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">live</span> </dt><dd +class="description">A complete system on DVD; it is too large for CD. It can be run live or installed to disk. + It also includes a snapshot of the CTAN repository, the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">protext </span>distribution for Windows + and the Mac<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> distribution for Mac OS X, entirely independent of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, as well as + assorted other packages in a <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-extra </span>directory. + <!--l. 184--><p class="noindent">CTAN, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">protext</span>, Mac<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>, and <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-extra </span>do not follow the same copying conditions as + <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, so be careful when redistributing or modifying. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">inst(allable)</span> </dt><dd +class="description">A complete system on CD; in order to make this fit, the packages and programs are + compressed. Therefore, it is not possible to run <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> directly from the installable CD, you + have to install it to disk (hence its name). Installation is described in subsequent sections. + + + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">protext</span> </dt><dd +class="description">An enhancement of the MiK<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> distribution for Windows, Pro<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>t adds a few extra + tools to MiK<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>, and simplifies installation. It is entirely independent of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, and has + its own installation instructions. It can be run live, or installed to disk. The Pro<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>t home + page is <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://tug.org/protext" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/protext</span></a></span>. + <!--l. 199--><p class="noindent">Pro<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>t is provided as both the top level of the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">live </span>DVD  and on its own CD (for those + who cannot use the DVD). + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 204--><p class="noindent">You can tell which type of distribution you’re in by looking for a <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">00</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">type</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.TL </span>file at the top of the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> +Live directory. This file also contains the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live release date. +<!--l. 208--><p class="indent"> Naturally, each user group chooses what to distribute, at its own discretion. (TUG is sending all three +discs above to all of its members.) +<!--l. 213--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2 </span> <a + id="x1-80002.2"></a>Top level directories</h4> +<!--l. 216--><p class="noindent">Here is a brief listing and description of the top level directories in the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live distribution. On the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">live</span> +DVD, the entire <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live hierarchy is in a subdirectory <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texlive2005</span>, not at the top level of the +disc. + <div class="tabular"><table class="tabular" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" +frame="void" id="TBL-2-" ><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col +id="TBL-2-1"><col +id="TBL-2-2"></colgroup><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">bin </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 225--><p class="noindent">The <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> system programs, arranged by platform. </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">source </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 226--><p class="noindent">The source of all programs, including the main Web2C <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> and Metafont + distributions. These are stored in a <span +class="ec-lmss-10">bzip2</span>-compressed tar archive. </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">support </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 229--><p class="noindent">Assorted auxiliary packages and programs. These are <span +class="ec-lmri-10">not </span>installed + automatically. This includes assorted editors and <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> shells. </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 232--><p class="noindent">Tree for the programs, along with their support files and documentation. + Does not include <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> formats and packages. (<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFMAIN </span>in the next + section.) </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-dist </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 235--><p class="noindent">The main tree of formats and packages. (<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFDIST </span>in the next section.) </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-doc </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 237--><p class="noindent">Tree for self-contained pure documentation, arranged by language. </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-var </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 239--><p class="noindent">Tree for files automatically generated and stored. (<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSVAR </span>in the next + section.) </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">xemtex </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 241--><p class="noindent">Tree for supporting programs used only in Windows. These programs + generally come pre-installed on Unix systems, or are at least easy to compile. </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1" +class="td11"> </td> </tr></table> +</div> +<!--l. 249--><p class="indent"> In addition to the directories above, the installation scripts and <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">README </span>files (in various languages) +are at the top level of the distribution. +<!--l. 253--><p class="indent"> The <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-doc </span>directory contains only documentation, but it does not contain all the +documentation. The documentation for the programs (manuals, man pages, Info files) is in <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf/doc</span>, +since the programs are in <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf</span>. Similarly, the documentation for <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> packages and formats is in +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-dist/doc</span>. You can use the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">texdoc </span>or <span +class="ec-lmss-10">texdoctk </span>programs to find any documentation +wherever it’s located. The comprehensive links in the top-level file <a +href="../../../../doc.html" >doc.html</a> may also be +helpful. +<!--l. 263--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3 </span> <a + id="x1-90002.3"></a>Overview of the predefined texmf trees</h4> + + +<!--l. 266--><p class="noindent">This section lists all predefined variables specifying texmf trees used by the system, and their intended +purpose. The command <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig conf </span>shows you the values of these variables, so that you can easily +find out how they map to directory names in your installation. +<!--l. 271--><p class="noindent"> + <dl class="list1"><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFMAIN</span> </dt><dd +class="list">The tree which holds vital parts of the system such as helper scripts (e.g., + <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">web2c/mktexdir</span></span></span>), pool files and other support files. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFDIST</span> </dt><dd +class="list">The tree which holds the main set of macro packages, fonts, etc., as originally + distributed. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFLOCAL</span> </dt><dd +class="list">The tree which administrators can use for system-wide installation of additional or + updated macros, fonts, etc. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFHOME</span> </dt><dd +class="list">The tree which users can use for their own individual installations of additional or + updated macros, fonts, etc. The expansion of this variable depends on <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME</span></span></span> by default, + which dynamically adjusts for each user to an individual directory. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFCONFIG</span> </dt><dd +class="list">The tree used by te<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>’s utilities <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">updmap</span></span></span>, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">fmtutil</span></span></span> to store + modified configuration data. Under <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME</span></span></span> by default. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSCONFIG</span> </dt><dd +class="list">The tree used by te<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>’s utilities <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig-sys</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">updmap-sys</span></span></span>, and + <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">fmtutil-sys</span></span></span> to store modified configuration data. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFVAR</span> </dt><dd +class="list">The tree used by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">updmap</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">fmtutil</span></span></span> to store (cached) runtime data such + as format files and generated map files. Under <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME</span></span></span> by default. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSVAR</span> </dt><dd +class="list">The tree used by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig-sys</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">updmap-sys</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">fmtutil-sys</span></span></span> to store (cached) + runtime data such as format files and generated map files.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 298--><p class="indent"> For more discussion of <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig </span>and related utilities, please see section <a +href="#x1-170004.1">4.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a>, p. <a +href="#x1-170004.1">26<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a>. +<!--l. 302--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4 </span> <a + id="x1-100002.4"></a>Extensions to <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></h4> +<!--l. 305--><p class="noindent"><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live contains several extended versions of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>: +<!--l. 307--><p class="indent"> + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">e-</span><span class="TEX"><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">E</span></span><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">X</span></span> </dt><dd +class="description">adds a small but powerful set of new primitives (related to macro expansion, character + scanning, classes of marks, additional debugging features, and more) and the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>--XE T + extensions for bidirectional typesetting. In default mode, e-<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> is 100% compatible with + ordinary <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>. See <a +href="../../../../texmf-dist/doc/etex/base/etex_man.pdf" >texmf-dist/doc/etex/base/etex_man.pdf</a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">pdf</span><span class="TEX"><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">E</span></span><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">X</span></span> </dt><dd +class="description">writes Acrobat PDF format as well as DVI. The <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>package has an option + ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">pdftex</span>’ which turns on all the program features. See <a +href="../../../../texmf/doc/pdftex/manual/" >texmf/doc/pdftex/manual/</a> for the + manual, and <a +href="../../../../texmf/doc/pdftex/manual/samplepdf/samplepdf.tex" >texmf/doc/pdftex/manual/samplepdf/samplepdf.tex</a>. + + + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">pdfe</span><span class="TEX"><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">E</span></span><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">X</span></span> </dt><dd +class="description">combines the pdf<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> and e-<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> extensions. This is the default program for all + formats except plain <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>. See above for documentation. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">Omega</span><span +class="ec-lmbx-10"> (Omega)</span> </dt><dd +class="description">is based on Unicode (16-bit characters), thus supports working with almost + all the world’s scripts simultaneously. It also supports so-called ‘Omega Translation + Processes’ (OTPs), for performing complex transformations on arbitrary input. See + <a +href="../../../../texmf-dist/doc/omega/base/doc-1.8.tex" >texmf-dist/doc/omega/base/doc-1.8.tex</a> (not completely up-to-date). + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">Aleph</span> </dt><dd +class="description">combines the Omega and e-<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> extensions. See <a +href="../../../../texmf-dist/doc/aleph/base" >texmf-dist/doc/aleph/base</a> for some + minimal documentation. + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 338--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5 </span> <a + id="x1-110002.5"></a>Other notable programs in <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live</h4> +<!--l. 340--><p class="noindent">Here are a few other commonly-used programs included in <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live: +<!--l. 342--><p class="indent"> + <dl class="list1"><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">bibtex</span> </dt><dd +class="list">bibliography support. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">makeindex</span> </dt><dd +class="list">index support. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </dt><dd +class="list">convert DVI to PostScript. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi</span> </dt><dd +class="list">DVI previewer for the X Window System. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvilj</span> </dt><dd +class="list">DVI drive for the HP LaserJet family. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dv2dt, dt2dv</span> </dt><dd +class="list">convert DVI to/from plain text. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dviconcat, dviselect</span> </dt><dd +class="list">cut and paste pages from DVI files. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx</span> </dt><dd +class="list">convert DVI to PDF, an alternative approach to pdf<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> (mentioned above). See the + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">ps4pdf </span>and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">pdftricks </span>packages for still more alternatives. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">psselect, psnup, ...</span> </dt><dd +class="list">PostScript utilities. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">lacheck</span> </dt><dd +class="list"><span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> syntax checker. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">texexec</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Con<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>t and PDF processor. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tex4ht</span> </dt><dd +class="list"><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> to HTML converter. + </dd></dl> + + +<!--l. 375--><p class="noindent"> + <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3 </span> <a + id="x1-120003"></a>Unix installation</h3> +<!--l. 378--><p class="noindent">As introduced in section <a +href="#x1-40001.1">1.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:basic --></a> (p. <a +href="#x1-40001.1">4<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:basic --></a>), <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live has three principal uses: +<!--l. 381--><p class="indent"> + <ol class="enumerate1" > + <li class="enumerate" value="1" +><a + id="x1-12002x1"></a>Run directly from media. + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="2" +><a + id="x1-12004x2"></a>Install to disk. + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="3" +><a + id="x1-12006x3"></a>Integrate a particular package or collection into your existing <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> installation.</li></ol> +<!--l. 388--><p class="noindent">The following sections describes the Unix-specific procedures for each of these. +<!--l. 391--><p class="indent"> <hr class="figure"><div class="figure" +><table class="figure"><tr class="figure"><td class="figure" +> + + + + +<!--l. 391--><p class="noindent"> <span +class="ec-lmbx-10">Warning: </span>The <span class="TEX"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">E</span></span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">X</span></span><span +class="ec-lmss-10"> Collection </span>CDs and DVD are in ISO 9660 (High Sierra) format, <span +class="ec-lmri-10">with </span>Rock Ridge +(and Joliet, for Windows) extensions. Therefore, in order to take full advantage of the <span class="TEX"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">E</span></span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">X</span></span><span +class="ec-lmss-10"> Collection</span> +under Unix, your system needs to be able to use the Rock Ridge extensions. Please consult the +documentation for your <span +class="ec-lmss-10">mount </span>command to see how to do this. If you have several different machines on +a local network, you may be able to mount the discs on one which does support Rock Ridge, and use this +with the others. +<!--l. 402--><p class="indent"> Modern systems should be able to use the discs without problems. If troubles, let us know. The +discussion below assumes you have been able to mount the CDs with full Rock Ridge compatibility. + + +<!--l. 406--><p class="indent"> </td></tr></table></div><hr class="endfigure"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a + id="x1-130003.1"></a>Running <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live directly from media (Unix)</h4> +<!--l. 454--><p class="noindent">It is possible to use the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> system directly from the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">live </span>DVD, without installing the distribution to +disk. (Thus the name <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> ‘Live’, in fact.) It is <span +class="ec-lmri-10">not </span>possible to run <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> directly from the other CDs +(see section <a +href="#x1-70002.1">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>, p. <a +href="#x1-70002.1">6<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>). To start, you mount the CD or DVD, with Rock Ridge extensions enabled. The +exact command to do this varies from system to system; the following works under Linux, except the +name of the device (<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/dev/cdrom</span>, here) may vary. (All our examples will use <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">> </span>as the shell prompt; user +input is <span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">underlined</span></span>.) <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 455--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">mount</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-t</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">iso9660</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/dev/cdrom</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/mnt/cdrom</span></span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 455--><p class="noindent">Change the current directory to the mount point: <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 455--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">cd</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/mnt/cdrom</span></span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 455--><p class="noindent">Under Mac OS X, the directory is typically under <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/Volumes</span>, and the media will be mounted +automatically. Run the installation script <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">install-tl.sh</span>: <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 456--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sh</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">install-tl.sh</span></span> +<br class="newline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">Welcome to TeX Live...</span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 456--><p class="noindent">After various greeting messages and a list of the main menu options, the installation will ask you to +enter a command. Do this by typing the desired character and hitting return; don’t type +the angle brackets shown. Either uppercase or lowercase is ok; we’ll use lowercase in our +examples. +<!--l. 458--><p class="indent"> For running live, our first command will be <span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">d</span></span> and then the subcommand <span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">1</span></span> to set directories. Even in +this case, we must choose a directory on the local disk to place files that the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> system itself generates, +such as fonts and formats, and also to provide a place for updated configuration files, if need +be. +<!--l. 464--><p class="indent"> We’ll use <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/opt/texlive2005 </span>in this example. It’s good to include the year in the name, +as these generated files are not compatible from release to release. (If the default value of +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/usr/local/texlive/2005 </span>works for you, then you can skip this step.) + <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 470--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">Enter</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> command:</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">d</span></span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">Current</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> directories</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> setup:</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"><1></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> TEXDIR:</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> /usr/local/texlive/2005</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">...</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">Enter</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> command:</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">1</span></span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">New</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> value</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> for</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> TEXDIR</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> [/usr/local/texlive/TeX]:</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/opt/texlive2005</span></span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">...</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">Enter</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> command:</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">r</span></span> + +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 481--><p class="noindent">Back at the main menu, our second and last command is <span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">r</span></span>, to set up for running live off the media +without installing to disk: <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 484--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">Enter</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> command:</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">r</span></span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">Preparing</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> destination</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> directories...</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">...</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">Welcome</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> to</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> TeX</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> Live!</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 492--><p class="noindent">And we are back at the system prompt, as shown. +<!--l. 494--><p class="indent"> Next, it is necessary to alter two environment variables: <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH</span>, to an architecture-dependent value (so +that we can run the programs), and <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSVAR</span>, to the value specified above. See table <a +href="#x1-13001r1">1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:archlist --></a> for a list of +the architecture names for the different systems. +<!--l. 508--><p class="indent"> After the main installation has completed, and environment variables have been set, the last step is to +run <span +class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig </span>or <span +class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig-sys </span>to customize your installation to your needs. This is explained in +section <a +href="#x1-170004.1">4.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a>, p. <a +href="#x1-170004.1">26<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a>. + + +<!--l. 510--><p class="indent"> <a + id="x1-13001r1"></a><hr class="float"><div class="float" +><table class="float"><tr class="float"><td class="float" +> + + + <table class="caption" +><tr valign="baseline" class="caption"><td class="id">Table 1: </td><td +class="content">Supported system architectures.</td></tr></table><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-13001r1 --> + <div class="tabular"><table class="tabular" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" +frame="void" id="TBL-3-" ><colgroup id="TBL-3-1g"><col +id="TBL-3-1"><col +id="TBL-3-2"></colgroup><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">alpha-linux </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-2" +class="td11"> HP Alpha GNU/Linux </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">i386-darwin </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-2" +class="td11"> Intel x86 Mac OS X </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">i386-freebsd </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2" +class="td11"> Intel x86 FreeBSD </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">i386-linux </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2" +class="td11"> Intel x86 GNU/Linux </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">mips-irix </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2" +class="td11"> SGI IRIX </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">powerpc-aix </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2" +class="td11"> IBM RS/6000 AIX </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">powerpc-darwin </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-2" +class="td11"> PowerPC Mac OS X </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sparc-linux </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-2" +class="td11"> Sun Sparc GNU/Linux </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sparc-solaris </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-2" +class="td11"> Sun Sparc Solaris </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">win32 </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-2" +class="td11"> Windows (32-bit) </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">x86_64-linux </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-2" +class="td11"> Intel x86 64-bit GNU/Linux </td> +</tr><tr +class="hline"><td><hr></td><td><hr></td></tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-1" +class="td11"> </td> </tr></table> +</div> + + + </td></tr></table></div><hr class="endfloat" /> +<!--l. 535--><p class="indent"> The syntax for setting the environment variables, and the initialization file to put them in, depends +on the shell you use. If you use a Bourne-compatible shell (<span +class="ec-lmss-10">sh</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">bash</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">ksh</span>, et al.), put the following into +your <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME/.profile </span>file: <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 539--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH=/mnt/cdrom/bin/</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">archname</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">:$PATH;</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> export</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> PATH</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSVAR=/opt/texlive2005/texmf-var;</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> export</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> TEXMFVAR</span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 544--><p class="noindent">For C shell-compatible shells (<span +class="ec-lmss-10">csh</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tcsh</span>), put the following into your <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME/.cshrc </span>file: <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 546--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">setenv</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> PATH</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> /mnt/cdrom/bin/</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">archname</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">:$PATH</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">setenv</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> TEXMFSYSVAR</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> /opt/texlive2005/texmf-var</span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 551--><p class="noindent">Then log out, log back in, and test your installation (see section <a +href="#x1-180004.2">4.2<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:test-install --></a>, p. <a +href="#x1-180004.2">27<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:test-install --></a>). +<!--l. 560--><p class="indent"> If in doubt, please ask any local system gurus to help you with problems; for example, the way to +mount the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live media, which directory or directories to use, and precise details of the changes to +your personal initialization files can and do vary from site to site. + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a + id="x1-140003.2"></a>Installing <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live to disk</h4> +<!--l. 567--><p class="noindent">It is possible, indeed typical, to install the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live distribution to hard disk. This can be done from +either the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">live </span>or <span +class="ec-lmss-10">inst </span>distributions. (See section <a +href="#x1-70002.1">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>, p. <a +href="#x1-70002.1">6<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>, for an explanation of the different +distributions.) +<!--l. 573--><p class="indent"> To start, you mount the CD or DVD, with Rock Ridge extensions enabled. The exact command to do +this varies from system to system; the following works under Linux, except the name of the device +(<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/dev/cdrom</span>, here) may vary. (All our examples will use <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">> </span>as the shell prompt; user input is +<span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">underlined</span></span>.) <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 573--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">mount</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-t</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">iso9660</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/dev/cdrom</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/mnt/cdrom</span></span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 573--><p class="noindent">Change the current directory to the mount point: <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 573--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">cd</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/mnt/cdrom</span></span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 573--><p class="noindent">Under Mac OS X, the directory is typically under <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/Volumes</span>, and the media will be mounted +automatically. Run the installation script <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">install-tl.sh</span>: <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 574--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sh</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">install-tl.sh</span></span> +<br class="newline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">Welcome to TeX Live...</span> + +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 574--><p class="noindent">After various greeting messages and a list of the main menu options, the installation will ask you to +enter a command. Do this by typing the desired character and hitting return; don’t type +the angle brackets shown. Either uppercase or lowercase is ok; we’ll use lowercase in our +examples. +<!--l. 576--><p class="indent"> Table <a +href="#x1-14001r2">2<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:main-menu-options --></a> briefly lists the options in the main menu. The order in which you select the options makes +little difference, except that <span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">i</span></span> must be last. It’s reasonable to go through them in the order presented +here. + <div class="table"> + + +<!--l. 582--><p class="indent"> <a + id="x1-14001r2"></a><hr class="float"><div class="float" +><table class="float"><tr class="float"><td class="float" +> + + + <table class="caption" +><tr valign="baseline" class="caption"><td class="id">Table 2: </td><td +class="content">Main menu options for the installation.</td></tr></table><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-14001r2 --> + <div class="tabular"><table class="tabular" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" +frame="void" id="TBL-4-" ><colgroup id="TBL-4-1g"><col +id="TBL-4-1"><col +id="TBL-4-2"></colgroup><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-4-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">p </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-2" +class="td11"> The platform you are running on. </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-4-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">b </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-2" +class="td11"> The architectures for which to install binaries. </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-4-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">s </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-2" +class="td11"> The base installation scheme to use (minimal, recommended, full, etc.) </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-4-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">c </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-2" +class="td11"> Override the base scheme for individual collections. </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-4-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">l </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-2" +class="td11"> Override for language collections. </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-4-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">d </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-2" +class="td11"> Directories in which to install. </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-4-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-7-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">o </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-7-2" +class="td11"> Other options. </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-4-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-8-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">i </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-8-2" +class="td11"> Perform the installation. </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-4-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-9-1" +class="td11"> </td> </tr></table> +</div> + + + </td></tr></table></div><hr class="endfloat" /> + </div> +<!--l. 598--><p class="indent"> Here are further details on each option. +<!--l. 600--><p class="indent"> <span +class="ec-lmtk-10">p </span><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">– Current platform. </span>Since the installation script automatically guesses which platform you’re +running on, it is usually unnecessary to use this option. It’s there in case you need to override the +automatic detection. +<!--l. 605--><p class="indent"> <span +class="ec-lmtk-10">b </span><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">– Binary architectures. </span>By default, only the binaries for your current platform will be installed. +From this menu, you can select installation of binaries for other architectures as well (or omit +installing the current platform). This can be useful if you are sharing a <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> tree across a +network of heterogenous machines. For a list of the supported architectures, see table <a +href="#x1-13001r1">1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:archlist --></a>, +p. <a +href="#x1-13001r1">16<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:archlist --></a>. +<!--l. 613--><p class="indent"> <span +class="ec-lmtk-10">s </span><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">– Base installation scheme. </span>From this menu, you can choose an overall set of package +collections, called a “scheme”. The default <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">full </span>scheme installs everything available, but you can also +choose the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">basic </span>scheme for a minimal system, or <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">medium </span>to get something in between. There are also +specific sets for Omega and XML. +<!--l. 620--><p class="indent"> <span +class="ec-lmtk-10">c </span><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">– Individual collections. </span>From this menu, you can override the scheme’s set of collections to +install. Collections are one level more detailed than schemes — collections consist of one or more +packages, where packages (the lowest level grouping in <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live) contain the actual <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> macro files, +font families, and so on. In this menu, selection letters are case-sensitive. +<!--l. 627--><p class="indent"> <span +class="ec-lmtk-10">l </span><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">– Language collections</span>. This menu has the same basic purpose as <span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">c</span></span>, to override the collection set +in the chosen scheme. In this case, the collections are specifically for different languages. +Selection letters are case-sensitive here too. Here is a list of the language collections in <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> +Live: +<table +cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" +class="tabbing"><tr +valign="baseline" class="tabbing"><td width="203" +class="tabbing">(some) African scripts </td><td width="203" +class="tabbing">Arabic </td><td width="203" +class="tabbing">Armenian </td><td +class="tabbing">Chinese Japanese Korean +</td></tr></table> +<!--l. 643--><p class="indent"> <table +cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" +class="tabbing"><tr +valign="baseline" class="tabbing"><td width="203" +class="tabbing">Croatian </td><td width="203" +class="tabbing">Cyrillic </td><td width="203" +class="tabbing">Czech/Slovak </td><td +class="tabbing">Danish</td></tr></table> +<!--l. 647--><p class="indent"> <table +cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" +class="tabbing"><tr +valign="baseline" class="tabbing"><td width="203" +class="tabbing">Dutch </td><td width="203" +class="tabbing">Finnish </td><td width="203" +class="tabbing">French </td><td +class="tabbing">German</td></tr></table> +<!--l. 651--><p class="indent"> <table +cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" +class="tabbing"><tr +valign="baseline" class="tabbing"><td width="203" +class="tabbing">Greek </td><td width="203" +class="tabbing">Hebrew </td><td width="203" +class="tabbing">Hungarian </td><td +class="tabbing">Indic</td></tr></table> +<!--l. 655--><p class="indent"> <table +cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" +class="tabbing"><tr +valign="baseline" class="tabbing"><td width="203" +class="tabbing">Italian </td><td width="203" +class="tabbing">Latin </td><td width="203" +class="tabbing">Manju </td><td +class="tabbing">Mongolian</td></tr></table> +<!--l. 659--><p class="indent"> <table +cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" +class="tabbing"><tr +valign="baseline" class="tabbing"><td width="203" +class="tabbing">Norwegian </td><td width="203" +class="tabbing">Polish </td><td width="203" +class="tabbing">Portuguese </td><td +class="tabbing">Spanish</td></tr></table> +<!--l. 663--><p class="indent"> <table +cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" +class="tabbing"><tr +valign="baseline" class="tabbing"><td width="203" +class="tabbing">Swedish </td><td width="203" +class="tabbing">Tibetan </td><td width="203" +class="tabbing">UK English </td><td +class="tabbing">Vietnamese</td></tr></table> +<!--l. 667--><p class="indent"> <table +cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" +class="tabbing"><tr +valign="baseline" class="tabbing"><td +class="tabbing"></td></tr></table> +<!--l. 668--><p class="indent"> +<!--l. 670--><p class="noindent">Language collections typically include fonts, macros, hyphenation patterns, and other support files. (For +instance, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">frenchle.sty </span>is installed if you select the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">French </span>collection.) In addition, installing a language +collection will alter the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">language.dat </span>configuration file controlling which hyphenation patterns are +loaded. +<!--l. 677--><p class="indent"> <span +class="ec-lmtk-10">d </span><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">– Installation directories</span>. Three directories can be changed here: + <dl class="list1"><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXDIR</span> </dt><dd +class="list">The top-level directory under which everything else will be installed. The default value + is <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/usr/local/texlive/2005</span>, and is often changed. We recommend including the year + in the name, to keep different releases of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live separate. (You may wish to make a + version-independent name such <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/usr/local/texlive </span>via a symbolic link, which you can + then update after testing the new release.) + <!--l. 690--><p class="noindent">Under Mac OS X, the usual frontends look for <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> in <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/usr/local/teTeX</span>, so you may wish + to install <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live there. + + + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFLOCAL</span> </dt><dd +class="list">This tree is where the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> system (not as part of the initial installation, but + rather as time goes by) puts non-version-specific files, primarily fonts. The default value is + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/usr/local/texlive/texmf-local</span>, independent of the current <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live release, because + it’s also the recommended location to put any local packages or configuration settings. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSVAR</span> </dt><dd +class="list">This tree is where <span +class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig-sys </span>puts files that <span +class="ec-lmri-10">are </span>version-specific. The default + value is <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXDIR/texmf-var</span>, and there’s generally no reason to change it. There is also + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSCONFIG</span>, which is where <span +class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig </span>looks for modified configuration data. See + section <a +href="#x1-170004.1">4.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a>, p. <a +href="#x1-170004.1">26<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a> for more information. + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 710--><p class="indent"> <span +class="ec-lmtk-10">o </span><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">– Other options. </span>From this menu, you can select the following general options: + <dl class="list1"><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">a</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Specify an alternate directory for generated fonts. The default is to use the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFVAR </span>tree, + as explained above. Setting this is useful if you plan to mount the main tree read-only, and + therefore you need another location (perhaps host-specific) for dynamically created fonts. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">l</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Create symbolic links for the binaries, man pages, and/or GNU Info files in other locations. + For example, you may wish to make the man pages available under <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/usr/local/man </span>and + the Info files available under <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/usr/local/info</span>. (Of course you need appropriate privileges + to write in the specified directories.) + <!--l. 726--><p class="noindent">It is not advisable to overwrite a <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> system that came with your system with this option. + It’s intended primarily for creating the links in standard directories that are known to users, + such as <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/usr/local/bin</span>, which don’t already contain any <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> files. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">d</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Skip installation of the font/macro documentation tree. This is useful if you need to save + space, or if you’ve previously installed the documentation elsewhere. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">s</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Skip installation of the main font/macro source tree. This is useful if you are arranging to + share that tree between machines and/or architectures in some other way, such as NFS. + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 741--><p class="indent"> <span +class="ec-lmbx-10">i – Perform installation. </span>When you’re satisfied with your configuration options, enter <span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">i</span></span> to actually +do the installation from the media to your chosen locations. +<!--l. 746--><p class="indent"> After the installation completes, your next step is to include the architecture-specific subdirectory of +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXDIR/bin </span>in your <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH</span>, so the newly-installed programs can be found. The architecture names are +listed in table <a +href="#x1-13001r1">1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:archlist --></a>, p. <a +href="#x1-13001r1">16<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:archlist --></a>, or you can simply list the directory <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXDIR/bin</span>. +<!--l. 753--><p class="indent"> The syntax for doing this, and the initialization file to use, depends on your shell. If you use a +Bourne-compatible shell (<span +class="ec-lmss-10">sh</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">bash</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">ksh</span>, et al.), put the following into your <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME/.profile</span> +file: + <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 758--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH=/usr/local/texlive/2005/bin/</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">archname</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">:$PATH;</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> export</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> PATH</span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 762--><p class="noindent">For C shell-compatible shells (<span +class="ec-lmss-10">csh</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tcsh</span>), put the following into your <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME/.cshrc </span>file: <div class="alltt"> + +<!--l. 764--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">setenv</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> PATH</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> /usr/local/texlive/2005/bin/</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">archname</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">:$PATH</span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 768--><p class="indent"> After the main installation has completed, and environment variables have been set, the last step is to +run <span +class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig </span>or <span +class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig-sys </span>to customize your installation to your needs. This is explained in +section <a +href="#x1-170004.1">4.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a>, p. <a +href="#x1-170004.1">26<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a>. +<!--l. 770--><p class="indent"> Here is a minimal annotated example which accepts the default directories and installs binaries for +the current system only. Thus, only one command is needed, <span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">i</span></span> for install. The <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">> </span>is the shell prompt as +usual. + <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 775--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sh</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">install-tl.sh</span></span> +<br><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">i</span></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> #</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> perform</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> installation</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig</span></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> ...</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> #</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> see</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> section</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><a +href="#x1-170004.1"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">4.1</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">#</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> New</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> PATH</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> element,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> with</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> Linux</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> as</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> the</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> example:</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH=/usr/local/texlive/2005/bin/i386-linux:$PATH;</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">export</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH</span></span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 783--><p class="indent"> If in doubt, please ask any local system gurus to help you with problems; for example, the way to +mount the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live media, which directory or directories to use, and precise details of the changes to +your personal initialization files can and do vary from site to site. + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.3 </span> <a + id="x1-150003.3"></a>Installing individual packages to disk</h4> +<!--l. 789--><p class="noindent">You can add individual packages or collections from the current distribution to an existing non-<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live +setup, or an earlier <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live installation. +<!--l. 793--><p class="indent"> To start, you mount the CD or DVD, with Rock Ridge extensions enabled. The exact command to do +this varies from system to system; the following works under Linux, except the name of the device +(<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/dev/cdrom</span>, here) may vary. (All our examples will use <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">> </span>as the shell prompt; user input is +<span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">underlined</span></span>.) <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 793--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">mount</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-t</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">iso9660</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/dev/cdrom</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/mnt/cdrom</span></span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 793--><p class="noindent">Change the current directory to the mount point: <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 793--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">cd</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/mnt/cdrom</span></span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 793--><p class="noindent">Under Mac OS X, the directory is typically under <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/Volumes</span>, and the media will be mounted +automatically. +<!--l. 795--><p class="indent"> Run the installation script <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">install-pkg.sh </span>(not <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">install-tl.sh</span>, which is intended for complete +installations only): <div class="alltt"> + + +<!--l. 798--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sh</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">install-pkg.sh</span> <span +class="ec-lmro-10">options</span></span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 802--><p class="indent"> The first set of options controls what gets read: +<!--l. 804--><p class="noindent"> + <dl class="list1"><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--package=</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">pkgname</span> </dt><dd +class="list">The individual package to work on. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--collection=</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">colname</span> </dt><dd +class="list">The individual collection to work on. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--nodoc</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Exclude documentation files from the operation. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--nosrc</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Exclude source files from the operation. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--cddir=</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">dir</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Source directory to read from; defaults to the current directory. If you followed the + instructions above, that will be the distribution directory, and won’t need to be changed. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--listdir=</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">dir</span> </dt><dd +class="list">The so-called ‘lists’ directory within <span +class="ec-lmro-10">cddir </span>from which to read the package + information. The only reason to change the default is if you’re making changes to <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live + yourself. + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 824--><p class="indent"> What actually happens is controlled by the following options. If neither of these are specified, the +default action is to install the selected files. The main destination tree is found by expanding <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFMAIN</span> +with <span +class="ec-lmss-10">kpsewhich</span>. You can override it by setting either the environment variable <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFMAIN </span>or +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMF</span>. +<!--l. 831--><p class="noindent"> + <dl class="list1"><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--listonly</span> </dt><dd +class="list">List the files that would be installed, but don’t actually install anything. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--archive=</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">tarfile</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Instead of installing the files into the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> system, make a <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tar </span>archive. + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 840--><p class="indent"> Additional options: +<!--l. 842--><p class="noindent"> + <dl class="list1"><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--config</span> </dt><dd +class="list">After installation, run <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig init</span>. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--nohash</span> </dt><dd +class="list">After installation, don’t run <span +class="ec-lmss-10">mktexlsr </span>to rebuild the filename database. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--verbose</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Give more information as the script runs. + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 853--><p class="indent"> Here are some usage examples: +<!--l. 855--><p class="indent"> + + <ol class="enumerate1" > + <li class="enumerate" value="1" +><a + id="x1-15002x1"></a>To see the files in the package <span +class="ec-lmss-10">fancyhdr </span>without installing it: + <div class="alltt"> + <!--l. 860--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sh</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">install-pkg.sh</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--package=fancyhdr</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--listonly</span></span> + <br> + <br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/README</span> + <br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf</span> + <br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">...</span> +</div> + </div> + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="2" +><a + id="x1-15004x2"></a>Install the <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> package <span +class="ec-lmss-10">natbib</span>: <div class="alltt"> + <!--l. 871--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sh</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">install-pkg.sh</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--package=natbib</span></span> +</div> + </div> + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="3" +><a + id="x1-15006x3"></a>Install the <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> package <span +class="ec-lmss-10">alg </span>without source files or documentation: <div class="alltt"> + <!--l. 877--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sh</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">install-pkg.sh</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--package=alg</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--nosrc</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--nodoc</span></span> +</div> + </div> + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="4" +><a + id="x1-15008x4"></a>Install all the packages in the collection of additional plain <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> macros: <div class="alltt"> + <!--l. 885--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sh</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">install-pkg.sh</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--collection=tex-plainextra</span></span> +</div> + </div> + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="5" +><a + id="x1-15010x5"></a>Write all files in the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">pstricks </span>package to a <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tar </span>file in <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/tmp</span></span>: <div class="alltt"> + <!--l. 891--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sh</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">install-pkg.sh</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--package=pstricks</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--archive=/tmp/pstricks.tar</span></span> + +</div> + </div> + </li></ol> +<!--l. 900--><p class="indent"> If in doubt, please ask any local system gurus to help you with problems; for example, the way to +mount the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live media, which directory or directories to use, and precise details of the changes to +your personal initialization files can and do vary from site to site. +<!--l. 904--><p class="noindent"> + <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4 </span> <a + id="x1-160004"></a>Post-installation</h3> +<!--l. 907--><p class="noindent">After the main installation is done, for any operating system, the remaining steps are to configure the +system for your local needs, and perform some basic tests. +<!--l. 911--><p class="indent"> Another sort of post-installation is to acquire packages, fonts, or programs that were not included in +<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live. The basic idea is to install such additions in the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFLOCAL </span>tree (if you installed to +disk), or <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSVAR </span>(if you are running live). See the “Installation directories” option on +p. <a +href="#x1-140003.2">21<!--tex4ht:ref: text:instdir --></a>. +<!--l. 917--><p class="indent"> Unfortunately, the details can and do vary widely, and so we do not attempt to address them here. +Here are some external links to descriptions: + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=instpackages" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=instpackages</span></a></span> + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.ctan.org/installationadvice" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.ctan.org/installationadvice</span></a></span> + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/beginlatex/html/chapter5.html#pkginst" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/beginlatex/html/chapter5.html#pkginst</span></a></span> + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/Type1fonts" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/Type1fonts</span></a></span> for installation information for + fonts in particular.</li></ul> +<!--l. 932--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1 </span> <a + id="x1-170004.1"></a>The <span +class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig </span>program</h4> +<!--l. 935--><p class="noindent">At any time after installation, you can and should use the program <span +class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig </span>to configure the system to +fit your local needs. It is installed in the architecture-specific subdirectory <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXDIR/bin/</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">arch </span>along with +everything else. +<!--l. 940--><p class="indent"> If you run it without arguments, it will enter full-screen mode and allow you to view and change +options interactively. +<!--l. 943--><p class="indent"> You can also run it with various command-line options. Here are some of the most common (<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> +Live is configured for the A4 paper size by default): +<!--l. 946--><p class="noindent"> + <dl class="list1"><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig paper letter</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Set default paper size for various programs and drivers (<span +class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>, + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi</span>) to be US letter. The other allowable size is <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">a4</span>, which is the default. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig rehash</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Update all the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> “filename databases”, after adding or removing files. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig faq</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Show the te<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> FAQ. (See also the main <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> FAQ in + <a +href="../../../../texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en" >texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en</a>.) + + + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig help</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Output help information for <span +class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig</span>. + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 963--><p class="indent"> Of course, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig </span>can only support changing a few of the many options and configuration +parameters in a <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> system. The main configuration file for the base Web2C programs is named +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf</span>. You can find its location by running ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich texmf.cnf</span>’; it contains many comments +explaining the default settings and useful alternatives. +<!--l. 970--><p class="indent"> As of 2005, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig </span>alters files in a user-specific directory, namely <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME/.texlive2005</span>. If you +install <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> just for yourself, that is unlikely to make a difference. But if you install <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> on a +multi-user system, you will want to change the configuration for the whole system. In this case, run +<span +class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig-sys </span>instead of <span +class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig</span>. +<!--l. 977--><p class="indent"> Likewise, the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">updmap </span>and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">fmtutil </span>scripts were changed, to work under <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME/.texlive2005</span>. To alter +system directories, use <span +class="ec-lmss-10">updmap-sys </span>and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">fmtutil-sys</span>. +<!--l. 981--><p class="indent"> In particular, for multi-user systems, you will probably want to pregenerate the standard formats +with <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">fmtutil-sys –missing</span>. Otherwise, each user will end up with their own formats. +<!--l. 985--><p class="indent"> Also, if you have a personally-modified copy of <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">fmtutil.cnf </span>or <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">updmap.cfg</span>, instead of using the +ones generated by installation, they must be installed in the tree referenced by the variable +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSCONFIG</span>. +<!--l. 990--><p class="indent"> The variables specifying the directories altered by these commands are listed in section <a +href="#x1-90002.3">2.3<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texmftrees --></a>, p. <a +href="#x1-90002.3">7<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texmftrees --></a>. You +can see the actual directories by running <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig conf</span>, and you can change them by editing +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf</span>. +<!--l. 996--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2 </span> <a + id="x1-180004.2"></a>Testing the installation</h4> +<!--l. 999--><p class="noindent">After installing <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live as best you can, you naturally want to test it out, so you can start creating +beautiful documents and/or fonts. +<!--l. 1002--><p class="indent"> This section gives some basic procedures for testing that the new system is functional. We give Unix +commands; under Mac OS X and Windows, you’re more likely to run the tests through a graphical +interface, but the principles are the same. +<!--l. 1007--><p class="indent"> + <ol class="enumerate1" > + <li class="enumerate" value="1" +><a + id="x1-18002x1"></a>Make sure that you can run the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tex </span>program in the first place: + <div class="alltt"> + <!--l. 1012--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tex</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--version</span></span> + <br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TeX</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 3.141592</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> (Web2C</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 7.5.5)</span> + <br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpathsea</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> version</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 3.5.5</span> + <br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">...</span> +</div> + </div> If this comes back with ‘command not found’ instead of version and copyright information, most + likely you don’t have the correct <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">bin </span>subdirectory in your <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH</span>. See the environment-setting + information on p. <a +href="#x1-130003.1">17<!--tex4ht:ref: text:path --></a>. + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="2" +><a + id="x1-18004x2"></a>Process a basic <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> file: <div class="alltt"> + + + <!--l. 1024--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">latex</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.tex</span></span> + <br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">This</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> is</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> pdfeTeXk,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> Version</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 3.141592...</span> + <br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">...</span> + <br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">Output</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> written</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> on</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> sample2e.dvi</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> (3</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> pages,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 7496</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> bytes).</span> + <br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">Transcript</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> written</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> on</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> sample2e.log.</span> +</div> + </div> If this fails to find <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.tex </span>or other files, perhaps you have interference from old + environment variables or configuration files. For a deep analysis, you can always ask <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> to + report on exactly what it is searching for, and finding; see “Debugging actions” on + page <a +href="#x1-610008.2.4">59<!--tex4ht:ref: Debugging --></a>. + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="3" +><a + id="x1-18006x3"></a>Preview the result online: <div class="alltt"> + <!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">xdvi</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.dvi</span></span> +</div> + </div> (Under Windows, the analogous command is <span +class="ec-lmss-10">windvi</span>.) You should see a new window with a nice + document explaining some of the basics of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span>. (Well worth reading, by the way if you’re new + to the system.) You do have to be running under X for <span +class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi </span>to work; if you’re not, or + your <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">DISPLAY </span>environment variable is set incorrectly, you’ll get an error ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">Can’t open</span> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">display</span>’. + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="4" +><a + id="x1-18008x4"></a>Create a PostScript file for printing or display: <div class="alltt"> + <!--l. 1049--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">dvips</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.dvi</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-o</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.ps</span></span> +</div> + </div> + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="5" +><a + id="x1-18010x5"></a>Create a PDF file instead of DVI; this processes the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.tex </span>file and writes PDF directly: + <div class="alltt"> + <!--l. 1055--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">pdflatex</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.tex</span></span> +</div> + </div> + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="6" +><a + id="x1-18012x6"></a>Preview the PDF file: <div class="alltt"> + + + <!--l. 1060--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">gv</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.pdf</span></span> + <br>or: + <br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">xpdf</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.pdf</span></span> +</div> + </div> Unfortunately neither <span +class="ec-lmss-10">gv </span>nor <span +class="ec-lmss-10">xpdf </span>are currently included in <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, so you must install them + separately. See <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.gnu.org/software/gv" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.gnu.org/software/gv</span></a></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.foolabs.com/xpdf" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.foolabs.com/xpdf</span></a></span>, + respectively. + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="7" +><a + id="x1-18014x7"></a>Other standard test files you may find useful: + <!--l. 1072--><p class="noindent"> + <dl class="list2"><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">small2e.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="list">A simpler document than <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e</span>, to reduce the input size if you’re having + troubles. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">testpage.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Test if your printer introduces any offsets. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">nfssfont.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="list">For printing font tables and tests. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">testfont.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Also for font tables, but using plain <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">story.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="list">The most canonical (plain) <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> test file of all. You must type ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">\bye</span>’ to the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">*</span> + prompt after ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tex story.tex</span>’.</dd></dl> + <!--l. 1082--><p class="noindent">You can process these in the same way as we did with <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.tex</span>. + </li></ol> +<!--l. 1087--><p class="indent"> If you are new to <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>, or otherwise need help with actually constructing <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> or <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> +documents, please visit <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://tug.org/begin.html" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/begin.html</span></a></span> for some introductory resources. +<!--l. 1092--><p class="noindent"> + <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5 </span> <a + id="x1-190005"></a>Mac OS X installation</h3> +<!--l. 1095--><p class="noindent">The recommended way to install <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> on Mac OS X is from the Mac<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> distribution, new in +2005. This is provided on the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">live </span>DVD in the top-level <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">mactex/ </span>directory. It contains its own +(native) installer for a full <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> distribution, based on a combination of te<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> and <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> +Live, along with many additional applications and documentation. The project web page is <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://tug.org/mactex" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/mactex</span></a></span>. +<!--l. 1102--><p class="indent"> If you prefer, installation of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> under Mac OS X can also be done directly from <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, using the +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">install* </span>scripts, as follows. +<!--l. 1105--><p class="indent"> In order to run the installation scripts under Mac OS X, you need to have the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">bash </span>shell installed. If +you are running Mac OS X 10.2 or later, you have <span +class="ec-lmss-10">bash</span>, and can proceed. If you’re running an earlier +Mac OS X version, however, the default shell is <span +class="ec-lmss-10">zsh</span>, which won’t work; you’ll need to get <span +class="ec-lmss-10">bash </span>from the +Internet, or more likely upgrade your system. +<!--l. 1112--><p class="indent"> Once you have <span +class="ec-lmss-10">bash</span>, the Unix installation documentation in the previous section can be followed. See +section <a +href="#x1-120003">3<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:unix-install --></a> on p. <a +href="#x1-120003">10<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:unix-install --></a>; Mac OS X-specific notes are included there where needed. + + +<!--l. 1117--><p class="noindent"> + <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6 </span> <a + id="x1-200006"></a>Windows installation</h3> +<!--l. 1120--><p class="noindent">In this release of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, happily, the distribution once again has a native Windows installer, named +<span +class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui.exe</span>. (See section <a +href="#x1-70002.1">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>, p. <a +href="#x1-70002.1">6<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>, for an explanation of the different distributions.) +<!--l. 1125--><p class="indent"> <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui </span>has essentially the same options as the Unix installer, only done through a GUI interface: +selecting schemes, individual collections, installation directories, and so on. Section <a +href="#x1-140003.2">3.2<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:unix-install-disk --></a> on p. <a +href="#x1-140003.2">17<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:unix-install-disk --></a> describes +the basic elements. It also allows some post-installation activities such as adding/removing packages, +updating the filename database and building formats. Moreover, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui </span>can setup the system for +running programs directly from the DVD. +<!--l. 1135--><p class="indent"> For those who like to look underneath the hood, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui </span>uses as its “engine” a command-line +Windows program named <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tlpm</span>. +<!--l. 1138--><p class="indent"> The Windows <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> system included in <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live is based on new binaries borrowed from the XEm<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> +project, formerly known as fp<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> (see <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.metz.supelec.fr/~popineau/xemtex-1.html" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.metz.supelec.fr/~popineau/xemtex-1.html</span></a></span>). It +also includes some older (but still working) tools, notably a <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">dvi </span>previewer, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Windvi</span>, which +is similar in usage to the established Unix <span +class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi</span>. The documentation can be found in +<a +href="../../../../texmf/doc/html/windvi/windvi.html" >texmf/doc/html/windvi/windvi.html</a>. +<!--l. 1146--><p class="indent"> <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live can be installed on systems running Windows 98, ME, NT, 2K or XP. Older versions of +Windows (3.1x) and MS-DOS are not supported. +<!--l. 1150--><p class="indent"> <span +class="ec-lmbx-10">Warning: </span>Win9.x users must ensure they have enough environment space before undertaking +installation. The <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui.exe </span>program won’t change the environment size for them. A few +environment variables will be created and it is possible you run out of environment space. Add +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">SHELL=<path>COMMAND.COM /E:4096 /P </span>in the config.sys file in order to increase your environment +size. +<!--l. 1157--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1 </span> <a + id="x1-210006.1"></a>Installing <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live to disk</h4> +<!--l. 1159--><p class="noindent">After inserting the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live CD into the CD drive, autostart should activate <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui</span>. If +it does not, click <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Start</span><span +class="cmsy-10">→</span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">Run</span>, then type <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"><drive</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> letter>:\setup-win32\tplmgui.exe</span></span></span> (or +<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"><drive</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> letter>:\texlive\setup-win32\tplmgui.exe</span></span></span> if you are installing from the TeX Collection +DVD), where <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"><drive</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> letter></span></span></span> is the drive letter with the TeX Live CD (or TeX Collection DVD), and +then click OK. +<!--l. 1167--><p class="indent"> The installation window titled <span +class="ec-lmss-10">TeX Live installation and maintenance utility </span>should open. It contains +the following sections: <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Main customization</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Install</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Select a scheme</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Select systems</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Directories </span>and +<span +class="ec-lmss-10">Options</span>. +<!--l. 1172--><p class="indent"> In the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Directories </span>section the installation drive (directory) next to the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">CD/DVD </span>button +should be displayed (e.g., <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">F:/ </span>or <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">F:/texlive/ </span>for the DVD), but if it is not, then click the +<span +class="ec-lmss-10">CD/DVD </span>button and select the CD/DVD drive, with the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live CD (or TeX Collection +DVD). +<!--l. 1177--><p class="indent"> The directory in which you wish to install the software can be set by clicking the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">TLroot </span>button. This +directory will be set as <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TLroot</span></span> environment variable for later usage. The <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFTEMP</span></span> and <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFCNF</span></span> +environment variables as displayed next to the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">TEXMFTEMP </span>and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">TEXMFCNF </span>buttons will be adjusted +automatically and set during installation, but they can also be adjusted manually now to suit special +needs. +<!--l. 1185--><p class="indent"> In the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Select a scheme </span>section the desired <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live installation scheme should be chosen by clicking +the radio button labelled with the installation scheme name (e.g., <span +class="ec-lmss-10">scheme-gust</span>). Each scheme is +accompanied by an <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Info </span>button which, when clicked, displays a short description of the relevant +scheme. +<!--l. 1191--><p class="indent"> A scheme is a large set of files targeted at some kind of usage. There are generic schemes for +basic, medium and full installations. The remaining ones are either targeted at certain LUGs +(i.e., what GUST or GUTenberg propose for their members) or application targeted (e.g., + + +for XML and <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> cooperation). A preselected scheme can be refined. This is done in the +<span +class="ec-lmss-10">Main customization </span>section by choosing additional collections from <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Standard collections </span>or +<span +class="ec-lmss-10">Language collections</span>. For example, by clicking the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Select </span>button labelled <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Standard collections</span>, +additional collections like Metapost, Omega or documentation in different languages can be +selected. +<!--l. 1202--><p class="indent"> <span +class="ec-lmbx-10">Note: </span>The <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Ghostscript</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Perl </span>and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Wintools </span>collections are selected by default and should be installed +unless they are already installed and you really know what you are doing. This is because they are +required by many important tools. The <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PERL5LIB</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">GS_LIB</span></span></span> environment variables will be set +too. +<!--l. 1208--><p class="indent"> Next, clicking the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Select </span>button labelled <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Language Collections </span>in the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Main customization </span>section opens +the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Language collections </span>window in which the installation language can be chosen by ticking the box next +to the language. +<!--l. 1213--><p class="indent"> Next, click the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Install </span>button in the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Install </span>section to start the installation proper process. +<!--l. 1216--><p class="indent"> The <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live system needs some post-processing steps (format files generation, ls-R +databases generation, environment variables, etc.). All these operations are done there, some of +them can be lengthy. So please wait until you see a statement about the successfully finished +installation. +<!--l. 1221--><p class="indent"> The shortcut for <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui </span>will be added to the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Start</span><span +class="cmsy-10">→</span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">Programs</span><span +class="cmsy-10">→</span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">TeXLive2005 </span>menu. +<!--l. 1224--><p class="indent"> If it is needed (Win9x/WinME), you will be asked to reboot your computer. +<!--l. 1226--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2 </span> <a + id="x1-220006.2"></a>Support packages for Windows</h4> +<!--l. 1229--><p class="noindent">To be complete, a <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live installation needs support packages that are not commonly found on a +Windows machine. Many scripts are written using the Perl language. Some important tools require the +Ghostscript PostScript interpreter to render or to convert files. A graphic file toolbox is also needed in +some cases. Last but not least, a <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>-oriented editor makes it easy to type in your <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> +files. +<!--l. 1236--><p class="indent"> All these tools are quite easy to find for Windows, but in order to try to make your life even easier, +we have put such a set of tools on <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live: + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize">GNU <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Ghostscript </span>7.07 + </li> + <li class="itemize">a minimal <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Perl </span>5.8, sufficient to run all the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live Perl scripts. + </li> + <li class="itemize">win-tools is a set of small programs (bzip2, gzip, jpeg2ps and tiff2png)</li></ul> +<!--l. 1250--><p class="indent"> These packages are borrowed from the XEm<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> distribution (the successor of fp<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>). +<!--l. 1253--><p class="indent"> Perl and Ghostscript are installed by default; you may explicitly deselect them during installation if +you already have them. +<!--l. 1256--><p class="indent"> If you don’t want to install this bundle, then you are on your own to install the required tools to +complete your <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live system. Here is a list of places to get those tools: +<!--l. 1260--><p class="indent"> + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">Ghostscript</span> </dt><dd +class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/</span></a></span> + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">Perl</span> </dt><dd +class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.activestate.com/" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.activestate.com/</span></a></span> (but you might need some supplementary packages from + CPAN: <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.cpan.org/" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.cpan.org/</span></a></span>) + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">ImageMagick</span> </dt><dd +class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.imagemagick.com" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.imagemagick.com</span></a></span> + + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">NetPBM</span> </dt><dd +class="description">alternatively, you could use NetPBM instead of ImageMagick to process or convert + your graphic files. NetPBM home page is <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://netpbm.sourceforge.net/" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://netpbm.sourceforge.net/</span></a></span> + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span class="TEX"><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">E</span></span><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">X</span></span><span +class="ec-lmbx-10">-oriented editors</span> </dt><dd +class="description">There is a wide choice, and it is a matter of the user’s taste. Here is a + selection: + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">GNU Emacs </span>is available natively under Windows, see <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/windows/ntemacs.html" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/windows/ntemacs.html</span></a></span> + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">XEmacs </span>is available natively under Windows, see <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.xemacs.org/" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.xemacs.org/</span></a></span> + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">WinShell </span>is available on <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live in the <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">support</span></span> directory, see <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.winshell.de" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.winshell.de</span></a></span> + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">WinEdt </span>is shareware available from <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.winedt.com" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.winedt.com</span></a></span> + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">Vim </span>is available on <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live in the <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">support\vim</span></span> directory and the reference site is <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.vim.org" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.vim.org</span></a></span> + </li> + <li class="itemize">TeXnicCenter is free software, available from <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.toolscenter.org" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.toolscenter.org</span></a></span> and in + the proTeXt distribution. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">LEd </span>is available from <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.ctan.org/support/LEd" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.ctan.org/support/LEd</span></a></span> + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">SciTE </span>is available from <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.scintilla.org/SciTE.html" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.scintilla.org/SciTE.html</span></a></span></li></ul> + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 1288--><p class="indent"> You might want to install other tools that are not +free<span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x0" id="fn1x0-bk"><sup>1</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-22001f1"></a> +and therefore not included on <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, such as <span +class="ec-lmss-10">GSView</span>, the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Ghostscript </span>companion to more +conveniently view PS/PDF files. <span +class="ec-lmss-10">GSView </span>is available from <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/gsview/" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/gsview/</span></a></span> +or any CTAN site. +<!--l. 1296--><p class="noindent"> + <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7 </span> <a + id="x1-230007"></a>Maintenance of the installation in Windows</h3> +<!--l. 1298--><p class="noindent">If you have TeX Live installed, you can use <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui </span>again for modyfying and maintaining your +installation. +<!--l. 1301--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.1 </span> <a + id="x1-240007.1"></a>Adding/removing packages</h4> +<!--l. 1303--><p class="noindent">As the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui </span>shortcut is available in the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Start</span><span +class="cmsy-10">→</span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">Programs</span><span +class="cmsy-10">→</span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">TeXLive2005 </span>menu, start it from here. The +maintenance window titled <span +class="ec-lmss-10">TeX Live installation and maintenance utility </span>shows. It contains several tabs: +<span +class="ec-lmss-10">Add Packages</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Remove packages</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Manage installation</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Remove installation</span>. +<!--l. 1309--><p class="indent"> Click the tab labelled <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Add packages </span>or <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Remove packages </span>to enter the relevant functionality and +then: + + + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize">In the first tab select the proper CD drive (or DVD with <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texlive </span>directory) by pressing the + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">CD/DVD </span>button. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Click the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Search </span>button in the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Buttons </span>section to display or refresh in the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Select packages</span> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">to... </span>section the list of packages to install or remove. + <!--l. 1319--><p class="noindent">When adding packages, the list of installed packages is compared to the list of packages + available from your CD/DVD. Only packages not already installed are displayed. It is up to + you to select which packages you want to install. + <!--l. 1324--><p class="noindent">When removing individual packages, only a list of installed packages will be displayed. + <!--l. 1327--><p class="noindent">Please note that for both <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Add packages </span>and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Remove packages </span>the collections are listed first. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Select a package by clicking on the name of the package. Clicking the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Info </span>button in the + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Buttons </span>section displays a short description of the selected package in the window located + in the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Info about the selected item </span>section. To select several packages at once hold down one + of the Ctrl or Shift keys at your keyboard while holding down the left mouse button or drag + the mouse pointer while holding down the left mouse button. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Click the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Install </span>or <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Remove </span>button in the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Buttons </span>section to perform the appropriate action.</li></ul> +<!--l. 1342--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.2 </span> <a + id="x1-250007.2"></a>Configuring and other management tasks</h4> +<!--l. 1344--><p class="noindent">The functions available in the tab labelled <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Manage the installation </span>are helpful in performing actions +needed when you want to add support for a language which was not selected during the installation, or +add/regenerate a format which was not selected during the installation or was modified after the +installation. +<!--l. 1350--><p class="indent"> The following actions can be performed: + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize">Refresh the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R </span>database + </li> + <li class="itemize">Create formats (All or Missing) + </li> + <li class="itemize">Edit <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">language.dat</span> + </li> + <li class="itemize">Edit <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">fmtutil.cnf</span> + </li> + <li class="itemize">Edit <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">updmap.cfg</span></li></ul> +<!--l. 1360--><p class="indent"> Note: you can close the Edit... window with the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Cancel </span>or <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Done </span>button; the latter will start +rebuilding the format files (or the fontmap files if you have edited <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">updmap.cfg</span>), followed by a <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R</span> +database files refresh. +<!--l. 1365--><p class="indent"> For more information about the configuration see section <a +href="#x1-310007.8">7.8<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:persconf --></a>, p. <a +href="#x1-310007.8">36<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:persconf --></a>. + + +<!--l. 1368--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.3 </span> <a + id="x1-260007.3"></a>Uninstalling <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live</h4> +<!--l. 1370--><p class="noindent">The tab labelled <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Remove the TeX Live installation </span>opens a window which contains functionality not worth +describing and we do not know who would need it and what it is for...:-) +<!--l. 1374--><p class="indent"> Anyway, if you have the <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-local</span></span> directory for your local additions, the removal procedure will +not wipe it out or delete things in it. The <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">setup-win32</span></span> directory containing <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui </span>and +related files will not be deleted. You will have to do some manual cleanup to actually remove +them. +<!--l. 1379--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.4 </span> <a + id="x1-270007.4"></a>Adding your own packages to the installation</h4> +<!--l. 1381--><p class="noindent">First, whatever changes you make, <span +class="ec-lmbx-10">do not forget to rebuild the ls-R database files</span>. Otherwise, +your new files will not be found. You can do this either via the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui </span>run and selection of the +appropriate action from the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Manage the installation </span>tab, or manually running the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">mktexlsr</span> +command. +<!--l. 1387--><p class="indent"> If you want to add files that are not provided by the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live distribution, it is recommended to put +them in the <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFLOCAL</span></span> directory. This way, you will be safe against upgrades of the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live +software. +<!--l. 1391--><p class="indent"> The directory pointed to by <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFLOCAL</span></span> is initially empty. If, for example, you want to add the +support file for the Maple symbolic computation program, you will have to put the style files +in: +<br class="newline"><span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">c:\TeXLive2005\texmf-local\tex\latex\maple\</span></span> +<br class="newline">and the documentation files in: +<br class="newline"><span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">c:\TeXLive2005\texmf-local\doc\latex\maple\</span></span> +<!--l. 1397--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.5 </span> <a + id="x1-280007.5"></a>Running <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tlmp.exe </span>from the command line</h4> +<!--l. 1398--><p class="noindent">The <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tlpm.exe </span>program which is used as engine by <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui </span>has a number of other useful options. You can +get the list by running: + + + <table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim"> + <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb1"> +<a + id="x1-28002r1"></a>  tlpm --help + </div> +</div> +</td></tr></table> +<!--l. 1402--><p class="nopar"> +<!--l. 1404--><p class="indent"> More information and examples of use can be found in <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tlpm.readme</span></span>. +<!--l. 1406--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.6 </span> <a + id="x1-290007.6"></a>Network installation</h4> +<!--l. 1408--><p class="noindent">Kpathsea knows about UNC names, so you can use them to get your TEXMF tree from the network. +But there is better than this. All the support files and configuration files, everything except the files in +the <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">bin/win32</span></span> are shareable with a te<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> or Unix <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live installation. That means you can use +Samba either to mount from an NT server to a Unix workstation or the converse. Several strategies are +possible: + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize">Put everything on the server. Just add each set of files for the OS and architecture you want + to use in the <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">bin</span></span> directory. That means for example <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">bin/win32</span></span> and <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">bin/i386-linux</span></span>. + Next configure your main variables. You can use UNC names to point to the right directories + under Win32. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Install a local copy for the binaries and format files. In this case, assign <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFMAIN</span></span> to the + main <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf</span></span> tree that will be accessed remotely. Set <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFVAR</span></span> to be a local directory + which will hold local configuration files and on-the-fly generated files.</li></ul> +<!--l. 1427--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.7 </span> <a + id="x1-300007.7"></a>What’s different in Windows?</h4> +<!--l. 1429--><p class="noindent">The Windows version of Web2C has some specific features that should be pointed out. +<!--l. 1432--><p class="indent"> + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">Kpathsea</span> </dt><dd +class="description">The hash-tables that Kpathsea builds are quite large for the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live. In order to + cut down the starting time of any Kpathsea-enabled program, these hash-tables have been + put in shared memory. This way, when you chain the execution of several such programs, + like <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tex</span></span> calling <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">mpost</span></span> calling <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tex</span></span>, the overhead when starting each of the subprograms + is reduced. This change is hidden to the user, except if you set the debug flag of kpathsea + to the <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-1</span></span> value: you will then trace access to the shared memory, which is not what you + want (it is accessed very often!). What is useful in a log trace of the shared memory access + is still to be defined, so the situation might evolve in the future. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmssbx-10">kpsecheck</span> </dt><dd +class="description">This command provides some options that did not fit well into <span +class="ec-lmss-10">kpsewhich</span>. It will allow + you to list all the files that occur multiple times across your texmf trees. This could be + handy, but most of the time you will also get unwanted output (like dozens of <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">README</span></span> files). + It is noticeable that all these files result in clashes inside the Kpathsea-hashing mechanism; + fortunately, Kpathsea never looks for these files. For this reason, you can combine the <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-multiple-occurrences</span></span> with 2 other options for including or excluding any filename that + match some pattern (you can request for several patterns). + + <!--l. 1456--><p class="noindent">The <span +class="ec-lmss-10">kpsecheck </span>command will also report the status of shared memory: in use or not used. + That might be useful to know because if the status reported is ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">in use</span>’, that means one or + several processes are working, and the effect of any <span +class="ec-lmss-10">mktexlsr </span>command will be delayed until + the next time where no Kpathsea linked process will be running. + <!--l. 1463--><p class="noindent">Last, this same command will report about the location it thinks Ghostscript can be found. + Under Win32, for many programs, it is easier to use the Ghostscript dll, and find it by using + the Ghostscript registry key than to change the <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH</span></span>, which has a limited length anyway. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">Web2C</span> </dt><dd +class="description">The engines have a few more options than in Unix Web2C, and one option with a different + behavior: + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize"><span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-halt-on-error</span></span> stop the compilation at the first error. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-job-time</span></span> set the job time to the same timestamp as the file given in argument. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-oem</span></span> use the DOS codepage for console output. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-output-directory</span></span> allow to write all the output files in the specified directory. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-time-statistics</span></span> print statistics about the job run time. It is to be noted that + Win9x not being a true multitasking operating system, it has no reliable timer for short + periods, so the value printed is an approximation. Under NT/2K/XP, the result is quite + accurate with user time and system time values allocated for this run. For Unix users: + the <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">time</span></span> command is not usually available to Windows users.</li></ul> + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 1488--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.8 </span> <a + id="x1-310007.8"></a>Personal configurations</h4> +<!--l. 1491--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.8.1 </span> <a + id="x1-320007.8.1"></a>Dvips</h5> +<!--l. 1493--><p class="noindent">The configuration file for dvips can be found in +<br class="newline"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">C:\TeXLive2005\texmf-var\dvips\config\config.ps</span></span></span> +<br class="newline">You may open it with any editor and change some parameters: +<!--l. 1499--><p class="indent"> + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">fonts</span> </dt><dd +class="description">you can change the default printer Metafont mode or printer resolution in case <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>needs + to generate PK fonts. By default it is configured to use Type 1 versions of the CM fonts, so + it should not call <span +class="ec-lmss-10">mktexpk </span>too often; + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">printer</span> </dt><dd +class="description">you can tell dvips where you want to print by default. If the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">o </span>option is not followed by a + printer name, then a <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.ps </span>PostScript file is written. You can give dvips a printer name such + as: + + + <table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim"> + <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb2"> +<a + id="x1-32002r1"></a>  o lpt1: +<br class="fancyvrb"><a + id="x1-32004r2"></a>  % o | lpr -S server -P myprinter +<br class="fancyvrb"><a + id="x1-32006r3"></a>  % o \\server\myprinter +</div> +</div> + </td></tr></table> + <!--l. 1512--><p class="nopar"> + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">paper</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Next, you might want to change the paper size from European (A4) to US letter by + making the US letter the first paper size mentioned in the file. Scroll to the group of + lines beginning with <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">@</span>. Move the appropriate lines so that this section begins with the + lines: + <br class="newline">  @ letterSize 8.5in 11in + <br class="newline">  @ letter 8.5in 11in + <br class="newline">  @+ %%BeginPaperSize: Letter + <br class="newline">  @+ letter + <br class="newline">  @+ %%EndPaperSize</dd></dl> +<!--l. 1525--><p class="indent"> The current <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live distribution implements the procedure of making always up-to-date fontmaps +files for Dvips and Pdftex. This is done by the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">updmap </span>program during installation, as well as during +any font package addition. If you add new packages by hand, edit the file <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">updmap.cfg</span></span></span> in <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFVAR/web2c</span></span>. +<!--l. 1531--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.8.2 </span> <a + id="x1-330007.8.2"></a>PdfTeX</h5> +<!--l. 1533--><p class="noindent">If you use the program pdflatex to write PDF format directly, and you are using US letter-size paper, +edit the file <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">C:\TeXLive2005\texmf-var\tex\generic\config\pdftexconfig.tex</span></span></span> and change +‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">\pdfpagewidth</span>’ and ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">\pdfpageheight</span>’. These entries should read: <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 1538--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">\pdfpagewidth=8.5</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> true</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> in</span> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">\pdfpageheight=11</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> true</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> in</span> +</div> +</div> Save the file and exit the editor. +<!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.8.3 </span> <a + id="x1-340007.8.3"></a>GSView</h5> +<!--l. 1545--><p class="noindent">GSView is now distributed under the Aladdin License, and therefore is no longer included in <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> +Live. +<!--l. 1548--><p class="indent"> If you may want to change the page size to US letter size. If so, open GSView from the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Start </span>menu, +and select <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Media</span><span +class="cmsy-10">→</span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">Letter</span>. +<!--l. 1551--><p class="indent"> Also, there are menu settings that are supposed to give you the most readable screen image. On +<span +class="ec-lmss-10">Media</span><span +class="cmsy-10">→</span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">Display Settings</span>, set both <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">Text Alpha </span>and <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">Graphics Alpha </span>to 4 bits. +<!--l. 1555--><p class="indent"> Note that the installation process has set all <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.ps </span>and <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.eps </span>files to automatically open with +<span +class="ec-lmss-10">GSView</span>. + +<!--l. 1558--><p class="indent"> For printing instructions, see section <a +href="#x1-370007.10">7.10<!--tex4ht:ref: printing --></a> below. +<!--l. 1560--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.8.4 </span> <a + id="x1-350007.8.4"></a>WinDvi</h5> +<!--l. 1563--><p class="noindent">The <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tlpmgui.exe </span>program takes care of associating the files with the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.dvi </span>extension with <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">Windvi</span>, but it +doesn’t make an icon on the desktop, so please do it yourself. +<!--l. 1567--><p class="indent"> Open <span +class="ec-lmss-10">windvi </span>by clicking an icon or from the command line. +<!--l. 1569--><p class="indent"> You can set it for US letter-size paper by going to <span +class="ec-lmss-10">View</span><span +class="cmsy-10">→</span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">Options</span><span +class="cmsy-10">→</span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">Papertype </span>and selecting US (8.5<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">"</span></span></span> x +11<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">"</span></span></span>) (and then <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">OK</span>. Exit <span +class="ec-lmss-10">windvi</span>. +<!--l. 1573--><p class="indent"> You can change other parameters from there as well, such as the ability to execute system commands +specified by the document (disabled by default for security reasons). Also, the first time you view any +.dvi file, you may find the magnification too large. Zoom out until you get an appropriate +size. +<!--l. 1579--><p class="indent"> All configuration settings for <span +class="ec-lmss-10">windvi </span>are stored in a file named <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">windvi.cnf</span></span> file. You can find it by +running this command at the prompt: + + + <table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim"> + <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb3"> +<a + id="x1-35002r1"></a>  c:\>kpsewhich --expand-var $HOME/windvi.cnf + </div> +</div> +</td></tr></table> +<!--l. 1584--><p class="nopar"> +<!--l. 1586--><p class="indent"> Should you have problems with <span +class="ec-lmss-10">windvi</span>, please remove the configuration file and test your problem +against a vanilla configuration. +<!--l. 1589--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.9 </span> <a + id="x1-360007.9"></a>Testing</h4> +<!--l. 1591--><p class="noindent">For generic verification procedures, see section <a +href="#x1-180004.2">4.2<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:test-install --></a> (p. <a +href="#x1-180004.2">27<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:test-install --></a>). This section describes Windows-specific +tests. +<!--l. 1595--><p class="indent"> Open the file <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.tex</span></span></span> in your editor (Xemacs, WinShell), found in <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">C:\TeXLive2005\texmf-dist\tex\latex\base</span></span>. The <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> source should appear on the screen. +Process it by clicking on the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Command</span><span +class="cmsy-10">→</span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">LaTeX </span>menu (XEmacs) or <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> icon on the toolbar +(WinShell), then view it by clicking on the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Command</span><span +class="cmsy-10">→</span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">View DVI </span>menu (XEmacs) or Preview (Windvi) +icon (WinShell). +<!--l. 1602--><p class="indent"> At first, when you preview files with Windvi, it will create fonts because screen fonts were not +installed. After a while, you will have created most of the fonts you use, and you will rarely see the +font-creation window. +<!--l. 1606--><p class="indent"> <span +class="ec-lmbx-10">Hint for the future: </span>If a <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run stops because <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> cannot find a file, you can press +Ctrl-z to quit. +<!--l. 1610--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.10 </span> <a + id="x1-370007.10"></a>Printing</h4> +<!--l. 1613--><p class="noindent">It is possible to print from Windvi. In this case, printing will be done using the Windows unified printer +driver. By definition, it is compatible with all printers. However, there is some drawback: it can generate +some huge spool files, and some (older) versions of Windows just don’t like them. The advantage is +that you can use features like embedding BMP or WMF images. You also need to make +sure that the printer parameters are correctly set (subsection <a +href="#x1-350007.8.4">7.8.4<!--tex4ht:ref: sub:windvi --></a>), else you will get scaled +printing (printing at 600dpi on a 300dpi printer will give you only one quadrant of your +page). +<!--l. 1623--><p class="indent"> Printing is faster and more reliable if you run <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>to make a <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.ps </span>file and then print from <span +class="ec-lmss-10">GSView</span>. In +<span +class="ec-lmss-10">GSview</span>, select <span +class="ec-lmss-10">File</span><span +class="cmsy-10">→</span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">Print...</span>. A <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Print </span>window will appear. +<!--l. 1628--><p class="indent"> If you are using a PostScript printer, <span +class="ec-lmri-10">be sure to select </span><span +class="ec-lmsso-10">PostScript Printer</span>. This is done in the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Print</span> +<span +class="ec-lmss-10">Method </span>box at the bottom left of the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Print </span>window. You can then select any of the printers that you have +previously installed. If you fail to check the box for <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PostScript Printer</span>, printing will not +work. +<!--l. 1634--><p class="indent"> If you will be using your own non-PostScript printer, select <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Ghostscript device </span>in the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Print Method</span> +box, then click on the button to the right labelled <span +class="ec-lmss-10">djet500 </span>and select your printer type from the list that +pops up. (In the older version of <span +class="ec-lmss-10">GSView</span>, make sure <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PostScript Printer </span>is <span +class="ec-lmri-10">not </span>selected, then select +your printer type from the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Device </span>list.) +<!--l. 1641--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.11 </span> <a + id="x1-380007.11"></a>Tips and tricks for Win32</h4> + + +<!--l. 1643--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.11.1 </span> <a + id="x1-390007.11.1"></a>Different flavors of Win32</h5> +<!--l. 1645--><p class="noindent">What we call Win32 is not an operating system by itself. It is a large set of functions (around 12,000 in +the header files of the Microsoft SDK) that you can use to write programs for different operating systems +of the Windows family. +<!--l. 1650--><p class="indent"> Windows comes in different flavors: + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize">Win95, Win98 and WinME, which <span +class="ec-lmri-10">are not true multitasking, multithreading </span>environments. + They are the latest — and hopefully last — metamorphosis of DOS. This can be more or less + proven by the fact that when booting, the PC will load the <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">command.com</span></span> interpreter, and + if you stop the boot process at this point, you can ask for the current (DOS) version and it + will answer something like ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">MS-DOS 7.0</span>’ (at least for the old versions of Win9x). + </li> + <li class="itemize">Windows NT, which is a new operating system written from scratch, capable of true + multitasking behavior, and including many high level features. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Windows 2000, based on NT, with all the bells and whistles of Win98. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Windows XP, which comes with Personal and Pro flavors. This is the last step in merging + both lines of products (Win9x based and NT based). XP is based on NT.</li></ul> +<!--l. 1669--><p class="indent"> Win9x are able to run 32 bits programs and 16 bits programs concurrently. But the operating +system by itself is not entirely written in 32 bits mode, and does not support memory protection: 16bits +applications can overwrite parts of the operating system memory! Some parts of the system like the GDI +(Graphical Device Interface) manage limited resources like bitmaps, fonts, pens and so on for the +set of all programs that run concurrently. All the bitmaps headers available at the same +time can’t amount for more than 64kB. This explains the performance tool and the fact +that you can put your system on his knees by making intensive use of graphic objects for +example. +<!--l. 1680--><p class="indent"> NT, 2K and XP do not suffer from these limitations, and neither from other Win9x limitations. They +are true multitasking environments, with protected memory. They are much more responsive than Win9x +because of better memory management, better file system and so on. +<!--l. 1685--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.11.2 </span> <a + id="x1-400007.11.2"></a>Command line prompt</h5> +<!--l. 1687--><p class="noindent">You may wonder, “Why would I need to use a command line prompt when I have Windows?” +<!--l. 1690--><p class="indent"> Good question. The problem is of very general nature. Not all operations can be done easily using +only a GUI. Command line gives you programming power — assuming a clever command +interpreter. +<!--l. 1694--><p class="indent"> But the problem here is more fundamental: <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> is <span +class="ec-lmri-10">a batch </span>tool. Not an interactive one. <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> needs +to compute the best layout for each page, resolve cross-references and so on. This can be +done only by a global processing of the document. It is not (yet) a task that can be done +interactively. +<!--l. 1700--><p class="indent"> This means that you should use <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> from a command line. In fact the situation is not so bad. There +is an advantage to write command line tools for complex processing: they are better debugged, because +they are independent of any GUI problems, and GUI tools can be designed to interface to the command +line tools. This is the case for <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>, where you will mostly interact with it through a GUI text +editor. + + +<!--l. 1708--><p class="indent"> However, you may need to use the command line prompt in a number of situations. One is when you +are having difficulties and want to debug your setup. +<!--l. 1712--><p class="indent"> + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">Win9x</span> </dt><dd +class="description">You can open a command line prompt by looking either for the MS-DOS icon in the + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Start</span><span +class="cmsy-10">→</span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">Programs </span>menu, or by choosing <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Start</span><span +class="cmsy-10">→</span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">Run </span>menu typing in <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">command.com</span></span> as the + progrm name. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">NT, 2K, XP</span> </dt><dd +class="description">You can open a command line prompt by looking for <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Command Prompt </span>in the + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Start</span><span +class="cmsy-10">→</span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">Accessories </span>menu. You can also choose <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Start</span><span +class="cmsy-10">→</span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">Run </span>and type in <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">cmd.exe</span></span>, which is the + name of the brand new command interpreter for NT (thus, it is untrue to call this a <span +class="ec-lmri-10">DOS</span> + box!).</dd></dl> +<!--l. 1725--><p class="indent"> These locations may change across different Windows versions. +<!--l. 1727--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.11.3 </span> <a + id="x1-410007.11.3"></a>Path separators</h5> +<!--l. 1729--><p class="noindent">The Win32 API understands both <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/</span></span> and <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">\</span></span> characters as PATH separators. But the command +interpreters do not! So whenever a path name is used programmatically, you can use both separators, +and even mix them up in the same path name. But on the command line, you must type <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">\</span></span> as path +separator. The reason is compatibility: the command processor used ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/</span>’ to introduce arguments to +commands. +<!--l. 1736--><p class="indent"> All this to say: do not be surprised to read path names written using the Unix convention; fp<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> is a +port of Web2C, and aims to be compatible across platforms. For this reason, all the configuration files +that need to specify path names use the Unix convention. +<!--l. 1741--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.11.4 </span> <a + id="x1-420007.11.4"></a>File systems</h5> +<!--l. 1744--><p class="noindent">The worst feature of Win9x with regard to <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> is probably the so-called FAT file system. <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> uses +very many small files, with size around 1–3kB. The FAT file system is old, and predates by decades the +multi-gigabytes hard disks we have today. As a result, it cannot manage efficiently the tens of thousands +of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> files found in <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live. The FAT file system allocates a minimum of 32kB for <span +class="ec-lmri-10">any</span> +file on a huge partition. It means that <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> will use much more disk space than it actually +needs. +<!--l. 1753--><p class="indent"> The other, more modern, file systems available, FAT32 and NTFS, do not have this drawback. They +manage clusters of 4kB only. (You can lower the limit to 512 bytes on NTFS.) +<!--l. 1757--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.11.5 </span> <a + id="x1-430007.11.5"></a>How to add some directory to your PATH</h5> +<!--l. 1759--><p class="noindent">There are pairs of variables and values which behave much like global variables inside your programs. +The set of those variables is called the environment. Each program is initialized with a copy of the +environment when it is run. It can request and change the value of any variable. The changes +happen in the copy of the environment, and is not at all propagated to the other running +programs. +<!--l. 1767--><p class="indent"> Your PATH is a special environment variable used to search for programs you want to run. There is a +different procedure to change it for Win9x, WinME and NT/2K/XP: +<!--l. 1771--><p class="indent"> + + + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">Windows 95/98</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Edit your <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">autoexec.bat</span></span>. In this file should be a line starting with <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH= </span>and + followed by a list of directories separated by <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">;</span></span>. Please add the directory with the executables in + this line. After this, this line could look as follows: + + + <table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim"> + <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb4"> +<a + id="x1-43002r1"></a>  PATH=c:\windows;c:\windows\system;c:\TeXLive2005\bin\win32 +</div> +</div> + </td></tr></table> + <!--l. 1778--><p class="nopar"> + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">Windows ME</span> </dt><dd +class="description">You need to run the special program <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">c:\windows\system\msconfig.exe</span></span> to be able to + change any environment variable. From this program, select the ‘Environment’ tab, and then add + or modify the variable you want. You will be asked to reboot the machine upon any + change. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">Windows NT/2K/XP</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Click left on <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Start</span><span +class="cmsy-10">→</span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">Settings</span><span +class="cmsy-10">→</span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">Control Panel</span>. Now the window with the control + panel icons opens. Double click on System. The System Properties window opens. Click on the tab + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Environment </span>or look for a button named <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Environment Variables </span>among the dialog boxes. Now + you can change the environment variables for your user account. Note: There are also + displayed the environment settings for the system. Normally, you can’t change the + system variables unless you have administrator rights on your machine. If you want to + change the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH </span>for all users, you will have to contact your system administrator or be + the system administrator yourself — in the latter case you should know what you are + doing. + <!--l. 1797--><p class="noindent">If there is already a <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH </span>setting for your user account, left click on <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH</span>. In the field + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Variable </span>appears <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH </span>while the field Value shows the current setting of <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH </span>as a list of + directories separated by <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">;</span></span>. Add the directory where the executables are located (e.g. <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">c:\TeXLive2005\bin\win32</span></span>). If there isn’t a <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH </span>variable for your user account, simply click in + the field Variable and type in <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH</span>, click in the field <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Value </span>and type in the directory with the + executables. Important: Click on the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Apply </span>button before clicking <span +class="ec-lmss-10">Ok</span>, otherwise the + changes to <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH </span>won’t apply to your system. Be careful when changing the environment + settings.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 1811--><p class="indent"> The best way to be sure that a variable has been properly set is to open a console and +type: + + + <table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim"> + <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb5"> +<a + id="x1-43004r1"></a>  set VARIABLE + </div> +</div> +</td></tr></table> +<!--l. 1815--><p class="nopar">which should return the corresponding value. +<!--l. 1818--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.11.6 </span> <a + id="x1-440007.11.6"></a><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> engines</h5> +<!--l. 1820--><p class="noindent">If you have a look at the Web2C documentation, you will read that all the various <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> +derived programs use the same base engine. For example, <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tex.exe</span></span> and <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">latex.exe</span></span> are exact +copies of the same program, but each one will use a different format file, based on its calling +name. +<!--l. 1826--><p class="indent"> Under Unix, this feature is implemented through <span +class="ec-lmri-10">symbolic links</span>. It saves up a bit of disk space, +because some engines are used with many different format files. +<!--l. 1830--><p class="indent"> The Win32 API does not know about file links. So to save up almost the same amount of memory, all +the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> base engines have been put in DLLs (<span +class="ec-lmri-10">Dynamic Linked Library</span>). This means that you will have +the following layout: <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 1834--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">18/09/2005</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 14:19</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 3</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 584</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> latex.exe</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">18/09/2005</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 14:19</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 3</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 584</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> pdfetex.exe</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">18/09/2005</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 14:19</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 524</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 288</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> tl90pdfetex.dll</span> +</div> +</div> and the <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">latex.exe</span></span> file is nothing but a rough copy of <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">pdfetex.exe</span></span> using the same core <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tl90pdfetex.dll</span></span>. The same trick has been used for the <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">mktex*.exe</span></span> family of programs which are +linked to the <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">mktex.dll</span></span> library. +<!--l. 1844--><p class="indent"> In fact, a generic tool called <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">irun.exe</span></span> is provided to build the equivalent of Unix hard links for +executable files only under Win32. +<!--l. 1847--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.12 </span> <a + id="x1-450007.12"></a>In case of problems</h4> +<!--l. 1850--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.12.1 </span> <a + id="x1-460007.12.1"></a>What to do if <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">latex </span>does not find your files?</h5> + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">kpsewhich </span>is the tool of choice to debug any problem. Unfortunately, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">kpsewhich </span>outputs debug + information to stderr, and the older Windows consoles do not know how to redirect stderr + to a file. (NT and Windows 2000 consoles know how to do that. But the trick will work for + any console.) For diagnostic purposes you can temporarily set an environment variable (in + a DOS box): + + + <table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim"> + <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb6"> +<a + id="x1-46002r1"></a>  SET KPATHSEA_DEBUG_OUTPUT=err.log +</div> +</div> + </td></tr></table> + <!--l. 1863--><p class="nopar">You can also set the debug level: + + + <table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim"> + <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb7"> +<a + id="x1-46004r1"></a>  SET KPATHSEA_DEBUG=-1 +</div> +</div> + </td></tr></table> + <!--l. 1867--><p class="nopar"> + <!--l. 1869--><p class="noindent">If you want to redirect stderr to stdout, which is not possible Windows, then do: + + + <table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim"> + <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb8"> +<a + id="x1-46006r1"></a>  SET KPATHSEA_DEBUG_OUTPUT=con: +</div> +</div> + </td></tr></table> + <!--l. 1873--><p class="nopar">This way you can capture both stdout and stderr in the same file. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Assuming the installation has been done in <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">c:/TeX</span></span>, check the following values: + <br class="newline"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"><table class="tabular" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" +frame="void" id="TBL-5-" ><colgroup id="TBL-5-1g"><col +id="TBL-5-1"><col +id="TBL-5-2"></colgroup><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-5-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-1" +class="td11"> <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kpsewhich␣-expand-path␣$SELFAUTOPARENT</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-2" +class="td11"> <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">c:/TeX</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-5-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-1" +class="td11"> <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kpsewhich␣-expand-path␣$TEXMF</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-2" +class="td11"> <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">c:/TeX/texmf....</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-5-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-1" +class="td11"> <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kpsewhich␣-expand-path␣$TEXMFCNF</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-2" +class="td11"> <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">.;c:/TeX/texmf-var/web2c;</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-5-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-1" +class="td11"> <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kpsewhich␣-expand-var␣$TEXINPUTS</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-2" +class="td11"> <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">.;c:/TeX/texmf/tex//</span></span> </td> +</tr></table></div> + </li> + <li class="itemize">If you have other <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>-related values already set in your environment, please, remove them. They + are overriding the ones in texmf.cnf. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Check the values from: + <br class="newline"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"><table class="tabular" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" +frame="void" id="TBL-6-" ><colgroup id="TBL-6-1g"><col +id="TBL-6-1"><col +id="TBL-6-2"></colgroup><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-6-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kpsewhich cmr10.tfm </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-2" +class="td11"> <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">c:/TeX/texmf/fonts/tfm/public/cm/cmr10.tfm</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + valign="baseline" id="TBL-6-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kpsewhich latex.fmt </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-2" +class="td11"> <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">c:/TeX/texmf/web2c/latex.fmt</span></span> </td> +</tr></table></div> + </li> + <li class="itemize">At this point, if everything is correct, <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> and friends should work. If it is not the case, you will + need to play with the <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-debug=n</span></span> option from <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span></span>, and check back all the values. Try to + identify and report the problem.</li></ul> +<!--l. 1903--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.12.2 </span> <a + id="x1-470007.12.2"></a>What to do if your setup still does not work as expected?</h5> +<!--l. 1905--><p class="noindent">Here are several questions to investigate: +<!--l. 1907--><p class="indent"> + <ol class="enumerate1" > + <li class="enumerate" value="1" +><a + id="x1-47002x1"></a>Is <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tex.exe </span>in my <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH</span></span>? + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="2" +><a + id="x1-47004x2"></a>Is the <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFCNF</span></span> variable correctly set to <span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">c:/TeXLive2005/texmf-var/web2c</span></span> (default + value)? + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="3" +><a + id="x1-47006x3"></a>Are there any errors in the log file generated by the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tlmpgui.exe </span>program? <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tlmpgui.log</span> + can be found in your <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEMP </span>directory. You can find this by searching for the string ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">Error</span>’. + Hint: the log file can show some errors after building all format files. Please do not panic: + perhaps some formats weren’t already installed. + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="4" +><a + id="x1-47008x4"></a>Are there any relevant bug fixes at <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://tug.org/texlive/" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/texlive/</span></a></span>? (Unlikely, but it doesn’t + hurt to check.) + </li></ol> + +<!--l. 1926--><p class="indent"> The <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live software consists of hundreds of programs and tens of thousands of files, all from +varying sources. So it is quite difficult to predict all possible causes for problems. Nevertheless, we will do +our best to help you. (See section <a +href="#x1-50001.2">1.2<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:help --></a>, p. <a +href="#x1-50001.2">5<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:help --></a>.) +<!--l. 1932--><p class="noindent"> + <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8 </span> <a + id="x1-480008"></a>A user’s guide to Web2C</h3> +<!--l. 1934--><p class="noindent">Web2C is an integrated collection of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>-related programs: <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> itself, Metafont, MetaPost, BibTeX, +etc. It is the heart of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live. +<!--l. 1937--><p class="indent"> A bit of history: The original implementation was by Tomas Rokicki who, in 1987, developed a first +<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>-to-C system based on change files under Unix, which were primarily the original work +of Howard Trickey and Pavel Curtis. Tim Morgan became the maintainer of the system, +and during this period the name changed to Web-to-C. In 1990, Karl Berry took over the +work, assisted by dozens of additional contributors, and in 1997 he handed the baton to Olaf +Weber. +<!--l. 1945--><p class="indent"> The Web2C system runs on Unix, 32-bit Windows systems, Mac OS X, and other operating systems. +It uses Knuth’s original sources for <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> and other basic programs written in <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">web </span>and translates them +into C source code. The core <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> programs are: +<!--l. 1950--><p class="indent"> + <dl class="list1"><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">bibtex</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Maintaining bibliographies. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dmp</span> </dt><dd +class="list"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">troff </span>to MPX (MetaPost pictures). + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvicopy</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Expands virtual font references in DVI files. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvitomp</span> </dt><dd +class="list">DVI to MPX (MetaPost pictures). + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvitype</span> </dt><dd +class="list">DVI to human-readable text. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">gftodvi</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Generic font proofsheets. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">gftopk</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Generic to packed fonts. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">gftype</span> </dt><dd +class="list">GF to human-readable text. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">makempx</span> </dt><dd +class="list">MetaPost label typesetting. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">mf</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Creating typeface families. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">mft</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Prettyprinting Metafont source. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">mpost</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Creating technical diagrams. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">mpto</span> </dt><dd +class="list">MetaPost label extraction. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">newer</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Compare modification times. + + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">patgen</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Creating hyphenation patterns. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">pktogf</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Packed to generic fonts. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">pktype</span> </dt><dd +class="list">PK to human-readable text. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">pltotf</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Plain text property list to TFM. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">pooltype</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Display <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">web </span>pool files. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tangle</span> </dt><dd +class="list"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">web </span>to Pascal. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tex</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Typesetting. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tftopl</span> </dt><dd +class="list">TFM to plain text property list. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">vftovp</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Virtual font to virtual property list. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">vptovf</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Virtual property list to virtual font. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">weave</span> </dt><dd +class="list"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">web </span>to <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 1978--><p class="noindent">The precise functions and syntax of these programs are described in the documentation of the individual +packages and of Web2C itself. However, knowing a few principles governing the whole family of programs +will help you take advantage of your Web2C installation. +<!--l. 1983--><p class="indent"> All programs honor these standard GNU options: + <dl class="list1"><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--help</span> </dt><dd +class="list">print basic usage summary. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--verbose</span> </dt><dd +class="list">print detailed progress report. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--version</span> </dt><dd +class="list">print version information, then exit.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 1990--><p class="indent"> For locating files the Web2C programs use the path searching library Kpathsea. This +library uses a combination of environment variables and a configuration files to optimize +searching the (huge) collection of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> files. Web2C can look at more than one directory +tree simultaneously, which is useful in maintaining <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>’s standard distribution and local +extensions in two distinct trees. To speed up file searches the root of each tree has a file +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R</span>, containing an entry showing the name and relative pathname for all files under that +root. +<!--l. 2000--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1 </span> <a + id="x1-490008.1"></a>Kpathsea path searching</h4> +<!--l. 2002--><p class="noindent">Let us first describe the generic path searching mechanism of the Kpathsea library. + + +<!--l. 2005--><p class="indent"> We call a <span +class="ec-lmri-10">search path </span>a colon- or semicolon-separated list of <span +class="ec-lmri-10">path elements</span>, which are basically +directory names. A search path can come from (a combination of) many sources. To look up a file +‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">my-file</span>’ along a path ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.:/dir</span>’, Kpathsea checks each element of the path in turn: first <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">./my-file</span>, +then <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/dir/my-file</span>, returning the first match (or possibly all matches). +<!--l. 2013--><p class="indent"> In order to adapt optimally to all operating systems’ conventions, on non-Unix systems Kpathsea can +use filename separators different from colon (‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">:</span>’) and slash (‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/</span>’). +<!--l. 2017--><p class="indent"> To check a particular path element <span +class="ec-lmro-10">p</span>, Kpathsea first checks if a prebuilt database (see “Filename +database” on page <a +href="#x1-570008.2">55<!--tex4ht:ref: Filename-database --></a>) applies to <span +class="ec-lmro-10">p</span>, i.e., if the database is in a directory that is a prefix of <span +class="ec-lmro-10">p</span>. If so, the +path specification is matched against the contents of the database. +<!--l. 2023--><p class="indent"> If the database does not exist, or does not apply to this path element, or contains no matches, the +filesystem is searched (if this was not forbidden by a specification starting with ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">!!</span>’ and if the file being +searched for must exist). Kpathsea constructs the list of directories that correspond to this path element, +and then checks in each for the file being sought. +<!--l. 2030--><p class="indent"> The “file must exist” condition comes into play with ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.vf</span>’ files and input files read by <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>’s <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">\openin</span> +command. Such files may not exist (e.g., <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">cmr10.vf</span>), and so it would be wrong to search the disk for +them. Therefore, if you fail to update <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R </span>when you install a new ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.vf</span>’ file, it will never be found. Each +path element is checked in turn: first the database, then the disk. If a match is found, the search stops +and the result is returned. +<!--l. 2039--><p class="indent"> Although the simplest and most common path element is a directory name, Kpathsea supports +additional features in search paths: layered default values, environment variable names, config +file values, users’ home directories, and recursive subdirectory searching. Thus, we say that +Kpathsea <span +class="ec-lmri-10">expands </span>a path element, meaning it transforms all the specifications into basic +directory name or names. This is described in the following sections in the same order as it takes +place. +<!--l. 2048--><p class="indent"> Note that if the filename being searched for is absolute or explicitly relative, i.e., starts with ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/</span>’ or +‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">./</span>’ or ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">../</span>’, Kpathsea simply checks if that file exists. +<!--l. 2062--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1.1 </span> <a + id="x1-500008.1.1"></a>Path sources</h5> +<!--l. 2065--><p class="noindent">A search path can come from many sources. In the order in which Kpathsea uses them: +<!--l. 2068--><p class="indent"> + <ol class="enumerate1" > + <li class="enumerate" value="1" +><a + id="x1-50002x1"></a>A user-set environment variable, for instance, <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXINPUTS</span>. Environment variables with a + period and a program name appended override; e.g., if ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">latex</span>’ is the name of the program + being run, then <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXINPUTS.latex </span>will override <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXINPUTS</span>. + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="2" +><a + id="x1-50004x2"></a>A program-specific configuration file, for example, a line ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">S /a:/b</span>’ in <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>’s <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">config.ps</span>. + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="3" +><a + id="x1-50006x3"></a>A Kpathsea configuration file <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf</span>, containing a line like ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXINPUTS=/c:/d</span>’ (see + below). + </li> + <li class="enumerate" value="4" +><a + id="x1-50008x4"></a>The compile-time default.</li></ol> +<!--l. 2081--><p class="noindent">You can see each of these values for a given search path by using the debugging options (see “Debugging +actions” on page <a +href="#x1-610008.2.4">59<!--tex4ht:ref: Debugging --></a>). + + +<!--l. 2085--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1.2 </span> <a + id="x1-510008.1.2"></a>Config files</h5> +<!--l. 2088--><p class="noindent">Kpathsea reads <span +class="ec-lmri-10">runtime configuration files </span>named <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf </span>for search path and other definitions. The +search path used to look for these files is named <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFCNF </span>(by default such a file lives in the +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf/web2c </span>subdirectory). <span +class="ec-lmri-10">All </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf </span>files in the search path will be read and definitions in earlier +files override those in later files. Thus, with a search path of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.:$TEXMF</span></span></span>, values from <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">./texmf.cnf </span>override +those from <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMF/texmf.cnf</span></span></span>. + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize">Comments start with <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">% </span>and continue to the end of the line. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Blank lines are ignored. + </li> + <li class="itemize">A <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">\ </span>at the end of a line acts as a continuation character, i.e., the next line is appended. + Whitespace at the beginning of continuation lines is not ignored. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Each remaining line has the form: <div class="alltt"> + <!--l. 2109--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">variable</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">[.</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">progname</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">]</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> [=]</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">value</span> +</div> + </div>where the ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">=</span>’ and surrounding whitespace are optional. + </li> + <li class="itemize">The <span +class="ec-lmro-10">variable </span>name may contain any character other than whitespace, ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">=</span>’, or ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.</span>’, but sticking to + ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">A-Za-z_</span>’ is safest. + </li> + <li class="itemize">If ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">progname</span>’ is present, the definition only applies if the program that is running is named + <span +class="ec-lmro-10">progname </span>or <span +class="ec-lmro-10">progname</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.exe</span>. This allows different flavors of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> to have different search paths, for + example. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="ec-lmro-10">value </span>may contain any characters except <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">% </span>and ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">@</span>’. The <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">var</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">prog </span>feature is not available on the + right-hand side; instead, you must use an additional variable. A ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">;</span>’ in <span +class="ec-lmro-10">value </span>is translated to ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">:</span>’ if + running under Unix; this is useful to be able to have a single <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf </span>for Unix, MS-DOS and + Windows systems. + </li> + <li class="itemize">All definitions are read before anything is expanded, so variables can be referenced before they are + defined.</li></ul> +<!--l. 2134--><p class="noindent">A configuration file fragment illustrating most of these points is shown below: +<!--l. 2138--><p class="indent"> + <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb9"> +<a + id="x1-51002r1"></a><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> TEXMF</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> =</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> {$TEXMFLOCAL,!!$TEXMFMAIN}</span> +<br class="fancyvrb"><a + id="x1-51004r2"></a><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> TEXINPUTS.latex</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> =</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> .;$TEXMF/tex/{latex,generic;}//</span> +<br class="fancyvrb"><a + id="x1-51006r3"></a><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> TEXINPUTS.fontinst</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> =</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> .;$TEXMF/tex//;$TEXMF/fonts/afm//</span> +<br class="fancyvrb"><a + id="x1-51008r4"></a><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> %</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> e-TeX</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> related</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> files</span> +<br class="fancyvrb"><a + id="x1-51010r5"></a><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> TEXINPUTS.elatex</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> =</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> .;$TEXMF/{etex,tex}/{latex,generic;}//</span> +<br class="fancyvrb"><a + id="x1-51012r6"></a><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> TEXINPUTS.etex</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> =</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87"> .;$TEXMF/{etex,tex}/{eplain,plain,generic;}//</span> + </div> + + +<!--l. 2143--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1.3 </span> <a + id="x1-520008.1.3"></a>Path expansion</h5> +<!--l. 2147--><p class="noindent">Kpathsea recognizes certain special characters and constructions in search paths, similar to those +available in Unix shells. As a general example, the complex path, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">~$USER/{foo,bar}//baz</span></span></span>, expands to +all subdirectories under directories <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">foo </span>and <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">bar </span>in <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$USER</span>’s home directory that contain a directory or file +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">baz</span>. These expansions are explained in the sections below. + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1.4 </span> <a + id="x1-530008.1.4"></a>Default expansion</h5> +<!--l. 2159--><p class="noindent">If the highest-priority search path (see “Path sources” on page <a +href="#x1-500008.1.1">50<!--tex4ht:ref: Path-sources --></a>) contains an <span +class="ec-lmri-10">extra colon </span>(i.e., leading, +trailing, or doubled), Kpathsea inserts at that point the next-highest-priority search path that is defined. +If that inserted path has an extra colon, the same happens with the next highest. For example, given an +environment variable setting + <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2168--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">setenv</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXINPUTS</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/home/karl:</span></span> +</div> +</div> and a <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXINPUTS </span>value from <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf </span>of + <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2173--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> .:$TEXMF//tex</span> +</div> +</div> then the final value used for searching will be: + <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2178--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> /home/karl:.:$TEXMF//tex</span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 2182--><p class="indent"> Since it would be useless to insert the default value in more than one place, Kpathsea changes only +one extra ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">:</span>’ and leaves any others in place. It checks first for a leading ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">:</span>’, then a trailing ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">:</span>’, then a +doubled ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">:</span>’. +<!--l. 2187--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1.5 </span> <a + id="x1-540008.1.5"></a>Brace expansion</h5> +<!--l. 2189--><p class="noindent">A useful feature is brace expansion, which means that, for instance, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">v{a,b}w</span></span></span> expands to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">vaw:vbw</span></span></span>. +Nesting is allowed. This is used to implement multiple <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> hierarchies, by assigning a brace list to +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMF</span>. For example, in <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf</span>, the following definition (appproximately; there are actually even +more trees) is made: + + + <table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim"> + <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb10"> +<a + id="x1-54002r1"></a>    TEXMF = {$TEXMFHOME,$TEXMFLOCAL,!!$TEXMFVAR,!!$TEXMFMAIN} + </div> +</div> +</td></tr></table> +<!--l. 2197--><p class="nopar">Using this you can then write something like + + + <table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim"> + <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb11"> +<a + id="x1-54004r1"></a>    TEXINPUTS = .;$TEXMF/tex// + </div> +</div> +</td></tr></table> +<!--l. 2201--><p class="nopar">which means that, after looking in the current directory, the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFHOME/tex</span>, <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFLOCAL/tex</span>, +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFVAR/tex </span>and <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFMAIN/tex </span>trees <span +class="ec-lmri-10">only</span>) will be searched (the last two use using <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R </span>data base +files). It is a convenient way for running two parallel <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> structures, one “frozen” (on a CD, for +instance) and the other being continuously updated with new versions as they become available. By +using the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMF </span>variable in all definitions, one is sure to always search the up-to-date tree +first. +<!--l. 2213--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1.6 </span> <a + id="x1-550008.1.6"></a>Subdirectory expansion</h5> +<!--l. 2216--><p class="noindent">Two or more consecutive slashes in a path element following a directory <span +class="ec-lmro-10">d </span>is replaced by all +subdirectories of <span +class="ec-lmro-10">d</span>: first those subdirectories directly under <span +class="ec-lmro-10">d</span>, then the subsubdirectories under those, +and so on. At each level, the order in which the directories are searched is <span +class="ec-lmri-10">unspecified</span>. +<!--l. 2222--><p class="indent"> If you specify any filename components after the ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">//</span>’, only subdirectories with matching components +are included. For example, ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/a//b</span>’ expands into directories <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/a/1/b</span>, <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/a/2/b</span>, <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/a/1/1/b</span>, and so on, but +not <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/a/b/c </span>or <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/a/1</span>. +<!--l. 2227--><p class="indent"> Multiple ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">//</span>’ constructs in a path are possible, but ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">//</span>’ at the beginning of a path is +ignored. +<!--l. 2230--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1.7 </span> <a + id="x1-560008.1.7"></a>List of special characters and their meaning: a summary</h5> +<!--l. 2232--><p class="noindent">The following list summarizes the special characters in Kpathsea configuration files. +<!--l. 2237--><p class="noindent"> + <dl class="list1"><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">:</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Separator in path specification; at the beginning or the end of a path it substitutes the + default path expansion. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">;</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Separator on non-Unix systems (acts like <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">:</span>). + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Variable expansion. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">~</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Represents the user’s home directory. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">{...}</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Brace expansion. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">//</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Subdirectory expansion (can occur anywhere in a path, except at its beginning). + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">%</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Start of comment. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">\</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Continuation character (allows multi-line entries). + + + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">!!</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Search <span +class="ec-lmri-10">only </span>database to locate file, <span +class="ec-lmri-10">do not </span>search the disk.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 2253--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.2 </span> <a + id="x1-570008.2"></a>Filename databases</h4> +<!--l. 2256--><p class="noindent">Kpathsea goes to some lengths to minimize disk accesses for searches. Nevertheless, at installations with +enough directories, searching each possible directory for a given file can take an excessively long time +(this is especially true if many hundreds of font directories have to be traversed.) Therefore, Kpathsea +can use an externally-built plain text “database” file named <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R </span>that maps files to directories, thus +avoiding the need to exhaustively search the disk. +<!--l. 2264--><p class="indent"> A second database file <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">aliases </span>allows you to give additional names to the files listed in <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R</span>. This +can be helpful to confirm to DOS 8.3 filename conventions in source files. +<!--l. 2268--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.2.1 </span> <a + id="x1-580008.2.1"></a>The filename database</h5> +<!--l. 2271--><p class="noindent">As explained above, the name of the main filename database must be <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R</span>. You can put one at the +root of each <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> hierarchy in your installation that you wish to be searched (<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMF </span>by +default); most sites have only one hierarchy. Kpathsea looks for <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R </span>files along the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFDBS</span> +path. +<!--l. 2277--><p class="indent"> The recommended way to create and maintain ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R</span>’ is to run the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">mktexlsr </span>script included with the +distribution. It is invoked by the various ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">mktex</span>’... scripts. In principle, this script just runs the +command <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2281--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">cd</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">/your/texmf/root</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> &&</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">\</span></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ls</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> -1LAR</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> ./</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> >ls-R</span> +</div> +</div> presuming your system’s <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ls </span>produces the right output format (GNU <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ls </span>is all right). To ensure that +the database is always up-to-date, it is easiest to rebuild it regularly via <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">cron</span>, so that it is +automatically updated when the installed files change, such as after installing or updating a <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> +package. +<!--l. 2290--><p class="indent"> If a file is not found in the database, by default Kpathsea goes ahead and searches the disk. If a +particular path element begins with ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">!!</span>’, however, <span +class="ec-lmri-10">only </span>the database will be searched for that element, +never the disk. +<!--l. 2296--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.2.2 </span> <a + id="x1-590008.2.2"></a>kpsewhich: Standalone path searching</h5> +<!--l. 2299--><p class="noindent">The <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich </span>program exercises path searching independent of any particular application. This can be +useful as a sort of <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">find </span>program to locate files in <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> hierarchies (this is used heavily in the distributed +‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">mktex</span>’... scripts). + <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2304--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span +class="ec-lmro-10">option</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">...</span> <span +class="ec-lmro-10">filename</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">...</span></span> + + +</div> +</div> The options specified in <span +class="ec-lmro-10">option </span>start with either ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-</span>’ or ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--</span>’, and any unambiguous abbreviation is +accepted. +<!--l. 2310--><p class="indent"> Kpathsea looks up each non-option argument on the command line as a filename, and returns the +first file found. There is no option to return all the files with a particular name (you can run the Unix +‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">find</span>’ utility for that). +<!--l. 2315--><p class="indent"> The more important options are described next. +<!--l. 2317--><p class="noindent"> + <dl class="list1"><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--dpi=</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">num</span> </dt><dd +class="list"> Set the resolution to <span +class="ec-lmro-10">num</span>; this only affects ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">gf</span>’ and ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">pk</span>’ lookups. ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-D</span>’ is a synonym, + for compatibility with <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>. Default is 600. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--format=</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">name</span> </dt><dd +class="list"> + <br class="newline">Set the format for lookup to <span +class="ec-lmro-10">name</span>. By default, the format is guessed from the filename. For + formats which do not have an associated unambiguous suffix, such as MetaPost support files + and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>configuration files, you have to specify the name as known to Kpathsea, such as + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tex </span>or <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">enc files</span>. Run <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich --help </span>for a list. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--mode=</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">string</span> </dt><dd +class="list"> + <br class="newline">Set the mode name to <span +class="ec-lmro-10">string</span>; this only affects ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">gf</span>’ and ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">pk</span>’ lookups. No default: any mode + will be found. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--must-exist</span> </dt><dd +class="list"> + <br class="newline">Do everything possible to find the files, notably including searching the disk. By default, + only the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R </span>database is checked, in the interest of efficiency. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--path=</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">string</span> </dt><dd +class="list"> + <br class="newline">Search along the path <span +class="ec-lmro-10">string </span>(colon-separated as usual), instead of guessing the search path + from the filename. ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">//</span>’ and all the usual expansions are supported. The options ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--path</span>’ + and ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--format</span>’ are mutually exclusive. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--progname=</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">name</span> </dt><dd +class="list"> + <br class="newline">Set the program name to <span +class="ec-lmro-10">name</span>. This can affect the search paths via the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">progname </span>feature. + The default is <span +class="ec-lmss-10">kpsewhich</span>. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--show-path=</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">name</span> </dt><dd +class="list"> + <br class="newline">shows the path used for file lookups of file type <span +class="ec-lmro-10">name</span>. Either a filename extension (<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.pk</span>, <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.vf</span>, + etc.) or a name can be used, just as with ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--format</span>’ option. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--debug=</span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">num</span> </dt><dd +class="list"> + <br class="newline">sets the debugging options to <span +class="ec-lmro-10">num</span>.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 2357--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.2.3 </span> <a + id="x1-600008.2.3"></a>Examples of use</h5> +<!--l. 2360--><p class="noindent">Let us now have a look at Kpathsea in action. Here’s a straightforward search: + <div class="alltt"> + + +<!--l. 2362--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">article.cls</span></span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> /usr/local/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls</span> +</div> +</div> We are looking for the file <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">article.cls</span>. Since the ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.cls</span>’ suffix is unambiguous we do not +need to specify that we want to look for a file of type <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tex </span>(<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> source file directories). We +find it in the subdirectory <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tex/latex/base </span>below the ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-dist</span>’ <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live  directory. +Similarly, all of the following are found without problems thanks to their unambiguous suffix. +<div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2372--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">array.sty</span></span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> /usr/local/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/array.sty</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">latin1.def</span></span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> /usr/local/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latin1.def</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">size10.clo</span></span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> /usr/local/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">small2e.tex</span></span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> /usr/local/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/small2e.tex</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tugboat.bib</span></span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> /usr/local/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/tugboat.bib</span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 2385--><p class="indent"> That last is a BibTeX bibliography database for <span +class="ec-lmro-10">TUGBoat </span>articles. + <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2387--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">cmr10.pk</span></span> +</div> +</div> Font bitmap glyph files of type <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.pk </span>are used by display programs like <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi</span>. Nothing is returned +in this case since there are no pre-generated Computer Modern ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.pk</span>’ files in <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live — the Type 1 +variants are used by default. <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2394--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">wsuipa10.pk</span></span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> /usr/local/texmf-var/fonts/pk/ljfour/public/wsuipa/wsuipa10.600pk</span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 2401--><p class="indent"> For these fonts (a phonetic alphabet from the University of Washington) we had to generate ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.pk</span>’ +files, and since the default Metafont mode on our installation is <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ljfour </span>with a base resolution of 600dpi +(dots per inch), this instantiation is returned. <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2405--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-dpi=300</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">wsuipa10.pk</span></span> +</div> +</div> In this case, when specifying that we are interested in a resolution of 300dpi (<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-dpi=300</span>) we see that no +such font is available on the system. A program like <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>or <span +class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi </span>would go off and actually build the +required <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.pk </span>files using the script <span +class="ec-lmss-10">mktexpk</span>. + +<!--l. 2414--><p class="indent"> Next we turn our attention to <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>’s header and configuration files. We first look at one of the +commonly used files, the general prolog <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tex.pro </span>for <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> support, before turning our attention to the +generic configuration file (<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">config.ps</span>) and the PostScript font map <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">psfonts.map </span>— as of 2004, map and +encoding files have their own search paths and new location in <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf </span>trees. As the ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.ps</span>’ suffix is +ambiguous we have to specify explicitly which type we are considering (<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">dvips config</span>) for the file +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">config.ps</span>. <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2423--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tex.pro</span></span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> /usr/local/texmf/dvips/base/tex.pro</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--format="dvips</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">config"</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">config.ps</span></span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> /usr/local/texmf/dvips/config/config.ps</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">psfonts.map</span></span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> /usr/local/texmf/fonts/map/dvips/updmap/psfonts.map</span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 2432--><p class="indent"> We now take a closer look at the URW Times PostScript support files. The prefix for these in the +standard font naming scheme is ‘<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">utm</span>’. The first file we look at is the configuration file, which contains the +name of the map file: <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2436--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">--format="dvips</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">config"</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">config.utm</span></span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> /usr/local/texmf-dist/dvips/psnfss/config.utm</span> +</div> +</div> The contents of that file is <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2441--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> p</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> +utm.map</span> +</div> +</div> which points to the file <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">utm.map</span>, which we want to locate next. <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2446--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">utm.map</span></span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> /usr/local/texmf-dist/fonts/map/dvips/times/utm.map</span> +</div> +</div> This map file defines the file names of the Type 1 PostScript fonts in the URW collection. Its contents +look like (we only show part of the lines): <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2453--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">utmb8r</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> NimbusRomNo9L-Medi</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> ...</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> <utmb8a.pfb</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">utmbi8r</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> NimbusRomNo9L-MediItal...</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> <utmbi8a.pfb</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">utmr8r</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> NimbusRomNo9L-Regu</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> ...</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> <utmr8a.pfb</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">utmri8r</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> NimbusRomNo9L-ReguItal...</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> <utmri8a.pfb</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">utmbo8r</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> NimbusRomNo9L-Medi</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> ...</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> <utmb8a.pfb</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">utmro8r</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> NimbusRomNo9L-Regu</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> ...</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> <utmr8a.pfb</span> + +</div> +</div> Let us, for instance, take the Times Roman instance <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">utmr8a.pfb </span>and find its position in the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf</span> +directory tree with a search for Type 1 font files: <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2464--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">utmr8a.pfb</span></span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> /usr/local/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/urw/times/utmr8a.pfb</span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 2471--><p class="indent"> It should be evident from these examples how you can easily locate the whereabouts of a given file. +This is especially important if you suspect that the wrong version of a file is picked up somehow, since +<span +class="ec-lmss-10">kpsewhich </span>will show you the first file encountered. +<!--l. 2476--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.2.4 </span> <a + id="x1-610008.2.4"></a>Debugging actions</h5> +<!--l. 2479--><p class="noindent">Sometimes it is necessary to investigate how a program resolves file references. To make this practical, +Kpathsea offers various levels of debugging output: +<!--l. 2483--><p class="noindent"> + <dl class="list1"><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 1</span> </dt><dd +class="list"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">stat </span>calls (disk lookups). When running with an up-to-date <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R </span>database this should + almost give no output. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 2</span> </dt><dd +class="list">References to hash tables (such as <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R </span>databases, map files, configuration files). + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 4</span> </dt><dd +class="list">File open and close operations. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 8</span> </dt><dd +class="list">General path information for file types searched by Kpathsea. This is useful to find out where + a particular path for the file was defined. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">16</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Directory list for each path element (only relevant for searches on disk). + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">32</span> </dt><dd +class="list">File searches.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 2497--><p class="noindent">A value of <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-1 </span>will set all the above options; in practice, this is usually the most convenient. +<!--l. 2500--><p class="indent"> Similarly, with the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>program, by setting a combination of debug switches, one can follow in detail +where files are being picked up from. Alternatively, when a file is not found, the debug trace shows in +which directories the program looks for the given file, so that one can get an indication what the +problem is. +<!--l. 2506--><p class="indent"> Generally speaking, as most programs call the Kpathsea library internally, one can select a debug +option by using the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">KPATHSEA_DEBUG </span>environment variable, and setting it to (a combination of) values as +described in the above list. +<!--l. 2511--><p class="indent"> (Note for Windows users: it is not easy to redirect all messages to a file in this system. For diagnostic +purposes you can temporarily <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">SET KPATHSEA_DEBUG_OUTPUT=err.log</span>). +<!--l. 2515--><p class="indent"> Let us consider, as an example, a small <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> source file, <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">hello-world.tex</span>, which contains the +following input. + + + <table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim"> + <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb12"> +<a + id="x1-61002r1"></a>    \documentclass{article} +<br class="fancyvrb"><a + id="x1-61004r2"></a>    \begin{document} +<br class="fancyvrb"><a + id="x1-61006r3"></a>    Hello World! +<br class="fancyvrb"><a + id="x1-61008r4"></a>    \end{document} + </div> +</div> +</td></tr></table> +<!--l. 2522--><p class="nopar">This little file only uses the font <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">cmr10</span>, so let us look at how <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>prepares the PostScript file (we +want to use the Type 1 version of the Computer Modern fonts, hence the option <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-Pcms</span>). +<div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2526--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">dvips</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-d4100</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">hello-world</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-Pcms</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-o</span></span> +</div> +</div> In this case we have combined <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>’s debug class 4 (font paths) with Kpathsea’s path element +expansion (see <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>Reference Manual, <a +href="../../../../texmf/doc/html/dvips/dvips_toc.html" >texmf/doc/html/dvips/dvips_toc.html</a>). The output (slightly +rearranged) appears in Figure <a +href="#x1-61031r1">1<!--tex4ht:ref: fig:dvipsdbga --></a>. +<!--l. 2534--><p class="indent"> <a + id="x1-61031r1"></a><a + id="x1-61036r2"></a><a + id="x1-61049r3"></a><hr class="float"><div class="float" +><table class="float"><tr class="float"><td class="float" +> + + +<div class="BVerbatimInput"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-9">debug:start</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> search(file=texmf.cnf,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> must_exist=1,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> find_all=1,</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> path=.:/usr/local/bin/texlive:/usr/local/bin:</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> /usr/local/bin/texmf/web2c:/usr/local:</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> /usr/local/texmf/web2c:/.:/./teTeX/TeX/texmf/web2c:).</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> search(file=ls-R,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> must_exist=1,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> find_all=1,</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> path=~/tex:/usr/local/texmf).</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(ls-R)</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> =>/usr/local/texmf/ls-R</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> search(file=aliases,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> must_exist=1,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> find_all=1,</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> path=~/tex:/usr/local/texmf).</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(aliases)</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> =></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> /usr/local/texmf/aliases</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> search(file=config.ps,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> must_exist=0,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> find_all=0,</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> path=.:~/tex:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//).</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(config.ps)</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> =></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> /usr/local/texmf/dvips/config/config.ps</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> search(file=/root/.dvipsrc,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> must_exist=0,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> find_all=0,</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> path=.:~/tex:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//).</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">search(file=/home/goossens/.dvipsrc,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> must_exist=1,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> find_all=0,</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> path=.:~/tex/dvips//:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//).</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search($HOME/.dvipsrc)</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> =></span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> search(file=config.cms,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> must_exist=0,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> find_all=0,</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> path=.:~/tex/dvips//:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//).</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(config.cms)</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">=>/usr/local/texmf/dvips/cms/config.cms</span> +</div> + <table class="caption" +><tr valign="baseline" class="caption"><td class="id">Figure 1: </td><td +class="content">Finding configuration files</td></tr></table><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-61031r1 --> +<div class="BVerbatimInput"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> search(file=texc.pro,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> must\_exist=0,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> find\_all=0,</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> path=.:~/tex/dvips//:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//:</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> ~/tex/fonts/type1//:!!/usr/local/texmf/fonts/type1//).</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(texc.pro)</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> =></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> /usr/local/texmf/dvips/base/texc.pro</span> +</div> + <table class="caption" +><tr valign="baseline" class="caption"><td class="id">Figure 2: </td><td +class="content">Finding the prolog file</td></tr></table><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-61036r2 --> +<div class="BVerbatimInput"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> search(file=cmr10.tfm,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> must\_exist=1,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> find\_all=0,</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> path=.:~/tex/fonts/tfm//:!!/usr/local/texmf/fonts/tfm//:</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> /var/tex/fonts/tfm//).</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(cmr10.tfm)</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> =></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> /usr/local/texmf/fonts/tfm/public/cm/cmr10.tfm</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> search(file=texps.pro,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> must\_exist=0,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> find\_all=0,</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> ...</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"><texps.pro></span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> search(file=cmr10.pfb,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> must\_exist=0,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> find\_all=0,</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> path=.:~/tex/dvips//:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//:</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> ~/tex/fonts/type1//:!!/usr/local/texmf/fonts/type1//).</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(cmr10.pfb)</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> =></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> /usr/local/texmf/fonts/type1/public/cm/cmr10.pfb</span> +<br /><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"><cmr10.pfb>[1]</span> +</div> + <table class="caption" +><tr valign="baseline" class="caption"><td class="id">Figure 3: </td><td +class="content">Finding the font file</td></tr></table><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-61049r3 --> + + + </td></tr></table></div><hr class="endfloat" /> +<!--l. 2550--><p class="indent"> <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>starts by locating its working files. First, <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf </span>is found, which gives the definitions of the +search paths for the other files, then the file database <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R </span>(to optimize file searching) and the file +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">aliases</span>, which makes it possible to declare several names (e.g., a short DOS-like 8.3 and a more natural +longer version) for the same file. Then <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>goes on to find the generic configuration file <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">config.ps</span> +before looking for the customization file <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.dvipsrc </span>(which, in this case is <span +class="ec-lmri-10">not found</span>). Finally, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>locates +the config file for the Computer Modern PostScript fonts <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">config.cms </span>(this was initiated +with the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-Pcms </span>option on the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>command). This file contains the list of the map files +which define the relation between the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>, PostScript and file system names of the fonts. +<div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2564--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span class="underline"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">more</span> <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">/usr/local/texmf/dvips/cms/config.cms</span></span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> p</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> +ams.map</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> p</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> +cms.map</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> p</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> +cmbkm.map</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> p</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> +amsbkm.map</span> +</div> +</div> <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>thus goes on to find all these files, plus the generic map file <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">psfonts.map</span>, which is always loaded +(it contains declarations for commonly used PostScript fonts; see the last part of Section <a +href="#x1-600008.2.3">8.2.3<!--tex4ht:ref: SExamplesofuse --></a> for more +details about PostScript map file handling). +<!--l. 2577--><p class="indent"> At this point <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>identifies itself to the user: <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2578--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">This</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> is</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> dvips(k)</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 5.92b</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> Copyright</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> 2002</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> Radical</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> Eye</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> Software</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> (www.radicaleye.com)</span> +</div> +</div> Then it goes on to look for the prolog file <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texc.pro</span>: <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2583--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> search(file=texc.pro,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> must_exist=0,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> find_all=0,</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> path=.:~/tex/dvips//:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//:</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> ~/tex/fonts/type1//:!!/usr/local/texmf/fonts/type1//).</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(texc.pro)</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> =></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> /usr/local/texmf/dvips/base/texc.pro</span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 2594--><p class="indent"> After having found the file in question, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>outputs date and time, and informs us that it will +generate the file <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">hello-world.ps</span>, then that it needs the font file <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">cmr10</span>, and that the latter is declared +as “resident” (no bitmaps needed): <div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 2599--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">TeX</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> output</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> 1998.02.26:1204’</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> -></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> hello-world.ps</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">Defining</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> font</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> ()</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> cmr10</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> at</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> 10.0pt</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">Font</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> cmr10</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> <CMR10></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> is</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> resident.</span> +</div> +</div> Now the search is on for the file <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">cmr10.tfm</span>, which is found, then a few more prolog files (not shown) are +referenced, and finally the Type 1 instance <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">cmr10.pfb </span>of the font is located and included in the output +file (see last line). <div class="alltt"> + + +<!--l. 2608--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> search(file=cmr10.tfm,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> must_exist=1,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> find_all=0,</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> path=.:~/tex/fonts/tfm//:!!/usr/local/texmf/fonts/tfm//:</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> /var/tex/fonts/tfm//).</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(cmr10.tfm)</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> =></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> /usr/local/texmf/fonts/tfm/public/cm/cmr10.tfm</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> search(file=texps.pro,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> must_exist=0,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> find_all=0,</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> ...</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"><texps.pro></span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> search(file=cmr10.pfb,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> must_exist=0,</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> find_all=0,</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> path=.:~/tex/dvips//:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//:</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> </span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> ~/tex/fonts/type1//:!!/usr/local/texmf/fonts/type1//).</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(cmr10.pfb)</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> =></span><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"> /usr/local/texmf/fonts/type1/public/cm/cmr10.pfb</span> +<br><span +class="ec-lmtt-9"><cmr10.pfb>[1]</span> +</div> +</div> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.3 </span> <a + id="x1-620008.3"></a>Runtime options</h4> +<!--l. 2625--><p class="noindent">Another useful feature of Web2C is its possibility to control a number of memory parameters +(in particular, array sizes) via the runtime file <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf </span>read by Kpathsea. The memory +settings can be found in Part 3 of that file in the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live distribution. The more important +are: +<!--l. 2631--><p class="noindent"> + <dl class="list1"><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">main_memory</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Total words of memory available, for <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>, Metafont and MetaPost. You must + make a new format file for each different setting. For instance, you could generate a “huge” + version of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>, and call the format file <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">hugetex.fmt</span>. Using the standard way of specifying + the program name used by Kpathsea, the particular value of the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">main_memory </span>variable will + then be read from <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf</span>. etc.). + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">extra_mem_bot</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Extra space for “large” <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> data structures: boxes, glue, breakpoints, etc. + Especially useful if you use PI C<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">font_mem_size</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Number of words for font information available for <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>. This is more or less + the total size of all TFM files read. + </dd><dt class="list"> + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">hash_extra</span> </dt><dd +class="list">Additional space for the hash table of control sequence names. Approximately 10,000 + control sequences can be stored in the main hash table; if you have a large book with + numerous cross-references, this might not be enough. The default value of <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">hash_extra </span>is + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">50000</span>.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 2656--><p class="noindent">Of course, this facility is no substitute for truly dynamic arrays and memory allocation, but since these +are extremely difficult to implement in the present <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> source, these runtime parameters provide a +practical compromise allowing some flexibility. +<!--l. 2764--><p class="noindent"> + <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9 </span> <a + id="x1-630009"></a>Acknowledgements</h3> + + +<!--l. 2766--><p class="noindent"><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live is a joint effort by virtually all of the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> user groups. This edition of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live was +overseen by Sebastian Rahtz and Karl Berry. The other principal contributors are listed +below. + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize">The German-speaking <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Users (DANTE e.V.), who provide the hardware for the + <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live source repository; and Rainer Schöpf and Reinhard Zierke who look after it. + DANTE officers Volker Schaa and Klaus Höppner coordinate production with the Lehmann’s + Bookstore (<span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.lob.de" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.lob.de</span></a></span>). + </li> + <li class="itemize">The Perforce corporation (<span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.perforce.com" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.perforce.com</span></a></span>), for providing a free copy of their + excellent change management system, which we use to manage the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live sources. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Peter Breitenlohner and the e-<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> team for the stable foundation of future <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>’s. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Thomas Esser, without whose marvelous te<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> package <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live would certainly not + exist, and whose continual help makes it a better product. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Michel Goossens, who co-authored the original documentation. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Eitan Gurari, whose <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>4ht was used to create the HTML version of this documentation, + and who worked tirelessly to improve it at short notice. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Hans Hagen, for major testing and making the Con<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>t format conform to <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live’s + needs. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Paweł Jackowski, for the Windows installer <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tlpm</span>, and Tomasz Łuczak, for <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui</span>. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Hàn Thê´ Thành, Martin Schröder, and the pdf<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> team for continuing enhancements of + <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>’s abilities. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Petr Olsak, who coordinated and checked all the Czech and Slovak material very carefully. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Fabrice Popineau, for the Windows binaries in <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Staszek Wawrykiewicz, the principal tester for all of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, and coordinator of the many + major Polish contributions: fonts, Windows installation, and more. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Olaf Weber, for his patient assembly and maintenance of Web2C, upon which all else + depends. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Gerben Wierda, for creating and maintaining the Mac OS X support, and much integration + and testing. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Graham Williams, on whose work the catalogue of packages depends. + </li></ul> +<!--l. 2823--><p class="indent"> Builders of the binaries: Tigran Aivazian (<span +class="ec-lmss-10">x86_64-linux</span>), Manfred Lotz (<span +class="ec-lmss-10">i386-freebsd</span>), Fabrice +Popineau (<span +class="ec-lmss-10">win32</span>), Norbert Preining (<span +class="ec-lmss-10">alpha-linux</span>), Vladimir Volovich (<span +class="ec-lmss-10">powerpc-aix</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">sparc-linux</span>, +<span +class="ec-lmss-10">sparc-solaris</span>), Staszek Wawrykiewicz (<span +class="ec-lmss-10">i386-linux</span>), Olaf Weber (<span +class="ec-lmss-10">mips-irix</span>), Gerben Wierda (<span +class="ec-lmss-10">i386-darwin</span>, +<span +class="ec-lmss-10">powerpc-darwin</span>). +<!--l. 2834--><p class="indent"> Documentation and translation updates: Karl Berry (English), Daniel Flipo & Fabrice Popineau + +(French), Günter Partosch & Hartmut Henkel (German), Petr Sojka & Jan Busa (Czech/Slovak), Boris +Veytsman (Russian), Staszek Wawrykiewicz (Polish). +<!--l. 2842--><p class="indent"> Of course the most important acknowledgement must go to Donald Knuth, first for inventing <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>, +and then for giving it to the world. +<!--l. 2846--><p class="noindent"> + <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10 </span> <a + id="x1-6400010"></a>Release history</h3> +<!--l. 2849--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1 </span> <a + id="x1-6500010.1"></a>Past</h4> +<!--l. 2851--><p class="noindent">Discussion began in late 1993 when the Dutch <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Users Group was starting work on its 4All<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> CD +for MS-DOS users, and it was hoped at that time to issue a single, rational, CD for all systems. This was +too ambitious a target for the time, but it did spawn not only the very successful 4All<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> +CD, but also the TUG Technical Council working group on a <span class="TEX"><span +class="ec-lmri-10">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="ec-lmri-10">E</span></span><span +class="ec-lmri-10">X</span></span> <span +class="ec-lmri-10">Directory Structure </span>(<span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://tug.org/tds" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/tds</span></a></span>), which specified how to create consistent and manageable collections of +<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> support files. A complete draft of the TDS was published in the December 1995 issue +of <span +class="ec-lmro-10">TUGboat</span>, and it was clear from an early stage that one desirable product would be a +model structure on CD. The distribution you now have is a very direct result of the working +group’s deliberations. It was also clear that the success of the 4All<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> CD showed that Unix +users would benefit from a similarly easy system, and this is the other main strand of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> +Live. +<!--l. 2867--><p class="indent"> We first undertook to make a new Unix-based TDS CD in the autumn of 1995, and quickly identified +Thomas Esser’s te<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> as the ideal setup, as it already had multi-platform support and was built with +portability across file systems in mind. Thomas agreed to help, and work began seriously at the start of +1996. The first edition was released in May 1996. At the start of 1997, Karl Berry completed a major new +release of Web2c, which included nearly all the features which Thomas Esser had added in te<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>, and +we decided to base the 2nd edition of the CD on the standard Web2C, with the addition of te<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>’s +<span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig </span>script. The 3rd edition of the CD was based on a major revision of Web2C, 7.2, by Olaf +Weber; at the same time, a new revision of te<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> was being made, and <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live included +almost all of its features. The 4th edition followed the same pattern, using a new version of +te<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>, and a new release of Web2C (7.3). The system now included a complete Windows +setup. +<!--l. 2883--><p class="indent"> For the 5th edition (March 2000) many parts of the CD were revised and checked, updating hundreds +of packages. Package details were stored in XML files. But the major change for <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live 5 was that all +non-free software was removed. Everything in <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live is now intended to be compatible with the +Debian Free Software Guidelines (<span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.debian.org/intro/free" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.debian.org/intro/free</span></a></span>); we have done our best to +check the license conditions of all packages, but we would very much appreciate hearing of any +mistakes. +<!--l. 2892--><p class="indent"> The 6th edition (July 2001) had much more material updated. The major change was a new install +concept: the user could select a more exact set of needed collections. Language-related collections were +completely reorganized, so selecting any of them installs not only macros, fonts, etc., but also prepares an +appropriate <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">language.dat</span>. +<!--l. 2898--><p class="indent"> The 7th edition of 2002 had the notable addition of Mac OS X support, and the usual myriad of +updates to all sorts of packages and programs. An important goal was integration of the source back with +te<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>, to correct the drift apart in versions 5 and 6. +<!--l. 2903--><p class="noindent"> + + + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1.1 </span> <a + id="x1-6600010.1.1"></a>2003</h5> +<!--l. 2905--><p class="noindent">In 2003, with the continuing flood of updates and additions, we found that <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live had grown so large +it could no longer be contained on a single CD, so we split it into three different distributions (see +section <a +href="#x1-70002.1">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>, p. <a +href="#x1-70002.1">6<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>). In addition: + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize">At the request of the <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> team, we changed the standard <span +class="ec-lmss-10">latex </span>and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">pdflatex </span>commands + to now use e-<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> (see p. <a +href="#x1-100002.4">8<!--tex4ht:ref: text:etex --></a>). + </li> + <li class="itemize">The new Latin Modern fonts were included (and are recommended). + </li> + <li class="itemize">Support for Alpha OSF was removed (HPUX support was removed previously), since no one + had (or volunteered) hardware available on which to compile new binaries. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Windows setup was substantially changed; for the first time an integrated environment based + on XEmacs was introduced. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Important supplementary programs for Windows (Perl, Ghostscript, ImageMagick, Ispell) + are now installed in the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live installation directory. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Font map files used by <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm </span>and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex </span>are now generated by the new program + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">updmap </span>and installed into <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf/fonts/map</span>. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>, Metafont, and MetaPost now, by default, output most input characters (32 and above) + as themselves in output (e.g., <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">\write</span></span></span>) files, log files, and the terminal, i.e., <span +class="ec-lmri-10">not </span>translated + using the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">^^</span></span></span> notation. In <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live 7, this translation was dependent on the system locale + settings; now, locale settings do not influence the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> programs’ behavior. If for some reason + you need the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">^^</span></span></span> output, rename the file <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf/web2c/cp8bit.tcx</span></span></span>. (Future releases will + have cleaner ways to control this.) + </li> + <li class="itemize">This documentation was substantially revised. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Finally, since the edition numbers had grown unwieldy, the version is now simply identified + by the year: <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live 2003.</li></ul> +<!--l. 2943--><p class="noindent"> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1.2 </span> <a + id="x1-6700010.1.2"></a>2004</h5> +<!--l. 2945--><p class="noindent">2004 saw many changes: + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize">If you have locally-installed fonts which use their own <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.map </span>or (much less likely) <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.enc </span>support + files, you may need to move those support files. + <!--l. 2953--><p class="noindent"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.map </span>files are now searched for in subdirectories of <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">fonts/map </span>only (in each <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf </span>tree), + along the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXFONTMAPS </span>path. Similarly, <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.enc </span>files are now searched for in subdirectories of + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">fonts/enc </span>only, along the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ENCFONTS </span>path. <span +class="ec-lmss-10">updmap </span>will attempt to warn about problematic + files. + <!--l. 2960--><p class="noindent">For methods of handling this and other information, please see <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://tug.org/texlive/mapenc.html" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/texlive/mapenc.html</span></a></span>. + + </li> + <li class="itemize">The <span class="TEX"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">E</span></span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">X</span></span><span +class="ec-lmss-10"> Collection</span> has been expanded with the addition of a MiK<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>-based installable + CD, for those who prefer that implementation to Web2C. See section <a +href="#x1-60002">2<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:struct-tl --></a> (p. <a +href="#x1-60002">6<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:struct-tl --></a>). + </li> + <li class="itemize">Within <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, the single large <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf </span>tree of previous releases has been replaced by three: + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf</span>, <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-dist</span>, and <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-doc</span>. See section <a +href="#x1-80002.2">2.2<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:tld --></a> (p. <a +href="#x1-80002.2">7<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:tld --></a>), and the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">README </span>files for each. + </li> + <li class="itemize">All <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>-related input files are now collected in the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tex </span>subdirectory of <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf* </span>trees, + rather than having separate sibling directories <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tex</span>, <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">etex</span>, <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">pdftex</span>, <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">pdfetex</span>, etc. See + <a +href="../../../../texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html#Extensions" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html#Extensions</span></a>. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Helper scripts (not meant to be invoked by users) are now located in a new <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">scripts</span> + directory of <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf* </span>trees, and searched for via <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span><span +class="ec-lmtt-10"> -format=texmfscripts</span></span></span>. + So if you have programs which call such scripts, they’ll need to be adjusted. See + <a +href="../../../../texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html#Scripts" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html#Scripts</span></a>. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Almost all formats leave most characters printable as themselves via the “translation + file” <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">cp227.tcx</span>, instead of translating them with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">^^</span></span></span> notation. Specifically, characters + at positions 32–256, plus tab, vertical tab, and form feed are considered printable and + not translated. The exceptions are plain <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> (only 32–126 printable), Con<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>t (0–255 + printable), and the Omega-related formats. This default behavior is almost the same as in + <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live 2003, but it’s implemented more cleanly, with more possibilities for customization. + See <a +href="../../../../texmf/doc/web2c/web2c.html#TCX-files" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf/doc/web2c/web2c.html#TCX-files</span></a>. (By the way, with Unicode input, <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> may + output partial character sequences when showing error contexts, since it is byte-oriented.) + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">pdfetex </span>is now the default engine for all formats except (plain) <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tex </span>itself. (Of course + it generates DVI when run as <span +class="ec-lmss-10">latex</span>, etc.) This means, among other things, that the + microtypographic features of <span +class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex </span>are available in <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span>, Con<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>t, etc., as well as the + e-<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> features (<a +href="../../../../texmf-dist/doc/etex/base/" >texmf-dist/doc/etex/base/</a>). + <!--l. 3007--><p class="noindent">It also means it’s <span +class="ec-lmri-10">more important than ever </span>to use the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">ifpdf </span>package (works with both plain + and <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span>) or equivalent code, because simply testing whether <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">\pdfoutput </span>or some other + primitive is defined is not a reliable way to determine if PDF output is being generated. We + made this backward compatible as best we could this year, but next year, <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">\pdfoutput </span>may + be defined even when DVI is being written. + </li> + <li class="itemize">pdf<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> (<span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://pdftex.org" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://pdftex.org</span></a></span>) has many new features: + <ul class="itemize2"> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">\pdfmapfile </span>and <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">\pdfmapline </span>provide font map support from within a document. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Microtypographic font expansion can be used more easily. + <br class="newline"><span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-May/000504.html" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-May/000504.html</span></a></span> + </li> + <li class="itemize">All parameters previously set through the special configuration file <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">pdftex.cfg </span>must + now be set through primitives, typically in <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">pdftexconfig.tex</span>; <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">pdftex.cfg </span>is no + longer supported. Any extant <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">.fmt </span>files must be redumped when <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">pdftexconfig.tex</span> + is changed. + + </li> + <li class="itemize">See the pdf<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> manual for more: <a +href="../../../../texmf/doc/pdftex/manual" >texmf/doc/pdftex/manual</a>. + </li></ul> + </li> + <li class="itemize">The <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">\input </span>primitive in <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tex </span>(and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">mf </span>and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">mpost</span>) now accepts double quotes containing spaces and + other special characters. Typical examples: + + + <table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim"> + <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb13"> +<a + id="x1-67002r1"></a>  \input "filename with spaces"   % plain +<br class="fancyvrb"><a + id="x1-67004r2"></a>  \input{"filename with spaces"}  % latex +</div> +</div> + </td></tr></table> + <!--l. 3041--><p class="nopar">See the Web2C manual for more: <a +href="../../../../texmf/doc/web2c" >texmf/doc/web2c</a>. + </li> + <li class="itemize">enc<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> support is now included within Web2C and consequently all <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> programs, via the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-enc</span> + option — <span +class="ec-lmri-10">only when formats are built</span>. enc<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> supports general re-encoding of input and output, + enabling full support of Unicode (in UTF-8). See <a +href="../../../../texmf-dist/doc/generic/enctex/" >texmf-dist/doc/generic/enctex/</a> and <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.olsak.net/enctex.html" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.olsak.net/enctex.html</span></a></span>. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Aleph, a new engine combining e-<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> and Omega, is available. A little information is available in + <a +href="../../../../texmf-dist/doc/aleph/base" >texmf-dist/doc/aleph/base</a> and <span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=aleph" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=aleph</span></a></span>. + The <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span>-based format for Aleph is named <span +class="ec-lmss-10">lamed</span>. + </li> + <li class="itemize">The latest <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> release has a new version of the LPPL — now officially a Debian-approved + license. Assorted other updates, see the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">ltnews </span>files in <a +href="../../../../texmf-dist/doc/latex/base" >texmf-dist/doc/latex/base</a>. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvipng</span>, a new program for converting DVI to PNG image files, is included. See + <a +href="../../../../texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipng.1" >texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipng.1</a>. + </li> + <li class="itemize">We reduced the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">cbgreek </span>package to a “medium” sized set of fonts, with the assent and advice of the + author (Claudio Beccari). The excised fonts are the invisible, outline, and transparency ones, which + are relatively rarely used, and we needed the space. The full set is of course available from CTAN (<span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/greek/cb" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/greek/cb</span></a></span>). + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">oxdvi </span>has been removed; just use <span +class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi</span>. + </li> + <li class="itemize">The <span +class="ec-lmss-10">ini </span>and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">vir </span>commands (links) for <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tex</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">mf</span>, and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">mpost </span>are no longer created, such as <span +class="ec-lmss-10">initex</span>. The + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">ini </span>functionality has been available through the command-line option <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">-ini </span>for years + now. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="ec-lmss-10">i386-openbsd </span>platform support was removed. Since the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tetex </span>package in the BSD Ports system is + available, and GNU/Linux and FreeBSD binaries were available, it seemed volunteer time could be + better spent elsewhere. + </li> + <li class="itemize">On <span +class="ec-lmss-10">sparc-solaris </span>(at least), you may have to set the <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">LD_LIBRARY_PATH </span>environment + variable to run the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">t1utils </span>programs. This is because they are compiled with C++, and + there is no standard location for the runtime libraries. (This is not new in 2004, but + wasn’t previously documented.) Similarly, on <span +class="ec-lmss-10">mips-irix</span>, the MIPSpro 7.4 runtimes are + required. + </li></ul> + + +<!--l. 3092--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2 </span> <a + id="x1-6800010.2"></a>Present</h4> +<!--l. 3095--><p class="noindent">2005 saw the usual huge number of updates to packages and programs. The infrastructure stayed +relatively stable from 2004, but inevitably there were some changes there as well: + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize">New scripts <span +class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig-sys</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">updmap-sys</span>, and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">fmtutil-sys </span>were introduced, which modify the + configuration in the system trees. The <span +class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">updmap</span>, and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">fmtutil </span>scripts now modify + user-specific files, under <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME/.texlive2005</span>. See section <a +href="#x1-170004.1">4.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a>, p. <a +href="#x1-170004.1">26<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a>. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Corresponding new variables <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFCONFIG </span>and <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSCONFIG </span>to specify the trees where + configuration files (user or system, respectively) are found. Thus, you may need to move + personal versions of <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">fmtutil.cnf </span>and <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">updmap.cfg </span>to these places; another option is to + redefine <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFCONFIG </span>or <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSCONFIG </span>in <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf</span>. In any case the real location of + these files and the values of <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFCONFIG </span>and <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSCONFIG </span>must agree. See section <a +href="#x1-90002.3">2.3<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texmftrees --></a>, + p. <a +href="#x1-90002.3">7<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texmftrees --></a>. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Last year, we kept <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">\pdfoutput</span></span></span> and other primitives undefined for DVI output, even though + the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">pdfetex </span>program was being used. This year, as promised, we undid that compatibility + measure. So if your document uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined</span></span></span> to test if PDF is being + output, it will need to be changed. You can use the package <span +class="ec-lmss-10">ifpdf.sty </span>(which works under + both plain <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> and <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span>) to do this, or steal its logic. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Last year, we changed most formats to output (8-bit) characters as themselves (see previous + section). The new TCX file <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">empty.tcx </span>now provides an easier way to get the original <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">^^</span></span></span> notation if + you so desire, as in: + + + <table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim"> + <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb14"> +<a + id="x1-68002r1"></a>  latex --translate-file=empty.tcx yourfile.tex +</div> +</div> + </td></tr></table> + <!--l. 3133--><p class="nopar"> + </li> + <li class="itemize">The new program <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx </span>is included for translation of DVI to PDF; this is an actively + maintained update of <span +class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm </span>(which is also still available for now, though no longer + recommended). + </li> + <li class="itemize">The new programs <span +class="ec-lmss-10">pdfopen </span>and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">pdfclose </span>are included to allow reloading of pdf files in the Adobe + Acrobat Reader without restarting the program. (Other pdf readers, notably <span +class="ec-lmss-10">xpdf</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">gv</span>, and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">gsview</span>, + have never suffered from this problem.) + </li> + <li class="itemize">For consistency, the variables <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">HOMETEXMF </span>and <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">VARTEXMF </span>have been renamed to <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFHOME </span>and + <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSVAR</span>, respectively. There is also <span +class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFVAR</span>, which is by default user-specific. See the first + point above. + </li></ul> +<!--l. 3154--><p class="noindent"> + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3 </span> <a + id="x1-6900010.3"></a>Future</h4> +<!--l. 3156--><p class="noindent"><span class="TEX"><span +class="ec-lmri-10">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="ec-lmri-10">E</span></span><span +class="ec-lmri-10">X</span></span> <span +class="ec-lmri-10">Live is not perfect! </span>(And never will be.) We intend to continue to release new versions yearly, and +would like to provide more help material, more utilities, more installation programs, and (of course) an +ever-improved and checked tree of macros and fonts. This work is all done by hard-pressed volunteers in +their limited spare time, and a great deal remains to be done. If you can help, don’t hesitate to put your +name forward! +<!--l. 3164--><p class="indent"> Please send corrections, suggestions, and offers of help to: + <div class="quote"> + <!--l. 3166--><p class="noindent">Sebastian Rahtz  /  7 Stratfield Road  /  Oxford OX2 7BG  /  UK + <br class="newline"><a +href="mailto:tex-live@tug.org" ><span class="path"><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">tex-live@tug.org</span></span></a> + <br class="newline"><span class="obeylines-h"><a +href="http://tug.org/texlive" class="url" ><span +class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/texlive</span></a></span></div> +<!--l. 3172--><p class="noindent"><span +class="ec-lmro-10">Happy </span><span class="TEX"><span +class="ec-lmro-10">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="ec-lmro-10">E</span></span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">X</span></span><span +class="ec-lmro-10">ing!</span> + <div class="footnotes"><!--l. 1291--><p class="indent"> <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x0-bk" id="fn1x0"><sup>1</sup></a></span><span +class="ec-lmr-8">Not free, that is, in the sense of freedom to modify and redistribute, following free software guidelines. This does</span> +<span +class="ec-lmr-8">not mean you can’t acquire them for no money.</span> </div> + +</body></html> + + + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..61609909b9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/tex-live.css b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/tex-live.css new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5062bc0d229 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/tex-live.css @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* $Id$ + Simple CSS for TeX Live that adds margins and a little color. + original by Bzyl Wlodzimierz, edited by Karl Berry, 2005. + Public domain. */ + +html { + // top left bottom right + margin: 15pt 15pt 15pt 15pt; + background: rgb(255,255,224); +} + +body { + margin: 0 5pt 0 5pt; + padding: 0; + //matw: background: rgb(224,255,224); + // (It looks better to me to have a consistent background --karl) +// fonts in browser are low resolution; +// therefore generated serif are poor quality, +// so they disturb reading (that is my opinion) + font-family: sans-serif; + font-style: normal; +} + +/* (It looks better to me to not vary colors at every level --karl) */ + +h3.sectionHead { + padding: 12pt 10pt 12pt 20pt; + //matw: background: rgb(192,224,255); + background: rgb(224,224,255); + color: rgb(0,0,32); +} + +h4.subsectionHead { + padding: 7pt 10pt 7pt 40pt; + background: rgb(224,224,255); + color: rgb(0,0,32); +} + +h5.subsubsectionHead { + padding: 3pt 10pt 3pt 40pt; + //matw: background: rgb(224,255,255); + background: rgb(224,224,255); + color: rgb(0,0,32); +} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7816c1516b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 1-3-1 on page 12. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ragged2e} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The right column shows the input text to be treated by +\LaTeX{} with preamble material shown in blue. In the +left column one sees the result after typesetting. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-2.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-2.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b769a8d500a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-2.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 1-3-2 on page 12. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}% + {-2.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.5ex \@plus .2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + which might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr,lastpage} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\fancyhf{} % --- clear all fields +\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\leftmark} +\fancyfoot[C]{Page \thepage\ + of \pageref{LastPage}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\section{A test} +\sample \par \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..391575985e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 1-3-3 on page 13. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{303.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \usepackage{ragged2e} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + This is a wide line, whose input commands and output result cannot + be shown nicely in two columns. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb2275ab69 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 1-3-4 on page 13. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[leqno]{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} (a+b)^2 = a^2+2ab+b^2 \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..379896a4682 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 1-3-5 on page 14. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\makeatletter % `@' now normal "letter" +\@addtoreset{equation}{section} +\makeatother % `@' is restored as "non-letter" +\renewcommand\theequation{\oldstylenums{\thesection}% + .\oldstylenums{\arabic{equation}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Equations\ldots} +\begin{equation} (a+b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2\end{equation} +\begin{equation} (a-b)^2 = a^2 - 2ab + b^2\end{equation} + +\section{\ldots per section} +\begin{equation} (a+b)(a-b) = a^2 - b^2 \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b114c834e2e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-1 on page 595. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{boxedminipage} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{boxedminipage}[t]{5cm} + This is an example of a small boxed minipage + sporting a footnote\footnote{Very simple example} + and a \verb=\verb= command. +\end{boxedminipage} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d6ba7f60cab --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-10 on page 599. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our + page that is reused over and over again.} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-6pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\textwidth{-46pt} % space for frame in example +\sloppy % since the measure is ridiculous + % in the example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{color,fancybox} +\fancyput(2in,-1.2in) + {\Huge\bfseries + \textcolor{blue}{DRAFT}} +% \sample as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\sample\sample +\section{A Test} \sample \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ba93c8a13a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-11 on page 600. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancybox} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\begin{Bflushleft}[b] + \begin{Bflushleft}[t] A A A\\ A A A\\ A A + \end{Bflushleft} \HR + \begin{Bflushright}[t] B\\ B B B\\ B B B\\ B B + \end{Bflushright} \par\vspace{0pt} +\end{Bflushleft} \HR +\begin{Bcenter} C C C\\ C\\ C C\end{Bcenter} \HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3e22ba93f7d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-12 on page 600. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancybox} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Test: \fbox{\begin{Bitemize}[t] + \item First item + \item A second one\\ on two lines + \item(2pt) A third with extra space + \end{Bitemize}} + \par\bigskip +Test: \fbox{\begin{Beqnarray} + y & = & x^2 \\ + a^2 + 2ab + b^2 & = & (a + b)^2 \\ + \int_0^\infty e^{-ax} dx & = & \frac{1}{a} + \end{Beqnarray}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5f43bf86222 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-13 on page 602. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic}\setlength{\unitlength}{1pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(150,80)(0,0) + \dottedline{2}(0,00)(50,20)(100,80)(150,0) + \thicklines + \dottedline{5}(0,0)(30,50)(70,50)(90,30)(150,20) +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c740b9e4b9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-14 on page 602. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic} +\setlength{\unitlength}{1pt} \thicklines +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(140,110)(0,0) + \dottedline {2}(0,110)(140,110) + \dottedline[$\diamond$]{10}(0,110)(140,110) + \dottedline {2}(20,0)(40,0)(50,40)(120,0) + \dottedline[*]{10}(20,0)(40,0)(50,40)(120,0) + \dottedline {2}(0,0)(30,90)(70,50)(140,0) + \dottedline[\LaTeX]{20}(0,0)(30,90)(70,50)(140,0) +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..70dac275762 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-15 on page 603. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic} +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(70,22)(0,-2) +\dashline{3}[0.7](0,20)(63,20) +\thicklines +\dashline{3}(0,16)(63,16) +\dashline[-30]{3}(0,12)(63,12) +\dashline[+15]{3}(0,8)(63,8) +\dashline[+30]{3}(0,4)(63,4) +\dashline[+30]{3}[0.7](0,0)(63,0) +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..238222986af --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-16 on page 604. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic} \setlength{\unitlength}{2mm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(25,14) + \drawline(0,0)(0,7)(5,14)(10,7) + (0,7)(10,0)(0,0)(10,7)(10,0) + + \thicklines + \drawline[70](15,0)(15,7)(20,14)(25,7) + (15,7)(25,0)(15,0)(25,7)(25,0) +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7803e83755d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-17 on page 605. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic} \setlength{\unitlength}{1pt} +\newcommand\cb{\makebox(0,0){$\bullet$}} +\newcommand\cd{\makebox(0,0){$\diamond$}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(80,80) + \begin{dashjoin}[30]{10} + \jput(0,0){\cb}\jput(30,70){\cb}\jput(70,50){\cb}\jput(80,60){\cb} + \end{dashjoin} + \begin{dottedjoin}{5} + \jput(0,30){\cd}\jput(20,30){\cd}\jput(45,0){\cd}\jput(60,80){\cd} + \jput(80,50){\cd} + \end{dottedjoin} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..57416dcd137 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-18 on page 606. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic} \renewcommand\put{\jput} % <- always use \jput +\begin{filecontents}{test.put} +0 0 % sample data in external file +30 70 % note that coordinates are +70 50 % separated by a space +80 60 +\end{filecontents} +\newcommand\cd{\makebox(0,0){$\diamond$}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(80,80) + \begin{dashjoin}{6}[2] \putfile{test.put}{\cd} \end{dashjoin} + \put(30,75){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\scriptsize maximum}} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9c6be789bc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-19 on page 607. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(100,60) + \put(0,45){\grid(100,30)(20,5)} + \scriptsize % used to influence the size of the numbers + \multiputlist(0,40)(20,0){1.00,1.25,1.50,1.75,2.00,2.25} + + \put(0,0){\tiny\grid(60,20)(10,10)[-50,0]} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d8558ab83f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-2 on page 595. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{shadow} +\setlength\sdim{10pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\shabox{\parbox{6cm}{A complete + paragraph can be highlighted by + putting it in a parbox, + nested inside a \texttt{shabox}.}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..aa5031f4f1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-20 on page 607. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic} \setlength{\unitlength}{2pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(62,32) \thicklines + \matrixput(0,0)(10,0){7}(0,10){4}{\circle{2}} + \matrixput(10,0)(20,0){3}(0,20){2}{\circle*{2}} + \matrixput(0,10)(20,0){4}(0,20){2}{\circle*{2}} + \matrixput(1,0)(10,0){6}(0,10){4}{\line(1,0){8}} + \matrixput(0,1)(10,0){7}(0,10){3}{\line(0,1){8}} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..95aa1720ad8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-21 on page 608. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\makeatletter + \def\@badlinearg{\typeout{Normally this gives an error, but + for the example in the book we carry on}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(0,0) + \put(0,0) {\circle{80}} \put(0,0) {\circle*{24}} + \put(30,0){\circle{40}} \put(30,0){\circle*{16}} + \put(15,0){\oval(90,60)} + \put(0,12){\line(15,-2){30}}\put(0,-12){\line(15,2){30}} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a0bee068900 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-22 on page 609. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{eepic} \setlength\maxovaldiam{60pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(0,0) + \put(0,0) {\circle{80}} \put(0,0) {\circle*{24}} + \put(30,0){\circle{40}} \put(30,0){\circle*{16}} + \put(15,0){\oval(90,60)} + \put(0,12){\line(15,-2){30}}\put(0,-12){\line(15,2){30}} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..31298292f12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-23 on page 609. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic,eepic} \setlength{\unitlength}{2mm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(25,14) + \drawline(0,0)(0,7)(5,14)(10,7) + (0,7)(10,0)(0,0)(10,7)(10,0) + \thicklines + \drawline[70](15,0)(15,7)(20,14)(25,7) + (15,7)(25,0)(15,0)(25,7)(25,0) +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-24.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dcb01300816 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-24.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-24 on page 612. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{curves} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setlength{\unitlength}{0.4pt} +\linethickness{0.7mm} +\begin{picture}(400,110)(-10,0) + \curve(0,0, 40,100, 80,0) + \closecurve(150,0, 190,100, 230,0) + \tagcurve(380,0, 300,0, 340,100, 380,0, 300,0) +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..472c628db85 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-25 on page 612. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic,eepic,ecltree} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{bundle}{grandfather} + \chunk{\begin{bundle}{uncle\strut} + \chunk{cousin}\drawwith{\dottedline{3}} + \end{bundle}} + \chunk{\begin{bundle}{father\strut} + \chunk[\footnotesize older]{% + \begin{bundle}{brother} + \chunk{nephew} + \end{bundle}} + \chunk{\begin{bundle}{\textbf{Me}\strut} + \chunk{\begin{bundle}{son} + \chunk{grandson} + \end{bundle}} + \chunk{daughter}\chunk{son}\chunk{son} + \end{bundle}} + \chunk[\footnotesize younger]{sister} + \end{bundle}} +\end{bundle} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-26.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b55bae81533 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-26.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-26 on page 613. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic,eepic,bar} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{barenv} +\setdepth{10}% 3-D effect +\setstretch{1.4}% stretch y-dimension +\setnumberpos{up}% numbers above bars +\setxvaluetyp{month}% (German) months on x-axis +\setxaxis{2}{12}{3}\setxname{Trimester} +\setyaxis{0}{40}{10}\setyname{Anzahl Studenten} +\bar{10}{1} \bar{30}{4} +\bar{15}{6} \bar{5}{7} +\end{barenv} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..40b16a2ced7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-27 on page 613. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{eepic,hetarom} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\decaheterov[af]{4==O} + {1==CH$_3$;6==H$_3$C;9A==H;% + {{10}A}==\lmoiety{HOCH$_2$}} +\hspace*{-15mm} +\nonaheterov[bjge]{1==S;2==N}{3==Cl} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..26c0a0d7928 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-3 on page 596. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancybox} +\usepackage{shadow} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +X \shadowbox{This is a shadowbox} +Y \shabox{This is a shabox} Z +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dac326a94e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-4 on page 596. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancybox} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\centering + \ovalbox{This is an ovalbox} +\cornersize{1} \ovalbox{This is an ovalbox} +\\[8pt] +\setlength\fboxsep{6pt} \cornersize*{7mm} +\Ovalbox{\shortstack{This is an\\Ovalbox}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..39bc1eb8ee2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-5 on page 597. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancybox,color} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cornersize{0.7} +\begin{picture}(110,40) + \put(25,20){\oval(50,40)} +\color{blue} + \put(85,20){\makebox(0,0){Test}} + \put(85,20){\fancyoval(50,40)} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..86a0dd74e74 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-6 on page 597. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancybox} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\centering +\doublebox{This is a doublebox} \\[5pt] +\setlength\fboxsep {6pt} % default 3pt +\setlength\fboxrule{2pt} +\doublebox{This is a doublebox} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..30f8a71d17a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-7 on page 597. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancybox} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\centering +\cornersize{0.8} +\ovalbox{\makebox[6cm][l] + {This is an ovalbox}} \\[8pt] +\shadowbox{\makebox[5cm] + {This is a shadowbox}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..16546f4c78d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-8 on page 598. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-6pt} % shortened for the book + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\setlength\textwidth{180pt} +\setlength\textheight{7\baselineskip} +\pagestyle{headings} + +\usepackage{fancybox} + +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our + page that is reused over and over again.} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fancypage + {\setlength\fboxsep{10pt}\ovalbox} + {\setlength{\fboxsep}{8pt}% + \setlength{\shadowsize}{8pt}% + \shadowbox} +\sample \section{A Test} +\sample\sample + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-9.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-9.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9870bbd894c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-9.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-9 on page 598. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our + page that is reused over and over again.} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-6pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\textwidth{-46pt} % space for frame in example +\sloppy % since the measure is ridiculous + % in the example +\pagestyle{origplain} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\cfoot{\thepage} +\lhead{ABC} \rhead{XYZ} +% Uncomment next line for +% proper header alignment: +% \fancyhfoffset[R]{20.8pt} +\usepackage{fancybox} +% \sample as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fancypage + {\setlength\fboxsep{10pt}% + \ovalbox} + {\setlength{\fboxsep}{8pt}% + \setlength{\shadowsize}{8pt}% + \shadowbox} +\sample\sample +\section{A Test} \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..02380aeb6c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-1 on page 617. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics,color} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{% + \setlength\fboxsep{0pt}\fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR \bluefbox{\includegraphics{w.eps}}\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e09a118af23 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-10 on page 621. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR \bluefbox{\includegraphics + [width=15mm]{w.eps}}% +\HR middle\HR + \bluefbox{\includegraphics + [height=15mm,width=25mm]{w.eps}}% +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..16e5fe1b4f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-11 on page 622. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR \bluefbox{\includegraphics + [height=15mm,width=25mm]{w.eps}}% +\HR middle\HR + \bluefbox{\includegraphics[height=15mm, + width=25mm,keepaspectratio]{w.eps}}% +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e4b8a2fc908 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-12 on page 622. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR + \bluefbox{\includegraphics + [angle=10]{w.eps}}% +\HR middle\HR + \bluefbox{\includegraphics + [angle=125]{w.eps}}% +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b81b7033891 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-13 on page 622. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR\bluefbox{\includegraphics + [angle=45,width=10mm]{w.eps}}% +\HR middle\HR +\bluefbox{\includegraphics + [width=10mm,angle=45]{w.eps}}% +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d2e5f643a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-14 on page 623. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR\bluefbox{% + \includegraphics[angle=-60,% + height=15mm]% + {w.eps}}\HR +\bluefbox{% + \includegraphics[angle=-60,% + totalheight=15mm]% + {w.eps}}\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..761acbb5224 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-15 on page 623. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR\bluefbox{\includegraphics + [angle=-60,totalheight=20mm,% + width=30mm]{w.eps}}\HR +\bluefbox{\includegraphics + [angle=-60,totalheight=20mm,% + width=30mm,keepaspectratio]% + {w.eps}}\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..335f79fd575 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-2 on page 617. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR + \bluefbox{\includegraphics + [120,120][150,180]{w.eps}} +\HR middle\HR + \bluefbox{\includegraphics* + [120,120][150,180]{w.eps}} +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0c871de63fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-3 on page 617. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR + \bluefbox{\scalebox{.5}{% + \includegraphics{w.eps}}}% +\HR middle\HR + \bluefbox{\scalebox{.5}[1.5]{% + \includegraphics{w.eps}}}% +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ba39c9d622b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-4 on page 618. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR + \bluefbox{\resizebox{10mm}{!}{% + \includegraphics{w.eps}}}% +\HR middle\HR + \bluefbox{\resizebox{20mm}{10mm}{% + \includegraphics{w.eps}}}% +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b41585db096 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-5 on page 618. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR + \bluefbox{\rotatebox{25}{% + \includegraphics{w.eps}}}% +\HR right + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3e287a14dc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-6 on page 620. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx} +% \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR + \includegraphics[draft]{w.eps}% +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c41a4eaca43 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-7 on page 621. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR\bluefbox{\includegraphics + [bb=120 120 150 180]{w.eps}}% +\HR middle\HR + \bluefbox{\includegraphics + [bb=120 120 150 180,clip]{w.eps}}% +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d3e17010e22 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-8 on page 621. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR\bluefbox{\includegraphics + [viewport=20 20 50 80]% + {w.eps}} +\HR middle\HR +\bluefbox{\includegraphics + [trim= 20 20 0 -30,clip]{w.eps}}% +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..62b2d16a38f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-9 on page 621. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR \bluefbox{\includegraphics[scale=.5]{w.eps}}\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..98ca09c7225 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-1 on page 628. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent This text is normal. \\ +\scalebox{2}{This text is large.}\\ +\scalebox{0.5}{This text is tiny.} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4c0767f25b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-10 on page 631. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{color,graphics} % or graphicx +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\bluefbox{\rotatebox{45}{% + \fbox{\parbox{3em}{Red\\Green\\Blue}}}}% +\HR\bluefbox{\rotatebox{45}{% + \fbox{\parbox[t]{3em}{Red\\Green\\Blue}}}}% +\HR\bluefbox{\rotatebox{45}{% + \fbox{\parbox[b]{3em}{Red\\Green\\Blue}}}}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b338f5ab39a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-11 on page 632. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic,pspicture,graphicx} +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\small +\setlength{\unitlength}{0.75mm} %FMi was 1mm + \begin{picture}(100,100) +%\graphpaper[5](0,0)(100,100) + \thicklines + \put(20,10){\framebox(50,80){}} +%% label points in bounding box + \put(20,10){\makebox(-1,-1)[tr]{\texttt{[lb]}}} + \put(20,35){\makebox(-1,-1)[tr]{\texttt{[lB]}}} + \put(20,35){\makebox(0,0){{\Large$\bullet$}}} + \put(20,51){\makebox(-1,+2)[br]{\texttt{[lc]} or \texttt{[l]}}} + \put(20,91){\makebox(-1,+2)[br]{\texttt{[lt]}}} + \put(45,10){\makebox(0,-1)[tc]{\texttt{[cb]} or \texttt{[b]}}} + \put(45,35){\makebox(0,-1)[tl]{\texttt{[cB]} or \texttt{[B]}}} + \put(45,51){\makebox(0,+3)[bl]{\texttt{[c]}}} + \put(45,50){\makebox(0,0){{\Large$\diamond$}}} + \put(45,91){\makebox(0,+9)[bc]{\texttt{[ct]} or \texttt{[t]}}} + \put(70,10){\makebox(1,-1)[tl]{\texttt{[rb]}}} + \put(70,35){\makebox(1,-1)[tl]{\texttt{[rB]}}} + \put(70,51){\makebox(1,+2)[bl]{\texttt{[rc]} or \texttt{[r]}}} + \put(70,91){\makebox(1,+2)[bl]{\texttt{[rt]}}} + \thinlines +%% centerlines + \dashline[+30]{3}(20,50)(70,50) + \dashline[+30]{3}(45,10)(45,90) +%% baseline + \dottedline{1}(20,35)(85,35) +%% material for vertical dimensions + \dottedline{1}(70,10)(92,10) % bottom extension to right + \dottedline{1}(70,90)(92,90) % top extension to right + \put(79,60){\Vector(0,-25)} + \put(79,65){\Vector(0,25)} + \put(79,62.5){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{height}}} + \put(79,20){\Vector(0,-10)} + \put(79,25){\Vector(0,10)} + \put(79,22.5){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{depth}}} + \put(91,44){\Vector(0,-34)} + \put(91,48){\Vector(0,42)} + \put(91,46){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{ totalheight}}} +%% material for horizontal dimension + \put(20,10){\Line(0,-8)} + \put(70,10){\Line(0,-8)} + \put(35,4){\Vector(-15,0)} + \put(55,4){\Vector(15,0)} + \put(45,4){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{width}}} +%% material for labeling center and reference points + \put(52.5,46){\Vector(-6,3.5)} + \put(52.5,45){\makebox(0,0)[tc]{\shortstack{center\\point}}} + \put(10,40){\Vector(9,-4)} + \put(10,40){\makebox(0,0)[bc]{\shortstack{reference\\point}}} +%% material for labels of axes and baseline + \put(32.5,60){\Vector(5,-9)} + \put(32.5,65){\Vector(12.,9)} + \put(32.5,61){\makebox(0,0)[bc]{centerline}} + \put(32.5,25){\Vector(5,9)} + \put(32.5,24){\makebox(0,0)[tc]{baseline}} + \end{picture} + +\begin{tabular}{l*3{>{\ttfamily}ll}} +\emph{Horizontal alignment} & l & left & r & right & c & center \\ +\emph{Vertical alignment} & t & top & b & bottom & B & baseline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..91855d69a8f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-12 on page 634. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{rotating} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Turning \begin{rotate}{-20}\Large\LaTeX\end{rotate}% + \begin{turn}{20}\verb=\LaTeX=\end{turn} a bit. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8fc655ac36c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-2 on page 629. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fbox{\scalebox{1.5}{% + \parbox{.5in}{America \&\\Europe}}} +\fbox{\scalebox{1.5}[1]{% + \parbox{.5in}{America \&\\Europe}}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9f910f2981b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-3 on page 629. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent America?\reflectbox{America?} \\ + America?\scalebox{-1}[1]{America?} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..22444f07e5c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-4 on page 629. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent America?\scalebox{-1}{America?} \\ + America?\scalebox{1}[-1]{America?}\\ + America?\makebox[0mm][r]{% + \scalebox{-1}{America?}}\\ + \makebox[0mm][l]{America?}% + \scalebox{1}[-1]{America?} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..133642142fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-5 on page 629. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fbox{\resizebox{5mm}{!}{% + \parbox{14mm}{London,\\ Berlin \&\\ Paris}}} +\fbox{\resizebox{!}{10mm}{% + \parbox{14mm}{London,\\ Berlin \&\\ Paris}}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..36dd9406b7b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-6 on page 630. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\begin{tabular}{lll} + K\"oln & Lyon & Oxford \\ + Rhein & Rh\^one & Thames + \end{tabular}\HR\par\bigskip +\HR\resizebox{2cm}{.5cm}{% + \begin{tabular}{lll} + K\"oln & Lyon & Oxford \\ + Rhein & Rh\^one & Thames + \end{tabular}}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..438c5236be2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-7 on page 630. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\fbox{\resizebox{\width}{.7\height}{% + \parbox{14mm}{London,\\ Berlin \&\\Paris}}}\HR +\fbox{\resizebox{\width}{.7\totalheight}{% + \parbox{14mm}{London,\\ Berlin \&\\Paris}}}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..559e3b189ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-8 on page 630. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\resizebox{20mm}{30mm}{% + \begin{tabular}{lll} + K\"oln & Lyon & Oxford \\ + Rhein & Rh\^one & Thames + \end{tabular}}\HR +\HR\resizebox*{20mm}{30mm}{% + \begin{tabular}{lll} + K\"oln & Lyon & Oxford \\ + Rhein & Rh\^one & Thames + \end{tabular}}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bd626411a20 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-9 on page 631. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx +\newcommand\MyRot[1]{\frame + {\rotatebox{#1}{rotation + $#1^\circ$}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\MyRot{0} \MyRot{45} \MyRot{90} +\MyRot{135}\MyRot{180}\MyRot{225} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5a65c2ed9d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-4-1 on page 639. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pspicture} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(200,120) + \put(90,40) {\oval (180,60)} + \put(110,20){\oval[10](180,60)} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7a2cd3acb11 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-4-2 on page 640. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pspicture}\usepackage{graphpap} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(140,90) +\graphpaper(0,0)(140,90) +\put(0,50){\vector(1,2){15}} +\put(0,50){\vector(2,-6){15}} +\put(40,20){\oval(50,20)[t]} +\put(40,70){\oval(30,30)[bl]} +\put(100,50){\circle{70}} +\put(100,50){\circle*{50}} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3b4e3fbff58 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-4-3 on page 640. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{texpicture}\usepackage{graphpap} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(140,90) +\graphpaper(0,0)(140,90) +\put(0,50){\vector(1,2){15}} +\put(0,50){\vector(2,-6){15}} +\put(40,20){\oval(50,20)[t]} +\put(40,70){\oval(30,30)[bl]} +\put(100,50){\circle{70}} +\put(100,50){\circle*{50}} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b03478ede42 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-4-4 on page 641. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pspicture}\usepackage{graphpap} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(150,120) +\graphpaper(0,0)(150,120) +\arrowlength{4pt} \put(150,00){\vector(-8,1){60}} +\arrowlength{8pt} \put(150,50){\Vector(-30,50)} +\put(60,20){\Line(90,20)} +\put(60,20){\Curve(90,20){2}} +\put(60,20){\Curve(90,20){-2}} +\thicklines \put(50,80){\oval(100,70)} +\thinlines \put(50,80){\oval[10](100,70)} +\linethickness{3pt} + \put(10,20){\circle{20}} + \put(10,20){\line(10,1){30}} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..02066b29865 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-1-1 on page 685. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{330.59894pt} +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.5ex}% + {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{chicago} \bibliographystyle{chicago} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Entries with multiple authors can be problematical, e.g., \shortcite{LGC97} +and \shortcite{test97} or worse \shortcite{LGC97,test97}. \bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cb0ca6f6e76 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-1-2 on page 685. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{303.0pt} +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.5ex}% + {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\bibliographystyle + {abbrvnat} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Entries with multiple +authors might +be problematical, +e.g., \cite{LGC97} and +\cite{test97} or even +\cite{LGC97,test97}. +But then they might not. + +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7c6e8f54f49 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-1-3 on page 687. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{thebibliography}{2} +\bibitem{LGC97} Goossens, M., S.~Rahtz, + and F.~Mittelbach (1997). + \newblock \emph{The \LaTeX{} Graphics Companion: + Illustrating Documents with \TeX{} and + PostScript}. \newblock Reading, MA, USA: + Ad\-di\-son-Wes\-ley Longman. +\bibitem{GUD97} Goossens, M., B.~User, J.~Doe + (1997). \newblock Ambiguous citations. +\end{thebibliography} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..031eac30ab3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-1 on page 691. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Color support for \LaTeX{} is described in +\cite[chap.~9]{LGC97} and the \texttt{hyperref} +package in \cite[pp.\,35--67]{LWC99}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a949a5d0d13 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-10 on page 696. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[superscript]{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\usepackage{color} +\renewcommand\citeform[1]{\textcolor{blue}{#1}} +\renewcommand\citeleft{(} \renewcommand\citeright{)} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Good information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} can be found in +\cite{LGC97,LWC99,Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:ct-b,Knuth:TB10-1-31}. +For \texttt{hyperref} see \cite[pp.\,35--67]{LWC99}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2ef103f39b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-11 on page 696. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} + +%% Some settings for the look of the example in the book: +\sloppy +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[superscript]{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots\ book~\cite{Knuth-CT-a}; see also Goossens et al.~\cite{LGC97}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2e046dd687a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-12 on page 697. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +%% Some settings for the look of the example in the book: +\sloppy +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[super]{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +et al.\@ \cite{LGC97}. \hfil et al.\ \cite{LGC97}.\par +U.S.A. \cite{unknown}. \hfil U.S.A\@. \cite{unknown}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9c282dcb1fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-13 on page 697. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +%% Some settings for the look of the example in the book: +\sloppy +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[super]{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +For details see ``The \TeX book'' \cite{Knuth-CT-a}. +But wanted is ``The \TeX book.'' \cite{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5782eb211f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-14 on page 697. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Some settings for the look of the example in the book: +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[super,ref]{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Color support is described in ``LGC'' \cite{LGC97} and the +\texttt{hyperref} package in ``LWC'' \cite[pp.\,35--67]{LWC99}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d8c9c71fd69 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-2 on page 692. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\bibliographystyle{plain} \usepackage{ifthen} +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\@cite[2]{({#1\ifthenelse{\boolean{@tempswa}} + {,\nolinebreak[3] #2}{}})} +\makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Color support for \LaTeX{} is described in \cite{LGC97} and +the \texttt{hyperref} package in \cite[pp.\,35--67]{LWC99}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c0f4f225a39 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-3 on page 692. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\bibliographystyle{abbrv} +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\@biblabel[1]{#1.} +\makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..909437f7eef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-4 on page 693. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +% +% This example is one of the few that are slightly faked: +% +% Since we want to show the use of the openbib class option +% we pretend that this is what we call by showing a faked +% document class line that we gobble up with this: +% +\renewcommand\documentclass[2][]{} +% +% The work of the openbib option is to redefine \@openbib@code +% so we just do that manually here: +% +\renewcommand\@openbib@code{% + \advance\leftmargin\bibindent + \itemindent -\bibindent + \listparindent \itemindent + \parsep \z@ + }% + \renewcommand\newblock{\par} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\documentclass[openbib]{article} +\bibliographystyle{abbrv} +\setlength\bibindent{24pt} + +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\@biblabel[1] + {\textsuperscript{#1}} +\makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{LWC99,Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6bdda455288 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-5 on page 693. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Good information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} can be found in +\cite{LGC97,LWC99,Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:ct-b,Knuth:TB10-1-31}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5af333292ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-6 on page 693. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Good information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} can be found in +\cite{LGC97,LWC99,Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:ct-b,Knuth:TB10-1-31}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..23e420c96d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-7 on page 694. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\renewcommand\citeleft{(} \renewcommand\citeright{)} +\renewcommand\citemid{;\nolinebreak[3] } +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Color support for \LaTeX{} is described in \cite{LGC97} and +the \texttt{hyperref} package in \cite[pp.\,35--67]{LWC99}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dcb4e06cf1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-8 on page 695. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{cite,color} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\renewcommand\citeform[1]{\textcolor{blue}{#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Color support for \LaTeX{} is described in \cite{LGC97} and +the \texttt{hyperref} package in \cite[pp.\,35--67]{LWC99}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..efa57e7515c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-9 on page 695. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} + +%% For the example in the book: +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[nospace]{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\renewcommand\citeform[1]{(#1)} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citen{LGC97,LWC99,test97,vLeunen:92} but \cite[\S5]{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d2d83a329b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-1 on page 698. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{Knuth:TB10-1-31} shows \ldots\ This is explained +in the authoritative manual on \TeX{}~\citep{Knuth-CT-a}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e0ac9f867a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-10 on page 703. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Normal citation: \citet{vLeunen:92} \\ +\Citet{vLeunen:92} or \Citealt{vLeunen:92} \\ +\Citep{vLeunen:92} or \Citealp{vLeunen:92} \\ +\Citeauthor{vLeunen:92} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8b54b83eb6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-11 on page 703. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} \defcitealias{LGC97}{Dogbook~II} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{LGC97} = \citetalias{LGC97} \\ +\citep{LGC97} = \citepalias{LGC97} \par +\defcitealias{LGC97}{Dogbook~II~2ed} +Alias changed: \citepalias[see][]{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1e8a0612293 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-12 on page 703. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{agsm} +\newcommand\possessivecite[1]{\citeauthor{#1}'s \citeyearpar{#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citeauthor{Knuth-CT-a}'s \citeyearpar{Knuth-CT-a} \\ +\possessivecite{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..46e8ad08d47 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-13 on page 704. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{LGC97,LWC99} \\ +\citep{LGC97,LWC99} \\ +\citep{Knuth:TB10-1-31,Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fab79a28234 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-14 on page 704. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[sort]{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citep{Knuth:TB10-1-31,Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3622a8341e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-15 on page 704. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citep[see][p.~55]{vLeunen:92,Knuth-CT-a} \\ +\citep[see][p.~55]{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31} \\ +\citet[see][p.~55]{vLeunen:92,Knuth-CT-a} \\ +\citet[see][p.~55]{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8150ff4d1c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-16 on page 704. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[longnamesfirst]{natbib} +\bibliographystyle{agsm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citep{LGC97} \hfill first citation \\ +\citep{LGC97} \hfill second \\ +\citep*{LGC97}\hfill names forced \\ +\citet{LGC97} \\ +\citep[e.g.,][]{LGC97} \\ +\citeauthor{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..63e5377b0e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-17 on page 705. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[longnamesfirst]{natbib} +\bibliographystyle{agsm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citep{LGC97} \hfill first citation \\ +\citep{LGC97} \hfill second \\ +\citep{test97}\hfill first citation \\ +\citep{test97}\hfill second citation +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eab9d867002 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-18 on page 705. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[longnamesfirst]{natbib} +\bibliographystyle{chicago} +\shortcites{LGC97} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citep{LGC97} \hfill first citation \\ +\citep{LGC97} \hfill second citation \\ +\citep*{LGC97}\hfill forced \\ +\citep{test97}\hfill first citation \\ +\citep{test97}\hfill second citation +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..98fff987a00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-19 on page 705. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{agu} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{LGC97} \\ \citep{Knuth-CT-a,LWC99} \\ +\citep[see][chap.~2]{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..54f573f393e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-2 on page 699. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{chicago} \bibliographystyle{chicago} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{LGC97} \\ +\citeA{LGC97} \\ +\citeN{LGC97} \\ +\shortcite{LWC99} \\ +\shortciteA{LWC99} \\ +\shortciteN{LWC99} \\ +\citeyear{LWC99}, \citeyearNP{LWC99} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..219ac5b1aa7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-20 on page 706. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{agu} +\citestyle{agsm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{LGC97} \\ \citep{Knuth-CT-a,LWC99} \\ +\citep[see][chap.~2]{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..59848863d86 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-21 on page 706. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[curly,comma]{natbib} +\bibliographystyle{agu} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{LGC97} \\ \citep{Knuth-CT-a,LWC99} \\ +\citep[see][chap.~2]{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6055c9edbd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-22 on page 707. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.5ex}% + {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\bibliographystyle{abbrvnat} +\renewcommand\bibsection{\section{\refname}} +\newcommand\bibpreamble{Some material + inserted between heading and list.\par} +\newcommand\bibfont + {\footnotesize\raggedright} +\setlength\bibhang{30pt} +\setlength\bibsep{1pt plus 1pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Entries with multiple authors might be +problematical, e.g., \cite{LGC97} and +\cite{test97} or even \cite{LGC97,test97}. +But then they might not. +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..94dfa8d33d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-23 on page 708. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{agsm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{G-G} / \citet{oddity} / \citet{GNUMake} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-24.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..141de0ce374 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-24.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-24 on page 708. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{unsrtnat} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{G-G} / \citet{oddity} / \citet{GNUMake} \\ +\citep{G-G} / \citep{oddity} / \citep{GNUMake} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eff31ca7067 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-25 on page 708. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{chicago} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{G-G} / \citet{oddity} / \citet{GNUMake} \\ +\citep{G-G} / \citep{oddity} / \citep{GNUMake} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-26.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..49cd5520799 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-26.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-26 on page 709. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{G-G} / \citet{oddity} / \citet{GNUMake} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e41c4a8f46a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-27 on page 711. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{bibentry,natbib} +\bibliographystyle{agu} + +\raggedright \setlength\parindent{12pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nobibliography{tex} +For details see \bibentry{Knuth:TB10-1-31}. +General information can be found in +\bibentry{Knuth-CT-a}. + +As shown by \citet{Knuth:TB10-1-31} \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0b273db624a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-3 on page 700. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{authordate1-4} +\bibliographystyle{authordate2} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{LGC97} or \shortcite{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..09f89ea43e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-4 on page 700. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{harvard} +\bibliographystyle{agsm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{LGC97} \\ +\cite{LGC97} \hfill second citation \\ +\cite*{LGC97}\hfill long names forced\\ +\citeasnoun{LGC97} \\ +\citeaffixed{LGC97}{e.g.,} \\ +\citename{LGC97} \\ +\possessivecite{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c141592d856 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-5 on page 701. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{LGC97} \\ +\citet[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +\citet[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +pre-note only: \citet[see][]{LGC97} \\[5pt] +\citep{LGC97} \\ +\citep[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +\citep[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +pre-note only: \citep[see][]{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..01efc61c269 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-6 on page 702. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet*{LGC97} \\ +\citep*[see][]{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cc4b0c0e8d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-7 on page 702. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citealt{LGC97} \\ +\citealp{LGC97} \\ +\citealt*{LGC97} \\ +\citealp*{LGC97} \\ +\citealp[p.~236]{LWC99} etc. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7fdc7f22747 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-8 on page 702. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citeauthor{LGC97} \\ +\citeauthor*{LGC97} \\ +\citeyear{LGC97} or \citeyearpar{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d9d1473bc67 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-9 on page 702. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \usepackage{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \citetext{see \citealp{LGC97} or \citealp{Knuth-CT-a}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..989aed019b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-4-1 on page 712. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[numbers]{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{LGC97} \\ +\citet[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +\citet[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +pre-note only: \citet[see][]{LGC97} \\[5pt] +\citep{LGC97} \\ +\citep[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +\citep[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +pre-note only: \citep[see][]{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..87cd2abe2d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-4-2 on page 713. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{plainnat} + \bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[numbers]{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet*{LGC97} \\ +\citeauthor{LGC97} \\ +\citeauthor*{LGC97} \\ +\citeyear{LGC97} or \citeyearpar{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..35091c24f2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-4-3 on page 713. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{plainnat} + \bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[numbers]{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citealt{LGC97} \\ +\citealt*{LGC97} \\ +\citealp{LGC97} \\ +\citealp[p.~236]{LGC97} etc. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3d8594f8cfd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-4-4 on page 713. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{plainnat} + \bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[super]{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{LGC97} \\ +\citet[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +\citet[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +pre-note only: \citet[see][]{LGC97} \\[5pt] +\citep{LGC97} \\ +\citep[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +\citep[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +pre-note only: \citep[see][]{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..56115b10c1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-4-5 on page 713. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{plainnat} + \bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[super]{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots Knuth's book~\citep{Knuth-CT-a}; see also \citet{LGC97}. +\par %%% Manually corrected in two places: +\ldots Knuth's book;\citep{Knuth-CT-a} see also \citet{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8accbe53873 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-4-6 on page 714. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[sort]{natbib} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Good information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} can be found in +\citep{LGC97,LWC99,Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..498ea51977a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-4-7 on page 714. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[sort&compress]{natbib}\bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Good information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} can be found in +\citep{LGC97,LWC99,Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c0d01bf3e78 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-4-8 on page 715. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.5ex}% + {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[numbers,round]{natbib} +\bibliographystyle{abbrvnat} +\newcommand\bibfont{\small\raggedright} +\setlength\bibhang{30pt} % ignored! +\setlength\bibsep{1pt plus 1pt} +\newcommand\citenumfont[1]{\textbf{#1}} +\renewcommand\bibnumfmt[1]{\textbf{#1.}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Images are discussed elsewhere, +see \citep{LGC97,Knuth-CT-a}. + +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6850d5b7d1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-1 on page 717. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{aschur} \\ +\cite[\S\,123]{aschur} \\ +\cite[Heinrichs][]{bgb} \\ +\cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..94ccf221700 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-10 on page 720. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{titleformat={all,commasep,italic}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite[\S\,123]{aschur} \\ \cite{bschur} \\ +\cite[Heinrichs][]{bgb} \\ \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..68910ad6d2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-11 on page 720. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{titleformat=all} \citenotitlefortype{book} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{bschur} \\ \cite{LWC99} \\ +\cite{Knuth-CT-a} \\ \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a3c4460212d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-12 on page 721. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[see,round]{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{LGC97} \\ +\cite[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\[3pt] +\cite[compare][]{LGC97} \\ +\cite[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ae84696f152 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-13 on page 722. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + +% page 6 will appear in book so citations are not shown, only +% bibliography: +\setcounter{page}{5} +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{titleformat={all,commasep,italic},howcited={all}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite[\S\,123]{aschur} \\ \cite{bschur} \\ +\cite[Heinrichs][]{bgb} \\ \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\newpage +\bibliography{tex,jura} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8f249adace7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-14 on page 723. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +% +\usepackage[ngerman,english]{babel} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{howcited=all} +\AddTo\bibsall{% + \renewcommand\howcitedprefix + { (cited as }% + \renewcommand\howcitedsuffix{).}% + \renewcommand\bibnotcited + { (not cited).}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{aschur} +\ldots \cite{bschur} \ldots +\cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} \ldots +\bibliography{jura,tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..73777000e05 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-15 on page 724. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{authorformat=citationreversed} + +\raggedright \setlength\parindent{12pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +For details see \fullcite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}. +General information can be found in +\fullcite{Knuth-CT-a}. + +As shown by \citet{Knuth:TB10-1-31} \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cfa065cc447 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-16 on page 724. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{citefull=first} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +See \cite{zpo} \ldots + +As shown by \cite[Heinrichs][\S\,216]{zpo} +the interpretation \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d5268690e56 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-17 on page 724. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{citefull=first} +\citefullfirstfortype{article} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +For details see \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}. General +information can be found in \cite{Knuth-CT-a}. + +As shown by \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..93c467d68b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-18 on page 725. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[citefull=first]{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nextciteshort{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31} +A) \cite{Knuth-CT-a} \\ +B) \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} \\ +\nextcitereset{Knuth-CT-a} +C) \cite{Knuth-CT-a} \\ +D) \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} \\ +\nextcitereset{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31} +E) \cite{Knuth-CT-a} \\ +F) \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} \\ +\nextcitefull{Knuth-CT-a} +\nextcitenotitle{Knuth:TB10-1-31} +G) \cite{Knuth-CT-a} \\ +H) \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..69598b13bac --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-19 on page 726. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} +\renewcommand\refname + {Selected further reading} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\citeswithoutentry{aschur} +\jurabibsetup{citefull=first} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This is explained in \cite{aschur}. +\par As shown in \cite{aschur}\ldots +\nocite{zpo} +\bibliography{jura} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..14bf8306d53 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-2 on page 717. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{annotatorformat=italic,annotatorlastsep=divis} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{aschur} \\ \cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} \\ +\jurabibsetup{annotatorfirstsep=comma} +\cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} \\ +\jurabibsetup{annotatorfirstsep=in,annotatorformat=normal} +\cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..33a7942b1e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-20 on page 726. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\setlength\textheight{6\baselineskip} +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[ragged,symbol]{footmisc} +\usepackage{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots to use \LaTeX{} on the +web.\footfullcite{LWC99} +Also discussed by \cite{LWC99} +is generating PDF and HTML. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1b52601b163 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-21 on page 727. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setcounter{page}{5} +\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip} +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtBeginDocument{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}} +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{super,citefull=first,ibidem,lookat} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots to use \LaTeX{} on the web.\cite{LWC99} + \newpage % Next page shown on the left: +Also discussed is generating PDF\cite[chap.~2] + {LWC99} and HTML.\cite[chap.~3--4]{LWC99} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ee7f64984ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-22 on page 727. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setcounter{page}{5} +\setlength\textheight{5.5\baselineskip} +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtBeginDocument{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}} +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{super,citefull=first,lookat} +\AddTo\bibsall{\renewcommand\lookatprefix + {, \emph{supra} note } + \renewcommand\lookatsuffix{}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots to use \LaTeX{} on the web.\cite{LWC99} + \newpage % Next page shown on the left: +Also discussed is generating PDF\cite[chap.~2] + {LWC99} and HTML.\cite[chap.~3--4]{LWC99} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9fbd14ff736 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-23 on page 728. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\setlength\textheight{10\baselineskip} +\sloppy +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib,endnotes} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{citefull=first,% + super,lookat} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots to typeset with +graphics.\cite{LGC97} Also +discussed is typesetting +music\cite[chap.~7]{LGC97} and +games.\cite[chap.~8]{LGC97} +\theendnotes +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-24.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-24.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ccb38854faf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-24.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-24 on page 728. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} + +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{-8pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[marginal,multiple]{footmisc} +\usepackage[super,ibidem]{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} +text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} + \cite[\S\,16]{bschur} +text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} +\cite{aschur} \newpage % <--- +text \cite[\S\,3]{aschur} + \cite{bschur} +text \cite[\S\,15]{bschur} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-25.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-25.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d6842d27ca9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-25.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-25 on page 729. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} + +\setlength\textheight{6.5\baselineskip} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[para,multiple,perpage]{footmisc} +\usepackage{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{super,ibidem=strictdoublepage} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} text +\cite[\S\,7]{bschur} \cite[\S\,16]{bschur} +text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} \cite{aschur} +\newpage text \cite[\S\,3]{aschur} +\cite{bschur} text \cite[\S\,15]{bschur} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-26.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-26.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b758838b3ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-26.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-26 on page 729. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{81.00082pt} + +\setcounter{page}{5} % start on a page not shown +\setlength\textheight{6\baselineskip} +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{super,ibidem=nostrict} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \ldots \fullcite{bschur} \ldots +\newpage % page above not shown on the left + A page without a citation. +\newpage This page has references.\cite{bschur} + Or like this? \noibidem\cite{bschur} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..79940c03baf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-27 on page 730. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\textheight{9\baselineskip} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[marginal,ragged,multiple]{footmisc} +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{super,ibidem=name} +\jurabibsetup{authorformat=reducedifibidem} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} text +\cite[\S\,8]{bschur} \cite[\S\,16]{zpo} +text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} \cite{zpo} +text \cite[\S\,3]{zpo} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-28.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..00d2ab2fc15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-28.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-28 on page 730. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setcounter{page}{5} +\setlength\textheight{9\baselineskip} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[marginal,ragged,multiple]{footmisc} +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{super,ibidem=name&title&auto} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + Full citations: \cite{aschur} \cite{bschur} + not shown on the left! +\newpage + text \cite[\S\,7]{aschur} text + \cite[\S\,8]{aschur} \cite[\S\,16]{zpo} + text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} \cite{aschur} + text \cite[\S\,3]{zpo} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-29.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-29.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..57aa5c1bf8e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-29.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-29 on page 731. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} + +\setlength\textheight{12\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{-0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[flushmargin,% + multiple]{footmisc} +\usepackage[super,idem=strict,% + ibidem=name]{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots text \cite{Knuth-CT-a} +text \cite[p.~22]{Knuth-CT-a} +text \cite{vLeunen:92} +\cite{vLeunen:92}\ldots +\newpage % <-- +\ldots text \cite{vLeunen:92} +text \cite[p.~16]{vLeunen:92} +text \cite[p.~308]{Knuth-CT-a} +text \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\cite[p.~80]{Knuth-CT-a}\ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9e8e9497c6d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-3 on page 718. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{authorformat={and,smallcaps}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{aschur} \\ \cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} \par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-30.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-30.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7251ca391a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-30.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-30 on page 731. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\setlength\textheight{7.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{-0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[multiple]{footmisc} +\usepackage[super,idem=strict,% + citefull=first,opcit]{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots text \cite{Knuth-CT-a} text +\cite[p.~22]{Knuth-CT-a} text +\cite{GNUMake} some more text +\cite{Knuth-CT-a}\cite{GNUMake} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-31.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-31.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..58a90ae4643 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-31.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-31 on page 732. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{citefull=first, + crossref=normal} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{MR-PQ} \par +\cite{Southall} \par +\cite{MR-PQ} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-32.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-32.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1b7f993ec97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-32.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-32 on page 732. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{citefull=first, + authorformat= + citationreversed, + crossref={dynamic,long}} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{MR-PQ} \par +\cite{Southall} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-33.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-33.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7888301b010 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-33.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-33 on page 733. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{LWC99} \\ +\citet[chap.~2]{LWC99} \\ +\citet[see][chap.~2]{LWC99} \\ +pre-note only: \citet[see][]{LWC99} \\[5pt] +\citep{LWC99} \\ +\citep[chap.~2]{LWC99} \\ +\citep[see][chap.~2]{LWC99} \\ +pre-note only: \citep[see][]{LWC99} \\[5pt] +\citealp{Knuth-CT-a} \\ +\citeauthor{Knuth-CT-a} \\ +\citeyearpar{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-34.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-34.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..07504d60082 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-34.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-34 on page 733. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{authorformat=year,annotatorformat=italic} +\renewcommand\jbcitationyearformat[1]{\oldstylenums{#1}} +\jbyearaftertitle +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{aschur} \\ \cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-35.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-35.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..116f6ba17b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-35.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-35 on page 734. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\setlength\textheight{6.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textheight{4pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[super,ibidem,titleformat=all]{jurabib} +\AddTo\bibsenglish{\renewcommand\ibidemname{Ib.}% + \renewcommand\ibidemmidname{ib.}} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\cite{vLeunen:92} and\cite{vLeunen:92} +\jurabibsetup{ibidem=name} % <-- change convention +or\cite{Knuth-CT-a} and more text.\cite{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-36.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-36.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8e663ae39c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-36.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-36 on page 734. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[ngerman,english]{babel} +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citefield{title}{aschur,bschur} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-37.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-37.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2a4e41e28c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-37.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-37 on page 735. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[super,idem=strict,titleformat=all, + lookforgender=true]{jurabib} +\AddTo\bibsenglish{\renewcommand\idemSfname{Eadem}% + \renewcommand\idemsfname{eadem}} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\cite{vLeunen:92} and\cite{vLeunen:92} +or\cite{Knuth-CT-a} and more text.\cite{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-38.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-38.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..361ad2d5a3e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-38.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-38 on page 735. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{square,superscriptedition={all}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citetitle{zpo}\\ \cite[\S\,3]{bschur}\\ \cite[Heinrichs][]{bgb} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-39.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-39.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a0d91380761 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-39.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-39 on page 736. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[round]{jurabib} +\renewcommand\jbbtasep{ and } \renewcommand\jbbfsasep{, } +\renewcommand\jbbstasep{, and } \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{aschur} \\ \cite{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f9cf9534f4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-4 on page 718. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{authorformat=dynamic} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{aschur} \\ \cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} \par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-40.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-40.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3f83d802693 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-40.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-40 on page 737. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\renewcommand\biblnfont{\MakeUppercase} +\renewcommand\bibfnfont{\textsc} +\renewcommand\bibtfont {\textsf} +\renewcommand\bibapifont[1]{\textit{``#1''}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-41.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-41.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1904b4830db --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-41.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-41 on page 738. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage[dotafter=bibentry] + {jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\renewcommand\bibjtsep{in } +\renewcommand\bibansep{ } +\renewcommand\bibatsep{;} +\renewcommand\bibbdsep{} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,MR-PQ} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-42.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-42.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1c5d9545e14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-42.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-42 on page 738. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +% Get the hyphenation right: +\usepackage[ngerman,english]{babel} +% Suppress heading in example: +\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand\refname{}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[authorformat=allreversed] + {jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\renewcommand\bibbtasep{ and } +\renewcommand\bibbfsasep{, } +\renewcommand\bibbstasep{, and } +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{aschur,LGC97} +\bibliography{tex,jura} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-43.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-43.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c73ba97c0ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-43.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-43 on page 739. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage[newcommands]{ragged2e} +\usepackage[bibformat={compress,% + raggedright}] + {jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurunsrt} +\setlength\jbbibhang{1pc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{aschur,zpo,bschur} +\bibliography{jura} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-44.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-44.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0a09a73d6b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-44.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-44 on page 739. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[bibformat=tabular]{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\renewcommand\bibleftcolumn{6.5pc} +\renewcommand\bibcolumnsep{1pc} +\renewcommand\bibleftcolumnadjust + {\raggedright} +\renewcommand\bibrightcolumnadjust{} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{aschur,Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\nocite{GNUmake} +\bibliography{tex,jura} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-45.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-45.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..560c2c400f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-45.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-45 on page 740. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[bibformat=ibidem] + {jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jbuseidemhrule % use default rule +% Alternative generic redefinition +% instead of the default rule: +%\renewcommand\bibauthormultiple +% {[same name symbol]} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{aschur,bschur} +\nocite{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\bibliography{tex,jura} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-46.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-46.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0baedb42f41 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-46.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-46 on page 740. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{bibformat=ibidemalt} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{aschur,bschur,zpo,bgb} +\bibliography{jura} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-47.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-47.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..07ee3828dbd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-47.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-47 on page 741. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\begin{filecontents}{Knuth-CT-a.tex} + The authoritative user manual on the program \TeX{} + by its creator. +\end{filecontents} +\usepackage[annote]{jurabib}\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\renewcommand\jbannoteformat[1] + {{\footnotesize\begin{quote}#1\end{quote}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{Knuth-CT-a} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-48.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-48.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d741b054285 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-48.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-48 on page 744. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\makeatletter +%Fix for overword.sty reported to Frank Bennett +\AtBeginDocument{\long\def\@ifowd{% + \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken% + \gdef\@preoverwordspace{ }% + \let\reserved@e\@xifowd% + \else% + \gdef\@preoverwordspace{}% + \ifx\@let@token\end% + \let\reserved@e\reserved@d% + \else% + \ifx\@let@token\par% + \let\reserved@e\@xifpargobble% + \else% + \long\def\reserved@e##1 {\long\gdef\@overword{##1}\@@ifowd}% + \fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \reserved@e}} + +%Fix for camel.sty reported to Frank Bennett +\AtBeginDocument{\def\@realcite#1#2#3{% + \ifcat$#1$\else% + \setkeys{cameloptions}{#1}% %<--- missing percent + \fi% + \if@law@requiresubjects% + \@law@confirmsubject% + \fi% + \global\@ltok@argtwo{}% + \ifcat$#3$\else% + {\let\@law@parse=\@law@alparseplain\@law@parse #3,,}% + \fi% + {\let\@law@parse=\@law@clparseplain\@law@parse #2,,}% + }} + +% small headings for the example +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\setlength\textheight{11\baselineskip} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{camel} +\forcefootnotes +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citationstyle{law} +\citationdata{jura,tex} + +\ldots text \source[t]{Knuth-CT-a} +see-also \source[f]{Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\ldots\ somewhat later \ldots +\source[f]{bschur}[24,130,216] +cited-in \source[a]{zpo} + +\printbibliography[labels=false]{all} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-49.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-49.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbe9b649f1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-49.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-49 on page 744. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt} + +\makeatletter +%Fix for overword.sty reported to Frank Bennett +\AtBeginDocument{\long\def\@ifowd{% + \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken% + \gdef\@preoverwordspace{ }% + \let\reserved@e\@xifowd% + \else% + \gdef\@preoverwordspace{}% + \ifx\@let@token\end% + \let\reserved@e\reserved@d% + \else% + \ifx\@let@token\par% + \let\reserved@e\@xifpargobble% + \else% + \long\def\reserved@e##1 {\long\gdef\@overword{##1}\@@ifowd}% + \fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \reserved@e}} + +%Fix for camel.sty reported to Frank Bennett +\AtBeginDocument{\def\@realcite#1#2#3{% + \ifcat$#1$\else% + \setkeys{cameloptions}{#1}% %<--- missing percent + \fi% + \if@law@requiresubjects% + \@law@confirmsubject% + \fi% + \global\@ltok@argtwo{}% + \ifcat$#3$\else% + {\let\@law@parse=\@law@alparseplain\@law@parse #3,,}% + \fi% + {\let\@law@parse=\@law@clparseplain\@law@parse #2,,}% + }} + +\AtBeginDocument{\def\@printbibliography[#1]#2{% + \global\@law@forcefootnotesfalse% + \gdef\@law@temp{#1}\gdef\@law@temptwo{labels=false}% + \let\camelrefname\refname% + \expandafter\ifx\csname#2inputext\endcsname\relax% + \global\@law@tablefalse% + \else% + \global\@law@tabletrue% + \fi% + \begingroup% + \def\refname{\@law@getsubjectheader{#2}}% + \@law@usepagesfalse% + \@law@getbibformat{#2}% %<--- missing percent + \let\maybe\@gobble% + \let\camelfill\relax% + \let\camelarrow\relax% + \ifx\@law@temp\@law@temptwo% + \advance\@totalleftmargin -\labelsep% + \advance\linewidth \labelsep% + \def\@biblabel##1{}% + \fi% + \if@law@table% + \if@law@usepages% + \let\maybe\relax% + \let\camelfill\dotfill% + \let\camelarrow\rightarrow% + \fi% + \else% + \longestlabelfor{#2}% + \ifdim\lawlengthtwo=0pt% + \advance\@totalleftmargin -\labelsep% + \advance\linewidth \labelsep% + \def\@biblabel##1{}% + \fi% + \fi% + \if@law@requiresubjects% + \@law@dobibliography{#2}% + \else% + \gdef\@law@temp{#2}\gdef\@law@temptwo{all}% + \ifx\@law@temp\@law@temptwo% + \@law@dobibliography{#2}% + \else% + \message{^^J===================================================^^J% + Camel bibliography ^^J + Document type: without-subjects ^^J + Bibliography type: subject-specific (#2) ^^J + Action: impossible task, ignoring ...^^J% + ===================================================^^J}% % missing percent + \fi% + \fi% + \endgroup}} + +% small headings for the example +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\setlength\textheight{15\baselineskip} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{camel} +\citationsubject[o=tts,i=ttb] + {tex}{\TeX{} literature} +\citationsubject[o=lts,i=ltb] + {jur}{Law} +\forcefootnotes +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citationstyle{law} +\citationdata{jura,tex} + +\ldots text +\source[a,s=tex]{Knuth-CT-a} +see-also \source[f,s=tex] + {Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\ldots later\ldots +\source[t,s=jur]{bschur} +\printbibliography{jur} +\printbibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..609980665bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-5 on page 718. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{authorformat={and,smallcaps,year,italic}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{aschur} \\ \cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} \par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0ee975c81a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-6 on page 719. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{authorformat=smallcaps} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citefield{author}{aschur} \\ +\citefield[\S\,53]{shorttitle}{bschur} \\ +\citefield{apy}{LGC97} \\ +\citefield{title}{aschur,bschur} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d808312ab4e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-7 on page 719. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{aschur} \\ \cite{bschur} \\[2pt] +\cite{Knuth-CT-a} \\ \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..85da69bda09 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-8 on page 719. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citetitle{zpo}, \cite*{aschur}, and \cite*{bschur} +are three different books, or not? +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d8b5d07a5c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-9 on page 720. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citetitleonly[\S\,13]{zpo} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-1.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-1.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2d1965d228a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-1.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-1 on page 748. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} + +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\@makechapterhead[1]{% + \vspace*{20pt}% + {\setlength\parindent{0pt}\raggedright\normalfont + \large\bfseries \@chapapp\space \thechapter + \par\nobreak + \vspace{5pt}% + \interlinepenalty\@M + \LARGE \bfseries #1\par\nobreak + \vspace{20pt}% + }} +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +% Process article-1 and article-2 with BibTeX + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\begin{filecontents}{article-1.tex} + \stepcounter{chapter} + \ldots\ see \cite{Knuth-CT-a} \ldots + \bibliographystyle{alpha} + \bibliography{tex} +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{article-2.tex} + \stepcounter{chapter} + \ldots see \cite{Knuth-CT-a} + and \cite{bschur} \ldots + \bibliographystyle{plain} + \bibliography{tex,jura} +\end{filecontents} + +\usepackage[sectionbib]{chapterbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\include{article-1} +\include{article-2} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..06becf813ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-10 on page 756. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[super]{cite} +\usepackage{multibib} +\newcites{latex}{\LaTeX{} references} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\LaTeX{} offers an interface to include +graphics \citelatex{LGC97}. \LaTeX's +default citation scheme is +number-only \cite{vLeunen:92}. + +\bibliographystylelatex{plain} +\bibliographylatex{tex} + +\renewcommand\refname + {General references} +\bibliographystyle{plain} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..97b0951a08b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-2 on page 749. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt} + +\setcounter{page}{4} % thus page 6 will contain biblio +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\@makeschapterhead[1]{% + \vspace*{30pt}% + {\setlength\parindent{0pt}% + \LARGE \bfseries #1\par}% + \nobreak + \vspace{20pt}} +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +% Do not process top-level aux file with BibTeX +% Process article-1 and article-2 with BibTeX + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% included files as in +% previous example +\usepackage + [gather,sectionbib] + {chapterbib} +\renewcommand\StartFinalBibs + {\chapter* + {References by article}% + \chaptermark + {References by article}% + \renewcommand\bibname + {Article~\thechapter}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\include{article-1} +\include{article-2} +\bibliography{} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-3.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-3.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..249778025fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-3.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-3 on page 750. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} + +\setlength\textheight{12\baselineskip} +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +% Do not process top-level aux file with BibTeX + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{bibunits} +\defaultbibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{First one} +\begin{bibunit}[plain] + \cite{GNUMake} was used to + produce \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}. + \putbib[tex] +\end{bibunit} +\section{Another one} +\begin{bibunit}[plain] + \putbib[jura] + As described by \cite{aschur} + \ldots +\end{bibunit} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-4.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-4.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..33dff678b47 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-4.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-4 on page 751. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} + +\setlength\textheight{15\baselineskip} +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{bibunits} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{First one} +\begin{bibunit}[plain] + \cite{GNUMake} was used to + produce \cite*{Knuth:TB10-1-31}. + \putbib[tex] +\end{bibunit} +\section{Another one} +\begin{bibunit}[plain] + As described by + \cite*{Knuth:TB10-1-31} + \ldots \putbib[tex] +\end{bibunit} +\renewcommand\refname + {Global References} +\bibliographystyle{plain} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-5.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-5.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..641016a1f3d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-5.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-5 on page 752. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} + +\setlength\textheight{11.5\baselineskip} +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +% Do not process top-level aux file with BibTeX + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{bibunits} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\bibliographyunit[\section] +\bibliographystyle*{plain} +\bibliography*{tex,jura} +\section{First one} + \cite{GNUMake} was + used to produce + \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}. + \putbib +\section{Another one} + As described by + \cite{aschur} \ldots + \putbib +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-6.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-6.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..53147372e14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-6.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-6 on page 752. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} + +\setlength\textheight{11.5\baselineskip} +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\large\bfseries}} +\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{section}{2}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.5ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +% Do not process top-level aux file with BibTeX + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[subsectionbib] + {bibunits} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\bibliographyunit[\section] +\bibliographystyle*{plain} +\bibliography*{tex,jura} +\section{First one} + \cite{GNUMake} was + used to produce + \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}. + \putbib +\section{Another one} + As described by + \cite{aschur} \ldots + \putbib +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..103141d0d67 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-7 on page 754. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +% Use a special naming convention for aux files (for the book): +% +\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand\thebtauxfile{\jobname+\arabic{btauxfile}}} +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{bibtopic} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +We saw the citations \cite{Knuth-CT-a}, +\cite{aschur}, and \cite{bschur}. +\begin{btSect}{jura} + \section*{Juridical literature} + \btPrintCited +\end{btSect} +\begin{btSect}[abbrv]{tex} + \section*{\TeX{} literature} + \btPrintCited +\end{btSect} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5b3ec5c0387 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-8 on page 755. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +% Use a special naming convention for aux files (for the book): +% +\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand\thebtauxfile{\jobname+\arabic{btauxfile}}} +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{bibtopic,jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +We saw the citations \cite{Knuth-CT-a} +and \cite{aschur}. +\begin{btSect}{tex} + \section*{\TeX{} literature} + \btPrintCited +\end{btSect} +\begin{btSect}{jura} + \section*{Juridical literature} + \btPrintCited +\end{btSect} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..26756b1b5fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-9 on page 756. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{multibib} +\newcites{latex} + {\LaTeX{} references} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +A book on graphics in \LaTeX{} is +\citelatex{LGC97}; suggestions on +citations can be found in +\cite{vLeunen:92}. + +\bibliographystylelatex{plain} +\bibliographylatex{tex} + +\renewcommand\refname + {General references} +\bibliographystyle{alpha} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..67fa25d6082 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 13-4-1 on page 775. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{303.0pt} + +\setlength\headsep{8pt} +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.5ex}% + {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{biblist} +\bibliographystyle + {alpha} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{MR-PQ} +\footnotesize +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b7b0cdb75d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 13-4-2 on page 778. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{303.0pt} + +\setlength\headsep{8pt} +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.5ex}% + {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage + {showtags} +\bibliographystyle + {is-alpha} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{MR-PQ} +\footnotesize +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..db897b0f610 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 13-5-1 on page 794. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt} +%\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example +% Use BibTeX without --minref + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97} + \bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..77353e21e9a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 13-5-2 on page 794. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example +% Use BibTeX without --minref + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\bibliographystyle{abbrv} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97} +\nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e04792ffd68 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 13-5-3 on page 795. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example +% Use BibTeX without --minref + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\bibliographystyle{unsrt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97} +\nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..762076c8fef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 13-5-4 on page 795. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example +% Use BibTeX without --minref + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\bibliographystyle{alpha} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97} +\nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8cfc130c823 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 13-5-5 on page 796. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example +% Use BibTeX without --minref + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\bibliographystyle{phaip} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97} +\nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..db6999f5906 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 13-5-6 on page 796. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example +% Use BibTeX without --minref + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib}\bibliographystyle{chicago} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97} +\nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..49ea45040b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 13-5-7 on page 797. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt} + +% Use BibTeX without --minref + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \usepackage[bibformat=ibidem]{jurabib} + \bibliographystyle{jurabib} \jbuseidemhrule % use default rule + \renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading for the example +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97,LGC97} + \bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..49bb29370be --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 14-4-1 on page 837. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\hyphenation{Sep-tem-ber} % TeX doesn't know how to hyphenate this properly +\setlength\parindent{8pt} % make it smaller for this example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{rcs} +\RCS $Date: 2004/08/04 21:57:14 $ \RCS $Author: frank $ +\RCS $RCSfile: ch-ldoc.tex,v $ \RCS $Revision: 1.69 $ +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The file \RCSRCSfile{} has the revision number +\RCSRevision. Last check-in was done by \RCSAuthor{} +on \RCSDate{} at \RCSTime\,\textsc{utc}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a994277833b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 14-4-2 on page 839. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\sloppy % to avoid overfull boxes + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[italian]{babel} \usepackage{rcsinfo} +\rcsInfo $Id: ch-ldoc.tex,v 1.69 2004/08/04 21:57:14 frank Exp $ +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\rcsInfoFile \quad \rcsInfoRevision \par +\rcsInfoDate \quad \rcsInfoTime \par +\rcsInfoLongDate \par +\rcsInfoYear, \rcsInfoMonth, \rcsInfoDay \quad \rcsInfoOwner\par +\rcsInfoStatus \quad \rcsInfoLocker +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-1-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ef85fa42a97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-1-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-1-1 on page 21. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[code]{optional} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\opt{doc}{Typeset this if option doc was declared.} +\opt{code}{Typeset this if option code was declared.} +\opt{doc,code}{Typeset this for either doc or code.} +Typeset this always. \opt{}{and this never!} +\opt{doc}{\input{examples}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8928086fe56 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-1 on page 25. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Different-looking section} +\subsection{Different-looking subsection} +Due to the default definitions not only the +numbers on sections change, but lower-level +sectioning commands also show this +representation of the section number. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..672c48f6a75 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-10 on page 31. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}% + {1}{0pt}{-\baselineskip}{.2\baselineskip}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries\raggedright}} +\makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A very long heading that shows + the default behavior of \LaTeX's + sectioning commands} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..59d5a3fe3d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-11 on page 33. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\appendix{% + \renewcommand\section{% Redefinition of \section... + \newpage\thispagestyle{plain}% new page, folio bottom + \suppressfloats[t]\@afterindentfalse% no top floats, no indent + \secdef\Appendix\sAppendix}% + \setcounter{section}{0}\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}} +\newcommand\Appendix[2][?]{% Complex form + \refstepcounter{section}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{appendix}{\protect\numberline{\appendixname~\thesection}#1}% + {\raggedleft\large\bfseries\appendixname\ \thesection\par \centering#2\par}% + \@afterheading\sectionmark{#1}\addvspace{\baselineskip}} +\newcommand\sAppendix[1]{% Simplified (starred) form + {\raggedleft\large\bfseries\appendixname\par \centering#1\par}% + \@afterheading\addvspace{\baselineskip}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% Example needs commands introduced above! +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\appendix +\section{The list of all commands} + +Then follows the text of the first section in +the appendix. Some more text in the appendix. +Some more text in the appendix. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f7f57cddff6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-12 on page 34. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\renewcommand\abstractname{Summary} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{abstract} + This book describes how to modify the + appearance of documents produced with + the \LaTeX{} typesetting system. +\end{abstract} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a6b2441ee67 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-13 on page 35. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[Lenny]{fncychap} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\chapter{A Package Test} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..62f96c9be8b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-14 on page 36. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[avantgarde]{quotchap} +\renewcommand\chapterheadstartvskip + {\vspace*{-5\baselineskip}} +% select Helvetica for title and quote +\usepackage{helvet} +\renewcommand\sectfont{\sffamily\bfseries} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{savequote}[10pc] + \sffamily + Cookies! Give me some cookies! + \qauthor{Cookie Monster} +\end{savequote} +\chapter{A Package Test} + +Adding this package changes the +chapter heading dramatically. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ed831f2d974 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-15 on page 37. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[sf,bf,tiny,center]{titlesec} +\titlelabel{\thetitle.\enspace} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A section} +\subsection{A subsection} +\subsubsection{A subsubsection} +Three headings following each other, a situation you +will not see often \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8086b92b684 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-16 on page 37. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[rm,it,raggedleft,tiny,compact]{titlesec} +\titleformat*{\subsubsection}{\scshape\MakeLowercase} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A section} +\subsection{A subsection} +\subsubsection{A subsubsection} +Three headings following each other, a situation you +will not see often \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9a798ca5bff --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-17 on page 39. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +% the book normally uses Times fonts in the examples: +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titlesec} +\titleformat{\section}[runin]{\normalfont\scshape} + {\S\,\oldstylenums{\thesection}.}{.5em}{}[.\quad] +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{The Title} +The heading is separated from the section text by +a dot and a space of one quad. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a2a77f40949 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-18 on page 40. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titlesec} +\titleformat{\section}[frame]{\normalfont} + {\footnotesize \enspace SECTION \thesection + \enspace}{6pt}{\large\bfseries\filcenter} +\titlespacing*{\section}{1pc}{*4}{*2.3}[1pc] +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots some text before \ldots +\section{A Title Test} +Some text to prove that this paragraph is not indented +and that the title has a margin of 1pc on either side. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0c846728572 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-19 on page 41. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titlesec} +\newcommand\secformat[1]{% + \parbox[b]{.5\textwidth}{\filleft\bfseries #1}% + \quad\rule[-12pt]{2pt}{70pt}\quad + {\fontsize{60}{60}\selectfont\thesection}} +\titleformat{\section}[block] + {\filleft\normalfont\sffamily}{}{0pt}{\secformat} +\titlespacing*{\section}{0pt}{*3}{*2}[1pc] +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A Title\\ on Two Lines} +In this example the heading number appears to +the right of the heading text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d046a46b788 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-2 on page 26. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\renewcommand\thesubsection + {\fbox{\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setcounter{section}{3} +\subsection{A mistake}\label{wrong} +Referencing a subsection in this format +produces a funny result as we can see +looking at subsection~\ref{wrong}. +We get a boxed reference. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b23b3965c02 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-20 on page 42. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\sloppy +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[noindentafter,calcwidth]{titlesec} +\titleformat{\section}[display] + {\filright\normalfont\bfseries\sffamily} + {\titleline[r]{Section \Huge\thesection}}{1ex} + {\titleline*[l]{\titlerule[1pt]}\vspace{1pt}% + \titleline*[l]{\titlerule[2pt]}\vspace{2pt}} + [{\titleline*[l]{\titlerule*{\tiny\LaTeX}}}] +\titlespacing{\section}{1pc}{*3}{*2} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Rules and Leaders} +Note that the last \verb=\titleline*= is +surrounded by braces. Without them its +optional argument would prematurely end the +outer optional argument of \verb=\titleformat=. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-21.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-21.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..07ac9990c00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-21.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-21 on page 43. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{66.60068pt} + +% For the book example: +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +\sloppy + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titlesec} +\titleformat{name=\section,page=odd}[block] + {\normalfont}{\thesection.}{6pt}{\bfseries\filleft} +\titleformat{name=\section,page=even}[block] + {\normalfont}{\thesection.}{6pt}{\bfseries\filright} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A Head} +Some text to fill the page. Some text to fill the page. +\newpage +Some text to fill the page. +\section{Another} +Some text to fill the page. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7e95236ee33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-22 on page 44. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +% For the book example: +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +\sloppy + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titlesec} +\titleformat{name=\section}[block] + {\normalfont}{\thesection.}{6pt}{\bfseries\filright} +\titleformat{name=\section,numberless=true}[block] + {\normalfont}{***}{12pt}{\itshape\filcenter} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A Head} +Some text to fill the page. Some text to fill the page. +\section*{Another} +Some text to fill this line. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbf05966969 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-3 on page 26. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\@seccntformat[1]{\fbox + {\csname the#1\endcsname}\hspace{0.5em}} +\makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{This is correct}\label{sec:OK} +Referencing a section using this +definition generates the correct result +for the section reference~\ref{sec:OK}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c13b1d1b2bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-4 on page 27. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\paragraph{Run-in headings.} +This example shows how a run-in heading +looks like. Text in the paragraph +following the heading continues on the +same line as the heading. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eb92b860cbe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-5 on page 28. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{layouts} +\renewcommand\Huge{\LARGE % for the book we + % cheat ... + \renewcommand\Huge{\LARGE\sffamily\bfseries}} % not recommended + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setlayoutscale{0.95} +\runinheadfalse +\headingdiagram{\LARGE} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2c19ba811f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-6 on page 29. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{layouts} +\renewcommand\Huge{\normalfont % for the book we cheat + \renewcommand\Huge{\normalfont\sffamily\bfseries}} % not recommended + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setlayoutscale{1} +\runinheadtrue +\headingdiagram{ } +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e183b55740c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-7 on page 29. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection + {subsection}{2}{0mm}%name, level, indent + {-\baselineskip}% beforeskip + {0.5\baselineskip}% afterskip + {\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}% style +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% redefinition of \subsection shown below +\setcounter{section}{4} % simulate previous + % sections +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots\ some text above. +\subsection{Example of a Section Heading} +The heading is set in normal-sized italic +and the separation from the preceding text +is exactly one baseline. The separation +from the text following is one-half +baseline and this text is not indented. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..135fe8a7c6f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-8 on page 30. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection + {section}{1}{1em}% % name, level, indent + {\baselineskip}% % beforeskip + {-\fontdimen2\font % afterskip + plus -\fontdimen3\font + minus -\fontdimen4\font}% + {\normalfont\normalsize\scshape}}% % style +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% redefinition of \section shown above +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-2} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots\ some text above. +\section{The man} +started to run away from the truck. He +saw that he was followed by +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..25938e639d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-9 on page 31. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\makeatletter +\newcommand\Csub{\@startsection{subsection}{2}% + {0pt}{-\baselineskip}{.2\baselineskip}% + {\centering\itshape}} +\newcommand\Lsub{\@startsection{subsection}{2}% + {0pt}{-\baselineskip}{.2\baselineskip}% + {\raggedright\sffamily}} +\newcommand\Rsub{\@startsection{subsection}{2}% + {0pt}{-\baselineskip}{.2\baselineskip}% + {\raggedleft\MakeUppercase}} +\newcommand\Hsub{\@startsection{subsection}{2}% + {0pt}{-\baselineskip}{.2\baselineskip}% + {\hrule\medskip\itshape}} +\makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A very long heading that shows + the default behavior of \LaTeX's + sectioning commands} +\Csub{A subsection heading} +The heading is centered using an italic font. +\Lsub{A subsection heading} +The heading is left-justified using a sans +serif font. +\Rsub{A subsection heading} +The heading is right-justified and uses +uppercase letters. +\Hsub{A subsection heading} +This heading has a horizontal rule above +the text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-1.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-1.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..37f0918778c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-1.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-1 on page 47. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} +\setlength\textheight{15\baselineskip} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\setlength\footskip{18pt} +\pagestyle{origplain} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\tableofcontents +\section*{Foreword} +\addcontentsline{toc}{section} + {\protect\numberline{}Foreword} +A starred heading with the TOC +entry manually added. Compare +this to the form used for the +bibliography. +\section{Thoughts} +We find all in \cite{k1}. +\subsection{Contact info} +E-mail Ben at \cite{k2}. +\begin{thebibliography}{9} +\addcontentsline{toc} + {section}{\refname} +\bibitem{k1} Ben User, Some + day will never come, 2010 +\bibitem{k2} BUser@earth.info +\end{thebibliography} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8cf4e740e5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-10 on page 61. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titletoc} +\titlecontents{section}[0pt]{\addvspace{2pt}\filright} + {\contentspush{\thecontentslabel\ }} + {}{\titlerule*[8pt]{.}\contentspage} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{12.8}Some section that + is wrapped in the TOC}{87} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{12.9}Another section}{88} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{12.10}And yet another + wrapping section}{90} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{12.11}Final section}{92} +\contentsfinish +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ddec6a7c099 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-11 on page 63. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titletoc} +\contentsmargin{0pt} +\titlecontents*{chapter}[0pt]{\sffamily} + {}{}{, \thecontentspage}[ \textbullet\ ][~\P] +\titlecontents*{section}[0pt]{\footnotesize\slshape} + {}{}{}[ \{][; ][\}] +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\contentsline{chapter}{\numberline{1}A first}{1} +\contentsline{chapter}{\numberline{2}A second}{4} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{2.1}sec-A}{5} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{2.2}sec-B}{6} +\contentsline{chapter}{\numberline{3}A third}{8} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{3.1}sec-C}{8} +\contentsfinish +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..006c9b5241d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-12 on page 63. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titletoc} +\contentsmargin{0pt} +\titlecontents{chapter}[0pt] + {\addvspace{1.4pc}\bfseries} + {{\Huge\thecontentspage\quad}}{}{} +\newcommand\xquad + {\hspace{1em plus.4em minus.4em}} +\titlecontents*{section}[0pt] + {\filright\small}{}{} + {,~\thecontentspage} + [\xquad\textbullet\xquad][.] +\setcounter{tocdepth}{1} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\input{partial.toc}\contentsfinish +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..346ccdeb257 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-13 on page 64. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{eco,titletoc} +\contentsmargin{0pt} +\titlecontents{chapter}[1.5pc] + {\addvspace{2pc}\large} + {\contentslabel{2pc}% + \scshape\MakeLowercase} + {\scshape\MakeLowercase} + {\hfill\thecontentspage} + [\vspace{2pt}] +\titlecontents*{section}[1.5pc] + {\small}{\S\thecontentslabel\ }{} + {,~\thecontentspage}[. ][.] +\setcounter{tocdepth}{1} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\input{partial.toc} +\contentsfinish +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..abfcc926e77 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-14 on page 65. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titlesec,titletoc} +\titleformat{\section}[frame]{\normalfont} + {\footnotesize \enspace SECTION \thesection + \enspace}{6pt}{\large\bfseries\filcenter} + [\vspace*{5pt}\startcontents + \printcontents{p-}{2}{\contentsmargin{0pt}}] +\titlespacing*{\section}{1pc}{*4}{*2.3}[1pc] +\titlecontents*{p-subsection}[0pt] + {\small\itshape\fillast}{}{}{}[ --- ][.] +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A Title Test} +Some text to prove that this paragraph is not indented. +\subsection{A first} Some text \ldots \newpage +\subsection{A longer second} Some more text. +\stopcontents \subsection{A third} \resumecontents +\subsection{An even longer fourth} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..78b358144f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-2 on page 50. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\contentsline {part}{I\hspace{1em}Part}{2} +\contentsline{chapter}{\numberline{1}A-Head}{2} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{1.1}B-Head}{3} +\contentsline{subsection}% + {\numberline{1.1.1}C-Head}{4} +\contentsline{subsection}% + {\numberline{}With Empty Number}{5} +\contentsline{subsection}{Unnumbered C-Head}{6} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eeea831ba0f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-3 on page 51. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{10}A-Head}{3} +\contentsline{subsection}{\numberline{10.9}B-Head}{4} +\contentsline{subsection}{\numberline{10.10}B-Head}{4} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cd80ce21579 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-4 on page 52. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{3em}} +\makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{10}A-Head}{3} +\contentsline{subsection}{\numberline{10.9}B-Head}{4} +\contentsline{subsection}{\numberline{10.10}B-Head}{4} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..49e88133a17 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-5 on page 53. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{17\baselineskip} +% For the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +% and make the headings smaller: +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\setcounter{page}{1} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\ext@table{lof} +\makeatother +\renewcommand\listfigurename + {Figures and Tables} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\listoffigures +\section{A Section} +Some text \ldots +\begin{table}[b] + \centering + \fbox{\scriptsize A table} + \caption{Table-Caption} +\end{table} +Some text referencing +figure~\ref{fig} \ldots +\begin{figure} + \centering + \fbox{\scriptsize A figure} + \caption{Figure-Caption}\label{fig} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d3aa9ec76b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-6 on page 54. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{18\baselineskip} +% For the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +% and use a smaller heading size: +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\setcounter{page}{1} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\ext@figure{toc} +\renewcommand\ext@table{toc} +\renewcommand\l@figure[2]{\@dottedtocline + {1}{1.5em}{2.3em}{#1~(figure)}{#2}} +\renewcommand\l@table [2]{\@dottedtocline + {1}{1.5em}{2.3em}{#1~(table)}{#2}} +\makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\tableofcontents +\section{A Section} +Some text \ldots +\begin{table}[b] + \centering \fbox{\scriptsize A table} + \caption{Table-Caption} +\end{table} +Some text referencing +figure~\ref{fig} \ldots +\begin{figure} + \centering \fbox{\scriptsize A figure} + \caption{Figure-Caption}\label{fig} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1ff3b9891bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-7 on page 55. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +% example pages normally start with page 6 but not here: +\setcounter{page}{1} +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {-1.25ex \@plus-1ex \@minus-.2ex}% + {.5ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\ecaption[1] + {\addcontentsline{xmp}{example}{#1}} +\makeatletter \newcommand\listofexamples + {\section*{Comments}\@starttoc{xmp}} + \newcommand\l@example[2] + {\par\noindent#1,~\textit{#2}\par} \makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Selection of recordings} +Ravel's Bol\'ero by Jacques Loussier +Trio.\ecaption{Loussier: A strange experience} + +Davis' Blue in Green by Cassandra +Wilson.\ecaption{Wilson: A wonderful version} +\listofexamples +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-8.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-8.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..428d532a20b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-8.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-8 on page 58. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} +\setlength\textheight{19\baselineskip} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\pagestyle{origplain} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{minitoc} +\setlength\stcindent{0pt} +\renewcommand\stctitle{} +\renewcommand\stcfont + {\footnotesize} +\setcounter{secttocdepth}{3} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\dosecttoc \faketableofcontents + +\section{Afghanistan}\secttoc +\subsection{Geography} +\subsubsection{Total area} + 647,500 km\textsuperscript{2} +\subsubsection{Land area} + 647,500 km\textsuperscript{2} +\subsection{History} \ldots + +\section{Albania} \secttoc +\subsection{Geography} +\subsubsection{Total area} + 28,750 km\textsuperscript{2} +\subsubsection{Land area} + 27,400 km\textsuperscript{2} +\subsection{History} \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6ed1070df51 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-9 on page 61. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[dotinlabels]{titletoc} +\titlecontents{chapter} [6pc] + {\addvspace{1pc}\bfseries + \titlerule[2pt]\filright} + {\contentslabel + [\textsc{\chaptername}\ + \thecontentslabel]{6pc}} + {}{\hfill\contentspage} + [\addvspace{2pt}] +% Show only chapter/section entries: +\setcounter{tocdepth}{1} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\input{partial.toc} +\contentsfinish +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8a45e6d1abe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-4-1 on page 66. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setcounter{section}{3} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A Section} \label{sec:this} + +A reference to this section looks +like this: ``see section~\ref{sec:this} +on page~\pageref{sec:this}''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1153cdb88be --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-4-2 on page 67. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{section}{2} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A section} +\subsection{A subsection}\label{sec:before} +Text before is referenced as `\ref{sec:before}'. + +\begin{figure}[ht] \label{fig:in1} + \begin{center} + \fbox{\ldots{} figure body \ldots} + \caption{First caption} \label{fig:in2} + \bigskip + \fbox{\ldots{} figure body \ldots} + \caption{Second caption} \label{fig:in3} + \end{center} \label{fig:in4} +\end{figure} +\label{sec:after} + +\raggedright +The labels are: `before' (\ref{sec:before}), +`fig:in1' (\ref{fig:in1}), `fig:in2' +(\ref{fig:in2}), `fig:in3' (\ref{fig:in3}), +`fig:in4' (\ref{fig:in4}), `after' +(\ref{sec:after}). +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a56b916aca0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-4-3 on page 68. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\addtolength\textwidth{-60pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{showkeys} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{An example}\label{sec} +Section~\ref{sec} shows the use of the +\texttt{showkeys} package with a +reference to equation~(\ref{eq}). +\begin{equation} + a = b \label{eq} +\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-4.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-4.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..df592f9ac1a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-4.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-4-4 on page 71. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{8.5\baselineskip} +\sloppy +\pagestyle{origplain} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{varioref} +\renewcommand\theequation + {\thesection.\arabic{equation}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Test} +Observe equations~\vrefrange{A}{C} and +in particular equations~\vrefrange{B}{C}. +\begin{equation} + a=b+c\label{A} \end{equation} +Here is a second equation\ldots +\begin{equation} + b=a+c\label{B} \end{equation} +\ldots and finally one more equation: +\begin{equation} + c=a+b\label{C} \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..76d658c604f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-4-5 on page 72. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{180.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{varioref} +\labelformat{section}{section~#1} +\labelformat{equation}{equation~(#1)} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{An example}\label{sec} +\Ref{sec} shows the use of the \verb=\labelformat= +declaration with a reference to \ref{eq}. +\begin{equation} a = b \label{eq} \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-6.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-6.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e4e1e35ce55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-6.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-4-6 on page 73. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{81.00082pt} +\setlength\textheight{11\baselineskip} +\sloppy +\pagestyle{origplain} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{varioref,ifthen} +\newcommand\veqns[2]{% + \vrefpagenum\firstnum{#1}% + \vrefpagenum\secondnum{#2}% + the equation% + \ifthenelse + {\equal\firstnum\secondnum}% + {s \ref{#1}}% + { \ref{#1}\vpageref{#1}}% + \space and \ref{#2}\vpageref{#2}% +} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Test: \veqns{A}{B} \par Test: \veqns{A}{C} +\begin{equation} a=b+c \label{A}\end{equation} +\begin{equation} b=a+c \label{B}\end{equation} +\newpage +Test: \veqns{A}{B} \par Test: \veqns{A}{C} +\newpage +\begin{equation} c=a+b \label{C}\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3dbff237b54 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-4-7 on page 76. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setcounter{section}{3} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{prettyref} +\newrefformat{sec}{Section~\ref{#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A Section}\label{sec:this} +A reference to the equation in this section looks like: +``see \prettyref{eq:a} in \prettyref{sec:this}''. +\begin{equation} a = b \label{eq:a} \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..79d5fdab673 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-4-8 on page 77. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titleref} +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{1} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Textual References}\label{num} +In section ``\currenttitle{}'' we prove that +it is possible to reference unnumbered sections +by referencing section ``\titleref{ex}''. + +\subsection[Example]{A Small Example}\label{ex} +The current section is referenced in +section~\ref{num}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..78ef9152260 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-4-9 on page 77. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titleref} +\renewcommand\theTitleReference[2]{\emph{#1\ #2}} +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{1} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Textual References}\label{num} +In section \currenttitle{} we prove that +it is possible to reference unnumbered +sections by referencing section \titleref{ex}. + +\subsection[Example]{A Small Example}\label{ex} +The current section is referenced in +section~\ref{num}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bdd6710c2c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-1 on page 81. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\sloppy % to avoid overfull boxes + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{xspace} +\newcommand\USA{United States of America\xspace} +\newcommand\GB {Great Britain\xspace} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\GB was unified in 1707.\\ \GB, the \USA, and +Canada have close cultural links. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c8b9c9e33ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-10 on page 85. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{exscale,relsize} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ a \times b \neq a \mathlarger{\times} b \neq + a \mathbin{\mathlarger\times} b \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..73d7060754c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-11 on page 86. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{textcase} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Textcase example}\label{exa} +\MakeTextUppercase{Text in section~\ref{exa}, + about $a=b$ and \(\alpha \neq a \) } +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e90c6bd714b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-12 on page 86. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{textcase} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\MakeTextUppercase{Some text + \NoCaseChange{Some More} text} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1825027a5dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-13 on page 86. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{textcase} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\MakeTextUppercase{Both of these will + \textbf{fail $a+b=c$} + \emph{\NoCaseChange{unfortunately}}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..683ed487ef1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-14 on page 86. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newcommand\mymath{$a+b=c$} +\MakeUppercase{But this will + \textbf{work \protect\mymath} always} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7dd45391d3a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-15 on page 87. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\sloppy +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ulem} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +No, I did \emph{not} act in the movie +\emph{\emph{The} \emph{Persecution} \emph{and} +\emph{Assassination} \emph{of} \emph{Jean-Paul} +\emph{Marat}, as performed by the Inmates of +the Asylum of Charenton under the direc\-tion of +the Marquis de~Sade!} But I \emph{did} see it. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4e7e5d4a763 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-16 on page 87. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ulem} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Double underlining (\uuline{under-line}),\\ +a wavy underline (\uwave{under-wave}), \\ +a line through text (\sout{strike out}), \\ +crossing out text (\xout{cross out, X out}), +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dc49c59b855 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-17 on page 88. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul,color} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +With the \texttt{soul} package you can +\so{letter\-space words and phrases}. Capitals +are \caps{LETTERSPACED} with a different +command. Interfaces for \ul{underlining}, +\st{strikeouts}, and \hl{highlighting} are +also provided. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2e7aadff029 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-18 on page 89. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul} \usepackage{textcomp} +\soulaccent{\capitalgrave} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Huge \st{\"a \`u \~O \capitalgrave X {\capitalbreve Y}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..76d0e122448 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-19 on page 89. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\so{``So there,''} he said. \caps{{!`}Hola---my \textbf{friend}!} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..688b7e31706 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-2 on page 81. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\lips{\dots\unkern} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Compare the following:\\ + Du E\dots\ du! Scher dich zum \dots!\\ + Du E\lips\ du! Scher dich zum \lips! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1237a556d00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-20 on page 89. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\textsfbf[1]{\textsf{\bfseries#1}} +\usepackage{soul} \soulregister{\textsfbf}{1} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\so{Here we see \textsfbf{soul} in \emph{action}: $x\neq y$ OK?} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5abdd510b0c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-21 on page 89. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\so{bl\textbf{oo}dy viz. bl\>\textbf{oo}\>dy} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e4aba988b2e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-22 on page 90. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul,yfonts} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\textfrak{\so{S{ch}u{tz}vorri{ch}tung}} \par +\so{Gödel, E\mbox{sch}er, Bach} \par +\ul{Temporarily dis\soulomit{abl}ing the scanner} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c1eb7895090 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-23 on page 90. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul} \newsavebox\soulbox +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\sbox\soulbox{\so{ is hell }} +\ul{This\mbox{\usebox{\soulbox}}for all of us!} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-24.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2cce1781dfb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-24.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-24 on page 90. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\so{``\<So there\<'' he said. Let's\\ + produce a spaced out line\>,\linebreak OK?} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4588c284b30 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-25 on page 91. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\sodef\sobf{\bfseries}{.3em}{1em plus .1em} + {1.3em plus.1em minus.2em} +Here we \sobf{emphasize words} a lot. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-26.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b771a0998c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-26.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-26 on page 91. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\sloppy % as the example columns are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titlesec,soul} +\newcommand\allcaps[1]{\MakeUppercase{\caps{#1}}} +\titleformat{\section}[block]{\centering\sffamily} + {\thesection.}{.5em}{\allcaps} +\titlespacing*{\section}{0pt}{8pt}{3pt} +\capsdef{/phv///}{\scshape}{.17em}{.55em}{.4em} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section*{A Sample Heading} +The \verb=\capsdef= declaration applies here, because the +heading definition specifies sans serif and our examples +are typeset with Times and Helvetica (\texttt{phv}). +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..41ac170e284 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-27 on page 92. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\sloppy % as the example columns are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titlesec} \usepackage[capsdefault]{soul} +\capsdef{/phv///}{\scshape}{.17em}{.55em}{.4em} +\capssave{display} \capsreset +\capsdef{/phv///}{\scshape}{.04em}{.35em}{.35em} +\titlespacing*{\section}{0pt}{8pt}{3pt} +\titleformat{\section}[block]{\centering\sffamily} + {\thesection.}{.5em}{\capsselect{display}\caps} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section*{A Sample Heading} +Notice the different letterspacing in the heading and +\textsf{\caps{Running Text}}. For Times we have no +definition above so that the \caps{default} will match. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-28.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5941c869158 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-28.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-28 on page 92. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setul{0pt}{.4pt} \ul{Here we test} \par +\setul{-.6ex}{.3ex} \ul{a number of} \par +\setuldepth{g} \ul{different settings.} \par +\resetul \ul{And back to normal!} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-29.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9c5a1ea4117 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-29.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-29 on page 92. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul,color} +\sethlcolor{green} \setulcolor{blue} \setstcolor{red} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Rules \hl{can} be in \st{black} \ul{blue}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b582eb073b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-3 on page 82. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ellipsis} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Compare the following:\\ + Du E\dots\ du! Scher dich zum \dots!\\ +\renewcommand\ellipsisgap{1.5\fontdimen3\font} + Du E\dots\ du! Scher dich zum \dots!\\ +\renewcommand\ellipsisgap{0.3em} + Du E\dots\ du! Scher dich zum \dots! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-30.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-30.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3fe3a224d72 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-30.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-30 on page 93. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{url} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The \LaTeX{} project web pages are at +\url{http://www . latex-project . org} and my +home directory is \path+~frank+ (sometimes). +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-31.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-31.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2839eeb5e6c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-31.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-31 on page 93. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{url} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\url{^frank} and \mbox{\url{^frank}} (OK)\par +\url{^^frank} but \mbox{\url{^^frank}} (bad) +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-32.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-32.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..06b9ac00d50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-32.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-32 on page 94. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{url} +\urldef\test\path{^^frank~#$\} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{\test{} works?} +It does---in contrast to the earlier example. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-33.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-33.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..49640249590 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-33.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-33 on page 95. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\renewcommand\ttdefault{pcr} % example class uses times package + % but changes tt fonts +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} +\renewcommand\sfdefault{cmss} +\renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt} +\setlength\emergencystretch{10mm} % columns so small in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[hyphens]{url} +\urldef\lproject\url{http://www.latex-project.org} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontfamily{pzc}\selectfont Zapf Chancery! + \lproject\ (default set-up) \quad +\urlstyle{rm}\lproject\ (CM Roman) \quad +\urlstyle{sf}\lproject\ (CM Sans Serif) \quad +\urlstyle{tt}\lproject\ (CM Typewriter) \quad +\urlstyle{same}\lproject\ (Zapf Chancery) +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-34.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-34.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..93c272b0e14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-34.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-34 on page 96. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{url} +\renewcommand\UrlLeft{<url: } +\renewcommand\UrlRight{>} +\DeclareUrlCommand\email{\urlstyle{rm}% + \renewcommand\UrlLeft{e-mail:\ }% + \renewcommand\UrlRight{}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\url{http://www.latex-project.org} \par +\email{frank.mittelbach@latex-project.org} \par +\path{$HOME/figures} oops, wrong! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-35.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-35.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dd191735288 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-35.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-35 on page 96. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{euro} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\EURO{DEM}[FRF]{7}\quad \EURO{FRF}[DEM]{23.48} +\\ +\EURO{EUR}[DEM]{10.00}\quad \EURO{DEM}{20} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-36.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-36.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4391a630cd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-36.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-36 on page 97. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[eco,table,endash]{euro} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\EURO{DEM}[FRF]{7}\quad \EURO{FRF}[DEM]{23.48} +\\ \EURO{EUR}[DEM]{10.00}\quad \EURO{DEM}{20} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-37.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-37.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..64459b15154 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-37.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-37 on page 97. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{textcomp}\usepackage[dots]{euro} +\EUROSYM{ITL}{\textlira}\EUROSYM{EUR}{\texteuro} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\EURO{ITL}{10000}\quad \EURO{DEM}[ITL]{1000} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-38.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-38.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..14607f4544d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-38.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-38 on page 98. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{eurosans,euro} +\EUROADD{GBP}{\textsterling}{0.6397} % 2002/12/21 +\newcommand*\GBP{\EURO{GBP}} \EUROSYM{EUR}{\euro} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent \GBP{14.9}\\ \GBP[FRF]{10}\\ \EURO{EUR}[GBP]{10} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-39.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-39.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6475283bc05 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-39.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-39 on page 98. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{euro} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\EUROFORMAT{main}{\in\ (=\,\out)} \EURO{DEM}[FRF]{1000}\par +\EUROFORMAT{main}{\out} \EURO{DEM}[FRF]{1000}\par +\EUROFORMAT{main}{\in} \EURO{DEM} {1000} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9ef27306b5c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-4 on page 82. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{moredefs,lips} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Elsewhere \lips the dots are normally set with +full word spaces between them \lips. An example +would be this paragraph. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-40.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-40.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..21bfd9317dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-40.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-40 on page 98. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{euro} +\EUROFORMAT{in}{\sym~\val} \EUROFORMAT{out}{\iso~\val} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\EURO{DEM}[FRF]{1000} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-41.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-41.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e2ad3a2a96c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-41.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-41 on page 99. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{euro} \EUROFORMAT{main}{\out} +\EUROFORMAT{all}{\round{-4}\form{,}{\textperiodcentered}{}} +\EUROFORMAT{ITL}{\round{2}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent \EURO{DEM}{2000}\\ \EURO{DEM}[FRF]{-100}\\ +\EURO{DEM}[ITL]{10000} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-42.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-42.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..18a3be8c52f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-42.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-42 on page 99. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{color,euro} \EUROFORMAT{main}{\out} +\EUROFORMAT{all}{\plus{$+$}{}\minus{\color{blue}$-$}{}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\EURO{DEM}{2000}\quad \EURO{DEM}[FRF]{-100} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-43.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-43.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9ce8580136d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-43.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-43 on page 99. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{eurosans,euro} +\EUROFORMAT{main}{\out} \EUROSYM{EUR}{\euro} +\EUROFORMAT{all}{\zero{0,00}{0}{,--}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\EURO{DEM}{0}\quad \EURO{DEM}{1}\quad \EURO{EUR}{1} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-44.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-44.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..78f0e7ef425 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-44.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-44 on page 100. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy % to fit in small book columns +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lettrine} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[french]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\lettrine{L}{a moitié des passagers,} affaiblis, +expirants de ces angoisses inconcevables que le +roulis d'un vaisseau porte dans les nerfs et +dans toutes les humeurs du corps agitées en sens +contraire, \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-45.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-45.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0a718ffdfb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-45.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-45 on page 100. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy % to fit in small book columns +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lettrine} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[french]{babel} +\renewcommand\LettrineFontHook{\sffamily\bfseries} +\renewcommand\LettrineTextFont{\sffamily\scshape} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\lettrine{L}{a moitié des passagers,} affaiblis, +expirants de ces angoisses inconcevables que le +roulis d'un vaisseau porte dans les nerfs et +dans toutes les humeurs du corps agitées en sens +contraire, \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-46.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-46.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fff3adb448a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-46.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-46 on page 101. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy % to fit in small book columns +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{palatino,lettrine} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[french]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\lettrine[lines=3, loversize=-0.1, lraise=0.1, + lhang=.2]{Q}{uand ils furent} revenus un peu à eux, +ils marchèrent vers Lisbonne ; il leur restait quelque +argent, avec lequel ils espéraient se sauver de la +faim après avoir échappé à la tempête \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-47.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-47.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..560be722e89 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-47.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-47 on page 101. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy % to fit in small book columns +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{palatino,lettrine} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[french]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\lettrine[lines=4, slope=0.6em, findent=-1em, + nindent=0.6em]{À} { peine ont-ils mis} le pied dans +la ville en pleurant la mort de leur bienfaiteur, +qu'ils sentent la terre trembler sous leurs pas; \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-48.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-48.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..06a45f6ce35 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-48.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-48 on page 104. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{flushleft} +``The \LaTeX{} document preparation system is a special +version of Donald Knuth's \TeX{} program. \TeX{} is a +sophisticated program designed to produce high-quality +typesetting, especially for mathematical text.'' +\end{flushleft} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-49.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-49.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..649bdfedced --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-49.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-49 on page 106. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[document]{ragged2e} +\setlength\RaggedRightRightskip{0pt plus 1cm} +\setlength\RaggedRightParindent{12pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +``The \LaTeX{} document preparation system is a special +version of Donald Knuth's \TeX{} program. \TeX{} is a +sophisticated program designed to produce high-quality +typesetting, especially for mathematical text.'' +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5bbc760b32b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-5 on page 83. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{moredefs}\usepackage[mla]{lips} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Elsewhere \olips the dots are normally set with +full word spaces between them \lips. An example +would be this paragraph. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-50.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-50.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..571265f7460 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-50.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-50 on page 107. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{setspace} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{doublespace} + In the beginning God created the heaven + and the earth. Now the earth was unformed + and void, and darkness was upon the face + of the deep; and the spirit of God + hovered over the face of the waters. +\end{doublespace} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-51.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-51.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..64f1ea05f0e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-51.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-51 on page 107. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{setspace} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{spacing}{2.0} + In the beginning God created the heaven + and the earth. Now the earth was unformed + and void, and darkness was upon the face + of the deep; and the spirit of God + hovered over the face of the waters. +\end{spacing} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-52.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-52.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9f90561d16d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-52.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-52 on page 108. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{picinpar} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{window}[1,c,% + \fbox{\shortstack{H\\e\\l\\l\\o}},] + In this case we center a word printed + vertically inside the paragraph. It is not + difficult to understand that tables can also + be easily included with the \texttt{tabwindow} + environment.\par When a paragraph ends, like + here, and the window is not yet finished, + then it just continues past the paragraph + boundary, right into the next one(s). +\end{window} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-53.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-53.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..59dfc5710f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-53.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,996 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-53 on page 109. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\begin{filecontents*}{ukmap.eps} +%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-1.2 +%%BoundingBox: 0 0 560 720 +%%Pages: 1 +%%Creator: reid (Brian Reid) with netmap-2.1 +%%CreationDate: Wed Oct 2 00:10:50 1991 +%%DocumentFonts: Helvetica-Bold Helvetica Courier Symbol +%%EndComments +/Pwid 595 def % page width +/Pht 792 def % page height +/Margin 23 def % border margin +/CaptionMargin 25 def % caption margin (at the bottom) +/Clw 15 def % max-traffic line width +Pht 792 gt + {statusdict /11x17tray known { + statusdict begin 11x17tray end + }{ + statusdict /setpageparams known { + 11 72 mul 17 72 mul 36 1 % w h offs. orientation + statusdict begin setpageparams end + }{ + 11 17 div dup scale % for laserwriter + } ifelse + } ifelse + } if +/TitleSize 10 def +/SubtitleSize 7.5 def +/CaptionSize 8 def +/GridLblSize 5 def +/CityDotFontSize 12 def +/CaptionFont /Helvetica findfont def +/TitleFont /Helvetica-Bold findfont def +/CityDotFont /Courier findfont def +/HostNameFont /Courier findfont def +/ArrowFont /Symbol findfont def +/Nlw 0.25 def /Mlw 0.5 def /Wlw 1 def /Xlw 1.5 def /Zlw 2.5 def +/Colors 20 dict def +/cdef {exch dup 3 1 roll exch def} def +/Cmap [ 0 +Colors begin +/Red [1 0 0] cdef +/Green [0 1 0] cdef +/Blue [0 0 1] cdef +/White [1 1 1] cdef +/Black [0 0 0] cdef +/Magenta [1 0 1] cdef +/Cyan [0 1 1] cdef +/Yellow [1 1 0] cdef +/Orange [1 .75 0] cdef +/Purple [.75 0 1] cdef +/Chartreuse [.75 1 0] cdef +/Fuschia [1 0 .75] cdef +/Azure [0 .75 1] cdef +/Mint [0 1 .75] cdef +/Brown [.7 .5 0] cdef +end + ] def +/CMX {0 1 2 {dup + 4 -1 roll dup 5 1 roll exch get exch + 3 -1 roll dup 4 1 roll exch get exch + dup 3 1 roll sub 5 -1 roll dup 6 1 roll + mul add 4 1 roll + } for pop pop pop setrgbcolor + } def +/BGcolor {1 setgray} def % background color +/FGcolor {0 setgray} def % foreground color +/MFcolor {0 setgray} def % map feature color +/CRcolor {0 setgray} def % circle color +/CLcolor {0 setgray} def % circle label color +/DTcolor {0 setgray} def % dot color +/PHcolor {0 setgray} def % path color +/LGcolor {0 setgray} def % legend color +/DMX matrix defaultmatrix def +/MMX matrix def +/DAR [1] def +/DSR [5 1 1 1 1 1] def +/CF {scalefont setfont} bind def +/CL {curveto stroke} bind def +/DV {scf div} bind def +/L /lineto load def +/LX {currentpoint exch pop lineto} bind def +/LY {currentpoint pop exch lineto} bind def +/MP {moveto gsave currentpoint translate} bind def +/MB {lineto stroke grestore} bind def +/MI {currentpoint stroke newpath moveto} bind def +/MT /moveto load def +/NP /newpath load def +/PL {lineto stroke} bind def +/R /rlineto load def +/ST {stroke grestore} bind def +/SCF {DV scalefont setfont} bind def +/SDW {DV setlinewidth DAR 0 setdash} bind def +/SFW {DV setlinewidth DSR 0 setdash} bind def +/SLW {[] 0 setdash DV setlinewidth} bind def +/SLC {Cmap exch get Colors begin load end aload pop setrgbcolor} def +/SPW {Clw mul [] 0 setdash DV setlinewidth 1 setlinecap} bind def +/X {0 rlineto} bind def +/Y {0 exch rlineto} bind def +/ntbl [ [/M /x /w /v /X /X /Z] + [/y /s /m /U /i /J /X] + [/z /q /h /u /e /n /V] + [/A /W /l /X /r /E /T] + [/B /p /g /d /f /o /S] + [/C /t /k /D /j /K /Q] + [/F /G /H /I /N /O /P] ] def +0 1 6 {/rx exch def 0 1 6 {/cx exch def ntbl rx get cx get dup + /X ne {[ cx 3 sub 3 rx sub /rlineto load] cvx bind def} {pop} ifelse + } for } for +/GMCT {gsave moveto currentpoint transform + DMX setmatrix itransform translate CaptionFont + GridLblSize CF} bind def +/RSG {rotate 0 0.5 rmoveto show grestore} bind def +/GMT {gsave transform 0 0 moveto 1 scf div dup scale} bind def +/BA {gsave translate rotate 1 DV dup scale newpath 0.2 setlinewidth + dup newpath dup 4 mul exch moveto 0 0 lineto dup 4 mul exch neg lineto + closepath fill grestore} bind def +/WA {gsave translate rotate BGcolor 1 DV dup scale newpath 0.2 setlinewidth + 5 2 moveto 0 0 lineto 5 -2 lineto 0 0 moveto 10 0 lineto + BGcolor stroke grestore} bind def +/SWA {gsave translate rotate 1 DV dup scale 0.2 setlinewidth 0.6 dup scale + 5 2 moveto 0 0 lineto 5 -2 lineto 0 0 moveto 10 0 lineto + BGcolor stroke grestore} bind def +/HST {gsave translate rotate 0 0 moveto 0 0 CxD DV 0 360 newpath arc + gsave BGcolor fill grestore .25 SLW stroke + dup length dup /HSTln exch def 4 le + {dup stringwidth pop -2 div -1.5 DV moveto CLcolor show} + {/HSTln HSTln 1 add 2 div cvi def + dup 0 HSTln getinterval dup stringwidth pop -2 div 0.5 DV moveto + show + dup length HSTln sub HSTln exch getinterval + dup stringwidth pop -2 div -3.7 DV moveto show + } ifelse + grestore} bind def +/HTT {gsave translate gsave rotate 0 0 moveto 0 0 CxD DV 0 360 newpath arc + gsave BGcolor fill grestore .25 SLW stroke + dup stringwidth pop -2 div -1.5 DV moveto CLcolor show + grestore rotate moveto HFn setfont show + grestore} bind def +/Hd {/HDyy exch def /HDxx exch def HDxx HDyy + gsave translate CityDotFontSize DV dup -.3 mul exch -.3058 mul + exch moveto (\267) show grestore} bind def +/Hr {HDxx HDyy moveto rmoveto currentpoint Hd} bind def +/Hx {0 exch Hr} bind def +/Id {gsave translate gsave CityDotFontSize DV dup -.3 mul exch -.3058 mul + exch moveto (\267) DTcolor show grestore + rotate moveto HFn setfont show + grestore} bind def +/HF {HostNameFont [4 DV 0 0 6 DV 0 0] makefont} def +/IF {HostNameFont [4.5 DV 0 0 7 DV 0 0] makefont} def +/Mpath {newpath 0 0 moveto Pwid Margin 2 mul sub 0 rlineto 0 Pht + Margin 2 mul CaptionMargin add sub rlineto Pwid Margin 2 mul sub neg 0 + rlineto closepath} bind def +/lctr {gsave zf setfont 10 mul 0 exch rmoveto dup + stringwidth pop -2 div 0 rmoveto show grestore} bind def +/ldsp {/dr exch def gsave zf setfont dup stringwidth pop dr mul 0 rmoveto + show grestore} bind def +/T1 {gsave MMX setmatrix + 0 -3 TitleSize sub MT TitleFont TitleSize CF show + grestore} bind def +/T2 {gsave MMX setmatrix + 0 -5 TitleSize sub SubtitleSize sub MT TitleFont SubtitleSize CF show + grestore} bind def +/MLB {290 -4 MT CaptionFont CaptionSize CF CaptionSize 1 add + mul neg 0 exch rmoveto show} bind def +/HSH {HSHx HSHy MT show /HSHy HSHy HSHdy sub def} def +/HSHmt {/HSHy exch def /HSHx exch def} def +/HSHdxy {/HSHdy exch def /HSHdx exch def} def +/INIT {Margin dup CaptionMargin add translate + MMX currentmatrix pop + Mpath 1 setlinewidth + gsave BGcolor fill grestore FGcolor stroke} def + %%Endprofile +gsave +%INIT +/CxD 11 2 div def +LGcolor +%(DECWRL netmap-2.1 by Brian Reid at Wed Oct 2 00:11:52 1991) 1 MLB +%(Lambert Conformal Projection [65\312N,55\312N], Map center: [53\312 15\302N, 2\312 30\302W]) 2 MLB +%(Image resolution 300/in., stroke limit 3 pixels) 3 MLB +274 360 translate +0.240000 dup dup scale /scf exch def +/DAR [ DAR {DV} forall ] def +/DSR [ DSR {DV} forall ] def +/AFont ArrowFont 10 DV scalefont def +%%Endinit +MFcolor +% Britain +Mlw SLW 173 -1501 MP M -9 4 R -6 1 R -5 1 R -1 4 R 2 5 R -1 4 R -1 5 R +2 4 R V 4 -1 R 4 -2 R O Q V 3 2 R 5 -2 R O N 6 -3 R +6 -2 R 9 -1 R 10 -2 R S 6 -2 R 3 -4 R 8 1 R Q 4 -3 R +5 4 R 22 2 R 9 11 R 3 4 R 6 2 R 6 1 R V 15 -1 R +5 -1 R 7 -1 R 4 -1 R 8 -2 R H N 3 -4 R 3 -4 R 1 -5 R +166 0 MB +708 -1501 MP 2 5 R 1 5 R 1 3 R 1 9 R 1 6 R 3 5 R 2 4 R +8 7 R 4 1 R 11 7 R 9 3 R 5 2 R 5 2 R 4 5 R +8 7 R 25 14 R 6 5 R 5 3 R 8 7 R 4 3 R 7 3 R +5 2 R 4 2 R 4 1 R 5 2 R 5 2 R 24 1 R 9 5 R +7 3 R 6 1 R 7 3 R 4 1 R 7 4 R 5 3 R 7 2 R +14 1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R 7 5 R 5 4 R 4 2 R 23 12 R +12 13 R 9 10 R 9 10 R 10 9 R 7 5 R 5 6 R 5 7 R +5 11 R 1 8 R 1 5 R 1 5 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 3 4 R +7 5 R 7 X 7 -4 R 5 -2 R 5 -3 R 5 -2 R 6 2 R M 1 7 R +z -8 2 R -4 4 R -2 4 R -3 4 R M -4 1 R B -4 5 R -2 5 R +1 10 R 1 13 R 1 10 R V 5 2 R V 5 Y -7 2 R -4 5 R +1 8 R 1 5 R 3 47 R 4 2 R -3 4 R -4 5 R -2 4 R +-1 13 R -1 10 R -1 7 R -1 4 R -1 5 R -1 6 R 1 12 R +2 4 R 2 5 R 1 5 R 1 5 R 1 4 R -1 10 R -1 6 R +-1 4 R -2 5 R -1 4 R -2 4 R -1 4 R 3 6 R 5 1 R +4 1 R 4 2 R 9 10 R 4 7 R 16 15 R 13 5 R 5 3 R +5 3 R 7 2 R 4 1 R J 434 598 MB +-1133 916 MP 7 -2 R 5 -2 R 5 -1 R 5 -1 R +5 -3 R 6 -3 R 5 -3 R 6 -10 R 5 -7 R 3 -5 R 9 -5 R +9 -5 R 6 -3 R 5 -3 R Q 4 -1 R 8 -3 R 4 -4 R -1 -4 R +F F -4 -1 R B C -4 -1 R -4 -2 R B -4 -3 R -4 -3 R -4 -2 R +-4 -2 R -4 -2 R -4 -1 R B -4 -3 R -4 -4 R -3 -5 R -4 -5 R +-4 -5 R -2 -4 R -4 -4 R 3 -10 R 5 2 R 15 -3 R 5 -4 R +4 -1 R 4 -1 R 8 2 R 4 3 R 3 4 R 4 4 R w 1 4 R +2 4 R 3 2 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 2 3 R 2 4 R 1 3 R +1 7 R 3 10 R 4 -3 R 6 -4 R 5 -3 R S 28 -1 R 5 2 R +2 3 R Z 7 1 R 5 2 R 5 2 R 9 1 R 7 2 R 7 1 R +2 4 R 4 2 R 3 2 R 5 3 R 5 -3 R 5 -2 R 5 -1 R +4 -1 R 4 2 R 11 -2 R 5 -3 R 6 -1 R 5 -4 R 4 -2 R +4 -4 R 4 1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R 12 X 4 -1 R 4 -4 R 5 -3 R +3 -6 R 2 -4 R 3 -9 R -2 -4 R -1 -7 R -2 -13 R -1 -5 R +H 3 -7 R V 6 -1 R 5 -1 R 3 -6 R -1 -12 R -3 -5 R -3 -5 R +O 6 -3 R 5 -1 R 5 -7 R 8 -17 R 1 -4 R 5 -3 R 2 -7 R +5 -6 R 1 -4 R -1 -7 R -1 -5 R 1 -4 R 7 -5 R 8 -3 R +4 -6 R S -2 4 R x -2 4 R -7 8 R M -1 4 R 6 3 R 6 -1 R +7 -8 R 3 -7 R 2 -5 R -1 -5 R 1 -8 R -2 -7 R -2 -4 R +-4 -4 R -4 -3 R -4 -3 R -11 -2 R -4 -1 R -4 -3 R C -4 -2 R +-4 -3 R -4 -4 R -2 -4 R -3 -5 R -3 -5 R -2 -4 R 4 -6 R +3 -6 R 4 2 R 1 3 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 7 5 R 5 3 R +9 4 R 3 2 R 7 1 R 5 -2 R 7 -2 R 4 2 R 4 -1 R +8 3 R 10 -3 R 5 -6 R 4 -6 R 1 -15 R 3 -7 R 4 -5 R +4 -9 R -1 -5 R -1 -11 R 2 -5 R 1 -4 R 5 -3 R P -2 -4 R +-2 -9 R -2 -4 R G -2 -5 R 3 -5 R H -1 -5 R -2 -4 R B -3 -5 R +2 -5 R MI -4 -9 R -6 2 R w -2 4 R -1 4 R -2 5 R -2 4 R +-3 4 R 1 9 R 2 4 R 3 4 R 2 4 R 1 3 R -1 13 R +-1 9 R w w y -4 2 R -1 4 R -3 4 R -5 4 R y -4 3 R y +-4 1 R -1 -4 R N -2 -6 R -4 Y 3 -4 R 4 -5 R -3 -4 R Q +5 -3 R -1 -5 R 1 -7 R 3 -5 R -4 Y -2 -5 R -4 Y -1 -4 R +-2 -5 R -3 -4 R -2 -4 R C -4 -2 R -3 -5 R 4 X 12 4 R 7 4 R +4 2 R 6 -2 R 3 -5 R 2 -7 R 2 -13 R -3 -4 R -3 -5 R +-1 -4 R -4 -4 R -4 -4 R -3 -5 R -7 -3 R -3 -5 R -4 X M x +z -8 1 R -9 -1 R -4 X -8 -1 R -5 -2 R C -4 -3 R -2 -5 R +1 -9 R -1 -13 R -2 -5 R -2 -4 R -1 -5 R -1 -5 R -4 -6 R +-4 -3 R -4 -2 R -4 -3 R -4 -4 R -4 -1 R -4 -2 R -4 -5 R +-5 -2 R -4 -2 R B -6 2 R -4 2 R -1 4 R 5 1 R 1 3 R +-4 3 R -7 1 R z -5 1 R -5 1 R -2 7 R -4 2 R z -9 -3 R +4 -5 R 5 -3 R 5 -7 R 4 -5 R 4 -4 R 8 -2 R 2 -5 R +2 -4 R -3 -5 R -4 -2 R -4 -2 R -11 1 R z y -4 2 R -4 2 R +y -4 2 R -4 2 R z z -5 -3 R 2 -6 R -4 -3 R -2 -5 R -1 -5 R +-2 -4 R -1 -15 R 1 -4 R 8 -13 R 5 -2 R 6 -2 R 4 -1 R +4 -2 R P -2 -7 R -1 -5 R 2 -10 R 5 -2 R G -3 -7 R -1 -6 R +-1 -4 R -1 -7 R 2 -7 R -1 -9 R 1 -6 R 2 -4 R 1 -4 R +1 -6 R 5 -5 R Q 1 -6 R 4 -3 R 5 -8 R 5 -1 R 4 -4 R +5 -7 R -2 -16 R -4 -4 R -1 -5 R -2 -5 R -3 -5 R -2 -5 R +-9 Y 1 -12 R -5 Y P 5 -1 R 5 -1 R P ST +-1143 881 MP 6 5 R 4 2 R 4 -2 R +4 -3 R G P 8 -3 R 6 2 R -1 4 R z -4 2 R -4 2 R -2 4 R +-3 4 R -3 4 R 2 3 R 4 -2 R -1 5 R -4 2 R -4 2 R +y -3 4 R 2 3 R T ST +-975 -377 MP 4 -6 R 5 -1 R 2 -4 R 1 -5 R -2 -6 R +-4 -3 R -1 -5 R -2 -5 R -3 -4 R -8 2 R 2 4 R 3 5 R +-5 -1 R -5 -2 R -6 -1 R -6 2 R 6 2 R -4 2 R -4 1 R +-10 -7 R -5 -1 R -7 -3 R -4 -1 R -4 1 R -3 4 R y -6 5 R +-4 2 R -5 2 R -4 2 R -5 1 R -9 -1 R -4 -1 R -5 -1 R +-3 4 R 4 3 R 2 3 R 3 4 R 2 4 R z -6 -5 R -2 -4 R +-5 2 R -3 -5 R O S -3 -5 R -5 Y -1 -4 R -6 -3 R -4 -1 R +-4 -2 R -5 -4 R -5 -7 R -7 -2 R 2 5 R 3 4 R 4 2 R +2 4 R -1 5 R w 1 5 R -1 7 R -4 4 R -2 4 R -3 4 R +-4 4 R -3 13 R C O N 2 -9 R 1 -5 R H -1 -6 R -3 -5 R O +4 -1 R -1 -4 R -6 -7 R -5 -7 R -5 -1 R -167 -46 MB +-869 77 MP -5 -7 R -4 2 R +-3 4 R -5 4 R -10 -2 R -4 -4 R -5 -3 R -6 -1 R 2 -8 R +3 -4 R 2 -4 R 2 -5 R 4 -3 R P 6 -1 R 4 -3 R 1 -9 R +-2 -7 R 1 -5 R 1 -10 R 3 -5 R 3 -5 R -1 -5 R 2 -10 R +2 -4 R 2 -5 R 2 -5 R 1 -5 R -1 -5 R -1 -14 R -2 -5 R +-1 -8 R -1 -4 R 1 -11 R 1 -4 R 4 -3 R 5 -8 R -4 -3 R +-1 -5 R -2 -4 R -2 -4 R -2 -4 R -5 -6 R -2 -4 R -1 -5 R +-2 -6 R -5 -4 R -4 -3 R -4 -6 R -2 -4 R -4 -9 R -1 -4 R +-1 -4 R 1 -6 R -1 -5 R -1 -5 R -3 -5 R -5 -6 R -3 -4 R +-8 -17 R -1 -4 R 1 -13 R 2 -5 R 1 -8 R -1 -14 R -3 -4 R +-3 -5 R -2 -4 R -4 -6 R -10 -11 R -4 -6 R -5 -6 R -7 -9 R +-4 -6 R -2 -4 R -1 -6 R -3 -13 R x -8 2 R -6 -3 R H 2 -15 R +4 -2 R P 3 2 R 1 4 R 1 3 R 1 -5 R -2 -4 R 1 -8 R +I ST +69 1501 MP -6 -13 R -3 -7 R -4 -5 R F -2 -5 R -4 -5 R -4 -5 R -5 -4 R +-4 -2 R -3 -4 R -10 -2 R -1 -6 R -2 -5 R H -1 -5 R -2 -5 R +1 -5 R 1 -6 R -4 -4 R -10 -7 R -2 -4 R 2 -7 R Q -2 -6 R +-4 -4 R -10 -16 R -5 -2 R -4 -1 R -5 -3 R -1 -4 R -12 -11 R +-5 -2 R -5 -3 R -3 -4 R -2 -10 R -4 2 R -4 2 R -4 1 R +-11 -2 R -6 -4 R -5 2 R -16 -3 R -6 -3 R -6 1 R -5 1 R +-6 -1 R -5 -4 R -6 -4 R -8 -6 R -7 -6 R -9 -8 R -9 -6 R +-9 -3 R -5 2 R -4 Y 4 -2 R S 5 1 R 4 1 R 4 1 R V +4 1 R 4 3 R V 4 3 R 5 4 R 4 1 R 4 2 R V 4 3 R +5 2 R V V 5 2 R 4 3 R V 4 5 R 5 4 R V 5 -1 R 4 -2 R +P 4 1 R 5 -2 R 1 -4 R 1 -4 R -1 -5 R H -3 -10 R -4 -5 R +4 1 R P 2 -4 R 4 -3 R 4 -3 R 7 -2 R S 12 -1 R Q 4 -1 R +2 -5 R 4 -3 R 4 -3 R 3 -5 R -3 -5 R -5 -4 R -8 -9 R +-9 -7 R -7 -1 R -5 -4 R -8 -3 R -6 -3 R -4 -1 R -7 2 R +-5 3 R -5 3 R -7 1 R -6 -1 R -7 -5 R -4 -5 R -4 -5 R +-4 -2 R -5 -4 R -6 -7 R -5 -3 R -4 -5 R -5 -3 R -1 -4 R +-2 -5 R 1 -4 R -2 -6 R C -13 -1 R -4 2 R -5 -2 R -6 -4 R +-6 -3 R -8 -5 R -7 -3 R -4 -1 R -5 2 R -5 1 R -11 5 R +-5 1 R -5 2 R -4 4 R -8 2 R -5 -1 R -18 -3 R 3 -4 R +2 -8 R 4 -3 R 4 1 R 4 2 R 6 1 R S S 4 -2 R S 9 -2 R +P 8 1 R 4 -2 R S 8 -1 R 6 2 R 8 -2 R 4 -4 R S 10 1 R +19 -1 R 5 -1 R 4 -2 R 4 -4 R 4 -3 R Q S 6 1 R 5 -1 R +4 X 9 10 R 7 -1 R V 4 1 R 3 4 R 1 4 R 2 7 R 4 1 R +-1 4 R 4 Y 4 1 R 2 3 R 2 3 R Z 3 2 R V 4 -2 R +8 1 R 6 -1 R 8 1 R 6 -1 R MI S 4 -3 R P 4 -7 R 2 -5 R +-6 Y 5 2 R Q 4 2 R 7 -2 R 4 -2 R 4 -3 R S 4 -2 R +4 -4 R S 4 -3 R 4 -5 R Q S 5 -4 R 4 -1 R 4 -1 R Q 5 2 R +11 -2 R 4 -2 R 5 -1 R 5 -2 R -1 -7 R 4 -3 R 7 -5 R +3 -5 R 1 -5 R 4 -5 R 4 -5 R 2 -4 R 2 -5 R 12 -21 R +5 -4 R 2 -4 R 4 -5 R 4 -4 R 6 -7 R 4 -9 R 5 -7 R +3 -5 R 5 -2 R 2 4 R Z 6 -9 R -2 -4 R 3 -5 R 3 4 R +7 -2 R 5 -2 R 3 -4 R 9 -6 R -1 -5 R 3 -5 R -4 Y 3 -7 R +2 -4 R H 1 -6 R 6 -9 R -1 -5 R 1 -12 R 2 -7 R -2 -5 R +-2 -4 R -2 -5 R 3 -7 R 1 -4 R 1 -6 R 4 -2 R 3 -9 R +-2 -4 R -1 -5 R -1 -5 R 1 -7 R 6 -9 R 3 -4 R 3 -13 R +2 -4 R -1 -5 R -2 -5 R 1 -6 R 4 -5 R 1 -6 R 1 -4 R +1 -5 R 1 -7 R 5 -3 R O 2 -9 R 3 -4 R 1 -4 R 1 -5 R +5 -9 R 6 -7 R 5 -7 R -1 -7 R 3 -13 R 1 -14 R 3 -7 R +2 -5 R 1 -6 R 2 -5 R 3 -9 R 1 -13 R 4 -5 R 5 -6 R +3 -5 R 5 -4 R 15 -9 R -4 -2 R -1 -4 R 1 -4 R 1 -5 R +4 -5 R -2 -4 R -4 -3 R -1 -5 R 1 -4 R 4 -4 R 8 2 R +1 4 R x 1 4 R 6 1 R 8 -3 R 5 -2 R 4 -1 R 7 -6 R +8 -5 R 5 -1 R 12 -1 R 6 -4 R 7 1 R 4 -2 R 5 -3 R +8 -1 R 5 -3 R 4 -5 R 5 -4 R 5 -2 R S 4 -1 R 4 -4 R +9 -7 R S 8 -2 R 4 -3 R 4 -5 R 4 -2 R 4 -6 R -1 -5 R +3 -8 R 9 -7 R 5 -9 R 2 -5 R 2 -4 R 3 -6 R N 1 -7 R +1 -5 R 5 -9 R 2 -6 R 4 -5 R 8 -6 R 6 -1 R 4 -2 R +4 -2 R 2 -6 R 1 -9 R 2 -4 R 5 -4 R 5 -2 R 4 -1 R +5 -2 R 4 -1 R 9 -4 R 5 -2 R 5 -3 R 3 -4 R ST +582 366 MP F -7 -3 R +-4 -1 R -9 -6 R -2 -4 R -4 -7 R -2 -5 R H 1 -11 R 1 -4 R +2 -5 R 2 -5 R 2 -5 R 1 -4 R 1 -4 R 1 -4 R 1 -5 R +2 -5 R 5 -8 R 2 -5 R 3 -5 R 3 -5 R O 3 -5 R 9 -11 R +5 -7 R 4 -5 R 7 -8 R 7 -13 R 9 -10 R 2 -5 R 7 -9 R +4 -5 R 5 -9 R 3 -7 R 1 -4 R -2 -7 R -3 -4 R -4 -2 R +Z 2 4 R -1 8 R -4 3 R -5 3 R -5 3 R z -4 2 R z -6 -1 R +-4 -2 R B -4 -3 R -4 -1 R -11 2 R -4 3 R -5 4 R -4 4 R +-5 3 R -3 4 R -4 4 R -4 2 R -3 4 R -2 4 R x -9 4 R +z -9 -1 R -9 -4 R -6 -4 R -4 -1 R -5 -1 R -9 1 R -10 -1 R +-5 -2 R -10 2 R -5 3 R -4 1 R -5 1 R -6 -1 R -9 -8 R +-4 -1 R G 5 -5 R 7 6 R 4 1 R 4 1 R 4 2 R 6 -2 R +2 -5 R 4 -4 R S 8 1 R 5 1 R 4 3 R 4 2 R V 5 -1 R +6 1 R 5 1 R V 4 1 R 4 1 R 4 2 R 4 1 R 8 -2 R +4 -5 R 2 -4 R 4 -5 R 2 -5 R 2 -4 R 4 -4 R 4 -3 R +4 -4 R 4 -2 R 4 -4 R 3 -4 R 5 -5 R 4 -2 R 4 -1 R +4 2 R 4 -3 R 5 -6 R 3 -5 R 9 -11 R 5 -1 R 8 -6 R +5 -3 R 4 -2 R 5 -1 R 5 -3 R 5 -4 R 2 -10 R 8 -6 R +1 -5 R 7 -5 R 1 -5 R 2 -4 R 1 -4 R 3 -5 R 4 -9 R +2 -5 R 1 -4 R 1 -4 R 2 -4 R 7 -15 R 3 -9 R 1 -10 R +3 -5 R 1 -5 R -1 -19 R -1 -4 R -2 -14 R C B -4 -3 R -4 -4 R +-4 -5 R -4 -4 R -4 -3 R -4 -4 R -4 -3 R -3 -5 R -5 -5 R +-4 -5 R -3 -5 R -4 -5 R -4 -5 R -3 -4 R -2 -5 R -2 -4 R +B -5 -2 R -1 -5 R -4 -5 R 2 -5 R 4 2 R 5 2 R 5 2 R +5 -2 R 19 -11 R 6 -9 R 5 -9 R 4 -4 R 6 -3 R 5 2 R +4 1 R 5 1 R 5 -1 R 8 -6 R 3 -5 R 3 2 R 1 8 R +3 4 R 6 6 R 2 4 R 1 3 R 1 9 R 1 5 R 1 3 R +2 4 R 1 3 R MI 1 4 R 1 4 R 2 4 R 1 4 R 3 4 R +5 3 R 2 3 R 2 4 R 4 1 R 5 -1 R 6 -3 R 7 1 R +5 2 R 5 1 R 8 -1 R 4 -1 R 10 2 R V 18 -2 R 4 1 R +2 4 R 7 -3 R 4 -3 R 19 1 R 6 1 R w -9 1 R 2 3 R +5 1 R 5 -1 R 4 -2 R 5 -3 R 5 -2 R 5 -2 R 6 -1 R +16 -1 R 7 -1 R 5 -1 R 5 -1 R 12 -1 R 4 -2 R 5 -2 R +4 -1 R 4 -2 R 5 -3 R 5 -4 R 5 -4 R 7 -5 R 5 -4 R +4 -3 R 9 -6 R 7 -4 R 8 -6 R 7 -6 R 7 -4 R 5 -4 R +6 -7 R 3 -5 R 3 -4 R 3 -7 R 1 -5 R 4 -11 R 2 -4 R +1 -4 R 2 -7 R 2 -5 R 1 -13 R 1 -5 R -1 -5 R 1 -10 R +1 -5 R 2 -5 R 1 -4 R 4 -11 R -1 -6 R -4 -5 R -2 -5 R +-1 -5 R -2 -22 R -2 -4 R -2 -5 R -1 -6 R -2 -5 R -1 -4 R +-2 -5 R -3 -5 R -3 -5 R -1 -4 R -1 -5 R -1 -4 R -1 -9 R +1 -8 R 1 -5 R -1 -15 R -2 -4 R -1 -9 R -1 -5 R -1 -7 R +-1 -5 R -2 -7 R G -4 -1 R B -4 -1 R -4 -3 R F -4 -2 R z -2 -4 R +-5 Y -3 -5 R -3 -4 R -3 -5 R -4 -6 R -3 -5 R -4 -5 R -4 -4 R +-4 -6 R -3 -4 R -2 4 R -2 4 R -4 3 R -3 4 R -2 4 R +-3 4 R -4 2 R y 1 -5 R 5 -2 R 2 -4 R -2 -8 R -4 2 R +-5 -1 R B -4 1 R -4 2 R z -4 -2 R -4 -2 R B H S 5 1 R +6 1 R 5 -1 R 9 2 R 7 -2 R 5 1 R -5 Y -3 -5 R -1 -4 R +-4 -1 R -5 -2 R -5 Y -4 -3 R -2 -4 R 4 -2 R 5 -3 R 5 -1 R +Z 2 7 R 5 -5 R -2 -6 R -3 -4 R -2 -4 R -4 -4 R -4 -5 R +-4 -6 R -4 -3 R -4 -3 R -4 -2 R C -4 -2 R -4 -1 R B B -6 -1 R +-10 2 R w -2 4 R -3 4 R z -7 -1 R -9 -1 R -4 -3 R -4 -3 R +-4 -3 R -2 -6 R -2 -4 R C -3 -4 R -4 -1 R -10 -1 R -4 -2 R +B C -4 1 R -6 -3 R 5 -2 R 9 -7 R 4 2 R MI 1 3 R 4 3 R +5 -2 R 5 1 R 4 4 R 4 3 R 5 2 R 4 2 R 9 -2 R +3 -5 R 1 -5 R -1 -16 R -1 -4 R -1 -5 R -2 -5 R -4 -4 R +B C -8 -1 R -9 1 R O 7 -3 R 1 -4 R 4 -1 R 1 3 R 13 5 R +5 -3 R -4 -4 R -4 -5 R -4 -4 R -4 -4 R -4 -5 R -4 -2 R +-4 -4 R -4 -3 R -4 -4 R C -4 -2 R -7 1 R z -12 1 R -5 1 R +-5 1 R F -2 -5 R -12 -2 R -4 -3 R -4 2 R -6 -1 R B -4 -1 R +B -4 -1 R -5 -1 R -3 -8 R -1 -6 R F -4 -2 R B -4 -1 R O 5 1 R +5 1 R 4 2 R 3 4 R 2 3 R 1 4 R 4 2 R 8 1 R +4 1 R 8 -1 R 5 2 R 5 -2 R 4 -2 R 13 -1 R 5 -1 R +5 -1 R 5 -7 R -2 -5 R -4 -2 R -8 1 R -5 1 R -4 -2 R +-4 -5 R -4 -4 R -4 -1 R B -4 -3 R 4 -5 R 5 -2 R 7 -2 R +Z 5 1 R 4 -3 R 4 X 5 2 R 2 3 R -1 4 R -1 4 R 1 4 R +4 -2 R 4 X 1 6 R 3 6 R 5 -2 R 7 -2 R 7 -1 R 5 -1 R +5 -1 R 4 -1 R 5 -1 R 5 -6 R 6 -8 R 1 -5 R B -4 -3 R +-4 -2 R B z z -6 1 R -10 1 R G 4 -2 R 4 -1 R 5 -1 R 11 -2 R +4 -1 R 8 1 R 5 2 R 13 1 R 4 3 R 4 3 R 5 3 R +11 1 R 8 1 R 7 2 R 4 1 R 5 2 R 5 1 R V 5 -1 R +9 2 R 5 1 R 10 1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R +6 1 R 4 -2 R ST +1016 -741 MP -1 -17 R -2 -6 R -3 -4 R -10 -2 R H 2 -5 R +2 -9 R 2 -5 R 1 -4 R 2 -4 R 1 -6 R 1 -8 R -1 -20 R +-9 -15 R -4 -4 R -5 -2 R -9 -5 R -7 -4 R -5 -1 R -8 -3 R +-5 -6 R -9 -3 R -5 -1 R -5 1 R -5 -1 R -6 -5 R -7 -6 R +-11 -12 R -3 -5 R -2 -5 R -1 -4 R -1 -5 R -1 -4 R 1 -5 R +1 -7 R 2 -4 R -3 -7 R -4 -1 R -4 1 R -9 1 R -7 1 R +-5 2 R -6 1 R -5 2 R -11 -3 R -5 -4 R -7 -5 R -5 -6 R +-3 -4 R -4 -5 R -4 -3 R -4 -1 R -7 -3 R -4 -1 R -4 -2 R +-9 -3 R -4 -1 R -5 -1 R -11 -4 R -5 -1 R -6 -1 R -9 -4 R +-11 -7 R -2 -4 R -3 -4 R -7 -5 R -4 -5 R -2 -5 R -5 -6 R +-4 -1 R -7 1 R -4 2 R -5 3 R -4 2 R -17 2 R -4 2 R +-6 4 R -6 -1 R -8 2 R -4 1 R -4 2 R -5 2 R -4 1 R +-5 2 R -5 1 R z -5 1 R -5 2 R -6 1 R -6 1 R -12 -2 R +-5 2 R -6 -1 R -4 -1 R -5 -2 R -9 -4 R -5 -2 R -6 -1 R +-8 -2 R -5 -3 R -7 1 R -11 -1 R -5 -2 R -4 -1 R -4 -1 R +-9 -1 R -5 -2 R -7 -1 R -4 -1 R -4 -1 R -5 -1 R -6 -1 R +-5 -3 R -4 -2 R -5 1 R 4 -4 R -1 -7 R -4 -4 R B -5 3 R +-5 3 R -4 3 R -4 3 R -4 1 R -4 2 R -5 2 R -4 3 R +4 Y 3 2 R 2 4 R V 3 2 R -3 5 R -3 4 R -4 2 R -1 -4 R +-2 -4 R M 1 4 R -2 6 R -8 -2 R 1 -4 R 4 -3 R -2 -4 R +-5 Y -3 -10 R -7 1 R -6 -3 R -2 4 R 3 4 R 5 7 R 1 6 R +1 3 R w -5 3 R -6 -3 R -2 -5 R -3 -15 R -8 -5 R -5 2 R +x 2 7 R 2 3 R w 2 3 R 4 2 R -2 5 R -10 -1 R -5 X +-5 1 R F S 5 -5 R 4 -3 R -1 -9 R -2 -6 R -5 X -6 1 R +-4 4 R -4 4 R -3 4 R -5 3 R -5 3 R -4 2 R -4 1 R +-4 3 R -4 4 R -4 4 R -4 3 R -4 4 R -4 3 R z -4 2 R +-3 4 R -4 2 R -5 2 R -4 1 R F 4 -2 R S 4 -2 R MI S 4 -3 R +2 -4 R 4 -4 R 4 -2 R 4 -3 R 4 -4 R 4 -7 R P -3 -9 R +-4 -5 R -6 -4 R -5 -2 R -9 -1 R -6 -1 R -4 -2 R -9 -6 R +-5 -3 R -9 -11 R F -4 2 R -4 3 R -4 2 R -5 1 R -4 2 R +-7 1 R -5 1 R -5 -1 R -4 -2 R -9 -3 R N 4 -3 R -4 -1 R +-7 1 R -5 2 R -13 -2 R -5 -1 R -5 -1 R -10 -11 R -5 -1 R +w 1 3 R w -3 4 R -10 -1 R -5 -1 R -6 2 R -8 -2 R -2 -7 R +-2 -4 R 5 2 R 5 4 R 4 -3 R 1 -6 R 5 2 R 4 1 R +Q 6 -1 R 5 -1 R -1 -5 R -1 -4 R S S 3 -5 R -9 -6 R 1 -4 R +-2 -6 R -4 -3 R -5 1 R -12 -1 R -5 -4 R -4 2 R -3 4 R +z -7 1 R -11 4 R -7 2 R -11 1 R -5 1 R -7 1 R -6 1 R +-10 1 R y -11 1 R -8 -1 R -6 -2 R -2 -5 R -2 -8 R -3 -5 R +3 -4 R 4 -1 R 4 -5 R 1 -5 R -3 -5 R -3 -4 R -1 -4 R +-4 -5 R ST +11 -1143 MP -1 4 R 1 5 R 1 5 R w -3 10 R -5 4 R -11 9 R +-11 10 R -11 10 R -5 3 R -15 7 R -4 2 R -9 6 R -8 6 R +-4 2 R -4 1 R -6 1 R -5 1 R -5 1 R -4 2 R -4 1 R +-9 -1 R -4 -4 R -5 -2 R -4 -2 R -5 -3 R -5 -1 R -9 1 R +-7 -1 R -5 -3 R -5 -2 R -14 1 R -8 -1 R -6 -1 R -4 -1 R +-5 -3 R C F -3 -4 R H -3 -4 R -4 -2 R -4 -3 R -5 -4 R -5 -1 R +-9 1 R -3 4 R -2 10 R -3 5 R -7 8 R -1 -4 R 4 -5 R +N N -1 -7 R 2 -7 R -1 -7 R G -1 -5 R -3 -4 R G -3 -4 R F +-2 -4 R H -1 -4 R 1 -8 R 3 -5 R 3 -5 R -4 -3 R -12 -3 R +G 1 -5 R 1 -9 R S 4 -2 R 4 -2 R 4 -3 R -7 -9 R -1 -5 R +-3 -7 R -7 2 R -3 4 R -2 -5 R 3 -5 R F -5 -1 R -10 -7 R +-2 -4 R -2 -4 R -2 -4 R -1 -5 R -1 -4 R 1 -8 R -2 -4 R +-9 -1 R -7 -4 R -6 2 R -5 2 R -5 -1 R -5 X -4 2 R -5 3 R +-4 4 R w -1 6 R -3 4 R -3 4 R -5 4 R -4 1 R -5 2 R +-1 4 R -4 1 R -5 -1 R -13 -2 R -5 X -6 1 R -2 4 R -4 2 R +-5 1 R y -2 12 R -3 4 R -5 1 R -5 X -6 3 R G 4 -3 R +4 -3 R -5 -7 R -3 -5 R -5 X -3 6 R -4 3 R -3 4 R -4 2 R +-4 2 R -5 1 R -26 1 R -5 -1 R -5 -4 R -8 -7 R -10 -1 R +-10 1 R -7 1 R -10 -1 R -12 -3 R -5 2 R -1 5 R -3 4 R +-5 -3 R B -8 -2 R -2 -4 R 2 -5 R F -3 -4 R -2 -4 R 2 -6 R +-2 -7 R -6 -9 R -4 3 R -4 2 R -6 -2 R -5 -3 R -4 -3 R +-3 -4 R -2 -4 R -5 2 R -8 -3 R -4 -6 R H -1 -5 R -8 -6 R +2 3 R x z 2 4 R -2 7 R w 1 3 R 1 3 R 1 3 R z -2 -4 R +-7 -5 R 2 -6 R -2 -7 R C P S -3 -4 R -5 -3 R -3 -5 R -3 -7 R +-6 -3 R S 4 -3 R 4 -1 R 2 -5 R 3 -4 R MI -1 -7 R -9 -11 R +-3 -5 R -8 1 R -5 -1 R -4 -3 R -4 -6 R -2 -5 R H -3 -4 R +x -7 6 R -2 4 R -2 4 R -2 4 R 1 3 R 1 3 R -1 5 R +x -2 4 R -1 5 R -3 4 R -3 4 R -6 4 R -4 4 R -8 2 R +-5 3 R -7 1 R -5 2 R -4 3 R -4 3 R z -12 -1 R -6 -8 R +1 -5 R -1 -8 R -3 -5 R -6 -4 R -6 -1 R -11 -1 R -5 -2 R +-7 2 R -5 4 R -4 3 R 1 7 R 5 7 R -1 6 R w -1 4 R +1 4 R 2 4 R 1 4 R Z 4 1 R V 4 1 R 3 2 R 4 1 R +4 2 R 5 3 R 4 3 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 7 2 R V 8 -2 R +1 -5 R 4 -2 R S 6 2 R 6 7 R 1 4 R 1 3 R 3 2 R +S V 4 -1 R 8 7 R 4 3 R 4 2 R V 9 10 R 4 6 R 1 3 R +4 2 R 5 2 R 6 5 R 4 1 R 2 3 R 1 5 R -1 7 R +1 7 R 1 4 R 8 2 R V V 5 1 R 5 2 R 3 4 R 1 4 R +1 4 R 1 3 R 2 3 R -1 6 R -2 4 R 2 6 R 3 5 R +2 11 R 5 -2 R S 5 5 R 4 4 R 3 -5 R 4 3 R 2 4 R +-2 8 R 4 -1 R Q 4 -1 R V 4 3 R 16 1 R 4 1 R 3 5 R +3 5 R 1 7 R 1 4 R -1 4 R 1 5 R 5 3 R 5 3 R +V 4 3 R 3 2 R Z 4 4 R 3 7 R 2 3 R Z 3 2 R Z 4 4 R +4 1 R 4 4 R 2 4 R 1 7 R 1 16 R -2 9 R -1 5 R +1 7 R 1 10 R 3 5 R 1 5 R 2 4 R 1 3 R 1 5 R +1 17 R ST +-526 -922 MP 5 X 14 -2 R 6 -2 R 5 -3 R 6 -4 R 5 -2 R 4 -1 R +6 1 R 5 4 R 4 4 R 5 3 R 10 8 R 3 5 R 5 7 R +5 Y -2 5 R -2 12 R y -2 5 R 2 4 R 7 2 R 1 5 R -2 7 R +2 3 R 7 4 R 6 2 R 5 1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R 13 -1 R +4 -2 R 5 2 R 5 3 R 9 -1 R 6 2 R 6 2 R 5 -1 R +9 2 R 12 -2 R 6 3 R V 5 -1 R 9 -1 R 5 -1 R 5 -2 R +11 -1 R 5 -2 R 6 -1 R 8 3 R Z 5 -2 R 6 -1 R 5 -2 R +S 5 -2 R 5 -2 R 4 -2 R 4 -4 R 3 -4 R S 14 -1 R 9 -1 R +13 1 R 5 2 R 6 4 R 7 1 R 8 2 R 5 1 R V 5 -2 R +8 -1 R 7 3 R 4 2 R 8 2 R 1 5 R -2 10 R -2 5 R +1 11 R 1 6 R -2 6 R 4 1 R 4 3 R -1 8 R Z 3 5 R +1 5 R -1 5 R 5 2 R S 5 3 R 5 4 R 2 4 R 4 5 R +3 4 R 4 5 R 3 4 R 9 7 R 4 3 R 6 3 R 12 2 R +3 5 R 3 4 R 4 5 R 2 4 R 1 4 R 2 5 R 3 5 R +3 5 R 3 4 R 4 4 R 7 9 R 1 4 R 8 13 R 8 7 R +4 4 R 3 8 R 6 8 R 6 2 R 5 1 R 4 2 R 5 4 R +-1 9 R z -1 -10 R -4 -1 R -11 -1 R B -5 -6 R -2 -4 R -3 -4 R +-4 -3 R -9 -8 R -4 -3 R C F -6 -7 R G -2 -4 R -8 -9 R -5 -6 R +F -6 -4 R B -6 -1 R -4 -1 R C -4 -2 R -5 -4 R -4 -2 R B -4 -1 R +B -7 -1 R -7 1 R -9 2 R -1 6 R -4 -3 R -2 -4 R B -2 -4 R +-4 -3 R -4 -2 R C -4 -3 R -4 -3 R -4 -2 R -4 -2 R G -2 -4 R +-1 -4 R -2 -4 R z -4 -2 R 2 -4 R N -1 -8 R -2 -4 R G -14 -1 R +-4 -2 R -4 -3 R B -5 1 R -4 2 R B C -10 1 R -12 1 R z -10 1 R +z z -4 2 R -9 1 R -4 3 R -2 5 R -4 4 R -4 2 R x -4 4 R +-4 5 R MI -4 4 R z -5 -1 R -4 1 R -5 2 R -2 5 R -4 6 R +-1 11 R -2 4 R -1 4 R -4 7 R -4 4 R -2 4 R M -4 5 R +-1 4 R -1 4 R -5 -1 R -7 -1 R -4 -1 R C z z -6 -1 R -4 -1 R +-4 -3 R -3 -4 R 2 -5 R 5 -4 R -1 -4 R -5 1 R -4 -1 R +F -4 5 R -5 -2 R B -5 2 R -4 2 R -5 -1 R -4 -2 R F -2 -5 R +z z z -2 -4 R -6 1 R -4 2 R -4 4 R y -4 1 R x 4 7 R +-2 5 R -1 4 R 3 4 R 5 4 R 5 6 R Q 2 -4 R 7 2 R +5 -3 R 5 1 R 9 4 R 13 9 R 1 7 R z -2 -4 R C -9 -1 R +B -4 4 R M -4 3 R -21 -1 R -4 -2 R -5 1 R -4 3 R -4 4 R +-3 4 R -4 4 R -1 8 R 5 -1 R 5 -2 R 5 3 R y z -5 1 R +-3 4 R 2 6 R 1 5 R -2 5 R F -3 -4 R -3 -4 R -5 2 R +x -2 4 R F G 4 -4 R O -1 -4 R -14 -1 R B -7 1 R -6 1 R +-9 -2 R -15 -1 R -5 -1 R -4 -4 R H N -2 -5 R -1 -4 R N -3 -4 R +-3 -4 R -8 1 R -4 -2 R -4 -2 R G -6 3 R -6 2 R -5 -1 R +-6 -2 R -4 -3 R -3 -4 R -3 -6 R -4 -1 R -6 -2 R -5 3 R +-5 2 R -9 3 R z -4 2 R 3 4 R -1 7 R -4 5 R -7 2 R +-5 3 R -3 4 R Z S 4 -2 R Q 7 3 R 2 3 R S 4 -2 R 11 1 R +4 1 R 4 2 R 7 2 R 5 1 R 2 5 R -6 -2 R -8 -1 R +-8 -2 R -5 -1 R -4 1 R -5 3 R -6 -1 R -8 -1 R -4 4 R +-5 1 R -13 -2 R 1 -6 R -2 -4 R -6 3 R 1 4 R -2 5 R +-6 4 R -5 5 R 6 -1 R 4 2 R 2 6 R 6 3 R Z 14 2 R +-1 16 R -1 4 R -1 10 R -1 4 R -6 2 R -6 4 R -5 2 R +-7 1 R -4 -1 R -6 1 R -5 -2 R -7 -1 R 2 4 R -1 5 R +V -1 6 R 2 5 R 13 1 R 4 4 R 5 2 R 3 4 R MI 4 2 R +7 2 R 3 2 R 4 -1 R 4 1 R Z 4 5 R 2 10 R -2 6 R +3 2 R 5 1 R 5 -1 R 4 -2 R 6 -1 R 4 -2 R N 2 -4 R +3 2 R 4 2 R V 4 7 R 7 -6 R 4 1 R 9 2 R -2 5 R +2 6 R V V 6 2 R 3 2 R 4 4 R 2 5 R 2 4 R 1 4 R +4 2 R 4 -2 R 4 -1 R -1 9 R Z S 5 1 R 4 1 R 5 -1 R +11 2 R 5 -2 R 5 -1 R 6 2 R 4 3 R Z 4 3 R 5 2 R +5 3 R 5 4 R 6 7 R 2 4 R 8 -1 R 5 2 R 5 2 R +4 2 R 8 7 R 5 2 R 12 13 R 4 6 R 4 6 R 4 4 R +3 5 R 3 5 R 1 5 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 2 5 R +1 5 R 1 7 R 1 9 R 4 9 R 1 4 R 1 5 R 1 13 R +5 X 9 2 R 5 2 R 5 3 R 4 3 R w -7 -1 R B -4 -1 R +B B -8 1 R -4 4 R -2 5 R -2 5 R -5 8 R -3 5 R 2 4 R +1 5 R 2 5 R 1 4 R 4 6 R 5 3 R 3 8 R 2 5 R +9 3 R 6 9 R -4 -1 R -9 -7 R -5 6 R -4 5 R -3 5 R +-2 4 R -3 5 R -4 3 R -2 5 R -2 4 R 3 7 R 4 3 R +1 5 R -1 8 R -4 9 R -3 6 R -3 4 R -7 1 R z z B -6 -2 R +B -12 -1 R -4 -3 R -7 1 R -9 -2 R -5 -4 R -4 -1 R -4 -2 R +-4 -5 R H -3 -4 R -3 -4 R H 1 -4 R 3 -4 R -1 -4 R B -4 -2 R +G -4 2 R w -2 4 R -4 4 R -4 2 R z z -4 -2 R -3 -4 R -12 -2 R +-4 1 R -5 -1 R G -4 -2 R -5 3 R ST +-561 -181 MP 2 7 R 5 7 R 3 5 R +3 5 R 4 3 R 3 4 R 4 2 R 3 5 R 2 4 R 6 5 R +3 4 R 5 2 R 8 4 R 9 2 R 4 3 R 4 4 R 5 4 R +5 4 R 21 19 R 4 5 R 2 5 R 1 5 R 3 22 R O 4 -2 R +2 5 R 3 6 R 6 7 R 12 11 R 4 6 R 1 7 R 6 5 R +7 4 R 4 1 R 5 -1 R 4 2 R 4 -2 R 8 2 R 4 1 R +4 2 R 5 2 R 5 4 R 13 6 R 6 2 R 4 2 R 7 2 R +S Z -2 4 R -1 4 R -4 4 R -4 3 R Z 7 -3 R 4 -3 R 4 -1 R +8 -2 R 4 -3 R 4 -4 R O 5 -1 R 5 -1 R 5 -1 R 11 -1 R +11 2 R 4 2 R 5 4 R 5 2 R 13 5 R 4 2 R 5 2 R +9 5 R 5 2 R 17 -2 R 4 -4 R 4 -4 R 5 -4 R 5 -4 R +5 -3 R 4 -3 R 5 -3 R 3 -4 R 5 -3 R 4 -4 R 4 -3 R +N 3 -4 R 5 2 R 1 13 R -2 4 R -4 4 R 7 Y -4 5 R -3 4 R +-4 3 R -4 5 R -4 5 R -3 5 R 11 Y 5 4 R 4 1 R 5 1 R +4 2 R 9 5 R 5 1 R 7 -2 R 2 -4 R 1 -5 R O 2 -4 R +1 -7 R 2 -4 R O O 2 -4 R 1 -4 R 3 -4 R 3 -4 R 4 -4 R +4 -2 R 4 -2 R 4 -2 R 5 -1 R S 6 1 R 5 4 R 7 5 R +1 5 R 2 6 R 3 4 R -4 1 R C -6 -4 R -6 1 R -13 2 R +y M -4 2 R -4 2 R -4 4 R -4 2 R -4 3 R -4 7 R -2 4 R +-2 5 R -1 6 R -2 5 R w -2 5 R -4 5 R -1 4 R -1 5 R +-1 4 R -4 5 R -4 4 R -2 5 R -2 4 R 2 8 R 2 4 R +5 8 R 9 15 R 2 4 R 3 5 R 4 5 R 10 7 R 6 3 R +4 5 R 7 6 R 5 2 R 5 3 R z -4 -1 R -9 1 R z -5 -1 R +C -8 1 R B -4 1 R -4 4 R -4 5 R -1 5 R -1 5 R 1 13 R +1 4 R 1 12 R 1 9 R 2 23 R 4 2 R 14 2 R 4 1 R +7 3 R 6 -2 R 6 3 R 3 4 R 4 2 R x -4 3 R 1 4 R +3 6 R z MI -6 -3 R -1 5 R -2 5 R -2 4 R 1 6 R 3 5 R +3 4 R 4 3 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 4 3 R 2 8 R 1 5 R +-4 9 R -4 6 R -2 4 R 2 7 R 4 3 R -4 2 R -5 -2 R +-7 -2 R F -4 -3 R H H -5 -4 R -5 -1 R -5 1 R -3 4 R -2 7 R +y -3 5 R -4 -5 R H -1 -7 R -3 -5 R -1 -5 R G -3 -4 R -4 -3 R +-2 -4 R -4 -2 R -4 -2 R H 3 -4 R N -4 1 R -4 3 R -2 5 R +-4 4 R -7 1 R -3 5 R 2 13 R -2 8 R 1 4 R 5 3 R +1 9 R 2 4 R 1 5 R -1 4 R -2 4 R -2 8 R H H H -1 -7 R +H 2 -4 R -2 -4 R -4 -1 R -5 1 R -4 -2 R B -4 4 R -5 9 R +-2 4 R -3 4 R -5 7 R -2 5 R -4 5 R 1 7 R 1 5 R +-1 7 R -1 5 R x -6 6 R -3 5 R -2 4 R -3 5 R -3 5 R +-3 4 R -3 4 R -4 5 R -4 4 R -2 4 R -3 4 R -5 8 R +-4 3 R -3 5 R -1 4 R 4 4 R 2 3 R 2 6 R 2 5 R +2 6 R 2 7 R 1 6 R 2 17 R 3 5 R 2 4 R 2 4 R +4 7 R 1 5 R 5 7 R 4 3 R 8 9 R 3 8 R -1 8 R +3 9 R 3 4 R 7 15 R 3 5 R 5 6 R 5 3 R 1 -4 R +5 -1 R 4 -4 R 4 1 R 3 6 R Z y -7 3 R 1 3 R 3 4 R +4 3 R 5 3 R 6 3 R 5 -1 R P 4 -2 R 4 -2 R 5 -1 R +5 -2 R 5 3 R 5 3 R 7 3 R M -4 -1 R B 5 Y 4 2 R +S 6 3 R 1 3 R -2 4 R -6 -1 R -4 -2 R -4 -2 R B -7 -1 R +-4 -2 R -5 2 R -8 1 R -5 -1 R B -4 -1 R -7 2 R z -4 1 R +-4 2 R -4 -1 R B -8 1 R -4 2 R -4 2 R -4 2 R C C -4 1 R +y y -2 -4 R -6 -4 R -3 5 R -4 3 R G -2 -4 R 2 -4 R N H +-1 -4 R H O N -2 -11 R -4 -5 R C -4 2 R -13 1 R -9 -2 R -7 -6 R MI +B -4 1 R z z -1 -4 R -4 -1 R -2 5 R 2 4 R -6 -5 R 1 -4 R +-3 -4 R N 4 -2 R O -4 -3 R -6 -2 R -4 -2 R -5 -4 R -4 -3 R +-4 -3 R F -4 -2 R -6 1 R z -5 -1 R -6 2 R -1 4 R 1 9 R +1 3 R 1 5 R -2 5 R F H H -1 -4 R -1 -5 R -3 -4 R 2 -4 R +-4 -2 R -4 5 R C -4 3 R -4 3 R -1 4 R -2 5 R -5 2 R +-1 5 R -1 7 R 2 4 R -1 5 R C -2 -4 R -6 -5 R -8 2 R +M -7 2 R -4 2 R -3 4 R -2 5 R 1 5 R -2 4 R -4 3 R +H N -7 -6 R -2 -4 R 2 -5 R 1 -4 R 3 -9 R 4 -3 R 4 -3 R +5 -3 R N -2 -5 R C 3 -10 R H H H H N 3 -4 R -1 -5 R H -4 -4 R +ST +-443 595 MP -10 3 R -11 5 R -5 1 R -5 2 R -2 5 R -4 4 R -6 7 R +-2 7 R -4 3 R -2 5 R -4 2 R -7 3 R -4 1 R -4 4 R +-11 8 R -4 2 R -5 1 R -5 3 R -2 5 R -2 5 R M -5 -2 R +-4 -2 R -5 -2 R -4 -3 R -4 -2 R -5 -2 R -2 -4 R -4 -3 R +-2 -4 R 2 -5 R N 2 -9 R O N 1 -6 R 1 -4 R 2 -4 R N 2 -5 R +4 -1 R 2 -4 R -1 -6 R -2 -4 R -1 -4 R Q -6 Y -4 3 R -4 1 R +-6 4 R -4 3 R -2 4 R -2 5 R 5 Y 3 4 R -1 6 R 5 Y +-5 3 R M -3 7 R 5 Y -3 5 R -4 2 R -3 4 R -3 4 R -11 10 R +-3 5 R -4 10 R -1 6 R -7 15 R -1 5 R 1 9 R 1 5 R +1 3 R 2 8 R 1 5 R 2 3 R 9 2 R S 4 -2 R 3 -4 R +N 1 -4 R N -2 -4 R 1 -4 R -1 -4 R 1 -5 R 1 -4 R Q 4 -2 R +5 -4 R 5 3 R 1 4 R -2 5 R -7 9 R -3 9 R -2 5 R +-1 5 R -3 7 R 1 8 R 2 5 R 2 4 R 1 5 R 2 4 R +3 5 R 1 3 R 1 5 R 1 9 R 3 4 R 4 2 R 4 4 R +4 3 R 3 2 R 3 5 R 3 5 R Z Z 4 3 R 2 5 R 1 4 R +1 5 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 1 4 R 1 4 R -1 8 R 1 5 R +4 3 R 4 6 R 4 3 R 3 5 R 1 3 R 1 7 R 3 5 R +2 4 R 3 2 R 4 2 R V 4 3 R 4 1 R 6 1 R 3 7 R +1 4 R 4 8 R -1 8 R -3 6 R -6 7 R z x 4 2 R 2 5 R +-4 5 R -1 4 R -1 5 R -4 5 R -6 4 R -5 1 R -7 4 R +-8 3 R 1 5 R -4 5 R -4 4 R -4 3 R -4 4 R -7 5 R +2 6 R 4 4 R 5 5 R 3 5 R -1 9 R -3 5 R -1 5 R +-3 5 R -1 6 R 1 8 R -1 19 R 2 4 R 3 7 R 2 4 R +2 7 R 4 1 R 4 3 R 3 2 R 8 1 R 4 -1 R 5 -4 R +5 -1 R 3 -4 R 6 -1 R 11 -1 R Q 8 -1 R 4 -1 R 6 -1 R +12 1 R -4 2 R -4 1 R -5 1 R -5 1 R -4 2 R MI -4 2 R +-5 1 R -7 5 R -6 5 R -3 4 R -5 7 R -5 4 R -8 6 R +-4 5 R -2 5 R -2 5 R y H 1 -5 R 1 -4 R O 2 -4 R 5 -4 R +4 -5 R -3 -6 R B -5 1 R -4 1 R -4 4 R -3 6 R -1 4 R +-1 6 R -1 4 R 1 6 R 3 5 R 2 5 R 2 5 R 2 5 R +4 4 R -4 X -3 -4 R -8 X 1 11 R -1 6 R -4 X 1 -6 R -1 -5 R +H N 1 -4 R 4 -5 R -1 -6 R H H -1 -4 R -1 -13 R 1 -8 R -4 -2 R +y -4 -2 R 4 -3 R 3 -5 R H H H -2 -4 R G H H -1 -4 R H -2 -4 R +-4 -4 R N -5 -4 R -8 1 R -4 6 R -2 17 R -2 15 R -2 5 R +-4 3 R H 1 -4 R 2 -4 R N 1 -5 R 1 -5 R -2 -4 R -5 2 R +-5 4 R -5 4 R -4 2 R -2 5 R -3 11 R H -1 -4 R -2 -11 R +F H -3 -4 R H 2 -4 R 2 -8 R N N N -3 -5 R M -5 3 R -5 3 R +-6 3 R -4 1 R -1 4 R -3 5 R -3 9 R 1 8 R 1 10 R +-2 9 R 1 3 R 1 6 R 3 4 R 3 5 R 3 4 R 1 5 R +1 5 R 2 4 R Z 4 4 R 4 3 R 3 2 R 7 11 R 2 4 R +3 2 R 4 1 R V 5 2 R 3 2 R 4 3 R 4 3 R Z 1 7 R +2 4 R 2 4 R 4 3 R 4 2 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 4 3 R +4 2 R 4 3 R 3 5 R -7 -2 R -5 -3 R -4 -4 R -4 -3 R +-4 -1 R -4 2 R -6 -2 R H H H H H H G -2 -4 R -5 -3 R -5 -2 R +-6 -1 R -5 -4 R -4 -4 R -5 -4 R -4 -4 R H -3 -4 R -4 -4 R +H H -5 -4 R -4 -1 R -1 -4 R -1 -7 R -5 -4 R -3 -4 R -4 -2 R +-8 6 R M H 1 -11 R -1 -5 R H 2 -7 R 3 -5 R 1 -4 R 1 -10 R +2 -5 R 2 -8 R -2 -4 R 3 -4 R 5 -6 R O 2 -4 R 2 -4 R +2 -4 R 1 -4 R N MI -1 -8 R -6 -3 R -5 -1 R -4 -3 R -4 -4 R +F -3 -4 R -4 -4 R H -2 -6 R -2 -4 R G -3 -9 R -1 -4 R 1 -4 R +-2 -4 R H 1 -4 R Q 4 -5 R -2 -5 R -6 -2 R H 1 -4 R -1 -8 R +-4 -4 R -1 -8 R H -2 -6 R -4 -2 R H -1 -7 R -2 -6 R -8 -5 R +4 -2 R Q O 3 -4 R 1 -4 R 1 -7 R N -2 -4 R -3 -4 R -5 -4 R +-3 -4 R -3 -4 R -4 -1 R -5 -1 R -4 -1 R -4 -1 R -10 -2 R +-4 -3 R -19 1 R -6 9 R 2 10 R -1 5 R 1 7 R 2 5 R +1 5 R 2 4 R 4 3 R 5 6 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 2 4 R +1 5 R -1 11 R 1 7 R 1 4 R 1 8 R 2 4 R -1 6 R +-2 5 R 2 6 R 3 4 R 1 5 R 3 5 R 2 5 R 1 6 R +2 5 R -1 8 R Z 4 2 R 3 4 R 4 7 R 1 4 R 2 4 R +4 3 R 2 4 R 3 4 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 4 5 R V 2 3 R +Z 4 6 R 2 4 R 2 5 R C -4 -2 R H -6 -5 R -3 -4 R -2 -4 R +-6 -6 R -5 -2 R -5 -4 R y -3 7 R -6 3 R -2 4 R -2 6 R +1 7 R 2 8 R 3 6 R 3 5 R 3 4 R 1 4 R 4 4 R +4 4 R 4 5 R -6 -2 R -4 -3 R G -5 -4 R -4 -1 R -3 -4 R +-4 3 R 1 10 R 1 7 R 4 3 R 4 4 R 4 5 R 4 5 R +2 5 R 2 4 R 4 3 R 3 5 R 5 Y -5 X -5 -3 R -2 -7 R +-3 -4 R -7 -6 R H H -2 -7 R H F -1 5 R 1 13 R 3 4 R 3 4 R +3 4 R 4 4 R 3 11 R 3 4 R 4 5 R 3 4 R 4 3 R +Q Q S 1 4 R -2 8 R -3 4 R 2 6 R 3 4 R 2 4 R 4 6 R +3 5 R -3 4 R G -7 -5 R -2 -4 R F G F -1 -4 R -4 3 R 1 5 R +3 4 R 2 5 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 1 5 R Z 4 4 R -3 6 R +-5 1 R -3 6 R 1 5 R 1 4 R 1 5 R 1 9 R 1 5 R +1 6 R 2 5 R 3 2 R 6 3 R MI 2 8 R 4 5 R 4 5 R +3 5 R 1 3 R 2 6 R 3 5 R V 4 -1 R V 17 -1 R V 4 -1 R +4 -1 R 6 -2 R -3 5 R -10 1 R -6 3 R -5 -2 R -8 3 R +-3 8 R -1 4 R B -1 -4 R -3 -4 R -2 7 R 4 5 R 1 6 R +4 2 R 5 -2 R 6 -4 R 3 2 R 7 2 R 4 3 R 3 4 R +4 2 R V 5 1 R -4 2 R -5 -1 R -4 -1 R -5 -3 R -5 -4 R +-5 -2 R -4 4 R -3 4 R -1 4 R 1 5 R S 2 5 R 1 6 R +4 5 R 3 4 R 4 3 R 5 5 R 1 5 R 5 Y 4 2 R 4 2 R +4 1 R 4 3 R 4 2 R 11 -1 R 4 -2 R 11 2 R 3 2 R +V 4 1 R -4 2 R -5 -1 R -5 -4 R -8 1 R -11 5 R -6 3 R +2 5 R 3 4 R 3 5 R 3 4 R 4 5 R 3 5 R 3 4 R +Z 3 4 R 2 5 R -4 -2 R -4 -3 R -3 -4 R -4 -4 R -3 -4 R +-5 -3 R -4 -1 R N -2 -5 R G -1 -5 R -4 -4 R -4 -3 R -5 1 R +-3 -4 R -5 -2 R F -1 -6 R -5 -4 R -3 -4 R -5 -2 R -5 -1 R +-2 -4 R H -5 -1 R -3 -4 R G -3 -4 R H -4 -4 R -3 -4 R -4 -4 R +-3 -4 R -4 -4 R -5 -4 R -5 -2 R -4 -2 R -5 -2 R -4 -4 R +-4 2 R -3 5 R -8 2 R -6 4 R x -7 2 R -5 2 R -6 2 R +-4 1 R -5 3 R -4 5 R -5 4 R -4 7 R -8 17 R 1 6 R +12 2 R V Q 9 -2 R 4 3 R 3 2 R 7 2 R 4 3 R V 3 4 R +4 2 R V 8 -2 R O S 4 -2 R 6 -1 R 8 1 R 4 1 R 9 3 R +z -9 -1 R -5 -1 R -7 1 R -6 3 R -8 5 R -5 1 R -5 1 R +F -5 -4 R -5 -4 R -4 -2 R -13 1 R -6 1 R -6 2 R -5 -2 R +-9 3 R -5 -1 R -5 3 R -9 1 R -9 -1 R -8 1 R -6 2 R +-3 5 R -3 8 R 2 4 R ST +-836 1452 MP 8 3 R 2 6 R 8 3 R 5 -1 R +12 -1 R 5 2 R 5 X 5 X 7 3 R 5 X 3 -4 R 4 -3 R 6 -1 R +5 3 R -3 4 R 5 1 R 6 -3 R 11 4 R 4 3 R -4 3 R +-4 2 R -4 2 R -4 2 R -3 5 R 2 4 R 5 1 R 5 1 R +8 3 R 10 -2 R 4 2 R 3 4 R Z 125 49 MB +-718 1500 MP C -5 1 R -4 1 R W -15 1 MB +373 -1066 MP -11 -4 R +-5 -3 R -4 -5 R -2 -4 R H -3 -14 R -5 -3 R -9 -3 R -4 -1 R +-5 -1 R -4 -1 R -8 2 R -4 4 R -8 7 R -5 4 R -5 3 R +-5 2 R -4 2 R -5 3 R -4 2 R w -5 3 R -4 2 R -6 -1 R +-4 -2 R -5 -1 R 1 4 R 3 4 R 4 4 R 1 5 R 7 1 R +4 1 R 3 2 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 4 2 R 1 -6 R 4 1 R +6 7 R 4 4 R 4 3 R 4 4 R 6 5 R V S 4 -1 R 4 -3 R +4 -3 R 4 -2 R 4 -2 R S S S S 7 1 R 4 1 R 4 -3 R 3 -5 R +N 4 -2 R N 3 -4 R -3 -4 R ST +-1011 -1353 MP 2 -4 R -2 -4 R -4 2 R 1 3 R +2 3 R r ST +-1021 -1340 MP 4 -3 R 1 -5 R -4 -1 R w -2 4 R J ST +-531 37 MP 5 -1 R 7 -3 R +7 -8 R 2 -11 R 4 -6 R -3 -5 R -4 1 R -3 5 R -3 4 R +-2 4 R -4 3 R -9 2 R w -2 4 R 2 4 R 3 4 R r ST +-467 78 MP 6 -2 R +7 -2 R 9 -1 R 5 -2 R 5 -3 R 2 -9 R 2 -6 R 3 -5 R +P 1 -5 R 6 -9 R 2 -9 R 6 1 R 4 2 R 5 2 R 7 4 R +4 -2 R 5 -1 R 8 -2 R -2 -5 R F -4 -5 R -3 -5 R -4 -3 R +-4 -2 R -4 -2 R -4 -3 R B -4 -2 R -4 -3 R -5 -6 R -2 -4 R +-2 -7 R -4 -1 R -4 -4 R -4 -4 R -4 -3 R -4 -2 R -4 -2 R +z -1 -6 R -5 1 R y -4 2 R -4 X -3 5 R y -2 4 R w y -8 2 R +w 1 4 R -2 6 R x -2 4 R -2 4 R -3 4 R w -2 5 R M 1 6 R +1 3 R w -1 7 R 4 Y 1 3 R 1 4 R 1 3 R -1 14 R 4 Y +3 2 R 8 2 R 7 2 R Z 6 -2 R 4 2 R 4 2 R E ST +-441 484 MP -2 -9 R +-1 -4 R G -1 -5 R 1 -8 R 2 -7 R P 5 -3 R 4 -4 R -2 -4 R +-2 -4 R -3 -4 R -2 -5 R -2 -4 R -2 -6 R -5 -3 R -4 -4 R +3 -4 R -1 -6 R -8 -7 R -12 -8 R -3 -8 R -5 -2 R -5 -3 R +-3 -4 R -8 -5 R -5 -3 R -3 -4 R -1 -4 R -3 -4 R -2 4 R +-7 -2 R -4 X w -7 4 R -5 -3 R -6 -4 R -5 -2 R -4 2 R 1 5 R +4 2 R -2 4 R 3 4 R 2 3 R 2 3 R 1 4 R 4 6 R +-1 8 R 2 8 R 2 3 R 1 3 R 1 4 R 2 7 R V 4 3 R +4 2 R 4 3 R 10 11 R 2 3 R 2 3 R 1 3 R 2 4 R +1 3 R 1 4 R 2 3 R 2 4 R 1 5 R 2 4 R 3 4 R +4 2 R 5 4 R 4 3 R 4 2 R V 4 1 R V 4 1 R 4 1 R +4 3 R P ST +-610 1109 MP 7 -8 R 4 -4 R 4 -2 R 4 -7 R 2 -9 R 5 -2 R +2 -4 R 1 -6 R 1 -7 R 3 -7 R 1 -4 R -2 -4 R -4 -5 R +4 -7 R -2 -5 R z -3 4 R -1 4 R w -1 4 R -4 2 R M z -4 3 R +-1 9 R -2 4 R w 1 7 R -2 4 R -4 2 R -2 4 R -3 4 R +-1 4 R w 2 7 R 4 5 R T ST +-636 1029 MP 6 -1 R 6 -5 R 4 -2 R 4 -5 R +5 -7 R 2 -10 R 2 -8 R -2 -12 R H 3 -4 R 7 -5 R 2 -5 R +-2 -5 R C -4 -2 R 3 -6 R S 5 -4 R -2 -4 R -2 -9 R 3 -5 R +-2 -7 R F -8 -1 R -7 -2 R -12 1 R B -4 3 R -4 3 R -5 3 R +-4 4 R -3 4 R -5 4 R 1 5 R -3 4 R -2 4 R 1 3 R +2 8 R -1 9 R w -3 4 R w -3 4 R w w 1 3 R 1 7 R 1 3 R +1 3 R 1 3 R 1 5 R 2 4 R 4 3 R 3 2 R 2 3 R +2 3 R 8 2 R 1 3 R 5 X ST +-833 1121 MP -2 -7 R H 2 -5 R 1 -5 R 3 -10 R +1 -21 R 1 -4 R 9 -10 R 1 -4 R -1 -5 R 2 -5 R 3 -6 R +-5 Y -2 -12 R -5 -2 R C -2 -7 R -4 X C -13 -4 R -4 1 R -5 1 R +-5 -2 R -3 -7 R -2 -4 R -2 -4 R -5 -3 R -5 -1 R -5 3 R +-6 6 R 2 3 R w 1 4 R 3 4 R 1 3 R 2 3 R V 7 2 R +-1 6 R -1 6 R -2 4 R -2 4 R -4 4 R -4 2 R x 2 4 R +6 5 R 4 3 R V 4 2 R -3 5 R -14 1 R -4 -2 R -2 -4 R +-2 -4 R -1 -5 R -3 -5 R -2 -4 R -4 -5 R -8 -7 R -5 -3 R +-9 -2 R -4 1 R 1 4 R -2 4 R 2 4 R 3 4 R 2 8 R +6 5 R 3 2 R 2 4 R 1 4 R -2 4 R -4 3 R 1 5 R +5 2 R -1 6 R 1 6 R 1 5 R 3 4 R 4 1 R S 5 1 R +6 4 R 5 4 R Q -2 -5 R H -1 -7 R 2 -7 R 3 2 R 2 11 R +2 3 R 1 4 R 4 2 R 2 4 R 4 2 R 4 1 R 4 3 R +6 6 R 4 2 R 7 1 R 4 2 R 4 -1 R -2 -4 R d ST +-767 1134 MP -2 -11 R +-1 -5 R -2 -4 R -2 -4 R -3 -4 R -3 -4 R F -5 -3 R -1 -4 R +-3 -5 R 1 -5 R -2 -6 R -3 -9 R -4 X -4 1 R -5 1 R -4 2 R +-8 5 R -2 4 R -1 4 R w -1 4 R 1 8 R w 1 9 R 3 4 R +3 4 R 2 3 R 2 4 R 3 4 R V 4 1 R 14 -1 R 10 1 R +4 2 R 8 2 R K ST +-730 1207 MP 1 -5 R 1 -8 R -3 -4 R -3 -4 R -2 -4 R +-3 -5 R -4 -11 R -2 -4 R -2 -4 R -7 -8 R -2 -5 R -1 -6 R +-6 -2 R -7 4 R -5 -2 R -6 -1 R -4 -3 R -5 X -5 2 R -5 4 R +-1 4 R 5 6 R 2 4 R 2 3 R 2 6 R 4 3 R 3 2 R +4 3 R 2 3 R Z 4 2 R 4 3 R 4 2 R 3 2 R Z 1 4 R +8 2 R 5 4 R 2 4 R 6 2 R V r ST +-830 1202 MP -8 -17 R -5 -6 R -3 -12 R +-5 2 R -5 2 R -5 -1 R 4 Y 3 4 R 1 3 R 2 7 R 7 6 R +1 3 R 4 -1 R 4 2 R 1 3 R 4 3 R 4 X D ST +-713 1329 MP -3 -8 R C +3 -4 R -1 -6 R G -9 1 R 1 6 R -5 -3 R -5 -7 R 4 X 4 1 R +7 -2 R -1 -5 R -7 -6 R -5 -4 R -7 -3 R -11 -5 R -5 -2 R +-10 2 R 2 4 R 4 3 R 3 4 R M -8 -2 R F -11 -8 R -7 -1 R +-5 -2 R -13 -5 R -4 2 R -4 -1 R -6 -1 R -6 -3 R -4 1 R +-11 1 R -9 -3 R H F -9 3 R z -2 6 R -3 9 R -4 2 R 1 3 R +2 4 R 1 3 R 5 3 R 4 -1 R P 5 -3 R -5 Y 7 -1 R V +-2 4 R x 4 2 R P 5 -1 R 4 2 R 4 -1 R V 4 2 R 6 1 R +4 2 R 4 1 R 4 1 R 4 2 R 4 2 R 4 3 R -1 4 R +-7 -1 R -5 -2 R -6 -3 R -4 -1 R -12 -2 R -4 -1 R -6 2 R +x 1 3 R 2 4 R 3 4 R V 7 8 R 2 4 R 2 5 R V S 7 2 R +4 2 R 4 3 R 4 1 R 4 3 R 3 5 R -4 3 R -6 -2 R +-5 -1 R -5 -2 R -6 -2 R -7 3 R -1 4 R x -4 4 R z -4 3 R +-7 5 R -13 2 R -7 1 R -2 6 R 2 4 R 4 1 R 6 5 R +M -4 2 R 1 5 R 1 3 R V 7 3 R 6 -2 R 7 -6 R -1 6 R +-2 6 R 4 X 3 7 R 4 1 R 5 2 R S 4 1 R 6 -4 R S +Q N 1 -5 R 4 -1 R 4 -5 R 1 -4 R 2 -4 R 3 -4 R N 2 -5 R +O N 1 -4 R N S 4 -3 R 5 2 R 8 -1 R 4 -1 R N 4 -1 R +3 2 R 4 -2 R 4 -5 R N 4 -3 R S 5 -2 R 3 -4 R 4 -2 R +N 4 -1 R N ST +-952 1379 MP -3 -4 R -5 -1 R -4 1 R -5 -1 R -2 -5 R -1 -5 R +-5 -2 R -5 1 R -8 -2 R -3 -4 R H -2 -8 R -5 X -5 4 R -8 2 R +2 4 R 1 16 R 4 2 R 5 4 R S V 5 -1 R 8 2 R 6 2 R +V S S 4 1 R Z Z 5 -6 R j ST +-888 1434 MP -3 -5 R -4 -9 R -3 -5 R -5 -6 R +-5 -4 R -6 -5 R -5 -1 R -5 -1 R -5 -3 R -7 2 R -4 1 R +F H y 2 5 R 5 2 R 4 2 R 2 4 R 2 3 R 3 2 R 3 2 R +1 6 R 4 1 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 5 4 R 5 3 R 4 2 R +4 X 4 1 R S d ST +-884 624 MP -3 -4 R -4 -5 R -1 -5 R -9 -11 R -2 -5 R +-2 -4 R 1 -4 R Q 5 -2 R 2 -5 R -3 -6 R -9 -3 R -5 -4 R +1 -4 R -2 -5 R -5 -1 R 1 -5 R 2 -5 R F -5 -4 R -5 1 R +-5 -2 R x -3 6 R -5 2 R -5 3 R -7 -3 R -4 -1 R -5 -2 R +-4 3 R -3 4 R -4 3 R -2 4 R 1 8 R 1 3 R 4 1 R +V 4 3 R 1 4 R Z 4 3 R 1 3 R 3 4 R 1 8 R -1 5 R +x -1 13 R 2 12 R 2 5 R 2 3 R 4 2 R 6 -1 R H H 2 -6 R +6 -1 R 3 -4 R 4 1 R S 10 2 R V 3 2 R 9 1 R V 6 -1 R +4 -5 R d ST +-494 1245 MP 1 -14 R 1 -5 R -1 -4 R 3 -11 R 1 -4 R 2 -5 R +1 -5 R 4 -5 R 4 -5 R 5 -2 R 1 -4 R 3 -5 R 7 -5 R +1 -4 R -2 -8 R -8 -1 R -4 -4 R -2 -4 R 2 -4 R -1 -5 R +-6 7 R -5 6 R 2 4 R 1 3 R -2 7 R 1 8 R w -1 5 R +-1 4 R w -1 4 R -1 4 R -1 4 R -2 7 R -1 4 R w w 1 4 R +-1 11 R 1 10 R 2 3 R ST +Nlw SLW -904 373 MP -5 4 R -5 -3 R -4 -1 R -8 -2 R +-3 -6 R -9 -2 R -4 -1 R -5 2 R -3 4 R -8 -3 R -5 -4 R +z -7 -1 R -5 -1 R -4 -3 R -6 1 R -3 4 R -1 4 R -3 4 R +-2 4 R 1 11 R 3 5 R 2 4 R 1 5 R -1 6 R -1 4 R +-5 7 R -5 3 R -4 2 R -6 -2 R -4 -2 R -13 12 R -2 4 R +-3 9 R -2 10 R -4 6 R 1 9 R -2 5 R -1 7 R -4 6 R +-4 3 R -2 5 R -3 5 R -4 5 R -4 5 R -7 3 R -4 3 R +-5 2 R -4 -3 R -2 -4 R -4 -4 R -4 -4 R -3 -4 R -2 -4 R +F -4 -3 R -9 -4 R G -2 -4 R -5 -3 R G 4 -3 R 4 -3 R -1 -4 R +5 -6 R -1 -6 R 1 -6 R -2 -4 R -5 -1 R -4 -2 R -7 -1 R +-1 -4 R -3 -4 R -4 -2 R 1 -6 R -2 -7 R H H -238 32 MB +-1143 775 MP 4 5 R 7 -1 R +5 2 R 7 X 4 1 R E ST +-1141 3 MP 14 -2 R 1 -4 R 2 -16 R 2 -5 R 1 -18 R +-2 -4 R 3 -7 R 5 -7 R 5 -11 R 2 -5 R 4 -6 R 1 -8 R +3 -8 R 1 -5 R 1 -6 R -1 -7 R -1 -19 R H -2 -6 R -4 -9 R +-1 -11 R -2 -7 R -2 -5 R -1 -5 R 2 -5 R -2 -4 R -2 -12 R +-3 -5 R 1 -16 R N 2 -6 R 4 -6 R 1 -4 R 4 -7 R -2 -5 R +-4 -3 R H 2 -6 R 1 -7 R -1 -5 R -1 -13 R 3 -5 R -2 -10 R +-4 -1 R -2 -6 R -2 -7 R -3 -5 R -1 -4 R -5 -5 R -1 -14 R +-2 -5 R -3 -4 R 2 -6 R ST +130 -666 MP 4 1 R 7 1 R 5 -2 R 6 -3 R +5 3 R 14 2 R 3 4 R 9 3 R 6 4 R 9 3 R 9 4 R +4 -1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R 5 2 R 10 2 R 10 2 R 5 -1 R +4 1 R 18 10 R 9 14 R 4 6 R 3 6 R 11 -2 R O 1 -5 R +3 -4 R 7 -4 R 5 -2 R N 1 -5 R 1 -4 R 1 -5 R 1 -4 R +H -3 -4 R B -7 -2 R 3 -6 R 6 -2 R 4 -2 R 5 3 R 4 3 R +P 6 -4 R 4 -2 R 7 -11 R -1 -5 R -1 -12 R -3 -5 R 1 -9 R +3 -8 R 11 -10 R 10 -2 R 6 -5 R 5 -1 R 4 -5 R 4 -2 R +5 1 R 4 3 R 5 5 R 2 3 R 2 4 R 4 4 R 1 3 R +-2 9 R w 2 8 R 5 X 4 -3 R 4 2 R 5 X 5 2 R 4 2 R +5 2 R 5 3 R 4 3 R 4 -3 R 4 -7 R -1 -10 R 1 -5 R +8 -9 R 5 X 8 -2 R 6 2 R 2 -4 R 2 -5 R 4 -3 R -1 -4 R +3 -5 R 4 -1 R 6 -2 R 3 -5 R 6 -9 R 5 -5 R 8 1 R +4 2 R 4 3 R 5 3 R 5 2 R 4 -2 R 7 -4 R 4 3 R +-1 9 R -2 4 R 3 4 R -2 5 R 2 5 R 5 4 R 7 -2 R +5 2 R 5 3 R 6 -7 R 4 1 R 4 3 R 5 3 R 4 3 R +2 3 R 3 4 R 5 3 R 8 -2 R 5 -1 R 4 -3 R 3 -4 R +Z 5 3 R 4 -1 R 15 1 R 4 4 R 5 2 R 10 -1 R 5 -1 R +2 -4 R 2 -5 R 9 -1 R 4 -2 R 5 -3 R 7 -5 R 5 3 R +7 -1 R 7 -3 R 4 1 R ST +-303 -315 MP 10 -7 R 6 -4 R 6 -5 R 5 X 8 -2 R +5 2 R 11 3 R 8 1 R 4 2 R 3 2 R 1 3 R 1 4 R +1 5 R 3 5 R 8 5 R 4 -2 R 4 -2 R 5 -1 R 5 1 R +5 2 R 9 6 R 5 3 R 5 4 R 5 3 R 6 6 R 3 5 R +2 6 R Z 2 5 R 1 4 R 2 5 R 1 4 R 4 9 R 2 4 R +3 5 R 4 5 R 3 5 R 9 7 R 4 -1 R 5 -2 R S 4 3 R +6 2 R N 4 -2 R 5 -1 R 6 2 R 4 2 R 5 4 R 2 3 R +2 4 R 5 -1 R 2 -4 R 2 -8 R 4 -2 R 4 -1 R 4 3 R +S N 2 -7 R 4 -4 R 3 -4 R 5 X 1 -4 R 3 -8 R 9 -2 R +4 -1 R 5 -2 R 4 1 R 13 -2 R 5 -2 R 4 -2 R 4 -2 R +4 -2 R N H H 2 -4 R 4 -3 R 2 -4 R -1 -4 R H 2 -12 R 4 -4 R +-1 -4 R 2 -4 R 2 -4 R 2 -10 R 2 -4 R 2 -8 R 4 -6 R +2 -5 R 2 -4 R 3 -4 R 2 -4 R 3 -10 R 5 -4 R 1 -4 R +-1 -8 R 2 -8 R -1 -5 R 4 -4 R 3 -9 R -2 -9 R 1 -4 R +2 -7 R 3 -9 R -2 -26 R 3 -7 R 1 -5 R 3 -9 R 2 -5 R +-1 -5 R 2 -5 R 1 -5 R 7 -9 R -4 -6 R -3 -4 R -3 -5 R +-4 -4 R -2 -4 R -3 -4 R -4 -3 R -1 -7 R 1 -5 R 2 -7 R +-3 -4 R -4 -8 R -2 -4 R -4 -1 R -6 4 R B -4 -9 R -2 -12 R +-6 1 R -4 2 R -6 4 R -3 -4 R 3 -7 R 4 -2 R Q ST +88 -63 MP -2 -5 R +1 -8 R -2 -4 R -1 -8 R -2 -5 R -1 -4 R -2 -6 R -5 -7 R +2 -11 R 3 -4 R 3 -4 R 2 -7 R 2 -5 R 4 -5 R 3 -4 R +6 -9 R 8 -3 R P 5 -2 R P 3 -7 R 1 -4 R 2 -4 R 4 -5 R +7 -6 R 7 -1 R 8 -2 R 5 -4 R 7 -3 R 9 1 R 10 -1 R +5 -4 R 4 -3 R 4 -1 R 6 1 R 2 8 R 3 4 R 2 3 R +2 4 R 4 3 R 3 2 R 2 4 R 2 3 R 2 4 R 2 4 R +1 3 R 4 4 R 5 2 R 7 1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R 5 -1 R +3 2 R 7 -2 R 5 -1 R 5 X 5 2 R Z 3 4 R 4 4 R 19 1 R +5 4 R Z 4 4 R 4 4 R 3 4 R 5 4 R 9 5 R 7 2 R +4 2 R 9 2 R 2 4 R 1 3 R 2 4 R 4 1 R 4 1 R +Z 2 4 R 4 4 R 2 3 R 2 3 R 1 3 R 3 4 R 2 3 R +4 3 R 6 1 R 2 4 R 3 8 R 5 2 R 4 3 R 5 Y 2 9 R +-1 8 R 1 5 R 2 6 R 1 5 R -1 7 R 1 14 R 1 5 R +-1 5 R 3 7 R 2 6 R -2 5 R -1 4 R -1 4 R -1 6 R +-4 2 R -2 20 R -2 7 R z -3 6 R 2 6 R 4 5 R 1 3 R +2 6 R 3 4 R 2 6 R 6 3 R 1 4 R -1 8 R -1 7 R +1 7 R 1 11 R 4 6 R 2 18 R 2 5 R v ST +-6 838 MP -3 -5 R -3 -4 R +-3 -4 R -4 -6 R -1 -4 R 2 -4 R 4 -5 R 4 -2 R 4 -5 R +Q 14 -3 R 4 -2 R 5 -1 R 5 -2 R 12 -2 R 5 -2 R 8 -3 R +5 -3 R 4 -3 R 5 -4 R -1 -5 R -5 Y 2 -4 R 2 -5 R P 4 -3 R +4 -2 R 5 -3 R 6 -2 R 1 -5 R -3 -4 R -2 -6 R 2 -5 R +3 -4 R 4 -2 R 4 -2 R S 12 -1 R 6 -2 R 5 -4 R 4 -2 R +8 1 R 5 2 R 5 2 R 5 4 R 6 1 R 11 4 R 9 -1 R +9 -4 R 9 -3 R 6 1 R 5 1 R 5 2 R 7 -3 R 4 -1 R +4 -1 R Z 2 4 R 9 4 R 7 2 R 3 4 R 3 4 R ST +-231 896 MP 1 6 R +1 5 R 1 5 R 1 5 R 3 5 R 4 2 R 5 4 R 6 7 R +1 5 R 2 10 R 1 5 R 1 4 R 1 5 R 4 4 R 4 1 R +5 1 R 10 11 R 5 4 R 5 -1 R 7 X 3 4 R 5 -1 R 5 -3 R +5 -2 R 8 -2 R 3 -4 R 4 -3 R 7 1 R 16 -1 R 12 -2 R +Q 5 -1 R 4 -3 R 1 -4 R 8 -5 R 8 3 R 5 4 R 5 2 R +7 1 R 5 2 R 7 -2 R 2 -8 R 8 -2 R 4 -1 R 5 2 R +15 2 R 5 6 R 5 1 R 13 3 R 11 9 R 4 5 R 5 1 R +5 2 R 12 1 R 4 3 R 5 7 R 2 4 R 5 7 R 2 5 R +3 5 R 9 7 R 11 8 R 9 3 R 5 2 R 6 X ST +-566 1501 MP -4 -6 R -5 -7 R +-5 -4 R -5 -6 R ST +CityDotFont CityDotFontSize SCF +LGcolor +showpage +grestore +\end{filecontents*} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{picinpar,graphicx} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figwindow}[3,l,% + \fbox{\includegraphics[width=30mm]{ukmap}},% + {United Kingdom}] + Is this a dagger which I see before me, The + handle toward my hand? Come, let me clutch + thee. I have thee not, and yet I see thee + still. Art thou not, fatal vision, + sensible To feeling as to sight? or art + thou but A dagger of the mind, a false + creation, Proceeding from the + heat-oppressed brain? I see thee yet, in + form as palpable As this which now I draw. + Thou marshall'st me the way that I was + going; And such an instrument I was to use. + Mine eyes are made the fools o' the other + senses, Or else worth all the rest; I see + thee still, And on thy blade and dudgeon + gouts of blood, Which was not so before. + (\emph{Macbeth}, Act II, Scene 1). +\end{figwindow} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..513927d261e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-6 on page 83. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \usepackage{amsmath} + \newcommand\p{$p$\nobreakdash}% "\p-adic" + \newcommand\Ndash{\nobreakdash--}% "3\Ndash 9" + \newcommand\n[1]{$n$\nobreakdash-\hspace{0pt}} + % "\n-dimensional" +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \noindent The generalization to the \n-dimensional + case (using the standard \p-adic topology) can be found + on Pages 3\Ndash 9 of Volume IV. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8d2852dd246 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-7 on page 84. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +% To show real and faked capitals we use +% the commercial Lucida fonts in the example: +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\IfFileExists{lucidabr.sty}{}{\typeout{The lucidabr package is not available}\stop} + \usepackage[lucidasmallscale]{lucidabr} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{relsize} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Large Some large text with a few + {\relsize{-2}small words} inside. +\par\medskip +\normalsize\noindent +S\textsmaller[2]{MALL} C\textsmaller[2]{APS} (faked)\\ +\textsc{Small Caps} (real; compare the running length + and stem thickness to previous line). +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..94e91c8f2da --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-8 on page 85. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{exscale,relsize} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \sum \neq \mathlarger{\sum} \] +and $\frac{1}{2} \neq \frac{\mathlarger 1} +{2}$ but $N = \mathlarger {N}$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..edfcecd4214 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-9 on page 85. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{exscale,relsize} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \mathsmaller\sum_{i=1}^n \neq + \sum_{i=1}^n \neq \mathlarger\sum_{i=1}^n +\qquad \mathsmaller\int_0^\infty \neq + \int_0^\infty \neq \mathlarger\int_0^\infty +\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4379e7b6c2e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-1 on page 110. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{4\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\renewcommand\thefootnote + {\fnsymbol{footnote}} +text text text\footnote{The first} +text text\footnote{The second} text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eccfc45d82b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-10 on page 118. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{6.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{-50pt} +\setlength\marginparwidth{40pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[side,flushmargin]{footmisc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text with a footnote.\footnote{A first.} +A lot of additional text here with a +footnote.\footnote{A second.} +Even more text and then another +footnote.\footnote{A third.} +Some more text.\footnote{A fourth.} A lot of +additional lines of text here to fill up the +space on the left. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..872212c9e0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-11 on page 118. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{-10pt} %account for marginal space in example +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[marginal]{footmisc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{A first.} with a +footnote. More text.\footnote{A second.} +Even more text.\footnote{A third.} Some +final text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..81fe9f145c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-12 on page 119. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{footmisc} +\setlength\footnotemargin{10pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{A first.} with a +footnote. More text.\footnote{A second.} +Even more text.\footnote{A third.} Some +final text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..71a33dfc316 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-13 on page 119. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{6.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{-80pt} +\setlength\marginparwidth{72pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[side,ragged]{footmisc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{In the margin ragged +right often looks better.} with a footnote +A lot of additional text here to fill +up the space in the example. A lot of +additional text here to fill up the space +in the example. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6a4e081ec6d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-14 on page 119. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{3.5\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[norule,para]{footmisc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text with a footnote.\footnote{A first.} +More text.\footnote{A second.} Even more +text.\footnote{A third.} Some final text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0f77302bad0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-15 on page 120. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{3\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[para]{footmisc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{A first.}\footnote{A second.} with +two footnotes. Even more text.\footnote{A third.} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fd44654f4d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-16 on page 120. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{3\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[multiple,para]{footmisc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{A first.}\footnote{A second.} with +two footnotes. Even more text.\footnote{A third.} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-17.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-17.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0120a253c61 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-17.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-17 on page 121. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip} +\sloppy % since the examples are so small ... +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[symbol]{footmisc} +\usepackage{perpage} +\MakePerPage[2]{footnote} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{First.} with a footnote. +More\footnote{Second.} text. Even more +text.\footnote{Third.} And even\footnote + {Fourth.} more text. Some final text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-18.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-18.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b40d4d610e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-18.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-18 on page 121. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} +\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip} +\newcounter{mnote} +\newcommand\mnote[1]{{\refstepcounter{mnote}% + \marginpar[\itshape\small\raggedleft\themnote.\ #1]% + {\itshape\small\raggedright\themnote.\ #1}}} +\usepackage{perpage} \MakePerPage{mnote} +\addtolength\textwidth{-38pt} +\setlength\marginparwidth{36pt} +\setlength\marginparsep{5pt} +\sloppy % since the examples are so small ... +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% code as above +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\mnote{First.} with a +footnote. More\footnote{Second +as footnote.} text. Even more +text.\mnote{Third!} And even +more\mnote {Fourth.} text. Some +final text.\footnote{Fifth!} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6311ad475c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-19 on page 123. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{7.5\baselineskip} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[multiple]{footmisc} +\usepackage[para]{manyfoot} +\DeclareNewFootnote[para]{B}[alph] +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{A first.}\footnoteB{B-level.} +with footnotes. Even more text.\footnoteB{A second.} +Some text\footnote{Another main note.}% +\FootnoteB{*}{A manual marker.} with footnotes. +Even more text.\footnoteB{Another B note.} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..98c389c023f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-2 on page 110. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{10\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent\ldots{} main text \ldots +\begin{center} + \begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth} + Footnotes in a minipage are numbered using + lowercase letters.\footnote{Inside minipage} + \par This text references a footnote at the + bottom of the page.\footnotemark{} + And another\footnote{Inside again} note. + \end{minipage}\footnotetext{At bottom of page} +\end{center} +\ldots{} main text \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5439f72bb25 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-20 on page 123. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\sloppy % since the example measure is soooo small +\setlength\textheight{7.8\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{-44pt} +\setlength\marginparwidth{34pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[side,flushmargin,ragged,multiple] + {footmisc} +\usepackage[para*]{manyfoot} +\DeclareNewFootnote[para]{B}[roman] +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{A first.}\footnoteB{B-level.} +with footnotes. Even more text.\footnoteB{A +second.} Some text\footnote{Another main note.}% +\FootnoteB{*}{A manual marker.} with footnotes. +Even more text.\footnoteB{Another B note.} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-21.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-21.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1d83f9aeb2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-21.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-21 on page 123. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{7\baselineskip} +\newcommand\sample{Some text for + this block to fill the page. } +\sloppy % since the examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[para]{manyfoot} +\DeclareNewFootnote[para]{B}[roman] +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some\footnote{A first.} text with two +footnotes.\footnoteB{A second.} More +text.\footnoteB{This is a very very long +footnote that\SplitNote} Even more text. + +Some\FootnotetextB{}{is continued here.} +text here and\footnote{Another first.} +even more there. \sample % as elsewhere +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..496effd07b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-22 on page 124. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +\newcommand\sample{Some text for + this block to fill the page. } +\sloppy % since the examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[para]{manyfoot} +\DeclareNewFootnote[para]{B}[roman] +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some\footnote{A first.} text with two +footnotes.\footnoteB{A second.} More +text.\footnoteB{This is a very very long +footnote that\SplitNote} Even more text. + +Some\FootnotetextB{}{is continued here.} +text here and\footnote{Another first.} +even more there. \sample % as elsewhere +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6cffee581fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-23 on page 124. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{8.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{-4pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[marginal,multiple]{footmisc} +\usepackage[ruled]{manyfoot} +\DeclareNewFootnote{B}[fnsymbol] +\DeclareNewFootnote{C}[Alph] +\setlength{\skip\footinsB}{5pt minus 1pt} +\setlength{\skip\footinsC}{5pt minus 1pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{A first.}\footnoteB{A second.} +with a footnote. Even more text.\footnoteC{A third.} +Some text\footnoteB{A sample.} with a +footnote.\footnoteC{Another sample.} Some more +text for the example. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-24.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-24.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..913ade857c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-24.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-24 on page 125. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{81.00082pt} +\setlength\textheight{8.3\baselineskip} +\sloppy % since the examples are so small +\raggedbottom + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[multiple]{footmisc} +\usepackage{manyfoot,perpage} +\DeclareNewFootnote{B}[fnsymbol] +\DeclareNewFootnote{C}[Alph] +\MakePerPage{footnoteB}\MakePerPage{footnoteC} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{A first.} with a footnote. +Even more\footnoteB{Second.}\footnoteC{Third.} +text. Some text\footnoteC{A sample.} with a +footnote here.\footnoteC{Another sample.} Some +more text. And\footnote{Again.}\footnoteB{A + last.} a last note. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ace31191320 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-25 on page 125. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{endnotes} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This is simple text.\endnote{The first endnote.} +This is simple text.\endnote{The second endnote.} +Some more text with a mark.\endnotemark[1] + +\theendnotes % output endnotes here +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-26.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dd7e19cda52 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-26.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-26 on page 126. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-10pt} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{endnotes} +\renewcommand\theendnote{\alph{endnote}} +\renewcommand\makeenmark{\textsuperscript{\theenmark)}} +\renewcommand\notesname {Chapter Notes} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This is simple text.\endnote{The first endnote.} +This is simple text.\endnote{The second endnote.} +Some more text with a mark.\endnotemark[1] +\theendnotes +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8a39e0bce42 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-27 on page 126. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-10pt} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{endnotes} +\renewcommand\enoteformat{\noindent\raggedright + \setlength\parindent{12pt}\makebox[0pt][r]{\theenmark.\,}} +\renewcommand\enotesize{\scriptsize} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This is simple text.\endnote{The first endnote with a lot + of text to produce two lines.\par And even a second + paragraph.} +This is simple text.\endnote{The second endnote.} +Some more text with a mark.\endnotemark[1] +\theendnotes +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-28.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..011a7b44a1d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-28.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-28 on page 127. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy +\setcounter{page}{1} +\addtolength\textwidth{-70pt} +\setlength\marginparwidth{58pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \newcommand\marginlabel[1]{\mbox{}\marginpar + {\raggedright\hspace{0pt}#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + Some\marginpar{ASuperLongFirstWord with problems} + text with a marginal note. Some more text. + Another\marginlabel{ASuperLongFirstword without + problems} text with a marginal note. Some more + text. A lot of additional text here to fill + up the space in the example on the left. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8633e5492ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-3 on page 111. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{footmisc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent Main text \ldots \begin{center} + \begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth} + Footnotes in a minipage are numbered using + lowercase letters.\footnote{Inside minipage} + \par This text references the previous + footnote.\addtocounter{mpfootnote}{-1}% + \mpfootnotemark{} + And another\footnote{Inside as well} note. + \end{minipage} +\end{center} \ldots{} main text \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..adbdafd8d4a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-4 on page 111. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{4\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some\footnote{A sample\footnotemark{} +footnote.}\footnotetext{A subfootnote.} +text and some more text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..306faf91ace --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-5 on page 111. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{4\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\fnref[1]{\unskip~(\ref{#1})} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This is some text.\footnote{Text inside +referenced footnote\label{fn:myfoot}.}\par +\ldots as shown in footnote\fnref{fn:myfoot} +on page~\pageref{fn:myfoot},\ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2c4aa1abcfa --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-6 on page 114. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{4\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\@makefntext[1]% + {\noindent\makebox[0pt][r]{\@thefnmark.\,}#1} +\makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +text text text\footnote{The first} +text text\footnote{The second} text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-7.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-7.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7414e52098c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-7.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-7 on page 116. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip} +\sloppy % examples are so small ... +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[perpage,symbol]{footmisc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{First.} with a footnote. +More\footnote{Second.} text. Even more +text.\footnote{Third.} And even\footnote + {Fourth.} more text. Some final text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..04b08187d5b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-8 on page 117. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{7\baselineskip} +\sloppy % examples are so small ... +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[symbol]{footmisc} +\DefineFNsymbols{stars}[text]{* {**} {***} {****}} +\setfnsymbol{stars} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{First.} with a footnote. +More\footnote{Second.} text. Even more +text.\footnote{Third.} And even\footnote{Fourth.} +more text. Some more text to finish up. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..84c9c638cfe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-9 on page 118. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{3.5\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[para]{footmisc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text with a footnote.\footnote{A first.} +More text.\footnote{A second.} Even more +text.\footnote{A third.} Some final text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c42bd32c32c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-1 on page 128. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \usepackage{pifont} + \newenvironment{MYitemize}{\renewcommand\labelitemi + {\ding{43}}\begin{itemize}}{\end{itemize}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \begin{MYitemize} + \item Text of the first item in the list. + \item Text of the first sentence in the second + item of the list. And the second sentence. + \end{MYitemize} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f9a90f24f12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-10 on page 134. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[pointedenum]{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{compactenum} +\item First level. + \begin{compactenum} + \item Second level. + \begin{compactenum} \item Third level. \end{compactenum} + \item Second level again. + \end{compactenum} +\end{compactenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..883b75ebab6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-11 on page 134. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The left margin may vary if we are not careful. +\begin{enumerate} +\item An item in a normal \texttt{enumerate}. +\end{enumerate} +\begin{compactenum} +\item Same left margin in \item this case. +\end{compactenum} +\begin{compactenum}[i)] +\item But a different one \item here. +\end{compactenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3865ef2fe35 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-12 on page 135. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[alwaysadjust]{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Here we force the shortest possible indentation always: +\begin{enumerate} +\item An item in a normal \texttt{enumerate}. +\end{enumerate} +\begin{compactenum}[i)] +\item But a different \item indentation \item here. +\end{compactenum} +\begin{compactenum}[1.] +\item Same left margin as \item in the first case. +\end{compactenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0b9b3012941 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-13 on page 135. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so + %small +\addtolength\textwidth{-24pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[neveradjust]{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +With this option the label is pushed into the margin. +\begin{enumerate} +\item An item in a normal\\ \texttt{enumerate}. +\end{enumerate} +\begin{compactenum}[{Task} A)] +\item Same left indentation in \item this case. +\end{compactenum} +\begin{compactenum}[1)] +\item And the same indentation \item here. +\end{compactenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e4445f3ebfb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-14 on page 135. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[neverdecrease]{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Producing itemized lists with special labels is easy. +\begin{compactitem}[$\star$] +\item This example uses the package option + \texttt{neverdecrease}. +\item Without it the left margin would be smaller. +\end{compactitem} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..defc2994f60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-15 on page 136. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy % as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Do you like inline description lists? Try them out! +\begin{compactdesc} +\item[paralist] A useful package as it supports + \begin{inparadesc} \item[compact\ldots] environments + that have zero vertical space, \item[aspara\ldots] + environments formatted as paragraphs, and + \item[inpara\ldots] environments as inline lists. + \end{inparadesc} +\item[enumerate] A package that is superseded now. +\end{compactdesc} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..47060a2fc14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-16 on page 136. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{paralist} \setdefaultitem{}{\textbullet}{$\star$}{} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{compactitem} +\item Outer level is using the default label. + \begin{compactitem} + \item On the second level we use again a bullet. + \begin{compactitem} + \item And on the third level a star. + \end{compactitem} + \end{compactitem} +\end{compactitem} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f2076b66906 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-17 on page 137. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{paralist} \setdefaultenum{1)}{a)}{i)}{A)} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{compactenum} +\item All levels get a closing parenthesis in this example. + \begin{compactenum} + \item Lowercase letters here. + \begin{compactenum} + \item Roman numerals here. \item Really! + \end{compactenum} + \end{compactenum} +\end{compactenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..aacaf1ef715 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-18 on page 137. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{paralist} +\setdefaultenum{1)}{a)}{i)}{A)} +\setdefaultleftmargin{\parindent}{\parindent} + {\parindent}{}{}{} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{compactenum} +\item All levels get a closing parenthesis in this example. + \begin{compactenum} + \item Lowercase letters here. + \begin{compactenum} + \item Roman numerals here. \item Really! + \end{compactenum} + \end{compactenum} +\end{compactenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..76ded2d4b9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-19 on page 139. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsthm} +\newtheorem{lem}{Lemma} +\newtheorem*{ML}{Mittelbach's Lemma} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{lem}[Main] The \LaTeX{} Companion + complements any \LaTeX{} introduction. +\end{lem} +\begin{ML} The \LaTeX{} Companion contains + packages from all application areas. +\end{ML} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c165338cd6e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-2 on page 129. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\renewcommand\theenumi {\Roman{enumi}} +\renewcommand\theenumii {\Alph{enumii}} +\renewcommand\labelenumii{\theenumii.} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{enumerate} + \item \textbf{Introduction} \label{q1} + \begin{enumerate} + \item \textbf{Applications} \\ + Motivation for research and applications + related to the subject. \label{q2} + \item \textbf{Organization} \\ + Explain organization of the report, what + is included, and what is not. \label{q3} + \end{enumerate} + \item \textbf{Literature Survey} \label{q4} +\end{enumerate} +q1=\ref{q1} q2=\ref{q2} q3=\ref{q3} q4=\ref{q4} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f6f9076c450 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-20 on page 140. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsthm} +\theoremstyle{plain} \newtheorem{thm}{Theorem} +\theoremstyle{definition} \newtheorem{defn}[thm]{Definition} +\theoremstyle{remark} \newtheorem*{rem}{Remark} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{defn} + A typographical challenge is a problem that cannot be + solved with the help of \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}. +\end{defn} +\begin{thm}There are no typographical challenges.\end{thm} +\begin{rem}The proof is left to the reader.\end{rem} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e35679eec81 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-21 on page 142. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-2pt} % for the example in the book + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ragged2e,amsthm} +\newtheoremstyle{break}% + {9pt}{9pt}% Space above and below + {\itshape\RaggedRight}% Body style + {-12pt}% Heading indent amount + {\sffamily\bfseries}{:}% Heading font and punctuation after it + {\newline}% Space after heading (\newline = linebreak) + {}% Head spec (empty = same as `plain' style) +\theoremstyle{break} +\newtheorem{exa}{Exercise} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{exa}[Active author] + Find the author responsible for the largest number of + packages described in The \LaTeX{} Companion. +\end{exa} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2ed22bb0d56 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-22 on page 143. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +% FAKE: definition for \cite to fit book bibliography !!! +\renewcommand\cite[1]{[87]} +% FAKE: in real life this example should have a bibliography!!! + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsthm} +\newtheoremstyle{citing}% Name + {3pt}{3pt}% Space above and below + {\itshape}% Body font + {\parindent}{\bfseries}% Heading indent and font + {.}% Punctuation after heading + { }% Space after head (" " = normal interword space) + {\thmnote{#3}}% Typeset note only, if present +\theoremstyle{citing} \newtheorem*{varthm}{} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{varthm}[Theorem 3.16 in \cite{Knuth90}] +By focusing on small details, it is possible to +understand the deeper significance of a passage. +\end{varthm} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..deef3dad7ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-23 on page 144. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsthm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{proof}[Proof (sufficiency)] +This proof involves a list: +\begin{enumerate} + \item because the proof comes in two parts --- + \item --- we need to use \verb|\qedhere|. \qedhere +\end{enumerate} +\end{proof} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-24.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..79dca725a41 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-24.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-24 on page 145. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \usepackage{layouts} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \setlayoutscale{0.37} + \listdiagram +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ad22a70cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-25 on page 147. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newenvironment{Quote}% + {\begin{list}{}% + {\setlength\rightmargin{\leftmargin}}% + \item[]\makebox[0pt][r]{``}\ignorespaces}% + {\unskip\makebox[0pt][l]{''}\end{list}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots\ text before. +\begin{Quote} + Some quoted text, followed by more quoted text. +\end{Quote} +Text following \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-26.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b825a2ffef6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-26.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-26 on page 148. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} +\newenvironment{Description} + {\begin{list}{}{\let\makelabel\Descriptionlabel + \setlength\labelwidth{40pt}% + \setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth+\labelsep}}}% + {\end{list}} +\newcommand*\Descriptionlabel[1]{\textsf{#1:}\hfil} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Description} +\item[Description] + Returns from a function. If issued at top level, + the interpreter simply terminates, just as if + end of input had been reached. +\item[Errors] None. +\item[Return values] + \mbox{}\\ + Any arguments in effect are passed back to the + caller. +\end{Description} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..87b32cefda5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-27 on page 149. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} +\newenvironment{altDescription}[1] + {\begin{list}{}% + {\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\textsf{##1:}\hfil}% + \settowidth\labelwidth{\makelabel{#1}}% + \setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth+\labelsep}}}% + {\end{list}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{altDescription}{Return values} +\item[Description] + Returns from a function. If issued at top level, + the interpreter simply terminates, just as if end + of input had been reached. +\item[Errors] + None. +\item[Return values] + Any arguments in effect are passed back to the + caller. +\end{altDescription} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-28.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..95acad1c8ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-28.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-28 on page 150. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy % as the column in the book is so small +\newenvironment{Description} + {\begin{list}{}{\let\makelabel\Descriptionlabel + \setlength\labelwidth{40pt}% + \setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth+\labelsep}}}% + {\end{list}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc,ifthen} \newlength{\Mylen} +% definition of Description environment as before +\newcommand*\Descriptionlabel[1]{% + \settowidth\Mylen{\textsf{#1:}}% determine width + \ifthenelse{\lengthtest{\Mylen > \labelwidth}}% + {\parbox[b]{\labelwidth}% term > labelwidth + {\makebox[0pt][l]{\textsf{#1:}}\\\mbox{}}}% + {\textsf{#1:}}% term <= labelwidth + \hfill} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Description} +\item[Description] Returns from a function. + If issued at top level, the interpreter simply + terminates, just as if end of input had been reached. +\item[Errors] None. +\item[Return values] + Any arguments in effect are passed back to the caller. +\end{Description} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-29.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3983a06e6b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-29.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-29 on page 150. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy % as the column in the book is so small +\newenvironment{Description} + {\begin{list}{}{\let\makelabel\Descriptionlabel + \setlength\labelwidth{40pt}% + \setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth+\labelsep}}}% + {\end{list}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} +% definition of Description environment as before +\newcommand*\Descriptionlabel[1] + {\raisebox{0pt}[1ex][0pt]% + {\makebox[\labelwidth][l]% + {\parbox[t]{\labelwidth}% + {\hspace{0pt}\textsf{#1:}}}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Description} +\item[Description] Returns from a function. + If issued at top level, the interpreter simply + terminates, just as if end of input had been reached. +\item[Errors] None. +\item[Return\\values] + Any arguments in effect are passed back to the caller. +\end{Description} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..65beab76d00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-3 on page 130. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\renewcommand\labelenumi{\S\theenumi.} +\usepackage{varioref} \labelformat{enumi}{\S#1} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{enumerate} +\item \label{w1} text inside list, more text inside list +\item \label{w2} text inside list, more text inside list +\item \label{w3} text inside list, more text inside list +\end{enumerate} +w1=\ref{w1} w2=\ref{w2} w3=\ref{w3} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-30.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-30.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b46e871e9ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-30.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-30 on page 151. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\sloppy % as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcounter{notes} +\newenvironment{Notes} + {\begin{list}{\textsc{Note} \arabic{notes}.}% + {\setlength\labelsep{10pt}% + \setlength\itemindent{10pt}% + \setlength\leftmargin{0pt}% + \setlength\labelwidth{0pt}% + \usecounter{notes}}}% + {\end{list}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Notes} +\item This is the text of the first note item. + Some more text for the first note item. +\item This is the text of the second note item. + Some more text for the second note item. +\end{Notes} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2da59e2cea4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-4 on page 131. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc,pifont} \newcounter{local} +\renewcommand\theenumi{\protect\setcounter{local}% + {171+\the\value{enumi}}\protect\ding{\value{local}}} +\renewcommand\labelenumi{\theenumi} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{enumerate} +\item text inside list, text inside list, \label{l1} + text inside list, more text inside list; +\item text inside list, text inside list, \label{l2} + text inside list, more text inside list; +\item text inside list, text inside list, \label{l3} + text inside list, more text inside list. +\end{enumerate} +l1=\ref{l1} l2=\ref{l2} l3=\ref{l3} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a69efdd4d44 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-5 on page 131. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\renewcommand\descriptionlabel[1]% + {\hspace{\labelsep}\textsf{#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{description} +\item[A.] text inside list, text inside list, + text inside list, more text inside list; +\item[B.] text inside list, text inside list, + text inside list, more text inside list; +\end{description} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..96936e303e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-6 on page 132. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +We may want to enumerate items within a paragraph to +\begin{inparaenum}[(a)] + \item save space + \item make a less prominent statement, or + \item for some other reason. +\end{inparaenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e1ec017be8e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-7 on page 132. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +On the other hand we may want to enumerate like this: +\begin{compactenum}[i)] + \item still make a display list + \item format items as usual but with less + vertical space, that is + \item similar to normal \texttt{enumerate}. +\end{compactenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c964502ce8a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-8 on page 133. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Or perhaps we may want to enumerate like this: +\begin{asparaenum}[1)] +\item still make a display list \item format items + as paragraphs with turnover lines not indented, + that is \item similar to normal \texttt{enumerate}. +\end{asparaenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ffe04edcfde --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-9 on page 133. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Item~\ref{bad} shows what can go wrong: +\begin{asparaenum}[Example a:] +\item On the first item we will not notice it +but \item the second item then shows what +happens if a special character is mistakenly +matched. \label{bad} +\end{asparaenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c6e2f4ae6b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-1 on page 152. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{alltt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{alltt} +One can have font changes, like +\emph{emphasized text}. +Some special characters: # $ % ^ & ~ _ +\end{alltt} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..91b3f36f3c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-10 on page 157. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen,color,fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\renewcommand\FancyVerbFormatLine[1] + {\ifthenelse{\isodd{\value{FancyVerbLine}}}% + {\textcolor{blue}{#1}}{#1}} +\begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2] + This line should become blue while + this one will be black. And here +you can observe that gobble removes +not only blanks but any character. +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..87f77a0cc8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-11 on page 157. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{itemize} \item Normal indentation left: + \begin{Verbatim}[frame=single,xrightmargin=2pc] +A verbatim line of text! + \end{Verbatim} + \item No indentation at either side: + \begin{Verbatim}[resetmargins=true, + frame=single] +A verbatim line of text! + \end{Verbatim} +\end{itemize} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..53eb97e8f5e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-12 on page 158. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{color,fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Verbatim}[frame=single,rulecolor=\color{blue}, + framerule=3pt,framesep=1pc,fillcolor=\color{yellow}] +A framed verbatim line! +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eb091a660f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-13 on page 158. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{color,fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\renewcommand\FancyVerbFormatLine[1] + {\colorbox{green}{#1}} +\begin{Verbatim} +Some verbatim lines with a +background color. +\end{Verbatim} +\renewcommand\FancyVerbFormatLine[1] + {\colorbox{yellow}{\makebox[\linewidth][l]{#1}}} +\begin{Verbatim} +Some verbatim lines with a +background color. +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b28239761d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-14 on page 159. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Verbatim}[frame=single,label=\fbox{Example code}, + framesep=5mm,labelposition=bottomline] +Some verbatim text framed +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..36880ffadbf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-15 on page 159. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Verbatim}[frame=lines,framesep=5mm, + label={[Start of code]End of code}] + A line of code +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f4b2c1565c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-16 on page 159. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Verbatim}[baselinestretch=1.6] +This text is more or less double-spaced. +See also the discussion about the +setspace package elsewhere. +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7e2e3ec8975 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-17 on page 160. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Verbatim}[numbers=left,numbersep=6pt] +Verbatim lines can be numbered +at either left or right. +\end{Verbatim} +Some intermediate text\ldots +\begin{Verbatim}[numbers=left,firstnumber=last] +Continuation is possible too +as we can see here. +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0a88dbdd098 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-18 on page 160. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\def\thechapter{3} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\renewcommand\theFancyVerbLine{\footnotesize + \thechapter.\arabic{FancyVerbLine}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Verbatim}[numbers=left,stepnumber=2, + numberblanklines=true] +Normally empty lines in +in a verbatim will not receive +numbers---here they do! + +Admittedly using stepnumber +with such a redefinition of +FancyVerbLine looks a bit odd. +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5edc17ffa04 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-19 on page 161. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Verbatim}[showtabs=true] +123456789012345678901234567890 +Two default tabs +\end{Verbatim} +\begin{Verbatim}[obeytabs=true,showtabs=true] +Two real tabs +\end{Verbatim} +\renewcommand\FancyVerbTab{$\triangleright$} +\begin{Verbatim}[obeytabs=true,showtabs=true] +Two new tabs +\end{Verbatim} +\begin{Verbatim}[obeytabs=true,tabsize=3,showtabs=true] +Using a special tab size +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8227ecccfd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-2 on page 152. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{shortvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\MakeShortVerb{\|} +The use of |\MakeShortVerb| can make sources +much more readable. +\DeleteShortVerb{\|}\MakeShortVerb{\+} +And with the declaration +\DeleteShortVerb{\|}+ +we can return the +|+ character back to normal. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..14ac5c1cde1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-20 on page 161. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Verbatim}[commandchars=\|\[\],commentchar=\!] +We can |emph[emphasize] text +! see above (this line is invisible) +Line with label|label[linea] ! removes new line +is shown here. +\end{Verbatim} +On line~\ref{linea} we see\ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9e33b044305 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-21 on page 162. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newcommand*\FancyVerbStartString{START} +\newcommand*\FancyVerbStopString{STOP} +\begin{Verbatim} + A verbatim line not shown. +START + Only the third line is shown. +STOP + But the remainder is left out. +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3f79d333e53 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-22 on page 163. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb,color} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newenvironment{example} + {\VerbatimEnvironment\begin{VerbatimOut}{test.out}} + {\end{VerbatimOut}\noindent + \BVerbatimInput[lastline=1,formatcom=\color{blue}]{test.out}% + \VerbatimInput[numbers=left,firstnumber=1,firstline=2]{test.out}} +\begin{example} +A blue line. +Two lines +with numbers. +\end{example} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3ad4ba26508 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-23 on page 164. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{BVerbatim}[boxwidth=4pc,baseline=t] +first line +second line +\end{BVerbatim} +\begin{BVerbatim}[baseline=c] +first line +second line +\end{BVerbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-24.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cac3caee499 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-24.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-24 on page 164. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} \fvset{gobble=2} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent A line of text to show the left margin. +\begin{Verbatim} + The new `normal' case. +\end{Verbatim} +\begin{Verbatim}[gobble=0] +We now need to explicitly +cancel gobble occasionally! +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9c9b4abcbed --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-25 on page 165. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\CustomVerbatimEnvironment{myverbatim}{Verbatim} + {numbers=left,frame=lines,framerule=2pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{myverbatim} +The normal case with thick +rules and numbers on the left. +\end{myverbatim} +\begin{myverbatim}[numbers=none,framerule=.6pt] +The exception without numbers +and thinner rules. +\end{myverbatim} +\RecustomVerbatimEnvironment{myverbatim}{Verbatim} + {numbers=left,frame=none,showspaces=true} +\begin{myverbatim} +And from here on the environment +behaves differently again. +\end{myverbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-26.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f7026c96bce --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-26.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-26 on page 166. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-50pt} +\setlength\marginparwidth{20pt} +\setlength\marginparsep{15pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\SaveVerb{danger}=Real \danger= + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\tableofcontents + +\section{\protect\UseVerb{danger}} + +\UseVerb*{danger} is no longer dangerous +and can\marginpar{\UseVerb[fontsize=\tiny] + {danger}} +be reused as often as desired. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0de6f665338 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-27 on page 167. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\newcommand\vitem[1][]{\SaveVerb[commandchars=\|\<\>,% + aftersave={\item[\textnormal{\UseVerb[#1]{vsave}}]}]{vsave}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{description} +\vitem+\ddanger+ Dangerous beast;\\ found in \TeX books. +\vitem[fontsize=\tiny]+\danger+ Its small brother, + still dangerous. +\vitem+\dddanger{|emph<arg>}+ The ultimate horror. +\end{description} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-28.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..11c4e3a4461 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-28.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-28 on page 167. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{4\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\VerbatimFootnotes +A bit of text to give us a reason to use a +footnote.\footnote{Here is proof: \verb=\danger{%_^}=} +Was this good enough? +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-29.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6310969c79f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-29.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-29 on page 167. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\CustomVerbatimCommand\verbx{Verb}{commandchars=\|\<\>} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Verb[fontfamily=courier]+\realdanger{|emph<arg>}+ \\ +\verbx[fontfamily=courier]+\realdanger{|emph<arg>}+ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3508d12bc8e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-3 on page 153. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{shortvrb} \MakeShortVerb*{\+} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Instead of \verb*/ / we can now write + +. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-30.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-30.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..118267321fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-30.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-30 on page 168. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\DefineShortVerb[fontsize=\tiny]{\|} +The use of |\DefineShortVerb| can make sources +much more readable---or unreadable! \par +\UndefineShortVerb{\|}\DefineShortVerb{\+} +\fvset{fontfamily=courier} +And with +\UndefineShortVerb{\|}+ +we can return the +|+ character back to normal. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-31.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-31.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..00ca26b9849 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-31.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-31 on page 168. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{algorithmic} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{algorithmic} +\IF {$i\leq0$} \STATE $i\gets1$ \ELSE +\IF {$i\geq0$} \STATE $i\gets0$ \ENDIF +\ENDIF +\end{algorithmic} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-32.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-32.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4239d0924f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-32.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-32 on page 170. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{listings} +\lstloadlanguages{C,Ada} +\lstset{language=C,commentstyle=\scriptsize} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +A ``for'' loop in C: +\begin{lstlisting}[keywordstyle=\underbar] +int sum; +int i; /*for loop variable*/ +sum=0; +for (i=0;i<n;i++) { + sum += a[i]; +} +\end{lstlisting} +Now the same loop in Ada: +\begin{lstlisting}[language=Ada] +Sum: Integer; +-- no decl for I necessary +Sum := 0; +for I in 1..N loop + Sum := Sum + A(I); +end loop; +\end{lstlisting} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-33.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-33.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..012477103e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-33.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-33 on page 171. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{listings,color} +\lstset{emph={Sum,N},emphstyle=\color{blue}, + emph=[2]I,emphstyle=[2]\underbar} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=Ada] +Sum: Integer; Sum := 0; +for I in 1..N loop + Sum := Sum + A(I); +end loop; +\end{lstlisting} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-34.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-34.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..870ead3acc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-34.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-34 on page 171. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{listings} \lstset{language=C} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The \lstinline[keywordstyle=\underbar]!for! +loop is specified as \lstinline!i=0;i<n;i++!. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-35.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-35.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8680abc10cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-35.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-35 on page 171. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{listings} +\begin{filecontents*}{pascal.src} +for i:=1 to maxint do +begin + WrItE('This is stupid'); +end. +\end{filecontents*} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\lstinputlisting[language=Pascal]{pascal.src} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-36.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-36.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1d5e98d669a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-36.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-36 on page 172. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\begin{filecontents*}{pascal.src} +for i:=1 to maxint do +begin + WrItE('This is stupid'); +end. +\end{filecontents*} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{listings} +% pascal.src as defined before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\lstset{numberstyle=\tiny,numbers=left, + stepnumber=2,numbersep=5pt,firstnumber=10, + xleftmargin=12pt,showstringspaces=false} +\noindent Some text before \ldots +\lstinputlisting[language=Pascal]{pascal.src} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-37.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-37.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..26c6b3c6dd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-37.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-37 on page 172. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-15pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{listings} \lstset{language=Ada,numbers=right, + numberstyle=\tiny,stepnumber=1,numbersep=5pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{lstlisting}[name=Test] +Sum: Integer; +\end{lstlisting} +The second fragment continues the numbering. +\begin{lstlisting}[name=Test] +Sum := 0; +for I in 1..N loop + Sum := Sum + A(I); +end loop; +\end{lstlisting} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-38.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-38.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..679c84d44bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-38.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-38 on page 173. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{color,listings} +\lstset{breaklines=true,breakindent=0pt, + prebreak=\mbox{\tiny$\searrow$}, + postbreak=\mbox{{\color{blue}\tiny$\rightarrow$}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{lstlisting} +Text at left margin + /*A long string is broken across the line!*/ +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[breakautoindent=false, + postbreak=\tiny (cont.)\,] + /*A long string is broken across the line!*/ +\end{lstlisting} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-39.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-39.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..38a8280066a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-39.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-39 on page 173. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\begin{filecontents*}{pascal.src} +for i:=1 to maxint do +begin + WrItE('This is stupid'); +end. +\end{filecontents*} +\addtolength\textwidth{-20pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{listings} +% pascal.src as defined before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\lstset{frame=trBL,framerule=2pt,framesep=4pt, + rulesep=1pt,showspaces=true} +\lstinputlisting[language=Pascal]{pascal.src} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8fd7e698ac0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-4 on page 153. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{verbatim,moreverb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Text before listing environment. +\begin{listing*}[2]{3} +The listing environment numbers the +lines in it. It takes an optional +argument, which is the step between +numbered lines (line 1 is always +numbered if present), and a required +argument, which is the starting line. +The star form makes blanks visible. +\end{listing*} +Text between listing environments. +\begin{listingcont} +This listingcont environment continues +where the previous listing environment +left off. Both the listing and +listingcont environments expand tabs +with a default tab width of 8. +\end{listingcont} +Text following listing environments. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-40.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-40.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f08eea0361f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-40.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-40 on page 174. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\begin{filecontents*}{pascal.src} +for i:=1 to maxint do +begin + WrItE('This is stupid'); +end. +\end{filecontents*} +\addtolength\textwidth{-20pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{listings} +% pascal.src as defined before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\lstset{frame=single,frameround=tftt, + language=Pascal,captionpos=b} +\lstlistoflistings + % +\bigskip % normally the above is in the +\noindent % front matter section, but here ... + % +The Pascal code in listing~\ref{foo} shows\ldots +\lstinputlisting + [caption={[Pascal listing]Pascal},label=foo] + {pascal.src} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-41.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-41.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b9dabc77e32 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-41.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-41 on page 175. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage{listings} +\lstset{language=C,commentstyle=\scriptsize} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{lstlisting} +int i; /*für die äußere Schleife*/ +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{lstlisting}[extendedchars=true] +int i; /*für die äußere Schleife*/ +\end{lstlisting} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-42.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-42.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e0aea4eefda --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-42.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-42 on page 175. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{listings} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\lstset{literate={:=}{{$\gets$}}1 + {<=}{{$\leq$}}1 {>=}{{$\geq$}}1 {<>}{{$\neq$}}1} +\begin{lstlisting}[gobble=2] + var i:integer; + if (i<=0) i := 1; + if (i>=0) i := 0; + if (i<>0) i := 0; +\end{lstlisting} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a4c687bcedf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-5 on page 154. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[scaled=0.85]{luximono} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\raggedright +\verb+TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'`+ +\par \renewcommand\ttdefault{pcr} +\verb+TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'`+ +\par \renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt} +\verb+TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'`+ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a6bdfb4ec1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-6 on page 154. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[scaled=0.85]{luximono} +\usepackage{upquote} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\raggedright +\verb+TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'`+ +\par \renewcommand\ttdefault{pcr} +\verb+TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'`+ +\par \renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt} +\verb+TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'`+ +\par \texttt{but `text' is unaffected!} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..690e6e814a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-7 on page 154. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{textcomp} +\usepackage{listings} \lstset{upquote} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=ksh] +TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'` +\end{lstlisting} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a2e4fbb732c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-8 on page 156. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\usepackage[OT1,T1]{fontenc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont +\begin{Verbatim}[fontfamily=tt] +Family `tt' is fine in OT1: \sum_{i=1}^n +\end{Verbatim} +\begin{Verbatim}[fontfamily=helvetica] +But `helvetica' fails in OT1: \sum_{i=1}^n +\end{Verbatim} +\fontencoding{T1}\selectfont +\begin{Verbatim}[fontfamily=helvetica] +... while it works in T1: \sum_{i=1}^n +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1d7f06d3cc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-9 on page 156. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{relsize,fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Verbatim}[fontsize=\relsize{-2}] + \sum_{i=1}^n +\end{Verbatim} +A line of text to show the body size. +\begin{Verbatim}[fontshape=sl,fontsize=\Large] + \sum_{i=1}^n +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..33ee3a52a6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-1 on page 177. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lineno} +\newcommand\para{ Some text to experiment + with line numbering.\par} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +No line numbers here.\para +\linenumbers +But here we get line numbers.\para +And here too.\para +\linenumbers[-10] +Restart with a negative number.\para +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4f9376a61fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-10 on page 182. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{parallel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Parallel}{}{} + \ParallelLText{This is text in the English + language explaining the command \verb=\foo=.} + \ParallelRText{Dies ist Text in deutscher Sprache, + der das Kommando \verb=\foo= erl\"autert.} +\end{Parallel} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c67701b5ce0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-11 on page 182. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\addtolength\textwidth{-10pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{parallel,lineno} +\linenumbers \modulolinenumbers[2] +\setlength\linenumbersep{1pt} +\newcommand\LR[2]{\ParallelLText{#1}% + \ParallelRText{#2}\ParallelPar} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Parallel}{.45\linewidth}{} +\raggedright \setlength\leftskip{10pt} + \setlength\parindent{-\leftskip} +\LR{I just go online and download an update.}{Ich + geh mal eben auf den Strich und lade mir ein + Auffrisch herunter.} \LR{This laptop is missing + several interfaces.} {Dieser Scho\ss\-spitze + fehlt so manches Zwi\-schen\-ge\-sicht.} +\LR{Microsoft Office on floppy disks.}{Kleinweich + B\"uro auf Schlabberscheiben.} +\end{Parallel} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..23735bffb5b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-12 on page 183. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{parallel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Parallel}{}{} + \ParallelLText{This is text that contains: + \[ \sum_{n=1}^x2 a_n \]} + \ParallelRText{And here is the explanation + showing some surprising effect.} +\end{Parallel} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6c8d31b2504 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-13 on page 183. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[OldStyleNums,SeparatedFootnotes]{parallel} +\renewcommand\ParallelAtEnd{\vspace{7pt}\footnoterule} +\renewcommand\ParallelDot + {\makebox[0pt][l]{\textperiodcentered}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Parallel}[v]{}{} \raggedright + \ParallelLText{This is text in the English + language\footnote{We hope!} explaining the + command \verb=\foo=.} + \ParallelRText{Dies ist Text\footnote{Ein Satz.} in + deutscher Sprache\footnote{Schlechter Stil!}, der + das Kommando \verb=\foo= erl\"autert.} +\end{Parallel} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7a9e37ad470 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-14 on page 184. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +% To help with narrow measure in the book: +\addtolength\columnsep{6pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{multicol} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{multicols}{3} + Here is some text to be distributed over + several columns. If the columns are very + narrow try typesetting ragged right. +\end{multicols} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d3c581bac93 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-15 on page 185. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +% To help with narrow measure in the book: +\addtolength\columnsep{6pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{multicol} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{multicols}{2} + [\section*{Some useful advice}] + Here is some text to be distributed over + several columns. If the columns are very + narrow try typesetting ragged right. +\end{multicols} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8424974d587 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-16 on page 186. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{multicol,ragged2e} +\setlength\columnseprule{0.4pt} +\addtolength\columnsep{2pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{multicols}{3} +\RaggedRight + Here is some text to be distributed over + several columns. In this example ragged-right + typesetting is used. +\end{multicols} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..256bc52646a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-17 on page 187. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{multicol,ragged2e} +\addtolength\columnsep{2pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{multicols}{3} +\RaggedRight +\setcounter{unbalance}{1} + Here is some text to be distributed over + several columns. In this example ragged-right + typesetting is used. +\end{multicols} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b0e946bdd96 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-18 on page 189. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{multicol,ragged2e} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{multicols}{2} \RaggedRight + Here is some text to be distributed over several + columns. \par \vfill\columnbreak + With the help of the \verb=\columnbreak= command + this paragraph was forced into the second column. +\end{multicols} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b50aa2e9b1f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-19 on page 190. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setcounter{page}{1} % we start at the beginning +\addtolength\textwidth{-32pt} % account for change bars in printing + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{changebar} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cbstart +This is the text in the first paragraph. +This is the text in the first paragraph.\cbend + +This is the text in the second paragraph. +\cbdelete +This is the text in the second paragraph. + +\setcounter{changebargrey}{35} +\begin{changebar}[4pt] +This is paragraph three. \par +This is paragraph four. +\end{changebar} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c6b3d7867d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-2 on page 177. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\sloppy +\setlength\marginparwidth{65pt} +\setlength\marginparsep{25pt} +\addtolength\textwidth{-100pt} +\newcommand\para{ Some text to experiment + with line numbering.\par} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lineno} +% \para defined as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\linenumbers +Some text on the main vertical list! +\marginpar{\footnotesize + \internallinenumbers* \para} +\para \para In this paragraph we use +a second marginal note affecting the +\marginpar{\footnotesize + \internallinenumbers \para} +line numbers this time.\para +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a9dcd346d40 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-20 on page 191. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setcounter{page}{1} % we start at the beginning +\addtolength\textwidth{-12pt} % account for change bars in printing + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[rightbars,color]{changebar} +\cbcolor{blue} +\setlength\changebarsep{10pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cbstart +This is the text in the first paragraph. +This is the text in the first paragraph.\cbend + +This is the text in the second paragraph. +\cbdelete +This is the text in the second paragraph. + +\begin{changebar} +This is paragraph three. \par +This is paragraph four. +\end{changebar} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fb6382d4414 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-3 on page 178. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lineno} \linenumbers +\newcommand\sample{ Some text to + experiment with line numbering.} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +No line number before the display: +\[ x \neq y \] \sample \par +But line numbers in this case: +\begin{linenomath} + \[ x \neq y \] +\end{linenomath} +\sample\par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..06c97c465c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-4 on page 178. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text to experiment + with line numbering.} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[displaymath,mathlines] + {lineno} +\linenumbers +% \sample as defined before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\sample \[ x \neq y \] \sample\par +\sample +\begin{displaymath} + x \neq y +\end{displaymath} +\sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ae15cfdf79e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-5 on page 179. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text to experiment + with line numbering.} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lineno} +\linenumbers +% \sample as defined before + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\sample\linelabel{first}\sample\sample +\sample\linelabel{second}\sample + +In the text on lines~\ref{first}, +\lineref[1]{first}, up to and including +line~\ref{second} we see refererences to +individual lines \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a786d5365de --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-6 on page 179. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text to experiment + with line numbering.} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lineno} +\linenumbers +% \sample defined as before + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\sample \sample \sample \par +\modulolinenumbers[2] +And now a paragraph with numbers on every +second line.\sample \sample \sample \par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cc3a14e9c30 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-7 on page 180. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text to experiment + with line numbering.} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[right]{lineno} +\linenumbers +% \sample defined as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The option ``right'' changes the line +number position. \sample \sample \par +\renewcommand\linenumberfont + {\normalfont\footnotesize\ttfamily} +\setlength\linenumbersep{20pt} +Now we use a different font and a bigger +separation. \sample \sample \par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a28d7607b5a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-8 on page 180. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text to experiment + with line numbering.} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lineno} +\linenumbers +% \sample defined as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{quote} + \sample +\end{quote} +\sample \sample +\begin{numquote} + \sample +\end{numquote} +Some more text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8dbf1fc6394 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-9 on page 181. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\sloppy +\setlength\marginparsep{20pt} +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text to experiment + with line numbering.} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lineno} \linenumbers +% \sample defined as before +\newenvironment{numarrows} + {\renewcommand\makeLineNumber + {\llap{\LineNumber$\rightarrow$ }}} + {\par} +\newenvironment{arrows}{\renewcommand\makeLineNumber + {\rlap{\hspace{\textwidth} $\leftarrow$}}}{\par} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{numarrows} \sample \end{numarrows} +\begin{arrows} \sample \sample \end{arrows} +\sample +\begin{numarrows} \sample \end{numarrows} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-1-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..327955e6bd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-1-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-1-1 on page 194. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\usepackage[landscape,a5paper,hmarginratio=1:4]{geometry} +\usepackage{layout} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\makeatletter\@twosidefalse\makeatother %pretend we do not have + %twoside set +\layout +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c0ac5b7cb17 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-1 on page 200. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{layouts} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setlayoutscale{0.33} +\setparametertextfont + {\scriptsize} +\setlabelfont{\scriptsize} +\pagediagram +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4494bc253aa --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-10 on page 211. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\newcommand\showpage{% + \setlayoutscale{0.27}% + \setlabelfont{\tiny}% + \printheadingsfalse + \printparametersfalse + \currentpage\pagedesign} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[a6paper,landscape, + margin=1in,includeall]{geometry} +% overwriting some values: +\geometry{right=2in,ignoremp} +\usepackage{layouts} +% \showpage as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\showpage +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f0ba4dd2cef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-11 on page 213. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,geometry} +\geometry{paperwidth=2in, + paperheight=1in, + margin=5mm} +\usepackage[cam,a5,center]{crop} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text to show the text area +\includegraphics[width=8mm] + {rosette.ps} +selected in relation to the crop +marks. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9131bf7d41e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-12 on page 214. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,geometry} +\geometry{paperwidth=2in, + paperheight=1in, + margin=5mm} +\usepackage[cross,a5,nographics] + {crop} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text to show the text area +\includegraphics[width=8mm] + {rosette.ps} +selected in relation to the crop +marks. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..489e7fd1c79 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-13 on page 214. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,geometry} +\geometry{paperwidth=2in, + paperheight=1in, + margin=5mm} +\usepackage[frame,a5,mirror]{crop} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text to show the text area +\includegraphics[width=8mm] + {rosette.ps} +selected in relation to the crop +marks. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fc763ccb75d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-2 on page 201. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc,layouts} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setlayoutscale{0.3} +\currentpage +\oddpagelayoutfalse +\twocolumnlayouttrue + +\trypaperwidth{11in} +\trypaperheight{8.5in} +\trytextwidth{500pt} +\trytextheight{\topskip + + 30\baselineskip} +\trycolumnsep{120pt} +\trycolumnseprule{3pt} + +\tryheadheight{12pt} +\tryheadsep{18pt} +\tryfootskip{40pt} + +\tryevensidemargin{120pt} + +\setfootbox{12pt}{24pt} + +\setlabelfont{\tiny} +\drawdimensionsfalse +\printheadingsfalse +\pagedesign +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..10087cbe457 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-3 on page 203. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{vmargin} +\setpapersize[portrait]{A5} +\setmarginsrb{80pt}{40pt}% left, top + {120pt}{80pt}% right, bottom + {12pt}{10pt}% head height, sep + {12pt}{30pt}% foot height, sep +\setlength\marginparwidth{100pt} +% Code to display the resulting layout: +\usepackage{layouts} +\newcommand\showpage{% + \setlayoutscale{0.25}\setlabelfont{\tiny}% + \printheadingsfalse\printparametersfalse + \currentpage\pagedesign} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\showpage +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2785e0a3b84 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-4 on page 204. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[a5paper,landscape,DIVcalc]{typearea} +% to display the resulting layout: +\usepackage{layouts} +\newcommand\showpage{% + \setlayoutscale{0.27}\setlabelfont{\tiny}% + \printheadingsfalse\printparametersfalse + \currentpage\pagedesign} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\showpage + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..920564b1cee --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-5 on page 205. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\newcommand\showpage{% + \setlayoutscale{0.27}% + \setlabelfont{\tiny}% + \printheadingsfalse + \printparametersfalse + \currentpage\pagedesign} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[a5paper,landscape, + 2.5headlines, + headinclude,mpinclude, + DIVcalc]{typearea} +\usepackage{layouts} +% \showpage as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\showpage + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..445053df9d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-6 on page 205. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\newcommand\showpage{% + \setlayoutscale{0.27}% + \setlabelfont{\tiny}% + \printheadingsfalse + \printparametersfalse + \currentpage\pagedesign} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[a5paper,landscape]{typearea} +\usepackage{bookman} + +% syntax: \typearea[<binding corr.>]{<slices>} +\typearea[10mm]{11} + +\usepackage{layouts} +% \showpage as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\showpage + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a588ec67894 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-7 on page 206. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\newcommand\showpage{% + \setlayoutscale{0.27}% + \setlabelfont{\tiny}% + \printheadingsfalse + \printparametersfalse + \currentpage\pagedesign} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[marginratio=1:2, + paper=a5paper,landscape=true, + tmargin=52pt,lmargin=74pt, + headheight=30pt,marginparwidth=62pt, + includehead,includemp]{geometry} +\usepackage{layouts} +% \showpage as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\showpage + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-8.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-8.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..09052fa2bbc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-8.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-8 on page 209. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +% +\newcommand\showpage{% + \setlayoutscale{0.27}% + \setlabelfont{\tiny}% + \printheadingsfalse + \printparametersfalse + \currentpage\pagedesign} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[a6paper,twoside] + {geometry} +\usepackage{layouts} +% \showpage as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\showpage \newpage \showpage + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-9.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-9.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..317c07c93e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-9.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-9 on page 209. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +% +\newcommand\showpage{% + \setlayoutscale{0.27}% + \setlabelfont{\tiny}% + \printheadingsfalse + \printparametersfalse + \currentpage\pagedesign} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[a6paper,asymmetric, + bindingoffset=18pt, + marginparwidth=.8in,reversemp, + hmarginratio=2:1,vmarginratio=4:5, + left=1in,top=1in]{geometry} +\usepackage{layouts} +% \showpage as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\showpage \newpage \showpage + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-1.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-1.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..21e18bf23a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-1.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-3-1 on page 215. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\sloppy +\pagestyle{origplain} % plain is disabled by the class + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +We are now on page~\label{p1}\pageref{p1}. +This type of coding always gives correct +results while ``page \thepage{}'', though +okay here, will be wrong at a later point +in the paragraph, such as here: ``page +\thepage'', because \LaTeX{} decided to +break the paragraph over two pages. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-2.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-2.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..585481e0b0d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-2.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-3-2 on page 217. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\pagestyle{origplain} %plain in this class +\setlength\textheight{2\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{chappg} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \chapter*{Preface} % --- not shown + \pagenumbering[Preface]{bychapter} +\ldots here we are in the middle of +the front matter where chapters are +usually unnumbered. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-3.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-3.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..de6fe245721 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-3.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-3-3 on page 221. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{5.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr,extramarks} +\pagestyle{fancy} \cfoot{} +\lhead{\firstleftxmark} +\rfoot{\lastrightxmark} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our + page that is reused over and over again.} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\extramarks{A story}{} +\extramarks{\ldots continued} + {turn page to continue} +\sample \sample \sample +\extramarks{\ldots continued}{} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bc223380414 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-1 on page 224. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr} \pagestyle{fancy} +\lhead{LEFT} \chead{CENTER} \rhead{RIGHT} +\lfoot{very-very-very-very-long-left} \cfoot{} +\rfoot{very-long-right} +\renewcommand\headrulewidth{2pt} +\renewcommand\footrulewidth{0.4pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sample \par \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-10.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-10.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..49a2ee17bf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-10.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-10 on page 230. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{6\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}% + {-2.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.5ex \@plus .2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\renewcommand\sectionmark[1] + {\markboth{\thesection\ #1}{}} +\renewcommand\subsectionmark[1] + {\markright{\thesubsection\ #1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\section{Test} +\subsection{B-head} \sample +\subsection{B-head2}\sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-11.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-11.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2f6f4859964 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-11.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-11 on page 230. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\fancypagestyle{memo}{\fancyhf{}% + \fancyhead[RO,LE]{\thepage}% + \fancyhead[LO,RE]{Memo}% + \fancyfoot[R]{\scriptsize\today} + \renewcommand\headrulewidth{1pt}} +\pagestyle{memo} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\sample \par \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-12.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-12.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a05c3b77bba --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-12.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-12 on page 231. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{6\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} \fancyhf{} +\chead{\iftopfloat{SPECIAL}{NORMAL}} +\cfoot{\thepage} +\renewcommand\headrulewidth + {\iftopfloat{0pt}{0.4pt}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + +% \sample defined as before +\sample +\begin{figure}[t] + \centering + \fbox{Sample t-figure} +\end{figure} +\sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-13.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-13.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f4046b6ac33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-13.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-13 on page 232. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\raggedright % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen,fancyhdr,extramarks} +\pagestyle{fancy} \fancyhf{} +\newcommand\combinemarks{\ifthenelse + {\equal{\firstrightmark}{\lastrightmark}}% + {\firstrightmark}% equal values + {\firstrightmark---\lastrightmark}} +\chead{\combinemarks} \cfoot{\thepage} +\newcommand\idxitem[1]{\par\vspace{8pt}% + \textbf{#1}\markright{#1}\quad\ignorespaces} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\idxitem{galley} Text formatted but not + cut into pages. +\idxitem{OR} Output routine. +\idxitem{mark} An object in the galley + used to communicate with the OR. +\idxitem{running header} page title + changing with page contents. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bd853117729 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-14 on page 233. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{truncate} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +|This text has been~truncated| + +|\truncate{50pt} + {This text has been~truncated}| + +|\truncate[{\,[..]}]{100pt} + {This text has been~truncated}| +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-15.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-15.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..47f8afb13e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-15.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-15 on page 233. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{6.8\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[fit]{truncate} +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\fancyhf{} % --- clear all fields +\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\truncate + {.95\headwidth}{\leftmark}} +\fancyfoot[C]{\thepage} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\section{Section with a long title} +\sample \par \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3a812d9ec19 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-2 on page 225. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small +% fixed date for the example +\day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr} \pagestyle{fancy} +\setlength\headheight{23pt} +\lhead{From: Frank\\ To: Michel} +\rhead{Page: \thepage\\ \today} +\chead{} \lfoot{} \cfoot{} \rfoot{} +\renewcommand\headrule{\vspace{-8pt}\dotfill} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\sample \par \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..99e653dbdc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-3 on page 225. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small +% fixed date for the example +\day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr} \pagestyle{fancy} +\setlength\headheight{23pt} +\lhead{From: Frank\\ To: Michel} +\rhead{\begin{tabular}[b]{l@{}} + Page: \thepage\\ \today + \end{tabular}} +\chead{} \lfoot{} \cfoot{} \rfoot{} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\sample \par \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-4.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-4.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1d5aca69c43 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-4.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-4 on page 226. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr}\pagestyle{fancy} +\fancyhead{} % clear header fields +\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\thepage} +\fancyhead[LO,RE]{Memo} +\fancyfoot{} % clear footer fields +\fancyfoot[L]{Author: Frank} +\renewcommand\headrulewidth{0.4pt} +\renewcommand\footrulewidth{0.4pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\sample \par \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-5.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-5.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cf0c17cd15d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-5.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-5 on page 226. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}% + {-2.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.5ex \@plus .2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr,lastpage} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\fancyhf{} % --- clear all fields +\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\leftmark} +\fancyfoot[C]{Page \thepage\ + of \pageref{LastPage}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\section{A test} +\sample \par \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-6.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-6.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b44eb415af2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-6.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-6 on page 227. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} % compensate for header in example +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{color,fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} \fancyhf{} +\fancyheadoffset[RO,LE]{30pt} +\fancyhead[RO,LE]{TITLE} +\fancyhead[LO]{\rightmark} +\fancyhead[RE]{\leftmark} +\fancyfoot[C]{\thepage} +\renewcommand\headrule + {{\color{blue}% + \hrule height 2pt + width\headwidth + \vspace{1pt}% + \hrule height 1pt + width\headwidth + \vspace{-4pt}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\section{A-head} +\subsection{B-head} +\sample \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-7.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-7.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a5ced0c1ad0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-7.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-7 on page 228. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{6\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}% + {-2.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.5ex \@plus .2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} +%\fancyhead[LE,RO] +% {\slshape\rightmark} +%\fancyhead[LO,RE] +% {\slshape\leftmark} +%\fancyfoot[C]{\thepage} +%\renewcommand\headrulewidth{0.4pt} +%\renewcommand\footrulewidth{0pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\section{Test} +\subsection{B-head} \sample +\subsection{B-head2}\sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-8.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-8.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b7ee1451f4a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-8.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-8 on page 228. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}% + {-2.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.5ex \@plus .2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text + for our page that we reuse.} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setcounter{page}{5} +\section{A-head} \newpage +% Above makes a section on +% page 5 (not displayed) +\subsection{B-head} \sample +\section{A-head2} \sample +\subsection{B-head2}\sample +\section{A-head3} \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-9.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-9.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4a393a64f97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-9.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-9 on page 229. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}% + {-2.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.5ex \@plus .2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\sloppy % as these examples are so small +\newcommand\sample{ Some text + for our page that we reuse.} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{extramarks} +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\fancyhead[RO]{\lastrightmark} +\fancyhead[RE]{\firstleftmark} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\setcounter{page}{5} +\section{A-head} \newpage +% Above makes a section on +% page 5 (not displayed) +\subsection{B-head} \sample +\section{A-head2} \sample +\subsection{B-head2}\sample +\section{A-head3} \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-1.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-1.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..78145f6aee6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-1.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-5-1 on page 235. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\pagestyle{headings} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% right-hand page on the left in +% this example due to: +\setcounter{page}{1} + +\section{A Test} +\subsection{A subsection} +Some text for our page. +\cleardoublepage +\section{Another Section} +This would appear on page 3. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-2.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-2.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3e6584d58a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-2.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-5-2 on page 236. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{nextpage}\pagestyle{headings} +\newcommand\myclearpage{\cleartooddpage + [\vspace*{\fill} \centering + BLANK PAGE \vspace*{\fill}]} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setcounter{page}{1} %right-hand page +\section{A Test} +\subsection{A subsection} +Some text for our page. +\myclearpage +\section{Another Section} +This would appear on page 3. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6c9e407d2db --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-1-1 on page 241. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabbing} +First Tab Stop \= Second \= Third \= \kill +one \> two \> three \> four \\ +one \> two \\[3mm] +new tab\ \= two \> \a'{e}\a`{e} + \`(accent commands)\\ +one \> two \> three \> four \\ +\end{tabbing} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bcba463dc76 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-1-2 on page 241. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} \newcommand\acafe{caf\'e} +\newcommand\bcafe{caf\a'e} \newcommand\ccafe{café} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabbing} +Tab one \= Tab two \\ +7 bit \> \acafe \\ +7 bit \> \bcafe \\ +8 bit \> \ccafe \end{tabbing} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f0f373c000b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-1-3 on page 242. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\newcommand\acafe{caf\'e} +\newcommand\bcafe{caf\a'e} +\newcommand\ccafe{café} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} \usepackage{Tabbing} +% definitions as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Tabbing}Tab one \TAB= Tab two\\ +7 bit \TAB> \acafe \\ +7 bit \TAB> \bcafe \\ +8 bit \TAB> \ccafe \end{Tabbing} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..74723f67e1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-1-4 on page 242. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\lenrule[1]{\makebox[#1]{% + \rule{.4pt}{4pt}\hrulefill\rule{.4pt}{4pt}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabbing} +dd\quad \= \hspace{.55\linewidth} \= \kill +pc \> Pica = 12pt \> \lenrule{1pc} \\ +cc \> Cicero = 12dd \> \lenrule{1cc} \\ +cm \> Centimeter = 10mm \> \lenrule{1cm} \\ +\end{tabbing} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..72dacc00b50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-1 on page 244. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|>{\large}c|>{\large\bfseries}l|>{\itshape}c|} +\hline A & B & C\\\hline 100 & 10 & 1 \\\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..78e75a8db7d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-10 on page 247. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{c@{}c!{}c@{--}c!{--}c} + one&two&three&four&five\\ + 1&2&3&4&5 +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..963f6e99db1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-11 on page 248. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{flushleft} \textbf{text text text text}\\ +\begin{tabular}{lr} + one&two\\ three&four\\ +\end{tabular}\textbf{material following \ldots}\\ +\textbf{text text text text\\text text text text}\\ +\begin{tabular}{@{}lr@{}} + one&two\\ three&four\\ +\end{tabular}\textbf{material following \ldots}\\ +\textbf{text text text text} \end{flushleft} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..adf2e1d54b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-12 on page 249. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\newcolumntype{P}[1] + {>{#1\hspace{0pt}\arraybackslash}p{14mm}|} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular} + {|P{\raggedleft}P{\centering}P{\raggedright}} +\hline + Superconsciousness is a long word & + Possibi\-li\-t\'es et esp\'erances & + Moge\-lijk\-heden en hoop \\\hline + Ragged left text in column one & + Centered text in column two & + Ragged right text in column three \\\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..af61c8dde97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-13 on page 249. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} \newcolumntype{Z}{clr} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{Z} one&two&three\\1&2&3 \end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..05fe7c038ad --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-2 on page 245. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setlength\extrarowheight{4pt} +\begin{tabular}{|>{\large}c|>{\large\bfseries}l|>{\itshape}c|} +\hline A & B & C\\\hline 100 & 10 & 1 \\\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c923e9d7202 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-3 on page 245. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|p{1cm}|p{1cm}|p{1cm}|} +\hline 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 & + 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 & 3 3 3 3 \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5fd775f9987 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-4 on page 245. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|m{1cm}|m{1cm}|m{1cm}|} +\hline 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 & + 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 & 3 3 3 3 \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..19998482c68 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-5 on page 245. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|b{1cm}|b{1cm}|b{1cm}|} +\hline 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 & + 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 & 3 3 3 3 \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..16fc2d2ff3e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-6 on page 246. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular} + {|>{\setlength\parindent{5mm}}p{2cm}|p{2cm}|} +\hline 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 & + 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5a2759bb4c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-7 on page 246. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setlength\extrarowheight{4pt} +\begin{tabular}{|>{$}l<{$}|l|} \hline + 10!^{10!} & a big number \\ + 10^{-999} & a small number \\\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e56626f3e09 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-8 on page 246. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fbox{\parbox{11mm}{Characteristics}}% +\hfill +\fbox{\parbox{11mm}{\hspace{0pt}Characteristics}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..58bc43fc195 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-9 on page 247. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}% + {|>{\raggedleft\hspace{0pt}}p{14mm}% + |>{\centering\hspace{0pt}}p{14mm}% + |>{\raggedright\hspace{0pt}}p{14mm}|} +\hline + Superconsciousness is a long word & + Possibi\-li\-t\'es et esp\'erances & + Moge\-lijk\-heden en hoop \tabularnewline +\hline + Ragged left text in column one & + Centered text in column two & + Ragged right text in column three + \tabularnewline +\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a9e4930bef5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-3-1 on page 250. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array,calc} \newlength\mylen +\newenvironment{tabularc}[1] + {\setlength\mylen + {\linewidth/(#1)-\tabcolsep*2-\arrayrulewidth*(#1+1)/(#1)}% + \par\noindent % new paragraph, flush left start + \begin{tabular*}{\linewidth}% + {*{#1}{|>{\centering\hspace{0pt}} p{\the\mylen}}|}} +{\end{tabular*}\par} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabularc}{3} +\hline +Material in column one & column two & This is column three +\tabularnewline\hline +\empty +Column one again & +and column two & +This is column three \tabularnewline\hline +Once more column one & +column two & +Last time column three \tabularnewline\hline +\end{tabularc} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6c3f202e002 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-3-2 on page 251. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{tabularx} +\newcolumntype{Y}{>{\small\raggedright\arraybackslash}X} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent\begin{tabularx}{100mm}{|Y|Y|Y|} +\empty +\hline +The Two Gentlemen of Verona & +The Taming of the Shrew & +The Comedy of Errors \\\hline +Love's Labour's Lost & +A Midsummer Night's Dream & +The Merchant of Venice \\\hline +The Merry Wives of Windsor & +Much Ado About Nothing & +As You Like It \\\hline +Twelfth Night & +Troilus and Cressida & +Measure for Measure \\\hline +All's Well That Ends Well & +Pericles Prince of Tyre & +The Winter's Tale \\\hline +Cymbeline & +The Tempest & \\\hline +\end{tabularx} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..15edb47bc1a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-3-3 on page 251. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{tabularx} +\newcolumntype{Y}{>{\small\raggedright\arraybackslash}X} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{|Y|Y|Y|} +\empty +\hline +The Two Gentlemen of Verona & +The Taming of the Shrew & +The Comedy of Errors \\\hline +Love's Labour's Lost & +A Midsummer Night's Dream & +The Merchant of Venice \\\hline +The Merry Wives of Windsor & +Much Ado About Nothing & +As You Like It \\\hline +Twelfth Night & +Troilus and Cressida & +Measure for Measure \\\hline +All's Well That Ends Well & +Pericles Prince of Tyre & +The Winter's Tale \\\hline +Cymbeline & +The Tempest & \\\hline +\end{tabularx} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ea7af8953c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-3-4 on page 252. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{tabularx} \tracingtabularx +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent +\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}% + {|>{\setlength\hsize{.85\hsize}}X|% + >{\setlength\hsize{1.15\hsize}}X|} + Superconsciousness is a long word & + Moge\-lijk\-heden en hoop \\ + Some text in column one & + A somewhat longer text in column two \\ +\end{tabularx} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..305cb88c04c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-3-5 on page 253. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{tabulary} +\setlength\tymin{10pt} +\setlength\tymax{\maxdimen} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabulary}{200pt}{|C|C|C|C|} + a & b b b b & + c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c & + d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d +\empty + d d d d d d d d d d d d d d + d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d + \end{tabulary} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5d8b4e8c292 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-3-6 on page 254. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{tabulary} +\setlength\tymin{30pt} +\setlength\tymax{200pt} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabulary}{200pt}{|C|C|C|C|} +\empty + a&b b b b& + c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c & + d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d + d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d + \end{tabulary} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-1.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-1.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6748e3a1a60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-1.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-4-1 on page 257. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\makeatletter +\def\@oddfoot{\hrulefill\quad Page \thepage\quad \hrulefill} +\let\@oddhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot +\setlength\textheight{27\baselineskip} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{supertabular} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\tablecaption{The ISOGRK3 entity set} +\tablehead + {\bfseries Entity&\bfseries Unicode Name&\bfseries Unicode\\ \hline} +\tabletail + {\hline \multicolumn{3}{r}{\emph{Continued on next page}}\\} +\tablelasttail{\hline} +\begin{supertabular}{lll} +alpha & GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA & 03B1\\ +beta & GREEK SMALL LETTER BETA & 03B2\\ +chi & GREEK SMALL LETTER CHI & 03C7\\ +Delta & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER DELTA & 0394\\ +delta & GREEK SMALL LETTER DELTA & 03B4\\ +epsi & GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON & 03B5\\ +epsis & GREEK LUNATE EPSILON SYMBOL & 03F5\\ +\empty +epsiv & GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON & 03B5\\ +eta & GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA & 03B7\\ +Gamma & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER GAMMA & 0393\\ +gamma & GREEK SMALL LETTER GAMMA & 03B3\\ +gammad & GREEK SMALL LETTER DIGAMMA & 03DD\\ +iota & GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA & 03B9\\ +kappa & GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA & 03BA\\ +kappav & GREEK KAPPA SYMBOL & 03F0\\ +Lambda & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA & 039B\\ +lambda & GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA & 03BB\\ +mu & GREEK SMALL LETTER MU & 03BC\\ +nu & GREEK SMALL LETTER NU & 03BD\\ +Omega & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA & 03A9\\ +omega & GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA & 03C9\\ +Phi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PHI & 03A6\\ +phis & GREEK PHI SYMBOL & 03D5\\ +phiv & GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI & 03C6\\ +Pi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PI & 03A0\\ +pi & GREEK SMALL LETTER PI & 03C0\\ +piv & GREEK PI SYMBOL & 03D6\\ +Psi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PSI & 03A8\\ +psi & GREEK SMALL LETTER PSI & 03C8\\ +rho & GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO & 03C1\\ +rhov & GREEK RHO SYMBOL & 03F1\\ +Sigma & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA & 03A3\\ +sigma & GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA & 03C3\\ +sigmav & GREEK SMALL LETTER FINAL SIGMA & 03C2\\ +tau & GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU & 03C4\\ +Theta & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA & 0398\\ +thetas & GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA & 03B8\\ +thetav & GREEK THETA SYMBOL & 03D1\\ +Upsi & GREEK UPSILON WITH HOOK SYMBOL & 03D2\\ +upsi & GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON & 03C5\\ +Xi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER XI & 039E\\ +xi & GREEK SMALL LETTER XI & 03BE\\ +zeta & GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA & 03B6\\ +\end{supertabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-2.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-2.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..134e26a7cbc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-2.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-4-2 on page 258. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\makeatletter +\def\@oddfoot{\hrulefill\quad Page \thepage\quad \hrulefill} +\let\@oddhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot +\setlength\textheight{28\baselineskip} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array,supertabular} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\tablecaption{The ISOGRK3 entity set} +\tablefirsthead + {\bfseries Entity&\bfseries Unicode Name&\bfseries Unicode\\ \hline} +\tablehead + {\bfseries Entity&\bfseries Unicode Name&\bfseries Unicode\\ \hline} +\tabletail{\hline \multicolumn{3}{r}{\emph{Continued on next page}}\\} +\tablelasttail{\hline} +\centering +\begin{supertabular*}{\textwidth}{ll!{\extracolsep{\fill}}l} +alpha & GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA & 03B1\\ +beta & GREEK SMALL LETTER BETA & 03B2\\ +chi & GREEK SMALL LETTER CHI & 03C7\\ +\empty +Delta & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER DELTA & 0394\\ +delta & GREEK SMALL LETTER DELTA & 03B4\\ +epsi & GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON & 03B5\\ +epsis & GREEK LUNATE EPSILON SYMBOL & 03F5\\ +epsiv & GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON & 03B5\\ +eta & GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA & 03B7\\ +Gamma & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER GAMMA & 0393\\ +gamma & GREEK SMALL LETTER GAMMA & 03B3\\ +gammad & GREEK SMALL LETTER DIGAMMA & 03DD\\ +iota & GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA & 03B9\\ +kappa & GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA & 03BA\\ +kappav & GREEK KAPPA SYMBOL & 03F0\\ +Lambda & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA & 039B\\ +lambda & GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA & 03BB\\ +mu & GREEK SMALL LETTER MU & 03BC\\ +nu & GREEK SMALL LETTER NU & 03BD\\ +Omega & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA & 03A9\\ +omega & GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA & 03C9\\ +Phi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PHI & 03A6\\ +phis & GREEK PHI SYMBOL & 03D5\\ +phiv & GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI & 03C6\\ +Pi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PI & 03A0\\ +pi & GREEK SMALL LETTER PI & 03C0\\ +piv & GREEK PI SYMBOL & 03D6\\ +Psi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PSI & 03A8\\ +psi & GREEK SMALL LETTER PSI & 03C8\\ +rho & GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO & 03C1\\ +rhov & GREEK RHO SYMBOL & 03F1\\ +Sigma & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA & 03A3\\ +sigma & GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA & 03C3\\ +sigmav & GREEK SMALL LETTER FINAL SIGMA & 03C2\\ +tau & GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU & 03C4\\ +Theta & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA & 0398\\ +thetas & GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA & 03B8\\ +thetav & GREEK THETA SYMBOL & 03D1\\ +Upsi & GREEK UPSILON WITH HOOK SYMBOL & 03D2\\ +upsi & GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON & 03C5\\ +Xi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER XI & 039E\\ +xi & GREEK SMALL LETTER XI & 03BE\\ +zeta & GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA & 03B6\\ +\end{supertabular*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-3.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-3.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b00e7f63dad --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-3.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-4-3 on page 260. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\makeatletter +\def\@oddfoot{\hrulefill\quad Page \thepage\quad \hrulefill} +\let\@oddhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot +\setlength\textheight{28\baselineskip} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{longtable} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{longtable}{lll} + \caption{The ISOGRK3 entity set}\\ + \bfseries Entity&\bfseries Unicode Name&\bfseries Unicode\\ \hline +\endfirsthead + \bfseries Entity&\bfseries Unicode Name&\bfseries Unicode\\ \hline +\endhead + \hline \multicolumn{3}{r}{\emph{Continued on next page}} +\endfoot + \hline +\endlastfoot +alpha & GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA & 03B1\\ +beta & GREEK SMALL LETTER BETA & 03B2\\ +chi & GREEK SMALL LETTER CHI & 03C7\\ +\empty +Delta & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER DELTA & 0394\\ +delta & GREEK SMALL LETTER DELTA & 03B4\\ +epsi & GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON & 03B5\\ +epsis & GREEK LUNATE EPSILON SYMBOL & 03F5\\ +epsiv & GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON & 03B5\\ +eta & GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA & 03B7\\ +Gamma & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER GAMMA & 0393\\ +gamma & GREEK SMALL LETTER GAMMA & 03B3\\ +gammad & GREEK SMALL LETTER DIGAMMA & 03DD\\ +iota & GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA & 03B9\\ +kappa & GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA & 03BA\\ +kappav & GREEK KAPPA SYMBOL & 03F0\\ +Lambda & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA & 039B\\ +lambda & GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA & 03BB\\ +mu & GREEK SMALL LETTER MU & 03BC\\ +nu & GREEK SMALL LETTER NU & 03BD\\ +Omega & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA & 03A9\\ +omega & GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA & 03C9\\ +Phi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PHI & 03A6\\ +phis & GREEK PHI SYMBOL & 03D5\\ +phiv & GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI & 03C6\\ +Pi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PI & 03A0\\ +pi & GREEK SMALL LETTER PI & 03C0\\ +piv & GREEK PI SYMBOL & 03D6\\ +Psi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PSI & 03A8\\ +psi & GREEK SMALL LETTER PSI & 03C8\\ +rho & GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO & 03C1\\ +rhov & GREEK RHO SYMBOL & 03F1\\ +Sigma & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA & 03A3\\ +sigma & GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA & 03C3\\ +sigmav & GREEK SMALL LETTER FINAL SIGMA & 03C2\\ +tau & GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU & 03C4\\ +Theta & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA & 0398\\ +thetas & GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA & 03B8\\ +thetav & GREEK THETA SYMBOL & 03D1\\ +Upsi & GREEK UPSILON WITH HOOK SYMBOL & 03D2\\ +upsi & GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON & 03C5\\ +Xi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER XI & 039E\\ +xi & GREEK SMALL LETTER XI & 03BE\\ +zeta & GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA & 03B6\\ +\end{longtable} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..847ad01bd0d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-4-4 on page 262. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{longtable,supertabular} +\usepackage[font=sl,labelfont=bf]{caption} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{table}[t]\centering + \caption{A standard table} + \begin{tabular}{ccc}1&2&3\end{tabular} +\end{table} + +\begin{longtable}{ccc}\caption{A longtable}\\ +1&2&3\end{longtable} + +\centering +\tablecaption{A supertabular} +\begin{supertabular}{ccc}1&2&3\\\end{supertabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-5.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-5.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..345e09cbff9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-5.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-4-5 on page 263. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\makeatletter +\def\@oddfoot{\hrulefill\quad Page \thepage\quad \hrulefill} +\let\@oddhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot +\setlength\textheight{7.7\baselineskip} +\AtBeginDocument{\Large} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{longtable} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{longtable}{llp{43mm}} + entry 1.1 & entry 1.2 & entry 1.3, a long text entry taking several lines.\\ + entry 2.1 & entry 2.2 & entry 2.3, a long text entry taking several lines + when set in a narrow column. +\end{longtable} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-6.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-6.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..19ccc630206 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-6.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-4-6 on page 264. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\makeatletter +\def\@oddfoot{\hrulefill\quad Page \thepage\quad \hrulefill} +\let\@oddhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot +\textheight=7.7\baselineskip +\AtBeginDocument{\Large} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{longtable} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{longtable}{llp{43mm}} + entry 1.1 & entry 1.2 & entry 1.3, a long text entry taking several lines.\\ + entry 2.1 & entry 2.2 & \setlength{\parfillskip}{0pt}% + entry 2.3, a long text entry taking several\\ + & & lines when set in a narrow column. +\end{longtable} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6aee7fe88ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-5-1 on page 264. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array,color} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{>{\color{blue}\bfseries}lr} +Day & \textcolor{blue}{\bfseries Attendance}\\\hline +Monday& 57\\ Tuesday& 11\\ +Wednesday& 96\\ Thursday& 122\\ +Friday& 210\\ Saturday& 198\\ +Sunday& 40 +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3630df922e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-5-2 on page 265. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{colortbl} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular} + {>{\columncolor{blue}\color{white}\bfseries}lr} +\rowcolor[gray]{0.8} + \color{black} Day & \bfseries Attendance\\[2pt] +Monday& 57 \\ Tuesday& 11 \\ +Wednesday& 96 \\ Thursday& 122 \\ +Friday& 210 \\ Saturday& 198 \\ +Sunday& 40 \\ +\cellcolor[gray]{0.8}\color{black}Total& 724 +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a069e8a17bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-6-1 on page 265. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{colortbl} \setlength\arrayrulewidth{1pt} +\newcolumntype{B}{!{\color{blue}\vline}} +\newcommand\bhline + {\arrayrulecolor{blue}\hline\arrayrulecolor{black}} +\newcommand\bcline[1] + {\arrayrulecolor{blue}\cline{#1}\arrayrulecolor{black}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|cBc|c|} +\hline + A & B & C \\ \cline{1-1}\bcline{2-3} + X & Y & Z \\ \bhline +100 & 10 & 1 \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fbf111f9fbf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-6-2 on page 266. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\newcolumntype{I}{!{\vrule width 3pt}} +\newlength\savedwidth +\newcommand\whline{\noalign{\global\savedwidth\arrayrulewidth + \global\arrayrulewidth 3pt}% + \hline + \noalign{\global\arrayrulewidth\savedwidth}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|cIc|c|} \hline + A & B & C \\ \hline + X & Y & Z \\ \whline +100 & 10 & 1 \\ \hline \end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..88245180a59 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-6-3 on page 267. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array,hhline} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setlength\arrayrulewidth{.8pt} +\renewcommand\arraystretch{1.5} +\begin{tabular}{||cc||c|c||c} + \hhline{|t:==:t:==:t|} +a & b & c & d \\ \hhline{|:==:|~|~||} +1 & 2 & 3 & 4 \\ \hhline{#==#~|=:b|-} +i & j & k & l & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{?} + \\ \hhline{||--||---} +w & x & y & z \\ \hhline{|b:==:b:==:b|} +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b59f4b2bbfb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-6-4 on page 268. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array,arydshln} +\setlength\extrarowheight{4pt}% extra space on row top +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|c::c|c|} +\hline + A & B & C \\ \hline + X & Y & Z \\ \hdashline +100 & 10 & 1 \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..87f11d9be6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-6-5 on page 268. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array,arydshln} +\renewcommand\arraystretch{1.3333}% extra space evenly + % distributed +\setlength\dashlinedash{1pt} +\setlength\dashlinegap{1pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{;{5pt/2pt}c::c:c;{5pt/2pt}} +\hdashline + A & B & C \\ \hdashline + X & Y & Z \\ \hdashline[5pt/2pt] +100 & 10 & 1 \\ \hdashline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9b7ca14f528 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-6-6 on page 269. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{tabls} \setlength\tablinesep{2pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|} \hline + \large A &\large B &\large C \\ \hline[5pt] + 100 & 10 & 1 \\[5pt] \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8f1a6731552 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-6-7 on page 270. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{booktabs} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{@{}llr@{}} +\toprule + \multicolumn{2}{c}{Item} &\multicolumn{1}{c}{Price/lb} \\ +\cmidrule(r){1-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3} + Food & Category & \multicolumn{1}{c}{\$}\\ +\midrule + Apples & Fruit & 1.50 \\ + Oranges & Fruit & 2.00 \\ + Beef & Meat & 4.50 \\ +\bottomrule +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9caea02d016 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-6-8 on page 272. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{booktabs} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{@{}llr@{}} +\toprule + \multicolumn{2}{c}{Item} &\multicolumn{1}{c}{Price/lb} \\ +\cmidrule(r){1-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3} + a & b & c \\ +\cmidrule(l{2pt}r{2pt}){1-2}\cmidrule(l{2pt}r{2pt}){3-3} +\morecmidrules +\cmidrule(l{2pt}r{2pt}){2-3} +\addlinespace[5pt] + Food& Category & \multicolumn{1}{c}{\$}\\ +\midrule + Apples & Fruit & 1.50 \\ + Oranges & Fruit & 2.00 \\ +\addlinespace + Beef & Meat & 4.50 \\ +\specialrule{.5pt}{3pt}{3pt} + x & y & z \\ +\bottomrule +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9c6d0b3c10b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-7-1 on page 272. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|} \hline + & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{qqq}\\\cline{2-3} +\raisebox{1.5ex}[0cm][0cm]{100} + & A & B \\\hline +20000000 & 10 & 10 \\\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ad5419332f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-7-2 on page 272. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{r@{.}l} + 1 & 2 \\ 1 & 23 \\ 913 & 17 +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cd6a1adc1e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-7-3 on page 273. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{multirow} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|l|l|l|l|} \hline +\multirow{4}{14mm}{Text in column 1} + & C2a & \multirow{4}{14mm}{Text in column 3} + & C4a \\ + & C2b & & C4b \\ + & C2c & & C4c \\ + & C2d & & C4d \\\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..267f10095b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-7-4 on page 274. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{multirow} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\renewcommand\multirowsetup{\centering} +\newlength\LL \settowidth\LL{100} +\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|} \hline +\multirow{2}{\LL}{100}& + \multicolumn{2}{c|}{qqq} \\\cline{2-3} + & A & B \\\hline +20000000 & 10 & 10 \\\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..94c17942aa2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-7-5 on page 274. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{multirow} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|l|l|} +\hline +\multirow{4}{25mm}{Common text in column 1} +& Cell 1a \\\cline{2-2} & Cell 1b\\\cline{2-2} +& Cell 1c \\\cline{2-2} & Cell 1d\\\hline +\multirow{4}{25mm}[-3mm]{Common text in column 1} +& Cell 2a \\\cline{2-2} & Cell 2b\\\cline{2-2} +& Cell 2c \\\cline{2-2} & Cell 2d\\\hline +\multirow{4}{25mm}[3mm]{Common text in column 1} +& Cell 3a \\\cline{2-2} & Cell 3b\\\cline{2-2} +& Cell 3c \\\cline{2-2} & Cell 3d\\\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6d3c60e903b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-7-6 on page 275. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{dcolumn} +\newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{.}{\cdot}{#1}} +\newcolumntype{.}{D{.}{.}{-1}} +\newcolumntype{,}{D{,}{,}{2}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|d{-1}|d{2}|.|,|} + 1.2 & 1.2 &1.2 &1,2 \\ + 1.23 & 1.23 &12.5 &300,2 \\ + 1121.2& 1121.2&861.20 &674,29 \\ + 184 & 184 &10 &69 \\ + .4 & .4 & &,4 \\ + & &.4 & +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7b8f78254d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-7-7 on page 276. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{dcolumn} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|D..{-1}|D..{2}|D..{4.2}|} +\multicolumn{1}{|c|}{wide heading}& +\multicolumn{1}{c|}{wide heading}& +\multicolumn{1}{c|}{wide heading}\\[3pt] + 1000.20 & 1000.20 &1000.20 \\ + 123.45 & 123.45 & 123.45 +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..687370445eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-7-8 on page 276. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{dcolumn} +\newcolumntype{+}{D{/}{\mbox{--}}{4}} +\newcolumntype{,}{D{,}{,}{2}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|r||+| + >{\raggedright}p{2.2cm}|,|} \hline +\multicolumn{4}{|c|}{GG\&A Hoofed Stock}\\ +\hline\hline +& \multicolumn{1}{c|}{Price}& & +\\ \cline{2-2} \multicolumn{1}{|c||}{Year} +& \mbox{low}/\mbox{high} +& \multicolumn{1}{c|}{Comments} +& \multicolumn{1}{c|}{Other} \\ \hline +1971 & 97/245 &Bad year for farmers in + the West. & 23,45 \\ \hline + 72 &245/245 &Light trading due to a + heavy winter. & 435,23\\ \hline + 73 &245/2001 &No gnus was very good + gnus this year. & 387,56\\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..04ec4599d04 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-8-1 on page 277. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{minipage}{\linewidth} +\renewcommand\thefootnote{\thempfootnote} +\begin{tabular}{ll} + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\bfseries PostScript + Type 1 fonts} \\ + Courier\footnote{Donated by IBM.} + & cour, courb, courbi, couri \\ + Charter\footnote{Donated by Bitstream.} + & bchb, bchbi, bchr, bchri \\ + Nimbus\footnote{Donated by URW GmbH.} + & unmr, unmrs \\ + URW Antiqua\footnotemark[\value{mpfootnote}] + & uaqrrc \\ + URW Grotesk\footnotemark[\value{mpfootnote}] + & ugqp \\ + Utopia\footnote{Donated by Adobe.} + & putb, putbi, putr, putri + \end{tabular} +\end{minipage} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3df81851f2a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-8-2 on page 278. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{threeparttable} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{threeparttable} +\caption[Example of a \texttt{threeparttable} + environment]{\textbf{PostScript Type 1 fonts}} +\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} +Courier\tnote{a} & cour, courb, courbi, couri \\ +Charter\tnote{b} & bchb, bchbi, bchr, bchri \\ +Nimbus\tnote{c} & unmr, unmrs \\ +URW Antiqua\tnote{c} & uaqrrc \\ +URW Grotesk\tnote{c} & ugqp \\ +Utopia\tnote{d} & putb, putbi, putr, putri\\ +\end{tabular} +\begin{tablenotes} +\item[a]Donated by IBM. +\item[b]Donated by Bitstream. +\item[c]Donated by URW GmbH. +\item[d]Donated by Adobe. +\end{tablenotes} + +\begin{tablenotes}[flushleft,online] +\item[a]Donated by IBM. +\item[b]Donated by Bitstream. +\item[c]Donated by URW GmbH. +\item[d]Donated by Adobe. +\end{tablenotes} + +\begin{tablenotes}[para] +\item[]Donated by: +\item[a]IBM, \item[b]Bitstream, +\item[c]URW GmbH, +\item[d]Adobe. +\end{tablenotes} +\end{threeparttable} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8663f96a71c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-9-1 on page 279. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{ccc} +\multicolumn{3}{c}{this-is-a-rather-long-row}\\ +C1 &C2 &C3 \\ 2.1&2.2&2.3 \\ 3.1&3.2&3.3 +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9f530d82d77 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-9-2 on page 280. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\newlength\Mylen +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\settowidth\Mylen{this-is-a-rather-long-row} +\addtolength\Mylen{2\tabcolsep} +\begin{tabular*}{\Mylen}% + {!{\extracolsep{4in minus 4in}}ccc} +\multicolumn{3}{c}{this-is-a-rather-long-row}\\ +C1 &C2 &C3 \\ 2.1&2.2&2.3 \\ 3.1&3.2&3.3 +\end{tabular*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..09060b7c6f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-9-3 on page 280. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Tables \begin{tabular}[t]{l} + with no\\ hline \\ commands \\ used +\end{tabular} +versus tables +\begin{tabular}[t]{|l|} \hline + with some \\ hline \\ commands \\ +\hline +\end{tabular} used. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5cf4c8c72ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-9-4 on page 281. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Tables \begin{tabular}[t]{l} + with no\\ hline \\ commands \\ used +\end{tabular} +versus tables +\begin{tabular}[t]{|l|} \firsthline + with some \\ hline \\ commands \\ +\lasthline +\end{tabular} used. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1f9aacfee04 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-9-5 on page 282. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\setlength\extratabsurround{5pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|cc|} \hline +\emph{name} & \emph{telephone} \\\hline\hline + John & \begin{tabular}[t]{|cc|} \firsthline + \emph{day} & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\itshape telephone} + \\\hline\hline + Wed & 5554434 \\\hline + Mon & \begin{tabular}[t]{|cc|} \firsthline + \emph{time} & \emph{telephone} \\\hline\hline + 8--10 & 5520104 \\ 1--5 & 2425588 \\\lasthline + \end{tabular} \\\lasthline + \end{tabular} \\\hline +Martin & \begin{tabular}[t]{|cp{4.5cm}|} \firsthline + \emph{telephone} & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\itshape instructions} + \\\hline\hline + 3356677 & Mary should answer forwarded message. \\\lasthline + \end{tabular} \\\hline + Peter & \begin{tabular}[t]{|cl|} \firsthline + \emph{month} &\multicolumn{1}{c|}{\itshape telephone} + \\\hline\hline + Sep--May & 5554434 \\ Jun & No telephone \\ + Jul--Aug & 2211456 \\ \lasthline + \end{tabular} \\\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ba70fecc7ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-9-6 on page 282. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array,tabularx,multirow} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newlength\Tl \settowidth{\Tl}{Prefix} \setlength\tabcolsep{1mm} +\newcommand\T[1]{$10^{#1}$} +\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{|l|l|*{10}{>{\small}X|}} \hline +\multicolumn{12}{|c|}{\textbf{Prefixes used in the SI system of units}}\\\hline +\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{Factor} & +\T{24}&\T{21}&\T{18}&\T{15}&\T{12}&\T{9}&\T{6}&\T{3}&\T{2}&\T{ }\\\cline{1-2} +\multirow{2}{\Tl}{Prefix}&Name & +yotta &zetta &exa &peta &tera &giga &mega &kilo &hecto &deca \\ + &Symbol & +\empty +Y &Z &E &P &T &G &M &k &h &da \\\hline +\multirow{2}{\Tl}{Prefix}&Symbol & +y &z &a &f &p &n &$\mu$ &m &c &d \\ + &Name & +yocto &zepto &atto &femto &pico &nano µ &milli ¢i &deci \\\cline{1-2} +\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{Factor} & +\T{-24}&\T{-21}&\T{-18}&\T{-15}&\T{-12}&\T{-9}&\T{-6}&\T{-3}&\T{-2}&\T{-1}\\\hline +\end{tabularx} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c9344db58fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-3-1 on page 293. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\setlength\textheight{22\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{5pt} % fix linebreaking +\setlength\textfloatsep{6pt} +\setlength\intextsep{6pt} +% for the book examples we shorten the +% vertical spaces and use a smaller font for +% the heading +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \usepackage{float} + \floatstyle{boxed} + \newfloat{Series}{b}{los}[section] + \floatstyle{ruled} + \newfloat{XMLexa}{H}{lox} + \floatname{XMLexa}{XML Listing} + \newcommand\xmlcode[1]{\texttt{#1}} + \newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again. } +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \section{New float environments} + \sample + \begin{XMLexa} \caption{A simple XML file} + \xmlcode{<XMLphrase>Great fun!</XMLphrase>} + \end{XMLexa} + \sample + \begin{XMLexa} + \caption{Processing instruction} + \xmlcode{<?xml version=''1.0''?>} + \end{XMLexa} + \sample + \begin{Series} + \caption{Euler's constant} + \[e = 1 + \sum^\infty_{k=1} \frac{1}{k!}\] + \end{Series} + \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..07ade84c320 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-3-2 on page 294. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\setlength\textheight{11.6\baselineskip} +\setlength\textfloatsep{6pt} +\setlength\intextsep{6pt} +% for the book examples we shorten the +% vertical spaces and use a smaller font for +% the heading +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\usepackage{float} +\floatstyle{boxed} +\newfloat{Series}{b}{los}[section] +\floatstyle{ruled} +\newfloat{XMLexa}{H}{lox} +\floatname{XMLexa}{XML Listing} +\newcommand\xmlcode[1]{\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + which might get reused over and over again. } + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{float} +% Float types ``Series'' and ``XMLexa'' and +% commands \xmlcode and \sample as defined +% in previous example +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\listof{XMLexa}{XML Listings} +\listof{Series}{List of Series} +\section{New float environments} +\sample +\begin{XMLexa} \caption{A simple XML file} + \xmlcode{<XMLphrase>Great fun!</XMLphrase>} +\end{XMLexa} +\empty +\sample +\begin{XMLexa} \caption{Processing instruction} + \xmlcode{<?xml version=''1.0''?>} \end{XMLexa} +\sample +\begin{Series} +\caption{Euler's constant} + \[e = 1 + \sum^\infty_{k=1} \frac{1}{k!}\] +\end{Series} +\sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d447edb5de4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-3-3 on page 294. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\setlength\textheight{15.2\baselineskip} +\setlength\textfloatsep{12pt plus 4pt} +% for the book examples we shorten the +% vertical spaces and use a smaller font for +% the heading +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again. } + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \usepackage{graphicx,float} + \floatstyle{boxed} \restylefloat{figure} + \floatstyle{ruled} \restylefloat{table} + \floatplacement{table}{b} + % \sample as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \section{Customizing standard floats} + \sample + \begin{table} + \begin{tabular}{@{}llr} + AAAA&BBBB&123\\CCC&DDDD&45\end{tabular} + \caption{Sample table} + \end{table} + \sample + \begin{figure} \centering + \includegraphics[width=12mm]{rosette.ps} + \caption{Sample figure} + \end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-4.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-4.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e5a24c88754 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-4.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-3-4 on page 295. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} + + \setlength\textheight{10\baselineskip} + \pagestyle{origplain} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{float,array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +All float placement specifiers are +shown together in the following example. +\begin{table}[H] +\begin{tabular}{>{\ttfamily}cl} + t & Top of page \\ b & Bottom of page \\ + p & Page of floats \\ + h & Here, if possible \\ H & Here, always +\end{tabular} +\caption{Float placement specifiers} +\end{table} +With ``h'' instead of the ``H'' specifier +this text would have appeared before the +table in the current example. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7360e67d064 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-3-5 on page 296. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\setlength\textheight{18\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the +% vertical spaces and use a smaller font for +% the heading +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.6ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{caption} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\listoffigures +\section{Various kinds of figures} +Here we mix standard and nonfloating figures. +\begin{figure}[b] \centering + \fbox{Figure I} + \caption{Standard figure} \label{fig:I} +\end{figure} +\begin{center} + \fbox{Figure II} \\ + \captionof{figure}[Fake LOF entry] + {Nonfloating figure} + \label{fig:II} +\end{center} +As Figure \ref{fig:I} is forced to +the bottom with an optional \texttt{[b]} +argument it passes Figure \ref{fig:II} +and the numbering gets out of sync. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-6.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-6.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3ce0dafb61c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-6.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-3-6 on page 297. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{2.7cm} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{rotating} +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\fancyhead[RO,LE]{Turned floats} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{sidewaysfigure} + \centering \fbox{Figure Body} + \caption{Caption} +\end{sidewaysfigure} +\begin{sidewaystable} + \centering \fbox{Table Body} + \caption{Caption} +\end{sidewaystable} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-7.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-7.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f97174783a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-7.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-3-7 on page 297. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{2.7cm} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[figuresright]{rotating} +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\fancyhead[LE]{Floats turned} +\fancyhead[RO]{Floats partly turned} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{sidewaystable} \centering + \fbox{Table Body} \caption{Caption} +\end{sidewaystable} +\begin{table} \centering + \begin{sideways} + \fbox{Table Body} + \end{sideways} + \caption{Caption} +\end{table} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..65b7dba202d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-4-1 on page 300. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that is reused over and over again. } +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{wrapfig} +% \sample as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{wraptable}[4]{l}{4cm} + \centering\fbox{Wrapped Table} + \caption{The Caption}\label{T} +\end{wraptable} +\sample \sample Reference to Table~\ref{T}. +\sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d342460f724 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-4-2 on page 301. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\addtolength\textwidth{-36pt} % to cover the margin in example +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that is reused over and over again. } + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{wrapfig} +\usepackage[labelfont={sf,bf}, + justification=centerlast]{caption} +% \sample as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The starting place for the wrapfigure +environment was manually determined in +the current ex- +\begin{wrapfigure}[7]{l}[0.2\width]{0pt} + \centering + \fbox{This is a ``wrapfigure''.} + \caption{An example of the + \texttt{wrapfigure} environment} +\end{wrapfigure} +ample by first setting the text without +the figure to find the linebreaks. + +\sample \sample \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7ac2ffd1671 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-4-3 on page 303. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{picins,graphicx} +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that is reused over and over again. } +\newcommand\FIG{\includegraphics + [width=14mm]{cat}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\parpic{\fbox{\Large\scshape Box}} +\sample\sample\par +\parpic[d]{\FIG} +\noindent\sample\sample\sample\sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b9f07556744 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-4-4 on page 304. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that is reused over and over again. } +\sloppy + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{picins,graphicx} +\newcommand\FIG{\includegraphics + [width=10mm]{elephant}} +% \sample as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\parpic(15mm,15mm)[f]{\FIG}\noindent +\sample\sample\par +Here we prove that the ``picture'' can +span more than a single paragraph. +\parpic(15mm,15mm)(2mm,14mm)[dr]{\FIG}% +\noindent\sample\sample\par +\picskip{2} +Without the explicit request in the source +this paragraph would have only one +shortened line, like the one surrounding +the previous ``picture''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-5.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-5.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8c2f4b30393 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-5.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-4-5 on page 304. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} + +\setlength\textheight{5cm} +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that is reused over and over again. } +\sloppy + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{picins} +% \sample as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\parpic(15mm,10mm)(0mm,0mm) + [dr]{\fbox{Box}}% +\sample\sample\par +\parpic(15mm,10mm)(2mm,5mm) + [dr]{\fbox{Box}}% +\sample\sample\par +\parpic(15mm,10mm)(4mm,10mm) + [dr]{\fbox{Box}}% +\sample\sample\par +\parpic(15mm,10mm)(6mm,15mm) + [dr]{\fbox{Box}}% +\sample\sample\par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-6.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-6.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1c07063345b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-6.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-4-6 on page 305. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} + +\setlength\textheight{6.5cm} +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that is reused over and over again. } +\sloppy + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{picins} +% \sample as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\sample +\begin{itemize} \item + \dashlength{2mm} + \linethickness{1mm} + \parpic(15mm,10mm)[dr]{BOX} + \sample\sample +\item + \shadowthickness{3mm} + \linethickness{.4pt} + \parpic(15mm,10mm)[sr]{BOX} + \sample\sample +\item + \boxlength{2mm} + \parpic(15mm,10mm)[x]{BOX} + \sample\sample +\end{itemize} \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c9b39baa380 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-4-7 on page 305. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that is reused over and over again. } +\sloppy + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{picins} +\newcommand\FOR{\(\displaystyle E=mc^2\)} +% \sample as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\pichskip{6mm} +\piccaption{Einstein's formula.} +\parpic(45mm,10mm)[s]{\FOR} +\sample\sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..94c1a04ac82 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-4-8 on page 306. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that is reused over and over again. } +\newcommand\FOR{\(\displaystyle E=mc^2\)} +\sloppy + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{picins} +\usepackage[labelfont={sf,bf}]{caption} +% \sample and \FOR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\piccaptioninside +\piccaption{Einstein's formula.} +\parpic(50mm,10mm)[s]{\FOR} +\sample\sample\sample + +\piccaptionside +\piccaption{Einstein's formula.} +\parpic(30mm,10mm)[s]{\FOR} +\sample + +\piccaptiontopside +\piccaption{Einstein's formula.} +\parpic(30mm,10mm)[sr]{\FOR} +\sample\sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9dad2cb2160 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-1 on page 307. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +% for the book examples we shorten the +% vertical spaces and use a smaller font for +% the heading +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.6ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\listoffigures + +\section{Caption} + +Figures \ref{Fig1} and \ref{Fig2} +have captions. + +\begin{figure}[ht] +\centerline{\fbox{\small A small Figure}} +\caption{Short caption text}\label{Fig1} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure}[ht] +\centerline{\fbox{\small A small Figure}} +\caption[Short entry in lof] + {Long caption text with some extra + explanation that this figure is important + even though it is small.}\label{Fig2} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c9c103e515b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-10 on page 318. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\setlength\textfloatsep{10pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{subfig} +\captionsetup[table] {position=top,aboveskip=5pt} +\captionsetup[subtable]{singlelinecheck=false, + format=hang,font={sl,small}, + justification=raggedright} +\renewcommand\thesubtable{\thetable.\arabic{subtable}} +\newcommand\TAB[2]{\fbox{\parbox{#2\textwidth}{Table #1}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{table} +\caption{Three sub-tables}\label{tbl} + \subfloat[First] {\TAB{1}{.4}\label{tbl1}}\hfill + \subfloat[Second]{\TAB{2}{.4}\label{tbl2}}\\ + \subfloat[Third table with a much longer caption] + {\TAB{3}{.8}\label{tbl3}} +\end{table} +Table \ref{tbl} contains sub-tables \subref{tbl1} to +\subref{tbl3}. But don't use now: \ref{tbl3} (see text). +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c9c974034c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-11 on page 319. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx} +\usepackage[font={scriptsize,sl},captionskip=3pt]{subfig} +\newcommand\FIG[1]{\includegraphics[#1]{cat}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figure} \centering + \subfloat[]{\FIG{width=3pc}\label{a}} \quad + \subfloat[]{\FIG{angle=20,width=3pc}\label{b}} \quad + \subfloat[]{\FIG{height=1pc,width=3pc}\label{c}} +\caption[A group of cats]{A group of cats: \subref{a} + the first cat, \subref{b} a climbing one, + and \subref{c} one that is stretched.} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..962685bef6d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-12 on page 319. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{subfig} \usepackage{graphicx} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figure} \centering + \captionsetup[subfloat]{nearskip=-3pt} + \subfloat[Small] + {\includegraphics[width=12mm]{elephant}\label{sf1}} + \qquad + \subfloat[Bigger] + {\includegraphics[width=16mm]{elephant}\label{sf2}} + \caption{Two elephants}\label{elephants} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7da7d7710f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-13 on page 321. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\setcounter{page}{1} +\setlength\textheight{5.5cm} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[nearskip=-3pt,captionskip=5pt]{subfig} +\captionsetup[subfloat]{listofindent=5em, + listofformat=parens} +\setcounter{lofdepth}{2} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\listoffigures \medskip +\begin{figure}[!ht]\centering + \subfloat[First]{\fbox{Figure I}} \qquad + \subfloat[Second]{\fbox{Figure II}} + \caption{Three figures} +\end{figure} + \pagebreak % <-- for illustration +\begin{figure}[!ht] \centering \ContinuedFloat + \subfloat[Third]{\fbox{Figure III}} + \caption[]{Three figures (cont.)} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-14.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-14.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1b387aa67a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-14.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-14 on page 322. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} + +\setcounter{page}{1} +\setlength\textheight{6cm}\setlength\intextsep{6pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{subfloat} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\listoffigures \medskip +\begin{subfigures} + \begin{figure}[!ht] + \centering\fbox{Figure I} + \caption{First figure}\label{FI} + \end{figure} + \begin{figure}[!ht] + \centering\fbox{Figure II} + \caption{Second figure}\label{FII} + \end{figure} +\end{subfigures} +Figures \ref{FI} and \ref{FII} in +this example are sub-numbered, while +Figure~\ref{FIII} is not. +\begin{figure}[!ht] + \centering\fbox{Figure III} + \caption{Third figure}\label{FIII} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9a30fa0cc80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-15 on page 324. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[ragged]{sidecap} +\usepackage[labelfont={sf,bf},textfont=it, + labelsep=period]{caption} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Paragraph text showing how floats are +horizontally aligned with respect to the galley. +\begin{SCtable} \caption{A small table with a + rather long caption text} + \begin{tabular}{|ll|} AAA & BBB \\ + CCC & DDD \\ EEE & FFF \end{tabular} +\end{SCtable} +\begin{SCfigure}[2] \caption{A small figure} + \framebox[.3\linewidth][c]{Figure I} +\end{SCfigure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6fcd6cad9bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-16 on page 324. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\setlength\marginparwidth{44pt} +\setlength\marginparsep{6pt} +\addtolength\textwidth{-60pt} % to cover the margin in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[wide]{sidecap} +\renewcommand\sidecaptionsep{15pt} +\renewcommand\sidecaptionrelwidth{20} +\sidecaptionvpos{table}{c} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Text showing how the float is horizontally +aligned with respect to the galley. +\begin{SCtable} \caption{A small table with + a rather long caption text} + \begin{tabular}{|ll|} AAA & BBB \\ + CCC & DDD \\ EEE & FFF \end{tabular} +\end{SCtable} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..53db1b41754 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-17 on page 325. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that is reused over and over again. } +\setlength\textheight{10\baselineskip} +\setlength\marginparwidth{53pt} +\setlength\marginparsep{8pt} +\addtolength\textwidth{-\marginparwidth} +\addtolength\textwidth{-\marginparsep} +\sloppy + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[margincaption,ragged]{sidecap} +% \sample as defined earlier +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{SCtable} \caption{A misaligned caption} + \begin{minipage}{\linewidth} + \sample \sample + \end{minipage}\end{SCtable} +\begin{SCtable} \caption{An aligned caption} + \begin{minipage}{\linewidth} + \strut \sample \sample \unskip\strut + \end{minipage}\end{SCtable} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-18.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-18.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..73f697b7c78 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-18.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-18 on page 326. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} + +\setlength\textheight{14\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the +% vertical spaces and use a smaller font for +% the heading +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.6ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\sloppy +\pagestyle{origplain} % plain is disabled by the class + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[twoside,varioref, + closeFloats]{fltpage} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\listoffigures +\section{Full-page floats} +Figure~\ref{FP1} is a +full-page float whose caption +and body are on separate pages. +\begin{FPfigure} + \setlength\fboxsep{0pt} + \framebox[.97\linewidth][c] + {\rule[-3cm]{0pt} + {.97\textheight}% + A full-page figure} +\caption[A full-page figure] + {Caption for a full-page float + for which there was no room + on the same page}\label{FP1} +\end{FPfigure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4b7d9e7ba70 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-2 on page 309. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% +\setlength\intextsep{6pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{float,graphicx} +\usepackage[format=hang,margin=10pt]{caption} +\floatstyle{boxed} \restylefloat{figure} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figure}[ht] \centering + \includegraphics[width=8mm]{elephant} + \includegraphics[width=10mm]{elephant} + \caption{Short caption} +\end{figure} +\begin{figure}[ht] \centering + \includegraphics[width=15mm]{elephant} + \caption{A caption that runs over more than one line} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1dc32ca7efa --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-3 on page 310. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% +\setlength\intextsep{6pt} +% Not shown here since explained later in the +% book: +\AtBeginDocument{\captionsetup{aboveskip=3pt}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{float,graphicx} +\usepackage[font={sf,bf},textfont=md]{caption} +\floatstyle{boxed} \restylefloat{table} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figure}[ht] \centering + \includegraphics[width=10mm]{Escher} + \caption{Short caption} +\end{figure} +\begin{table}[ht] \centering A B C D E F G H I J K L M + \caption{A caption that runs over more than one line} +\end{table} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..927c1dbfaa6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-4 on page 311. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% +\setlength\intextsep{6pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{float,graphicx} +\floatstyle{boxed} \restylefloat{figure} +\usepackage{caption} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{period-newline}{.\newline} +\captionsetup{aboveskip=3pt,singlelinecheck=false, + labelsep=period-newline,labelfont={small,bf}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figure}[ht] \centering + \includegraphics[width=10mm]{Escher} \caption{} +\end{figure} +\begin{figure}[ht] \centering + \includegraphics[width=10mm]{elephant} + \caption{A small elephant} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..63aa2f926ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-5 on page 311. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% +\setlength\intextsep{6pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[textfont={rm,it},labelfont={sf}, + labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad, + justification=centerfirst,parskip=3pt]{caption} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figure}[ht] \centering + {\fontfamily{put}\fontsize{60}{60}\bfseries Bild} + \caption[A short caption text] + {A caption that runs over more than one line + to show the effect of the centerfirst keyword.} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..414b2fc9405 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-6 on page 313. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% +\setlength\intextsep{8pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{caption,graphicx} +\DeclareCaptionStyle{italic} + {labelfont={sf,bf},textfont={rm,it},indention=18pt, + labelsep=period,justification=raggedright} +\captionsetup[figure]{style=italic} +\captionsetup{style=default,labelfont={sf,bf}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figure}[ht] + \centering \includegraphics{cat} + \caption{A long caption that runs over more + than one line to show the effect of the + style keyword.} +\end{figure} +\begin{table}[ht] + \centering \fbox{A B C D E F G H I J} + \caption{A long caption that runs over more + than one line to show the effect of the + style keyword.} +\end{table} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-7.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-7.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..667f86fa250 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-7.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-7 on page 315. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.2cm} + +% make the heading a bit smaller in the examples +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.6ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\pagestyle{origplain} % plain is disabled by the class + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{caption} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\listoffigures \medskip +\begin{figure}[!b] + \centering \fbox{Figure body} + \caption{Huge} +\end{figure} +A figure placed at the page bottom and +continued at the top of the next page. +\begin{figure}[!t] \ContinuedFloat + \centering + \fbox{\rule[-.5cm]{0pt}{1.5cm}% + Figure body} + \caption{Huge (cont.)} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e01a3513fde --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-8 on page 316. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{subfig} \usepackage{graphicx} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figure} \centering + \subfloat[Small] + {\includegraphics[width=12mm]{elephant}\label{sf1}} + \qquad + \subfloat[Bigger] + {\includegraphics[width=16mm]{elephant}\label{sf2}} + \caption{Two elephants}\label{elephants} +\end{figure} +Figure~\ref{elephants} contains sub-figure~\ref{sf1}, +which is smaller than sub-figure~\ref{sf2}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..57236325f14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-9 on page 316. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[font=sf]{caption} +\usepackage{subfig} +\newcommand\LCap{A longer caption with more text} +\newcommand\FIG{\fbox{\parbox{.4\textwidth}{\strut}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figure}[ht] \centering + \subfloat[Short caption]{\FIG} \subfloat[\LCap]{\FIG} + \caption{Default sub-figures} +\end{figure} +\captionsetup[subfloat]{format=hang,textfont=it, + labelfont={rm,bf},labelformat=simple,labelsep=period, + margin=5pt,justification=raggedright} +\begin{figure}[ht] \centering + \subfloat[Short caption]{\FIG} \subfloat[\LCap]{\FIG} + \caption{Customized sub-figures} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-10-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-10-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..05b8e202c5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-10-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-10-1 on page 439. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\begin{filecontents}{t1zasj.fd} +\ProvidesFile{t1zasj.fd} + [2003/10/12 font definitions for T1 Aldus/Palatino mix.] +\DeclareFontFamily{T1}{zasj}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{m}{n} {<->pasr9d}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{m}{sc}{<->pasrc9d}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{m}{it}{<->pasri9d}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{m}{sl}{<->ssub * pasx/m/it}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{b}{n}{<-> pplb8t}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{b}{sc}{<->pplbc8t}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{b}{sl}{<->pplbo8t}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{b}{it}{<->pplbi8t}{} +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{fontmix.sty} +\ProvidesPackage{fontmix}[2003/10/12 T1 Aldus/Palatino mix.] +\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{zasj} \renewcommand\bfdefault{b} +\end{filecontents} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fontmix} +% t1zasj.fd and fontmix.sty as defined above +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section*{Zapf's Palatino and Aldus} +This text is set in the typeface Aldus with +matching \emph{old-style} numerals `123456789'. + +As a companion \textbf{bold face} Zapf's +Palatino is selected. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-12-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-12-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..38a1ba947d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-12-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-12-1 on page 464. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{latexsym} \newcommand\Q[1]{$#1$ \quad} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Q{\Box} \Q{\Diamond} \Q{\Join} \Q{\leadsto} \Q{\lhd} \Q{\mho} +\Q{\rhd} \Q{\sqsubset} \Q{\sqsupset} \Q{\unlhd} \Q{\unrhd} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cb137e5fd51 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-3-1 on page 338. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some words in this sentence are +\begin{bfseries}typeset in bold letters. + +The bold typeface\end{bfseries} continues here. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c07904e4b0f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-3-2 on page 341. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\raggedright +When switching back from {\itshape italic\/} or +{\slshape slanted\/} shapes to an upright font +one should add the {\itshape italic correction}, +except when a small punctuation character follows. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..26d3f94d93d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-3-3 on page 342. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +{\em Nevertheless, one has to be careful about +the\/ {\em proper\/} use of italic corrections +on both ends of the emphasized text}. It is +therefore better to use the \verb=\emph= command, +which \emph{automatically} takes care of the +italic correction on both sides. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3bb97bd0f49 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-3-4 on page 342. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fixltx2e} +\renewcommand\eminnershape{\scshape} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +{\em Nevertheless, one has to be careful about +the\/ {\em proper\/} use of italic corrections +on both ends of the emphasized text}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..044a1d4c5a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-3-5 on page 343. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +One can typeset a text + {\sffamily\bfseries\large + in a large sans serif bold typeface} +but note the unchanged leading! +\LaTeX{} uses the value in force at +the \emph{end} of the paragraph! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..096eb470e47 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-3-6 on page 345. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\emph{When using the \LaTeX{} high-level font +commands, the \emph{proper} use of italic +corrections is automatically taken care of}. +Only \emph{sometimes} one has to help \LaTeX{} +by adding a \verb=\nocorr= command. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..36fa10bb455 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-3-7 on page 345. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newenvironment{bfitemize}{\begin{itemize}% + \normalfont\bfseries\raggedright}{\end{itemize}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{bfitemize} +\item This environment produces boldface items. +\item It is defined in terms of \LaTeX's + \texttt{itemize} environment and NFSS declarations. +\end{bfitemize} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4446d1688d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-3-8 on page 345. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\fontencoding{T1}\selectfont +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +In the Cork font encoding (\texttt{T1}), +characters like \symbol{"DE}, \symbol{'237}, +and \symbol{32} are included and can be +accessed with the \verb=\symbol= command. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ac9fd208e0c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-4-1 on page 349. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Therefore, $\mathsf{G}$ can be computed as +\begin{equation} + \mathsf{G} = \mathcal{A} + + \sum_{i=1}^{n} \mathcal{B}_{i} +\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e181159e38e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-4-2 on page 350. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{eqnarray} + x &=& 12345 \\ + \mathrm{x} &=& \mathrm{12345} \\ + \mathnormal{x} &=& \mathnormal{12345} +\end{eqnarray} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..58984ab5f1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-4-3 on page 351. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\DeclareMathAlphabet{\msfsl}{OT1}{cmss}{m}{sl} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +We demonstrate this with the formula +\begin{equation} + \sum \msfsl{A}_{i} = a \tan \beta +\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..10578d987af --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-4-4 on page 351. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\sffamily The result will be +\[ x = 10 \textbf{ and thus } y = 12 \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ae1b0c22edf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-4-5 on page 352. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} + \sum_{j=1}^{z} j = \frac{z(z+1)}{2} +\end{equation} +\mathversion{bold} +\begin{equation} + \sum_{j=1}^{z} j = \frac{z(z+1)}{2} +\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..96035920b99 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-1 on page 355. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontencoding{OT1}\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont +Computer Modern sharp s: \ss \par +\fontencoding{T1}\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont +EC Modern sharp s: \ss +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9a7597312b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-10 on page 365. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[safe]{textcomp} +\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textbullet}{OMS} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\textbullet{} now like \fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont\textbullet +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7eb395a6d6e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-11 on page 365. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage[safe]{textcomp} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Huge \`o\`x \`O\`X \capitalgrave O\capitalgrave X +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e309016512c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-12 on page 365. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage[safe]{textcomp} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +b\u{}g (this fails) \par +b\u\textcompwordmark g \quad B\u\textcapitalcompwordmark G +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3ff6a7a90bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-13 on page 366. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\raggedright +\setlength\parindent{15pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[safe]{textcomp} +\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textborn} + {{\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont\UseTextSymbol{TS1}{\textborn}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont + Burkhard and Holger \textborn 8.11.1997 +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e3f84136825 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-14 on page 367. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} + + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[warn]{textcomp} \renewcommand\textcompsubstdefault{cmss} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontfamily{phv}\selectfont Helvetica with \textnumero, \textohm, +\textcopyleft, \textpilcrow. Not perfect but better than nothing. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..03eaf013b59 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-15 on page 367. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[warn,safe]{textcomp} +\newcommand\born[1]{\textborn + {\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont #1}} +\raggedright +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontfamily{phv}\selectfont Arno \born{29.11.1984}, +\fontfamily{ccr}\selectfont + Burkhard and Holger \born{8.11.1997} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..17d1d9c25a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-16 on page 367. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[warn]{textcomp} +\newcommand\born[1]{\textborn\oldstylenums{#1}} +\raggedright +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontfamily{phv}\selectfont Arno \born{29.11.1984}, +\fontfamily{ccr}\selectfont + Burkhard and Holger \born{8.11.1997} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ec3253f085c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-17 on page 368. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage{textcomp} \raggedright +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{hlcf}{3} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontfamily{hlcf}\selectfont We can now typeset \textohm, +but then the \texteuro{} will fail without warning. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..791079d2196 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-2 on page 355. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +% +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % the default for the examples is times package +\renewcommand\sfdefault{cmss} % + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontencoding{OT1}\sffamily\bfseries +\Huge The fox jumps \par +\normalsize quickly over the fence!\par +\fontencoding{T1}\sffamily\bfseries +\Huge The fox jumps \par +\normalsize quickly over the fence!\par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce930f11270 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-3 on page 356. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +% +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % the default for the examples is times package +\renewcommand\sfdefault{cmss} % + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fix-cm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontencoding{OT1}\sffamily\bfseries +\Huge The fox jumps \par +\normalsize quickly over the fence!\par +\fontencoding{T1}\sffamily\bfseries +\Huge The fox jumps \par +\normalsize quickly over the fence! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7f14a636675 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-4 on page 356. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ae} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontencoding{T1}\sffamily\bfseries +\Huge The fox jumps \par +\normalsize quickly over the fence! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7f9e6ce790c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-5 on page 357. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lmodern} \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The \textbf{Latin Modern} fonts are carefully +handcrafted PostScript Type~1 fonts based on the +designs of Knuth's \emph{Computer Modern} +families. They contain all the glyphs needed to +typeset Latin-based European languages. At the +moment the \texttt{T1} and \texttt{TS1} encodings +are supported. In a later step the project will +address glyphs needed for typesetting Native +American, Vietnamese, and Transliteration. Also +planned are 8-bit math encodings (based on +earlier work by \textsc{Clasen/Vieth} and +\textsc{Ziegler}~[40,174]). +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7880406b0fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-6 on page 358. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +% +\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont % the default for the examples in book is + % Times so we change it here + + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[russian]{babel} +\usepackage[koi8-r]{inputenc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +òÕÓÓËÉÊ ÑÚÙË (The Russian language) +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d62d3eb197c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-7 on page 361. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} +\usepackage{textcomp} % for Latin interpretation +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +German umlauts in UTF-8: ^^c3^^a4^^c3^^b6^^c3^^bc +\par\inputencoding{latin1}% switch to Latin 1 +But interpreted as Latin 1: ^^c3^^a4^^c3^^b6^^c3^^bc +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..90315dcaced --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-8 on page 364. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % example default in the book is Times + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[force,full]{textcomp} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +CM fonts: \textcircled{x}\quad \t oo \par Times fonts: +\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont\textcircled{x}\quad \t oo \par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..59425707f83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-9 on page 364. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[safe]{textcomp} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\textdagger\textparagraph\textbullet{} viz.\ +\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont\textdagger\textparagraph\textbullet +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..761102d3f28 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-1 on page 371. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\centering +\fontsize{20mm}{22mm}% select size +\usefont{T1}{put}{b}{n}% select font + +Utopia-Bold +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cf707d98e25 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-10 on page 380. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pifont} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +{\Pifont{psy} MHDEIS\ AGEWMETPHTOS\ EISITW}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6b76447ac84 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-11 on page 381. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pifont} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Pilist}{psy}{'336} + \item The first item. \item The second. +\end{Pilist} +\begin{Piautolist}{pzd}{'115} + \item The first item. \item The second. + \item The third. +\end{Piautolist} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..41ad0b5ecec --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-12 on page 381. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pifont} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Piline{pzd}{36} \par\medskip +\noindent\Pifill{psy}{222} text +\Pifill{psy}{219}text\Pifill{psy}{220} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d0aed94ed9e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-2 on page 376. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{mathptmx} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +An example showing a trigonometric function: +\[ \sin \frac{\alpha}{2} = + \pm \sqrt{\frac{1-\cos\alpha}{2}} \] +The script looks like this: $\mathcal{ABC}$. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..820b7dedb12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-3 on page 377. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{mathptmx,bm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Bold is difficult to achieve: {\boldmath$\alpha + \neq A$} and at best looks questionable: +$A \neq \mathbf{A} = \bm\alpha - \bm\gamma$. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..77303e8860b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-4 on page 377. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{mathpazo} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +An example showing a trigonometric function: +\[ \sin \frac{\alpha}{2} = + \pm \sqrt{\frac{1-\cos\alpha}{2}} \] +The script looks like this: $\mathcal{ABC}$. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..faeac438625 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-5 on page 378. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{mathpazo,bm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Bold is easy to achieve: {\boldmath$\alpha + \neq A$} and blends well: +$A \neq \mathbf{A} = \bm\alpha - \bm\gamma$. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f0ffffb32bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-6 on page 378. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{mathpazo} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$\mathbb{ABCDEFGHIJK}$ $\mathbb{0123}$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..21ddaca22ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-7 on page 379. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pifont} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{dinglist}{"E4} + \item The first item. \item The second + item in the list. \item A final item. +\end{dinglist} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4f3533f3c3d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-8 on page 380. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pifont} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{dingautolist}{'300} + \item The first item in the list.\label{lst:a} + \item The second item in the list.\label{lst:b} + \item The third item in the list.\label{lst:c} +\end{dingautolist} +References to list items work as expected: +\ref{lst:a}, \ref{lst:b}, \ref{lst:c} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4501b560ae8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-9 on page 380. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pifont} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\dingline{35} \par\medskip +\noindent\dingfill{233} text text +\dingfill{235} text text \dingfill{236} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..669fcb8d8b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-1 on page 383. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{eco} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +In 1996 Sebastian developed fonts producing +old-style numerals in text but lining numerals +in math. So do not write ``the value can be 1 +or $-1$'', as both numbers should be lining +numerals. In text lining numerals can be +obtained as well: \newstylenums{1996}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2dfa8dd6555 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-10 on page 390. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath,mathptmx} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +A problematic example: +\[ t[u_1, \dots, u_n] = \sum_{k=1}^n + \binom{n-1}{k-1} (1-t)^{n-k}t^{k-1}u_k \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..17809506fd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-11 on page 390. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\sloppy % as example has such short measure +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pxfonts}\usepackage[full]{textcomp} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +An example showing a trigonometric function: +\[ \sin \frac{\alpha}{2} = + \pm \sqrt{\frac{1-\cos\alpha}{2}} \] +The script looks like this: $\mathcal{ABC}$.\\ +From textcomp: \textdollaroldstyle\ \texteuro\ +\textborn\ \textmarried\ \textdied\ \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e62ab07c511 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-12 on page 391. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath,pxfonts} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +A problematic example: +\[ t[u_1, \dots, u_n] = \sum_{k=1}^n + \binom{n-1}{k-1} (1-t)^{n-k}t^{k-1}u_k \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6c8c4468a54 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-13 on page 391. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\sloppy % as example has such short measure +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fourier} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +An example showing a trigonometric function: +\[ \sin \frac{\alpha}{2} = + \pm \sqrt{\frac{1-\cos\alpha}{2}} \] +The alphabets are $\mathcal{ABC}$ and +$\mathbb{ABC}$. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7b2212e3665 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-14 on page 392. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath}\usepackage[upright]{fourier} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ 0 \xleftarrow [\zeta]{} F \times \Delta (n - 1) + \xrightarrow {\partial_0 \alpha(b)} E^{\partial_0 b} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..723536e0dda --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-15 on page 392. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fourier} +\setlength\delimitershortfall{-2pt} % make delimiters grow +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \left\llbracket \left\VERT + \xswordsup \nparallelslant \xswordsdown + \right\VERT \right\rrbracket + \oiint \oiiint \slashint \widetilde{xxxxxx} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0f0a7e580f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-16 on page 392. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[upright]{fourier} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \Omega_\beta \neq \otherOmega_\otherbeta \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2163d51cabb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-17 on page 393. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[sloped]{fourier} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \Omega_\beta \neq \otherOmega_\otherbeta \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e0fabe17c53 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-18 on page 394. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{yfonts}\usepackage[document]{ragged2e} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The package provides \textgoth{Gotisch, also +called Textur}, \textswab{Schwabacher}, and +\textfrak{Fraktur} typefaces, also generally +known as \textfrak{``ge\-bro\-che\-ne Schriften''}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d4a7ed4d6f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-19 on page 395. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +%\setlength\parindent{0pt} % for the book example +%\renewcommand\quad{\hspace{0.5em minus 0.1em}} % to fit space in book + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{yfonts} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Large \frakfamily Fraktur: "a "e "u "o +\hfil *a *e *u *o \hfil sz \hfil s viz.\ s: +\par\swabfamily Swab: "a "e "u "o +\hfil *a *e *u *o \hfil sz \hfil s viz.\ s: +\par\gothfamily Gothic: "a "e "u "o +\hfil (unavail) \hfil sz \hfil s viz.\ s: +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f4880b1ed0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-2 on page 384. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{beton,euler} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Concrete Roman blends well with Euler Math, +as can be seen with +\[ \sum_{0\leq k<n} k = \frac{n(n-1)}{2} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d65e6c83da1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-20 on page 395. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{yfonts} +\newcommand\test{+ = ` [ ] / * \$ \% \& ; @} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Symbols: \ttfamily \test \par +\frakfamily Fraktur problems:: \test \par +\swabfamily Swab problems:: \test \par +\gothfamily Gothic problems:: \test +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..94d40c20373 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-21 on page 395. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[german]{babel} \usepackage{color} +\usepackage[varumlaut]{yfonts} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\frakfamily\fraklines +\yinipar{\color{blue}D}ies: ist ein Blindtext an dem +sich verschiedene Dinge ablesen lassen. Der Grauwert +der Schriftfl\"ache wird sichtbar und man kann an +ihm pr\"ufen, wie gut die Schrift zu lesen ist und +wie sie auf den Leser wirkt. Bei genauerem +Hinsehen werden die einzelnen Buchstaben und ihre +Besonderheiten erkennbar, \etc +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..940446e047e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-22 on page 396. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[german]{babel} \usepackage{color} +\usepackage[varumlaut]{yfonts} +\renewcommand\frakdefault{ysmfrak} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\frakfamily\fraklines +\yinipar{\color{blue}D}ies: ist ein Blindtext an dem +sich verschiedene Dinge ablesen lassen. Der Grauwert +der Schriftfl\"ache wird sichtbar und man kann an ihm +pr\"ufen, wie gut die Schrift zu lesen ist und wie +sie auf den Leser wirkt. Bei genauerem Hinsehen +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ebbb14f1de6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-23 on page 397. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[mathscr]{eucal} \usepackage{eufrak} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \mathcal{A} \neq \sum_{k<n} \mathscr{A}_k \neq \mathfrak{A} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-24.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..768cf8229a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-24.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-24 on page 398. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{eulervm,eufrak} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \mathcal{A} \neq \sum_{k<n} A_k \neq \mathfrak{A} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4f3a32883ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-25 on page 398. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amssymb,euler} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \hslash \neq \hbar \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-26.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b29ab7237b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-26.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-26 on page 398. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{eulervm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \hslash \equiv \hbar \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..843b5395877 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-27 on page 398. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ccfonts} +\usepackage[euler-digits]{eulervm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The value can be 1, 2, or $-1$ (wrong!)\par +The value can be $1$, $2$, or $-1$ (right!) +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-28.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6020f4d3dd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-28.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-28 on page 399. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{palatino,eulervm,eufrak} +\DeclareMathAccent\varhat{\mathalpha}{symbols}{222} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Large $ \hat x \neq \varhat x $ and +$ \hat \mathfrak{K} \neq \varhat \mathfrak{K} $ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-29.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6ee117b95a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-29.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-29 on page 399. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ccfonts,amssymb} +\usepackage[euler-digits]{eulervm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Concrete Roman blends well with Euler Math, +as can be seen with +\[ \sum_{0\leq k<n} k = \frac{n(n-1)}{2} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..57d1e4171b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-3 on page 384. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[boldsans]{ccfonts} +\usepackage[full]{textcomp} +\usepackage{ragged2e} %small measure +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Testing headings} +An example showing a trigonometric function: +\[ \sin \frac{\alpha}{2} = + \pm \sqrt{\frac{1-\cos\alpha}{2}} \] +The script looks like this: $\mathcal{ABC}$.\\ +From textcomp: \textdollaroldstyle\ \texteuro\ +\textborn\ \textmarried\ \textdied\ \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2866e7f65ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-4 on page 386. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{cmbright} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A CM Bright document} +The CM Bright family contains +\texttt{typewriter} fonts and matching fonts +for math formulas, e.g., +\[ \sum_{0\leq k<n} k = \frac{n(n-1)}{2} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dd274958663 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-5 on page 387. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage[scaled=0.85]{luximono} +\newcommand\allletters{The dazed brown + fox quickly gave 12345--67890 jumps! + x-height=\the\fontdimen5\font\ } +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\raggedright +\texttt{\allletters (LuxiMono)} +\par \renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt} +\texttt{\allletters (CM Typewriter)} +\par \renewcommand\ttdefault{pcr} +\texttt{\allletters (Adobe Courier)} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c1df6af9114 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-6 on page 387. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}\usepackage[scaled]{luximono} +\usepackage[euro]{textcomp} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\texttt{This font contains a \texteuro{} symbol.} +\par \renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt} +\texttt{This font contains a \texteuro{} symbol.} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dd9b4023585 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-7 on page 389. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{txfonts}\usepackage[full]{textcomp} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +An example showing a trigonometric function: +\[ \sin \frac{\alpha}{2} = + \pm \sqrt{\frac{1-\cos\alpha}{2}} \] +The script looks like this: $\mathcal{ABC}$.\\ +From textcomp: \textdollaroldstyle\ \texteuro\ +\textborn\ \textmarried\ \textdied\ \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c3875b7da84 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-8 on page 389. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{txfonts} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont % LaTeX default encoding! +\L.\l.\textdollar.\textsterling.\r{A}.\r{a}\hfill (txfont) + +\fontfamily{cmtt}\itshape % italic CM Typewriter +\L.\l.\textdollar.\textsterling.\r{A}.\r{a}\hfill + (all errors) + +\fontencoding{T1}\selectfont % ... in T1 +\L.\l.\textdollar.\textsterling.\r{A}.\r{a}\hfill (okay) +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b63342c29c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-9 on page 390. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath,txfonts} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +A problematic example: +\[ t[u_1, \dots, u_n] = \sum_{k=1}^n + \binom{n-1}{k-1} (1-t)^{n-k}t^{k-1}u_k \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9805af87092 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-1 on page 401. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{dingbat} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\smallpencil \quad \frame{\largepencil} \quad +\anchor \quad \eye \quad \carriagereturn \\[5pt] +\leftpointright \quad \rightpointleft \quad +\leftthumbsdown \quad \rightthumbsdown \quad +\leftthumbsup \quad \rightthumbsup +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fe35f5d79f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-10 on page 406. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{mathptmx,tipa} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +In linguistics, f\textschwa\textupsilon +\textprimstress n\textepsilon t\i k transcriptions +are usually shown in square brackets, e.g., +\textsf{phonetics \textipa{[f@U"nEtIks]}}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a02008cc153 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-11 on page 406. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\setlength\parskip{3pt} % nicer display in book +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % book uses Times +\renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{tipa} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{IPA} + \textrm{N\!o\`{\~*o}\~o \r*N\!o\^aP\~a } \par + \textsf{\*A) dOg, \*B) k\ae{}t, \*C) maUs} \par + \texttt{*\|c{k}\r*mt\'om *bhr\'=at\=er} \end{IPA} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2cfe4ce3c38 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-12 on page 407. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[tone]{tipa} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\tone{55}ma (mother) \tone{214}ma (horse) \par +\tone{35}ma (hemp) \tone{51}ma (scold) \par +\tone{153325413} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8dd49fec563 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-13 on page 407. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} +\renewcommand\sfdefault{cmss} +\renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt} +\renewcommand\bfdefault{bx} +\sloppy +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{textcomp} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +A normal \texteuro{}, \textit{an italic \texteuro}, +\textbf{a bold \texteuro}, +\textbf{\itshape a bold italic \texteuro}. +Compare the \textsf{sans serif \texteuro} +and \texttt{typewriter \texteuro} all in EC fonts. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c0f0110f88c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-14 on page 408. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{cmbright,textcomp} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +A normal \texteuro{}, \textsl{a slanted \texteuro}, +\textbf{a bold \texteuro}, \textbf{\slshape a bold +slanted \texteuro}. Compare this to the +\texttt{typewriter \texteuro} all in CM Bright. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ee59e6f834c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-15 on page 408. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{eurosym} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontsize{40}{40}\usefont{U}{eurosym}{m}{n}\symbol{0} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a1a40785690 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-16 on page 408. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{eurosym} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Regular \euro{}, \textsl{a slanted \euro}, +\textbf{a bold \euro}, and +\textbf{\itshape a bold italic \euro}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbcc47b3e8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-17 on page 409. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{times,eurosym} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\rmfamily \geneuro, \geneuronarrow, \geneurowide\ (Times)\par +\sffamily \geneuro, \geneuronarrow, \geneurowide\ (Helvetica)\par +\ttfamily \geneuro, \geneuronarrow, \geneurowide\ (Courier) +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..263e98e4c14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-18 on page 409. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[right]{eurosym} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Das Buch kostet \EUR{19,60} im Handel. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7c576d2700f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-19 on page 410. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\IfFileExists{lucidabr.sty}{}{\typeout{The lucidabr package is not available}\stop} +\sloppy % small measure + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lucidabr} \usepackage[scaled=0.97]{eurosans} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +A regular \euro{} symbol, \textit{an italic \euro}, +\textbf{a bold \euro{}, and \textit{a bold italic \euro}}. +\par\sffamily +A regular \euro{} symbol, \textit{an italic \euro}, +\textbf{a bold \euro{}, and \textit{a bold italic \euro}}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e8c36c2c8b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-2 on page 401. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{wasysym,pifont} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\phone\ using \texttt{wasysym} \par +\Pisymbol{wasy}{7} using \texttt{pifont} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..76b1e6d829a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-20 on page 410. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\IfFileExists{lucidabr.sty}{}{\typeout{The lucidabr package is not available}\stop} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lucidabr} \usepackage[scaled=0.97]{eurosans} +\DeclareRobustCommand{\euro}{{\fontencoding{U}% + \fontfamily{eurosans}\fontshape{n}\selectfont E}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +A regular \euro{} symbol, \textit{not an italic \euro}, +\textbf{a bold \euro{}, and \textit{not a bold italic \euro}}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..052f6296b54 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-21 on page 411. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array,times,europs} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{rc>{\sffamily}c>{\ttfamily}c} + & rm & sf & tt \\ +regular & \EUR & \EUR & \EUR \\ +\itshape italic &\itshape\EUR & \itshape\EUR &\itshape\EUR \\ +\bfseries\itshape bold italic & \bfseries\itshape\EUR & + \bfseries\itshape\EUR & \bfseries\itshape\EUR \\ +(body font) & C & C & C \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..181e6e72cc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-22 on page 412. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\addtolength\textwidth{6pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{times,marvosym} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Currencies: \Shilling, \Denarius, \Pfund, \EyesDollar, \EURtm\par +Comparisons: C \EURtm, \textsf{C} \EURhv, \texttt{C} \EURcr \par +Official logos: {\Large \frame{\EUR} or \frame{\EURdig}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..59cc5ed782c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-3 on page 401. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{marvosym} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Large \Mobilefone\ \Faxmachine\ \Fixedbearing\ \Lineload\ +\Coffeecup\ \Football\ \AtForty\ \IroningII\ \Cancer\ \Virgo\ +\RewindToStart\ \ForwardToIndex\ \ComputerMouse\ \Keyboard\ +\Female\ \FEMALE\ \Smiley\ \Frowny\ \Yingyang\ \Bicycle +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bca49890fb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-4 on page 403. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\begin{filecontents}{umvs.fd} + \DeclareFontFamily{U}{mvs}{} + \DeclareFontShape{U}{mvs}{m}{n}{<-> fmvr8x}{} +\end{filecontents} +\usepackage{pifont} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Huge \Pisymbol{mvs}{73} \Pisymbol{mvs}{74} \Pisymbol{mvs}{98} +\Pisymbol{mvs}{120} \Pisymbol{mvs}{121} \Pisymbol{mvs}{234} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d56dd592990 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-5 on page 403. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{bbding} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\XSolid\ \XSolidBold\ \XSolidBrush\ \Plus\ \PlusOutline\ \DavidStar\ +\DavidStarSolid\ \JackStar\ \JackStarBold\ \FourStar\ \FiveFlowerPetal\ +\SixFlowerOpenCenter\ \PhoneHandset\ \Peace\ \OrnamentDiamondSolid +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1ba1fc2d677 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-6 on page 403. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pifont} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Pisymbol{ding}{13} \Pisymbol{ding}{15} \Pisymbol{ding}{8} +\Pisymbol{ding}{17} \Pisymbol{ding}{19} \Pisymbol{ding}{9} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e2573cb8dea --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-7 on page 404. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% +% the book examples use ``b'' but here we need LaTeX's standard +\renewcommand\bfdefault{bx} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[clock]{ifsym} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Normal: \showclock{3}{20} rounded: \textbf{\showclock{6}{17}} +\\ Problem: \showclock{16}{35}\\ Fixed symbols: \Taschenuhr{} +\StopWatchStart{} \StopWatchEnd{} \Interval{} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7349263616b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-8 on page 405. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} + +\setlength\parskip{3pt} % nicer display in book +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[weather,alpine,misc,geometry]{ifsym} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Sun\ \Rain\ \Snow\ \Lightning\ \SunCloud\ \Thermo{1} \Thermo{4}\par +\Summit\ \Mountain\ \Joch\ \Hut\ \Flag\ \Tent\ \Village \par +\Cube{5} \StrokeFive\ \Radiation\ \Fire\ \Telephone\ \Letter \par +\TriangleUp\ \RightDiamond\ \SquareShadowC\ \SpinUp\ \SpinDown +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..aa8553af3e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-9 on page 405. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\setlength\parskip{3pt} % nicer display in book + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifsym} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\textifsymbol{3} \textifsymbol[ifgeo]{113} \par +\textifsym{LLL|H|L|h|l} \textifsym{MM<DD>m<d>M}\par +\textifsym{-31.458} \textit{\textifsym{-99.4b80}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..12ea2430785 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-9-1 on page 417. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[T2A,T1]{fontenc}\usepackage[koi8-r,latin1]{inputenc} +\newenvironment{Cyr}{\inputencoding{koi8-r}% + \fontencoding{T2A}\selectfont}{} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\raggedright \begin{Cyr}òÕÓÓËÉÊ ÑÚÙË\end{Cyr} +heißt auf Deutsch: die russische Sprache. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..19ceb3bb277 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-9-2 on page 417. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +% +\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont % the default for the examples is times + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont +\j{} \ng{} \NG{} \textperthousand{} \textpertenthousand \par +\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont +\j{} \ng{} \NG{} \textperthousand{} \textpertenthousand{} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..df722330b26 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-1 on page 469. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[leqno]{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} (a+b)^2 = a^2+2ab+b^2 \end{equation} +\[ \sin^2\eta+\cos^2\eta = 1 \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3841350c234 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-10 on page 475. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{gather} + (a + b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2 \\ + (a + b) \cdot (a - b) = a^2 - b^2 +\end{gather} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1fdbfb26bb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-11 on page 475. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{gather} + D(a,r) \equiv \{ z \in \mathbf{C} + \colon |z - a| < r \} \notag \\ + \operatorname{seg} (a, r) \equiv + \{ z \in \mathbf{C} \colon + \Im z < \Im a, \ |z - a| < r \} \\ + C (E, \theta, r) \equiv + \bigcup_{e \in E} c (e, \theta, r) +\end{gather} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8092e5b567c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-12 on page 475. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{align} + (a + b)^3 &= (a + b) (a + b)^2 \\ + &= (a + b)(a^2 + 2ab + b^2) \\ + &= a^3 + 3a^2b + 3ab^2 + b^3 +\end{align} +\begin{align} + x^2 + y^2 & = 1 \\ + x & = \sqrt{1-y^2} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a0aad14c9c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-13 on page 476. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This example has two column-pairs. +\begin{align} \text{Compare } + x^2 + y^2 &= 1 & + x^3 + y^3 &= 1 \\ + x &= \sqrt {1-y^2} & + x &= \sqrt[3]{1-y^3} +\end{align} +This example has three column-pairs. +\begin{align} + x &= y & X &= Y & + a &= b+c \\ + x' &= y' & X' &= Y' & + a' &= b \\ + x + x' &= y + y' & + X + X' &= Y + Y' & a'b &= c'b +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..26e74e28d25 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-14 on page 476. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This example has two column-pairs. +\begin{flalign} \text{Compare } + x^2 + y^2 &= 1 & + x^3 + y^3 &= 1 \\ + x &= \sqrt {1-y^2} & + x &= \sqrt[3]{1-y^3} +\end{flalign} +This example has three column-pairs. +\begin{flalign} + x &= y & X &= Y & + a &= b+c \\ + x' &= y' & X' &= Y' & + a' &= b \\ + x + x' &= y + y' & + X + X' &= Y + Y' & a'b &= c'b +\end{flalign} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7734c520efb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-15 on page 477. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This example has two column-pairs. +\renewcommand\minalignsep{0pt} +\begin{align} \text{Compare } + x^2 + y^2 &= 1 & + x^3 + y^3 &= 1 \\ + x &= \sqrt {1-y^2} & + x &= \sqrt[3]{1-y^3} +\end{align} +This example has three column-pairs. +\renewcommand\minalignsep{15pt} +\begin{flalign} + x &= y & X &= Y & + a &= b+c \\ + x' &= y' & X' &= Y' & + a' &= b \\ + x + x' &= y + y' & + X + X' &= Y + Y' & a'b &= c'b +\end{flalign} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3098053146d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-16 on page 477. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\renewcommand\minalignsep{2em} +\begin{align} + x &= y && \text{by hypothesis} \\ + x' &= y' && \text{by definition} \\ + x + x' &= y + y' && \text{by Axiom 1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..30509d47598 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-17 on page 478. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} +\begin{aligned} + x^2 + y^2 &= 1 \\ + x &= \sqrt{1-y^2} \\ + \text{and also }y &= \sqrt{1-x^2} +\end{aligned} \qquad +\begin{gathered} + (a + b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2 \\ + (a + b) \cdot (a - b) = a^2 - b^2 +\end{gathered} \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..62bd5436080 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-18 on page 478. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} +\begin{aligned}[b] + x^2 + y^2 &= 1 \\ + x &= \sqrt{1-y^2} \\ + \text{and also }y &= \sqrt{1-x^2} +\end{aligned} \qquad +\begin{gathered}[t] + (a + b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2 \\ + (a + b) \cdot (a - b) = a^2 - b^2 +\end{gathered} +\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7c9d990e827 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-19 on page 478. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath,bm} +\newenvironment{rcase} + {\left.\begin{aligned}} + {\end{aligned}\right\rbrace} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation*} + \begin{rcase} + \bm{B}' &=-c\nabla\times\bm{E} \\ + \bm{E}' &=c\nabla\times\bm{B} - 4\pi\bm{J}\, + \end{rcase} + \quad \text {Maxwell's equations} +\end{equation*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e1e0e4dac5b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-2 on page 469. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[fleqn,reqno]{amsmath} +\setlength\mathindent{1pc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} (a+b)^2 = a^2+2ab+b^2 \end{equation} +\[ \sin^2\eta+\cos^2\eta = 1 \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6aed567e79e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-20 on page 479. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\renewcommand\minalignsep{5pt} +\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} + V_j &= v_j & + X_i &= x_i - q_i x_j & + &= u_j + \sum_{i\ne j} q_i \\ + V_i &= v_i - q_i v_j & + X_j &= x_j & + U_i &= u_i +\end{aligned} \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..28a1e110624 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-21 on page 479. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{align} + A_1 &= N_0 (\lambda ; \Omega') + - \phi ( \lambda ; \Omega') \\ + A_2 &= \phi (\lambda ; \Omega') + \phi (\lambda ; \Omega) \\ +\intertext{and finally} + A_3 &= \mathcal{N} (\lambda ; \omega) +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce66e53f21a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-22 on page 480. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +We now have the following: +\[ X = a \qquad a = c \] +and thus we have +\begin{equation} X = c \end{equation} +And now we don't get much space +around the display! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2b2ae80474b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-23 on page 481. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Empty line before display: + +\[ a \neq b \] + +In both cases, too much space before! \ldots + +\begin{equation} a \neq b \end{equation} + +\ldots\ and not a lot of space after! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-24.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8d25b459ef4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-24.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-24 on page 481. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Empty line before display: + +\[ a \neq b \] + +Enough space now, but don't rely on it! + +\begin{equation} a \neq b \end{equation} + +Less space after in this case! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..14838de9a4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-25 on page 482. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{align} + x^2+y^2 &= z^2 \label{eq:A} \\ + x^3+y^3 &= z^3 \notag \\ + x^4+y^4 &= r^4 \tag{$*$} \\ + x^5+y^5 &= r^5 \tag*{$*$} \\ + x^6+y^6 &= r^6 \tag{\ref{eq:A}$'$} \\ + A_1 &= N_0 (\lambda ; \Omega') + - \phi ( \lambda ; \Omega') \\ + A_2 &= \phi (\lambda ; \Omega') + \, \phi (\lambda ; \Omega) + \tag*{ALSO (\theequation)} \\ + A_3 &= \mathcal{N} (\lambda ; \omega) +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-26.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..01f975f9e85 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-26.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-26 on page 483. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{278.40106pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} \begin{split} + \lvert I_2 \rvert &= \left\lvert \int_{0}^T \psi(t) + \left\{ u(a, t) - \int_{\gamma(t)}^a \frac{d\theta}{k} + (\theta, t) \int_{a}^\theta c (\xi) u_t (\xi, t) \,d\xi + \right\} dt \right\rvert \\ + &\le C_6 \Biggl\lvert + \left\lvert f \int_\Omega \left\lvert + \widetilde{S}^{-1,0}_{a,-} W_2(\Omega, \Gamma_l) + \right\rvert \ \right\rvert + \left\lvert \lvert u \rvert + \overset{\circ}{\to} W_2^{\widetilde{A}} (\Omega; \Gamma_r,T) + \right\rvert \Biggr\rvert +\end{split} \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bcdf7048366 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-27 on page 484. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{align} + \lvert I_2 \rvert &= + \left\lvert \int_{0}^T \psi(t) + \left\lbrace + u(a, t) - \int_{\gamma(t)}^a \frac {d\theta} k(\theta, t) + \int_{a}^\theta c (\xi) u_t (\xi, t) \,d\xi + \right\rbrace dt + \right\rvert \notag \\ + &\le C_6 + \Biggl\lvert + \left\lvert f \int_\Omega + \left\lvert + \widetilde{S}^{-1,0}_{a,-} W_2(\Omega, \Gamma_l) + \right\rvert \ + \right\rvert + \left\lvert + \lvert u \rvert \overset{\circ}{\to} W_2^{\widetilde{A}} + (\Omega; \Gamma_r,T) + \right\rvert + \Biggr\rvert +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-28.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6e500377f33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-28.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-28 on page 484. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[leqno]{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{gather} \raisetag{-10pt} + \text{The sign function: \ } + \mathcal{S}(x) = \begin{cases} + -1 & x < 0 \\ + 0 & x = 0 \\ + 1 & x > 0 + \end{cases} +\end{gather} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-29.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0bf0e5497b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-29.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-29 on page 485. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{subequations} \label{eq:1} +\begin{align} f &= g \label{eq:1A} \\ + f' &= g' \label{eq:1B} \\ + \mathcal{L}f &= \mathcal{L}g \label{eq:1C} +\end{align} +\end{subequations} +\begin{subequations} \label{eq:2} +\renewcommand\theequation{\theparentequation\roman{equation}} +\begin{align} f &= g \label{eq:2A} \\ + f' &= g' \label{eq:2B} \\ + \mathcal{L}f &= \mathcal{L}g + K \label{eq:2C} +\end{align} +\end{subequations} +Note the relationship between~\eqref{eq:1} +and~\eqref{eq:2}: only~\ref{eq:1C} and~\ref{eq:2C} differ. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8476613911c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-3 on page 470. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} + x^2 + y^2 = z^2 +\end{equation} +\begin{align} + x^2 + y^2 &= z^2 \\ + x^3 + y^3 &< z^3 +\end{align} +\begin{eqnarray} + x^2 + y^2 &=& z^2 \\ + x^3 + y^3 &<& z^3 +\end{eqnarray} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b4ea3fe5878 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-4 on page 471. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[leqno]{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation*} + n^2 + m^2 = k^2 +\end{equation*} +\begin{equation} + n^p +m^p \neq k^p \qquad p > 2 +\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..090d5081fc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-5 on page 472. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{multline} + \text{First line of a multline} \\ + \text{Centered Middle line} \\ + \shoveright{\text{A right Middle}} \\ + \text{Another centered Middle} \\ + \text{Yet another centered Middle} \\ + \shoveleft{\text{A left Middle}} \\ + \text{Last line of the multline} +\end{multline} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c4c165edf51 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-6 on page 472. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{multline} \tag{2} + \sum_{t \in \mathbf{T}} \int_a^t + \biggl\lbrace \int_a^t f(t - x)^2 \, + g(y)^2 \,dx \biggr\rbrace \,dy \\ + = \sum_{t \notin \mathbf{T}} \int_t^a + \biggl\lbrace g(y)^2 \int_t^a + f(x)^2 \,dx \biggr\rbrace \,dy +\end{multline} + +\setlength\multlinegap{0pt} +\begin{multline} \tag{2} + \sum_{t \in \mathbf{T}} \int_a^t + \biggl\lbrace \int_a^t f(t - x)^2 \, + g(y)^2 \,dx \biggr\rbrace \,dy \\ + = \sum_{t \notin \mathbf{T}} \int_t^a + \biggl\lbrace g(y)^2 \int_t^a + f(x)^2 \,dx \biggr\rbrace \,dy +\end{multline} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3964709fc19 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-7 on page 473. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} + \begin{split} + (a + b)^4 + &= (a + b)^2 (a + b)^2 \\ + &= (a^2 + 2ab + b^2) + (a^2 + 2ab + b^2) \\ + &= a^4 + 4a^3b + 6a^2b^2 + 4ab^3 + b^4 + \end{split} +\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f1a19e1bfec --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-8 on page 473. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[tbtags]{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} + \begin{split} + (a + b)^3 &= (a + b) (a + b)^2 \\ + &= (a + b)(a^2 + 2ab + b^2) \\ + &= a^3 + 3a^2b + 3ab^2 + b^3 + \end{split} +\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dbe235148ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-9 on page 474. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{330.59894pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\newcommand\relphantom[1]{\mathrel{\phantom{#1}}} +\newcommand\ve{\varepsilon} \newcommand\tve{t_{\varepsilon}} +\newcommand\vf{\varphi} \newcommand\yvf{y_{\varphi}} +\newcommand\bfE{\mathbf{E}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} \begin{split} + f_{h, \ve}(x, y) + &= \ve \bfE_{x, y} \int_0^{\tve} L_{x, \yvf(\ve u)} \vf(x) \,du \\ + &= h \int L_{x, z} \vf(x) \rho_x(dz) \\ + &\relphantom{=} {} + h \biggl[ + \frac{1}{\tve} + \biggl( \bfE_{y} \int_0^{\tve} L_{x, y^x(s)} \vf(x) \,ds + - \tve \int L_{x, z} \vf(x) \rho_x(dz) \biggr) + \\ + &\relphantom{=} \phantom{{} + h \biggl[ } + \frac{1}{\tve} + \biggl( \bfE_{y} \int_0^{\tve} L_{x, y^x(s)} \vf(x) \,ds + - \bfE_{x, y} \int_0^{\tve} L_{x, \yvf(\ve s)} + \vf(x) \,ds \biggr) \biggr] +\end{split} \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..453ce8c56d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-3-1 on page 486. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} P_{r - j} = + \begin{cases} + 0 & \text{if $r - j$ is odd,} \\ + r! \, (-1)^{(r - j)/2} + & \text{if $r - j$ is even.} + \end{cases} \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a1b4ed0fecd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-10 on page 504. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\parindent{10pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[spanish,activeacute]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +La e~ne est'a presente en \verb|\alph|~y~\verb|\Alph|. +Como en castellano~{}no se usan n'umeros romanos +en min'uscula, \verb|\roman| se redefine para que +los d'e en versalitas. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0a46f4d15b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-11 on page 505. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,french]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +En fran\c{c}ais on doit m\^{e}tre un petit bout de \og +white space \fg\ devant le ponctuation: comme \c{c}a! +\selectlanguage{english} +For English this is not done: as shown here! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8e6fc7293fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-12 on page 505. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,catalan,activegrave]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +``P`agina, Ap`endix, Pr`oleg'' \selectlanguage{english} +are Catalan translations for ``Page, Appendix, and Preface''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..12e267a2889 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-13 on page 505. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[hungarian]{babel} +\newcommand\present[1]{\fbox{\parbox[t]{20mm}{#1}} + \fbox{\parbox[t]{8,5mm}{#1}}\par} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\present{lo`ccsan} +\present{e`ddz\"unk} +\present{po`ggy\'asz} +\present{Kod\'a`llya} +\present{me`nnyei} +\present{vi`ssza} +\present{po`ttyan} +\present{ri`zzsel} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e1951d9f4b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-14 on page 506. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,galician,activeacute]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +``P'axina, Cap'itulo, Ap'endice'' +\selectlanguage{english} are Galician translations +for ``Page, Chapter, and Appendix''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..29a8a3674fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-15 on page 506. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{txr} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,esperanto]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +``Pa^go, ^Capitro, Cita^joj'' \selectlanguage{english} +are Esperanto translations for ``Page, Chapter, and +References''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4d65e7367dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-16 on page 507. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{63.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[latin]{babel} \languageattribute{latin}{withprosodicmarks} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ProsodicMarksOn ^a ^e ^i ^o ^u +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c6a41584aa8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-17 on page 507. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{63.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[latin]{babel} \languageattribute{latin}{withprosodicmarks} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ProsodicMarksOn =a =e =i =o =u +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3d1d7083377 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-18 on page 507. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{63.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,turkish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\selectlanguage{english} a =b \par \selectlanguage{turkish} a =b +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..90ee0ac1e77 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-19 on page 507. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[spanish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text with <<quoted text with a <<nested quote>> +within it. + +A second paragraph in the quotation.>> +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dcbfcc60128 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-3-2 on page 486. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{gather*} + \begin{matrix} 0 & 1 \\ 1 & 0 \end{matrix} \quad + \begin{pmatrix} 0 & -i \\ i & 0 \end{pmatrix} \\ + \begin{bmatrix} 0 & -1 \\ 1 & 0 \end{bmatrix} \quad + \begin{Bmatrix} 1 & 0 \\ 0 & -1 \end{Bmatrix} \\ + \begin{vmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} \quad + \begin{Vmatrix} i & 0 \\ 0 & -i \end{Vmatrix} +\end{gather*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ad907835ac9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-20 on page 508. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[spanish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\decimalcomma $1000.10$ \par \decimalpoint $1000.10$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d3eb4f42ca7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-21 on page 508. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[bulgarian]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\today \par \todayRoman +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..796bc8bd66a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-22 on page 509. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[esperanto]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\today \par \hodiau \par \hodiaun +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b76ffbcd2cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-23 on page 509. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[greek]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\today \par \Grtoday +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-24.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..920d19306a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-24.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-24 on page 509. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,hebrew]{babel} +\usepackage{hebcal} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\hebday \par \Hebrewtoday \par +\selectlanguage{english} \today: \Hebrewtoday +\selectlanguage{hebrew} \hebdate{8}{11}{1997} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..25d0665e26a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-25 on page 509. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[usorbian,lsorbian]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newdatelsorbian \today \par +\olddatelsorbian \today \par +\newdateusorbian \today \par +\olddateusorbian \today +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-26.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0c906016fc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-26.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-26 on page 509. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + \parindent0pt +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[swedish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Default date format: \today\\ +\verb|\datesymd| gives: \datesymd \today \\ +\verb|\datesdmy| gives: \datesdmy \today +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dc9751d4460 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-27 on page 510. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[esperanto,greek,hebrew,bulgarian,russian,english]{babel} +\usepackage{ifthen} + +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % needed for esperanto (dotless j) + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength{\tabcolsep}{3pt} +\newcommand\GR[1]{{\extrasgreek#1}} +\newcommand\BU[1]{{\extrasbulgarian#1}} +\newcommand\HEB[1]{{\extrashebrew#1}} +\newcommand\RU[1]{{\extrasrussian#1}} +\newcommand\smskip{\hskip.5pt} +\makeatletter + \gdef\@ctrerr{-} % don't produce counter errors but dash +\makeatother +\newcommand\row{\thecount & % + \alph{count} & \Alph{count} & % + \esper{count} & \Esper{count} & % + \GR{\alph{count}} & \GR{\Alph{count}} & % + \RU{\asbuk{count}} & \RU{\Asbuk{count}} & % + \BU{\alph{count}} & \BU{\Alph{count}} & + \HEB{\alph{count}} & \HEB{\Alph{count}} & \HEB{\Alphfinal{count}}\\} +% +\newcounter{count} +\setcounter{count}{1} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \centering + \small + \begin{tabular}{@{}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}c@{\smskip}c@{}} +% + & \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textit{default}} & % + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Esperanto}} & % + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Greek}} & % + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Russian}} & % + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Bulgarian}} & % + \multicolumn{3}{c}{\textsf{Hebrew}} \\[1pt] +% + Value & % + \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & % + \verb|\esper| & \verb|\Esper| & % + \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & % + \verb|\asbuk| & \verb|\Asbuk| & % + \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & % + \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & \verb|\Alphfinal| \\[4pt] +% + \whiledo{\value{count}<31}{\row\stepcounter{count}}% + \setcounter{count}{40}\row + \setcounter{count}{50}\row + \setcounter{count}{100}\row + \setcounter{count}{250}\row + \setcounter{count}{500}\row + \end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-28.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a8fd14e125f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-28.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-28 on page 510. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,french]{babel} \usepackage{dcolumn} +\newcolumntype{d}{D{,}{\decimalsep}{-1}} % align at explicit `,' + % but output \decimalsep +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|d|} \hline + 12,34567 \\ % recognized but not corectly formatted + \nombre{12,34567} \\ % not recognized but corectly formatted + \nombre[,]{12,34567} \\ + \nombre[,]{9876543,21} \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\par\vspace{1cm} \selectlanguage{english} % change language +\begin{tabular}{|d|} \hline + \nombre[,]{12,34567} \\ \nombre[,]{9876543,21} \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-29.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e9760c5ba8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-29.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-29 on page 511. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,greek]{babel} +\newcommand\eng[1]{\foreignlanguage{english}{#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +123456 \eng{in Greek notation:} \greeknumeral{123456} \par +987654 \eng{in Greek notation:} \Greeknumeral{987654} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..82456ba0232 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-3-3 on page 487. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\setcounter{MaxMatrixCols}{20} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ + \begin{Vmatrix} + \,a&b&c&d&e&f&g&h&i&j &\cdots\,{} \\ + &a&b&c&d&e&f&g&h&i &\cdots\,{} \\ + & &a&b&c&d&e&f&g&h &\cdots\,{} \\ + & & &a&b&c&d&e&f&g &\cdots\,{} \\ + & & & &\ddots&\ddots&\hdotsfor[2]{5}\,{} + \end{Vmatrix} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-30.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-30.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0c907446d0e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-30.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-30 on page 512. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\parindent0pt +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,greek]{babel} + \usepackage{athnum} + \newcommand\eng[1]{\foreignlanguage{english}{#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +6284 \eng{in Athenian notation:} \\ \athnum{6284} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-31.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-31.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..14cbb6f5844 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-31.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-31 on page 512. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,icelandic]{babel} + \usepackage{dcolumn} \newcolumntype{d}{D{,}{\decimalsep}{-1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\tala{3141,592653} \par +\foreignlanguage{english}{\tala{3141,592653}}\par \bigskip +\begin{tabular}{|d|} \hline + 3,14 \\ + \tala[,]{123,4567} \\ \tala[,]{9876,543} \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-32.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-32.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4134a17a649 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-32.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-32 on page 513. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[french]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Leslie~\bsc{Lamport} \quad \No9 \ \primo \ \tertio +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-33.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-33.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..879101fa747 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-33.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-33 on page 513. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\parindent0pt + \makeatletter + \def\tnick{\vrule depth 3pt height 0pt\relax} + \def\cs#1{\ifx\@nil#1\@nil\else\texttt{\textbackslash#1}\fi} + \def\line#1#2#3#4#5#6{% + \ \cs{#1} & $#2$ & & + \ \cs{#3} & \selectlanguage{serbian} $#4$ & & + \ \cs{#5} & \selectlanguage{russian} $#6$} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% + \usepackage[serbian,russian,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \setlength{\tabcolsep}{2pt} + \begin{tabular}{llcllcll@{}l} + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape \tnick + \hrulefill \LaTeX\hrulefill\tnick} & & + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape \tnick + \hrulefill Serbian\hrulefill\tnick} & & + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape \tnick + \hrulefill Russian\hrulefill\tnick} \\[2pt] + \line{tan}{\tan}{tg}{\tg}{tg}{\tg}\\ + \line{cot}{\cot}{ctg}{\ctg}{ctg}{\ctg}\\ + \line{sinh}{\sinh}{sh}{\sh}{sh}{\sh}\\ + \line{cosh}{\cosh}{ch}{\ch}{ch}{\ch}\\ + \line{tanh}{\tanh}{th}{\th}{th}{\th}\\ + \line{coth}{\coth}{cth}{\cth}{cth}{\cth}\\ + \line{csc}{\csc}{}{}{cosec}{\cosec}\\ + \line{arcsin}{\arcsin}{sh}{\sh}{}{}\\ + \line{arccos}{\arccos}{arch}{\arch}{}{}\\ + \line{arctan}{\arctan}{arctg}{\arctg}{arctg}{\arctg}\\ + \line{}{}{arcctg}{\arcctg}{arcctg}{\arcctg}&\quad (\textit{extra})\\ + \end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-34.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-34.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..928d79ce8a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-34.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-34 on page 514. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[french,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{minipage}[t]{4cm} + Some text with a list. + \begin{itemize} \item item 1 + \item item 2 \end{itemize} + And some text following. +\end{minipage} +\quad \selectlanguage{french} +\begin{minipage}[t]{4cm} + Some text with a list. + \begin{itemize} \item item 1 + \item item 2 \end{itemize} + And some text following. +\end{minipage} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-35.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-35.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2f3a175bf6f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-35.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-35 on page 515. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[french,english]{babel} +\AddThinSpaceBeforeFootnotes +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{minipage}{70pt} Some text\footnote{with a footnote}. +\end{minipage} +\selectlanguage{french}\FrenchFootnotes +\begin{minipage}{70pt} Some text\footnote{with a footnote}. +\end{minipage} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-36.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-36.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a4c1ebd4c73 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-36.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-36 on page 515. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[icelandic]{babel} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +"o "O "ó "Ó "e "E "é "É but: "\'e "\'E +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-37.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-37.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b8597e2f689 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-37.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-37 on page 517. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[polish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +"a "A "c "C "e "E "l "n "N "o "O "s "S \par +\polishrz "r "R "z "Z "x "X \par +\polishzx "r "R "z "Z "x "X \par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-38.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-38.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..117d9580c60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-38.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-38 on page 517. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\k a \k A \'c \'C \k e \k E \l{} \'n \'N \'o \'O \'s \'S\par +\.z \.Z \'z \'Z +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-39.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-39.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..730ecb4cc9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-39.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-39 on page 517. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage[X2,T1]{fontenc} \usepackage[greek,russian,hebrew,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some English text, \R{hebrew text}, \textgreek{Greek text}, +\textcyrillic{Cyrillic text} +\sethebrew more Hebrew text\unsethebrew{}, more English text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b4beb1d614d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-3-4 on page 487. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +To show the effect of the matrix on surrounding +lines inside a paragraph, we put it here: + $ \left( \begin{smallmatrix} + 1 & 0 \\ 0 & -1 + \end{smallmatrix} \right) $ +and follow it with enough text to ensure that +there is at least one full line below the matrix. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..83ea905d287 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-3-5 on page 488. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{gather} + \sum_{\substack{0 \le i \le m \\ 0 < j < n}} P(i, j) \\ + \sum_{\begin{subarray}{l} i \in \Lambda \\ + 0 \le i \le m \\ + 0 < j < n + \end{subarray}} P(i, j) +\end{gather} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..28d5faf24ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-3-6 on page 488. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath,amscd} +\DeclareMathOperator\add{add} +\DeclareMathOperator\cf {cf} +\DeclareMathOperator\cov{cov} +\DeclareMathOperator\non{non} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \begin{CD} + \cov (L) @>>> \non (K) @>>> \cf (K) \\ + @VVV @AAA @AAA \\ + \add (L) @>>> \add (K) @>>> \cov (K) \\ + \end{CD} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2963172799d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-3-7 on page 489. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath,amscd} +\DeclareMathOperator{\End}{End} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \begin{CD} + S^{W_\Lambda}\otimes T @>j>> T \\ + @VVV @VV{\End P}V \\ + (S \otimes T)/I @= (Z\otimes T)/J + \end{CD} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b74fc1cd13a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-3-8 on page 489. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[\begin{array}{ccc} + S^{\mathcal{W}_\Lambda}\otimes T & + \stackrel{j}{\longrightarrow} & + T \\ + \Big\downarrow & & + \Big\downarrow\vcenter{% + \rlap{$\scriptstyle{\mathrm{End}}\,P$}} \\ + (S\otimes T)/I & = & + (Z\otimes T)/J + \end{array}\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b6428cb24ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-3-9 on page 489. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{delarray} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \mathcal{Q} = +\begin{array}[t] ( {cc} ) X & Y \end{array} +\begin{array}[t] [ {cc} ] A & B \\ C & D \end{array} +\begin{array}[b] \lgroup{cc}\rgroup L \\ M \end{array} +\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fae98535106 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-1 on page 490. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ + 0 \xleftarrow [\zeta]{} F \times \Delta (n - 1) + \xrightarrow {\partial_0 \alpha(b)} E^{\partial_0 b} +\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c7f0513e6d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-10 on page 494. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +% +% there is a bug in the amsmath macros for ddd and dddd dots which the +% AMS intends to fix as follows (we already anticipated that fix +% here, though it isn't quite right yet for all cases): +% +\makeatletter +\AtBeginDocument{% we have to be after amsmath is loaded in the example + \renewcommand{\dddot}[1]{% + {\mathop{\kern\z@#1}\limits^{\vbox to-1.4\ex@{\kern-\tw@\ex@ + \hbox{\,\normalfont...}\vss}}}} + \renewcommand{\ddddot}[1]{% + {\mathop{\kern\z@#1}\limits^{\vbox to-1.4\ex@{\kern-\tw@\ex@ + \hbox{\,\normalfont....}\vss}}}} + } +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$ \dot{S} \quad \ddot{P} \quad \dddot{Q} \quad \ddddot{R} $ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f145dbdd2f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-11 on page 495. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{accents} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \accentset{\ast}{X} \quad + \hat{\accentset{\star}{\hat h}} \quad + \underaccent{\diamond}{\mathcal{M}} \quad + \undertilde{C}\quad\undertilde{M}\quad\undertilde{ABC} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9030fc08c83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-12 on page 495. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsxtra} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$(xyz)\spdddot$ \quad $(xyz)\spddot$ \quad $(xyz)\spdot$ \\ +$(xyz)\spbreve$ \quad $(xyz)\spcheck$ \\ +$(xyz)\sphat$ \quad $(xyz)\sptilde$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..42221aa6010 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-13 on page 495. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \overset{*}{X} > \underset{*}{X} + \iff \sideset{}{'}\sum_{a,b \in \mathbf{R^*}} + \overset{a}{\underset{b}{X}} = X \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..16c07a0e01e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-14 on page 495. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \sideset{_{i = 1}^n}{_{j = 2}^m}\prod_{k > 1} + \mathcal{T}_{i, j}^k \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0f9b1319ec9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-2 on page 490. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation*} +\cfrac {1}{\sqrt{2} + + \cfrac {1}{\sqrt{3} + + \cfrac {1}{\sqrt{4} + + \cfrac[r] {1}{\sqrt{5} + + \cfrac[l] {1}{\sqrt{6} + \dotsb } + }}}} +\end{equation*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..25a3c1505a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-3 on page 491. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} + \boxed { W_t - F \subseteq V(P_i) \subseteq W_t } +\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2a7c9fdee15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-4 on page 491. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ + \sum_{i=1}^n \qquad \int_0^\infty \qquad \lim_{n \to 0} +\] +Text: $\sum_{i=1}^n$, $\int_0^\infty$, $\lim_{n \to 0}$. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..021a7423492 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-5 on page 492. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ + \sum\nolimits_{i=1}^n \qquad \int\limits_0^\infty + \qquad \lim\displaylimits_{n \to 0} +\] +Text: $\sum\nolimits_{i=1}^n$, $\int\limits_0^\infty$, +$\lim\displaylimits_{n \to 0}$. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a28bba5b86c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-6 on page 492. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{gather*} + \iint \limits _V \mu(v,w) + \,du \,dv \\ + \iiint \limits _V \mu(u,v,w) + \,du \,dv \,dw \\ + \iiiint \limits _V \mu(t,u,v,w) + \,dt \,du \,dv \,dw \\ + \idotsint \limits _V \mu(z_1, \dots, z_k) + \,\mathbf{dz} +\end{gather*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..af958f76883 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-7 on page 493. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{align*} + u & \equiv v + 1 \mod{n^2} \\ + u & \equiv v + 1 \bmod{n^2} \\ + u & = v + 1 \pmod{n^2} \\ + u & = v + 1 \pod{n^2} +\end{align*} +The in-text layout: $ u = v + 1 \pmod{n^2} $ +\begin{gather*} + (m \bmod n) = k^2 \, ; \quad + x \equiv y \pmod b \, ; \\ + x \equiv y \mod c \, ; \quad + x \equiv y \pod d\, . +\end{gather*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f747954f41b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-8 on page 493. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} \frac{1}{k} \log_2 c(f) + \quad \tfrac{1}{k} \log_2 c(f) \end{equation} +Text: $ \sqrt{ \frac{1}{k} \log_2 c(f) } \quad + \sqrt{ \dfrac{1}{k} \log_2 c(f) }\, $. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dcc95110747 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-9 on page 493. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} \binom{k}{2} 2^{k - 1} + + \tbinom{k - 1}{2} 2^{k - 2} \end{equation} +Text: $ \binom{k}{2} 2^{k - 1} + + \dbinom{k - 1}{2} 2^{k - 2} $. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e8701be02bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-5-1 on page 496. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +A series $H_1, H_2, \dots, H_n$, a sum +$H_1 + H_2 + \dots + H_n$, an orthogonal product +$H_1 \times H_2 \times \dots \times H_n$. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..824f8f2c1a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-5-2 on page 496. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +A series $H_1, H_2, \dotsc\,$, a sum +$H_1 + H_2 + \dotsb\,$, an orthogonal product +$H_1 \times H_2 \times \dotsm\,$, and an infinite +integral: \[ \int_{H_1} \int_{H_2} \dotsi \; + {-\Gamma}\, d\Theta \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9ecc742c921 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-5-3 on page 497. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{align*} +\widehat {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +&= \widetilde {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} \\ +\overline {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +&= \underline {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} \\ +\overbrace {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +&= \underbrace {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +& & \text{Do not change style} \\ +\overrightarrow {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +&= \overleftarrow {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +& & \text{Do not change style} \\[-3pt] +& & & \text{without \textsf{amsmath}} \\ +\underrightarrow {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +&= \underleftarrow {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +& & \text{Do need \textsf{amsmath}} \\ +\overleftrightarrow {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +&=\underleftrightarrow{\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +& & \text{Do need \textsf{amsmath}} +\end{align*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..08d08ca2ffc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-5-4 on page 499. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \[ + \sqrtsign{1 + \sqrtsign{1 + \sqrtsign{1 + + \sqrtsign{1 + \sqrtsign{1 + \sqrtsign{1 + x}}}}}} + \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a0648ece0de --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-6-1 on page 499. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{gather} + \text{Also, if } \Delta_{\text{max up}} + = \Delta_{\text{min down}} \notag \\ + \text{(for all ups and downs) then} \notag \\ + \Delta_{\text{sum of ups}} + = \Delta_{\text{sum of downs}} +\end{gather} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7dbb52c11e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-6-2 on page 500. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[fleqn]{amsmath} +\newcommand\abs[1]{\lvert#1\rvert} +\setlength\mathindent{0pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{gather*} + \lim_{x \rightarrow 0} \frac{ \sin^2(x) }{ x^2 } = 1 \\ + \varliminf_{n \rightarrow \infty} + \abs{a_{n+1}} / \abs{a_n} = 0 \\ + \varinjlim (m_i^\lambda \cdot M)^* \le + \varprojlim_{A/p \rightarrow \lambda(A)}A_p \le 0 +\end{gather*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9748633eddb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-6-3 on page 501. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[fleqn]{amsmath} +\DeclareMathOperator \meas {meas} +\DeclareMathOperator*\esssup {ess \, sup} +\DeclareMathOperator*\supminus{sup - minus*} +\newcommand\abs [1]{\lvert#1\rvert} +\newcommand\norm[1]{\lVert#1\rVert} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{gather*} + \norm{f}_\infty = \esssup_{x \in R^n} \abs{f(x)} \\ + \meas_1 \{ u \in R_+^1 \colon f^*(u)>\alpha \} = \\ + \quad \esssup_{x \in R^i} \; \meas_i + \{ u \in R^n \colon \abs{f(u)} \geq \alpha \} \\ + \quad (\forall \alpha \in \supminus_{f^*} R_{*+}) +\end{gather*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b1d29522a0c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-6-4 on page 501. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +%% Low-level TeX needed here to cancel +%% the old definition of \csc: +\let \csc \relax +\DeclareMathOperator\csc{cosec} +\newcommand\calQ{\mathcal{Q}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \varlimsup_{n\to\infty} \calQ (u_n, u_n - u^{\#}) + \ge \csc (\calQ' (u^{\#})) \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ac3d28eaa25 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-7-1 on page 503. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\normalsize %% Style: +\[ b %% D + ^0 %% S + + %% D + \frac{(k + p) %% T + _{j'} %% S' + % \displaystyle + \pm %% T [D] + \frac{(f + q) %% S [T] + ^{(pk) %% SS [S] + ^y %% SS + _{j'}}} %% SS' + {(h + y)}} %% S' [T'] + {(l + q) %% T' + ^{(pk)}} %% S' +\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a0894f957d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-7-2 on page 503. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ b %% D + ^0 %% S + + %% D + \frac{(k + p) %% T + _{j'} %% S' + \displaystyle + \pm %% D + \frac{(f + q) %% T + ^{(pk) %% S + ^y %% SS + _{j'}}} %% SS' + {(h + y)}} %% T' + {(l + q) %% T' + ^{(pk)}} %% S' +\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e24beee9ae9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-7-3 on page 504. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \biggl( \mathbf{E}_{y} \int_0^{t_\varepsilon} + L_{x, y^x(s)} \varphi(x)\, ds \biggr) \] +\Large +\[ \biggl( \mathbf{E}_{y} \int_0^{t_\varepsilon} + L_{x, y^x(s)} \varphi(x)\, ds \biggr) \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eeb595f2222 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-7-4 on page 505. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ + \sqrt[\beta]{k} \qquad + \sqrt[\leftroot{2}\uproot{4} \beta]{k} \qquad + \sqrt[\leftroot{1}\uproot{3} \beta]{k} +\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3e687a72676 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-7-5 on page 505. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{y} + \sqrt{z}$ \\ +$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{\mathstrut y} + \sqrt{z}$ \\ +$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{\smash{y}} + \sqrt{z}$ \\ +$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{\smash[b]{y}} + \sqrt{z}$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e0b3b09fe40 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-7-6 on page 506. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ + f_p (x) = + \begin{cases} + \frac{1}{\smash[b]{p}} & x = p \\ + \frac{\strut + \smash[t]{\frac{(1 - x)^{\frac{1}{2}} } + { x - \sin (x - p) } } } + {\sqrt{1 - p} \, \cos (x - p)} & x \neq p + \end{cases} +\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c91c83088b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-7-7 on page 507. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ + \sqrt{ \frac{a+b}{x_j} } \quad + \sqrt{ \frac{a+b}{\smash{x_j}} } \quad + \sqrt{ \frac{a+b}{{}\smash{x_j}} } \quad + \sqrt{ \frac{a+b}{\smash{x_j+b}} } +\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8b0db0ae796 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-1 on page 509. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsfonts} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$ \forall n \in \mathbb{N} : \mathfrak{M}_n \leq \mathfrak{A} $ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c1cc3756798 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-10 on page 513. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % since examples are normally in Times + % Roman in the book +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9cbccc74ca2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-11 on page 514. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage[boldsans]{ccfonts} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4e4bee0991a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-12 on page 514. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb,ccfonts} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage[euler-digits]{eulervm} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3e2135dbc7c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-13 on page 515. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\usepackage{fourier} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cf302fd099b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-14 on page 516. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{mathptmx} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a4155dfd29b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-15 on page 516. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{txfonts} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dc22358bbec --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-16 on page 517. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\IfFileExists{tmmath.sty}{}{\typeout{The tmmath package is not available}\stop} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\usepackage{tmmath,tmams} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..96722684577 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-17 on page 518. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{mathpazo} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e9f68bd8192 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-18 on page 518. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{pxfonts} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e9f941072e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-19 on page 519. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\IfFileExists{pamath.sty}{}{\typeout{The pa package is not available}\stop} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\usepackage{pamath} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b000fd736ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-2 on page 509. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsfonts} +\DeclareMathAlphabet\mathbb{U}{fplmbb}{m}{n} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$ \lbrace n,m \in \mathbb{N} \mid \mathfrak{N}_{n,m} \rbrace $ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ad386246a99 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-20 on page 520. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\IfFileExists{ba.sty}{}{\typeout{The ba package is not available}\stop} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\usepackage{ba} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} +\addtolength\textheight{\baselineskip} % BA math has large symbols! + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c8249cb9f90 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-21 on page 520. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\IfFileExists{chmath.sty}{}{\typeout{The chmath package is not available}\stop} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\usepackage{chmath,chams} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b58070c2e03 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-22 on page 521. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\IfFileExists{lucidabr.sty}{}{\typeout{The lucidabr package is not available}\stop} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\usepackage{lucidabr} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bc08a108d58 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-23 on page 522. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\usepackage{cmbright} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-24.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6056906c168 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-24.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-24 on page 522. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\IfFileExists{hvmath.sty}{}{\typeout{The hvmath package is not available}\stop} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\usepackage{hvmath,hvams} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fb08966e4bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-25 on page 523. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\IfFileExists{infomath.sty}{}{\typeout{The infomath package is not available}\stop} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\usepackage[OT1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{infomath} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6ae107c53c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-3 on page 509. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +%% +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +%% +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\DeclareMathAlphabet\mathscr{T1}{hlcw}{m}{it} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$A_B \neq \mathscr{A}_\mathscr{B} \neq \mathcal{A}_\mathcal{B}$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9685c25d668 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-4 on page 510. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +%% +%% Examples normally use Times, but here we explicitly +%% want Computer Modern: +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} +%% +%% Also the math axis in the headings is slightly too low, +%% so here is a little command that allows you to change font dimens +%% using NFSS conventions. You are welcome to use it, but be sure you +%% understand the implications when messing with these things :-) +%% No support! +%% +\makeatletter +\def\setfontdimen#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\begingroup + \edef\font@name{\csname #2/#3/#4/#5/#6\endcsname}% + \pickup@font + \fontdimen#1\font@name=#7\relax + \endgroup} +\makeatother + +\setfontdimen{22}{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}{14.4}{4.3pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb,bm} +\newcommand\bfB{\mathbf{B}} \newcommand\bfx{\mathbf{x}} +\bmdefine\bpi{\pi} \bmdefine\binfty{\infty} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{The bold equivalence + $\sum_{j < B} \prod_\lambda : \bm{\sum_{x_j} \prod_\lambda}$} +\begin{gather} + B_\infty + \pi B_1 \sim \bfB_{\binfty} \bm{+}\bpi \bfB_{\bm{1}} + \bm {\sim B_\infty + \pi B_1} \\ + B_\binfty + \bpi B_{\bm{1}} \bm{\in} \bm{\biggl\lbrace} + (\bfB, \bfx) : \frac {\partial \bfB}{\partial \bfx} + \bm{\lnapprox} \bm{1} \bm{\biggr\rbrace} +\end{gather} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a1509ab2519 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-5 on page 511. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb,txfonts,bm} +\newcommand\bfB{\mathbf{B}} +\newcommand\bfx{\mathbf{x}} +\bmdefine\bpi{\pi} \bmdefine\binfty{\infty} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{The bold equivalence + $\sum_{j < B} \prod_\lambda : \bm{\sum_{x_j} \prod_\lambda}$} +\begin{gather} + B_\infty + \pi B_1 \sim \bfB_{\binfty} \bm{+}\bpi \bfB_{\bm{1}} + \bm {\sim B_\infty + \pi B_1} \\ + B_\binfty + \bpi B_{\bm{1}} \bm{\in} \bm{\biggl\lbrace} + (\bfB, \bfx) : \frac {\partial \bfB}{\partial \bfx} + \bm{\lnapprox} \bm{1} \bm{\biggr\rbrace} +\end{gather} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..89e55e1d0ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-6 on page 511. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} +% +% Special setting to make delimiters always grow in this example +\setlength\delimitershortfall{-3pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{bm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$\bm{\Biggl\lbrace\biggl\lbrace\Bigl\lbrace\bigl\lbrace \lbrace + \mathcal{Q} + \rangle \bigr\rangle\Bigr\rangle\biggr\rangle\Biggr\rangle}$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0392a775f16 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-7 on page 511. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} +% +% Special setting to make delimiters always grow in this example +\setlength\delimitershortfall{-3pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pxfonts,bm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$\bm{\Biggl\lbrace\biggl\lbrace\Bigl\lbrace\bigl\lbrace \lbrace + \mathcal{Q} + \rangle \bigr\rangle\Bigr\rangle\biggr\rangle\Biggr\rangle}$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0f7f4cef4af --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-8 on page 512. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath,bm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$ \bm{\sqrt[2]{x \times \alpha}} $ but +$ \bm{\sqrt[2]{x \mathbin{\mbox{\unboldmath$\times$}} \alpha}} $ + or the similar +$ \bm{\sqrtsign}{\bm{x} \times \bm{\alpha}} $ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..86fad6258d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-9 on page 512. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{bm} \bmdefine\bhat{\hat} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$\hat a \neq \bm{\hat a} \neq \bm\hat a = \bhat a \neq \bm\widehat a$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f6b4226784f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-9-1 on page 524. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[fleqn]{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ a \# \top _x^\alpha x^\alpha_b \] +\[ a \mathrel{\#} \mathop{\top}_x^\alpha x^\alpha_b \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fb896d63f85 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-9-2 on page 525. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\thinmuskip=10mu \medmuskip=17mu \thickmuskip=30mu +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ + a - b = -\max \{ x , y \} +\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c20cc2c9a23 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-9-3 on page 526. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\thinmuskip=10mu \medmuskip=17mu \thickmuskip=30mu +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ a \Bigl( \sum x \Bigr) \neq a \left( \sum x \right) \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1f29afff177 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-9-4 on page 528. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +% To show the difference better, we enlarge the default +% (not advisable for real documents): +\thickmuskip=7mu plus 5mu + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[fleqn]{amsmath} \usepackage{amssymb} +\DeclareMathSymbol\bneg {\mathbin}{symbols}{"3A} +\DeclareMathSymbol\rsquare{\mathrel}{AMSa}{"03} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ a \neg b \qquad x \square y + z \] +\[ a \mathbin{\neg} b \qquad x \mathrel{\square} y + z \] +\[ a \bneg b \qquad x \rsquare y + z \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..44bc630c6a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-9-5 on page 529. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amstext} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ a = b \text{ but } a \tilde{=} b + \text{ which is not } a \mathrel{\tilde{=}} b \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b58c2b04057 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-9-6 on page 531. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\parindent0pt +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$ u \not< v$ or $a \not\in \mathbf{A} $ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7dbf2542493 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-9-7 on page 531. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amssymb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$ \not\leq \ \not\succeq \ \not\sim $ \par +$ \nleq \ \nsucceq \ \nsim $ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bef45f469a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-9-8 on page 533. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{stmaryrd} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$\Longarrownot\longleftrightarrow \qquad \arrownot\hookleftarrow$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..982ce9dff90 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-2-1 on page 545. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[german,french,english]{babel} +\raggedright +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The expansion of fixed document element names +depends on the language, e.g., in English +we have ``\refname'' or ``\chaptername''. \par +\selectlanguage{german} Auf Deutsch ergibt sich +``\refname'' oder ``\chaptername''. \par +\begin{otherlanguage}{french} Voici en + fran\c cais: ``\refname'' ou ``\chaptername''. + \par\foreignlanguage{english}{But in short + phrases ``\refname'' does not change!} +\end{otherlanguage} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d4d5d72c8db --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-2-2 on page 545. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{minipage}{5cm} + This text shows the effect of hyphenation.\par + \begin{hyphenrules}{nohyphenation} + This text shows the effect of hyphenation. + \end{hyphenrules} +\end{minipage} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..10994b8573c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-2-3 on page 546. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[german,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +English and Austrian use \iflanguage{austrian}{the same}{different} +\foreignlanguage{german}{while German + and Austrian use \iflanguage{austrian}{the same}{different}} +hyphenation patterns. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7092fbe7cb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-2-4 on page 546. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\parindent0pt +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[german,french,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\par(1) The language is \languagename. +\par(2) \selectlanguage{german}% + The language is \languagename. +\par(3) \begin{otherlanguage}{french} + The language is \languagename. + \end{otherlanguage} +\par(4) \foreignlanguage{english}{% + The language is \languagename.} +\par(5) \iflanguage{french}{En fran\c cais.} + {Pas en fran\c cais.} +\par(6) The language is \languagename. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..74fa11b67df --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-2-5 on page 548. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\setlength\parindent{10pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english]{babel} \useshorthands{"} +\defineshorthand{"a}{\"{a}} \defineshorthand{"i}{\"{\i}} +\aliasshorthand{"}{|} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This shows the use and effect of \verb="a=: "a and \verb="i=: "i. + +This shows the use and effect of \verb=|a=: |a and \verb=|i=: |i. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7e75890a705 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-2-6 on page 549. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{xy} \usepackage[french]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Voici un exemple avec \emph{xypic}: +\[ \shorthandoff{;?} +\begin{xy} (0,0)*{\bullet}, (0,0) ; (10,0), + **\dir {-} ?>* \dir {>}, (12,0)*{x}, \end{xy} + \] +Quelle belle fl\`eche ! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5e9c5ee534b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-2-7 on page 549. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\parindent0pt +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[greek,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The Greek word for `Index' is \selectlanguage{greek}\indexname. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..71307edaf6d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-2-8 on page 550. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\parindent0pt +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[greek,english]{babel} +\languageattribute{greek}{polutoniko} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The Greek word for `Index' is \selectlanguage{greek}\indexname. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..29618b45427 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-1 on page 551. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% +\usepackage[polish,french,russian,greek,english]{babel} +\substitutefontfamily{LGR}{ptm}{cmr} +\def\line#1{% + \texttt{\textbackslash#1} & % + \selectlanguage{french}\csname #1\endcsname & % + \selectlanguage{greek}\csname #1\endcsname & % + \selectlanguage{polish}\csname #1\endcsname & % + \selectlanguage{russian}\csname #1\endcsname} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +% show that \partname produces the number as a word +\setcounter{part}{2} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \setlength{\tabcolsep}{2pt} + \begin{tabular}{@{}lllll@{}} + \textit{Command} & \textit{French} % + & \textit{Greek} & \textit{Polish} & \textit{Russian}\\[2pt] + \line{abstractname}\\ + \line{alsoname}\\ + \line{appendixname}\\ + \line{bibname}\\ + \line{ccname}\\ + \line{chaptername}\\ + \line{contentsname}\\ + \line{enclname}\\ + \line{figurename}\\ + \line{glossaryname}\\ + \line{headtoname}\\ + \line{indexname}\\ + \line{listfigurename}\\ + \line{listtablename}\\ + \line{pagename}\\ + \line{partname}\\ + \line{prefacename}\\ + \line{proofname}\\ + \line{refname}\\ + \line{seename}\\ + \line{tablename}\\[2pt] + \multicolumn{4}{l}{\footnotesize\itshape\quad In French + \texttt{\textbackslash partname} also generates the part number as a + word, e.g., ``Premi\`ere, Deuxi\`eme, \ldots''} + \end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..db5ef67b1ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-10 on page 554. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\parindent{10pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[spanish,activeacute]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +La e~ne est'a presente en \verb|\alph|~y~\verb|\Alph|. +Como en castellano~{}no se usan n'umeros romanos +en min'uscula, \verb|\roman| se redefine para que +los d'e en versalitas. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c0e5205e1e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-11 on page 554. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,french]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +En fran\c{c}ais on doit mettre un \og petit espace\fg\ +devant la ponctuation double: comme cela! +\selectlanguage{english} +For English this is not done: as shown here! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..faa504cecdf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-12 on page 555. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,catalan,activegrave]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +``P`agina, Ap`endix, Pr`oleg'' \selectlanguage{english} +are Catalan translations for ``Page, Appendix, and Preface''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..48847e4d0a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-13 on page 555. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[hungarian]{babel} +\newcommand\present[1]{\fbox{\parbox[t]{20mm}{#1}} + \fbox{\parbox[t]{8,5mm}{#1}}\par} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\present{lo`ccsan} +\present{e`ddz\"unk} +\present{po`ggy\'asz} +\present{Kod\'a`llya} +\present{me`nnyei} +\present{vi`ssza} +\present{po`ttyan} +\present{ri`zzsel} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2001b79e9bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-14 on page 556. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,galician,activeacute]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +``P'axina, Cap'itulo, Ap'endice'' +\selectlanguage{english} are Galician translations +for ``Page, Chapter, and Appendix''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7386a039298 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-15 on page 556. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{txr} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,esperanto]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +``Pa^go, ^Capitro, Cita^joj'' \selectlanguage{english} +are Esperanto translations for ``Page, Chapter, and +References''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8099fc71734 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-16 on page 556. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{63.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[latin]{babel} \languageattribute{latin}{withprosodicmarks} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ProsodicMarksOn ^a ^e ^i ^o ^u +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..710cf39aca7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-17 on page 557. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{63.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[latin]{babel} \languageattribute{latin}{withprosodicmarks} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ProsodicMarksOn =a =e =i =o =u +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..db058279933 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-18 on page 557. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{63.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,turkish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\selectlanguage{english} a =b \par \selectlanguage{turkish} a =b +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2a0a5395275 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-19 on page 557. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[spanish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text with <<quoted text with a <<nested quote>> +within it. + +A second paragraph in the quotation.>> +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8a9c6100d5c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-2 on page 550. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[catalan,bulgarian,british]{babel} +\raggedright +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +In England the date is `\today', while in Bulgaria +it is `{\selectlanguage{bulgarian}\today}'. In Catalonia +they write `{\selectlanguage{catalan}\today}'. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cc79f163b11 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-20 on page 558. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[spanish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\decimalcomma $1000.10$ \par \decimalpoint $1000.10$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5090a75c59f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-21 on page 558. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[bulgarian]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\today \par \todayRoman +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9214d26a4b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-22 on page 558. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[esperanto]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\today \par \hodiau \par \hodiaun +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cdce6d15d88 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-23 on page 558. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[greek]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\today \par \Grtoday +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-24.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..73d70656937 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-24.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-24 on page 559. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,hebrew]{babel} +\usepackage{hebcal} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\hebday \par \Hebrewtoday \par +\selectlanguage{english} \today: \Hebrewtoday +\selectlanguage{hebrew} \hebdate{8}{11}{1997} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..af58f10e7dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-25 on page 559. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[usorbian,lsorbian]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newdatelsorbian \today \par +\olddatelsorbian \today \par +\newdateusorbian \today \par +\olddateusorbian \today +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-26.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..99da5c2a358 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-26.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-26 on page 559. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + \parindent0pt +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[swedish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Default date format: \today\\ +\verb|\datesymd| gives: \datesymd \today \\ +\verb|\datesdmy| gives: \datesdmy \today +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2749c53f8d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-27 on page 560. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \typeout{This example requires fonts that are not available^^J% + on the TLC2 demo CD} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[esperanto,greek,hebrew,bulgarian,russian,english]{babel} +\usepackage{ifthen} + +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % needed for esperanto (dotless j) + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength{\tabcolsep}{3pt} +\newcommand\GR[1]{{\extrasgreek#1}} +\newcommand\BU[1]{{\extrasbulgarian#1}} +\newcommand\HEB[1]{{\extrashebrew#1}} +\newcommand\RU[1]{{\extrasrussian#1}} +\newcommand\smskip{\hskip.5pt} +\makeatletter + \gdef\@ctrerr{-} % don't produce counter errors but dash +\makeatother +\newcommand\row{\thecount & % + \alph{count} & \Alph{count} & % + \esper{count} & \Esper{count} & % + \GR{\alph{count}} & \GR{\Alph{count}} & % + \RU{\asbuk{count}} & \RU{\Asbuk{count}} & % + \BU{\alph{count}} & \BU{\Alph{count}} & + \HEB{\alph{count}} & \HEB{\Alph{count}} & \HEB{\Alphfinal{count}}\\} +% +\newcounter{count} +\setcounter{count}{1} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \centering + \small + \begin{tabular}{@{}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}c@{\smskip}c@{}} +% + & \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textit{default}} & % + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Esperanto}} & % + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Greek}} & % + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Russian}} & % + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Bulgarian}} & % + \multicolumn{3}{c}{\textsf{Hebrew}} \\[1pt] +% + Value & % + \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & % + \verb|\esper| & \verb|\Esper| & % + \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & % + \verb|\asbuk| & \verb|\Asbuk| & % + \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & % + \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & \verb|\Alphfinal| \\[4pt] +% + \whiledo{\value{count}<31}{\row\stepcounter{count}}% + \setcounter{count}{40}\row + \setcounter{count}{50}\row + \setcounter{count}{100}\row + \setcounter{count}{250}\row + \setcounter{count}{500}\row + \end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-28.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e5b4deff4cb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-28.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-28 on page 561. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,french]{babel} \usepackage{dcolumn} +\newcolumntype{d}{D{,}{\decimalsep}{-1}} % align at explicit `,' + % but output \decimalsep +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|d|} \hline + 12,34567 \\ % recognized but not correctly formatted + \nombre{12,34567} \\ % not recognized but correctly formatted + \nombre[,]{12,34567} \\ + \nombre[,]{9876543,21} \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\par\vspace{1cm} \selectlanguage{english} % change language +\begin{tabular}{|d|} \hline + \nombre[,]{12,34567} \\ \nombre[,]{9876543,21} \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-29.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e8791f23c67 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-29.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-29 on page 562. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,greek]{babel} +\newcommand\eng[1]{\foreignlanguage{english}{#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +123456 \eng{in Greek notation:} \greeknumeral{123456} \par +987654 \eng{in Greek notation:} \Greeknumeral{987654} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3168b636255 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-3 on page 552. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setlength\parindent{10pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[dutch]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Den Koning van Hispani"en heb ik altijd ge"eerd! +Den Koning van Hispani"en heb ik altijd ge"eerd! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-30.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-30.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..839a1a1ec8e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-30.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-30 on page 562. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\parindent0pt +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,greek]{babel} + \usepackage{athnum} + \newcommand\eng[1]{\foreignlanguage{english}{#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +6284 \eng{in Athenian notation:} \\ \athnum{6284} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-31.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-31.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9486c6223d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-31.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-31 on page 563. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,icelandic]{babel} + \usepackage{dcolumn} \newcolumntype{d}{D{,}{\decimalsep}{-1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\tala{3141,592653} \par +\foreignlanguage{english}{\tala{3141,592653}}\par \bigskip +\begin{tabular}{|d|} \hline + 3,14 \\ + \tala[,]{123,4567} \\ \tala[,]{9876,543} \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-32.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-32.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1258baf2d89 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-32.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-32 on page 563. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[french]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Leslie~\bsc{Lamport} \quad \No9 \ \primo \ \tertio +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-33.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-33.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8176782949d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-33.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-33 on page 564. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\parindent0pt + \makeatletter + \def\tnick{\vrule depth 3pt height 0pt\relax} + \def\cs#1{\ifx\@nil#1\@nil\else\texttt{\textbackslash#1}\fi} + \def\line#1#2#3#4#5#6{% + \ \cs{#1} & $#2$ & & + \ \cs{#3} & \selectlanguage{serbian} $#4$ & & + \ \cs{#5} & \selectlanguage{russian} $#6$} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% + \usepackage[serbian,russian,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \setlength{\tabcolsep}{2pt} + \begin{tabular}{llcllcll@{}l} + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape \tnick + \hrulefill \LaTeX\hrulefill\tnick} & & + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape \tnick + \hrulefill Serbian\hrulefill\tnick} & & + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape \tnick + \hrulefill Russian\hrulefill\tnick} \\[2pt] + \line{tan}{\tan}{tg}{\tg}{tg}{\tg}\\ + \line{cot}{\cot}{ctg}{\ctg}{ctg}{\ctg}\\ + \line{sinh}{\sinh}{sh}{\sh}{sh}{\sh}\\ + \line{cosh}{\cosh}{ch}{\ch}{ch}{\ch}\\ + \line{tanh}{\tanh}{th}{\th}{th}{\th}\\ + \line{coth}{\coth}{cth}{\cth}{cth}{\cth}\\ + \line{csc}{\csc}{}{}{cosec}{\cosec}\\ + \line{arcsin}{\arcsin}{arsh}{\arsh}{}{}\\ + \line{arccos}{\arccos}{arch}{\arch}{}{}\\ + \line{arctan}{\arctan}{arctg}{\arctg}{arctg}{\arctg}\\ + \line{}{}{arcctg}{\arcctg}{arcctg}{\arcctg}&\quad (\textit{extra})\\ + \end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-34.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-34.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5952fa6ba86 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-34.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-34 on page 565. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[french,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{minipage}[t]{4cm} + Some text with a list. + \begin{itemize} \item item 1 + \item item 2 \end{itemize} + And some text following. +\end{minipage} +\quad \selectlanguage{french} +\begin{minipage}[t]{4cm} + Some text with a list. + \begin{itemize} \item item 1 + \item item 2 \end{itemize} + And some text following. +\end{minipage} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-35.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-35.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9df682495bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-35.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-35 on page 566. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[french,english]{babel} +\AddThinSpaceBeforeFootnotes +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{minipage}{70pt} Some text\footnote{with a footnote}. +\end{minipage} +\selectlanguage{french}\FrenchFootnotes +\begin{minipage}{70pt} Some text\footnote{with a footnote}. +\end{minipage} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-36.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-36.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5c6d560fbdd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-36.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-36 on page 567. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[icelandic]{babel} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +"o "O "ó "Ó "e "E "é "É but: "\'e "\'E +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-37.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-37.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..38b2e42f51b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-37.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-37 on page 567. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[polish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +"a "A "c "C "e "E "l "n "N "o "O "s "S \par +\polishrz "r "R "z "Z "x "X \par +\polishzx "r "R "z "Z "x "X \par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-38.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-38.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8e4045c0516 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-38.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-38 on page 567. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\k a \k A \'c \'C \k e \k E \l{} \'n \'N \'o \'O \'s \'S\par +\.z \.Z \'z \'Z +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-39.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-39.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..311dbc7d44d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-39.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-39 on page 569. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage[X2,T1]{fontenc} \usepackage[greek,russian,hebrew,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some English text, \R{hebrew text}, \textgreek{Greek text}, +\textcyrillic{Cyrillic text} +\sethebrew more Hebrew text\unsethebrew{}, more English text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..92f3230240b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-4 on page 552. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[catalan,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The ``geminated~l'' appears in words such as +\foreignlanguage{catalan}{inte"lig\`encia, i"lusi\'o}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..523cb88a749 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-5 on page 552. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[dutch,ngerman,french,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +English ``quoted text'' has quotes different from +\selectlanguage{dutch}Dutch "`quoted text"' or +\selectlanguage{ngerman}German "`quoted text"' or +\selectlanguage{french}French \og quoted text\fg. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c238f3f24e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-6 on page 553. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\parindent0pt +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[german]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fbox{\parbox[t]{1,5cm}{Brote ba"cken}} \quad +\fbox{\parbox[t]{1,5cm}{Farbsto"ffabrik}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a3b79bd4bc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-7 on page 553. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[german]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Das deutsche Wort "`Auflage"' sollte nicht so, +sondern als ">Auf"|lage"< gesetzt werden. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..69cc0b43618 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-8 on page 553. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[dutch]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{minister"-president}} \quad +\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{minister\-president}} \quad +\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{ministerpresident}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9b25052b19e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-9 on page 553. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[german]{babel} +\newcommand\present[1]{% + \fbox{\parbox[t]{31mm}{#1}} + \fbox{\parbox[t]{16mm}{#1}} + \par} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +1. \present{Gutenberg-Universit"at} +2. \present{Gutenberg"-Universit"at} +3. \present{Gutenberg""Universit"at} +4. \present{Gutenberg"=Universit"at} +5. \present{Gutenberg"~Universit"at} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..93eb13a9525 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-4-1 on page 576. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{327.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% + \usepackage[english,greek]{babel} + \def\glyph#1{\makebox[12pt][c]{#1}} + \parindent0pt +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \ttfamily + \selectlanguage{english}% + \glyph{a}\glyph{b}\glyph{c}\glyph{d}\glyph{e}\glyph{f}% + \glyph{g}\glyph{h}\glyph{i}\glyph{j}\glyph{k}\glyph{l}% + \glyph{m}\glyph{n}\glyph{o}\glyph{p}\glyph{q}\glyph{r}% + \glyph{s}\glyph{t}\glyph{u}\glyph{v}\glyph{w}\glyph{x}% + \glyph{y}\glyph{z}\\ + \selectlanguage{greek}% + \glyph{a}\glyph{b}\glyph{c}\glyph{d}\glyph{e}\glyph{f}% + \glyph{g}\glyph{h}\glyph{i}\glyph{j}\glyph{k}\glyph{l}% + \glyph{m}\glyph{n}\glyph{o}\glyph{p}\glyph{q}\glyph{r}% + \glyph{s}\glyph{t}\glyph{u}\glyph{ }\glyph{w}\glyph{x}% + \glyph{y}\glyph{z}\\[5pt] + \selectlanguage{english}% + \glyph{A}\glyph{B}\glyph{C}\glyph{D}\glyph{E}\glyph{F}% + \glyph{G}\glyph{H}\glyph{I}\glyph{J}\glyph{K}\glyph{L}% + \glyph{M}\glyph{N}\glyph{O}\glyph{P}\glyph{Q}\glyph{R}% + \glyph{S}\glyph{T}\glyph{U}\glyph{V}\glyph{W}\glyph{X}% + \glyph{Y}\glyph{Z}\\ + \selectlanguage{greek}% + \glyph{A}\glyph{B}\glyph{C}\glyph{D}\glyph{E}\glyph{F}% + \glyph{G}\glyph{H}\glyph{I}\glyph{J}\glyph{K}\glyph{L}% + \glyph{M}\glyph{N}\glyph{O}\glyph{P}\glyph{Q}\glyph{R}% + \glyph{S}\glyph{T}\glyph{U}\glyph{ }\glyph{W}\glyph{X}% + \glyph{Y}\glyph{Z}\\ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dfbfa0884ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-4-2 on page 576. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{375.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% + \usepackage[greek,english]{babel} + \def\GR{\selectlanguage{greek}} + \parindent0pt +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\centering + \begin{tabular}{lllll} + & \multicolumn{1}{c}{\itshape Input} + & \multicolumn{1}{c}{\itshape Result} + & \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape Example} \\[3pt] + Acute & \verb='a 'e 'h 'i 'o 'u 'w= + & \GR{'a 'e 'h 'i 'o 'u 'w} + & \verb=g'ata= & \GR{g'ata}\\ + Diaeresis & \verb="i "u "I "U = + & \GR{"i "u "I "U} + & \verb=qa"ide'uh|c= & \GR{qa"ide'uh|c}\\ + Rough breathing & \verb=<a <e <h <i <o <r <u <w= + & \GR{<a <e <h <i <o <r <u <w} + & \verb=<'otan= & \GR{<'otan}\\ + Smooth breathing & \verb=>a >e >h >i >o >r >u >w= + & \GR{>a >e >h >i >o >r >u >w} + & \verb=>'aneu= & \GR{>'aneu}\\ + Grave & \verb=`a `e `h `i `o `u `w= + & \GR{`a `e `h `i `o `u `w} + & \verb=dad`i= & \GR{dad`i}\\ + Circumflex & \verb=~a ~h ~i ~u ~w= + & \GR{\~a \~h \~i \~u \~w} + & \verb=ful~hc= & \GR{ful\~hc}\\ + Diacritic below & \verb=a| h| w|= & \GR{a| h| w|} &&\\ + & \verb=`w| 'w| >`w| >'w| <`w| <'w|= + & \GR{`w| 'w| >`w| >'w| <`w| <'w|} &&\\ + \end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c6ac0aae18c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-4-3 on page 576. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{375.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% + \usepackage[greek,english]{babel} + \languageattribute{greek}{polutoniko} + \def\GR{\selectlanguage{greek}} + \parindent0pt +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \begin{tabular}{rlrl@{\kern-10pt}} + \multicolumn1{c}{\itshape Input} & \multicolumn1{c}{\itshape Result} & + \multicolumn1{c}{\itshape Input} & \multicolumn1{c}{\itshape Result} \\[3pt] + \verb='"i `"i '"u `"u= & \GR{'"i `"i '"u `"u} & & \\ + \verb=>`a >`e >`h >`i >`o >`u >`w= & \GR{>`a\,>`e\,>`h\,>`i\,>`o\,>`u\,>`w} & + \verb=>`A >`E >`H >`I >`O >`U >`W= & \GR{>`A\,>`E\,>`H\,>`I\,>`O\,>`U\,>`W}\\ + \verb=>'a >'e >'h >'i >'o >'u >'w= & \GR{>'a\,>'e\,>'h\,>'i\,>'o\,>'u\,>'w} & + \verb=>'A >'E >'H >'I >'O >'U >'W= & \GR{>'A\,>'E\,>'H\,>'I\,>'O\,>'U\,>'W}\\ + \verb=<`a <`e <`h <`i <`o <`u <`w= & \GR{<`a\,<`e\,<`h\,<`i\,<`o\,<`u\,<`w} & + \verb=<`A <`E <`H <`I <`O <`U <`W= & \GR{<`A\,<`E\,<`H\,<`I\,<`O\,<`U\,<`W}\\ + \verb=<'a <'e <'h <'i <'o <'u <'w= & \GR{<'a\,<'e\,<'h\,<'i\,<'o\,<'u\,<'w} & + \verb=<'A <'E <'H <'I <'O <'U <'W= & \GR{<'A\,<'E\,<'H\,<'I\,<'O\,<'U\,<'W}\\ + \verb=>~a >~h >~i >~u >~w= & \GR{>~a\,>~h\,>~i\,>~u\,>~w} & + \verb=>~A >~H >~I >~U >~W= & \GR{>~A\,>~H\,>~I\,>~U\,>~W}\\ + \verb=<~a <~h <~i <~u <~w= & \GR{<~a\,<~h\,<~i\,<~u\,<~w} & + \verb=<~A <~H <~I <~U <~W= & \GR{<~A\,<~H\,<~I\,<~U\,<~W}\\ + \end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3bfcad3b476 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-4-4 on page 577. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{327.0pt} + + \typeout{This example requires fonts that are not available^^J% + on the TLC2 demo CD} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % examples are normally in Times + +\usepackage[cp1255]{inputenc} +\usepackage[hebrew,english]{babel} +\day=2 \month=2 \year=2002 + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + +\sethebrew + +\title{ëåúøú ùì îàîø ùðëúá áàîöòåú \L{\LaTeX} áòáøéú} +\author{øîä ôåøú} +\maketitle +\thispagestyle{empty} + +\section{æàú ääúçìä} +\noindent +àôùø ìäúçéì áòáøéú åàçø ëê ìòáåø ììåòæéú +\unsethebrew +and continue with English text +\sethebrew +{àôùø âí ìëìåì ðåñçàåú $83 + a^2 =102$ +åìçæåø ìòáøéú.} + +\subsection{úú ñòéó áòáåãä} + +\begin{itemize} +\item[*] +äîöá ìà èåá àáì éù ú^^f7åä ìòúéã. + +\item[*] +éù ìôðéê ùåìçï òí äîåï îèáòåú. ìëì îèáò öã ìáï åöã ùçåø. òéðéê ^^f7ùåøåú. +àúä éåãò ù \L{10} îèáòåú äï òí äöã äìáï ìîòìä, åäùàø òí äöã äùçåø ìîòìä. +òìéê ìçì^^f7 àú äîèáòåú ìùúé ^^f7áåöåú, ëê ùáëì ^^f7áåöä éäéä àåúå îñôø ùì ìáðéí + )ëìåîø öã ìáï ìîòìä(. + +ìà îöàú àú äôéúøåï? - \L{rama@huji.ac.il} +\end{itemize} + +\section{\L{Last section}} +\sethebrew + +àôùø ìäùúîù áëì äàôùøåéåú ùì äúåëðä áâéøñúä äìåòæéú. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c1e5c573d5e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-4-5 on page 579. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + + \typeout{This example requires fonts that are not available^^J% + on the TLC2 demo CD} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} +\renewcommand\bfdefault{bx} +\renewcommand\itdefault{it} +\usepackage[LHE,T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage[hebrew,english]{babel} \usepackage{hebfont} +\newcommand\cs[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \begin{center} + \begin{tabular}{llll} + \itshape Command & \itshape Corresponds to Declaration & \itshape Font + Family & \itshape Example \\[4pt] + \cs{textjm} & \cs{rmfamily} & Jerusalem font & \R{\textjm{\contentsname}} \\ + \cs{textds} & \cs{bfseries} & Dead Sea font & \R{\textds{\contentsname}} \\ + \cs{textoj} & \cs{itshape} & Old Jaffa font& \R{\textoj{\contentsname}}\\ + \cs{textta} & \cs{sffamily} & Tel Aviv font & \R{\textta{\contentsname}}\\ + & \cs{ttfamily} & \\[2pt] + \cs{textcrml} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={crml}= & Carmel fonts & \R{\textcrml{\contentsname}}\\[2pt] + \cs{textfr} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={fr}}= & Frank Ruehl fonts& \R{\textfr{\contentsname}}\\[2pt] + \cs{textredis} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={redis}= & Redis fonts& \R{\textredis{\contentsname}}\\[2pt] + \cs{textclas} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={clas}= & Classic fonts& \R{\textclas{\contentsname}}\\[2pt] + \cs{textshold} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={shold}= & Shalom Old Style font& \R{\textshold{\contentsname}}\\ + \cs{textshscr} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={shscr}= & Shalom Script font& \R{\textshscr{\contentsname}}\\ + \cs{textshstk} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={schstk}= & Shalom Stick font& \R{\textshstk{\contentsname}}\\ + \end{tabular} + \end{center} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-5-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..00b28181528 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-5-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-5-1 on page 585. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[dutch,afrikaans,norsk,nynorsk,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Dialectical variants: \par +\selectlanguage{norsk} Norsk: \bibname \par +\selectlanguage{nynorsk} Nynorsk: \bibname \par +\selectlanguage{dutch} Dutch: \today \par +\selectlanguage{afrikaans} Afrikaans: \today +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d78c7508ebb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-1 on page 843. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand{\PS}{Post\-Script} +\newcommand{\EPS}{Encapsulated \PS} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\PS{} and its variant \EPS{} are often used for +including graphics in \LaTeX{} documents \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6a43d07c818 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-10 on page 852. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcounter{ex} \renewcommand\theex{\thesection.\alph{ex}} +\newenvironment{EX}{\begin{flushleft}% + \textbf{\refstepcounter{ex}Exercise~\theex:}} + {\end{flushleft}} +\setcounter{section}{4} % for testing +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A Failure} +\begin{EX} \label{A} A test. \end{EX} +\begin{EX} \label{B} Another test. \end{EX} +Referencing exercises: \ref{A} and \ref{B}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6087b919856 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-11 on page 853. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcounter{exa}\setcounter{exa}{8} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\arabic{exa}, \roman{exa}, \Roman{exa}, \alph{exa}, +\Alph{exa}, \fnsymbol{exa} \par +\setcounter{exa}{1994} Anno Domini \scshape{\roman{exa}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b556bfe3c52 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-12 on page 855. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newlength\Mylen +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setlength \Mylen{10mm} Mylen = \the\Mylen +\addtolength\Mylen{0pt plus 4pt minus 2pt} +\par Mylen = \the\Mylen +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..205a7387c0d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-13 on page 856. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newlength\Mylen \raggedright% to make example nicer +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\settowidth \Mylen{Typography} width = \the\Mylen \\ +\settoheight\Mylen{Typography} height = \the\Mylen \\ +\settodepth \Mylen{Typography} depth = \the\Mylen \par +Use larger font and recalculate: \\ +\settowidth\Mylen{\large Typography} width = \the\Mylen +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..df759b8b4fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-14 on page 856. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\par This is a\hspace{0.5in}0.5~in wide space. +\par This is a \hspace{0.5in}0.5~in wide space. +\par This is a \hspace{0.5in} 0.5~in wide space. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..862a8ad302e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-15 on page 857. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newcommand{\HS}[1][1.]{\hspace{\stretch{#1}}} +\begin{center} +left \hfill right\\ +left \HS[2]\fbox{$\frac{2}{5}$}\HS[5] right\\ +left \HS middle \hfill right\\ +left \hrulefill\ middle \hrulefill\ right\\ +left \dotfill\ right\\ +left \dotfill\ \HS[.5] \dotfill\ right\\ +left \dotfill\ \HS \dotfill\ right\\ +left \dotfill\ \HS[2.] \dotfill\ right +\end{center} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6e12f169c92 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-16 on page 857. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The \vspace{3mm}use of a \verb!\vspace! command +inside a paragraph is considered somewhat odd. +It could perhaps be used with a negative space +value to get rid of redundant space. + +\vspace{\baselineskip} + +Between paragraphs, adjusting the spacing is +somewhat more useful, and it allows control +of the white space before and after displayed +material. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0eeea0f5283 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-17 on page 858. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{16\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{-25pt} +% Next definitions are only to squeeze example +% into the book, so this is all faked +\renewcommand\normalsize{\fontsize{6}{8}\selectfont} +\renewcommand\LARGE{\fontsize{10}{12}\selectfont} +\setlength\topsep{.2\topsep} +\newsavebox\titlebox +\renewenvironment{titlepage}{\begin{lrbox}{\titlebox}% + \begin{minipage}[c][.98\textheight][s]{.9\linewidth}} + {\end{minipage}\end{lrbox}\noindent\fbox{\usebox{\titlebox}}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\HRule{\noindent\rule{\linewidth}{1.5pt}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{titlepage} + \vspace*{\stretch{1}} + \HRule + \begin{flushright} + \LARGE Geoffrey Chaucer \\ + The Canterbury Tales + \end{flushright} + \HRule + \vspace*{\stretch{2}} + \begin{center} + \textsc{London 1400} + \end{center} +\end{titlepage} + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5d5eb4d5b4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-2 on page 844. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\xvec{\mbox{$x_1,\ldots,x_n$}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The series of \xvec\ or $\xvec+G_{\xvec}$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2875dc29361 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-3 on page 844. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\xvec{\ensuremath{x_1,\ldots,x_n}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The series of \xvec\ or $\xvec+G_{\xvec}$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..11a5ecf8fa8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-4 on page 844. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\xvec{\ensuremath{x_1,\ldots,x_n}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The series of \xvec\ or $\xvec+G_{\xvec}$ \par +\renewcommand\xvec[1]{\ensuremath{x_1,\ldots,x_{#1}}} +The series of \xvec{n} or $\xvec{k}+G_{\xvec{k}}$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5051c796b10 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-5 on page 845. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\lvec[2][n] + {\ensuremath{#2_1+\cdots + #2_{#1}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +For the series \lvec{x} we have +\[ \lvec{x} = \sum_{k=1}^{n} G_{\lvec[k]{y}} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2ad80f8011d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-6 on page 846. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\lvec{} +\newcommand\DEFlvec[2]{\renewcommand\lvec[1][#2]% + {\ensuremath{#1_1+\cdots + #1_{##1}}}} +\DEFlvec{x}{n} % initial definition +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Default: $\lvec \neq \lvec[k]$ \par +\DEFlvec{y}{i} Now: $\lvec \neq \lvec[k]$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3921da926d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-7 on page 848. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newenvironment{Abstract} + {\begin{center}\normalfont\bfseries Abstract% + \end{center}\begin{quote}}{\end{quote}\par} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Abstract} + This abstract explains the approach used + to solve the problems at hand. +\end{Abstract} +Some text following the abstract. Some text +following the abstract. And some more. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b16d5826bd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-8 on page 849. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcounter{Citctr} \newsavebox{\Citname} +\newenvironment{Citation}[1] + {\sbox\Citname{\emph{#1}}% + \stepcounter{Citctr}\begin{description} + \item[Citation \arabic{Citctr}]} + {\hspace*{\fill}\nolinebreak[1]% + \quad\hspace*{\fill}% +%% \finalhyphendemerits=0 %% see text below + \usebox{\Citname}\end{description}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Citation}{Protagoras} Man is the + measure of all things. \end{Citation} +This is some regular text in between two +Citation environments. +\begin{Citation}{Blaise Pascal} + On mourra seul. \end{Citation} +More regular text \ldots +\begin{Citation}{William Pitt} Necessity + is the plea for every infringement of + human freedom. \end{Citation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..245fc899dd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-9 on page 850. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} +\newenvironment{altDescription}[1][\quad]% + {\begin{list}{}{% + \renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\hfil\textsf{##1}}% + \settowidth\labelwidth{\makelabel{#1}}% + \setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth+\labelsep}}} + {\end{list}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{altDescription} +\item[First] This is a short term with text that wraps. +\item[Long term] This is a long term. +\item[Even longer term] A very long term. +\end{altDescription} +\begin{altDescription}[Even longer term] +\item[First] This is a short term with text that wraps. +\item[Long term] This is a long term. +\item[Even longer term] A very long term. +\end{altDescription} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..11046803a37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-1 on page 860. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\makebox[5cm]{some words} \par +\framebox[5cm][r]{some words} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5ca8a1c244f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-10 on page 864. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\begin{minipage}[b]{30mm} + \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} + A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A + \end{minipage} xx \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} + B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B + \end{minipage} + \par\vspace{0mm} +\end{minipage}\HR +\begin{minipage}[b]{12mm} C C C C C C C \end{minipage}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6480e7453f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-11 on page 864. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\begin{minipage}[b]{12mm} + A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A \end{minipage}\HR +\begin{minipage}[b]{30mm} \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} + B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B + \end{minipage} xx + \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} C C C C C C C \end{minipage} + \par\vspace{0mm} +\end{minipage}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..edd7eb3ddeb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-12 on page 865. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\begin{minipage}[b]{12mm} + A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A \end{minipage}\HR +\begin{minipage}[b]{30mm} \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} + B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B gg jj + \end{minipage} xx + \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} C C C C C C C \end{minipage} + \par\vspace{0mm} +\end{minipage}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..44d9133fcb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-13 on page 865. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\begin{minipage}[b]{12mm} + A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A \end{minipage}\HR +\begin{minipage}[b]{30mm} \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} + B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B gg jj + \par\vspace{-\prevdepth} + \end{minipage} xx + \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} C C C C C C C \end{minipage} + \par\vspace{0pt} +\end{minipage}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..793dfc246d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-14 on page 866. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +xx \fbox{\parbox[b][\height+\baselineskip][s] + {20mm}{Some text on top. \par\vfill + And a few lines on the + bottom of the box.}} + \fbox{\parbox[b][\height+\baselineskip][s] + {20mm}{This time a few lines on the + top of the box. But only one + line \par\vfill down here.}} xx +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5731ec7ce97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-15 on page 866. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +x111x + \fbox{some text} +x222x + \fbox{\rule[-5mm]{0cm}{15mm}more text} +x333x +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e84974cf241 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-16 on page 867. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots \sample \par +\noindent\rule{\linewidth}{0.4pt} \par +A following paragraph. \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a1fed2c2c20 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-17 on page 867. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} % \sample as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots \sample \par +\nointerlineskip \vspace{5.8pt} +\rule{\linewidth-2\parindent}{0.4pt}\par +\nointerlineskip \vspace{5.8pt} +A following paragraph. \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..104275a7baa --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-18 on page 868. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% \sample as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots \sample \par +\vspace{3pt}\hrule\relax\vspace{3pt} +A following paragraph. \sample \par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f534d1482e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-19 on page 869. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newsavebox{\myboxa}\newsavebox{\myboxb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\sbox{\myboxa}{inside box a} +\savebox{\myboxb}[2cm][l]{inside box b} + x1x \usebox{\myboxa} x2x \usebox{\myboxb} x3x +\savebox{\myboxb}[2cm][r]{inside box b} + \par + x1x \usebox{\myboxa} x2x \usebox{\myboxb} x3x +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..70f46158b88 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-2 on page 861. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fbox{Boxed Text} \hfill +\setlength\fboxrule{2pt}% +{\setlength\fboxsep{2mm}\fbox{Boxed Text}} +\hfill \fbox{Boxed Text} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..617eaf8f3c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-20 on page 869. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} +\newsavebox{\fcolbox} \newlength{\fcolwidth} +\newenvironment{fcolumn}[1][\linewidth] + {\setlength{\fcolwidth}{#1-2\fboxsep-2\fboxrule}% + \begin{lrbox}{\fcolbox}\begin{minipage}{\fcolwidth}} + {\end{minipage}\end{lrbox}\noindent\fbox{\usebox{\fcolbox}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{fcolumn} In this environment verbatim text like + \verb=\fcolbox= can be used. \end{fcolumn} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..14dc778ad0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-21 on page 870. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} +\newsavebox{\fcolbox} \newlength{\fcolwidth} +\newenvironment{boxedminipage}[2][c] + {\setlength{\fcolwidth}{#2-2\fboxsep-2\fboxrule}% + \begin{lrbox}{\fcolbox}% + \begin{minipage}[#1]{\fcolwidth}} + {\end{minipage}\end{lrbox}\fbox{\usebox{\fcolbox}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + left \begin{boxedminipage}[b]{4cm} + In this environment verbatim text like + \verb=\fcolbox= can be used. + \end{boxedminipage} + right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e0d63245bc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-3 on page 861. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\framebox{ A few words of advice } \par +\framebox[\width + 8mm][s]{ A few words of advice } +\par \framebox[1.5\width]{ A few words of advice } +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ea14be83bf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-4 on page 861. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\centering +A sentence.\makebox[0pt][l]{\textsuperscript{123}}\\ +Some more text in the middle. \\ +\makebox[0cm][r]{\textsuperscript{321}}A sentence. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eb1423faed3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-5 on page 862. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +x111x \raisebox{\depth}{upward} x222x + \raisebox{-\height}{downward} x333x +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b6f48ed04b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-6 on page 862. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{flushleft} +x111x \raisebox{-1ex}{downward} x222x \\ +x333x \raisebox{1ex}{upward} x444x \\[4mm] +x111x \raisebox{-1ex}[0cm][0cm]{downward} x222x\\ +x333x \raisebox{1ex}[0cm]{upward} x444x +\end{flushleft} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b7478472626 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-7 on page 863. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\parbox{.3\linewidth}{This is + the contents of the left-most + parbox.} +\hfill CURRENT LINE \hfill +\parbox{.3\linewidth}{This is + the right-most parbox. + Note that the typeset text + looks sloppy because \LaTeX{} + cannot nicely balance the + material in these narrow + columns.} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..292593d56e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-8 on page 863. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR +\begin{minipage}[b]{12mm} + A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A +\end{minipage}\HR +\begin{minipage}[c]{12mm} + B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B +\end{minipage}\HR +\begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} + C C C C C C C +\end{minipage}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..67b6b044b63 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-9 on page 864. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\begin{minipage}[b]{30mm} + \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} + A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A + \end{minipage} xx \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} + B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B + \end{minipage} +\end{minipage}\HR +\begin{minipage}[b]{12mm} C C C C C C C \end{minipage}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7602e7feacb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-1 on page 871. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} \newcounter{local} +\setcounter{local}{2} % initial setting for the example +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The value is currently ``\thelocal''.\\ +\setcounter{local}{\value{local}+5} +The value has now changed to ``\thelocal''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eb25fe3ed3c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-10 on page 876. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen} \newcounter{howoften} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setcounter{howoften}{1} +\whiledo{\value{howoften}<5}{I should not talk + during seminar (\thehowoften). + \stepcounter{howoften}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c4062e7d102 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-11 on page 877. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen} +\newcommand{\QU}[2]{% + \ifthenelse{\(\equal{#1}{ENG}\and\equal{#2}{yes}\) + \or \(\equal{#1}{FRE}\and\equal{#2}{oui}\)}% + {``OK''}{``not OK''}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +You agree \QU{ENG}{yes} or don't \QU{ENG}{no}. \par +D'accord \QU{FRE}{oui} ou pas \QU{FRE}{non}? +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1e1affd6ab4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-2 on page 871. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} +\newcounter{hours}\newcounter{minutes} +\newcommand\printtime{\setcounter{hours}{\time/60}% + \setcounter{minutes}{\time-\value{hours}*60}% + \thehours h \theminutes min} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The time is \printtime. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d8c9617f3d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-3 on page 873. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\setcounter{chapter}{1} +\setcounter{section}{3} +% provide some values for the example: + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen} +\newcommand\toEng[1]{\arabic{#1}\textsuperscript{% + \ifthenelse{\value{#1}=1}{st}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{#1}=2}{nd}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{#1}=3}{rd}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{#1}<20}{th}}% + {\typeout{Value too high}}}}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This is the \toEng{section} section in the \toEng{chapter} +appendix. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6fa9b18fbaa --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-4 on page 873. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen,calc} +\newcounter{hours}\newcounter{minutes} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newcommand{\Printtime}{\setcounter{hours}{\time/60}% + \setcounter{minutes}{\time-\value{hours}*60}% + \ifthenelse{\value{hours}<10}{0}{}\thehours:% + \ifthenelse{\value{minutes}<10}{0}{}\theminutes} +The current time is ``\Printtime''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a570a7bcef6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-5 on page 873. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen,shortvrb} \MakeShortVerb\| +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newcommand\BB{\CC}\newcommand\CC{\DD} +\newcommand\DD{AA} \newcommand\EE{EE} +|\BB|=|\EE|? \ifthenelse{\equal{\BB}{\EE}}{True}{False}.\par +|\BB|=|\CC|? \ifthenelse{\equal{\BB}{\CC}}{True}{False}.\par +|\DD|=|\BB|? \ifthenelse{\equal{\DD}{\BB}}{True}{False}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e5e980ed9b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-6 on page 874. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newcommand{\IX}[2][R]{\texttt{#2}% + \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{D}}% + {\index{#2|textbf}}{\index{#2}}} + we define item \IX[D]{AAAA} + \ldots{} we reference item \IX{AAAA} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5a0536183d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-7 on page 874. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen} +\newcommand\IXE[2][!*!,!]{% + \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{!*!,!}}% + {\ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}{}{\textbf{#2}\index{#2}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{}{\index{#1}}% + \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}{}{\textbf{#2}}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\par Identical in text and index |\IXE{both}|. +\par Different in text and index |\IXE[index]{text}|. +\par Only to index |\IXE[indexonly]{}|. +\par In text only |\IXE[]{textonly}|. +\par Nothing in text or index |\IXE[]{}|. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e7a932fb073 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-8 on page 875. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ifthenelse{\boolean{@twoside}}{Two-sided}{One-sided} printing. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-9.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-9.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f11060f94ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-9.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-9 on page 876. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{66.60068pt} + +\pagestyle{origplain} % page numbers normally suppress in examples +\setlength\textheight{2\baselineskip} % make this example small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen} \newcounter{pl} +\newcommand\pcheck{\stepcounter{pl}\label{pl-\thepl}% + \ifthenelse{\isodd{\pageref{pl-\thepl}}}{odd}{even}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This is an \pcheck-numbered page. \newpage +This is an \pcheck-numbered page. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/B-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/B-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ed59105406b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/B-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example B-3-1 on page 935. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\xvec[1]{\ensuremath{x_1,\ldots,x_{#1}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ttfamily % use typewriter +\raggedright +\meaning\xvec \par \the\parskip\par +\the\topmargin \par \the\topsep \par +footnote=\the\value{footnote} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/Escher.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/Escher.ps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..87e6b36a84f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/Escher.ps @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +%! +%%BoundingBox: 0 0 236 236 +% M. C. Escher style impossible triangle +% written by Guy Shaw + +% Things that are easy to play with: +% Position on paper, overall size, and linewidth +/inch { 72 mul } bind def + +gsave + +.15 inch 0 translate +3 inch dup scale +1 3 inch div setlinewidth + +% Thickness parameter: +% /Thick is the thickness of the structural members of the triange, +% as a fraction of the height of the triangle. +% Reasonable looking impossible triangles can be obtained with Thick <= 1/6. +% right at /Thick == 1/6, there is no space left inside the triangle. +% /Thick > 1/6 yields bizarre, but not very interesting results. +% /Thick < 1/20 is less interesting, because the "impossibility" +% is not so striking when the structural members are that thin. +% A good "standard" value is 1/8. + +/Thick 1 8 div def + +% You would not normally want to change anything that follows. + +/Tall 1 def +/HalfThick Thick .5 mul def + +newpath + HalfThick Thick moveto + Thick 0 lineto + 1 Thick sub 0 lineto + 1 HalfThick sub Thick lineto + .5 HalfThick add Tall Thick sub lineto + + 1 Thick sub 0 moveto + .5 HalfThick add Tall 3 Thick mul sub lineto + Thick 3 mul Thick 2 mul lineto + + 1 Thick 2.5 mul sub Thick moveto + .5 Tall Thick 4 mul sub lineto +stroke + +newpath + HalfThick Thick moveto + 1 Thick 2.5 mul sub Thick lineto + HalfThick neg Thick rlineto + Thick Thick add Thick Thick add lineto + .5 HalfThick add Tall Thick sub lineto + Thick neg 0 rlineto + closepath +fill +grestore +/Helvetica findfont 30 scalefont setfont +0 5 moveto (L) show +3.1 inch 5 moveto (R) show +1.6 inch 2.7 inch moveto (T) show +showpage + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/cat.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/cat.ps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0042ea088fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/cat.ps @@ -0,0 +1,305 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0 +%%BoundingBox: 44 527 80 559 +%%Creator: COREL DRAW +%%Title: CAT.TMP +%%CreationDate: Sat Jan 18 17:29:05 1992 + +%%DocumentFonts: +%%EndComments +%%BeginProlog +% -------------- POSTSCRIPT PROLOG FOR CORELDRAW 2.X ------ +% Copyright Corel Systems Corporation 1990 +/AutoFlatness 0 def/wCorelDict 300 dict def +wCorelDict begin/bd{bind def}bind def/ld{load def}bd +/xd{exch def}bd/_ null def/$c 0 def/$m 0 def +/$y 0 def/$k 0 def/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$o 0 def +/$fil 0 def/$C 0 def/$M 0 def/$Y 0 def/$K 0 def +/$T 1 def/$N _ def/$O 0 def/$PF false def +/$pan 0 def/$h false def/$al 0 def/$tr 0 def +/$le 0 def/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def +/$ptm matrix def/$ttm matrix def/$stm matrix def +/$skm matrix def/$fst 128 def/$pad 0 def/$rox 0 def +/$roy 0 def currentscreen/@dsp xd/$dsp/@dsp def +/$dsa xd/$dsf xd/$sdf false def/$SDF false def +/$Scra 0.0 def statusdict/pageparams known{statusdict begin +pageparams end 1 ne{/$Scra -90.0 def}if pop pop pop}if +/$sv 0 def/@cp/closepath ld/@gs/gsave ld/@gr/grestore ld +/@np/newpath ld/@sv{/$sv save def}bd/@rs{$sv restore}bd +/@ss{load setscreen}bd AutoFlatness 1 eq{/$cpx ([Error: PathTooComplex; OffendingCommand: AnyPaintingOperator;\n) def +/@err1{$cpx print flush newpath}bd/@ifl{currentflat dup 10 gt{pop @err1 exit}if 2 add setflat}bd +/@fill/fill ld/fill{currentflat{{@fill}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd +/@eofill/eofill ld/eofill{currentflat{{@eofill}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd +/@clip/clip ld/clip{currentflat{{@clip}stopped{initclip @ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd +/@eoclip/eoclip ld/eoclip{currentflat{{@eoclip}stopped{initclip @ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd +/@stroke/stroke ld/stroke{currentflat{{@stroke}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd +}if/InRange{3 -1 roll 2 copy le{pop}{exch pop}ifelse +2 copy ge{pop}{exch pop}ifelse}bd/wDstChck{2 1 roll dup 3 -1 roll +eq{1 add}if}bd/@dot{dup mul exch dup mul add 1 exch sub 2 div}bd +/@lin{exch pop abs 1 exch sub}bd/@MN{2 copy le{pop}{exch pop}ifelse}bd +/setcmykcolor where{pop}{/setcmykcolor{4 1 roll +3{3 index add 1 @MN 1 exch sub 3 1 roll}repeat +setrgbcolor pop}bd}ifelse/colorimage where{pop}{/colorimage{/$ncl xd +pop pop pop pop{currentfile $dat readhexstring pop}repeat +pop}bd}ifelse/@tc{dup 1 ge{pop}{4{dup 6 -1 roll +mul exch}repeat pop}ifelse}bd/@spc{7 2 roll +ColorSeparationMode 1 eq{6 index @tc 0 4 $ink sub index +exch pop}{5 index dup _ eq{pop 0 4 $ink sub index +exch pop}{CurrentInkName eq{6 index}{0}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse +5 1 roll 8 -2 roll 6{pop}repeat 1 exch sub dup setgray +1 eq exch 1 eq and not}bd/@scc{$ink -1 eq +{$c $m $y $k $t @tc setcmykcolor true}{$o $c $m $y $k $t $n @spc +}ifelse}bd/@SCC{$ink -1 eq{$C $M $Y $K $T @tc setcmykcolor true}{ +$O $C $M $Y $K $T $N @spc}ifelse}bd/@sft{ +/$tx $tllx $pxf add dup $tllx gt{$pwid sub}if def +/$ty $tury $pyf sub dup $tury lt{$phei add}if def}bd +/@stb{pathbbox/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd}bd +/@ep{{cvx exec}forall}bd/@tp{@sv/$in true def +2 copy dup $lly le{/$in false def}if $phei sub $ury ge{/$in false def}if +dup $urx ge{/$in false def}if $pwid add $llx le{/$in false def}if +$in{@np 2 copy moveto $pwid 0 rlineto 0 $phei neg rlineto +$pwid neg 0 rlineto 0 $phei rlineto clip @np +$pn cvlit load aload pop 7 -1 roll 5 index sub +7 -1 roll 3 index sub translate/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def +@ep pop pop pop pop}{pop pop}ifelse @rs}bd/@th{@sft +0 1 $tly 1 sub{dup $psx mul $tx add{dup $llx gt{$pwid sub}{exit}ifelse +}loop exch $phei mul $ty exch sub 0 1 $tlx 1 sub{$pwid mul +3 copy 3 -1 roll add exch @tp pop}for pop pop}for}bd +/@tv{@sft 0 1 $tlx 1 sub{dup $pwid mul $tx add +exch $psy mul $ty exch sub{dup $ury lt{$phei add}{exit}ifelse}loop +0 1 $tly 1 sub{$phei mul 3 copy sub @tp pop}for +pop pop}for}bd/@pf{@gs $ctm setmatrix $pm concat +@stb @gs ColorSeparationMode 0 eq{1 setgray eofill}{ +$o 0 0 0 0 0 (Black) @spc{eofill}if}ifelse +@gr eoclip Bburx Bbury $pm itransform/$tury xd/$turx xd +Bbllx Bblly $pm itransform/$tlly xd/$tllx xd +/$wid $turx $tllx sub def/$hei $tury $tlly sub def +$wid 0 gt $hei 0 gt and{$pn cvlit load aload pop +/$pd xd 3 -1 roll sub/$phei xd exch sub/$pwid xd +/$tlx $wid $pwid div ceiling 1 add def/$tly $hei $phei div ceiling 1 add def +$psx 0 eq{@tv}{@th}ifelse}if @gr @np}bd/@dlt{ColorSeparationMode 0 eq{ +/$dc $toc $tot mul $frc $frt mul dup/$c xd sub $fst 1 sub div def +/$dm $tom $tot mul $frm $frt mul dup/$m xd sub $fst 1 sub div def +/$dy $toy $tot mul $fry $frt mul dup/$y xd sub $fst 1 sub div def +/$dk $tok $tot mul $frk $frt mul dup/$k xd sub $fst 1 sub div def +true}{$o $frc $frm $fry $frk $frt $frn @spc +dup{/$frk 1 currentgray sub def}{/$frk 0 def}ifelse +$o $toc $tom $toy $tok $tot $ton @spc dup{/$tok 1 currentgray sub def} +{/$tok 0 def}ifelse or dup{/$c 0 def/$m 0 def/$y 0 def/$k $frk def +/$dc 0 def/$dm 0 def/$dy 0 def/$dk $tok $frk sub $fst 1 sub div def}if +}ifelse}bd/@ftl{1 index 4 index sub dup $pad mul dup/$pdw xd +2 mul sub $fst div/$wid xd 2 index sub/$hei xd +pop translate $c $m $y $k 4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne +{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse +0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $pdw $hei lineto $pdw 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill +$pdw 0 translate $fst{4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne +{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse +0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $wid $hei lineto $wid 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill +$wid 0 translate $dk add 4 1 roll $dy add 4 1 roll +$dm add 4 1 roll $dc add 4 1 roll}repeat $dk sub 4 1 roll +$dy sub 4 1 roll $dm sub 4 1 roll $dc sub 4 1 roll +ColorSeparationMode 0 ne{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop} +{setcmykcolor}ifelse 0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $pdw $hei lineto $pdw 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill +}bd/@ftr{1 index 4 index sub dup $rox mul/$row xd +2 div 1 index 4 index sub dup $roy mul/$roh xd +2 div 2 copy dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt +$row dup mul $roh dup mul add sqrt add dup/$hei xd $fst div/$wid xd +4 index add $roh add exch 5 index add $row add +exch translate pop pop pop pop currentflat 5 mul setflat +$c $m $y $k 4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne +{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse +$wid 0 moveto 0 0 $hei 0 360 arc fill 1.0 $pad 2 mul sub dup scale +$fst{4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop} +{setcmykcolor}ifelse $wid 0 moveto 0 0 $hei 0 360 arc fill +/$hei $hei $wid sub def $dk add 4 1 roll $dy add 4 1 roll +$dm add 4 1 roll $dc add 4 1 roll}repeat pop pop pop pop}bd +/@ff{@gs @dlt{$ctm setmatrix eoclip newpath Bbllx Bblly moveto +Bbllx Bbury lineto Bburx Bbury lineto Bburx Bblly lineto +$fan rotate pathbbox newpath $fty 1 eq{@ftr}{@ftl}ifelse}if +@gr @np}bd/@Pf{@sv ColorSeparationMode 0 eq $ink 3 eq or{$ctm setmatrix +72 1000 div dup matrix scale dup concat dup Bburx exch Bbury exch itransform +ceiling cvi/Bbury xd ceiling cvi/Bburx xd Bbllx exch Bblly exch itransform +floor cvi/Bblly xd floor cvi/Bbllx xd $Prm aload pop +$Psn load exec}{1 setgray eofill}ifelse @rs +@np}bd/@ftx{{(0) dup 3 -1 roll 0 exch put +@gs true charpath currentpoint $ctm setmatrix +@@txt @gr @np moveto $tr 0 rmoveto}forall pop}bd +/@sm{/$ctm $ctm currentmatrix def}bd/@lorg{$lx $ly moveto +/$ly $ly $le sub def}bd/@ft{matrix currentmatrix 3 1 roll +$sdf{$scf $sca $scp @ss}if $fil 1 eq{/@@txt/@pf ld @ftx}{$fil 2 eq +{/@@txt/@ff ld @ftx}{$fil 3 eq{/@@txt/@Pf ld @ftx}{@scc +{dup $tr exch 0 exch ashow}if pop pop}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse +$sdf{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if setmatrix}bd/@st{ +matrix currentmatrix 3 1 roll $SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if +@SCC{{(0) dup 3 -1 roll 0 exch put @gs true charpath currentpoint +$ctm setmatrix $ptm concat stroke @gr moveto $tr 0 rmoveto}forall +pop}{pop pop}ifelse $SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if +setmatrix}bd/@pt{dup length exch}bd/@te{@pt +@lorg @ft cleartomark [}bd/@tr{@pt @lorg @st cleartomark [}bd +/@ta{@pt @lorg 2 copy @gs @ft @gr @st cleartomark [}bd +/@t@a{@pt @lorg 2 copy @gs @st @gr @ft cleartomark [}bd +/g{1 exch sub/$k xd/$c 0 def/$m 0 def/$y 0 def/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$fil 0 def +}bd/G{1 exch sub/$K xd/$C 0 def/$M 0 def/$Y 0 def/$T 1 def/$N _ def}bd +/k{/$k xd/$y xd/$m xd/$c xd/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$fil 0 def}bd +/K{/$K xd/$Y xd/$M xd/$C xd/$T 1 def/$N _ def}bd +/x{1 exch sub/$t xd/$n xd/$k xd/$y xd/$m xd/$c xd/$fil 0 def}bd +/X{1 exch sub/$T xd/$N xd/$K xd/$Y xd/$M xd/$C xd}bd +/d/setdash ld/i{dup 0 ne{setflat}{pop}ifelse}bd +/j/setlinejoin ld/J/setlinecap ld/M/setmiterlimit ld +/w/setlinewidth ld/O{/$o xd}bd/R{/$O xd}bd +/c/curveto ld/C/c ld/v{4 -2 roll 2 copy 6 -2 roll curveto}bd +/V/v ld/y{2 copy curveto}bd/Y/y ld/l/lineto ld +/L/l ld/m/moveto ld/n/newpath ld/N/newpath ld +/F{matrix currentmatrix $sdf{$scf $sca $scp @ss}if +$fil 1 eq{@pf}{$fil 2 eq{@ff}{$fil 3 eq{@Pf}{@scc{eofill}{@np}ifelse +}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse $sdf{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if +setmatrix}bd/f{@cp F}bd/S{matrix currentmatrix +$ctm setmatrix $SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if @SCC{$skm currentmatrix +$ptm concat stroke setmatrix}{@np}ifelse $SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if +setmatrix}bd/s{@cp S}bd/B{@gs F @gr S}bd/b{@cp B}bd +/W{eoclip}bd/p{/$pm xd 7{pop}repeat/$pyf xd/$pxf xd +/$pn xd/$fil 1 def}bd/P{11{pop}repeat}bd/z{/$al xd +/$tr xd/$le xd exch findfont exch scalefont setfont}bd +/Z{dup type 0 type eq{/$bDir xd}if findfont +dup maxlength 1 add dict exch dup{1 index/FID ne{3 index +3 1 roll put}{pop pop}ifelse}forall pop dup dup/Encoding get +256 array copy dup/$fe xd/Encoding exch put +dup/Fontname 3 index put 3 -1 roll dup length 0 ne{0 exch{ +dup type 0 type eq{exch pop}{$fe exch 2 index exch put +1 add}ifelse}forall pop}if definefont pop}bd +/e{@sm concat [/t{@te}def}bd/r{@sm concat [/t{@tr}def}bd +/o{@sm concat [/t{pop}def}bd/a{@sm concat [/t{@ta}def}bd +/t{@te}def/T{cleartomark @np/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def +$ctm setmatrix/$ttm matrix def}bd/u{}bd/U{}bd +/A{pop}bd/H{/$h true def}bd/h{@cp H}bd/q/@gs ld +/Q/@gr ld/E{5 array astore exch cvlit exch def}bd +/`{}bd/~{}bd/@{}bd/&{}bd/CorelDrawRencodeVect [ +16#80/grave/circumflex/tilde/dotlessi/florin/quotedblleft/quotedblright/guilsinglleft +16#88/guilsinglright/fi/fl/dagger/daggerdbl/endash/periodcentered/breve +16#90/quotedblbase/ellipsis/perthousand/trademark/Pt/fractionbar +16#98/divide 16#a1/exclamdown/cent/sterling/currency/yen/bar/section +16#a8/dieresis/copyright/ordfeminine/guillemotleft/logicalnot/emdash/registered/overbar +16#b0/ring/plusminus/twosuperior/threesuperior/acute/mu/paragraph/bullet +16#b8/cedilla/onesuperior/ordmasculine/guillemotright/onequarter/onehalf/threequarters/questiondown +16#c0/Agrave/Aacute/Acircumflex/Atilde/Adieresis/Aring/AE/Ccedilla +16#c8/Egrave/Eacute/Ecircumflex/Edieresis/Igrave/Iacute/Icircumflex/Idieresis +16#d0/Eth/Ntilde/Ograve/Oacute/Ocircumflex/Otilde/Odieresis/OE +16#d8/Oslash/Ugrave/Uacute/Ucircumflex/Udieresis/Yacute/Thorn/germandbls +16#e0/agrave/aacute/acircumflex/atilde/adieresis/aring/ae/ccedilla +16#e8/egrave/eacute/ecircumflex/edieresis/igrave/iacute/icircumflex/idieresis +16#f0/eth/ntilde/ograve/oacute/ocircumflex/otilde/odieresis/oe +16#f8/oslash/ugrave/uacute/ucircumflex/udieresis/yacute/thorn/ydieresis +] def/@cc{currentfile $dat readhexstring pop}bd +/@ii{concat 3 index 3 index m 3 index 1 index l +2 copy l 1 index 3 index l 3 index 3 index l +clip pop pop pop pop}bd/@E{/Bbury xd/Bburx xd +/Bblly xd/Bbllx xd}bd/@c{@cp}bd/@p{/$fil 1 def +/$pm xd/$psy xd/$psx xd/$pyf xd/$pxf xd/$pn xd}bd +/@P{/$fil 3 def/$Psn xd array astore/$Prm xd}bd +/@k{/$fil 2 def/$roy xd/$rox xd/$pad xd/$fty xd/$fan xd +$fty 1 eq{/$fan 0 def}if/$tok xd/$toy xd/$tom xd/$toc xd +/$frk xd/$fry xd/$frm xd/$frc xd/$frn _ def/$frt 1 def/$ton _ def/$tot 1 def +}bd/@x{/$fil 2 def/$roy xd/$rox xd/$pad xd +/$fty xd/$fan xd 1 exch sub/$tot xd/$ton xd/$tok xd/$toy xd/$tom xd/$toc xd +1 exch sub/$frt xd/$frn xd/$frk xd/$fry xd/$frm xd/$frc xd}bd +/@i{@sm @gs @ii 5 index 1 ne{@gs 1 g F @gr}if +1 eq 5 index 1 eq and{@gs $ctm setmatrix F @gr}if +@np/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd/$bts xd +/$hei xd/$wid xd/$dat $wid $bts mul 8 div ceiling cvi string def +$bts 1 eq{@SCC/$frg xd}{1 G @SCC/$frg xd}ifelse +$frg{$SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if $llx $lly translate +$urx $llx sub $ury $lly sub scale $wid $hei abs +$bts 1 eq{false}{$bts}ifelse [ $wid 0 0 $hei neg 0 +$hei 0 gt{$hei}{0}ifelse]/@cc load $bts 1 eq{imagemask}{image}ifelse +$SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if}{$hei{@cc pop}repeat}ifelse +@gr $ctm setmatrix}def/@M {@sv}bd/@N{/@cc{}def +12 -1 roll neg 12 1 roll @i @rs}bd/@I{@sm @gs +@ii @np/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd/$ncl xd +/$bts xd/$hei xd/$wid xd/$dat $wid $bts mul $ncl mul 8 div ceiling cvi string def +$llx $lly translate $urx $llx sub $ury $lly sub scale +$wid $hei $bts [ $wid 0 0 $hei neg 0 $hei]/@cc load +false $ncl colorimage @gr $ctm setmatrix}bd +/@t{/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def/$stm $stm currentmatrix def +3 1 roll translate $ttm concat 1 exch t $stm setmatrix}def +/@n{/$ttm exch matrix rotate def}bd/@z{ exch findfont exch scalefont setfont +}bd/@s{}bd/@l{}bd/@B{@gs S @gr F}bd/@b{@cp @B}bd +/@a{@sm concat [/t{@t@a}def}bd/@w{5 2 roll dup/$pan xd +matrix rotate/$ptm xd matrix scale $ptm dup concatmatrix/$ptm xd +1 eq{$ptm exch dup concatmatrix/$ptm xd}{pop}ifelse +1 w}bd/@g{1 eq dup/$sdf xd{/$scp xd/$sca xd +/$scf xd}if}bd/@G{1 eq dup/$SDF xd{/$SCP xd +/$SCA xd/$SCF xd}if}bd/@D{3 copy @ss/$dsp xd +/$dsa xd/$dsf xd}bd/@j{@sv @np}bind def/@J{@rs}bind def +/@sep{/ColorSeparationMode where{pop}{/ColorSeparationMode 0 def +/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}ifelse ColorSeparationMode 0 eq +{/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}if/CurrentInkName where{pop}{ +/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}ifelse CurrentInkName (Composite) eq{/$ink -1 def} +{CurrentInkName (Cyan) eq{/$ink 0 def} {CurrentInkName (Magenta) eq{/$ink 1 def} +{CurrentInkName (Yellow) eq{/$ink 2 def} {CurrentInkName (Black) eq{/$ink 3 def} +{/$ink 4 def}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}bd +@sep/@whi{@gs -72000 dup moveto -72000 72000 lineto +72000 dup lineto 72000 -72000 lineto closepath 1 setgray fill +@gr}bd/@neg{ [{1 exch sub}/exec cvx currenttransfer/exec cvx] cvx settransfer +@whi}bd/@reg{[] 0 d 0 setgray .3 setlinewidth +2 copy 5.4 0 360 arc closepath 2 copy moveto 9 0 rlineto +2 copy moveto -9 0 rlineto 2 copy moveto 0 9 rlineto +moveto 0 -9 rlineto stroke}bd/leftbracket{(\050)}def +/rightbracket{(\051)}def + +%%EndProlog +%%BeginSetup +11.4737 setmiterlimit +1.00 setflat +/$fst 128 def + +%%EndSetup +@sv +/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def +u +%%Note: Object +45.22 528.19 78.98 558.14 @E +0 J 0 j [] 0 d 0 R 0 @G +0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 K +1.01 1.01 0.00 [1.00000 0.00000 0.00000 1.00000 0.00000 0.00000] 0 @w +%%CURV 106 +73.30 539.78 m +73.08 538.42 72.22 537.26 71.78 536.33 C +72.79 534.67 73.73 531.43 74.81 530.64 C +74.59 530.64 77.04 528.84 73.87 529.06 C +73.08 529.34 73.08 530.93 70.20 533.81 C +69.70 533.74 70.56 530.57 71.50 529.63 c +73.15 528.19 70.27 528.55 70.13 528.62 C +68.98 529.34 68.62 534.60 67.03 536.26 c +66.24 537.19 65.16 536.98 64.30 536.90 C +63.22 536.62 60.62 537.19 60.55 534.02 C +60.62 532.66 62.14 530.21 62.86 529.78 c +65.30 528.41 62.06 528.34 61.70 528.77 C +61.13 529.34 60.19 530.64 59.26 531.65 C +57.74 532.44 56.38 533.66 56.02 534.96 C +54.94 534.74 53.86 534.17 53.64 533.23 C +53.42 532.22 53.86 531.58 54.86 530.14 C +56.02 529.85 56.38 529.27 56.02 528.98 c +55.87 528.84 53.71 528.62 53.57 528.91 C +52.70 529.49 51.70 531.86 51.19 533.16 c +50.90 533.88 49.97 535.82 51.55 537.77 C +51.98 538.49 51.91 539.86 51.77 540.65 c +51.55 541.94 51.55 542.74 52.42 544.46 C +49.75 546.77 45.22 551.23 49.61 557.14 C +50.11 557.64 51.55 558.14 50.76 556.27 C +49.82 553.68 46.66 551.45 53.42 546.19 C +54.50 546.91 58.97 546.48 60.48 546.19 c +64.66 545.33 65.52 545.33 68.40 546.05 C +68.76 546.19 68.83 547.99 70.34 549.22 C +70.06 550.15 72.00 551.45 72.22 552.53 C +72.65 553.39 73.66 550.73 73.66 550.66 C +73.58 551.23 74.66 552.31 74.81 552.96 C +75.74 553.25 75.10 550.94 75.89 549.50 c +76.32 548.93 76.68 549.07 77.11 547.70 C +77.47 546.34 78.98 545.18 76.54 543.89 c +75.17 543.17 74.59 543.31 73.58 542.88 C +73.58 542.23 73.51 540.79 73.30 539.78 c +@c +S +U +@rs +%%Trailer + end diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/elephant.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/elephant.ps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a38bfcb75df --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/elephant.ps @@ -0,0 +1,639 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-1.2 +%%Creator:Adobe Illustrator(TM) 1.1 0000000000 +%%For: +%%Title:elephant.ps +%%CreationDate:25/4/88 7:57 pm +%%DocumentProcSets:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0 +%%DocumentSuppliedProcSets:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0 +%%DocumentFonts:Courier +%%BoundingBox: 40 -505 507 -87 +%%TemplateBox:0 -720 576 0 +%%EndComments +%%BeginProcSet:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0 +% Copyright (C) 1987 Adobe Systems Incorporated. +% All Rights Reserved. +% Adobe Illustrator is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. +/Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 dup 100 dict def load begin +/Version 0 def +/Revision 0 def +% definition operators +/bdef {bind def} bind def +/ldef {load def} bdef +/xdef {exch def} bdef +% graphic state operators +/_K {3 index add neg dup 0 lt {pop 0} if 3 1 roll} bdef +/_k /setcmybcolor where +{/setcmybcolor get} {{1 sub 4 1 roll _K _K _K setrgbcolor pop} bind} ifelse def +/g {/_b xdef /p {_b setgray} def} bdef +/G {/_B xdef /P {_B setgray} def} bdef +/k {/_b xdef /_y xdef /_m xdef /_c xdef /p {_c _m _y _b _k} def} bdef +/K {/_B xdef /_Y xdef /_M xdef /_C xdef /P {_C _M _Y _B _k} def} bdef +/d /setdash ldef +/_i currentflat def +/i {dup 0 eq {pop _i} if setflat} bdef +/j /setlinejoin ldef +/J /setlinecap ldef +/M /setmiterlimit ldef +/w /setlinewidth ldef +% path construction operators +/_R {.25 sub round .25 add} bdef +/_r {transform _R exch _R exch itransform} bdef +/c {_r curveto} bdef +/C /c ldef +/v {currentpoint 6 2 roll _r curveto} bdef +/V /v ldef +/y {_r 2 copy curveto} bdef +/Y /y ldef +/l {_r lineto} bdef +/L /l ldef +/m {_r moveto} bdef +% error operators +/_e [] def +/_E {_e length 0 ne {gsave 0 g 0 G 0 i 0 J 0 j 1 w 10 M [] 0 d +/Courier 20 0 0 1 z [0.966 0.259 -0.259 0.966 +_e 0 get _e 2 get add 2 div _e 1 get _e 3 get add 2 div] e _f t T grestore} if} bdef +/_fill {{fill} stopped +{/_e [pathbbox] def /_f (ERROR: can't fill, increase flatness) def n _E} if} bdef +/_stroke {{stroke} stopped +{/_e [pathbbox] def /_f (ERROR: can't stroke, increase flatness) def n _E} if} bdef +% path painting operators +/n /newpath ldef +/N /n ldef +/F {p _fill} bdef +/f {closepath F} bdef +/S {P _stroke} bdef +/s {closepath S} bdef +/B {gsave F grestore S} bdef +/b {closepath B} bdef +% text block construction and painting operators +/_s /ashow ldef +/_S {(?) exch {2 copy 0 exch put pop dup false charpath currentpoint _g setmatrix +_stroke _G setmatrix moveto 3 copy pop rmoveto} forall pop pop pop n} bdef +/_A {_a moveto _t exch 0 exch} bdef +/_L {0 _l neg translate _G currentmatrix pop} bdef +/_w {dup stringwidth exch 3 -1 roll length 1 sub _t mul add exch} bdef +/_z [{0 0} bind {dup _w exch neg 2 div exch neg 2 div} bind {dup _w exch neg exch neg} bind] def +/z {_z exch get /_a xdef /_t xdef /_l xdef exch findfont exch scalefont setfont} bdef +/_g matrix def +/_G matrix def +/_D {_g currentmatrix pop gsave concat _G currentmatrix pop} bdef +/e {_D p /t {_A _s _L} def} bdef +/r {_D P /t {_A _S _L} def} bdef +/a {_D /t {dup p _A _s P _A _S _L} def} bdef +/o {_D /t {pop _L} def} bdef +/T {grestore} bdef +% group construction operators +/u {} bdef +/U {} bdef +% font construction operators +/Z {findfont begin currentdict dup length dict begin +{1 index /FID ne {def} {pop pop} ifelse} forall /FontName exch def dup length 0 ne +{/Encoding Encoding 256 array copy def 0 exch {dup type /nametype eq +{Encoding 2 index 2 index put pop 1 add} {exch pop} ifelse} forall} if pop +currentdict dup end end /FontName get exch definefont pop} bdef +end +%%EndProcSet +%%EndProlog +%%BeginSetup +Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 begin +n +%%EndSetup +0 g +0 G +1 i +0 J +0 j +0.7 w +10 M +[]0 d +%%Note: +90.632 -245.419 m +86.134 -229.425 95.131 -228.926 96.63 -221.429 c +98.129 -213.932 107.126 -212.932 109.125 -202.936 c +111.124 -192.94 119.121 -183.944 125.618 -176.947 c +132.116 -169.949 146.61 -163.952 156.106 -168.45 c +165.602 -172.948 169.102 -174.947 178.598 -176.447 c +188.094 -177.946 195.591 -179.945 208.086 -176.947 c +220.581 -173.948 226.578 -171.949 237.074 -172.948 c +247.569 -173.948 277.557 -172.948 290.052 -171.949 c +302.547 -170.949 335.034 -171.449 345.53 -171.449 c +356.026 -171.449 374.019 -177.446 388.012 -182.444 c +402.006 -187.442 426.996 -197.438 439.491 -204.435 c +451.986 -211.433 469.979 -230.425 479.476 -238.422 c +488.972 -246.418 497.969 -243.42 499.968 -278.905 c +501.967 -314.39 499.968 -334.882 498.968 -346.377 c +497.969 -357.872 492.971 -371.367 491.971 -382.862 c +490.971 -394.358 490.971 -399.356 490.971 -410.851 c +490.971 -422.346 490.971 -433.342 492.471 -442.338 c +493.97 -451.336 494.47 -457.333 494.97 -461.332 c +495.47 -465.33 491.971 -464.83 489.472 -465.83 c +486.973 -466.829 483.474 -462.331 481.975 -458.333 c +480.476 -454.334 481.475 -444.837 481.475 -441.339 c +481.475 -437.84 483.474 -434.841 483.974 -427.844 c +484.474 -420.847 485.474 -386.861 482.975 -378.364 c +480.476 -369.868 484.974 -364.37 485.973 -354.374 c +486.973 -344.378 491.971 -311.391 489.972 -308.392 c +487.973 -305.394 484.474 -327.885 478.475 -333.882 c +472.478 -339.88 471.478 -346.377 471.478 -351.875 c +471.478 -357.373 467.48 -363.37 464.981 -365.869 c +462.482 -368.368 461.982 -374.366 457.984 -380.863 c +453.985 -387.36 450.987 -394.857 450.487 -402.854 c +449.987 -410.851 451.486 -436.341 450.487 -440.839 c +449.487 -445.337 447.988 -447.836 446.988 -448.836 c +445.989 -449.835 451.486 -448.336 451.486 -453.835 c +451.486 -459.332 449.987 -459.832 449.487 -468.329 c +448.987 -476.825 447.488 -479.324 447.488 -484.322 c +447.488 -489.32 447.488 -495.318 445.489 -495.818 c +443.49 -496.317 437.492 -498.317 433.494 -498.816 c +429.495 -499.316 420.999 -499.816 419.999 -499.316 c +419 -498.816 419.499 -495.318 420.999 -494.318 c +422.498 -493.319 424.746 -490.011 y +417.5 -495.818 415.501 -496.817 v +413.502 -497.817 410.003 -499.816 407.004 -499.316 c +404.006 -498.816 402.506 -498.317 401.507 -496.817 c +400.507 -495.318 397.508 -496.817 394.509 -494.818 c +391.511 -492.819 392.01 -490.82 393.01 -489.32 c +394.01 -487.821 399.507 -482.323 y +394.01 -483.323 392.51 -483.323 v +391.011 -483.323 377.017 -484.322 374.019 -484.322 c +371.02 -484.322 364.023 -485.322 363.023 -484.822 c +362.024 -484.322 361.024 -483.323 361.024 -482.823 c +361.024 -482.323 356.526 -482.823 356.026 -482.823 c +355.526 -482.823 353.027 -480.324 353.527 -479.324 c +354.027 -478.325 357.525 -473.327 359.525 -471.827 c +361.524 -470.328 365.022 -466.329 368.021 -465.33 c +371.02 -464.33 371.52 -459.832 373.019 -457.333 c +374.518 -454.834 375.018 -451.336 375.518 -447.836 c +376.018 -444.337 377.017 -433.342 377.017 -427.844 c +377.017 -422.346 379.516 -406.353 382.015 -399.356 c +384.514 -392.358 386.514 -386.861 385.514 -381.363 c +384.514 -375.865 381.016 -368.368 381.016 -366.369 c +381.016 -364.37 381.016 -358.872 y +377.517 -358.872 371.02 -361.371 v +364.523 -363.87 348.529 -368.368 342.531 -367.369 c +336.534 -366.369 308.044 -365.369 306.545 -362.371 c +305.046 -359.372 289.552 -353.374 289.052 -352.874 c +288.552 -352.375 288.052 -359.872 289.552 -367.369 c +291.051 -374.866 292.551 -382.362 294.55 -389.36 c +296.549 -396.357 298.548 -425.345 300.048 -433.842 c +301.547 -442.338 307.545 -449.335 310.044 -453.335 c +312.542 -457.333 313.542 -460.332 313.042 -464.83 c +312.542 -469.328 311.043 -475.326 310.543 -477.825 c +310.044 -480.324 306.045 -484.322 303.046 -483.822 c +300.048 -483.323 291.051 -480.824 289.552 -481.323 c +288.052 -481.823 285.054 -485.322 284.054 -485.822 c +283.055 -486.321 277.557 -486.321 274.558 -487.321 c +271.559 -488.321 263.063 -489.82 261.563 -488.321 c +260.064 -486.821 262.063 -493.319 249.568 -491.319 c +246.078 -490.761 239.072 -491.819 235.075 -492.819 c +231.077 -493.818 224.579 -492.319 224.079 -492.319 c +223.58 -492.319 215.583 -491.819 214.083 -490.82 c +212.584 -489.82 204.087 -489.82 204.087 -487.321 c +204.087 -484.822 208.586 -482.823 211.085 -480.324 c +213.584 -477.825 220.581 -472.827 221.081 -470.328 c +221.58 -467.829 221.081 -461.332 221.081 -458.333 c +221.081 -455.334 219.081 -449.335 217.082 -445.337 c +215.083 -441.339 213.584 -427.344 213.084 -424.845 c +212.584 -422.346 214.583 -415.349 213.584 -413.35 c +212.584 -411.351 210.085 -398.356 209.085 -395.357 c +208.086 -392.358 206.087 -385.361 205.587 -379.364 c +205.087 -373.366 202.088 -354.874 201.089 -351.875 c +200.089 -348.876 198.59 -335.881 199.089 -331.883 c +199.589 -327.885 192.092 -314.89 191.592 -312.391 c +191.093 -309.892 188.594 -305.394 188.594 -300.895 c +188.594 -296.397 184.096 -294.898 181.597 -294.898 c +179.098 -294.898 170.101 -291.899 169.102 -290.899 c +168.102 -289.9 159.105 -293.398 155.606 -293.898 c +152.107 -294.398 140.112 -296.897 139.613 -296.397 c +139.113 -295.897 135.114 -303.894 134.615 -306.393 c +134.115 -308.892 132.615 -313.39 131.116 -313.89 c +129.617 -314.39 126.118 -318.888 126.118 -320.388 c +126.118 -321.887 122.12 -317.889 y +122.12 -312.391 121.62 -308.392 v +121.12 -304.394 124.619 -300.895 125.118 -298.396 c +125.618 -295.897 131.116 -287.901 130.616 -286.401 c +130.116 -284.902 128.131 -286.36 125.118 -288.4 c +121.244 -291.026 118.121 -310.392 115.622 -313.39 c +113.123 -316.389 106.626 -331.383 105.126 -333.882 c +103.627 -336.381 103.127 -363.87 102.128 -372.866 c +101.128 -381.863 103.127 -397.356 104.627 -401.355 c +106.126 -405.353 107.625 -409.352 106.626 -409.851 c +105.626 -410.351 112.623 -403.354 118.121 -403.854 c +123.619 -404.354 130.616 -408.352 131.616 -413.85 c +132.615 -419.348 131.116 -428.844 127.617 -431.343 c +124.119 -433.842 110.624 -436.341 108.125 -433.842 c +105.626 -431.343 94.631 -427.844 90.632 -418.848 c +89.333 -415.924 80.137 -391.859 79.637 -384.861 c +79.202 -378.776 76.514 -369.619 76.638 -367.868 c +76.673 -367.37 64.143 -379.364 61.644 -380.863 c +59.145 -382.362 50.149 -389.859 48.15 -387.86 c +46.15 -385.861 50.649 -383.362 52.148 -381.363 c +53.647 -379.364 61.144 -372.866 63.143 -371.367 c +65.143 -369.868 55.147 -374.866 51.148 -375.365 c +47.15 -375.865 45.151 -373.866 46.15 -373.366 c +47.15 -372.866 57.146 -368.368 62.144 -364.87 c +67.142 -361.371 74.139 -355.873 74.639 -353.374 c +75.139 -350.875 74.139 -326.885 73.139 -319.888 c +72.14 -312.891 77.138 -296.397 77.638 -287.401 c +78.137 -278.405 82.136 -267.91 84.135 -262.412 c +86.134 -256.914 90.824 -246.099 90.632 -245.419 c +s +262.063 -478.325 m +263.562 -474.326 271.059 -469.828 272.559 -467.829 c +274.058 -465.83 274.558 -460.332 272.559 -457.833 c +270.56 -455.334 267.561 -446.836 266.561 -444.837 c +265.562 -442.838 264.562 -437.34 263.562 -433.842 c +262.563 -430.343 262.063 -423.846 261.063 -421.347 c +260.064 -418.848 257.065 -412.35 256.565 -411.351 c +256.065 -410.351 254.066 -418.848 254.066 -422.346 c +254.066 -425.845 257.565 -430.343 257.565 -433.842 c +257.565 -437.34 258.065 -439.839 257.065 -443.338 c +256.065 -446.836 254.566 -450.836 255.066 -455.334 c +255.566 -459.832 256.565 -465.33 258.065 -468.828 c +259.564 -472.327 261.814 -478.986 262.063 -478.325 c +s +114.374 -421.846 m +114.123 -422.846 117.122 -422.597 118.621 -421.846 c +120.12 -421.098 121.371 -418.848 119.871 -417.348 c +118.372 -415.849 117.405 -416.194 116.122 -416.6 c +113.748 -417.348 114.509 -421.305 114.374 -421.846 c +s +121.871 -294.148 m +119.372 -291.65 119.121 -289.4 y +108.789 -290.299 108.625 -293.898 v +107.625 -315.889 64.143 -370.867 63.143 -371.367 c +S +76.638 -367.868 m +83.635 -362.371 105.126 -333.382 105.126 -333.882 c +S +164.602 -189.442 m +172.1 -193.44 172.6 -194.939 178.098 -194.939 c +183.596 -194.939 186.595 -191.441 191.592 -197.438 c +196.59 -203.436 198.59 -210.433 199.589 -217.43 c +200.589 -224.427 198.59 -229.425 194.591 -232.924 c +190.593 -236.422 194.091 -240.921 192.592 -242.42 c +191.093 -243.919 190.593 -248.418 190.593 -250.417 c +190.593 -252.416 182.845 -253.666 181.346 -254.665 c +179.846 -255.665 174.635 -263.779 173.849 -263.162 c +166.852 -257.664 168.351 -252.416 165.853 -250.417 c +163.354 -248.418 158.605 -239.921 157.105 -238.921 c +155.606 -237.922 148.021 -233.866 148.021 -231.367 c +148.021 -228.868 149.109 -219.166 148.609 -216.667 c +148.109 -214.168 152.107 -209.433 152.107 -208.434 c +S +159.781 -179.035 m +164.485 -180.211 169.189 -181.975 172.717 -182.563 c +176.245 -183.151 185.653 -186.091 188.593 -187.267 c +191.533 -188.443 198.001 -193.735 199.765 -197.263 c +201.529 -200.791 202.117 -206.671 202.705 -209.023 c +203.293 -211.375 203.293 -219.607 202.117 -221.371 c +200.941 -223.135 197.413 -231.955 196.237 -232.543 c +S +108.097 -233.86 m +112.167 -236.446 116.296 -237.525 120.179 -236.971 c +125.831 -236.166 128.942 -227.524 129.27 -225.841 c +S +109.73 -237.489 m +111.163 -238.845 115.233 -241.43 117.92 -241.079 c +120.607 -240.727 123.178 -240.834 125.479 -238.64 c +127.339 -236.869 130.379 -228.116 130.528 -226.81 c +S +108.46 -230.129 m +110.117 -226.085 113.633 -223.711 115.101 -223.019 c +120.739 -220.367 127.21 -223.619 127.234 -224.548 c +S +108.8 -230.633 m +111.01 -231.549 112.29 -232.49 113.598 -232.64 c +116.814 -233.01 120.042 -233.379 122.149 -230.779 c +123.23 -229.447 123.643 -229.297 125.175 -227.488 c +126.707 -225.678 126.557 -225.264 127.234 -224.548 c +S +u +117.144 -223.904 m +118.708 -223.335 120.422 -224.096 120.972 -225.607 c +121.522 -227.117 120.699 -228.804 119.135 -229.373 c +117.57 -229.943 115.856 -229.179 115.307 -227.669 c +114.757 -226.159 115.58 -224.472 117.144 -223.904 c +f +118.14 -226.638 m +F +U +129.952 -224.71 m +130.389 -223.353 131.426 -223.641 129.289 -222.158 c +128.199 -221.4 122.082 -217.838 119.797 -218.137 c +117.44 -218.445 114.876 -219.824 113.16 -222.044 c +S +109.974 -231.066 m +110.638 -229.885 111.271 -230.044 110.638 -229.885 c +110.188 -229.77 109.038 -229.138 y +S +125.118 -288.4 m +132.615 -282.903 135.114 -282.903 138.113 -276.906 c +141.112 -270.909 139.613 -259.413 137.613 -255.915 c +135.614 -252.416 133.615 -244.919 y +S +128.971 -242.98 m +126.971 -247.478 124.472 -253.975 120.973 -255.475 c +117.474 -256.974 111.477 -257.974 109.478 -258.473 c +S +129.823 -220.573 m +126.834 -218.203 123.007 -214.64 121.267 -214.609 c +119.528 -214.578 116.234 -213.677 113.623 -215.785 c +111.96 -217.128 108.602 -222.181 107.962 -223.343 c +S +73.139 -317.889 m +82.136 -309.392 94.631 -316.389 y +S +74.139 -305.394 m +77.638 -301.395 78.137 -298.396 85.135 -299.396 c +92.132 -300.396 97.13 -303.894 97.63 -303.894 c +S +74.139 -331.883 m +77.138 -329.384 83.635 -327.385 85.135 -327.885 c +86.634 -328.384 92.632 -329.884 y +S +74.639 -345.877 m +76.638 -343.878 83.635 -343.878 y +S +77.138 -371.367 m +80.137 -369.368 86.01 -366.119 90.008 -366.869 c +92.204 -367.28 99.629 -370.867 y +S +79.512 -382.114 m +82.011 -380.614 89.633 -374.866 96.63 -380.863 c +S +83.635 -399.356 m +92.383 -389.611 99.129 -397.356 y +S +86.885 -408.603 m +93.131 -400.355 101.628 -407.352 y +S +89.384 -414.6 m +94.631 -407.852 104.127 -413.35 y +S +93.631 -423.597 m +94.631 -420.598 104.378 -417.848 104.627 -417.848 c +S +106.877 -420.347 m +103.127 -423.097 102.128 -429.594 y +S +117.872 -422.097 m +116.873 -431.343 124.869 -432.093 y +S +112.375 -420.847 m +106.877 -427.844 114.374 -434.841 y +S +120.371 -419.348 m +125.118 -425.596 131.616 -419.099 y +S +119.871 -417.348 m +127.118 -416.6 124.619 -406.104 y +S +118.372 -416.349 m +123.119 -408.603 114.374 -404.354 y +S +116.122 -416.6 m +114.874 -409.103 106.126 -410.351 106.626 -409.851 c +106.877 -409.602 103.878 -416.849 105.377 -420.347 c +108.125 -413.85 114.374 -421.846 v +114.528 -422.044 109.876 -419.598 105.377 -420.347 c +S +114.623 -418.848 m +111.875 -411.851 104.878 -415.1 105.126 -415.1 c +S +74.639 -356.373 m +74.763 -354.498 74.639 -353.374 v +S +81.012 -390.235 m +83.511 -388.735 91.132 -382.987 98.129 -388.984 c +S +95.506 -346.127 m +95.881 -346.127 99.629 -347.377 y +S +77.388 -352.75 m +76.388 -352.125 74.639 -352.874 74.639 -352.75 c +S +89.384 -353.998 m +91.507 -353.75 97.88 -356.249 y +S +78.137 -279.904 m +84.135 -277.405 89.133 -276.406 94.131 -277.905 c +99.129 -279.405 107.126 -285.402 y +S +83.635 -265.411 m +88.133 -262.412 95.131 -262.912 99.629 -263.412 c +104.127 -263.911 113.623 -270.909 y +121.62 -276.406 l +S +77.388 -352.75 m +S +74.639 -352.75 m +S +256.565 -411.351 m +262.563 -398.856 259.564 -384.362 261.563 -374.866 c +263.562 -365.369 263.063 -354.374 267.561 -348.376 c +272.059 -342.379 281.555 -321.387 283.554 -314.89 c +285.553 -308.392 276.057 -271.908 273.059 -264.911 c +270.06 -257.914 265.562 -248.917 264.562 -244.419 c +263.562 -239.921 261.563 -225.927 263.562 -221.928 c +S +1 w +291.198 -93.775 m +S +0.7 w +289.052 -352.874 m +284.554 -343.878 266.561 -350.875 y +S +242.394 -491.555 m +242.394 -488.056 239.469 -483.145 238.221 -482.896 c +236.972 -482.645 231.474 -483.645 231.474 -483.896 c +231.474 -484.145 228.225 -480.897 226.976 -479.898 c +225.726 -478.898 221.727 -480.146 220.728 -480.646 c +219.728 -481.146 217.229 -479.398 216.729 -478.898 c +216.23 -478.398 212.951 -478.957 212.701 -479.207 c +S +219.728 -480.397 m +220.479 -483.896 212.701 -490.085 y +S +231.474 -483.896 m +231.723 -486.395 224.079 -492.319 y +S +261.872 -477.736 m +264.621 -485.233 260.622 -487.483 y +S +284.054 -485.822 m +280.556 -485.572 268.369 -482.734 267.869 -481.485 c +267.37 -480.235 262.622 -480.486 y +S +288.552 -482.073 m +285.054 -478.075 279.806 -473.826 278.057 -473.826 c +276.307 -473.826 268.854 -481.809 268.854 -481.559 c +S +269.06 -470.828 m +272.559 -470.328 275.807 -475.076 y +S +358.525 -473.327 m +362.272 -472.577 366.271 -474.326 367.27 -475.576 c +368.27 -476.825 361.524 -482.823 361.024 -482.823 c +S +367.374 -474.988 m +369.623 -474.237 372.622 -474.988 374.371 -476.236 c +376.121 -477.487 379.869 -483.484 y +S +390.275 -261.943 m +380.278 -279.436 357.347 -332.502 384.015 -355.373 c +398.54 -367.832 399.507 -387.86 404.505 -393.358 c +409.503 -398.856 405.005 -410.351 406.005 -416.849 c +407.004 -423.346 410.003 -429.843 410.003 -439.839 c +410.003 -449.835 408.004 -460.832 408.504 -465.33 c +409.004 -469.828 405.005 -475.826 404.006 -477.825 c +403.006 -479.824 398.008 -483.323 y +403.506 -482.823 407.504 -486.821 407.755 -487.071 c +408.004 -487.321 401.007 -496.067 y +S +407.269 -487.071 m +415.017 -483.821 423.513 -490.319 y +432.259 -485.321 441.006 -497.067 y +S +381.016 -358.872 m +382.337 -358.961 385.277 -357.197 y +S +489.972 -308.392 m +491.998 -302.514 496.114 -294.87 496.114 -293.106 c +S +490.234 -445.397 m +490.234 -453.629 493.762 -464.213 y +S +487.882 -446.573 m +487.882 -450.101 489.299 -465.683 489.472 -465.83 c +S +484.942 -443.045 m +483.178 -447.749 484.354 -461.273 y +S +421.439 -452.453 m +431.435 -455.981 446.668 -448.747 446.988 -448.836 c +S +376.163 -444.221 m +383.219 -451.277 401.447 -451.277 y +S +377.927 -423.641 m +382.043 -426.581 397.331 -425.993 y +S +406.739 -407.765 m +417.323 -418.349 438.491 -410.117 y +S +370.871 -461.861 m +376.163 -468.917 397.331 -471.857 y +S +409.679 -434.225 m +416.735 -440.693 439.079 -431.285 y +S +406.739 -396.593 m +414.383 -398.945 433.787 -391.301 y +S +448.487 -477.737 m +430.847 -486.557 412.031 -479.501 y +S +312.072 -455.981 m +306.78 -462.449 281.496 -464.213 y +S +300.048 -433.842 m +295.608 -439.517 276.792 -439.517 y +S +295.608 -395.417 m +290.904 -392.477 263.856 -397.769 y +S +297.96 -413.057 m +293.844 -417.173 268.56 -420.113 y +S +291.492 -374.249 m +287.376 -372.485 261.623 -374.307 261.563 -374.866 c +S +250.92 -424.229 m +247.392 -444.221 217.993 -435.401 y +S +253.272 -430.109 m +250.92 -448.337 223.285 -454.217 y +S +256.8 -461.861 m +245.04 -473.033 225.637 -468.329 y +S +213.584 -413.35 m +220.933 -420.701 239.16 -413.645 y +S +236.809 -380.129 m +232.693 -386.597 205.645 -383.657 y +S +238.572 -389.537 m +245.04 -387.185 260.328 -394.829 y +S +237.985 -371.897 m +240.924 -370.133 261.504 -378.365 y +S +237.985 -358.961 m +235.045 -362.489 202.705 -361.901 y +S +199.177 -335.442 m +215.641 -344.262 248.568 -327.21 y +S +192.709 -314.274 m +201.529 -306.63 238.572 -311.334 y +S +149.785 -246.655 m +158.605 -263.707 138.025 -287.814 y +S +160.957 -258.415 m +166.837 -267.823 146.257 -288.402 y +S +174.481 -270.763 m +178.597 -277.818 167.425 -290.166 y +S +191.533 -259.591 m +200.353 -270.175 183.889 -294.87 y +S +206.233 -247.243 m +212.113 -269.587 187.418 -299.865 188.594 -300.895 c +S +159.193 -201.379 m +162.133 -207.259 161.545 -215.491 161.545 -217.255 c +161.545 -219.019 153.313 -227.251 153.901 -230.779 c +S +237.985 -176.095 m +244.452 -180.799 251.508 -187.855 254.448 -192.559 c +257.388 -197.263 253.861 -213.37 253.566 -214.431 c +251.359 -222.372 242.571 -252.416 244.57 -262.412 c +246.569 -272.408 251.567 -282.403 252.567 -295.398 c +253.566 -308.392 253.566 -320.388 246.569 -331.383 c +239.572 -342.379 236.574 -357.373 237.574 -368.368 c +238.572 -379.364 235.575 -404.354 245.57 -422.346 c +S +457.895 -360.725 m +464.951 -348.378 464.363 -327.798 469.067 -315.45 c +473.77 -303.102 477.886 -295.458 477.298 -278.994 c +476.71 -262.531 473.77 -263.119 y +S +410.267 -370.133 m +402.035 -357.197 396.155 -340.734 394.979 -328.974 c +394.151 -320.699 409.091 -287.814 y +S +u +116.786 -223.328 m +119.079 -222.493 121.637 -223.74 122.502 -226.115 c +123.365 -228.487 122.208 -231.089 119.915 -231.922 c +117.621 -232.757 115.064 -231.51 114.199 -229.135 c +113.335 -226.763 114.493 -224.163 116.786 -223.328 c +s +118.351 -227.626 m +S +U +118.294 -232.651 m +116.002 -233.016 113.653 -232.151 112.636 -230.643 c +111.618 -229.137 111.9 -227.548 112.377 -226.28 c +112.854 -225.01 114.424 -223.735 114.926 -223.396 c +115.428 -223.057 118.062 -222.269 119.178 -222.397 c +122.279 -222.753 123.831 -224.223 124.232 -225.328 c +124.635 -226.433 124.862 -227.915 124.723 -227.965 c +S +%%Trailer +_E end + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/indexexa.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/indexexa.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..61823aa406b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/indexexa.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\setlength\textwidth{260pt} +\setlength\marginparwidth{90pt} +\usepackage{makeidx,showidx} +\newcommand\bs{\symbol{'134}}% print backslash +\newcommand\Com[1]{\texttt{\bs#1}% + \index{#1@\texttt{\bs#1}}} +\newcommand\Prog[1]{\texttt{#1}% + \index{#1@\texttt{#1} program}} +\makeindex +\begin{document} +\section{Generating an Index} +Using the \textsf{showidx} package users can +see where they define index entries. +\par Entries are entered into the index by the +\Com{index} command. More precisely, the argument +of the \Com{index} command is written literally into +the auxiliary file \texttt{idx}. Note, however, that +information is actually written into that file only +when the \Com{makeindex} command was given in the +document preamble. + +\section{Preparing the Index} +To prepare the index for printing, the +\texttt{idx} file has to be transformed by an external +program, such as \Prog{makeindex}. +This program writes the \texttt{ind} file. +\begin{verbatim} +makeindex filename +\end{verbatim} + +\section{Printing the Index} + +During the final production run of a document the +index can be included by putting a \Com{printindex} +command at the position in the text where you want +the index to appear (normally at the end). +This command will input the \texttt{ind} file +prepared by the index processor and \LaTeX{} will +typeset the information. +\printindex +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/jura.bib b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/jura.bib new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b97e09e7f31 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/jura.bib @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +@BOOK{zpo, + author = {Adolf Baumbach and Wolfgang Lauterbach + and Jan Albers and Peter Hartmann}, + title = {Zivilproze\ss ordnung mit + Gerichtsverfassungsgesetz und anderen + Nebengesetzen}, + shorttitle = {ZPO}, + language = {ngerman}, + edition = {59. neubearb.}, + year = 2002, + address = {M\"unchen} +} +@BOOK{aschur, + author = {Hans Brox and Wolf-Dietrich Walker}, + title = {Allgemeines Schuldrecht}, + language = {ngerman}, + edition = {29.}, + year = 2003, + address = {M\"unchen} +} + @BOOK{bschur, + author = {Hans Brox and Wolf-Dietrich Walker}, + title = {Besonderes Schuldrecht}, + shorttitle = {BSchuR}, + language = {ngerman}, + edition = {27.}, + year = 2002, + address = {M\"unchen} + } + @BOOK{bgb, + author = {Otto Palandt}, + shortauthor= {Otto Palandt}, + title = {B\"urgerliches Gesetzbuch}, + shorttitle = {BGB}, + language = {ngerman}, + edition = {62.}, + year = 2003, + publisher = {Beck Juristischer Verlag}, + address = {M\"unchen} + } diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/rosette.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/rosette.ps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fa4ccc73617 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/rosette.ps @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-3.0 +%%BoundingBox: 1 1. 44. 44. +% Cookbook Example Program from First Printing, Revised 7 Jan 1985 +% Program: Repeated Shapes Number: 6 +/inch {10 mul} def +/wedge + { newpath + 0 0 moveto + 1 0 translate + 15 rotate + 0 15 sin translate + 0 0 15 sin -90 90 arc + closepath + } def +gsave + 2.25 inch 2.25 inch translate + 1.75 inch 1.75 inch scale + 0.02 setlinewidth + 2 1 13 + {13 div setgray + gsave + wedge + gsave + fill + grestore + 0 setgray stroke + grestore + 30 rotate + } for +grestore + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/tex.bib b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/tex.bib new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..18b33720bc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/tex.bib @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ + @String{ttct = "Tools and Techniques for Computer + Typesetting" } + + @Book{LGC97, + author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz + and Frank Mittelbach", + title = "The {\LaTeX} Graphics Companion: + Illustrating Documents with {\TeX} + and {PostScript}", + publisher = "Ad{\-d}i{\-s}on-Wes{\-l}ey Longman", + address = "Reading, MA, USA", + pages = "xxi + 554", + year = "1997", + ISBN = "0-201-85469-4", + series = ttct + } + @UNPUBLISHED{test97, + author = "Michel Goossens and Ben User + and Joe Doe and others", + title = "Ambiguous citations", + year = "1997", + note = "Submitted to the " # ibmjrd + } + @Book{LWC99, + author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz", + title = "The {\LaTeX} {Web} companion: + integrating {\TeX}, {HTML}, + and {XML}", + publisher = "Ad{\-d}i{\-s}on-Wes{\-l}ey Longman", + address = "Reading, MA, USA", + pages = "xxii + 522", + year = "1999", + ISBN = "0-201-43311-7", + note = "With Eitan M. Gurari and Ross Moore + and Robert S. Sutor", + series = ttct + } + @Book{Knuth-CT-a, + Author = "Donald E. Knuth", + Title = "The {\TeX}book", + Publisher = "Ad{\-d}i{\-s}on-Wes{\-l}ey", + Address = "Reading, MA, USA", + Volume = "A", + Series = "Computers and Typesetting", + pages = "ix + 483", + year = 1986, + isbn = "0-201-13447-0", + } + @Article{Knuth:TB10-1-31, + Author = "Donald E. Knuth", + Title = "{Typesetting Concrete + Mathematics}", + Journal = "TUGboat", + Volume = "10", + Number = "1", + Pages = "31--36", + year = 1989, + month = apr, + issn = "0896-3207" + } + @Book{vLeunen:92, + author = "Mary-Claire van Leunen", + gender = "sf", + title = "A handbook for scholars", + publisher = "Oxford University Press", + address = "Walton Street, Oxford OX2 6DP, UK", + pages = "xi + 348", + year = "92" + } + + @manual{GNUMake, key = {make}, + title = {{GNU Make}, A Program for Directing + Recompilation}, organization= "Free + Software Foundation",address = "Boston, + Massachusetts",ISBN={1-882114-80-9},year = 2000} + + @book{G-G, + TITLE = {{Gutenberg Jahrbuch}}, + EDITOR = {Hans-Joachim Koppitz}, + PUBLISHER = {Gutenberg-Gesellschaft, Internationale + Vereinigung f\"ur Geschichte und + Gegenwart der Druckkunst e.V.}, + ADDRESS = {Mainz, Germany}, + NOTE = {Contains results on the past and present + history of the art of printing. Founded + by Aloys Ruppel. Published since 1926.} + } + @misc{oddity, + title = "{{TUGboat} The Communications of the + {\TeX} User Group}", + howpublished = "Quarterly published.", + year = {1980ff}, + } +@InProceedings{MR-PQ, + author = "Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley", + title = "The Pursuit of Quality: How can + Automated Typesetting achieve the + Highest Standards of Craft + Typography?", + pages = "261--273", + crossref = "EP92"} +@InProceedings{Southall, + Author = "Richard Southall", + Title = "Presentation Rules and Rules of + Composition in the Formatting of + Complex Text", + Pages = "275--290", + crossref = "EP92"} +@Proceedings{EP92, + title = "{EP92}---Proceedings of Electronic + Publishing, '92", + shorttitle = "{EP92}", + editor = "Christine Vanoirbeek and Giovanni Coray", + publisher = "Cambridge University Press", + address = "Cambridge", + year = 1992, + booktitle = "{EP92}---Proceedings of Electronic + Publishing, '92" +} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexa.cls b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexa.cls new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..34917c15b27 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexa.cls @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +% +% $Id: ttctexa.cls,v 1.16 2004/02/29 22:44:52 david Exp $ +% +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example ``article'' class for use with the Companion examples. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% +% +\LoadClass[twoside]{article} + + +\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc} + +\RequirePackage{times} +\RequirePackage[scaled]{helvet} + + +\let\StartShownPreambleCommands\relax +\let\StopShownPreambleCommands\relax + + +\let\ps@origplain\ps@plain +\let\ps@plain\ps@empty % this class doesn't produces page numbers + % since this would make examples too big + % but if necessary there is origplain + + + +% Public version uses cmtt (ectt) +\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{cmtt}\endinput +% Book version uses emtt, and restricts to two colors. + +\DeclareFontFamily{T1}{emtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{n}{ + <-9> emtt8 + <9-10> emtt9 + <10-12> emtt10 + <12-> emtt12 + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{it}{ + <-> emitt10 + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{sl}{ + <-> emsltt10 + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{sc}{ + <-> emtcsc10 + }{} + +% FAKE OT1 as it is needed in one example + +\DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{emtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne} +\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{emtt}{m}{n}{ + <-9> emtt8 + <9-10> emtt9 + <10-12> emtt10 + <12-> emtt12 + }{} + +\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{emtt} + + +% as the book is printed in two colors only (black and blue) we need +% to ensure that other colors are replaced by gray if necessary: + +\AtBeginDocument{ +\ifx\color\@undefined +\else +\definecolor{red}{gray}{.7} +\definecolor{green}{gray}{.8} +\definecolor{yellow}{gray}{.9} +\fi +} + +\endinput + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexamargin.cls b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexamargin.cls new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..825d36dfe6d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexamargin.cls @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +% +% $Id: ttctexamargin.cls,v 1.7 2004/03/26 14:38:02 frank Exp $ +% +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example ``margin lines'' class for use with the Companion examples. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% +% +\LoadClass[twoside]{article} + +\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc} + +\RequirePackage{times} +\RequirePackage[scaled]{helvet} + + +\let\StartShownPreambleCommands\relax +\let\StopShownPreambleCommands\relax + + +\let\ps@origplain\ps@plain +\let\ps@plain\ps@empty % this class doesn't produces page numbers + % since this would make examples too big + % but if necessary there is origplain + + +% Public version uses cmtt (ectt) +\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{cmtt}\endinput +% Book version uses emtt, and restricts to two colors. + +\DeclareFontFamily{T1}{emtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{n}{ + <-9> emtt8 + <9-10> emtt9 + <10-12> emtt10 + <12-> emtt12 + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{it}{ + <-> emitt10 + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{sl}{ + <-> emsltt10 + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{sc}{ + <-> emtcsc10 + }{} + +% FAKE OT1 as it is needed in one example + +\DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{emtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne} +\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{emtt}{m}{n}{ + <-9> emtt8 + <9-10> emtt9 + <10-12> emtt10 + <12-> emtt12 + }{} + +\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{emtt} + +% as the book is printed in two colors only (black and blue) we need +% to ensure that other colors are replaced by gray if necessary: + +\AtBeginDocument{ +\ifx\color\@undefined +\else +\definecolor{red}{gray}{.7} +\definecolor{green}{gray}{.8} % we keep green +\definecolor{yellow}{gray}{.9} +\fi +} + +% for margin rules in math examples we need color to make them +% blue. So in this class color is actually always present: + +\RequirePackage{color} + +\newcommand \EX@rulewidth {0.25pt} + +%% Keep on hacking! +\newcommand \SetupMarginLines{% + \AtBeginDocument + {\hbox\bgroup \kern-\EX@rulewidth + {\color{blue}\vrule width \EX@rulewidth}% + \vbox\bgroup}% + \AtEndDocument + {\egroup + {\color{blue}\vrule width \EX@rulewidth}% + \kern-\EX@rulewidth \egroup}% +} + + +\SetupMarginLines + + +\endinput + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexareport.cls b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexareport.cls new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d199ba7ecbc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexareport.cls @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +% +% $Id: ttctexareport.cls,v 1.11 2004/02/29 22:44:52 david Exp $ +% +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example ``report class for use with the Companion examples. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\LoadClass{report} + +\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc} + +\RequirePackage{times} +\RequirePackage[scaled]{helvet} + +\let\StartShownPreambleCommands\relax +\let\StopShownPreambleCommands\relax + +\let\ps@origplain\ps@plain +\let\ps@plain\ps@empty % this class doesn't produces page numbers + % since this would make examples too big + % but if necessary there is origplain + +% Public version uses cmtt (ectt) +\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{cmtt}\endinput +% Book version uses emtt, and restricts to two colors. + +\DeclareFontFamily{T1}{emtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{n}{ + <-9> emtt8 + <9-10> emtt9 + <10-12> emtt10 + <12-> emtt12 + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{it}{ + <-> emitt10 + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{sl}{ + <-> emsltt10 + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{sc}{ + <-> emtcsc10 + }{} +\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{emtt} + + +% as the book is printed in two colors only (black and blue) we need +% to ensure that other colors are replaced by gray if necessary: + +\AtBeginDocument{ +\ifx\color\@undefined +\else +\definecolor{red}{gray}{.7} +\definecolor{green}{gray}{.8} +\definecolor{yellow}{gray}{.9} +\fi +} + +\endinput + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.eps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.eps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e93588a2d8c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.eps @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-2.0 +%%BoundingBox:100 100 150 150 +100 100 translate % put origin at 100 100 + 0 0 moveto % define current point + 50 50 rlineto % trace diagonal line + 50 neg 0 rlineto % trace horizontal line + 50 50 neg rlineto % trace other diagonal line +stroke % draw (stroke) the lines + 0 0 moveto % redefine current point +/Times-Roman findfont % get Times-Roman font + 50 scalefont % scale it to 50 big points + setfont % make it the current font +(W) show % draw an uppercase W diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.ps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b6e84dce501 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.ps @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +%! A small Encapsulated PostScript image used in the examples +%%BoundingBox:100 100 150 150 +100 100 translate % put origin at 100 100 + 0 0 moveto % define current point + 50 50 rlineto % trace diagonal line + 50 neg 0 rlineto % trace horizontal line + 50 50 neg rlineto % trace other diagonal line +stroke % draw (stroke) the lines + 0 0 moveto % redefine current point +/Times-Roman findfont % get Times-Roman font + 50 scalefont % scale it to 50 big points + setfont % make it the current font +(W) show % draw an uppercase W diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/Makefile b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2d0546e0c4f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +all: distclean sample sample_eps ttf-tetex.pdf htm install + + +ttf-tetex.pdf: + pdflatex ttf-tetex + bibtex ttf-tetex + pdflatex ttf-tetex + thumbpdf --verbose ttf-tetex + pdflatex ttf-tetex + + +sample_eps: + latex sample_eps + dvips -E -Pvagrounded sample_eps + epstopdf sample_eps.ps + +sample: + latex sample + latex sample + dvips -Pvagrounded sample + +htm: + rm -f html/* + latex2html -split 0 -show_section_numbers -local_icons -no_navigation -image_type gif -dir html/ ttf-tetex + +install: + cp Makefile fonts.bib ttf-tetex.tex sample_eps.tex html/ + cp sample_eps.ps sample_eps.pdf sample.tex sample.ps html/ + cp ttf2type1 vagrounded.map config.vagrounded html/ + cp ttf-tetex.pdf html/ + cp vagrounded.sty html/ + -rm -f html/*.log html/*.out html/*.pl html/*.aux html/*.bbl + -rm -f html/images.tex html/WARNINGS + +clean: + -rm -f sample.dvi sample.log sample.aux + -rm -f sample_eps.dvi sample_eps.log sample_eps.aux + -rm -f ttf-tetex.aux ttf-tetex.bbl ttf-tetex.blg ttf-tetex.dvi \ + ttf-tetex.log ttf-tetex.out ttf-tetex.toc ttf-tetex.tpt + -rm -f html/WARNINGS html/images.pl html/labels.pl html/images.log \ + html/images.aux html/images.bbl html/images.tex \ + html/internals.pl + +distclean: clean + -rm -f html/* + -rm -f sample.ps sample_eps.pdf sample_eps.ps + -rm -f ttf-tetex.pdf ttf-tetex.ps diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/config.vagrounded b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/config.vagrounded new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..24f2e698493 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/config.vagrounded @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +o +p +vagrounded.map diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/fonts.bib b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/fonts.bib new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7b5e49bec68 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/fonts.bib @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +@Misc{berry1999a, + author = {Berry, K.}, + title = {Fontname}, + month = {March}, + year = 1999, + note = {\url{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/fontname/}}, + language = {english} +} + +@Misc{rakityansky, + author = {Rakityansky, Damir}, + title = {Using {TrueType} with {TeX} {(LaTeX)} and {pdfTeX} + {(pdfLaTeX)}}, + note = {\url{http://www.radamir.com/tex/ttf-tex.htm}}, + language = {english} +} + +@Misc{quy2000a, + author = {Qu{\'y}, Nguy{\^e}n-Dai}, + title = {TrueType with teTEX : Quick and Dirty}, + year = 2000, + note = {\url{http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/}}, + language = {english} +} + +@Misc{smith2001a, + author = {Hume Smith}, + title = {Kwantus' {TTF/teTeX} notes}, + year = 2001, + note = {\url{http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html}}, + language = {english} +} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img1.gif b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img1.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5e5b74ca34b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img1.gif diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img2.gif b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img2.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..74254b5cf07 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img2.gif diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/index.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/index.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6bd36a17edd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,617 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> + +<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.70) +original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds +* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan +* with significant contributions from: + Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others --> +<HTML> +<HEAD> +<TITLE>Using TrueType fonts with TEX via Postscript Type1 format</TITLE> +<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Using TrueType fonts with TEX via Postscript Type1 format"> +<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ttf-tetex"> +<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document"> +<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global"> + +<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1"> +<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css"> + +<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ttf-tetex.css"> + +</HEAD> + +<BODY > + +<P> +<H1 ALIGN="CENTER">Using TrueType fonts with T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X via Postscript Type1 format</H1><DIV> + +<P ALIGN="CENTER"><STRONG>Harald Harders + (<A NAME="tex2html2" + HREF="mailto:h.harders@tu-bs.de"><TT>h.harders@tu-bs.de</TT></A>)</STRONG></P> +<P ALIGN="CENTER"><STRONG>2003-10-31</STRONG></P> +</DIV> + +<P> + +<H3>Abstract:</H3> +<DIV> +This document describes how I have managed to use TrueType +fonts with teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X 1.0 under SuSE Linux 6.2.<A NAME="tex2html3" + HREF="#foot30"><SUP>1</SUP></A> The way described in +``Using TrueType fonts with T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X (L<SUP><SMALL>A</SMALL></SUP>T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X) and pdfT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X (pdfL<SUP><SMALL>A</SMALL></SUP>T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X)'' +[<A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#rakityansky">Rak</A>] did work with MiKT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X, but I did not manage to use +the fonts with teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X. + +<P> +Strictly speaking this document doesn't describe how to use TrueType +fonts with teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X but how to convert TrueType fonts to PostScript +Type1 format which can be used with T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X. + +<P> +The shown shell commands are unix style. +Similar commands should also work under Windows. +Please try yourself to find the according commands. + +<P> +If I have made any errors or if you have a suggestion please mail it +to me. + +<P> +A <A NAME="tex2html4" + HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/ttf-tetex.pdf"><TT>PDF version</TT></A> +is also available. +<P> +</DIV> +<P> + +<P> +<BR> + +<H2><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000"> +Contents</A> +</H2> +<!--Table of Contents--> + +<UL> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html39" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00020000000000000000">1 Disclaimer</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html40" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00030000000000000000">2 Preparing the conversion</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html41" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00040000000000000000">3 Generating the Postscript Type1 fonts</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html42" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00050000000000000000">4 Generating the TEX related font files</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html43" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00060000000000000000">5 Move the files to the right places</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html44" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00070000000000000000">6 Make dvips find the new font</A> +<UL> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html45" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00071000000000000000">6.1 Use an additional map file</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html46" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00072000000000000000">6.2 Append data to the global map file</A> +</UL><BR> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html47" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00080000000000000000">7 Usage of the new font</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html48" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00090000000000000000">A. To do</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html49" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION000100000000000000000">B. Links</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html50" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION000110000000000000000">C. References</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html51" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION000120000000000000000">Bibliography</A> +</UL> +<!--End of Table of Contents--> +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000"> +1 Disclaimer</A> +</H1> + +<P> +This document is provides as is. +I will not guarantee that the described conversion works and that it +doesn't course any damage. +I also will not give any support for problems doing the conversion. +Please refer to the newsgroups, e.g., comp.text.tex or +de.comp.text.tex. +My email address is given to give feedback (suggestions, error +reports), not for support. + +<P> +I don't know if the shown conversion violates any copyrights. + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION00030000000000000000"> +2 Preparing the conversion</A> +</H1> + +<P> +As an example I will show how to convert the font ``VAG Rounded BT'' which +is part of Microsoft Windows 98 (<code>tt0756m_.TTF</code>). + +<P> +First copy the fonts you want to convert into a temporary directory +(e.g., a Windows disk is mounted on /dos/c): +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ mkdir ~/ttf</code> +<BR><code>$ cp /dos/c/windows/fonts/tt0756m_.TTF ~/ttf</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> +Then rename the files to a name conforming the fontname scheme by K. Berry +[<A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#berry1999a">Ber99</A>]. In this case the supplier is ``Bitstream'' (Filename +<code>b*******.ttf</code>)<A NAME="tex2html5" + HREF="#foot43"><SUP>2</SUP></A>. The Shortcut for the typeface is ``vr'' (Filename +<code>*vr*****.ttf</code>) taken from [<A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#berry1999a">Ber99</A>]. The weight is +``regular'' (Filename <code>***r****.ttf</code>). The variant is omitted +because itself and the width are normal. The encoding is set to ``8a'' +which means Adobe standard encoding<A NAME="tex2html6" + HREF="#foot45"><SUP>3</SUP></A> (Filename <code>****8a**.ttf</code>). Because the +width is standard and the font is linearly scaled, these parts of the +filename are omitted. Finally the filename results in <code>bvrr8a.ttf</code>. Move +the original file to this filename: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ mv tt0756m_.TTF bvrr8a.ttf</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> +A more detailed description on the naming conventions can be found in +[<A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#berry1999a">Ber99</A>]. + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION00040000000000000000"> +3 Generating the Postscript Type1 fonts</A> +</H1> + +<P> +To convert the TrueType font to Postscript Type1 format I used the program +<code>ttf2pt1</code> by Andrew Weeks et al. +(<TT><A NAME="tex2html7" + HREF="http://ttf2pt1.sourceforge.net/">http://ttf2pt1.sourceforge.net/</A></TT>). Generate the font files +<code>bvrr8a.afm</code>, <code>bvrr8a.pfa</code>, and <code>bvrr8a.pfb</code> by using +these commands: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ ttf2pt1 -a -e bvrr8a.ttf bvrr8a</code> +<BR><code>$ ttf2pt1 -a -b bvrr8a.ttf bvrr8a</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +The switch <code>-a</code> switches the conversion of some ligatures +(e.g., fi) on (thanks to Hume Smith for that hint). +In one of the last lines of the output the fontname is noted: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>FontName VAGRoundedBT_Regular</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +Note the name on a sheet of paper--You will need it later again. + +<P> +The script +<A NAME="tex2html8" + HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/ttf2type1"><TT>ttf2type1</TT></A> +does these conversion automaticaly for all files with +the extension <code>ttf</code> in the present working directory. To get the +font names you should start it as follows: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ ./ttf2type1 2>&1 | grep FontName</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION00050000000000000000"> +4 Generating the T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X related font files</A> +</H1> + +<P> +Use ``fontinst'' by Alan Jeffrey and Rowland McDonnell +(<TT><A NAME="tex2html9" + HREF="ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontinst">ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontinst</A></TT>) to +generate the files that T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X needs to use the fonts: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ tex fontinst.sty</code> +<BR><code>* \latinfamily{bvr}{} \bye</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> +If you use fonts with different variants you have to append the letter of +the variant to the family name of the font (e.g., VAGRoundedBT_Condensed +would be bvrc). +This automatic conversion only works if you are using a text font and +if you have used file names according to the fontname scheme by +K. Berry [<A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#berry1999a">Ber99</A>]. +Otherwise, you will get some nearly empty <code>.fd</code> files and nothing +more. + +<P> +Now use pltotf on every file with the extension <code>.pl</code> and +vptovf on all files with the extension <code>.vpl</code>: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ for a in *.pl; do pltotf $a; done</code> +<BR><code>$ for a in *.vpl; do vptovf $a; done</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +Now you may delete all files that are not used anymore: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ rm *.pl *.vpl *.mtx</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> +The manual of the fontinst package includes a better description. + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION00060000000000000000"> +5 Move the files to the right places</A> +</H1> + +<P> +Now all files have to be moved to a position where T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X can find them. I +suggest to put them in the <code>TEXMFLOCAL</code> tree. +One possibility to get its location is to view the file <code>texmf.cnf</code>. +You can locate it by using <code>kpsewhich</code>: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ kpsewhich texmf.cnf</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> +e.g., on SuSE 6.2 and teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X 1.0 <code>texmf.cnf</code> is located in the directory +<code>/etc/texmf/</code>. +Another possibility to get <code>TEXMFLOCAL</code> is to use <code>kpsexpand</code>: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ kpsexpand '$TEXMFLOCAL'</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +On my computer the <code>TEXMFLOCAL</code> tree starts at +<code>/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf.local</code>. The <code>TEXMFMAIN</code> tree starts at +<code>/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf</code>. +In order to have less work I set the shell variable <code>TMF</code> to the +local T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X tree by typing: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ export TMF=`kpsexpand '$TEXMFLOCAL'`</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> + +<P> +The files of each file type are installed in an own directory tree +which has this structure: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$TMF/fonts/</code><extension><code>/</code><supplier><code>/</code><fontname><code>/</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +In this case: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$TMF/fonts/</code><extension><code>/bitstream/vagrounded/</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +The extensions are: <code>tfm</code>, <code>vf</code>, <code>pfa</code>, +<code>afm</code>, and <code>ttf</code>. +The extension <code>pfb</code> is an exception, its files have to be copied +to the subdirectory ...<code>/type1/</code>.... +Copy the files by typing: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ for a in tfm vf pfa afm ttf; do</code> +<BR><code>> mkdirhier $TMF/fonts/$a/bitstream/vagrounded;</code> +<BR><code>> mv *.$a $TMF/fonts/$a/bitstream/vagrounded;</code> +<BR><code>> done</code> +<BR><code>$ mkdirhier $TMF/fonts/type1/bitstream/vagrounded;</code> +<BR><code>$ mv *.pfb $TMF/fonts/type1/bitstream/vagrounded;</code> +<BR> +</BLOCKQUOTE> +You do not really need to copy the <code>ttf</code> and <code>pfa</code> files +into the directory because T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X does not use them. +I just did it to save them at a special place where I surely find +them, if I need them for other purposes later. + +<P> +Move the <code>*.fd</code> files to the directory +<code>$TMF/tex/latex/psnfss/</code>: <BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ mkdirhier $TMF/tex/latex/psnfss</code> +<BR><code>$ mv *.fd $TMF/tex/latex/psnfss</code> +<BR> +</BLOCKQUOTE> + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION00070000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:mapping"></A><BR> +6 Make dvips find the new font +</H1> + +<P> +There are at least two possibilities to make dvips find the new font. +The first has a simple installation but it' usage is a little bit more +complicated and it does not enable xdvi to use the font. The second +possibility has a more complicated installation +and may leed to problems when updating L<SUP><SMALL>A</SMALL></SUP>T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X later. But it enables +xdvi to use the new fonts. + +<P> + +<H2><A NAME="SECTION00071000000000000000"> +6.1 Use an additional map file</A> +</H2> + +<P> +Create the file +<A NAME="tex2html10" + HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/config.vagrounded"><TT>$TMF/dvips/vagrounded/config.vagrounded</TT></A> +with these contents: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>o</code> +<BR><code>p +vagrounded.map</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +Create the file <A NAME="tex2html11" + HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/vagrounded.map"><TT>$TMF/dvips/vagrounded/vagrounded.map</TT></A> +with these contents (<I>Each font definition is in one single + line.</I> So in this example each line starts with <code>bvr</code> and ends +with <code><bvrr8a.pfb</code>. ): +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>bvrr8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular</code><code> "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <bvrr8a.pfb</code> +<BR><code>bvrro8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular</code><code> "0.167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont"</code><code> <8r.enc <bvrr8a.pfb</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +<P> +The first item is the filename of the TrueType font with ``8r'' instead of +``8a''. The second item is the font name you held in mind, +hopefully. The next items are the same all times. The last one is the +filename of the TrueType font with the extension <code>.pfb</code>. +Don't use the tabulator character in the mapping file because this +causes trouble with the <code>updmap</code> tool generating the map file for +pdfL<SUP><SMALL>A</SMALL></SUP>T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X. Use one single space instead. + +<P> +In the second line the slanted shape of the font is defined. +The fontinst package generates slanted, italic and small capital +shapes of the font automatically if no special font file is available. +To use the generated slanted shape the second line is necessary. + +<P> +Additional font effects can be reached by using afm2tfm. Type +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ info afm2tfm</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> +and go to the section ``Special font effects'' (This was a hint of +Thomas Henlich (<A NAME="tex2html12" + HREF="mailto:henlich@mmers1.mw.tu-dresden.de"><TT>henlich@mmers1.mw.tu-dresden.de</TT></A>)). + +<P> +Finally type +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ texhash</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> +to update the T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X file database. + +<P> + +<H2><A NAME="SECTION00072000000000000000"> +6.2 Append data to the global map file</A> +</H2> + +<P> +This technique was suggested by Nguyên-Dai Quý +(<A NAME="tex2html13" + HREF="mailto:daiquy.nguyen@ulg.ac.be"><TT>daiquy.nguyen@ulg.ac.be</TT></A>) [<A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#quy2000a">Quý00</A>]. +There are different possibilities to append the map lines to the +global map file. +Here, only the simplest (and best) possibility is described. +It works with all relativley recent teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X versions. + +<P> +Before you can do it the T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X file database has to be updated if that +has not been done, yet: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ texhash</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> + +<P> +Then, just type +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ updmap --enable Map vagrounded.map</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> +If you have generated more than one map file you have to repeat that +line for each map file. +It is not possible to enable multiple map files in one call of +<TT>updmap</TT>. + +<P> +When you install a new version of teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X probably the added map +entries get lost. +Then you have to repeat the <TT>updmap</TT> calls again. + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION00080000000000000000"> +7 Usage of the new font</A> +</H1> + +<P> +To use the new font you simple have to insert +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +into you T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X sourcecode. For example <A NAME="tex2html15" + HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/sample.tex"><TT>sample.tex</TT></A> +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>\documentclass{article}</code> +<BR><code>\begin{document}</code> +<BR><code>\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily</code> +<BR><code>\noindent Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT</code> +<BR><code>{\slshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT slanted}\\</code> +<BR><code>{\scshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT small capitals}\\</code> +<BR><code>\end{document}</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +It is more elegant to create an new style file that switches to your +new font. +The style file <A NAME="tex2html16" + HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/vagrounded.sty"><TT>vagrounded.sty</TT></A> +is an +example how this can be done. +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>\ProvidesPackage{vagrounded}</code> +<BR><code>[2000/05/12 VAG-Rounded font as default sf font]</code> +<BR><code>%%</code> +<BR><code>\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{bvr}</code> +<BR><code>%%</code> +<BR><code>\AtEndDocument{\PackageWarningNoLine{vagrounded.sty}%</code> +<BR><code> {Ensure to use dvips with the option -Pvagrounded}}</code> +<BR><code>%%</code> +<BR> +</BLOCKQUOTE> + +<P> +If you have not included the mapping entries to the file +<code>psfonts.map</code> (section <A HREF="#sec:mapping">6</A>) you also have to tell +dvips that it should use the font: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ latex sample</code> +<BR><code>$ dvips -Pvagrounded sample</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +This should produce the PostScript file +<A NAME="tex2html17" + HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/sample.ps"><TT>sample.ps</TT></A> +which looks like figure <A HREF="#fig:beispiel">1</A>. + +<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:beispiel"></A><A NAME="135"></A> +<TABLE> +<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 1:</STRONG> +Sample of the font VAGRounded BT</CAPTION> +<TR><TD><DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><IMG + WIDTH="328" HEIGHT="52" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" + SRC="img2.gif" + ALT="\includegraphics{sample_eps}"> +</DIV></TD></TR> +</TABLE> +</DIV> + +<P> + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION00090000000000000000"> +A. To do</A> +</H1> + +<P> +Nguyên-Dai Quý has complained that the fontnames contain the +underscore (<code>_</code>) instead of the minus (<code>-</code>). +I have not been able to find out whether this causes problems using +the fonts. +But I also know that nobody uses fonts with an underscore in the name. +So I should find out whether the underscores may cause problems e.g., +when including eps files which use these fonts (e.g., from Adobe +Illustrator). + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION000100000000000000000"> +B. Links</A> +</H1> + +<P> +Nguyên-Dai Quý has written a script that does all or most of the +conversion automatically [<A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#quy2000a">Quý00</A>]. +It is available from +<TT><A NAME="tex2html18" + HREF="http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/">http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/</A></TT>. +This script also replaces the underscores by minuses in the +fontnames. + +<P> +Hume Smith has developed a method that does not include the Type1 +fonts into the postscript file but tells ghostscript to use the +TrueType fonts directly [<A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#smith2001a">Smi01</A>]. +He says that this approach avoids some problems with some fonts. +But these files are not portable anymore because they do not contain +the used fonts. +His description is available from +<TT><A NAME="tex2html19" + HREF="http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html">http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html</A></TT>. + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION000110000000000000000"> +C. References</A> +</H1> + +<H2><A NAME="SECTION000120000000000000000"> +Bibliography</A> +</H2><DL COMPACT><DD><P></P><DT><A NAME="berry1999a">Ber99</A> +<DD> +K. Berry. +<BR>Fontname, March 1999. +<BR><TT><A NAME="tex2html20" + HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/fontname/">ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/fontname/</A></TT>. + +<P></P><DT><A NAME="quy2000a">Quý00</A> +<DD> +Nguyên-Dai Quý. +<BR>Truetype with tetex : Quick and dirty, 2000. +<BR><TT><A NAME="tex2html21" + HREF="http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/">http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/</A></TT>. + +<P></P><DT><A NAME="rakityansky">Rak</A> +<DD> +Damir Rakityansky. +<BR>Using TrueType with TeX (LaTeX) and pdfTeX (pdfLaTeX). +<BR><TT><A NAME="tex2html22" + HREF="http://www.radamir.com/tex/ttf-tex.htm">http://www.radamir.com/tex/ttf-tex.htm</A></TT>. + +<P></P><DT><A NAME="smith2001a">Smi01</A> +<DD> +Hume Smith. +<BR>Kwantus' TTF/teTeX notes, 2001. +<BR><TT><A NAME="tex2html23" + HREF="http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html">http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html</A></TT>. +</DL> + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION000130000000000000000"> +About this document ...</A> +</H1> + <STRONG>Using TrueType fonts with T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X via Postscript Type1 format</STRONG><P> +This document was generated using the +<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.70) +<P> +Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, +<A HREF="http://cbl.leeds.ac.uk/nikos/personal.html">Nikos Drakos</A>, +Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds. +<BR>Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999, +<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>, +Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney. +<P> +The command line arguments were: <BR> + <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-split 0 -show_section_numbers -local_icons -no_navigation -image_type gif -dir html/ ttf-tetex</TT> +<P> +The translation was initiated by Harald Harders on 2003-10-31<BR><HR><H4>Footnotes</H4> +<DL> +<DT><A NAME="foot30">... 6.2.</A><A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#tex2html3"><SUP>1</SUP></A></DT> +<DD>The updmap + section has been updated to teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X 2.0. + +</DD> +<DT><A NAME="foot43">... +<code>b*******.ttf</code>)</A><A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#tex2html5"><SUP>2</SUP></A></DT> +<DD>You can find this out by viewing the + file with less. + +</DD> +<DT><A NAME="foot45">... encoding</A><A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#tex2html6"><SUP>3</SUP></A></DT> +<DD>Maybe the TrueType font + is in Windows encoding, but the approach using ``8a'' worked fine, + so I won't change it. + +</DD> +</DL><BR><HR> +<ADDRESS> +Harald Harders +2003-10-31 +</ADDRESS> +</BODY> +</HTML> diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.ps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..609487ef3d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.ps @@ -0,0 +1,1357 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-2.0 +%%Creator: dvips(k) 5.92a Copyright 2002 Radical Eye Software +%%Title: sample.dvi +%%Pages: 1 +%%PageOrder: Ascend +%%BoundingBox: 0 0 596 842 +%%DocumentFonts: VAGRoundedBT_Regular +%%DocumentPaperSizes: a4 +%%EndComments +%DVIPSWebPage: (www.radicaleye.com) +%DVIPSCommandLine: dvips -Pvagrounded sample +%DVIPSParameters: dpi=1200, compressed +%DVIPSSource: TeX output 2003.10.31:1429 +%%BeginProcSet: texc.pro +%! +/TeXDict 300 dict def TeXDict begin/N{def}def/B{bind def}N/S{exch}N/X{S +N}B/A{dup}B/TR{translate}N/isls false N/vsize 11 72 mul N/hsize 8.5 72 +mul N/landplus90{false}def/@rigin{isls{[0 landplus90{1 -1}{-1 1}ifelse 0 +0 0]concat}if 72 Resolution div 72 VResolution div neg scale isls{ +landplus90{VResolution 72 div vsize mul 0 exch}{Resolution -72 div hsize +mul 0}ifelse TR}if Resolution VResolution vsize -72 div 1 add mul TR[ +matrix currentmatrix{A A round sub abs 0.00001 lt{round}if}forall round +exch round exch]setmatrix}N/@landscape{/isls true N}B/@manualfeed{ +statusdict/manualfeed true put}B/@copies{/#copies X}B/FMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0] +N/FBB[0 0 0 0]N/nn 0 N/IEn 0 N/ctr 0 N/df-tail{/nn 8 dict N nn begin +/FontType 3 N/FontMatrix fntrx N/FontBBox FBB N string/base X array +/BitMaps X/BuildChar{CharBuilder}N/Encoding IEn N end A{/foo setfont}2 +array copy cvx N load 0 nn put/ctr 0 N[}B/sf 0 N/df{/sf 1 N/fntrx FMat N +df-tail}B/dfs{div/sf X/fntrx[sf 0 0 sf neg 0 0]N df-tail}B/E{pop nn A +definefont setfont}B/Cw{Cd A length 5 sub get}B/Ch{Cd A length 4 sub get +}B/Cx{128 Cd A length 3 sub get sub}B/Cy{Cd A length 2 sub get 127 sub} +B/Cdx{Cd A length 1 sub get}B/Ci{Cd A type/stringtype ne{ctr get/ctr ctr +1 add N}if}B/id 0 N/rw 0 N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N/G 0 N/CharBuilder{save 3 +1 roll S A/base get 2 index get S/BitMaps get S get/Cd X pop/ctr 0 N Cdx +0 Cx Cy Ch sub Cx Cw add Cy setcachedevice Cw Ch true[1 0 0 -1 -.1 Cx +sub Cy .1 sub]/id Ci N/rw Cw 7 add 8 idiv string N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N{ +rc 0 ne{rc 1 sub/rc X rw}{G}ifelse}imagemask restore}B/G{{id gp get/gp +gp 1 add N A 18 mod S 18 idiv pl S get exec}loop}B/adv{cp add/cp X}B +/chg{rw cp id gp 4 index getinterval putinterval A gp add/gp X adv}B/nd{ +/cp 0 N rw exit}B/lsh{rw cp 2 copy get A 0 eq{pop 1}{A 255 eq{pop 254}{ +A A add 255 and S 1 and or}ifelse}ifelse put 1 adv}B/rsh{rw cp 2 copy +get A 0 eq{pop 128}{A 255 eq{pop 127}{A 2 idiv S 128 and or}ifelse} +ifelse put 1 adv}B/clr{rw cp 2 index string putinterval adv}B/set{rw cp +fillstr 0 4 index getinterval putinterval adv}B/fillstr 18 string 0 1 17 +{2 copy 255 put pop}for N/pl[{adv 1 chg}{adv 1 chg nd}{1 add chg}{1 add +chg nd}{adv lsh}{adv lsh nd}{adv rsh}{adv rsh nd}{1 add adv}{/rc X nd}{ +1 add set}{1 add clr}{adv 2 chg}{adv 2 chg nd}{pop nd}]A{bind pop} +forall N/D{/cc X A type/stringtype ne{]}if nn/base get cc ctr put nn +/BitMaps get S ctr S sf 1 ne{A A length 1 sub A 2 index S get sf div put +}if put/ctr ctr 1 add N}B/I{cc 1 add D}B/bop{userdict/bop-hook known{ +bop-hook}if/SI save N @rigin 0 0 moveto/V matrix currentmatrix A 1 get A +mul exch 0 get A mul add .99 lt{/QV}{/RV}ifelse load def pop pop}N/eop{ +SI restore userdict/eop-hook known{eop-hook}if showpage}N/@start{ +userdict/start-hook known{start-hook}if pop/VResolution X/Resolution X +1000 div/DVImag X/IEn 256 array N 2 string 0 1 255{IEn S A 360 add 36 4 +index cvrs cvn put}for pop 65781.76 div/vsize X 65781.76 div/hsize X}N +/p{show}N/RMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0]N/BDot 260 string N/Rx 0 N/Ry 0 N/V{}B/RV/v{ +/Ry X/Rx X V}B statusdict begin/product where{pop false[(Display)(NeXT) +(LaserWriter 16/600)]{A length product length le{A length product exch 0 +exch getinterval eq{pop true exit}if}{pop}ifelse}forall}{false}ifelse +end{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR 1 1 scale Rx Ry false RMat{BDot}imagemask +grestore}}{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR Rx Ry scale 1 1 false RMat{BDot} +imagemask grestore}}ifelse B/QV{gsave newpath transform round exch round +exch itransform moveto Rx 0 rlineto 0 Ry neg rlineto Rx neg 0 rlineto +fill grestore}B/a{moveto}B/delta 0 N/tail{A/delta X 0 rmoveto}B/M{S p +delta add tail}B/b{S p tail}B/c{-4 M}B/d{-3 M}B/e{-2 M}B/f{-1 M}B/g{0 M} +B/h{1 M}B/i{2 M}B/j{3 M}B/k{4 M}B/w{0 rmoveto}B/l{p -4 w}B/m{p -3 w}B/n{ +p -2 w}B/o{p -1 w}B/q{p 1 w}B/r{p 2 w}B/s{p 3 w}B/t{p 4 w}B/x{0 S +rmoveto}B/y{3 2 roll p a}B/bos{/SS save N}B/eos{SS restore}B end + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginProcSet: 8r.enc +% File 8r.enc as of 2002-03-12 for PSNFSS 9 +% +% This is the encoding vector for Type1 and TrueType fonts to be used +% with TeX. This file is part of the PSNFSS bundle, version 9 +% +% Authors: S. Rahtz, P. MacKay, Alan Jeffrey, B. Horn, K. Berry, W. Schmidt +% +% Idea is to have all the characters normally included in Type 1 fonts +% available for typesetting. This is effectively the characters in Adobe +% Standard Encoding + ISO Latin 1 + extra characters from Lucida + Euro. +% +% Character code assignments were made as follows: +% +% (1) the Windows ANSI characters are almost all in their Windows ANSI +% positions, because some Windows users cannot easily reencode the +% fonts, and it makes no difference on other systems. The only Windows +% ANSI characters not available are those that make no sense for +% typesetting -- rubout (127 decimal), nobreakspace (160), softhyphen +% (173). quotesingle and grave are moved just because it's such an +% irritation not having them in TeX positions. +% +% (2) Remaining characters are assigned arbitrarily to the lower part +% of the range, avoiding 0, 10 and 13 in case we meet dumb software. +% +% (3) Y&Y Lucida Bright includes some extra text characters; in the +% hopes that other PostScript fonts, perhaps created for public +% consumption, will include them, they are included starting at 0x12. +% +% (4) Remaining positions left undefined are for use in (hopefully) +% upward-compatible revisions, if someday more characters are generally +% available. +% +% (5) hyphen appears twice for compatibility with both ASCII and Windows. +% +% (6) /Euro is assigned to 128, as in Windows ANSI +% +/TeXBase1Encoding [ +% 0x00 (encoded characters from Adobe Standard not in Windows 3.1) + /.notdef /dotaccent /fi /fl + /fraction /hungarumlaut /Lslash /lslash + /ogonek /ring /.notdef + /breve /minus /.notdef +% These are the only two remaining unencoded characters, so may as +% well include them. + /Zcaron /zcaron +% 0x10 + /caron /dotlessi +% (unusual TeX characters available in, e.g., Lucida Bright) + /dotlessj /ff /ffi /ffl + /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef + /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef + % very contentious; it's so painful not having quoteleft and quoteright + % at 96 and 145 that we move the things normally found there down to here. + /grave /quotesingle +% 0x20 (ASCII begins) + /space /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign + /dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright + /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus /comma /hyphen /period /slash +% 0x30 + /zero /one /two /three /four /five /six /seven + /eight /nine /colon /semicolon /less /equal /greater /question +% 0x40 + /at /A /B /C /D /E /F /G /H /I /J /K /L /M /N /O +% 0x50 + /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W + /X /Y /Z /bracketleft /backslash /bracketright /asciicircum /underscore +% 0x60 + /quoteleft /a /b /c /d /e /f /g /h /i /j /k /l /m /n /o +% 0x70 + /p /q /r /s /t /u /v /w + /x /y /z /braceleft /bar /braceright /asciitilde + /.notdef % rubout; ASCII ends +% 0x80 + /Euro /.notdef /quotesinglbase /florin + /quotedblbase /ellipsis /dagger /daggerdbl + /circumflex /perthousand /Scaron /guilsinglleft + /OE /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +% 0x90 + /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /quotedblleft + /quotedblright /bullet /endash /emdash + /tilde /trademark /scaron /guilsinglright + /oe /.notdef /.notdef /Ydieresis +% 0xA0 + /.notdef % nobreakspace + /exclamdown /cent /sterling + /currency /yen /brokenbar /section + /dieresis /copyright /ordfeminine /guillemotleft + /logicalnot + /hyphen % Y&Y (also at 45); Windows' softhyphen + /registered + /macron +% 0xD0 + /degree /plusminus /twosuperior /threesuperior + /acute /mu /paragraph /periodcentered + /cedilla /onesuperior /ordmasculine /guillemotright + /onequarter /onehalf /threequarters /questiondown +% 0xC0 + /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde /Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla + /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis + /Igrave /Iacute /Icircumflex /Idieresis +% 0xD0 + /Eth /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute + /Ocircumflex /Otilde /Odieresis /multiply + /Oslash /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex + /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /germandbls +% 0xE0 + /agrave /aacute /acircumflex /atilde + /adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla + /egrave /eacute /ecircumflex /edieresis + /igrave /iacute /icircumflex /idieresis +% 0xF0 + /eth /ntilde /ograve /oacute + /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis /divide + /oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex + /udieresis /yacute /thorn /ydieresis +] def + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginProcSet: texps.pro +%! +TeXDict begin/rf{findfont dup length 1 add dict begin{1 index/FID ne 2 +index/UniqueID ne and{def}{pop pop}ifelse}forall[1 index 0 6 -1 roll +exec 0 exch 5 -1 roll VResolution Resolution div mul neg 0 0]FontType 0 +ne{/Metrics exch def dict begin Encoding{exch dup type/integertype ne{ +pop pop 1 sub dup 0 le{pop}{[}ifelse}{FontMatrix 0 get div Metrics 0 get +div def}ifelse}forall Metrics/Metrics currentdict end def}{{1 index type +/nametype eq{exit}if exch pop}loop}ifelse[2 index currentdict end +definefont 3 -1 roll makefont/setfont cvx]cvx def}def/ObliqueSlant{dup +sin S cos div neg}B/SlantFont{4 index mul add}def/ExtendFont{3 -1 roll +mul exch}def/ReEncodeFont{CharStrings rcheck{/Encoding false def dup[ +exch{dup CharStrings exch known not{pop/.notdef/Encoding true def}if} +forall Encoding{]exch pop}{cleartomark}ifelse}if/Encoding exch def}def +end + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginFont: VAGRoundedBT_Regular +%!PS-AdobeFont-1.0 VAGRoundedBT_Regular Copyright 1990-1993 Bitstream Inc. All rights reserved. +%%CreationDate: Thu Jan 13 11:52:00 2000 +% Converted from TrueType font bvrr8a.ttf by ttf2pt1 program +% +%%EndComments +12 dict begin +/FontInfo 9 dict dup begin +/version (mfgpctt-v1.57 Wednesday, February 24, 1993 12:05:38 pm [EST]) readonly def +/Notice (Copyright 1990-1993 Bitstream Inc. All rights reserved.) readonly def +/FullName (VAG Rounded BT) readonly def +/FamilyName (VAGRounded BT) readonly def +/Weight (Regular) readonly def +/ItalicAngle 0.000000 def +/isFixedPitch false def +/UnderlinePosition -110 def +/UnderlineThickness 102 def +end readonly def +/FontName /VAGRoundedBT_Regular def +/PaintType 0 def +/StrokeWidth 0 def +/FontType 1 def +/FontMatrix [0.001 0 0 0.001 0 0] def +/FontBBox {-47 -236 1032 989} readonly def +/Encoding 256 array +dup 0 /.notdef put +dup 1 /.notdef put +dup 2 /.notdef put +dup 3 /.notdef put +dup 4 /.notdef put +dup 5 /.notdef put +dup 6 /.notdef put +dup 7 /.notdef put +dup 8 /.notdef put +dup 9 /.notdef put +dup 10 /.notdef put +dup 11 /.notdef put +dup 12 /.notdef put +dup 13 /.notdef put +dup 14 /.notdef put +dup 15 /.notdef put +dup 16 /.notdef put +dup 17 /.notdef put +dup 18 /.notdef put +dup 19 /.notdef put +dup 20 /.notdef put +dup 21 /.notdef put +dup 22 /.notdef put +dup 23 /.notdef put +dup 24 /.notdef put +dup 25 /.notdef put +dup 26 /.notdef put +dup 27 /.notdef put +dup 28 /.notdef put +dup 29 /.notdef put +dup 30 /.notdef put +dup 31 /.notdef put +dup 32 /space put +dup 33 /exclam put +dup 34 /quotedbl put +dup 35 /numbersign put +dup 36 /dollar put +dup 37 /percent put +dup 38 /ampersand put +dup 39 /quotesingle put +dup 40 /parenleft put +dup 41 /parenright put +dup 42 /asterisk put +dup 43 /plus put +dup 44 /comma put +dup 45 /hyphen put +dup 46 /period put +dup 47 /slash put +dup 48 /zero put +dup 49 /one put +dup 50 /two put +dup 51 /three put +dup 52 /four put +dup 53 /five put +dup 54 /six put +dup 55 /seven put +dup 56 /eight put +dup 57 /nine put +dup 58 /colon put +dup 59 /semicolon put +dup 60 /less put +dup 61 /equal put +dup 62 /greater put +dup 63 /question put +dup 64 /at put +dup 65 /A put +dup 66 /B put +dup 67 /C put +dup 68 /D put +dup 69 /E put +dup 70 /F put +dup 71 /G put +dup 72 /H put +dup 73 /I put +dup 74 /J put +dup 75 /K put +dup 76 /L put +dup 77 /M put +dup 78 /N put +dup 79 /O put +dup 80 /P put +dup 81 /Q put +dup 82 /R put +dup 83 /S put +dup 84 /T put +dup 85 /U put +dup 86 /V put +dup 87 /W put +dup 88 /X put +dup 89 /Y put +dup 90 /Z put +dup 91 /bracketleft put +dup 92 /backslash put +dup 93 /bracketright put +dup 94 /asciicircum put +dup 95 /underscore put +dup 96 /grave put +dup 97 /a put +dup 98 /b put +dup 99 /c put +dup 100 /d put +dup 101 /e put +dup 102 /f put +dup 103 /g put +dup 104 /h put +dup 105 /i put +dup 106 /j put +dup 107 /k put +dup 108 /l put +dup 109 /m put +dup 110 /n put +dup 111 /o put +dup 112 /p put +dup 113 /q put +dup 114 /r put +dup 115 /s put +dup 116 /t put +dup 117 /u put +dup 118 /v put +dup 119 /w put +dup 120 /x put +dup 121 /y put +dup 122 /z put +dup 123 /braceleft put +dup 124 /bar put +dup 125 /braceright put +dup 126 /asciitilde put +dup 127 /.notdef put +dup 128 /.notdef put +dup 129 /.notdef put +dup 130 /quotesinglbase put +dup 131 /florin put +dup 132 /quotedblbase put +dup 133 /ellipsis put +dup 134 /dagger put +dup 135 /daggerdbl put +dup 136 /circumflex put +dup 137 /perthousand put +dup 138 /Scaron put +dup 139 /guilsinglleft put +dup 140 /OE put +dup 141 /.notdef put +dup 142 /.notdef put +dup 143 /.notdef put +dup 144 /.notdef put +dup 145 /quoteleft put +dup 146 /quoteright put +dup 147 /quotedblleft put +dup 148 /quotedblright put +dup 149 /bullet put +dup 150 /endash put +dup 151 /emdash put +dup 152 /tilde put +dup 153 /trademark put +dup 154 /scaron put +dup 155 /guilsinglright put +dup 156 /oe put +dup 157 /.notdef put +dup 158 /.notdef put +dup 159 /Ydieresis put +dup 160 /nbspace put +dup 161 /exclamdown put +dup 162 /cent put +dup 163 /sterling put +dup 164 /currency put +dup 165 /yen put +dup 166 /brokenbar put +dup 167 /section put +dup 168 /dieresis put +dup 169 /copyright put +dup 170 /ordfeminine put +dup 171 /guillemotleft put +dup 172 /logicalnot put +dup 173 /sfthyphen put +dup 174 /registered put +dup 175 /macron put +dup 176 /degree put +dup 177 /plusminus put +dup 178 /twosuperior put +dup 179 /threesuperior put +dup 180 /acute put +dup 181 /mu put +dup 182 /paragraph put +dup 183 /periodcentered put +dup 184 /cedilla put +dup 185 /onesuperior put +dup 186 /ordmasculine put +dup 187 /guillemotright put +dup 188 /onequarter put +dup 189 /onehalf put +dup 190 /threequarters put +dup 191 /questiondown put +dup 192 /Agrave put +dup 193 /Aacute put +dup 194 /Acircumflex put +dup 195 /Atilde put +dup 196 /Adieresis put +dup 197 /Aring put +dup 198 /AE put +dup 199 /Ccedilla put +dup 200 /Egrave put +dup 201 /Eacute put +dup 202 /Ecircumflex put +dup 203 /Edieresis put +dup 204 /Igrave put +dup 205 /Iacute put +dup 206 /Icircumflex put +dup 207 /Idieresis put +dup 208 /Eth put +dup 209 /Ntilde put +dup 210 /Ograve put +dup 211 /Oacute put +dup 212 /Ocircumflex put +dup 213 /Otilde put +dup 214 /Odieresis put +dup 215 /multiply put +dup 216 /Oslash put +dup 217 /Ugrave put +dup 218 /Uacute put +dup 219 /Ucircumflex put +dup 220 /Udieresis put +dup 221 /Yacute put +dup 222 /Thorn put +dup 223 /germandbls put +dup 224 /agrave put +dup 225 /aacute put +dup 226 /acircumflex put +dup 227 /atilde put +dup 228 /adieresis put +dup 229 /aring put +dup 230 /ae put +dup 231 /ccedilla put +dup 232 /egrave put +dup 233 /eacute put +dup 234 /ecircumflex put +dup 235 /edieresis put +dup 236 /igrave put +dup 237 /iacute put +dup 238 /icircumflex put +dup 239 /idieresis put +dup 240 /eth put +dup 241 /ntilde put +dup 242 /ograve put +dup 243 /oacute put +dup 244 /ocircumflex put +dup 245 /otilde put +dup 246 /odieresis put +dup 247 /divide put +dup 248 /oslash put +dup 249 /ugrave put +dup 250 /uacute put +dup 251 /ucircumflex put +dup 252 /udieresis put +dup 253 /yacute put +dup 254 /thorn put +dup 255 /ydieresis put +readonly def +currentdict end +currentfile eexec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cleartomark + + +%%EndFont +TeXDict begin 39158280 55380996 1000 1200 1200 (sample.dvi) +@start /Fa 170[98 63 73 2[80 100 99 115 61 2[39 3[67 +93 80 1[83 65[{TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont}13 132.835 +/VAGRoundedBT_Regular rf /Fb 138[96 55 72 3[96 98 146 +46 6[93 100 2[100 10[96 1[78 1[99 8[49 124 120 4[102 +104 20[38 44[{0.167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont}19 +166.044 /VAGRoundedBT_Regular rf /Fc 138[96 5[96 98 146 +46 6[93 100 2[100 10[96 1[78 1[99 8[49 124 120 4[102 +104 15[60 4[38 44[{TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont}18 166.044 +/VAGRoundedBT_Regular rf end +%%EndProlog +%%BeginSetup +%%Feature: *Resolution 1200dpi +TeXDict begin +%%BeginPaperSize: a4 +a4 +%%EndPaperSize + end +%%EndSetup +%%Page: 1 1 +TeXDict begin 1 0 bop 1029 1046 a Fc(Hello,)54 b(I)g(am)g(V)m(AG)f +(Rounded)h(BT)1029 1245 y Fb(Hello,)g(I)g(am)g(V)m(AG)f(Rounded)h(BT)h +(slanted)1033 1445 y Fc(H)8 b Fa(E)g(L)g(L)s(O)d Fc(,)65 +b(I)e Fa(A)8 b(M)62 b Fc(V)5 b(A)j(G)62 b(R)8 b Fa(O)g(U)g(N)g(D)g(E)g +(D)63 b Fc(B)8 b(T)63 b Fa(S)8 b(M)g(A)g(L)g(L)63 b(C)13 +b(A)8 b(P)g(I)g(TA)g(L)g(S)3864 10511 y Fc(1)p eop end +%%Trailer + +userdict /end-hook known{end-hook}if +%%EOF diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..86c367df2c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.tex @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily +\noindent Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT\\ +{\slshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT slanted}\\ +{\scshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT small capitals}\\ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1406cbb790d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.ps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..88a85cfa180 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.ps @@ -0,0 +1,1350 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0 +%%Creator: dvips(k) 5.92a Copyright 2002 Radical Eye Software +%%Title: sample_eps.dvi +%%BoundingBox: 133 631 342 666 +%%DocumentFonts: VAGRoundedBT_Regular +%%EndComments +%DVIPSWebPage: (www.radicaleye.com) +%DVIPSCommandLine: dvips -E -Pvagrounded sample_eps +%DVIPSParameters: dpi=1200, compressed +%DVIPSSource: TeX output 2003.10.31:1429 +%%BeginProcSet: texc.pro +%! +/TeXDict 300 dict def TeXDict begin/N{def}def/B{bind def}N/S{exch}N/X{S +N}B/A{dup}B/TR{translate}N/isls false N/vsize 11 72 mul N/hsize 8.5 72 +mul N/landplus90{false}def/@rigin{isls{[0 landplus90{1 -1}{-1 1}ifelse 0 +0 0]concat}if 72 Resolution div 72 VResolution div neg scale isls{ +landplus90{VResolution 72 div vsize mul 0 exch}{Resolution -72 div hsize +mul 0}ifelse TR}if Resolution VResolution vsize -72 div 1 add mul TR[ +matrix currentmatrix{A A round sub abs 0.00001 lt{round}if}forall round +exch round exch]setmatrix}N/@landscape{/isls true N}B/@manualfeed{ +statusdict/manualfeed true put}B/@copies{/#copies X}B/FMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0] +N/FBB[0 0 0 0]N/nn 0 N/IEn 0 N/ctr 0 N/df-tail{/nn 8 dict N nn begin +/FontType 3 N/FontMatrix fntrx N/FontBBox FBB N string/base X array +/BitMaps X/BuildChar{CharBuilder}N/Encoding IEn N end A{/foo setfont}2 +array copy cvx N load 0 nn put/ctr 0 N[}B/sf 0 N/df{/sf 1 N/fntrx FMat N +df-tail}B/dfs{div/sf X/fntrx[sf 0 0 sf neg 0 0]N df-tail}B/E{pop nn A +definefont setfont}B/Cw{Cd A length 5 sub get}B/Ch{Cd A length 4 sub get +}B/Cx{128 Cd A length 3 sub get sub}B/Cy{Cd A length 2 sub get 127 sub} +B/Cdx{Cd A length 1 sub get}B/Ci{Cd A type/stringtype ne{ctr get/ctr ctr +1 add N}if}B/id 0 N/rw 0 N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N/G 0 N/CharBuilder{save 3 +1 roll S A/base get 2 index get S/BitMaps get S get/Cd X pop/ctr 0 N Cdx +0 Cx Cy Ch sub Cx Cw add Cy setcachedevice Cw Ch true[1 0 0 -1 -.1 Cx +sub Cy .1 sub]/id Ci N/rw Cw 7 add 8 idiv string N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N{ +rc 0 ne{rc 1 sub/rc X rw}{G}ifelse}imagemask restore}B/G{{id gp get/gp +gp 1 add N A 18 mod S 18 idiv pl S get exec}loop}B/adv{cp add/cp X}B +/chg{rw cp id gp 4 index getinterval putinterval A gp add/gp X adv}B/nd{ +/cp 0 N rw exit}B/lsh{rw cp 2 copy get A 0 eq{pop 1}{A 255 eq{pop 254}{ +A A add 255 and S 1 and or}ifelse}ifelse put 1 adv}B/rsh{rw cp 2 copy +get A 0 eq{pop 128}{A 255 eq{pop 127}{A 2 idiv S 128 and or}ifelse} +ifelse put 1 adv}B/clr{rw cp 2 index string putinterval adv}B/set{rw cp +fillstr 0 4 index getinterval putinterval adv}B/fillstr 18 string 0 1 17 +{2 copy 255 put pop}for N/pl[{adv 1 chg}{adv 1 chg nd}{1 add chg}{1 add +chg nd}{adv lsh}{adv lsh nd}{adv rsh}{adv rsh nd}{1 add adv}{/rc X nd}{ +1 add set}{1 add clr}{adv 2 chg}{adv 2 chg nd}{pop nd}]A{bind pop} +forall N/D{/cc X A type/stringtype ne{]}if nn/base get cc ctr put nn +/BitMaps get S ctr S sf 1 ne{A A length 1 sub A 2 index S get sf div put +}if put/ctr ctr 1 add N}B/I{cc 1 add D}B/bop{userdict/bop-hook known{ +bop-hook}if/SI save N @rigin 0 0 moveto/V matrix currentmatrix A 1 get A +mul exch 0 get A mul add .99 lt{/QV}{/RV}ifelse load def pop pop}N/eop{ +SI restore userdict/eop-hook known{eop-hook}if showpage}N/@start{ +userdict/start-hook known{start-hook}if pop/VResolution X/Resolution X +1000 div/DVImag X/IEn 256 array N 2 string 0 1 255{IEn S A 360 add 36 4 +index cvrs cvn put}for pop 65781.76 div/vsize X 65781.76 div/hsize X}N +/p{show}N/RMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0]N/BDot 260 string N/Rx 0 N/Ry 0 N/V{}B/RV/v{ +/Ry X/Rx X V}B statusdict begin/product where{pop false[(Display)(NeXT) +(LaserWriter 16/600)]{A length product length le{A length product exch 0 +exch getinterval eq{pop true exit}if}{pop}ifelse}forall}{false}ifelse +end{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR 1 1 scale Rx Ry false RMat{BDot}imagemask +grestore}}{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR Rx Ry scale 1 1 false RMat{BDot} +imagemask grestore}}ifelse B/QV{gsave newpath transform round exch round +exch itransform moveto Rx 0 rlineto 0 Ry neg rlineto Rx neg 0 rlineto +fill grestore}B/a{moveto}B/delta 0 N/tail{A/delta X 0 rmoveto}B/M{S p +delta add tail}B/b{S p tail}B/c{-4 M}B/d{-3 M}B/e{-2 M}B/f{-1 M}B/g{0 M} +B/h{1 M}B/i{2 M}B/j{3 M}B/k{4 M}B/w{0 rmoveto}B/l{p -4 w}B/m{p -3 w}B/n{ +p -2 w}B/o{p -1 w}B/q{p 1 w}B/r{p 2 w}B/s{p 3 w}B/t{p 4 w}B/x{0 S +rmoveto}B/y{3 2 roll p a}B/bos{/SS save N}B/eos{SS restore}B end + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginProcSet: 8r.enc +% File 8r.enc as of 2002-03-12 for PSNFSS 9 +% +% This is the encoding vector for Type1 and TrueType fonts to be used +% with TeX. This file is part of the PSNFSS bundle, version 9 +% +% Authors: S. Rahtz, P. MacKay, Alan Jeffrey, B. Horn, K. Berry, W. Schmidt +% +% Idea is to have all the characters normally included in Type 1 fonts +% available for typesetting. This is effectively the characters in Adobe +% Standard Encoding + ISO Latin 1 + extra characters from Lucida + Euro. +% +% Character code assignments were made as follows: +% +% (1) the Windows ANSI characters are almost all in their Windows ANSI +% positions, because some Windows users cannot easily reencode the +% fonts, and it makes no difference on other systems. The only Windows +% ANSI characters not available are those that make no sense for +% typesetting -- rubout (127 decimal), nobreakspace (160), softhyphen +% (173). quotesingle and grave are moved just because it's such an +% irritation not having them in TeX positions. +% +% (2) Remaining characters are assigned arbitrarily to the lower part +% of the range, avoiding 0, 10 and 13 in case we meet dumb software. +% +% (3) Y&Y Lucida Bright includes some extra text characters; in the +% hopes that other PostScript fonts, perhaps created for public +% consumption, will include them, they are included starting at 0x12. +% +% (4) Remaining positions left undefined are for use in (hopefully) +% upward-compatible revisions, if someday more characters are generally +% available. +% +% (5) hyphen appears twice for compatibility with both ASCII and Windows. +% +% (6) /Euro is assigned to 128, as in Windows ANSI +% +/TeXBase1Encoding [ +% 0x00 (encoded characters from Adobe Standard not in Windows 3.1) + /.notdef /dotaccent /fi /fl + /fraction /hungarumlaut /Lslash /lslash + /ogonek /ring /.notdef + /breve /minus /.notdef +% These are the only two remaining unencoded characters, so may as +% well include them. + /Zcaron /zcaron +% 0x10 + /caron /dotlessi +% (unusual TeX characters available in, e.g., Lucida Bright) + /dotlessj /ff /ffi /ffl + /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef + /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef + % very contentious; it's so painful not having quoteleft and quoteright + % at 96 and 145 that we move the things normally found there down to here. + /grave /quotesingle +% 0x20 (ASCII begins) + /space /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign + /dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright + /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus /comma /hyphen /period /slash +% 0x30 + /zero /one /two /three /four /five /six /seven + /eight /nine /colon /semicolon /less /equal /greater /question +% 0x40 + /at /A /B /C /D /E /F /G /H /I /J /K /L /M /N /O +% 0x50 + /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W + /X /Y /Z /bracketleft /backslash /bracketright /asciicircum /underscore +% 0x60 + /quoteleft /a /b /c /d /e /f /g /h /i /j /k /l /m /n /o +% 0x70 + /p /q /r /s /t /u /v /w + /x /y /z /braceleft /bar /braceright /asciitilde + /.notdef % rubout; ASCII ends +% 0x80 + /Euro /.notdef /quotesinglbase /florin + /quotedblbase /ellipsis /dagger /daggerdbl + /circumflex /perthousand /Scaron /guilsinglleft + /OE /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +% 0x90 + /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /quotedblleft + /quotedblright /bullet /endash /emdash + /tilde /trademark /scaron /guilsinglright + /oe /.notdef /.notdef /Ydieresis +% 0xA0 + /.notdef % nobreakspace + /exclamdown /cent /sterling + /currency /yen /brokenbar /section + /dieresis /copyright /ordfeminine /guillemotleft + /logicalnot + /hyphen % Y&Y (also at 45); Windows' softhyphen + /registered + /macron +% 0xD0 + /degree /plusminus /twosuperior /threesuperior + /acute /mu /paragraph /periodcentered + /cedilla /onesuperior /ordmasculine /guillemotright + /onequarter /onehalf /threequarters /questiondown +% 0xC0 + /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde /Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla + /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis + /Igrave /Iacute /Icircumflex /Idieresis +% 0xD0 + /Eth /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute + /Ocircumflex /Otilde /Odieresis /multiply + /Oslash /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex + /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /germandbls +% 0xE0 + /agrave /aacute /acircumflex /atilde + /adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla + /egrave /eacute /ecircumflex /edieresis + /igrave /iacute /icircumflex /idieresis +% 0xF0 + /eth /ntilde /ograve /oacute + /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis /divide + /oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex + /udieresis /yacute /thorn /ydieresis +] def + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginProcSet: texps.pro +%! +TeXDict begin/rf{findfont dup length 1 add dict begin{1 index/FID ne 2 +index/UniqueID ne and{def}{pop pop}ifelse}forall[1 index 0 6 -1 roll +exec 0 exch 5 -1 roll VResolution Resolution div mul neg 0 0]FontType 0 +ne{/Metrics exch def dict begin Encoding{exch dup type/integertype ne{ +pop pop 1 sub dup 0 le{pop}{[}ifelse}{FontMatrix 0 get div Metrics 0 get +div def}ifelse}forall Metrics/Metrics currentdict end def}{{1 index type +/nametype eq{exit}if exch pop}loop}ifelse[2 index currentdict end +definefont 3 -1 roll makefont/setfont cvx]cvx def}def/ObliqueSlant{dup +sin S cos div neg}B/SlantFont{4 index mul add}def/ExtendFont{3 -1 roll +mul exch}def/ReEncodeFont{CharStrings rcheck{/Encoding false def dup[ +exch{dup CharStrings exch known not{pop/.notdef/Encoding true def}if} +forall Encoding{]exch pop}{cleartomark}ifelse}if/Encoding exch def}def +end + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginFont: VAGRoundedBT_Regular +%!PS-AdobeFont-1.0 VAGRoundedBT_Regular Copyright 1990-1993 Bitstream Inc. All rights reserved. +%%CreationDate: Thu Jan 13 11:52:00 2000 +% Converted from TrueType font bvrr8a.ttf by ttf2pt1 program +% +%%EndComments +12 dict begin +/FontInfo 9 dict dup begin +/version (mfgpctt-v1.57 Wednesday, February 24, 1993 12:05:38 pm [EST]) readonly def +/Notice (Copyright 1990-1993 Bitstream Inc. All rights reserved.) readonly def +/FullName (VAG Rounded BT) readonly def +/FamilyName (VAGRounded BT) readonly def +/Weight (Regular) readonly def +/ItalicAngle 0.000000 def +/isFixedPitch false def +/UnderlinePosition -110 def +/UnderlineThickness 102 def +end readonly def +/FontName /VAGRoundedBT_Regular def +/PaintType 0 def +/StrokeWidth 0 def +/FontType 1 def +/FontMatrix [0.001 0 0 0.001 0 0] def +/FontBBox {-47 -236 1032 989} readonly def +/Encoding 256 array +dup 0 /.notdef put +dup 1 /.notdef put +dup 2 /.notdef put +dup 3 /.notdef put +dup 4 /.notdef put +dup 5 /.notdef put +dup 6 /.notdef put +dup 7 /.notdef put +dup 8 /.notdef put +dup 9 /.notdef put +dup 10 /.notdef put +dup 11 /.notdef put +dup 12 /.notdef put +dup 13 /.notdef put +dup 14 /.notdef put +dup 15 /.notdef put +dup 16 /.notdef put +dup 17 /.notdef put +dup 18 /.notdef put +dup 19 /.notdef put +dup 20 /.notdef put +dup 21 /.notdef put +dup 22 /.notdef put +dup 23 /.notdef put +dup 24 /.notdef put +dup 25 /.notdef put +dup 26 /.notdef put +dup 27 /.notdef put +dup 28 /.notdef put +dup 29 /.notdef put +dup 30 /.notdef put +dup 31 /.notdef put +dup 32 /space put +dup 33 /exclam put +dup 34 /quotedbl put +dup 35 /numbersign put +dup 36 /dollar put +dup 37 /percent put +dup 38 /ampersand put +dup 39 /quotesingle put +dup 40 /parenleft put +dup 41 /parenright put +dup 42 /asterisk put +dup 43 /plus put +dup 44 /comma put +dup 45 /hyphen put +dup 46 /period put +dup 47 /slash put +dup 48 /zero put +dup 49 /one put +dup 50 /two put +dup 51 /three put +dup 52 /four put +dup 53 /five put +dup 54 /six put +dup 55 /seven put +dup 56 /eight put +dup 57 /nine put +dup 58 /colon put +dup 59 /semicolon put +dup 60 /less put +dup 61 /equal put +dup 62 /greater put +dup 63 /question put +dup 64 /at put +dup 65 /A put +dup 66 /B put +dup 67 /C put +dup 68 /D put +dup 69 /E put +dup 70 /F put +dup 71 /G put +dup 72 /H put +dup 73 /I put +dup 74 /J put +dup 75 /K put +dup 76 /L put +dup 77 /M put +dup 78 /N put +dup 79 /O put +dup 80 /P put +dup 81 /Q put +dup 82 /R put +dup 83 /S put +dup 84 /T put +dup 85 /U put +dup 86 /V put +dup 87 /W put +dup 88 /X put +dup 89 /Y put +dup 90 /Z put +dup 91 /bracketleft put +dup 92 /backslash put +dup 93 /bracketright put +dup 94 /asciicircum put +dup 95 /underscore put +dup 96 /grave put +dup 97 /a put +dup 98 /b put +dup 99 /c put +dup 100 /d put +dup 101 /e put +dup 102 /f put +dup 103 /g put +dup 104 /h put +dup 105 /i put +dup 106 /j put +dup 107 /k put +dup 108 /l put +dup 109 /m put +dup 110 /n put +dup 111 /o put +dup 112 /p put +dup 113 /q put +dup 114 /r put +dup 115 /s put +dup 116 /t put +dup 117 /u put +dup 118 /v put +dup 119 /w put +dup 120 /x put +dup 121 /y put +dup 122 /z put +dup 123 /braceleft put +dup 124 /bar put +dup 125 /braceright put +dup 126 /asciitilde put +dup 127 /.notdef put +dup 128 /.notdef put +dup 129 /.notdef put +dup 130 /quotesinglbase put +dup 131 /florin put +dup 132 /quotedblbase put +dup 133 /ellipsis put +dup 134 /dagger put +dup 135 /daggerdbl put +dup 136 /circumflex put +dup 137 /perthousand put +dup 138 /Scaron put +dup 139 /guilsinglleft put +dup 140 /OE put +dup 141 /.notdef put +dup 142 /.notdef put +dup 143 /.notdef put +dup 144 /.notdef put +dup 145 /quoteleft put +dup 146 /quoteright put +dup 147 /quotedblleft put +dup 148 /quotedblright put +dup 149 /bullet put +dup 150 /endash put +dup 151 /emdash put +dup 152 /tilde put +dup 153 /trademark put +dup 154 /scaron put +dup 155 /guilsinglright put +dup 156 /oe put +dup 157 /.notdef put +dup 158 /.notdef put +dup 159 /Ydieresis put +dup 160 /nbspace put +dup 161 /exclamdown put +dup 162 /cent put +dup 163 /sterling put +dup 164 /currency put +dup 165 /yen put +dup 166 /brokenbar put +dup 167 /section put +dup 168 /dieresis put +dup 169 /copyright put +dup 170 /ordfeminine put +dup 171 /guillemotleft put +dup 172 /logicalnot put +dup 173 /sfthyphen put +dup 174 /registered put +dup 175 /macron put +dup 176 /degree put +dup 177 /plusminus put +dup 178 /twosuperior put +dup 179 /threesuperior put +dup 180 /acute put +dup 181 /mu put +dup 182 /paragraph put +dup 183 /periodcentered put +dup 184 /cedilla put +dup 185 /onesuperior put +dup 186 /ordmasculine put +dup 187 /guillemotright put +dup 188 /onequarter put +dup 189 /onehalf put +dup 190 /threequarters put +dup 191 /questiondown put +dup 192 /Agrave put +dup 193 /Aacute put +dup 194 /Acircumflex put +dup 195 /Atilde put +dup 196 /Adieresis put +dup 197 /Aring put +dup 198 /AE put +dup 199 /Ccedilla put +dup 200 /Egrave put +dup 201 /Eacute put +dup 202 /Ecircumflex put +dup 203 /Edieresis put +dup 204 /Igrave put +dup 205 /Iacute put +dup 206 /Icircumflex put +dup 207 /Idieresis put +dup 208 /Eth put +dup 209 /Ntilde put +dup 210 /Ograve put +dup 211 /Oacute put +dup 212 /Ocircumflex put +dup 213 /Otilde put +dup 214 /Odieresis put +dup 215 /multiply put +dup 216 /Oslash put +dup 217 /Ugrave put +dup 218 /Uacute put +dup 219 /Ucircumflex put +dup 220 /Udieresis put +dup 221 /Yacute put +dup 222 /Thorn put +dup 223 /germandbls put +dup 224 /agrave put +dup 225 /aacute put +dup 226 /acircumflex put +dup 227 /atilde put +dup 228 /adieresis put +dup 229 /aring put +dup 230 /ae put +dup 231 /ccedilla put +dup 232 /egrave put +dup 233 /eacute put +dup 234 /ecircumflex put +dup 235 /edieresis put +dup 236 /igrave put +dup 237 /iacute put +dup 238 /icircumflex put +dup 239 /idieresis put +dup 240 /eth put +dup 241 /ntilde put +dup 242 /ograve put +dup 243 /oacute put +dup 244 /ocircumflex put +dup 245 /otilde put +dup 246 /odieresis put +dup 247 /divide put +dup 248 /oslash put +dup 249 /ugrave put +dup 250 /uacute put +dup 251 /ucircumflex put +dup 252 /udieresis put +dup 253 /yacute put +dup 254 /thorn put +dup 255 /ydieresis put +readonly def +currentdict end +currentfile eexec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cleartomark + + +%%EndFont +TeXDict begin 40258437 52099154 1000 1200 1200 (sample_eps.dvi) +@start /Fa 170[98 63 73 2[80 100 99 115 61 2[39 3[67 +93 80 1[83 65[{TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont}13 132.835 +/VAGRoundedBT_Regular rf /Fb 138[96 55 72 3[96 98 146 +46 6[93 100 2[100 10[96 1[78 1[99 8[49 124 120 4[102 +104 20[38 44[{0.167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont}19 +166.044 /VAGRoundedBT_Regular rf /Fc 138[96 5[96 98 146 +46 6[93 100 2[100 10[96 1[78 1[99 8[49 124 120 4[102 +104 20[38 44[{TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont}17 166.044 +/VAGRoundedBT_Regular rf end +%%EndProlog +%%BeginSetup +%%Feature: *Resolution 1200dpi +TeXDict begin + end +%%EndSetup +TeXDict begin 1 0 bop 1029 1046 a Fc(Hello,)54 b(I)g(am)g(V)m(AG)f +(Rounded)h(BT)1029 1245 y Fb(Hello,)g(I)g(am)g(V)m(AG)f(Rounded)h(BT)h +(slanted)1033 1445 y Fc(H)8 b Fa(E)g(L)g(L)s(O)d Fc(,)65 +b(I)e Fa(A)8 b(M)62 b Fc(V)5 b(A)j(G)62 b(R)8 b Fa(O)g(U)g(N)g(D)g(E)g +(D)63 b Fc(B)8 b(T)63 b Fa(S)8 b(M)g(A)g(L)g(L)63 b(C)13 +b(A)8 b(P)g(I)g(TA)g(L)g(S)p eop end +%%Trailer + +userdict /end-hook known{end-hook}if +%%EOF diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bd37b5302cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.tex @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\pagestyle{empty} +\begin{document} +\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily +\noindent Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT\\ +{\slshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT slanted}\\ +{\scshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT small capitals}\\ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.css b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.css new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d1824aff421 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.css @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */ +.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; } +.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic } +.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold } + +/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */ +SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small } +SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small } +SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller } +SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small } +SMALL.SMALL { } +BIG.LARGE { } +BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large } +BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large } +BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger } +BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large } + +/* heading styles */ +H1 { } +H2 { } +H3 { } +H4 { } +H5 { } + +/* mathematics styles */ +DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */ +TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */ + + +/* document-specific styles come next */ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6bd36a17edd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.html @@ -0,0 +1,617 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> + +<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.70) +original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds +* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan +* with significant contributions from: + Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others --> +<HTML> +<HEAD> +<TITLE>Using TrueType fonts with TEX via Postscript Type1 format</TITLE> +<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Using TrueType fonts with TEX via Postscript Type1 format"> +<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ttf-tetex"> +<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document"> +<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global"> + +<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1"> +<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css"> + +<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ttf-tetex.css"> + +</HEAD> + +<BODY > + +<P> +<H1 ALIGN="CENTER">Using TrueType fonts with T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X via Postscript Type1 format</H1><DIV> + +<P ALIGN="CENTER"><STRONG>Harald Harders + (<A NAME="tex2html2" + HREF="mailto:h.harders@tu-bs.de"><TT>h.harders@tu-bs.de</TT></A>)</STRONG></P> +<P ALIGN="CENTER"><STRONG>2003-10-31</STRONG></P> +</DIV> + +<P> + +<H3>Abstract:</H3> +<DIV> +This document describes how I have managed to use TrueType +fonts with teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X 1.0 under SuSE Linux 6.2.<A NAME="tex2html3" + HREF="#foot30"><SUP>1</SUP></A> The way described in +``Using TrueType fonts with T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X (L<SUP><SMALL>A</SMALL></SUP>T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X) and pdfT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X (pdfL<SUP><SMALL>A</SMALL></SUP>T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X)'' +[<A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#rakityansky">Rak</A>] did work with MiKT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X, but I did not manage to use +the fonts with teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X. + +<P> +Strictly speaking this document doesn't describe how to use TrueType +fonts with teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X but how to convert TrueType fonts to PostScript +Type1 format which can be used with T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X. + +<P> +The shown shell commands are unix style. +Similar commands should also work under Windows. +Please try yourself to find the according commands. + +<P> +If I have made any errors or if you have a suggestion please mail it +to me. + +<P> +A <A NAME="tex2html4" + HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/ttf-tetex.pdf"><TT>PDF version</TT></A> +is also available. +<P> +</DIV> +<P> + +<P> +<BR> + +<H2><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000"> +Contents</A> +</H2> +<!--Table of Contents--> + +<UL> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html39" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00020000000000000000">1 Disclaimer</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html40" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00030000000000000000">2 Preparing the conversion</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html41" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00040000000000000000">3 Generating the Postscript Type1 fonts</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html42" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00050000000000000000">4 Generating the TEX related font files</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html43" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00060000000000000000">5 Move the files to the right places</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html44" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00070000000000000000">6 Make dvips find the new font</A> +<UL> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html45" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00071000000000000000">6.1 Use an additional map file</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html46" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00072000000000000000">6.2 Append data to the global map file</A> +</UL><BR> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html47" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00080000000000000000">7 Usage of the new font</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html48" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00090000000000000000">A. To do</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html49" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION000100000000000000000">B. Links</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html50" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION000110000000000000000">C. References</A> +<LI><A NAME="tex2html51" + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION000120000000000000000">Bibliography</A> +</UL> +<!--End of Table of Contents--> +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000"> +1 Disclaimer</A> +</H1> + +<P> +This document is provides as is. +I will not guarantee that the described conversion works and that it +doesn't course any damage. +I also will not give any support for problems doing the conversion. +Please refer to the newsgroups, e.g., comp.text.tex or +de.comp.text.tex. +My email address is given to give feedback (suggestions, error +reports), not for support. + +<P> +I don't know if the shown conversion violates any copyrights. + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION00030000000000000000"> +2 Preparing the conversion</A> +</H1> + +<P> +As an example I will show how to convert the font ``VAG Rounded BT'' which +is part of Microsoft Windows 98 (<code>tt0756m_.TTF</code>). + +<P> +First copy the fonts you want to convert into a temporary directory +(e.g., a Windows disk is mounted on /dos/c): +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ mkdir ~/ttf</code> +<BR><code>$ cp /dos/c/windows/fonts/tt0756m_.TTF ~/ttf</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> +Then rename the files to a name conforming the fontname scheme by K. Berry +[<A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#berry1999a">Ber99</A>]. In this case the supplier is ``Bitstream'' (Filename +<code>b*******.ttf</code>)<A NAME="tex2html5" + HREF="#foot43"><SUP>2</SUP></A>. The Shortcut for the typeface is ``vr'' (Filename +<code>*vr*****.ttf</code>) taken from [<A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#berry1999a">Ber99</A>]. The weight is +``regular'' (Filename <code>***r****.ttf</code>). The variant is omitted +because itself and the width are normal. The encoding is set to ``8a'' +which means Adobe standard encoding<A NAME="tex2html6" + HREF="#foot45"><SUP>3</SUP></A> (Filename <code>****8a**.ttf</code>). Because the +width is standard and the font is linearly scaled, these parts of the +filename are omitted. Finally the filename results in <code>bvrr8a.ttf</code>. Move +the original file to this filename: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ mv tt0756m_.TTF bvrr8a.ttf</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> +A more detailed description on the naming conventions can be found in +[<A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#berry1999a">Ber99</A>]. + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION00040000000000000000"> +3 Generating the Postscript Type1 fonts</A> +</H1> + +<P> +To convert the TrueType font to Postscript Type1 format I used the program +<code>ttf2pt1</code> by Andrew Weeks et al. +(<TT><A NAME="tex2html7" + HREF="http://ttf2pt1.sourceforge.net/">http://ttf2pt1.sourceforge.net/</A></TT>). Generate the font files +<code>bvrr8a.afm</code>, <code>bvrr8a.pfa</code>, and <code>bvrr8a.pfb</code> by using +these commands: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ ttf2pt1 -a -e bvrr8a.ttf bvrr8a</code> +<BR><code>$ ttf2pt1 -a -b bvrr8a.ttf bvrr8a</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +The switch <code>-a</code> switches the conversion of some ligatures +(e.g., fi) on (thanks to Hume Smith for that hint). +In one of the last lines of the output the fontname is noted: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>FontName VAGRoundedBT_Regular</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +Note the name on a sheet of paper--You will need it later again. + +<P> +The script +<A NAME="tex2html8" + HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/ttf2type1"><TT>ttf2type1</TT></A> +does these conversion automaticaly for all files with +the extension <code>ttf</code> in the present working directory. To get the +font names you should start it as follows: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ ./ttf2type1 2>&1 | grep FontName</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION00050000000000000000"> +4 Generating the T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X related font files</A> +</H1> + +<P> +Use ``fontinst'' by Alan Jeffrey and Rowland McDonnell +(<TT><A NAME="tex2html9" + HREF="ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontinst">ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontinst</A></TT>) to +generate the files that T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X needs to use the fonts: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ tex fontinst.sty</code> +<BR><code>* \latinfamily{bvr}{} \bye</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> +If you use fonts with different variants you have to append the letter of +the variant to the family name of the font (e.g., VAGRoundedBT_Condensed +would be bvrc). +This automatic conversion only works if you are using a text font and +if you have used file names according to the fontname scheme by +K. Berry [<A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#berry1999a">Ber99</A>]. +Otherwise, you will get some nearly empty <code>.fd</code> files and nothing +more. + +<P> +Now use pltotf on every file with the extension <code>.pl</code> and +vptovf on all files with the extension <code>.vpl</code>: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ for a in *.pl; do pltotf $a; done</code> +<BR><code>$ for a in *.vpl; do vptovf $a; done</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +Now you may delete all files that are not used anymore: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ rm *.pl *.vpl *.mtx</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> +The manual of the fontinst package includes a better description. + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION00060000000000000000"> +5 Move the files to the right places</A> +</H1> + +<P> +Now all files have to be moved to a position where T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X can find them. I +suggest to put them in the <code>TEXMFLOCAL</code> tree. +One possibility to get its location is to view the file <code>texmf.cnf</code>. +You can locate it by using <code>kpsewhich</code>: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ kpsewhich texmf.cnf</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> +e.g., on SuSE 6.2 and teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X 1.0 <code>texmf.cnf</code> is located in the directory +<code>/etc/texmf/</code>. +Another possibility to get <code>TEXMFLOCAL</code> is to use <code>kpsexpand</code>: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ kpsexpand '$TEXMFLOCAL'</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +On my computer the <code>TEXMFLOCAL</code> tree starts at +<code>/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf.local</code>. The <code>TEXMFMAIN</code> tree starts at +<code>/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf</code>. +In order to have less work I set the shell variable <code>TMF</code> to the +local T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X tree by typing: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ export TMF=`kpsexpand '$TEXMFLOCAL'`</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> + +<P> +The files of each file type are installed in an own directory tree +which has this structure: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$TMF/fonts/</code><extension><code>/</code><supplier><code>/</code><fontname><code>/</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +In this case: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$TMF/fonts/</code><extension><code>/bitstream/vagrounded/</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +The extensions are: <code>tfm</code>, <code>vf</code>, <code>pfa</code>, +<code>afm</code>, and <code>ttf</code>. +The extension <code>pfb</code> is an exception, its files have to be copied +to the subdirectory ...<code>/type1/</code>.... +Copy the files by typing: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ for a in tfm vf pfa afm ttf; do</code> +<BR><code>> mkdirhier $TMF/fonts/$a/bitstream/vagrounded;</code> +<BR><code>> mv *.$a $TMF/fonts/$a/bitstream/vagrounded;</code> +<BR><code>> done</code> +<BR><code>$ mkdirhier $TMF/fonts/type1/bitstream/vagrounded;</code> +<BR><code>$ mv *.pfb $TMF/fonts/type1/bitstream/vagrounded;</code> +<BR> +</BLOCKQUOTE> +You do not really need to copy the <code>ttf</code> and <code>pfa</code> files +into the directory because T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X does not use them. +I just did it to save them at a special place where I surely find +them, if I need them for other purposes later. + +<P> +Move the <code>*.fd</code> files to the directory +<code>$TMF/tex/latex/psnfss/</code>: <BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ mkdirhier $TMF/tex/latex/psnfss</code> +<BR><code>$ mv *.fd $TMF/tex/latex/psnfss</code> +<BR> +</BLOCKQUOTE> + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION00070000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:mapping"></A><BR> +6 Make dvips find the new font +</H1> + +<P> +There are at least two possibilities to make dvips find the new font. +The first has a simple installation but it' usage is a little bit more +complicated and it does not enable xdvi to use the font. The second +possibility has a more complicated installation +and may leed to problems when updating L<SUP><SMALL>A</SMALL></SUP>T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X later. But it enables +xdvi to use the new fonts. + +<P> + +<H2><A NAME="SECTION00071000000000000000"> +6.1 Use an additional map file</A> +</H2> + +<P> +Create the file +<A NAME="tex2html10" + HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/config.vagrounded"><TT>$TMF/dvips/vagrounded/config.vagrounded</TT></A> +with these contents: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>o</code> +<BR><code>p +vagrounded.map</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +Create the file <A NAME="tex2html11" + HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/vagrounded.map"><TT>$TMF/dvips/vagrounded/vagrounded.map</TT></A> +with these contents (<I>Each font definition is in one single + line.</I> So in this example each line starts with <code>bvr</code> and ends +with <code><bvrr8a.pfb</code>. ): +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>bvrr8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular</code><code> "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <bvrr8a.pfb</code> +<BR><code>bvrro8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular</code><code> "0.167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont"</code><code> <8r.enc <bvrr8a.pfb</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +<P> +The first item is the filename of the TrueType font with ``8r'' instead of +``8a''. The second item is the font name you held in mind, +hopefully. The next items are the same all times. The last one is the +filename of the TrueType font with the extension <code>.pfb</code>. +Don't use the tabulator character in the mapping file because this +causes trouble with the <code>updmap</code> tool generating the map file for +pdfL<SUP><SMALL>A</SMALL></SUP>T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X. Use one single space instead. + +<P> +In the second line the slanted shape of the font is defined. +The fontinst package generates slanted, italic and small capital +shapes of the font automatically if no special font file is available. +To use the generated slanted shape the second line is necessary. + +<P> +Additional font effects can be reached by using afm2tfm. Type +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ info afm2tfm</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> +and go to the section ``Special font effects'' (This was a hint of +Thomas Henlich (<A NAME="tex2html12" + HREF="mailto:henlich@mmers1.mw.tu-dresden.de"><TT>henlich@mmers1.mw.tu-dresden.de</TT></A>)). + +<P> +Finally type +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ texhash</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> +to update the T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X file database. + +<P> + +<H2><A NAME="SECTION00072000000000000000"> +6.2 Append data to the global map file</A> +</H2> + +<P> +This technique was suggested by Nguyên-Dai Quý +(<A NAME="tex2html13" + HREF="mailto:daiquy.nguyen@ulg.ac.be"><TT>daiquy.nguyen@ulg.ac.be</TT></A>) [<A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#quy2000a">Quý00</A>]. +There are different possibilities to append the map lines to the +global map file. +Here, only the simplest (and best) possibility is described. +It works with all relativley recent teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X versions. + +<P> +Before you can do it the T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X file database has to be updated if that +has not been done, yet: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ texhash</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> + +<P> +Then, just type +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ updmap --enable Map vagrounded.map</code> +</BLOCKQUOTE> +If you have generated more than one map file you have to repeat that +line for each map file. +It is not possible to enable multiple map files in one call of +<TT>updmap</TT>. + +<P> +When you install a new version of teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X probably the added map +entries get lost. +Then you have to repeat the <TT>updmap</TT> calls again. + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION00080000000000000000"> +7 Usage of the new font</A> +</H1> + +<P> +To use the new font you simple have to insert +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +into you T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X sourcecode. For example <A NAME="tex2html15" + HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/sample.tex"><TT>sample.tex</TT></A> +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>\documentclass{article}</code> +<BR><code>\begin{document}</code> +<BR><code>\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily</code> +<BR><code>\noindent Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT</code> +<BR><code>{\slshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT slanted}\\</code> +<BR><code>{\scshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT small capitals}\\</code> +<BR><code>\end{document}</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +It is more elegant to create an new style file that switches to your +new font. +The style file <A NAME="tex2html16" + HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/vagrounded.sty"><TT>vagrounded.sty</TT></A> +is an +example how this can be done. +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>\ProvidesPackage{vagrounded}</code> +<BR><code>[2000/05/12 VAG-Rounded font as default sf font]</code> +<BR><code>%%</code> +<BR><code>\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{bvr}</code> +<BR><code>%%</code> +<BR><code>\AtEndDocument{\PackageWarningNoLine{vagrounded.sty}%</code> +<BR><code> {Ensure to use dvips with the option -Pvagrounded}}</code> +<BR><code>%%</code> +<BR> +</BLOCKQUOTE> + +<P> +If you have not included the mapping entries to the file +<code>psfonts.map</code> (section <A HREF="#sec:mapping">6</A>) you also have to tell +dvips that it should use the font: +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<code>$ latex sample</code> +<BR><code>$ dvips -Pvagrounded sample</code> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +This should produce the PostScript file +<A NAME="tex2html17" + HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/sample.ps"><TT>sample.ps</TT></A> +which looks like figure <A HREF="#fig:beispiel">1</A>. + +<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:beispiel"></A><A NAME="135"></A> +<TABLE> +<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 1:</STRONG> +Sample of the font VAGRounded BT</CAPTION> +<TR><TD><DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><IMG + WIDTH="328" HEIGHT="52" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" + SRC="img2.gif" + ALT="\includegraphics{sample_eps}"> +</DIV></TD></TR> +</TABLE> +</DIV> + +<P> + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION00090000000000000000"> +A. To do</A> +</H1> + +<P> +Nguyên-Dai Quý has complained that the fontnames contain the +underscore (<code>_</code>) instead of the minus (<code>-</code>). +I have not been able to find out whether this causes problems using +the fonts. +But I also know that nobody uses fonts with an underscore in the name. +So I should find out whether the underscores may cause problems e.g., +when including eps files which use these fonts (e.g., from Adobe +Illustrator). + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION000100000000000000000"> +B. Links</A> +</H1> + +<P> +Nguyên-Dai Quý has written a script that does all or most of the +conversion automatically [<A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#quy2000a">Quý00</A>]. +It is available from +<TT><A NAME="tex2html18" + HREF="http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/">http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/</A></TT>. +This script also replaces the underscores by minuses in the +fontnames. + +<P> +Hume Smith has developed a method that does not include the Type1 +fonts into the postscript file but tells ghostscript to use the +TrueType fonts directly [<A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#smith2001a">Smi01</A>]. +He says that this approach avoids some problems with some fonts. +But these files are not portable anymore because they do not contain +the used fonts. +His description is available from +<TT><A NAME="tex2html19" + HREF="http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html">http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html</A></TT>. + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION000110000000000000000"> +C. References</A> +</H1> + +<H2><A NAME="SECTION000120000000000000000"> +Bibliography</A> +</H2><DL COMPACT><DD><P></P><DT><A NAME="berry1999a">Ber99</A> +<DD> +K. Berry. +<BR>Fontname, March 1999. +<BR><TT><A NAME="tex2html20" + HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/fontname/">ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/fontname/</A></TT>. + +<P></P><DT><A NAME="quy2000a">Quý00</A> +<DD> +Nguyên-Dai Quý. +<BR>Truetype with tetex : Quick and dirty, 2000. +<BR><TT><A NAME="tex2html21" + HREF="http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/">http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/</A></TT>. + +<P></P><DT><A NAME="rakityansky">Rak</A> +<DD> +Damir Rakityansky. +<BR>Using TrueType with TeX (LaTeX) and pdfTeX (pdfLaTeX). +<BR><TT><A NAME="tex2html22" + HREF="http://www.radamir.com/tex/ttf-tex.htm">http://www.radamir.com/tex/ttf-tex.htm</A></TT>. + +<P></P><DT><A NAME="smith2001a">Smi01</A> +<DD> +Hume Smith. +<BR>Kwantus' TTF/teTeX notes, 2001. +<BR><TT><A NAME="tex2html23" + HREF="http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html">http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html</A></TT>. +</DL> + +<P> + +<H1><A NAME="SECTION000130000000000000000"> +About this document ...</A> +</H1> + <STRONG>Using TrueType fonts with T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X via Postscript Type1 format</STRONG><P> +This document was generated using the +<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.70) +<P> +Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, +<A HREF="http://cbl.leeds.ac.uk/nikos/personal.html">Nikos Drakos</A>, +Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds. +<BR>Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999, +<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>, +Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney. +<P> +The command line arguments were: <BR> + <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-split 0 -show_section_numbers -local_icons -no_navigation -image_type gif -dir html/ ttf-tetex</TT> +<P> +The translation was initiated by Harald Harders on 2003-10-31<BR><HR><H4>Footnotes</H4> +<DL> +<DT><A NAME="foot30">... 6.2.</A><A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#tex2html3"><SUP>1</SUP></A></DT> +<DD>The updmap + section has been updated to teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X 2.0. + +</DD> +<DT><A NAME="foot43">... +<code>b*******.ttf</code>)</A><A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#tex2html5"><SUP>2</SUP></A></DT> +<DD>You can find this out by viewing the + file with less. + +</DD> +<DT><A NAME="foot45">... encoding</A><A + HREF="ttf-tetex.html#tex2html6"><SUP>3</SUP></A></DT> +<DD>Maybe the TrueType font + is in Windows encoding, but the approach using ``8a'' worked fine, + so I won't change it. + +</DD> +</DL><BR><HR> +<ADDRESS> +Harald Harders +2003-10-31 +</ADDRESS> +</BODY> +</HTML> diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9609b02a910 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5dc72e131e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.tex @@ -0,0 +1,444 @@ +\documentclass[a4paper,fleqn,11pt]{article} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % use T1 fonts +\usepackage{graphicx} % graphic inclusion commands +\usepackage{url} % internet addresses +\newcommand*{\orgurl}{} +\let\orgurl=\url % save original url command in orgurl +\usepackage{html} % make compilable for latex2html + % hint by Heiko Oberdiek, oberdiek@ruf.uni-freiburg.de +\usepackage{hyperref} % hyper references +\usepackage{thumbpdf} % pdf thumbnails + +% setup for pdf file format +\hypersetup{% + pdftitle={Using TrueType fonts with \TeX\ via Postscript Type\,1 format}, + pdfsubject={Using TrueType fonts with \TeX\ via Postscript Type\,1 format}, + pdfkeywords={truetype, pdftex, pdflatex, dvips, type1, postscript, + font, tex, latex}, + pdfauthor={Harald Harders (mailto:h.harders@tu-bs.de)}, + pdfcreator={\LaTeX}, + pdfproducer={pdf\LaTeX}, + bookmarksopen=true, + bookmarksnumbered=true, + pdfstartview={FitH 1000}, +% pdfview={Fit H 1000} +} +% use color links only in pdf file (because ps file does not have +% active links) +\makeatletter +\ifx\pdftexversion\undefined +\else + \hypersetup{colorlinks=true} +\fi +%\@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{}{\hypersetup{colorlinks=true}} +\makeatother + +% one command for references in both pdf and html output +\latexhtml{% + \newcommand{\hypref}[2]{\href{#2}{\texttt{#1}}} +}{% + \newcommand{\hypref}[2]{\htmladdnormallink{\texttt{#1}}{#2}} +} +%\newcommand{\hypref}[2]{\latexhtml{\href{#2}{\texttt{#1}}} +% {\htmladdnormallink{\texttt{#1}}{#2}}} + +% data for the title page +\title{Using TrueType fonts with \TeX\ via Postscript Type\,1 format} +\author{Harald Harders + (\hypref{\orgurl{h.harders@tu-bs.de}}{mailto:h.harders@tu-bs.de})} +\date{2003-10-31} + +% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +\begin{document} +% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +% titlepage +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +\noindent This document describes how I have managed to use TrueType +fonts with te\TeX\ 1.0 under SuSE Linux 6.2.\footnote{The updmap + section has been updated to te\TeX\ 2.0.} The way described in +``Using TrueType fonts with \TeX\ (\LaTeX) and pdf\TeX\ (pdf\LaTeX)'' +\cite{rakityansky} did work with MiK\TeX, but I did not manage to use +the fonts with te\TeX. + +Strictly speaking this document doesn't describe how to use TrueType +fonts with te\TeX\ but how to convert TrueType fonts to PostScript +Type\,1 format which can be used with \TeX. + +The shown shell commands are unix style. +Similar commands should also work under Windows. +Please try yourself to find the according commands. + +If I have made any errors or if you have a suggestion please mail it +to me. + +\latexhtml{% + This document can be downloaded from + \url{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/} + (PDF and html available).% +}{% + A \hypref{PDF version% + }{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/ttf-tetex.pdf} + is also available.% +} +\end{abstract} + +\tableofcontents + +% the document itself +\section{Disclaimer} + +This document is provides as is. +I will not guarantee that the described conversion works and that it +doesn't course any damage. +I also will not give any support for problems doing the conversion. +Please refer to the newsgroups, e.g., \orgurl{comp.text.tex} or +\orgurl{de.comp.text.tex}. +My email address is given to give feedback (suggestions, error +reports), not for support. + +I don't know if the shown conversion violates any copyrights. + + + +\section{Preparing the conversion} + +As an example I will show how to convert the font ``VAG Rounded BT'' which +is part of Microsoft Windows 98 (\verb|tt0756m_.TTF|). + +First copy the fonts you want to convert into a temporary directory +(e.g., a Windows disk is mounted on /dos/c): +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ mkdir ~/ttf|\\ %$ +% The comment in the line above is a workaround for the corrupted +% xemacs syntax highlightning which does not recognize that the $ sign +% is within the argument of the \verb command. +\verb|$ cp /dos/c/windows/fonts/tt0756m_.TTF ~/ttf| %$ +\end{quote} +Then rename the files to a name conforming the fontname scheme by K.~Berry +\cite{berry1999a}. In this case the supplier is ``Bitstream'' (Filename +\verb|b*******.ttf|)\footnote{You can find this out by viewing the + file with less.}. The Shortcut for the typeface is ``vr'' (Filename +\verb|*vr*****.ttf|) taken from \cite{berry1999a}. The weight is +``regular'' (Filename \verb|***r****.ttf|). The variant is omitted +because itself and the width are normal. The encoding is set to ``8a'' +which means Adobe standard encoding\footnote{Maybe the TrueType font + is in Windows encoding, but the approach using ``8a'' worked fine, + so I won't change it.} (Filename \verb|****8a**.ttf|). Because the +width is standard and the font is linearly scaled, these parts of the +filename are omitted. Finally the filename results in \verb|bvrr8a.ttf|. Move +the original file to this filename: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ mv tt0756m_.TTF bvrr8a.ttf| %$ +\end{quote} +A more detailed description on the naming conventions can be found in +\cite{berry1999a}. + +\section{Generating the Postscript Type\,1 fonts} + +To convert the TrueType font to Postscript Type\,1 format I used the program +\verb|ttf2pt1| by Andrew Weeks et~al. +(\url{http://ttf2pt1.sourceforge.net/}). Generate the font files +\verb|bvrr8a.afm|, \verb|bvrr8a.pfa|, and \verb|bvrr8a.pfb| by using +these commands: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ ttf2pt1 -a -e bvrr8a.ttf bvrr8a|\\ +\verb|$ ttf2pt1 -a -b bvrr8a.ttf bvrr8a| +\end{quote} +The switch \verb|-a| switches the conversion of some ligatures +(e.g., fi) on (thanks to Hume Smith for that hint). +In one of the last lines of the output the fontname is noted: +\begin{quote} +\verb|FontName VAGRoundedBT_Regular| +\end{quote} +Note the name on a sheet of paper---You will need it later again. + +The script +\hypref{ttf2type1}{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/ttf2type1} +does these conversion automaticaly for all files with +the extension \verb|ttf| in the present working directory. To get the +font names you should start it as follows: +\begin{quote} +\verb_$ ./ttf2type1 2>&1 | grep FontName_ %$ +\end{quote} + +\section{Generating the \TeX\ related font files} + +Use ``fontinst'' by Alan Jeffrey and Rowland McDonnell +(\url{ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontinst}) to +generate the files that \TeX\ needs to use the fonts: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ tex fontinst.sty|\\ +\verb|* \latinfamily{bvr}{} \bye| %$ +\end{quote} +If you use fonts with different variants you have to append the letter of +the variant to the family name of the font (e.g., VAGRoundedBT\_Condensed +would be bvrc). +This automatic conversion only works if you are using a text font and +if you have used file names according to the fontname scheme by +K.~Berry~\cite{berry1999a}. +Otherwise, you will get some nearly empty \verb|.fd| files and nothing +more. + +Now use pltotf on every file with the extension \verb|.pl| and +vptovf on all files with the extension \verb|.vpl|: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ for a in *.pl; do pltotf $a; done|\\ +\verb|$ for a in *.vpl; do vptovf $a; done| +\end{quote} +Now you may delete all files that are not used anymore: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ rm *.pl *.vpl *.mtx| %$ +\end{quote} +The manual of the fontinst package includes a better description. + +\section{Move the files to the right places} + +Now all files have to be moved to a position where \TeX\ can find them. I +suggest to put them in the \verb|TEXMFLOCAL| tree. +One possibility to get its location is to view the file \verb|texmf.cnf|. +You can locate it by using \verb|kpsewhich|: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ kpsewhich texmf.cnf| %$ +\end{quote} +e.g., on SuSE~6.2 and te\TeX~1.0 \verb|texmf.cnf| is located in the directory +\verb|/etc/texmf/|. +Another possibility to get \verb|TEXMFLOCAL| is to use \verb|kpsexpand|: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ kpsexpand '$TEXMFLOCAL'| +\end{quote} +On my computer the \verb|TEXMFLOCAL| tree starts at +\verb|/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf.local|. The \verb|TEXMFMAIN| tree starts at +\verb|/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf|. +In order to have less work I set the shell variable \verb|TMF| to the +local \TeX\ tree by typing: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ export TMF=`kpsexpand '$TEXMFLOCAL'`|%$ +\end{quote} + + +The files of each file type are installed in an own directory tree +which has this structure: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$TMF/fonts/|<extension>\verb|/|<% +supplier>\verb|/|<fontname>\verb|/| +\end{quote} +In this case: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$TMF/fonts/|<extension>\verb|/bitstream/vagrounded/| +\end{quote} +The extensions are: \verb|tfm|, \verb|vf|, \verb|pfa|, +\verb|afm|, and \verb|ttf|. +The extension \verb|pfb| is an exception, its files have to be copied +to the subdirectory \dots\verb|/type1/|\dots. +Copy the files by typing: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ for a in tfm vf pfa afm ttf; do|\\ %$ +\verb|> mkdirhier $TMF/fonts/$a/bitstream/vagrounded;|\\ +\verb|> mv *.$a $TMF/fonts/$a/bitstream/vagrounded;|\\ %$ +\verb|> done|\\ +\verb|$ mkdirhier $TMF/fonts/type1/bitstream/vagrounded;|\\ %$ +\verb|$ mv *.pfb $TMF/fonts/type1/bitstream/vagrounded;|\\ %$ +\end{quote} +You do not really need to copy the \verb|ttf| and \verb|pfa| files +into the directory because \TeX\ does not use them. +I just did it to save them at a special place where I surely find +them, if I need them for other purposes later. + +Move the \verb|*.fd| files to the directory +\verb|$TMF/tex/latex/psnfss/|: %$ +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ mkdirhier $TMF/tex/latex/psnfss|\\ +\verb|$ mv *.fd $TMF/tex/latex/psnfss|\\ +\end{quote} + +\section{Make dvips find the new font}\label{sec:mapping} + +There are at least two possibilities to make dvips find the new font. +The first has a simple installation but it' usage is a little bit more +complicated and it does not enable xdvi to use the font. The second +possibility has a more complicated installation +and may leed to problems when updating \LaTeX\ later. But it enables +xdvi to use the new fonts. + +\subsection{Use an additional map file} + +Create the file +\hypref{\$TMF/dvips/vagrounded/config.vagrounded} +{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/config.vagrounded} +with these contents: +\begin{quote} +\verb|o|\\ +\verb|p +vagrounded.map| +\end{quote} +Create the file \hypref{\$TMF/dvips/vagrounded/vagrounded.map} +{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/vagrounded.map} +with these contents (\emph{Each font definition is in one single + line.} So in this example each line starts with \verb|bvr| and ends +with \verb|<bvrr8a.pfb|. \latex{The $\backslash$ just shows that the + line is continued in the next one; it does not appear in the file itself.}): +\begin{quote} +\verb|bvrr8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular|\latex{ $\backslash$\\}% +\verb| "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <bvrr8a.pfb|\\ +\verb|bvrro8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular|\latex{ $\backslash$\\}% +\verb| "0.167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont"|\latex{ $\backslash$\\}% +\verb| <8r.enc <bvrr8a.pfb| +\end{quote}% + +The first item is the filename of the TrueType font with ``8r'' instead of +``8a''. The second item is the font name you held in mind, +hopefully. The next items are the same all times. The last one is the +filename of the TrueType font with the extension \verb|.pfb|. +Don't use the tabulator character in the mapping file because this +causes trouble with the \verb|updmap| tool generating the map file for +pdf\LaTeX. Use one single space instead. + +In the second line the slanted shape of the font is defined. +The fontinst package generates slanted, italic and small capital +shapes of the font automatically if no special font file is available. +To use the generated slanted shape the second line is necessary. + +Additional font effects can be reached by using afm2tfm. Type +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ info afm2tfm| %$ +\end{quote} +and go to the section ``Special font effects'' (This was a hint of +Thomas Henlich (\hypref{\orgurl{henlich@mmers1.mw.tu-dresden.de}} +{mailto:henlich@mmers1.mw.tu-dresden.de})). + +Finally type +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ texhash| %$ +\end{quote} +to update the \TeX\ file database. + + +\subsection{Append data to the global map file} + +This technique was suggested by Nguy{\^e}n-Dai Quý +(\hypref{\orgurl{daiquy.nguyen@ulg.ac.be}} +{mailto:daiquy.nguyen@ulg.ac.be}) \cite{quy2000a}. +There are different possibilities to append the map lines to the +global map file. +Here, only the simplest (and best) possibility is described. +It works with all relativley recent te\TeX\ versions. + +Before you can do it the \TeX\ file database has to be updated if that +has not been done, yet: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ texhash| %$ +\end{quote} + +Then, just type +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ updmap --enable Map vagrounded.map| %$ +\end{quote} +If you have generated more than one map file you have to repeat that +line for each map file. +It is not possible to enable multiple map files in one call of +\texttt{updmap}. + +When you install a new version of te\TeX\ probably the added map +entries get lost. +Then you have to repeat the \texttt{updmap} calls again. + + +\section{Usage of the new font} + +To use the new font you simple have to insert +\begin{quote} +\verb|\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily| +\end{quote} +into you \TeX\ sourcecode. For example \hypref{sample.tex} +{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/sample.tex} +\begin{quote} +\verb|\documentclass{article}|\\ +\verb|\begin{document}|\\ +\verb|\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily|\\ +\verb|\noindent Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT|\\ +\verb|{\slshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT slanted}\\|\\ +\verb|{\scshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT small capitals}\\|\\ +\verb|\end{document}| +\end{quote} +It is more elegant to create an new style file that switches to your +new font. +The style file \hypref{vagrounded.sty} +{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/vagrounded.sty} is an +example how this can be done. +\begin{quote} +\verb|\ProvidesPackage{vagrounded}|\\ +\verb|[2000/05/12 VAG-Rounded font as default sf font]|\\ +\verb|%%|\\ +\verb|\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{bvr}|\\ +\verb|%%|\\ +\verb|\AtEndDocument{\PackageWarningNoLine{vagrounded.sty}%|\\ +\verb| {Ensure to use dvips with the option -Pvagrounded}}|\\ +\verb|%%|\\ +\verb|\endinput| +\end{quote} +%The \verb|\AtEndDocument| command is only necessary if you don't +%include the map entries in the file \verb|psfonts.map|. + +If you have not included the mapping entries to the file +\verb|psfonts.map| (section~\ref{sec:mapping}) you also have to tell +dvips that it should use the font: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ latex sample|\\ +\verb|$ dvips -Pvagrounded sample| +\end{quote} +This should produce the PostScript file +\hypref{sample.ps}{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/sample.ps} +which looks like figure~\ref{fig:beispiel}. +% +\begin{figure}[h!tbp] +\centering +\includegraphics{sample_eps} +\caption{Sample of the font VAGRounded~BT} +\label{fig:beispiel} +\end{figure} + +\appendix + +\section{To do} + +Nguy{\^e}n-Dai Quý has complained that the fontnames contain the +underscore (\verb|_|) instead of the minus (\verb|-|). +I have not been able to find out whether this causes problems using +the fonts. +But I also know that nobody uses fonts with an underscore in the name. +So I should find out whether the underscores may cause problems e.g., +when including eps files which use these fonts (e.g., from Adobe +Illustrator). + + +\section{Links} + +Nguy{\^e}n-Dai Qu\'y has written a script that does all or most of the +conversion automatically \cite{quy2000a}. +It is available from +\url{http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/}. +This script also replaces the underscores by minuses in the +fontnames. + +Hume Smith has developed a method that does not include the Type\,1 +fonts into the postscript file but tells ghostscript to use the +TrueType fonts directly \cite{smith2001a}. +He says that this approach avoids some problems with some fonts. +But these files are not portable anymore because they do not contain +the used fonts. +His description is available from +\url{http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html}. + +\section{\refname} +%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{\space}\refname} +\def\section*#1{} +\bibliographystyle{alpha} +\bibliography{fonts} + +%\listoffigures +%\listoftables +% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +\end{document} +% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf2type1 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf2type1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..01624f8d4fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf2type1 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +for a in *.ttf +do + echo $a + b=`echo $a | sed s/[.]ttf//` + echo $b + + echo FontName $b: + ttf2pt1 -a -e $a $b + ttf2pt1 -a -b $a $b + +done diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/vagrounded.map b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/vagrounded.map new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7b1993cba81 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/vagrounded.map @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +bvrr8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <bvrr8a.pfb +bvrro8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular "0.167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <bvrr8a.pfb diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/vagrounded.sty b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/vagrounded.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b78e21391a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/vagrounded.sty @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +\ProvidesPackage{vagrounded} +[2000/05/12 VAG-Rounded font as default sf font] +%% +\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{bvr} +%% +\AtEndDocument{\PackageWarningNoLine{vagrounded.sty}% + {Ensure to use dvips with the option -Pvagrounded}} +%% +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/README b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f4ac6757e65 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/README @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + webguide is a "Brief Guide to LaTeX Tools for Web Publishing". +For a much more detailed guide see: Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz +(with Eitan Gurari, Ross Moore, and Robert Sutor), "The LaTeX Web +Companion --- Integrating TeX, HTML, and XML", Addison Wesley, 1999, +(ISBN 0-201-43311-7). As an example of capabilities webguide includes a +LaTeX source file together with PostScript, PDF, and HTML versions all +generated automatically from the single source. + + You should find the following files: +o README (this file) +o webguide.tex --- Source file +o expeg.6 --- MetaPost generated EPS file +o expeg6.mps --- copy of expeg.6 +o webguide.ps --- PostScript version of webguide.tex generated by latex + and dvips +o webguide.pdf --- PDF version of webguide.tex generated by pdflatex +o webguide.html --- HTML version of webguide.tex generated by TeX4ht +o webguide.css --- file generated by TeX4ht +o webguide0x.gif --- file generated by TeX4ht + +Peter Wilson +February 2000 +peter.r.wilson@boeing.com diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/expeg.6 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/expeg.6 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..52439977599 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/expeg.6 @@ -0,0 +1,228 @@ +%!PS +%%BoundingBox: -1 -1 274 159 +%%Creator: MetaPost +%%CreationDate: 1999.12.08:1516 +%%Pages: 1 +%*Font: cmr10 9.96265 9.96265 28:e000000d4238007e4fbc4 +%%EndProlog +%%Page: 1 1 + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop [] 0 setdash + 1 setlinejoin 10 setmiterlimit +newpath 0 106.29904 moveto +63.84018 106.29904 lineto +63.84018 120.47224 lineto +0 120.47224 lineto + closepath stroke +2.83464 109.92639 moveto +(man) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +21.37624 109.92639 moveto +(ufacturer) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +newpath 95.76027 141.73206 moveto +158.12236 141.73206 lineto +158.12236 155.90526 lineto +95.76027 155.90526 lineto + closepath stroke + 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth 1 setlinecap +newpath 152.45308 141.73206 moveto +152.45308 155.90526 lineto stroke +104.63104 145.41476 moveto +(STRING) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +newpath 190.04245 106.29904 moveto +253.88263 106.29904 lineto +253.88263 120.47224 lineto +190.04245 120.47224 lineto + closepath stroke +200.36848 109.92639 moveto +(car) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap +newpath 214.27739 110.1256 moveto +217.26628 110.1256 lineto stroke +217.26628 109.92639 moveto +(mo) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +230.82658 109.92639 moveto +(del) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +newpath 190.04245 70.86603 moveto +253.88263 70.86603 lineto +253.88263 85.03923 lineto +190.04245 85.03923 lineto + closepath stroke +215.30693 75.80788 moveto +(car) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +newpath 95.76027 35.43301 moveto +158.12236 35.43301 lineto +158.12236 49.60622 lineto +95.76027 49.60622 lineto + closepath stroke + 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth 1 setlinecap +newpath 152.45308 35.43301 moveto +152.45308 49.60622 lineto stroke +100.6183 39.11572 moveto +(INTEGER) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +newpath 95.76027 0 moveto +158.12236 0 lineto +158.12236 14.1732 lineto +95.76027 14.1732 lineto + closepath stroke + 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth +newpath 152.45308 0 moveto +152.45308 14.1732 lineto stroke +104.63104 3.68271 moveto +(STRING) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +newpath 31.92009 120.47224 moveto +31.92009 148.81866 lineto stroke + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +newpath 31.92009 148.81866 moveto +90.09087 148.81866 lineto stroke +newpath 95.76021 148.81866 moveto +95.76021 149.5705 95.4615 150.29144 94.92992 150.82301 curveto +94.39835 151.3546 93.6774 151.6533 92.92557 151.6533 curveto +92.17374 151.6533 91.45279 151.3546 90.92122 150.82301 curveto +90.38963 150.29144 90.09093 149.5705 90.09093 148.81866 curveto +90.09093 148.06683 90.38963 147.34589 90.92122 146.81432 curveto +91.45279 146.28273 92.17374 145.98402 92.92557 145.98402 curveto +93.6774 145.98402 94.39835 146.28273 94.92992 146.81432 curveto +95.4615 147.34589 95.76021 148.06683 95.76021 148.81866 curveto closepath + stroke +34.02008 150.91866 moveto +(*name) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth +newpath 221.96254 120.47224 moveto +221.96254 148.81866 lineto stroke + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +newpath 221.96254 148.81866 moveto +163.79176 148.81866 lineto stroke +newpath 163.7917 148.81866 moveto +163.7917 149.5705 163.493 150.29144 162.96141 150.82301 curveto +162.42984 151.3546 161.7089 151.6533 160.95706 151.6533 curveto +160.20523 151.6533 159.48428 151.3546 158.95271 150.82301 curveto +158.42113 150.29144 158.12242 149.5705 158.12242 148.81866 curveto +158.12242 148.06683 158.42113 147.34589 158.95271 146.81432 curveto +159.48428 146.28273 160.20523 145.98402 160.95706 145.98402 curveto +161.7089 145.98402 162.42984 146.28273 162.96141 146.81432 curveto +163.493 147.34589 163.7917 148.06683 163.7917 148.81866 curveto closepath + stroke +191.63495 150.91866 moveto +(*name) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +newpath 190.04245 113.38565 moveto +69.50941 113.38565 lineto stroke +newpath 69.50945 113.38565 moveto +69.50945 114.13748 69.21074 114.85843 68.67915 115.39 curveto +68.14758 115.92159 67.42664 116.22029 66.6748 116.22029 curveto +65.92297 116.22029 65.20203 115.92159 64.67046 115.39 curveto +64.13887 114.85843 63.84016 114.13748 63.84016 113.38565 curveto +63.84016 112.63382 64.13887 111.91287 64.67046 111.3813 curveto +65.20203 110.84972 65.92297 110.55101 66.6748 110.55101 curveto +67.42664 110.55101 68.14758 110.84972 68.67915 111.3813 curveto +69.21074 111.91287 69.50945 112.63382 69.50945 113.38565 curveto closepath + stroke +150.59355 117.42284 moveto +(made) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap +newpath 174.43755 117.62204 moveto +177.42635 117.62204 lineto stroke +177.42635 117.42284 moveto +(b) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +182.68436 117.42284 moveto +(y) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth 1 setlinecap +newpath 221.96254 85.03923 moveto +221.96254 100.62985 lineto stroke + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +newpath 224.79718 103.46445 moveto +224.79718 104.21628 224.49847 104.93723 223.96689 105.4688 curveto +223.43532 106.00038 222.71437 106.29909 221.96254 106.29909 curveto +221.21071 106.29909 220.48976 106.00038 219.95819 105.4688 curveto +219.4266 104.93723 219.1279 104.21628 219.1279 103.46445 curveto +219.1279 102.71262 219.4266 101.99167 219.95819 101.4601 curveto +220.48976 100.92851 221.21071 100.6298 221.96254 100.6298 curveto +222.71437 100.6298 223.43532 100.92851 223.96689 101.4601 curveto +224.49847 101.99167 224.79718 102.71262 224.79718 103.46445 curveto closepath + stroke +224.06253 89.07642 moveto +(mo) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +237.62283 89.07642 moveto +(del) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap +newpath 250.95064 89.27562 moveto +253.93944 89.27562 lineto stroke +253.93944 89.07642 moveto +(t) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +257.53712 89.07642 moveto +(yp) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +268.60674 89.07642 moveto +(e) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 1 setlinecap +newpath 190.04245 77.95264 moveto +31.92009 77.95264 lineto stroke + 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth +newpath 31.92009 77.95264 moveto +31.92009 100.62985 lineto stroke + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +newpath 34.75473 103.46423 moveto +34.75473 104.21606 34.45602 104.93701 33.92444 105.46858 curveto +33.39287 106.00017 32.67192 106.29887 31.92009 106.29887 curveto +31.16826 106.29887 30.44731 106.00017 29.91574 105.46858 curveto +29.38416 104.93701 29.08545 104.21606 29.08545 103.46423 curveto +29.08545 102.7124 29.38416 101.99146 29.91574 101.45988 curveto +30.44731 100.9283 31.16826 100.6296 31.92009 100.6296 curveto +32.67192 100.6296 33.39287 100.9283 33.92444 101.45988 curveto +34.45602 101.99146 34.75473 102.7124 34.75473 103.46423 curveto closepath + stroke +112.81847 82.54333 moveto +(\(DER\)) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +145.61217 82.54333 moveto +(*made) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap +newpath 174.43747 82.74254 moveto +177.42627 82.74254 lineto stroke +177.42627 82.54333 moveto +(b) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +182.68437 82.54333 moveto +(y) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth 1 setlinecap +newpath 211.32219 70.86603 moveto +211.32219 42.51962 lineto stroke + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +newpath 211.32219 42.51962 moveto +163.79173 42.51962 lineto stroke +newpath 163.79169 42.51962 moveto +163.79169 43.27145 163.49298 43.9924 162.9614 44.52397 curveto +162.42982 45.05556 161.70888 45.35426 160.95705 45.35426 curveto +160.20522 45.35426 159.48427 45.05556 158.9527 44.52397 curveto +158.42111 43.9924 158.1224 43.27145 158.1224 42.51962 curveto +158.1224 41.76779 158.42111 41.04684 158.9527 40.51527 curveto +159.48427 39.98369 160.20522 39.68498 160.95705 39.68498 curveto +161.70888 39.68498 162.42982 39.98369 162.9614 40.51527 curveto +163.49298 41.04684 163.79169 41.76779 163.79169 42.51962 curveto closepath + stroke +190.9297 46.55681 moveto +(y) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +195.911 46.55681 moveto +(ear) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth +newpath 232.60289 70.86603 moveto +232.60289 7.08661 lineto stroke + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +newpath 232.60289 7.08661 moveto +163.79114 7.08661 lineto stroke +newpath 163.79138 7.08661 moveto +163.79138 7.83844 163.49268 8.55939 162.96109 9.09096 curveto +162.42952 9.62254 161.70857 9.92125 160.95674 9.92125 curveto +160.20491 9.92125 159.48396 9.62254 158.9524 9.09096 curveto +158.4208 8.55939 158.1221 7.83844 158.1221 7.08661 curveto +158.1221 6.33478 158.4208 5.61383 158.9524 5.08226 curveto +159.48396 4.55067 160.20491 4.25197 160.95674 4.25197 curveto +161.70857 4.25197 162.42952 4.55067 162.96109 5.08226 curveto +163.49268 5.61383 163.79138 6.33478 163.79138 7.08661 curveto closepath stroke +188.6431 9.1866 moveto +(*serial) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap +newpath 216.9979 9.3858 moveto +219.9867 9.3858 lineto stroke +219.9867 9.1866 moveto +(no) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +showpage +%%EOF diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/expeg6.mps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/expeg6.mps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..52439977599 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/expeg6.mps @@ -0,0 +1,228 @@ +%!PS +%%BoundingBox: -1 -1 274 159 +%%Creator: MetaPost +%%CreationDate: 1999.12.08:1516 +%%Pages: 1 +%*Font: cmr10 9.96265 9.96265 28:e000000d4238007e4fbc4 +%%EndProlog +%%Page: 1 1 + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop [] 0 setdash + 1 setlinejoin 10 setmiterlimit +newpath 0 106.29904 moveto +63.84018 106.29904 lineto +63.84018 120.47224 lineto +0 120.47224 lineto + closepath stroke +2.83464 109.92639 moveto +(man) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +21.37624 109.92639 moveto +(ufacturer) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +newpath 95.76027 141.73206 moveto +158.12236 141.73206 lineto +158.12236 155.90526 lineto +95.76027 155.90526 lineto + closepath stroke + 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth 1 setlinecap +newpath 152.45308 141.73206 moveto +152.45308 155.90526 lineto stroke +104.63104 145.41476 moveto +(STRING) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +newpath 190.04245 106.29904 moveto +253.88263 106.29904 lineto +253.88263 120.47224 lineto +190.04245 120.47224 lineto + closepath stroke +200.36848 109.92639 moveto +(car) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap +newpath 214.27739 110.1256 moveto +217.26628 110.1256 lineto stroke +217.26628 109.92639 moveto +(mo) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +230.82658 109.92639 moveto +(del) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +newpath 190.04245 70.86603 moveto +253.88263 70.86603 lineto +253.88263 85.03923 lineto +190.04245 85.03923 lineto + closepath stroke +215.30693 75.80788 moveto +(car) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +newpath 95.76027 35.43301 moveto +158.12236 35.43301 lineto +158.12236 49.60622 lineto +95.76027 49.60622 lineto + closepath stroke + 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth 1 setlinecap +newpath 152.45308 35.43301 moveto +152.45308 49.60622 lineto stroke +100.6183 39.11572 moveto +(INTEGER) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +newpath 95.76027 0 moveto +158.12236 0 lineto +158.12236 14.1732 lineto +95.76027 14.1732 lineto + closepath stroke + 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth +newpath 152.45308 0 moveto +152.45308 14.1732 lineto stroke +104.63104 3.68271 moveto +(STRING) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +newpath 31.92009 120.47224 moveto +31.92009 148.81866 lineto stroke + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +newpath 31.92009 148.81866 moveto +90.09087 148.81866 lineto stroke +newpath 95.76021 148.81866 moveto +95.76021 149.5705 95.4615 150.29144 94.92992 150.82301 curveto +94.39835 151.3546 93.6774 151.6533 92.92557 151.6533 curveto +92.17374 151.6533 91.45279 151.3546 90.92122 150.82301 curveto +90.38963 150.29144 90.09093 149.5705 90.09093 148.81866 curveto +90.09093 148.06683 90.38963 147.34589 90.92122 146.81432 curveto +91.45279 146.28273 92.17374 145.98402 92.92557 145.98402 curveto +93.6774 145.98402 94.39835 146.28273 94.92992 146.81432 curveto +95.4615 147.34589 95.76021 148.06683 95.76021 148.81866 curveto closepath + stroke +34.02008 150.91866 moveto +(*name) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth +newpath 221.96254 120.47224 moveto +221.96254 148.81866 lineto stroke + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +newpath 221.96254 148.81866 moveto +163.79176 148.81866 lineto stroke +newpath 163.7917 148.81866 moveto +163.7917 149.5705 163.493 150.29144 162.96141 150.82301 curveto +162.42984 151.3546 161.7089 151.6533 160.95706 151.6533 curveto +160.20523 151.6533 159.48428 151.3546 158.95271 150.82301 curveto +158.42113 150.29144 158.12242 149.5705 158.12242 148.81866 curveto +158.12242 148.06683 158.42113 147.34589 158.95271 146.81432 curveto +159.48428 146.28273 160.20523 145.98402 160.95706 145.98402 curveto +161.7089 145.98402 162.42984 146.28273 162.96141 146.81432 curveto +163.493 147.34589 163.7917 148.06683 163.7917 148.81866 curveto closepath + stroke +191.63495 150.91866 moveto +(*name) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +newpath 190.04245 113.38565 moveto +69.50941 113.38565 lineto stroke +newpath 69.50945 113.38565 moveto +69.50945 114.13748 69.21074 114.85843 68.67915 115.39 curveto +68.14758 115.92159 67.42664 116.22029 66.6748 116.22029 curveto +65.92297 116.22029 65.20203 115.92159 64.67046 115.39 curveto +64.13887 114.85843 63.84016 114.13748 63.84016 113.38565 curveto +63.84016 112.63382 64.13887 111.91287 64.67046 111.3813 curveto +65.20203 110.84972 65.92297 110.55101 66.6748 110.55101 curveto +67.42664 110.55101 68.14758 110.84972 68.67915 111.3813 curveto +69.21074 111.91287 69.50945 112.63382 69.50945 113.38565 curveto closepath + stroke +150.59355 117.42284 moveto +(made) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap +newpath 174.43755 117.62204 moveto +177.42635 117.62204 lineto stroke +177.42635 117.42284 moveto +(b) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +182.68436 117.42284 moveto +(y) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth 1 setlinecap +newpath 221.96254 85.03923 moveto +221.96254 100.62985 lineto stroke + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +newpath 224.79718 103.46445 moveto +224.79718 104.21628 224.49847 104.93723 223.96689 105.4688 curveto +223.43532 106.00038 222.71437 106.29909 221.96254 106.29909 curveto +221.21071 106.29909 220.48976 106.00038 219.95819 105.4688 curveto +219.4266 104.93723 219.1279 104.21628 219.1279 103.46445 curveto +219.1279 102.71262 219.4266 101.99167 219.95819 101.4601 curveto +220.48976 100.92851 221.21071 100.6298 221.96254 100.6298 curveto +222.71437 100.6298 223.43532 100.92851 223.96689 101.4601 curveto +224.49847 101.99167 224.79718 102.71262 224.79718 103.46445 curveto closepath + stroke +224.06253 89.07642 moveto +(mo) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +237.62283 89.07642 moveto +(del) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap +newpath 250.95064 89.27562 moveto +253.93944 89.27562 lineto stroke +253.93944 89.07642 moveto +(t) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +257.53712 89.07642 moveto +(yp) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +268.60674 89.07642 moveto +(e) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 1 setlinecap +newpath 190.04245 77.95264 moveto +31.92009 77.95264 lineto stroke + 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth +newpath 31.92009 77.95264 moveto +31.92009 100.62985 lineto stroke + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +newpath 34.75473 103.46423 moveto +34.75473 104.21606 34.45602 104.93701 33.92444 105.46858 curveto +33.39287 106.00017 32.67192 106.29887 31.92009 106.29887 curveto +31.16826 106.29887 30.44731 106.00017 29.91574 105.46858 curveto +29.38416 104.93701 29.08545 104.21606 29.08545 103.46423 curveto +29.08545 102.7124 29.38416 101.99146 29.91574 101.45988 curveto +30.44731 100.9283 31.16826 100.6296 31.92009 100.6296 curveto +32.67192 100.6296 33.39287 100.9283 33.92444 101.45988 curveto +34.45602 101.99146 34.75473 102.7124 34.75473 103.46423 curveto closepath + stroke +112.81847 82.54333 moveto +(\(DER\)) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +145.61217 82.54333 moveto +(*made) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap +newpath 174.43747 82.74254 moveto +177.42627 82.74254 lineto stroke +177.42627 82.54333 moveto +(b) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +182.68437 82.54333 moveto +(y) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth 1 setlinecap +newpath 211.32219 70.86603 moveto +211.32219 42.51962 lineto stroke + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +newpath 211.32219 42.51962 moveto +163.79173 42.51962 lineto stroke +newpath 163.79169 42.51962 moveto +163.79169 43.27145 163.49298 43.9924 162.9614 44.52397 curveto +162.42982 45.05556 161.70888 45.35426 160.95705 45.35426 curveto +160.20522 45.35426 159.48427 45.05556 158.9527 44.52397 curveto +158.42111 43.9924 158.1224 43.27145 158.1224 42.51962 curveto +158.1224 41.76779 158.42111 41.04684 158.9527 40.51527 curveto +159.48427 39.98369 160.20522 39.68498 160.95705 39.68498 curveto +161.70888 39.68498 162.42982 39.98369 162.9614 40.51527 curveto +163.49298 41.04684 163.79169 41.76779 163.79169 42.51962 curveto closepath + stroke +190.9297 46.55681 moveto +(y) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +195.911 46.55681 moveto +(ear) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth +newpath 232.60289 70.86603 moveto +232.60289 7.08661 lineto stroke + 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +newpath 232.60289 7.08661 moveto +163.79114 7.08661 lineto stroke +newpath 163.79138 7.08661 moveto +163.79138 7.83844 163.49268 8.55939 162.96109 9.09096 curveto +162.42952 9.62254 161.70857 9.92125 160.95674 9.92125 curveto +160.20491 9.92125 159.48396 9.62254 158.9524 9.09096 curveto +158.4208 8.55939 158.1221 7.83844 158.1221 7.08661 curveto +158.1221 6.33478 158.4208 5.61383 158.9524 5.08226 curveto +159.48396 4.55067 160.20491 4.25197 160.95674 4.25197 curveto +161.70857 4.25197 162.42952 4.55067 162.96109 5.08226 curveto +163.49268 5.61383 163.79138 6.33478 163.79138 7.08661 curveto closepath stroke +188.6431 9.1866 moveto +(*serial) cmr10 9.96265 fshow + 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap +newpath 216.9979 9.3858 moveto +219.9867 9.3858 lineto stroke +219.9867 9.1866 moveto +(no) cmr10 9.96265 fshow +showpage +%%EOF diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.css b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.css new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a952808a737 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.css @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ + +/* start css.sty */ +.cmr-10{font-size:90%;} +.cmr-10--109{font-size:99%;} +.cmr-17{font-size:154%;} +.cmr-12{font-size:109%;} +.cmsy-8{font-size:72%;} +.cmtt-12{font-size:109%;font-family: monospace;} +.cmsy-10--109{font-size:99%;} +.cmtt-10--109{font-size:99%;font-family: monospace;} +.cmbx-10{font-size:90%; font-weight: bold;} +.cmcsc-10--109{font-size:99%;} +.cmss-10--109{font-size:99%; font-family: sans-serif;} +.cmti-10--109{font-size:99%; font-style: italic;} +.small-caps{font-variant: small-caps; } +p.noindent { text-indent: 0em } +p.nopar { text-indent: 0em; } +p.indent{ text-indent: 1.5em } +a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; } +center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; } +td center { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; } +.Canvas { position:relative; } +div.displaymath{text-align:center;} +img.mathdisplay, div.displaymath, img.par-mathdisplay, div.par-displaymath { margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; } +center img.mathdisplay, td img.mathdisplay, center img.par-mathdisplay, td img.par-mathdisplay { margin-top: 0; margin-bottom:0 ; } +div.displaymath{text-align:center;} +.obeylines-h,.obeylines-v {white-space: nowrap; } +.underline{ text-decoration:underline; } +.overline{ text-decoration:overline; } +span.pmatrix img{vertical-align:middle;} +div.center {text-align: center;} +div.center div {text-align: left;} +div.flushright {text-align: right;} +div.flushright div {text-align: left;} +div.flushleft {text-align: left;} +div.td00{ margin-left:0; margin-right:0; } +div.td01{ margin-left:0; margin-right:5; } +div.td10{ margin-left:5; margin-right:0; } +div.td11{ margin-left:5; margin-right:5; } +.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 1px; } +li p.indent, li p.indent{ text-indent: 0em } +div.newtheorem { margin-bottom: 2em; margin-top: 2em;} +span.footnotetext{ font-size:75%; font-style:italic; } +span.TEX {letter-spacing: -0.125em; } +span.TEX span.E{ position:relative;top:0.5ex;left:-0.0417em;} +a span.TEX span.E {text-decoration: none; } +span.LATEX span.A{ position:relative; top:-0.5ex; left:-0.4em; font-size:85%;} +span.LATEX span.TEX{ position:relative; left: -0.4em; } +.marginpar {width:20%; float:right; text-align:left; margin-left:1em; margin-top:0.5em; font-size:85%; text-decoration:underline;} +.equation td{text-align:center; } +td.equation { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; } +p.bibitem { text-indent: -2em; margin-left: 2em; } +h1.partHead{text-align: center} +.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;} +.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;} +.quote {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; } +.caption td.id{font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; } +h2.titleHead{text-align:center;} +div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; } +/* end css.sty */ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c1fd9f281b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.html @@ -0,0 +1,874 @@ + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> +<html +><head><!--webguide.html from webguide.tex (TeX4ht, 2000-03-10 10:44:00)--> +<title>A Brief Guide to LaTeX{} Tools for Web Publishing</title><meta +http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1" ><link +rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" +href="webguide.css"></head> <body +> <div align="center" class="maketitle"> + +<h2 class="titleHead">A Brief Guide to LaTeX Tools for Web Publishing</h2> + <div class="author" align="center"><span +class="cmr-12">Peter R. Wilson</span><sup ><span +class="cmsy-8">*</span></sup> +<br><span +class="cmtt-12">peter.r.wilson@boeing.com</span></div> +<br> +<div class="date" align="center"><span +class="cmr-12">11 March 2000</span></div> +<span class="thanks"></span> + <br ><span class="footnotetext"><sup><span +class="cmsy-10--109">*</span></sup>With helpful critiques by Eitan Gurari (<span +class="cmtt-10--109">gurari@cis.ohio-state.edu</span>) and David Wilson + (<span +class="cmtt-10--109">davidw@utopiatype.com.au</span>).</span></div><div><table width="100%" +class="abstract"><tr><td +> +<div class="center" +> +<span +class="cmbx-10">Abstract</span></div> + <!--53--><p class="noindent"><span +class="cmr-10">This document provides a brief guide to converting LaTeX documents to forms more</span> + <span +class="cmr-10">suitable for dissemination via the Web.</span> +</td></tr></table></div> + <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a + name="x1-1000"></a><a + name="QQ1-1-1"></a>Contents</h3> + <div class="tableofcontents"> +<br> <span class="sectionToc">1 <a + href="#QQ1-1-3" name="QQ2-1-3">Introduction</a></span> +<br> <span class="subsectionToc">1.1 <a + href="#QQ1-1-4" name="QQ2-1-4">URLs</a></span> +<br> <span class="subsectionToc">1.2 <a + href="#QQ1-1-5" name="QQ2-1-5">Disclaimer</a></span> +<br> <span class="sectionToc">2 <a + href="#QQ1-1-6" name="QQ2-1-6">PDF</a></span> +<br> <span class="subsectionToc">2.1 <a + href="#QQ1-1-7" name="QQ2-1-7">From PostScript to PDF</a></span> +<br> <span class="subsectionToc">2.2 <a + href="#QQ1-1-8" name="QQ2-1-8">From DVI to PDF</a></span> +<br> <span class="subsectionToc">2.3 <a + href="#QQ1-1-9" name="QQ2-1-9">From LaTeX to PDF</a></span> +<br> <span class="subsectionToc">2.4 <a + href="#QQ1-1-10" name="QQ2-1-10">Fonts</a></span> +<br> <span class="subsectionToc">2.5 <a + href="#QQ1-1-11" name="QQ2-1-11">MetaPost</a></span> +<br> <span class="sectionToc">3 <a + href="#QQ1-1-13" name="QQ2-1-13">HTML</a></span> +<br> <span class="subsectionToc">3.1 <a + href="#QQ1-1-14" name="QQ2-1-14">Self-parsing systems</a></span> +<br> <span class="subsectionToc">3.2 <a + href="#QQ1-1-15" name="QQ2-1-15">TeX-based parsing system</a></span> +<br> <span class="sectionToc">4 <a + href="#QQ1-1-16" name="QQ2-1-16">Examples</a></span> + + </div> + <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a + name="x1-2000"></a><a + name="QQ1-1-2"></a>List of Figures</h3> + <div class="tableofcontents"><span class="lofToc">1 <a + href="#x1-110011">Metapost illustration of an <span +class="cmcsc-10--109"><small +class="small-caps">E</small><small +class="small-caps">X</small><small +class="small-caps">P</small><small +class="small-caps">R</small><small +class="small-caps">E</small><small +class="small-caps">S</small><small +class="small-caps">S</small>-<small +class="small-caps">G</small> </span>diagram</a></span><br> + </div> + + <h3 class="sectionHead"> 1 <a + name="x1-30001"></a><a + name="QQ1-1-3"></a>Introduction</h3> +<!--63--><p class="noindent">Publishing on the Web has rapidly achieved significant importance, for example, the International +Organization for Standardization (ISO) is moving towards electronic forms of International +Standard documents that are suitable for publishing on the Web, and in particular, documents +as PDF or HTML files rather than their traditional request for camera-ready paper +copy. +<!--70--><p class="indent"> Documents written using LaTeX [<a + href="#XLAMPORT94">Lam94</a>] tagging can be easily converted to PostScript, PDF +and HTML, all from the single electronic source. This guide briefly notes some of the ways that +this can be accomplished. Most of the programs and systems mentioned here are described in +more detail in [<a + href="#XGOOSSENS99">GR99</a>]. +<!--77--><p class="indent"> I have made no attempt to design this document for Web publication. The typographical rules +for printing on paper are well founded, having been developed over hundreds of years. +Display on computer screens is a very different matter and requires a different set of +rules, most of which, as yet, are either in a state of flux or unavailable. For LaTeXers +who are interested in this topic I suggest a look at D. P. Story's work on AcroTeX ( +<a + href="http://www.math.uakron.edu/~dpstory/acrotex.html" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">http://www.math.uakron.edu/~dpstory/acrotex.html</span></a>). Further, for the example conversions I +have used only the minimal tool options necessary. Many of the tools have extensive capabilities +which are well documented in their accompanying user manuals; these should be consulted for +further information. + <h4 class="subsectionHead">1.1 <a + name="x1-40001.1"></a><a + name="QQ1-1-4"></a>URLs</h4> +<!--92--><p class="noindent">I have tried to provide URLs for the programs and systems mentioned here. Most LaTeX-related +software is available from the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN). There are three +sites, <a + href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive</span></a> in the USA, <a + href="ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive</span></a> in +the UK, and <a + href="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive</span></a> in Germany, as well as several mirror sites. +Usefully, the CTAN sites (but not necessarily a mirror site) supports on-the-fly zipping of files and +entire directories, which makes downloading a group of files less tedious than having to get them +one-by-one. Below, I have used <a + href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive</span></a> to stand for any of the three +CTAN sites. + <h4 class="subsectionHead">1.2 <a + name="x1-50001.2"></a><a + name="QQ1-1-5"></a>Disclaimer</h4> +<!--107--><p class="noindent">Nothing that is said in this document is meant to imply any endorsement or recommendation, +either positive or negative, concerning any systems or programs mentioned herein. +<!--111--><p class="indent"> Many of the systems or programs are `free' in the sense that they are either public domain or +their licences are roughly equivalent to the GNU Public License. Others are either commercial or +have more restricitive licenses or may require payment. Where known, programs and systems that +are not `free' are noted. + + <h3 class="sectionHead"> 2 <a + name="x1-60002"></a><a + name="QQ1-1-6"></a>PDF</h3> +<!--120--><p class="noindent">The traditional output from a LaTeX (e.g., <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.tex</span>) file is a `device independent' <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.dvi </span>file. The <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.dvi</span> +file is then processed further to convert it to a format suitable for printing on a particular printing +device. In the vast majority of cases the final printable format has been PostScript, +obtained by running the <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.dvi </span>file through a program like <span +class="cmtt-10--109">dvips</span>, to generate a <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.ps</span> +file. +<!--127--><p class="indent"> PostScript was developed by Adobe Systems. The Portable Document Format (PDF) has +since also been developed by Adobe, and seems to be overtaking PostScript as the format of +choice for printing, and especially for display via the Web. +<!--132--><p class="indent"> DVI and PDF are somewhat similar in that they both describe where (electronic) ink is to be +put on (electronic) paper. PostScript also does this but at the same time it is a complete +programming language. This means that it is inherently more difficult, time consuming, and +computer intensive, to process PostScript than either DVI or PDF. This is probably the reason +behind the popularity of PDF on the Web. +<!--139--><p class="indent"> There are now several methods of producing a PDF (e.g., <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.pdf</span>) file from <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.tex</span>. These +include: + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize">Converting from PostScript to PDF; from <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.ps </span>to <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.pdf</span>. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Generate PDF from the device independent file; from <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.dvi </span>to <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.pdf</span> + </li> + <li class="itemize">Generate PDF directly from the LaTeX source; from <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.tex </span>to <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.pdf</span>.</li></ul> + <h4 class="subsectionHead">2.1 <a + name="x1-70002.1"></a><a + name="QQ1-1-7"></a>From PostScript to PDF</h4> +<!--153--><p class="noindent">There are basically two routes to getting from PostScript to PDF. The first of these is to use +Acrobat software from Adobe Systems, which essentially means the commercial <span +class="cmtt-10--109">Distiller</span> +program. <span +class="cmtt-10--109">Distiller </span>can read in a PostScript file and output a PDF file where the visual results +of printing the two files are identical. This, or any other, PDF file can be viewed and/or printed +via the charge-free Acrobat <span +class="cmtt-10--109">Reader </span>program. Note that when using <span +class="cmtt-10--109">Reader </span>the `fit to +paper' option may alter the page layout, for example by changing the height of the text +block. +<!--164--><p class="indent"> The second route is to use a non-Adobe converter program, like <span +class="cmtt-10--109">Ghostscript </span>which runs on +nearly all operating systems and which is obtainable from <a + href="http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost</span></a>. +The <span +class="cmtt-10--109">Ghostscript </span>distribution comes with a script called <span +class="cmtt-10--109">ps2pdf </span>which performs the conversion. +The distribution also provides the popular <span +class="cmtt-10--109">Ghostview </span>program, which is a viewer for both +PostScript and PDF files. +<!--172--><p class="indent"> Another converter program, which does have some licensing conditions that may not be suitable +for all users, is <span +class="cmtt-10--109">PStill</span>; it is available from <a + href="http://www.this.net/~frank/pstill.html" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">http://www.this.net/~frank/pstill.html</span></a>. + + <h4 class="subsectionHead">2.2 <a + name="x1-80002.2"></a><a + name="QQ1-1-8"></a>From DVI to PDF</h4> +<!--179--><p class="noindent">Mark Wicks' <span +class="cmtt-10--109">dvipdfm </span>program ( <a + href="http://odo.kettering.edu/dvipdfm" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">http://odo.kettering.edu/dvipdfm</span></a>) converts a <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.dvi </span>file to a +<span +class="cmss-10--109">*.pdf </span>file. The program is used in the same manner as <span +class="cmtt-10--109">dvips </span>and provides similar +capabilities. +<!--184--><p class="indent"> PostScript illustrations are handled in one of two ways. Simple PostScript generated by +the <span +class="cmcsc-10--109">M<small +class="small-caps">E</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small><small +class="small-caps">A</small>P<small +class="small-caps">O</small><small +class="small-caps">S</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small> </span>program [<a + href="#XHOBBY92">Hob92</a>] is included natively. Any other PostScript file is first +converted to PDF by using an external program like <span +class="cmtt-10--109">Ghostscript </span>and then inserted +into the output file. Illustrations in PDF, PNG and JPEG formats require no external +aids. +<!--191--><p class="indent"> <span +class="cmtt-10--109">dvipdfm </span>is written in C but there are some binaries for Linux systems. + <h4 class="subsectionHead">2.3 <a + name="x1-90002.3"></a><a + name="QQ1-1-9"></a>From LaTeX to PDF</h4> +<!--197--><p class="noindent">The <span +class="cmtt-10--109">pdfLaTeX </span>program being developed by Hàn Thê Thành is a modified version of TeX that +generates <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.pdf </span>instead of <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.dvi </span>output files. <span +class="cmtt-10--109">pdfLaTeX </span>is distributed with many of the free LaTeX +distributions, and is also obtainable from <a + href="ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex/local/cstug/thanh" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex/local/cstug/thanh</span></a>, +although it may be better to try <a + href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/systems/pdftex" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/systems/pdftex</span></a>. +<!--204--><p class="indent"> Running <span +class="cmtt-10--109">pdfLaTeX </span>is very similar to running LaTeX, but some minor changes are required to +the <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.tex </span>file. For example: <table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><pre class="verbatim"> + % example.tex example latex file + \documentclass[...]{...} + \newif\ifpdf + \ifx\pdfoutput\undefined + \pdffalse + \else + \pdftrue + \fi + + \ifpdf + \pdfoutput=1 + % \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} % uncomment if using graphicx + % \usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref} % uncomment if using hyperref + \else + % \usepackage{graphicx} % uncomment if using graphicx + % \usepackage{hyperref} % uncomment if using hyperref + \fi + .... +</pre> +</td></tr></table> +<!--227--><p class="indent"> Running + +<br class="newline"><span +class="cmtt-10--109">latex example</span> +<br class="newline">will produce <span +class="cmss-10--109">example.dvi</span>, while running +<br class="newline"><span +class="cmtt-10--109">pdflatex example</span> +<br class="newline">will produce <span +class="cmss-10--109">example.pdf</span>. It is thus very easy to generate both <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.dvi </span>and <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.pdf </span>from the same +LaTeX source file. +<!--234--><p class="indent"> <span +class="cmtt-10--109">pdflatex </span>will handle graphics files in the following formats: PDF, PNG, JPEG and TIFF, but +notice that (Encapsulated) PostScript is missing from this list. However, it can handle directly the +simple Encapsulated PostScript output by <span +class="cmcsc-10--109">M<small +class="small-caps">E</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small><small +class="small-caps">A</small>P<small +class="small-caps">O</small><small +class="small-caps">S</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small></span> [<a + href="#XHOBBY92">Hob92</a>]. It does, though, expect +<span +class="cmcsc-10--109">M<small +class="small-caps">E</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small><small +class="small-caps">A</small>P<small +class="small-caps">O</small><small +class="small-caps">S</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small> </span>files to have a <span +class="cmss-10--109">.mps </span>extension. To include PostScript from other sources it is necessary +to convert the PostScript to PDF. +<!--242--><p class="indent"> <span +class="cmtt-10--109">pdftex</span>, and hence <span +class="cmtt-10--109">pdflatex</span>, has some extra primitive commands that are not available in +TeX itself specifically for accessing aspects of the PDF format, for example to create hypertext +links, bookmarks or article threads. Consult the manual for details. +<!--248--><p class="indent"> Independently of <span +class="cmtt-10--109">pdflatex </span>the <span +class="cmtt-10--109">hyperref </span>package ( +<a + href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/hyperref" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/hyperref</span></a>) extends the +functionality of the LaTeX cross-referencing commands to include hypertext links, and also ad hoc +hypertext links to, for example, external documents and URLs. + <h4 class="subsectionHead">2.4 <a + name="x1-100002.4"></a><a + name="QQ1-1-10"></a>Fonts</h4> +<!--256--><p class="noindent">The normal fonts used with LaTeX are the Computer Modern family developed by Knuth using +<span +class="cmcsc-10--109"><small +class="small-caps">M</small><small +class="small-caps">E</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small><small +class="small-caps">A</small><small +class="small-caps">F</small><small +class="small-caps">O</small><small +class="small-caps">N</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small></span> [<a + href="#XKNUTH86b">Knu86</a>]. All <span +class="cmcsc-10--109"><small +class="small-caps">M</small><small +class="small-caps">E</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small><small +class="small-caps">A</small><small +class="small-caps">F</small><small +class="small-caps">O</small><small +class="small-caps">N</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small> </span>fonts are in the form of bitmaps, which is unfortunate when it +comes to PDF. Typically, PDF will only use one size of each font for a document, and will scale +this if different font sizes are required. This normally works well as fonts used with PDF are +typically `Type 1' fonts (e.g., PostScript fonts) which are designed to be scaleable. Bitmap +fonts look terrible when scaled or printed at a resolution that they were not designed +for. +<!--266--><p class="indent"> In other words, expect bad results if you generate a PDF file with the original Computer +Modern fonts. +<!--269--><p class="indent"> Perhaps the easiest method of dealing with this is to use the most common PostScript fonts, +namely Times, Courier and Helvetica. All that is necessary is to add <span class="obeylines-h"><span +class="cmtt-10--109">\usepackage{times}</span></span> to the +document's preamble. +<!--273--><p class="indent"> Alternatively, if you need to use the CM fonts, perhaps because a lot of mathematics is +involved, many LaTeX distributions include Type 1 versions of the CM fonts. If you don't have +them they can be found at <a + href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/fonts/cm/ps-type1/bluesky" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/fonts/cm/ps-type1/bluesky</span></a> +and at <a + href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/fonts/amsfonts/ps-type1" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/fonts/amsfonts/ps-type1</span></a> for the AMS +fonts. +<!--279--><p class="indent"> Goossens <span +class="cmti-10--109">et al. </span>provide useful and general information on installing and using different fonts +with LaTeX [<a + href="#XGOOSSENS94">GMS94</a>], while for the fontophile, Alan Hoenig [<a + href="#XHOENIG98">Hoe98</a>] delves much more deeply into +the installation of PostScript fonts. +<!--284--><p class="indent"> TeX doesn't care about the particular shape of any glyph, nor how it is constructed or +represented, it only cares about the space occupied by each character (i.e., the <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.tfm </span>files). It is +the DVI processor that needs to know in detail about the fonts in a document. So, the DVI + +processor has to be told to use Type 1 CM PostScript fonts. The following is for the +<span +class="cmtt-10--109">dvips </span>program. For convenience, let <span +class="cmtt-10--109">$TEXMF </span>stand for the root of the <span +class="cmtt-10--109">texmf </span>tree (e.g., +<span +class="cmtt-10--109">/usr/teTeX/texmf</span>). +<!--294--><p class="indent"> <span +class="cmtt-10--109">dvips </span>looks in the <span +class="cmtt-10--109">$TEXMF/dvips/base/psfonts.map </span>to see if it can use any PostScript fonts. +This file starts off something like: <table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><pre class="verbatim"> + bchb8r CHarterBT-Bold "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <bchb8a.pfb + ... +</pre> +</td></tr></table> To get <span +class="cmtt-10--109">dvips </span>to use Type 1 versions of the CM fonts, additional lines must be added to +<span +class="cmss-10--109">psfonts.map </span>giving similar information about the fonts. The specification for CM fonts is simpler +and consists of lines like: <table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><pre class="verbatim"> + cmb10 CMB10 <cmb10.pfb + cmbsy10 CMBSY10 <cmbsy10.pfb + ... +</pre> +</td></tr></table> In the version of <span +class="cmtt-10--109">teTeX </span>that I use, this information is in files <span +class="cmss-10--109">bsr.map</span>, <span +class="cmss-10--109">bsr-interpolated.map</span>, +<span +class="cmss-10--109">cmcyr.map</span>, <span +class="cmss-10--109">hoekwater.map</span>, and <span +class="cmss-10--109">pl.map</span>, all in directory <span +class="cmtt-10--109">$TEXMF/dvips/config</span>. +<!--315--><p class="indent"> These files can either be copied by hand to the <span +class="cmss-10--109">psfonts.map </span>file in <span +class="cmtt-10--109">$TEXMF/dvips/base </span>or in a +modern <span +class="cmtt-10--109">teTeX </span>distribution (which should also have all the CM Type 1 font data) it is easiest to do +the following: + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize">In directory <span +class="cmtt-10--109">$TEXMF/dvips/config </span>copy the script file <span +class="cmtt-10--109">updmap </span>to, say, <span +class="cmtt-10--109">updmap.orig</span>. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Edit <span +class="cmtt-10--109">updmap </span>to comment the line <span +class="cmtt-10--109">type1</span>_<span +class="cmtt-10--109">default=false </span>and uncomment the line + <span +class="cmtt-10--109">type1</span>_<span +class="cmtt-10--109">default=true</span>. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Run the script via <span +class="cmtt-10--109">./updmap</span>.</li></ul> +<!--327--><p class="noindent">Another more general method is to edit the file <span +class="cmss-10--109">config.ps </span>in directory <span +class="cmtt-10--109">$TEXMF/dvips/config </span>and +at the appropriate place (which should be marked, but in any case after the line <span +class="cmtt-10--109">p psfonts.map</span>) +add lines like: <table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><pre class="verbatim"> + p +bsr.map + p +bsr-interpolated.map + ... +</pre> +</td></tr></table> + +<!--337--><p class="indent"> Another option when using <span +class="cmtt-10--109">dvips </span>which avoids all of the above, is to call it with options, +like: +<br class="newline"><span class="obeylines-h"><span +class="cmtt-10--109">dvips</span> <span +class="cmtt-10--109">-Pamz</span> <span +class="cmtt-10--109">-Pcmz</span> <span +class="cmtt-10--109">-Ppdf</span> <span +class="cmtt-10--109">-j0</span> <span +class="cmtt-10--109">[other</span> <span +class="cmtt-10--109">options]</span> <span +class="cmtt-10--109">filename</span></span> +<br class="newline">and then use your prefered <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.ps </span>to <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.pdf </span>conversion process. + <h4 class="subsectionHead">2.5 <a + name="x1-110002.5"></a><a + name="QQ1-1-11"></a>MetaPost</h4> +<!--344--><p class="noindent">John Hobby's <span +class="cmcsc-10--109">M<small +class="small-caps">E</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small><small +class="small-caps">A</small>P<small +class="small-caps">O</small><small +class="small-caps">S</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small></span> [<a + href="#XHOBBY92">Hob92</a>] is a language based drawing program based on Knuth's +<span +class="cmcsc-10--109"><small +class="small-caps">M</small><small +class="small-caps">E</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small><small +class="small-caps">A</small><small +class="small-caps">F</small><small +class="small-caps">O</small><small +class="small-caps">N</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small></span> [<a + href="#XKNUTH86b">Knu86</a>]. <span +class="cmcsc-10--109"><small +class="small-caps">M</small><small +class="small-caps">E</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small><small +class="small-caps">A</small><small +class="small-caps">F</small><small +class="small-caps">O</small><small +class="small-caps">N</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small> </span>was principally designed for creating fonts, and generates +bitmapped output, while <span +class="cmcsc-10--109">M<small +class="small-caps">E</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small><small +class="small-caps">A</small>P<small +class="small-caps">O</small><small +class="small-caps">S</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small> </span>is principally for drawing general line illustrations and its +output is a particularly simple form of Encapsulated PostScript. + +<a + name="x1-110011"></a> + <hr class="float"><div align="center" class="float" +><table class="float"><tr class="float"><td class="float" +> + +<img +src="webguide0x.gif" alt="PIC" > +<br> <div align="center" class="caption"><table class="caption" +><tr valign="baseline" class="caption"><td class="id">Figure 1: </td><td +class="content">Metapost illustration of an <span +class="cmcsc-10--109"><small +class="small-caps">E</small><small +class="small-caps">X</small><small +class="small-caps">P</small><small +class="small-caps">R</small><small +class="small-caps">E</small><small +class="small-caps">S</small><small +class="small-caps">S</small>-<small +class="small-caps">G</small> </span>diagram</td></tr></table></div> +<a + name="x1-110011"></a> + + </td></tr></table></div><hr class="endfloat"> + This is not the place to describe <span +class="cmcsc-10--109">M<small +class="small-caps">E</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small><small +class="small-caps">A</small>P<small +class="small-caps">O</small><small +class="small-caps">S</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small></span>, but it can generate several output files, one for +each drawing, from a single input file called, say, <span +class="cmss-10--109">fred.mp</span>. The output files have a numeric +extension correspond to the number of the drawing. So, for example, it may generate files <span +class="cmss-10--109">fred.1</span>, +<span +class="cmss-10--109">fred.2 </span>and <span +class="cmss-10--109">fred.3</span>. For a document that is to be processed via <span +class="cmtt-10--109">LaTeX </span>these files can be included as +is. However, for processing through <span +class="cmtt-10--109">pdfLaTeX</span>, the files must have a <span +class="cmss-10--109">.mps </span>extension; for example +<span +class="cmss-10--109">fred1.mps</span>, <span +class="cmss-10--109">fred2.mps </span>and <span +class="cmss-10--109">fred3.mps</span>. +<!--371--><p class="indent"> Figure <a + href="#x1-110011">1</a> is a <span +class="cmcsc-10--109">M<small +class="small-caps">E</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small><small +class="small-caps">A</small>P<small +class="small-caps">O</small><small +class="small-caps">S</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small> </span>illustration that is included in this document by the code: +<table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><pre class="verbatim"> + \begin{figure} + \centering + \ifpdf + \includegraphics{expeg6.mps} + \else + \includegraphics{expeg.6} + \fi + \caption{Metapost illustration of an \textsc{express-g} diagram} + \label{fig:mp} + \end{figure} +</pre> +</td></tr></table> where <span +class="cmss-10--109">expeg6.mps </span>is a copy of <span +class="cmss-10--109">expeg.6</span>, to cater for processing by either <span +class="cmtt-10--109">LaTeX </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10--109">pdfLaTeX</span>. +Actually, the following will also work: <table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><pre class="verbatim"> + \begin{figure} + \centering + \includegraphics{expeg6.mps} + \caption{Metapost illustration of an \textsc{express-g} diagram} + \label{fig:mp} + \end{figure} +</pre> +</td></tr></table> +<!--397--><p class="indent"> The figure demonstrates part of the capabilities of the <span +class="cmtt-10--109">expressg </span><span +class="cmcsc-10--109">M<small +class="small-caps">E</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small><small +class="small-caps">A</small>P<small +class="small-caps">O</small><small +class="small-caps">S</small><small +class="small-caps">T</small> </span>package ( +<a + href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/graphics/metapost/contrib/macros/expressg" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/graphics/metapost/contrib/macros/expressg</span></a>) for +drawing diagrams consisting of boxes, lines and annotations, such as flowcharts or ER +diagrams. + <h3 class="sectionHead"> 3 <a + name="x1-120003"></a><a + name="QQ1-1-13"></a>HTML</h3> + +<!--406--><p class="noindent">There are a number of systems that convert a LaTeX tagged document into an HTML tagged +document. These can be divided into two classes: + <ol type="1" class="enumerate1" +> + <li class="enumerate"><a + name="x1-12002x1"></a>Systems that parse the <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.tex </span>file themselves. + </li> + <li class="enumerate"><a + name="x1-12004x2"></a>Systems that use TeX as the file parser.</li></ol> +<!--412--><p class="noindent">There are several that do their own parsing, but only one that I know of that uses TeX as the +parser. +<!--415--><p class="indent"> TeX is a macro language and the meaning of existing commands can be changed on the +fly, and also new commands can be defined on the fly [<a + href="#XKNUTH84a">Knu84</a>]. As perhaps the most +extreme example of this is David Carlisle's <span +class="cmss-10--109">xii.tex </span>TeX code, which is obtainable as +<a + href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/plain/contrib/xii.tex" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/plain/contrib/xii.tex</span></a>: <table width="100%" +class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td +class="verbatim"><pre class="verbatim"> + \let~\catcode~`76~`A13~`F1~`j00~`P2jdefA71F~`7113jdefPALLF + PA''FwPA;;FPAZZFLaLPA//71F71iPAHHFLPAzzFenPASSFthP;A$$FevP + A@@FfPARR717273F737271P;ADDFRgniPAWW71FPATTFvePA**FstRsamP + AGGFRruoPAqq71.72.F717271PAYY7172F727171PA??Fi*LmPA&&71jfi + Fjfi71PAVVFjbigskipRPWGAUU71727374 75,76Fjpar71727375Djifx + :76jelse&U76jfiPLAKK7172F71l7271PAXX71FVLnOSeL71SLRyadR@oL + RrhC?yLRurtKFeLPFovPgaTLtReRomL;PABB71 72,73:Fjif.73.jelse + B73:jfiXF71PU71 72,73:PWs;AMM71F71diPAJJFRdriPAQQFRsreLPAI + I71Fo71dPA!!FRgiePBt'el@ lTLqdrYmu.Q.,Ke;vz vzLqpip.Q.,tz; + ;Lql.IrsZ.eap,qn.i. i.eLlMaesLdRcna,;!;h htLqm.MRasZ.ilk,% + s$;z zLqs'.ansZ.Ymi,/sx ;LYegseZRyal,@i;@ TLRlogdLrDsW,@;G + LcYlaDLbJsW,SWXJW ree @rzchLhzsW,;WERcesInW qt.'oL.Rtrul;e + doTsW,Wk;Rri@stW aHAHHFndZPpqar.tridgeLinZpe.LtYer.W,:jbye +</pre> +</td></tr></table> If you run this through TeX (not LaTeX) I'm sure you will be surprised at the result. +<!--439--><p class="indent"> There is inevitably a problem when converting from LaTeX to HTML for a document that +includes figures/illustrations or anything more than the most simple mathematical typesetting as, +basically, HTML provides no support. Typically, mathematics and illustrations, are converted to a +picture format and then inserted into the HTML document as graphics, usually with a very poor +appearance. +<!--447--><p class="indent"> However, for mathematics the situation is starting to change because of the advent of +MathML ( <a + href="http://www.w3.org/TR/MathML2" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">http://www.w3.org/TR/MathML2</span></a>). In particular the Milestone 13 release of Mozilla ( +<a + href="http://www.mozilla.org/binaries.html" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">http://www.mozilla.org/binaries.html</span></a>) is a MathML-enabled browser. Some examples, +generated by <span +class="cmtt-10--109">TeX4ht</span>, are available at <a + href="http://www.maths.ox.ac.uk/~gartside/mozSuccess" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">http://www.maths.ox.ac.uk/~gartside/mozSuccess</span></a>. +<!--454--><p class="indent"> All the systems generate HTML tagged documents, with the particular tagging `style' set by +the system. It is advantageous to use a converter which either by default generates your desired +style, or which can be modified in some manner to do so. + + <h4 class="subsectionHead">3.1 <a + name="x1-130003.1"></a><a + name="QQ1-1-14"></a>Self-parsing systems</h4> +<!--461--><p class="noindent">The self-parsing systems incorporate their own parsers for the TeX language. In essence, this +means that they `know' the meaning of common TeX commands, but probably not all possible +commands. It is advantageous to use a system that can be extended to deal with commands that +were not anticipated by the author. +<!--467--><p class="indent"> The only system I am familiar with in this class is Peter Wilson's <span +class="cmtt-10--109">ltx2x </span>program ( +<a + href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/support/ltx2x" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/support/ltx2x</span></a>). This program works by replacing known +LaTeX commands, and their arguments, by user-specified text strings [<a + href="#XPRW96h">Wil96</a>]. It is unable to +handle anything more than very simple mathematics and ignores any pictures. The user-specified +command texts are kept in a simple command-table file. Within limits, new LaTeX commands +and environments may be specified within a command-table file and the command texts modified. +The <span +class="cmtt-10--109">ltx2x </span>program has been used to `detex' (i.e., remove all LaTeX commands) files, +convert to HTML, and convert to SGML. It cannot convert to XML due to a yet to be +resolved technical problem in dealing with end of paragraph tags. The program is written +in C and so requires a C compiler for installation. The system can be extended via +some C programming, in which case the <span +class="cmtt-10--109">flex </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10--109">bison </span>programs are also required. +There is no chance that <span +class="cmtt-10--109">ltx2x </span>would ever make any sense whatsoever of <span +class="cmss-10--109">xii.tex </span>on +page <a + href="#x1-120003">10</a>. +<!--485--><p class="indent"> Perhaps the most venerable system is the <span +class="cmtt-10--109">LaTeX2HTML </span>system +( <a + href="http://www-texdev.mpce.mq.edu.au/l2h/docs/manual" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">http://www-texdev.mpce.mq.edu.au/l2h/docs/manual</span></a> or +<a + href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/support/latex2html" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/support/latex2html</span></a>), originally by Nikos Drakos +and now maintained by Ross Moore and others. This system is written using <span +class="cmtt-10--109">Perl </span>( +<a + href="ftp://ftp.uu.net/languages/perl" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ftp.uu.net/languages/perl</span></a>). It also requires a database management system such as the +Unix DBM or NDBM, or the GNU GDBM system. Further, it requires <span +class="cmtt-10--109">Ghostscript </span>and the +<span +class="cmtt-10--109">netpbm </span>library of graphics utilities ( <a + href="ftp://ftp.x.org/contrib/utilities" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ftp.x.org/contrib/utilities</span></a>). To extend or +change the default conversion style requires, I think, some Perl programming. A fuller description +and examples are given in [<a + href="#XGOOSSENS99">GR99</a>]. +<!--497--><p class="indent"> Another converter is the <span +class="cmtt-10--109">TtH </span>program by Ian Hutchinson ( <a + href="http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth</span></a>) +which is cost-free for non-commercial use; commercial use in this case is roughly by anyone who gets +paid while using it (but see <a + href="http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth/tth-commercial/email.html" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth/tth-commercial/email.html</span></a> +for the actual wording). There is also another version, <span +class="cmtt-10--109">TeX2HTML </span>( <a + href="http://www.tex2html.com" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">http://www.tex2html.com</span></a>) +which is the `commercial GOLD version of the freeware <span +class="cmtt-10--109">Tth </span>by Ian Hutchinson'. These programs +run on the usual range of operating systems. An example of the output from <span +class="cmtt-10--109">TtH </span>is given +in [<a + href="#XGOOSSENS99">GR99</a>]. + <h4 class="subsectionHead">3.2 <a + name="x1-140003.2"></a><a + name="QQ1-1-15"></a>TeX-based parsing system</h4> +<!--510--><p class="noindent">Eitan Gurari's <span +class="cmtt-10--109">TeX4ht </span>system appears to be unique in that it uses TeX as the +parser for the LaTeX document and instead effectively takes the <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.dvi </span>file as its +starting point for conversion to HTML. That is, it does not have to understand TeX +code and can, in fact, convert David Carlise's <span +class="cmss-10--109">xii.tex </span>(page <a + href="#x1-120003">10</a>) to HTML. The system + +is available from <a + href="http://www.cis.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">http://www.cis.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html</span></a>. It +consists of two C programs, one package file, and a set of <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.4ht </span>configuration files, one +for each of the typical LaTeX classes and packages. It also requires ImageMagick ( +<a + href="http://www.wizards.dupont.com/cristy/www/archives.html" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10--109">http://www.wizards.dupont.com/cristy/www/archives.html</span></a>) for handling illustrations and +non-simple mathematics. Simply speaking, the system is extended by writing new <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.4ht </span>file(s) and +its output modified by writing simple <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.cfg </span>file(s) that override the <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.4ht </span>file(s). At the moment, +the best and most detailed description is given in [<a + href="#XGOOSSENS99">GR99</a>]. +<!--528--><p class="indent"> By default, <span +class="cmtt-10--109">TeX4ht </span>can generate a non-tagged file or a file tagged with either HTML3.2 or +HTML4.0. By writing appropriate <span +class="cmss-10--109">*.cfg </span>files it can be made to generate XML tagged files. The +system comes with a script called <span +class="cmtt-10--109">htlatex </span>which controls the conversion process from LaTeX; +there is also the <span +class="cmtt-10--109">httex </span>script for converting a TeX document. For instance, to convert the earlier +example LaTeX file, <span +class="cmss-10--109">example.tex </span>(page <a + href="#x1-90002.3">3</a>), to an HTML4.0 tagged document, it is enough to +run: +<br class="newline"><span +class="cmtt-10--109">htlatex example</span> +<br class="newline">which will then output <span +class="cmss-10--109">example.html</span>. Similarly, to convert <span +class="cmss-10--109">xii.tex </span>just run: +<br class="newline"><span +class="cmtt-10--109">httex xii</span>. + <h3 class="sectionHead"> 4 <a + name="x1-150004"></a><a + name="QQ1-1-16"></a>Examples</h3> +<!--543--><p class="noindent">Hopefully, you should find several versions of this document, all of which have been generated +from a single source file. These are: + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="cmss-10--109">webguide.tex </span>-- the LaTeX source. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="cmss-10--109">webguide.ps </span>-- A PostScript version from running <span +class="cmtt-10--109">latex </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10--109">dvips </span>on <span +class="cmss-10--109">webguide.tex</span>. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="cmss-10--109">webguide.pdf </span>-- A PDF version from runnning <span +class="cmtt-10--109">pdflatex </span>on <span +class="cmss-10--109">webguide.tex</span>. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="cmss-10--109">webguide.html </span>-- A HTML4.0 version from running <span +class="cmtt-10--109">htlatex </span>on <span +class="cmss-10--109">webguide.tex</span>.</li></ul> +<!--554--><p class="noindent">The HTML version uses the GIF file <span +class="cmss-10--109">webguide0x.gif </span>for the illustration; the file is automatically +generated by <span +class="cmtt-10--109">tex4ht </span>using the ImageMagick <span +class="cmtt-10--109">convert </span>program. The quality of the picture in the +viewed document depends on the particular viewer; different versions of Netscape, for example, +may display and print the diagram with very different rendering qualities. I asked TeX4ht to +generate this particular figure at 180dpi instead of the default 110dpi to improve the +quality. + <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a + name="x1-160004"></a><a + name="QQ1-1-17"></a>References</h3> + + <div class="thebibliography"><p class="bibitem"> +[GMS94] <a + name="XGOOSSENS94"></a>Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. <span +class="cmti-10--109">The LaTeX</span> + <span +class="cmti-10--109">Companion</span>. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1994. + </p><p class="bibitem"> +[GR99] <a + name="XGOOSSENS99"></a>Michel Goossens and Sebastion Rahtz. <span +class="cmti-10--109">The LaTeX Web Companion - Integrating</span> + <span +class="cmti-10--109">TeX, HTML, and XML</span>. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1999. (with Eitan + Gurari, Ross Moore, and Robert Sutor). + </p><p class="bibitem"> +[Hob92] <a + name="XHOBBY92"></a>John Hobby. <span +class="cmti-10--109">‘A User’s Manual for MetaPost’</span>. Technical Report 162, AT&T Bell + Laboratories, Murray Hill, NJ, 1992. + </p><p class="bibitem"> +[Hoe98] <a + name="XHOENIG98"></a>Alan Hoenig. <span +class="cmti-10--109">TeX Unbound - LaTeX and TeX Strategies for Fonts, Graphics, &</span> + <span +class="cmti-10--109">More</span>. Oxford University Press, 1998. + </p><p class="bibitem"> +[Knu84] <a + name="XKNUTH84a"></a>Donald E. Knuth. <span +class="cmti-10--109">The TeXbook</span>. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1984. + </p><p class="bibitem"> +[Knu86] <a + name="XKNUTH86b"></a>Donald E. Knuth. <span +class="cmti-10--109">The METAFONTbook</span>. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, + 1986. + </p><p class="bibitem"> +[Lam94] <a + name="XLAMPORT94"></a>Leslie Lamport. <span +class="cmti-10--109">LaTeX: A Document Preparation System</span>. Addison-Wesley + Publishing Company, second edition, 1994. + </p><p class="bibitem"> +[Wil96] <a + name="XPRW96h"></a>Peter R. Wilson. <span +class="cmti-10--109">ltx2x: A LaTeX to X Auto-tagger</span>. NIST Report NISTIR, June + 1996. + </p></div> + +</body> +</html> + + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ffdca467fa7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.ps.gz b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.ps.gz Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..02f64e75d0b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.ps.gz diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4b22433386e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.tex @@ -0,0 +1,615 @@ +% webguide.tex Guide to LaTeX, STEP and the Web, etc + +\documentclass[11pt]{article} + +% a11pream.tex generic preamble +\usepackage{url} +%\usepackage{ltx2html} +\setlength{\textheight}{8.0in} +\setlength{\textwidth}{6.0in} +\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0.25in} +\setlength{\evensidemargin}{0.25in} +\setlength{\marginparwidth}{0.6in} +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4} +\setcounter{tocdepth}{4} + +%% \usepackage{times} + +\newif\ifpdf +\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined + \pdffalse +\else + \pdftrue +\fi + +\ifpdf + \pdfoutput=1 + \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else + \usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + +\newcommand{\file}[1]{\textsf{#1}} +\newcommand{\program}[1]{\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\package}[1]{\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\mpost}{\textsc{MetaPost}} +\newcommand{\mfont}{\textsc{metafont}} +\newcommand{\Han}{H\`{a}n Th\^{e} Th\`{a}nh} +\newcommand{\tex}{TeX} +\newcommand{\latex}{LaTeX} + +\title{A Brief Guide to \latex{} Tools for Web Publishing} +\author{Peter R. Wilson\thanks{With helpful critiques by +Eitan Gurari (\texttt{gurari@cis.ohio-state.edu}) and +David Wilson (\texttt{davidw@utopiatype.com.au}).} \\ + \texttt{peter.r.wilson@boeing.com}} +\date{11 March 2000} + +\begin{document} +\pagestyle{headings} +\pagenumbering{roman} +\maketitle +\begin{abstract} +This document provides a brief guide to converting \latex{} documents +to forms more suitable for dissemination via the Web. +\end{abstract} +\tableofcontents +\listoffigures +\clearpage +\pagenumbering{arabic} + +\section{Introduction} + + Publishing on the Web has rapidly achieved significant importance, +for example, the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) +is moving towards electronic forms of International Standard documents +that are suitable for publishing on the Web, and in particular, documents +as PDF or HTML files rather than their traditional request for camera-ready +paper copy. + + Documents written using \latex~\cite{LAMPORT94} tagging can be +easily converted to +PostScript, PDF and HTML, all from the single electronic source. This +guide briefly notes some of the ways that this can be accomplished. + Most of the programs and systems mentioned here are described in more +detail in~\cite{GOOSSENS99}. + + I have made no attempt to design this document for Web publication. The +typographical rules for printing on paper are well founded, having been +developed over hundreds of years. Display on computer screens is a +very different matter and requires a different set of rules, most of which, +as yet, are either in a state of flux or unavailable. For LaTeXers who +are interested in this topic I suggest a look at D.~P.~Story's work on +AcroTeX (\url{http://www.math.uakron.edu/~dpstory/acrotex.html}). Further, +for the example conversions I have used only the minimal tool options +necessary. Many of the tools have extensive capabilities which are well +documented in their accompanying user manuals; these should be consulted for +further information. + + +\subsection{URLs} + + I have tried to provide URLs for the programs and systems mentioned +here. Most \latex-related software is available from the Comprehensive +TeX Archive Network (CTAN). There are three sites, +\url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive} in the USA, +\url{ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive} in the UK, and +\url{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive} in Germany, as well as several mirror +sites. Usefully, the CTAN sites (but not necessarily a mirror site) supports +on-the-fly zipping of files and entire directories, which makes downloading +a group of files less tedious than having to get them one-by-one. Below, +I have used \url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive} to stand for any of +the three CTAN sites. + + +\subsection{Disclaimer} + + Nothing that is said in this document is meant to imply any endorsement +or recommendation, either +positive or negative, concerning any systems or programs mentioned herein. + + Many of the systems or programs are `free' in the sense that they are +either public domain or their licences are roughly equivalent to the GNU +Public License. +Others are either commercial or have more restricitive +licenses or may require payment. Where known, programs and systems that are +not `free' are noted. + +\section{PDF} + + The traditional output from a \latex{} (e.g., \file{*.tex}) file is +a `device independent' \file{*.dvi} file. The \file{*.dvi} file is then processed further to convert +it to a format suitable for printing on a particular printing device. +In the vast majority of cases the final printable format +has been PostScript, obtained by running the \file{*.dvi} file through a +program like \program{dvips}, to generate a \file{*.ps} file. + + PostScript was developed by Adobe Systems. The Portable Document +Format (PDF) has since also been developed by Adobe, and seems to be +overtaking PostScript as the format of choice for printing, and especially +for display via the Web. + + DVI and PDF are somewhat similar in that they both describe where +(electronic) ink is to be put on (electronic) paper. PostScript also +does this but at the same time it is a complete programming language. +This means that it is inherently more difficult, time consuming, and computer +intensive, to process PostScript than either DVI or PDF. This is probably +the reason behind the popularity of PDF on the Web. + + There are now several methods of producing a PDF (e.g., \file{*.pdf}) +file from \file{*.tex}. These include: +\begin{itemize} +\item Converting from PostScript to PDF; + from \file{*.ps} to \file{*.pdf}. +\item Generate PDF from the device independent file; + from \file{*.dvi} to \file{*.pdf} +\item Generate PDF directly from the \latex{} source; + from \file{*.tex} to \file{*.pdf}. +\end{itemize} + + +\subsection{From PostScript to PDF} + + There are basically two routes to getting from PostScript to PDF. The +first of these is to use Acrobat software from Adobe Systems, which +essentially means the commercial \program{Distiller} program. +\program{Distiller} can read in a PostScript file and output a PDF file +where the visual results of printing the two files are identical. This, +or any other, PDF file can be viewed and/or printed via the charge-free +Acrobat \program{Reader} program. Note that when using \program{Reader} +the `fit to paper' option may alter the page layout, for example by changing +the height of the text block. + + + The second route is to use a non-Adobe converter program, +like \program{Ghostscript} which runs on nearly all operating systems and +which is obtainable from +\url{http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost}. The \program{Ghostscript} distribution +comes with a script called \program{ps2pdf} which performs the conversion. +The distribution also provides the popular \program{Ghostview} program, +which is a viewer for both PostScript and PDF files. + + Another +converter program, which does have some licensing conditions that may not +be suitable for all users, is \program{PStill}; it is available from +\url{http://www.this.net/~frank/pstill.html}. + +\subsection{From DVI to PDF} + + Mark Wicks' \program{dvipdfm} program +(\url{http://odo.kettering.edu/dvipdfm}) converts a \file{*.dvi} file to a +\file{*.pdf} file. The program is used in the same manner as \program{dvips} +and provides similar capabilities. + + PostScript illustrations are handled in one of two ways. Simple PostScript +generated by the \mpost{} program~\cite{HOBBY92} is included natively. +Any other PostScript file is first converted to PDF by using an external +program like \program{Ghostscript} and then inserted +into the output file. Illustrations in PDF, PNG and JPEG formats require +no external aids. + + \program{dvipdfm} is written in C but there are some binaries for Linux +systems. + + +\subsection{From LaTeX to PDF} + + The \program{pdfLaTeX} program being developed by \Han{} is a modified +version of \tex{} that generates \file{*.pdf} instead of \file{*.dvi} output +files. \program{pdfLaTeX} is distributed with many of the free \latex{} +distributions, and is also obtainable from +\url{ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex/local/cstug/thanh}, although it may be +better to try \url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/systems/pdftex}. + + Running \program{pdfLaTeX} is very similar to running \latex, but some +minor changes are required to the \file{*.tex} file. For example: \label{code:example} +\begin{verbatim} +% example.tex example latex file +\documentclass[...]{...} +\newif\ifpdf +\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined + \pdffalse +\else + \pdftrue +\fi + +\ifpdf + \pdfoutput=1 +% \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} % uncomment if using graphicx +% \usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref} % uncomment if using hyperref +\else +% \usepackage{graphicx} % uncomment if using graphicx +% \usepackage{hyperref} % uncomment if using hyperref +\fi +.... +\end{verbatim} + +Running \\ +\texttt{latex example} \\ +will produce \file{example.dvi}, while running \\ +\texttt{pdflatex example} \\ +will produce \file{example.pdf}. It is thus very easy to generate both +\file{*.dvi} and \file{*.pdf} from the same \latex{} source file. + + \program{pdflatex} will handle graphics files in the following formats: +PDF, PNG, JPEG and TIFF, but notice that (Encapsulated) PostScript is +missing from this list. However, it can handle directly the simple +Encapsulated PostScript output by \mpost~\cite{HOBBY92}. +It does, though, expect \mpost{} files to have a \file{.mps} extension. +To include PostScript from other sources it is necessary to convert the +PostScript to PDF. + + \program{pdftex}, and hence \program{pdflatex}, has some extra +primitive commands +that are not available in \tex{} itself specifically for accessing aspects +of the PDF format, for example to create hypertext links, bookmarks or +article threads. Consult the manual for details. + + Independently of \program{pdflatex} the \package{hyperref} package +(\url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/hyperref}) +extends the functionality of the \latex{} cross-referencing commands to +include hypertext links, and also ad hoc hypertext links to, for example, +external documents and URLs. + +\subsection{Fonts} + + The normal fonts used with \latex{} are the Computer Modern family +developed by Knuth using \mfont~\cite{KNUTH86b}. +All \mfont{} fonts are in the form of +bitmaps, which is unfortunate when it comes to PDF. Typically, PDF will +only use one size of each font for a document, and will scale this if +different font sizes are required. This normally works well as fonts +used with PDF are typically `Type~1' fonts (e.g., PostScript fonts) +which are designed to be scaleable. Bitmap fonts look terrible when scaled +or printed at a resolution that they were not designed for. + + In other words, expect bad results if you generate a PDF file with +the original Computer Modern fonts. + + Perhaps the easiest method of dealing with this is to use the most common +PostScript fonts, namely Times, Courier and Helvetica. All that is +necessary is to add \verb|\usepackage{times}| to the document's preamble. + + Alternatively, if you need to use the CM fonts, perhaps because a lot +of mathematics is involved, many \latex{} distributions include +Type~1 versions of the CM fonts. If you don't have them they can be found at +\url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/fonts/cm/ps-type1/bluesky} and +at \url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/fonts/amsfonts/ps-type1} for the AMS fonts. + + Goossens \textit{et al.} provide useful and general information +on installing and using different fonts with \latex~\cite{GOOSSENS94}, +while for the fontophile, Alan Hoenig~\cite{HOENIG98} delves much +more deeply into the installation of PostScript fonts. + + \tex{} doesn't care about the particular shape of any glyph, nor how it +is constructed or represented, it only cares about the space occupied by +each character (i.e., the \file{*.tfm} files). +It is the DVI processor that needs to know in detail +about the fonts in a document. So, the DVI processor has to be told to +use Type~1 CM PostScript fonts. +The following is for the \program{dvips} program. +For convenience, let \path{$TEXMF} stand for the root of the +\path{texmf} tree (e.g., \path{/usr/teTeX/texmf}). + + \program{dvips} looks in the \path{$TEXMF/dvips/base/psfonts.map} +to see if it can use any PostScript fonts. This file starts off something +like: +\begin{verbatim} +bchb8r CHarterBT-Bold "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <bchb8a.pfb +... +\end{verbatim} +To get \program{dvips} to use Type~1 versions of the CM fonts, additional +lines must be added to \file{psfonts.map} giving similar information about +the fonts. The specification for CM fonts is simpler and consists of +lines like: +\begin{verbatim} +cmb10 CMB10 <cmb10.pfb +cmbsy10 CMBSY10 <cmbsy10.pfb +... +\end{verbatim} +In the version of \program{teTeX} that I use, this information is in +files \file{bsr.map}, \file{bsr-interpolated.map}, \file{cmcyr.map}, +\file{hoekwater.map}, and \file{pl.map}, all in directory +\path{$TEXMF/dvips/config}. + + These files can either be copied by hand to the \file{psfonts.map} +file in \path{$TEXMF/dvips/base} or in a modern \program{teTeX} +distribution (which should also have all the CM Type~1 font data) it +is easiest to do the following: +\begin{itemize} +\item In directory \path{$TEXMF/dvips/config} copy the script file + \path{updmap} to, say, \path{updmap.orig}. +\item Edit \path{updmap} to comment the line \texttt{type1\_default=false} + and uncomment the line \texttt{type1\_default=true}. +\item Run the script via \texttt{./updmap}. +\end{itemize} + + Another more general method is to edit the file \file{config.ps} in +directory \path{$TEXMF/dvips/config} and at the appropriate place (which +should be marked, but in any case after the line \texttt{p psfonts.map}) +add lines like: +\begin{verbatim} +p +bsr.map +p +bsr-interpolated.map +... +\end{verbatim} + + Another option when using \program{dvips} which avoids all of the above, +is to call it with options, like: \\ +\verb|dvips -Pamz -Pcmz -Ppdf -j0 [other options] filename| \\ +and then use your prefered \file{*.ps} to \file{*.pdf} conversion process. + +\subsection{MetaPost} + + John Hobby's \mpost{}~\cite{HOBBY92} is a language based drawing program +based on Knuth's \mfont~\cite{KNUTH86b}. \mfont{} was principally designed +for creating fonts, and generates bitmapped output, while \mpost{} is +principally for drawing general line illustrations and its output is a +particularly simple form of Encapsulated PostScript. + + +\begin{figure} +\centering +\ifpdf + \includegraphics{expeg6.mps} +\else + \includegraphics{expeg.6} +\fi +\caption{Metapost illustration of an \textsc{express-g} diagram} + \label{fig:mp} +\end{figure} + + This is not the place to describe \mpost, but it can generate several +output files, one for each drawing, from a single input file called, say, +\file{fred.mp}. The output files have a numeric extension correspond to the +number of the drawing. So, for example, it may generate files \file{fred.1}, +\file{fred.2} and \file{fred.3}. For a document that is to be processed via +\program{LaTeX} these files can be included as is. However, for processing +through \program{pdfLaTeX}, the files must have a \file{.mps} extension; for +example \file{fred1.mps}, \file{fred2.mps} and \file{fred3.mps}. + + Figure~\ref{fig:mp} is a \mpost{} illustration that is included in +this document by the code: +\begin{verbatim} +\begin{figure} +\centering +\ifpdf + \includegraphics{expeg6.mps} +\else + \includegraphics{expeg.6} +\fi +\caption{Metapost illustration of an \textsc{express-g} diagram} + \label{fig:mp} +\end{figure} +\end{verbatim} +where \file{expeg6.mps} is a copy of \file{expeg.6}, +to cater for processing by either \program{LaTeX} or \program{pdfLaTeX}. +Actually, the following will also work: +\begin{verbatim} +\begin{figure} +\centering +\includegraphics{expeg6.mps} +\caption{Metapost illustration of an \textsc{express-g} diagram} + \label{fig:mp} +\end{figure} +\end{verbatim} + +The figure demonstrates part of the capabilities of the +\program{expressg} \mpost{} +package (\url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/graphics/metapost/contrib/macros/expressg}) for +drawing diagrams consisting of boxes, lines and annotations, such as flowcharts +or ER diagrams. + + +\section{HTML} + + There are a number of systems that convert a \latex{} tagged document into +an HTML tagged document. These can be divided into two classes: +\begin{enumerate} +\item Systems that parse the \file{*.tex} file themselves. +\item Systems that use \tex{} as the file parser. +\end{enumerate} +There are several that do their own parsing, but only one that I know of that +uses \tex{} as the parser. + +\tex{} is a macro language and the meaning of existing +commands can be changed on the fly, and also new commands can be defined on +the fly~\cite{KNUTH84a}. +As perhaps the most extreme example of this is David Carlisle's +\file{xii.tex} \tex{} code, which is obtainable as +\url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/plain/contrib/xii.tex}: \label{code:xii} +\begin{verbatim} +\let~\catcode~`76~`A13~`F1~`j00~`P2jdefA71F~`7113jdefPALLF +PA''FwPA;;FPAZZFLaLPA//71F71iPAHHFLPAzzFenPASSFthP;A$$FevP +A@@FfPARR717273F737271P;ADDFRgniPAWW71FPATTFvePA**FstRsamP +AGGFRruoPAqq71.72.F717271PAYY7172F727171PA??Fi*LmPA&&71jfi +Fjfi71PAVVFjbigskipRPWGAUU71727374 75,76Fjpar71727375Djifx +:76jelse&U76jfiPLAKK7172F71l7271PAXX71FVLnOSeL71SLRyadR@oL +RrhC?yLRurtKFeLPFovPgaTLtReRomL;PABB71 72,73:Fjif.73.jelse +B73:jfiXF71PU71 72,73:PWs;AMM71F71diPAJJFRdriPAQQFRsreLPAI +I71Fo71dPA!!FRgiePBt'el@ lTLqdrYmu.Q.,Ke;vz vzLqpip.Q.,tz; +;Lql.IrsZ.eap,qn.i. i.eLlMaesLdRcna,;!;h htLqm.MRasZ.ilk,% +s$;z zLqs'.ansZ.Ymi,/sx ;LYegseZRyal,@i;@ TLRlogdLrDsW,@;G +LcYlaDLbJsW,SWXJW ree @rzchLhzsW,;WERcesInW qt.'oL.Rtrul;e +doTsW,Wk;Rri@stW aHAHHFndZPpqar.tridgeLinZpe.LtYer.W,:jbye +\end{verbatim} +If you run this through \tex{} (not \latex) I'm sure you will be surprised at +the result. + + There is inevitably a problem when converting from \latex{} to HTML for +a document that includes figures/illustrations or anything more than the +most simple mathematical +typesetting as, basically, HTML provides no support. Typically, mathematics +and illustrations, are converted to a picture format and then +inserted into the HTML document as graphics, usually with a very poor +appearance. + + However, for mathematics the situation is starting to change +because of the advent of MathML (\url{http://www.w3.org/TR/MathML2}). +In particular the Milestone~13 release +of Mozilla (\url{http://www.mozilla.org/binaries.html}) +is a MathML-enabled browser. Some examples, generated by \program{TeX4ht}, +are available at \url{http://www.maths.ox.ac.uk/~gartside/mozSuccess}. + + All the systems generate HTML tagged documents, with the particular tagging +`style' set by the system. It is advantageous to use a converter which either by +default generates your desired style, or which can be modified in some manner +to do so. + +\subsection{Self-parsing systems} + + The self-parsing systems incorporate their own parsers for the \tex{} +language. In essence, this means that they `know' the meaning of common +\tex{} commands, but probably not all possible commands. +It is advantageous to use a system that can be +extended to deal with commands that were not anticipated by the author. + + The only system I am familiar with in this class is Peter Wilson's +\program{ltx2x} program (\url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/support/ltx2x}). +This program works by replacing known \latex{} +commands, and their arguments, by user-specified text strings~\cite{PRW96h}. +It is unable +to handle anything more than very simple mathematics and ignores any pictures. +The user-specified command texts are kept in a simple command-table file. +Within limits, new \latex{} commands and environments may be specified +within a command-table file and the command texts modified. The \program{ltx2x} +program has been used to `detex' (i.e., remove all \latex{} commands) files, +convert to HTML, and convert to SGML. It cannot convert to XML due to a +yet to be resolved technical problem in dealing with end of paragraph tags. +The program is written in C and so requires a C compiler for installation. +The system can be extended via some C programming, in which case +the \program{flex} and \program{bison} programs are also required. +There is no chance that \program{ltx2x} would ever make any sense whatsoever +of \file{xii.tex} on page~\pageref{code:xii}. + + Perhaps the most venerable system is the \program{LaTeX2HTML} +system (\url{http://www-texdev.mpce.mq.edu.au/l2h/docs/manual} +or \url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/support/latex2html}), originally +by Nikos Drakos and now maintained by Ross Moore and others. This system +is written using \program{Perl} (\url{ftp://ftp.uu.net/languages/perl}). +It also requires a database management system such as the Unix DBM or NDBM, +or the GNU GDBM system. Further, it requires \program{Ghostscript} and +the \program{netpbm} library of graphics utilities +(\url{ftp://ftp.x.org/contrib/utilities}). To extend or change the default +conversion style requires, I think, some Perl programming. A fuller description +and examples are given in~\cite{GOOSSENS99}. + + Another converter is the \program{TtH} program by Ian Hutchinson +(\url{http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth}) which is cost-free for +non-commercial use; commercial use in this case is roughly by anyone who gets +paid while using it +(but see \url{http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth/tth-commercial/email.html} +for the actual wording). There is also another version, \program{TeX2HTML} +(\url{http://www.tex2html.com}) which is the `commercial GOLD version of +the freeware \program{Tth} by Ian Hutchinson'. These programs run on the usual +range of operating systems. An example of the output from \program{TtH} is +given in~\cite{GOOSSENS99}. + +\subsection{TeX-based parsing system} + + Eitan Gurari's \program{TeX4ht} system appears to be unique in that +it uses \tex{} as the parser for the \latex{} document and instead effectively +takes the \file{*.dvi} file as its starting point for conversion to HTML. +That is, it does not have to understand \tex{} code and can, in fact, convert +David Carlise's \file{xii.tex} (page~\pageref{code:xii}) to HTML. +The system is available from +\url{http://www.cis.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html}. It consists of +two C programs, one package file, and a set of \file{*.4ht} configuration +files, one for each of the typical LaTeX{} classes and packages. It also +requires ImageMagick +(\url{http://www.wizards.dupont.com/cristy/www/archives.html}) for handling +illustrations and non-simple mathematics. +Simply speaking, the system +is extended by writing new \file{*.4ht} file(s) and its output modified +by writing simple \file{*.cfg} file(s) that override the \file{*.4ht} file(s). +At the moment, the best and most detailed description is given +in~\cite{GOOSSENS99}. + + By default, \program{TeX4ht} can generate a non-tagged file or a file +tagged with either HTML3.2 or HTML4.0. By writing appropriate \file{*.cfg} +files it can be made to generate XML tagged files. The system comes with a +script called \program{htlatex} which controls the conversion process from +\latex; there is also the \program{httex} script for converting a \tex{} document. +For instance, to convert the earlier example LaTeX{} file, +\file{example.tex} (page~\pageref{code:example}), + to an HTML4.0 tagged document, it is enough to run: \\ +\texttt{htlatex example} \\ +which will then output \file{example.html}. Similarly, to convert +\file{xii.tex} just run: \\ +\texttt{httex xii}. + +\section{Examples} + + Hopefully, you should find several versions of this document, all of +which have been generated from a single source file. These are: +\begin{itemize} +\item \file{webguide.tex} --- the \latex{} source. +\item \file{webguide.ps} --- A PostScript version from running + \program{latex} and \program{dvips} on \file{webguide.tex}. +\item \file{webguide.pdf} --- A PDF version from runnning + \program{pdflatex} on \file{webguide.tex}. +\item \file{webguide.html} --- A HTML4.0 version from running + \program{htlatex} on \file{webguide.tex}. +\end{itemize} + The HTML version uses the GIF file +\file{webguide0x.gif} for the illustration; the file is automatically +generated by \program{tex4ht} using the ImageMagick \program{convert} +program. The quality of the picture in the viewed document depends on +the particular viewer; different versions of Netscape, for example, +may display and print the diagram with very different rendering qualities. +I asked TeX4ht to generate this particular figure at 180dpi instead of +the default 110dpi to improve the quality. + + +\bibliographystyle{alpha} +%%\bibliography{refs,prw} + +\begin{thebibliography}{GMS94} + +\bibitem[GMS94]{GOOSSENS94} +Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. +\newblock {\em The LaTeX Companion}. +\newblock Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1994. + +\bibitem[GR99]{GOOSSENS99} +Michel Goossens and Sebastion Rahtz. +\newblock {\em The LaTeX Web Companion -- Integrating TeX, HTML, and XML}. +\newblock Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1999. +\newblock (with Eitan Gurari, Ross Moore, and Robert Sutor). + +\bibitem[Hob92]{HOBBY92} +John Hobby. +\newblock {\em `{A User's Manual for MetaPost}'}. +\newblock Technical Report 162, AT\&T Bell Laboratories, Murray Hill, NJ, 1992. + +\bibitem[Hoe98]{HOENIG98} +Alan Hoenig. +\newblock {\em TeX Unbound -- LaTeX and TeX Strategies for Fonts, Graphics, \& + More}. +\newblock Oxford University Press, 1998. + +\bibitem[Knu84]{KNUTH84a} +Donald~E. Knuth. +\newblock {\em The TeXbook}. +\newblock Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1984. + +\bibitem[Knu86]{KNUTH86b} +Donald~E. Knuth. +\newblock {\em The METAFONTbook}. +\newblock Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1986. + +\bibitem[Lam94]{LAMPORT94} +Leslie Lamport. +\newblock {\em LaTeX: A Document Preparation System}. +\newblock Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, second edition, 1994. + +\bibitem[Wil96]{PRW96h} +Peter~R. Wilson. +\newblock {\em {ltx2x: A LaTeX to X Auto-tagger}}. +\newblock NIST Report NISTIR, June 1996. + +\end{thebibliography} + + +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide0x.gif b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide0x.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e3c19233b35 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide0x.gif diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/GPL.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/GPL.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..694ca984955 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/GPL.txt @@ -0,0 +1,341 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + <http://www.gnu.org> + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General +Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2LaTeX.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2LaTeX.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c0f2df7ca9e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2LaTeX.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +Filename: html2latex.zip + +Function: Creates LateX 2.09 files from html-files. + +Comments: Compiled from Unix sources version 0.9c with emx 0.9c fix 2. + Runs on DOS, Windows (3.x, 9x, NT), OS/2 Warp + +Recompiled by Roland Reimers (reimers@muffin.physik.uni-bremen.de) diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2latex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2latex.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a11748e8240 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2latex.html @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>html2latex(1)</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="textopc.html">Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>NAME</H1> + +<P>html2latex -- convert HTML markup to LaTeX markup </P> + +<P>The original author, Nathan Torrington, wrote:<BR> +"The source is available +<A HREF="http://www.vuw.ac.nz/non-local/software/html2latex-0.9c.tar.Z">here</A>", +<BR> +but this is obviously no longer the case. <BR> +Instead, I (W.Hennings) put it <A HREF="bin/html2ltx.zip">here</A>. This +zip-file includes an msdos executable. <BR> +There is another compiled version on CTAN which I also put +<A HREF="bin/html2LaTeX.zip">here</A> (see <A +HREF="html2LaTeX.txt">description</A>), but both result from the same source. +</P> + +<P></P> + +<H1>SYNOPSIS</H1> + +<P><TT>html2latex <I>[opt ...] [file ...]</I></TT> </P> + +<H1>DESCRIPTION</H1> + +<P>For each file argument, <I>html2latex</I> converts the text as HTML markup +to LaTeX markup. If no files are specified, a usage message is given. Input +will be taken from standard input for files named <EM>-</EM>. Output will to a +similarly named file with a <B>.tex</B> extension (<I>html2latex</I> recognises +<B>.html</B> extensions). </P> + +<P>Options modify the action of <I>html2latex</I>. The options are: </P> + +<DL> +<DT>-n</DT> +<DD>Number sections. </DD> +<DT>-p</DT> +<DD>Place page breaks after the title page (if present) and the table of +contents (if present). </DD> +<DT>-c</DT> +<DD>Generate a table of contents. </DD> +<DT>-s</DT> +<DD>Create no files -- LaTeX is output to stdout. </DD> +<DT>-t Title</DT> +<DD>Generate a title page, with the title 'Title'. </DD> +<DT>-a Author</DT> +<DD>Generate a title page, with the author 'Author'. </DD> +</DL> + +<H1>EXAMPLES</H1> + +<P>An example of use is html2latex -n - < file.html | less This converts +<B>file.html</B> to LaTeX and pages through the output. The sections +(corresponding to heading tags in the HTML source) will be numbered. </P> + +<P>Another example is html2latex -t 'Introduction to HTML' -a gnat -p -c +html-intro This takes input from the file <B>html-intro</B>, writing to +<B>html-intro.tex</B>, and adds a title page (with title <I>Introduction to +HTML</I> and author <I>gnat</I>) and table of contents with page-breaks after +both. The sections of the document are not numbered. </P> + +<H1>BUGS</H1> + +<P>Current the only HTML tags supported are: <B>TITLE, H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, H6, +UL, OL, DL, DT, DD, LI, B, I, U, EM, STRONG, CODE, SAMP, KBD, VAR, DFN, CITE, +LISTING</B>. The only recognised SGML escapes are <B>&amp, &lt, +&gt</B>. <B>ADDRESS</B> tags are handled badly. </P> + +<P>The <B>COMPACT</B> attribute to a <B>DL</B> tag is not recognised. +<B>MENU</B> and <B>DIR</B> styles are not handled well. <B>TITLE</B> text are +ignored. </P> + +<P>Currently <B>PRE</B> tags are not handled at all. </P> + +<P>The entire file is read into memory. For long HTML documents on machines +with little memory, this may cause problems. </P> + +<H1>CREDITS</H1> + +<P>Nathan Torkington adapted the HTML parser from NCSA's Xmosaic package +(<B>file://ncsa.uiuc.edu/Web/xmosaic</B>) and wrote the conversion code. The +HTML parser code is subject to the NCSA restrictions. The conversion code is +subject to the VUW restrictions. Enquiries should be sent via e-mail to +<TT>Nathan.Torkington "at" vuw.ac.nz</TT>. </P> + +<P></P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/index.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/index.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..82f55f901cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<META NAME="description" + CONTENT="Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors" LANG="en"> +<META NAME="keywords" + CONTENT="FAQ, converter, LaTeX, winword, word perfect, textprocessor" + LANG="en"> +<TITLE>Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A></P> + +<H1>Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors</H1> + +<P>Author: Wilfried Hennings (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de), +<A HREF="http://www.fz-juelich.de/index-e.html">Forschungszentrum (Research +Center) Jülich GmbH</A><BR> +last update of this page or any of its subpages: April 16, 2004<BR> +The url of this page is +<A HREF="http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/index.html">http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/index.html</A> +</P> + +<P><B><FONT SIZE="+1">To all PC users of the TeXconv FAQ pages: </FONT></B><BR> +<B>Help! My and some other TeX experts' and companies' email addresses are +continuously flooded with virus laden mails.</B><BR> +<B>PLEASE check your systems with a virus scanner, remove the viruses, and from +now on use a resident virus scanning engine and update virus data files at +least twice a week.<BR> +If you don't want this, please remove my email address from all your address +books!!!</B></P> + +<P>The main list is divided into two parts:</P> + +<P><STRONG>Converters <A HREF="textopc.html">from LaTeX to PC +textprocessors</A></STRONG></P> + +<P><STRONG>Converters <A HREF="pctotex.html">from PC textprocessors to +LaTeX</A></STRONG></P> + +<P>Please also read the <A HREF="#copyright">copyright</A> and the +<A HREF="#disclaimer">disclaimer</A></P> + +<P>You can also <STRONG>download the whole set of www pages</STRONG> in a +<STRONG><A HREF="wp-conv.zip">zip file</A></STRONG>. This zip file is also +available from <A HREF="#ctan">CTAN</A> (directory .../help/wp-conv/), but +there it isn't updated as often as on this page. </P> + +<H2>Related external www pages</H2> + +<P><A HREF="http://www.esm.psu.edu/mac-tex/tools.html#Converters">List of +converters ported to Macintosh</A></P> + +<P><A HREF="http://www.dante.de/faq/de-tex-faq/txt/faq.11.txt">TeX-FAQ (auf +Deutsch), Abschnitt 11.3: Konverter</A> (nach Aufruf der Seite +weiterblättern bis Abschnitt 11.3)</P> + +<H3><A NAME="ctan">CTAN</A></H3> + +<P>CTAN is "The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network". The primary CTAN +hosts -- which also allow uploading -- are the German, the British and the USA +sites. There are many more full or partial CTAN mirrors. A list of CTAN +(primary and mirror) hosts is available at +<A + HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/README.mirrors">ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/README.mirrors</A>. +</P> + +<P>The following are links to the primary CTAN hosts: </P> + +<P><A HREF="http://www.dante.de/">Der deutsche CTAN Server (The German CTAN +server)</A></P> + +<P><A HREF="http://www.tex.ac.uk/">The British CTAN server</A></P> + +<P><A HREF="http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/">The USA CTAN Server</A></P> + +<P>and the directories on them where you find the converters:</P> + +<P><A HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/support">Deutscher CTAN Server, +freie Konverter</A></P> + +<P><A HREF="ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support">British CTAN server, free +converters</A></P> + +<P><A HREF="ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/">USA CTAN Server, free +converters</A></P> + +<P>It is also possible to order CD-ROM(s) from CTAN with the CTAN contents -- +<BR> +description in German: <A +HREF="http://www.dante.de/software/cdrom/">http://www.dante.de/software/cdrom/</A>, +<BR> +description in English: <A +HREF="http://www.tug.org/texlive.html">http://www.tug.org/texlive.html</A>.</P> +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +<STRONG><A NAME="copyright">Copyright</A></STRONG> © 1998, 1999, 2000, +2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>It must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). +Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as +long as the contents are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>You may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution.</LI> +</UL> + +<H2><FONT SIZE="-1"><A NAME="disclaimer">Disclaimer</A></FONT></H2> + +<P><FONT SIZE="-1">1. Because the information is licensed free of charge, there +is no warranty for the information, to the extent permitted by applicable law. +Except when otherwise stated in writing the copyright holders and/or other +parties provide the information "as is" without warranty of any kind, +either expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied +warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The entire +risk as to the quality and performance of the information is with you. Should +the information prove defective, you assume the cost of all necessary +servicing, repair or correction. </FONT></P> + +<P><FONT SIZE="-1">2. At the time of putting a link in one of my pages, I found +the linked content appropriate and probably helpful for readers of my pages. +However in most cases I did not test whether the information on external pages +is correct so I take no responsibility for its correctness. Moreover, external +contents may be changed without my knowledge and an URL may be taken over by a +different party without my knowledge. I therefore also take no responsibility +for changes of external contents after adding a link to one of my webpages. If +a link seems inappropriate, please inform me. (In this context, "external +contents" means contents of webpages of which I am not the author.)</FONT> +</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktalk.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktalk.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fc59ff7bf37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktalk.txt @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +Received via email on April 9, 1997 from lisa@ktalk.com +citation begin>> + +We have two different products: Texport, which converts from LaTeX/TeX to +Word, and Publishing Companion, which converts from Word to LaTeX/TeX. +Equations (greek letters, math symbols, etc.) and text are converted, other +kinds of graphics not. When converting from LaTeX to Word, equations are +converted 90-95% well. From Word -> LaTeX they came out only 60-70% because +Word equations format is encrypted. + +Both Texport and Publishing run under Windows 3.x or Win'95, using Word 6.x +or later versions, on a IBM PC. Each of these products work together with +our math editor, MathEdit, which let you create/edit/correct equations and +then save them in various graphics format: WMF (which is the best for Word), +BMP, TIFF, EPS and/or TeX/LaTeX code. In the conversion process, our macros +insert the equations graphics into the final document (when convert from +LaTeX to Word) or merge together the equations LaTeX code and the text (when +convert from Word to LaTeX). + +For more information, please visit our web site at: +http://www.ktalk.com + +We have also a working demo of MathEdit which you can download. (This demo +permits you only equations not document conversion). +If you don't have Internet access, call us back for more details. +Please use the following: +lisa@ktalk.com or +ktalk@aol.com + +Looking forward to work with you! +K-Talk Communications, Inc. +Columbus, Ohio 43212 USA +Fax: (614) 488-9505 +Phone: (614) 488-8818 + +<<citation end diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..acb763bd03d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.html @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>Why K-Talk's software doesn't work for me</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<H1>Why K-Talk's software doesn't work for me</H1> + +<P>last update: May 25, 1998</P> + +<P>Although this page resides on the official WWW server of +<A HREF="http://www.fz-juelich.de/">Forschungszentrum Jülich GmbH</A>, it +is NOT officially supported by Forschungszentrum Jülich but results from +my personal work.</P> + +<P>Neither correctness nor completeness is guaranteed. <BR> +All opinions mentioned (if any) are my own, not my employer's. Please send +corrections, enhancements and supplements to the following address: </P> + +<DL> +<DT>e-mail: </DT> +<DD>W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de</DD> +<DT>Fax:</DT> +<DD>(+49) 2461 61 8254</DD> +<DT>Mail:</DT> +<DD>W. Hennings c./o. <BR> +Forschungszentrum Juelich GmbH <BR> +ISR <BR> +D-52425 Juelich <BR> +Germany </DD> +</DL> + +<HR> + +<H3>Distinguish two groups of causes why K-Talk's software doesn't work for me: +</H3> + +<H3>A. General Problems</H3> + +<P>1. K-Talk's software uses their own formula editor "MathEdit", +which is incompatible with Microsoft's equation editor. Therefore if I convert +a LaTeX file to word, only users having K-Talk's MathEdit are able to use the +converted file.</P> + +<P>2. On the PC wordprocessor side, K-Talk's software primarily uses the +WordPerfect 5.1 format. MS Word users must install extra macros for conversion +to a "tagged document file". <BR> +These macros however are written for Word6 and need some dlls belonging to +word6 which I don't have because I have word7(95). So I could not get them +running.</P> + +<P>3. Capacity: on converting the "LaTeX2e Kurzbeschreibung" (from +CTAN, "l2kurz.tex" plus include-files) I get the error message +"file l2k2.tex too large to include".<BR> +As LaTeX is intended for large documents, a professional converter should be +able to convert large documents!</P> + +<H3>B. Localization Problems</H3> + +<P>1. In addition to being not compatible with MS word versions later than +word6, the word macros need to be localized if one doesn't have the English +version of Word.</P> + +<P>2. TexPort doesn't recognize German umlauts used in german.sty - see the +converted example "l2kurz"</P> + +<H3>Sample of Converted Files (LaTeX -> WP)</H3> + +<P><A HREF="bin/essent.zip">essent.zip</A> containing the files:<BR> +essential.tex, hndout.sty=LaTeX source<BR> +essent.wp5=wp5.1 file converted by TexPort </P> + +<P><A HREF="bin/l2kurz.zip">l2kurz.zip</A> containing the files:<BR> +l2kurz.tex, l2k1.tex, l2k2.tex, l2k3.tex, l2k4.tex, l2ksym.tex, a4.sty, +german.sty=LaTeX source<BR> +l2kurz.wp5=wp5.1 file converted by TexPort</P> + +<P>where essential.tex and l2kurz.tex are originals from CTAN.</P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..881199c3cb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +Why K-Talk's software doesn't work for me +Author: W.Hennings@fz-juelich.de +last update: May 25, 1998 + +Distinguish two groups of causes why K-Talk's software +doesn't work for me: + +A. General Problems -- + +1. K-Talk's software uses their own formula editor "MathEdit", + which is incompatible with Microsoft's equation editor. + Therefore if I convert a LaTeX file to word, only users + having K-Talk's MathEdit are able to use the converted file. + +2. On the PC wordprocessor side, K-Talk's software primarily uses + the WordPerfect 5.1 format. MS Word users must install + extra macros for conversion to a "tagged document file". + These macros however are written for Word6 and + need some dlls belonging to word6 which I don't have + because I have word7(95). So I could not get them running. + +3. Capacity: on converting the "LaTeX2e Kurzbeschreibung" + (from CTAN, "l2kurz.tex" plus include-files) + I get the error message "file l2k2.tex too large to include". + As LaTeX is intended for large documents, a professional converter + should be able to convert large documents! + +B. Localization Problems -- + +1. In addition to being not compatible with MS word versions later than + word6, the word macros need to be localized if one doesn't have + the English version of Word. + +2. TexPort doesn't recognize German umlauts used in german.sty + + + + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/la2mml.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/la2mml.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f7c5c5e58d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/la2mml.html @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>la2mml: LaTeX to FrameMaker</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="textopc.html">Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>la2mml</H1> + +<P>last update: July 24, 2001</P> + +<P>Converts LaTeX documents to MML (Maker Markup Language), a format used by +Adobe FrameMaker, a page layout program available for Unix, Windows, and Mac. +</P> + +<P>USA site: +<A + HREF="http://www.vasc.ri.cmu.edu/help/Document/Latex2fm/latex2fm.html"> +http://www.vasc.ri.cmu.edu/help/Document/Latex2fm/latex2fm.html</A> +</P> + +<P>The site <A +HREF="http://www.cs.stir.ac.uk/~kjt/software/framemaker/"> +http://www.cs.stir.ac.uk/~kjt/software/framemaker/</A> +contains templates which make conversion from Framemaker to LaTeX more easy. It +also supplies converters from Framemaker to LaTeX and from LaTeX to Framemaker. +</P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/laola.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/laola.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..470f7a81337 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/laola.html @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>LAOLA</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>LAOLA</H1> + +<P>last update: July 28, 1998</P> + +<P>LAOLA can read Word6- and Word7-documents under Unix and extract the text. +</P> + +<P>Excerpt from the WWW page: "LAOLA is a collection of documentations and +perl programs dealing with binary file formats of Windows program documents. +LAOLA is giving access to the raw document streams of any program using +"structured storage" technology to save its documents. ELSER is +dealing especially with these streams as they are present in Word 6 and Word 7 +documents." </P> + +<P>See <A +HREF="http://user.cs.tu-berlin.de/~schwartz/pmh/"> +http://user.cs.tu-berlin.de/~schwartz/pmh/</A> +</P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/latex2rtf.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/latex2rtf.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2163539ff9c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/latex2rtf.html @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>latex2rtf converter</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="textopc.html">Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>latex2rtf converter </H1> + +<P>this page last updated on Aug 6, 2002</P> + +<P>latex2rtf, written in C. </P> + +<P>Converts LaTeX equations to Word's formula fields (EQ fields) or images. +(Anyone who wants and is able to implement conversion to equation editor +objects please contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de).)<BR> +The default is conversion to formula fields. These generally display the +equations in a reasonable quality. If double-clicked in Word, a formula field +will be converted to an equation editor object, but often with really bad +result (depending on which constructs are contained in the equation). <BR> +Conversion to images requires a TeX installation, ImageMagick, and Ghostscript. +</P> + +<P>References are converted to field functions which must be updated after +loading the resulting rtf file into Word (mark complete document and press F9). +As development is still going on, I am not sure in how far APA-style references +are handled; if you need APA style references, also have a look at the +preprocessor +<A HREF="http://psych.colorado.edu/~oreilly/misc_software.html#ltxapa2rtf">ltxapa2rtf</A>. +</P> + +<P>Still there are drawbacks in the conversion. In fact, don't expect any +LaTeX-file to be converted like you want, don't expect it to be converted +without errors or warnings, and: don't even expect it to be converted at all, +since LaTeX2rtf is at most at a very experimental stage. LaTeX2rtf is known to +have a lot of bugs. In fact we could state that there are some special cases, +where a LaTeX-file can be translated to RTF satisfactorily by LaTeX2rtf. <BR> +-- This was sort of disclaimer, ok? Ok! </P> + +<P>C-source and makefiles (compiles on Unix with gcc; MS-DOS/Windows with gcc; +and Macintosh with the DropUnix environment) as well as executables for MS-DOS +(compatible with win95, win98, winME, nt4.0, win2000, winXP) and Macintosh are +available from <A HREF="http://sourceforge.net/projects/latex2rtf/"> +http://sourceforge.net/projects/latex2rtf/</A>. +</P> + +<P>A stable but not always the most recent release is also available from +<A HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/CTAN.sites">CTAN sites</A>, directory +.../support/latex2rtf <BR> +(the ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive"). </P> + +<P>We still seek for people joining us as maintainer or developer. If you are +interested, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de).</P> + +<H3> Copyright:</H3> + +<P>This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any +later version. <BR> +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANT-ABILITY or FITNESS FOR +A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the <A HREF="GPL.txt">GNU General Public License</A> +for more details. </P> + +<P>Note that this Copyright note only applies to the changes made to get the +actual version. The older versions have their own Copyright policy stated in +their distribution. </P> + +<H3>History:</H3> + +<P> In 1994 the first Version of LaTeX2rtf was written by a group of students +of the Viena University supervised by Ralf Schlatterbeck. They took up a LaTeX +parser and added most of the functionality to the program. In 1995 work +continued with a second group of students. The result was LaTeX2rtf Version +1.5. </P> + +<P>Unfortunately, two different persons started further development of that +program, not knowing of each other:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>In 1997, Daniel Taupin started updating this converter, and still is +maintaining his version. </LI> +<LI> In 1998, Georg Lehner found the reference to the original LaTeX2rtf on +this webpage and added some functionality. Unfortunately we did not know about +Daniel's developments. His work resulted in version 1.8aa.</LI> +</UL> + +<P>In 2001, Scott Prahl started to make some significant enhancements, also +including many of Daniel's additions. He is still working on it. So <B>this +page is about Georg's and Scott's version</B>. Latest stable release is 1.9.12 +and includes many of the features of Daniel's version.</P> + +<P>Temporarily I (Wilfried Hennings) feel responsible for coordinating the +exchange of development information. But <EM>we are still seeking for a person +who can act as coordinator of future development, and we also need a person to +take over the development.</EM> Anyone feeling able to do that please contact +me by email to W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de. </P> + +<P>We got a project initiated at sourceforge.net which aids in further +development. Visit its homepage at <A +HREF="http://latex2rtf.sourceforge.net/">http://latex2rtf.sourceforge.net/</A> +or its project page at <A HREF="http://sourceforge.net/projects/latex2rtf/"> +http://sourceforge.net/projects/latex2rtf/</A>. +</P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c2ed7e98670 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf.html @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>ltx2rtf converter</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="textopc.html">Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>ltx2rtf converter </H1> + +<P>this page last updated on Aug 6, 2002</P> + +<P>ltx2rtf, written in C. </P> + +<P>Converts LaTeX equations to images (requires emTeX and Ghostscript). </P> + +<P>Current version is 5-5. You can get it from +<A + HREF="ftp://ftp.lps.u-psud.fr/pub/ltx2rtf/">ftp://ftp.lps.u-psud.fr/pub/ltx2rtf/</A>. +NOTE: Netscape and Opera can not establish the connection to this link, but MS +Internet Explorer can. (This may be caused by the fact that the server is +Microsoft ftp service on Win2000 or WinXP). If you have such problems, try a +plain ftp client instead.</P> + +<P>Look <A HREF="ltx2rtf3.html">here</A> for Daniel's description of his +version - although this description is of Sept. 1999 and does not fully +describe the features of the current version.</P> + +<P>ltx2rtf doesn't handle APA-style references correctly (up to ltx2rtf 5.4; +later versions may handle these). So Randall C. O'Reilly wrote a preprocessor +which handles APA-stuff and then invokes ltx2rtf to produce rtf output. See +<A + HREF="http://psych.colorado.edu/~oreilly/misc_software.html#ltxapa2rtf">ltxapa2rtf</A>. +</P> + +<H3>History:</H3> + +<P> In 1994 the first Version of LaTeX2rtf was written by a group of students +of the Viena University supervised by Ralf Schlatterbeck. They took up a LaTeX +parser and added most of the functionality to the program. In 1995 work +continued with a second group of students. The result was LaTeX2rtf Version +1.5. </P> + +<P>Unfortunately, two different persons started further development of that +program, not knowing of each other:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>In 1997, Daniel Taupin started updating this converter, and still is +maintaining his version. </LI> +<LI> In 1998, Georg Lehner found the reference to the original LaTeX2rtf on +this webpage, added some functionality and still is maintaining his version. +Unfortunately he did not know about Daniel's developments.</LI> +</UL> + +<P>So <B>this page is about Daniel's version</B>.</P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf3.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf3.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..607e8edc4cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf3.html @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="TtH 2.34"> +<TITLE> ltx2rtf: exporting LaTeX documents to Word addicts</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="textopc.html">Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1><TT>ltx2rtf</TT> :<BR> +exporting L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X documents to Word addicts </H1> + +<H3>Daniel Taupin<BR> +laboratoire de Physique des Solides<BR> +bât. 510, centre universitaire<BR> +F-91405 Orsay Cedex </H3> + +<P> Note (by W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de):<BR> +This description is of Sept. 1999 and may not fully correspond to the features +of the current version of the program.</P> + +<H3>Abstract</H3> + +<P> <TT>ltx2rtf</TT> is a compiler that translates +L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X2<FONT FACE="symbol">e</FONT> source text into the +RTF format used by several text processors, including Microsoft Word and Word +for Windows. It was written by Fernando Dorner and Andreas Granzer in a +one-semester course in Vienna (Austria) and is currently found as <TT>latex2rtf +</TT> in CTAN servers. </P> + +<P> It was heavily corrected and adapted to L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X2e in +1997 by Daniel Taupin. The distribution was intended mainly for use within the +MS-DOS window of Win95 and Win3.11, but all sources can be compiled on unix +computers having GCC compilers. </P> + +<P> </P> + +<H2><A NAME="tth_sEc1"> 1</A> Introduction: the need for a converter +to RTF</H2> + +<P> Like most of the audience of TUG and other T<SUB>E</SUB>Xperts' meetings, I +usually write most of my papers in L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X2e. But problems +arise when needing to transmit these documents to +non-L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X users. </P> + +<P> </P> + +<H3><A NAME="tth_sEc1.1"> 1.1</A> The various cul-de-sacs when +transmitting L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X documents</H3> + +<P>Transmitting a L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X document to other +L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X users is no problem, since all +L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X formats at least recognise the 7-bit representation +of accented letters. The problem arises only when the addressee is reluctant to +use a L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X representation: </P> + +<P> </P> + +<H4><A NAME="tth_sEc1.1.1"> 1.1.1</A> Sending plain text</H4> + +<P>This obvious (poor) solution fails because accented letters have at least +three commonly used codings, the 850 for PCs, the Mac encoding and the +ISO-latin1 coding, notwithstanding eastern European countries which use other +ISO-8859 codings. Even the possible 7-bit bypass is often rejected since people +who are not computer scientists seem allergic to the 7-bit representation +"<TT>r\'esum\'e</TT>" instead of "résumé". +</P> + +<P> </P> + +<H4><A NAME="tth_sEc1.1.2"> 1.1.2</A> Sending a PostScript file</H4> + +<P>This is the apparently "good" solution used by everyone in +scientific areas. But it may fail for several reasons: </P> + +<OL> +<LI> All <I>hard</I>-scientists have access to at least one PostScript printer, +but administrative offices, as well as most private persons, do not due to the +high cost of PostScript printers. </LI> +<LI> Even if they can access a PostScript printer, people receiving such a file +in an e-mail under Windows have no standard means to send a PostScript file to +their PostScript printer: as a matter of fact, Windows provides several +"drivers" for PostScript printers, but no driver doing nothing except +plain transmission which is possible only by using the unix <TT>lp</TT> or +<TT>lpr</TT> commands, or the MS-DOS <TT>copy</TT> command<A HREF="#tthFtNtAAB" +NAME="tthFrefAAB"><SUP>1</SUP></A>. </LI> +<LI> Other software can solve this problem, but you cannot reasonably ask your +correspondent (all of your correspondents in the case of a mailing list) to +install either GhostScript, GhostView or <TT>prfile10</TT>. </LI> +</OL> + +<P> </P> + +<H4><A NAME="tth_sEc1.1.3"> 1.1.3</A> Sending image files</H4> + +<P> One could think of sending images of the document, rather than the text +with its layout. In fact, this is rather satisfactory if the document is one or +two pages: a scanner can be used to produce GIF files, or several packages are +available to help the knowledgeable producer of a complex document in +converting it from DVI, PostScript, PCL to GIF, a format whose advantage is +being compressed. However: </P> + +<OL> +<LI> not all addressees are aware that they could use their Netscape or +Microsoft Explorer to view a local GIF file; </LI> +<LI> the GIF-bitmap file of a pure text page consumes much more space that the +text it contains: the size is no problem for a few pages, but it is for dozens. +</LI> +</OL> + +<P> </P> + +<H3><A NAME="tth_sEc1.2"> 1.2</A> How to think of portability</H3> + +<P> The sender of a L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X document - as well as the +sender of a C or F77 source program - is therefore faced with a <I>portability +</I> problem. </P> + +<P> Unfortunately, the person who exposes these difficulties is likely to get +answers of the form: "why don't you get rid of your Windows system and +move to unix?", "why don't you discard your old Epson printer and +have a PostScript printer?", "why don't you move from Microsoft's +text editors and use L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X?", "why don't you +install GhostScript, GhostView, <TT>prfile10</TT>, or a Linux partition to your +PC?", etc. </P> + +<P> All these common sense answers are right, but they just forget one thing: +the problem is not <I><B>my </B></I> with personal installation when +sending/mailing a document, the problem is with the installation of the +addressees, whose skill I perhaps do not know at all, and who are probably +unable to install software other than what they got when buying their personal +computer or when registering on some multi-user workstation. </P> + +<P> </P> + +<H2><A NAME="tth_sEc2"> 2</A> The idea of <TT>ltx2rtf</TT>: using +Word as a DVI driver</H2> + +<P> When sending a document to a variety of addressees, one should think of +which software is most wide-spread among them; the answer is "thanks to +Micro$oft's powerful advertisements, they all possess<A +HREF="#tthFtNtAAC" NAME="tthFrefAAC"><SUP>2</SUP></A> a version of +Word[perfect] which can read RTF files. </P> + +<P> In fact, whatever many people claim about Microsoft's way of managing its +software, RTF specifications are published by this company, and are available +at: </P> +<CENTER> +<TT>ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/GC0165.EXE</TT> , +</CENTER> + +<P> a self-extracting zipped file yielding a <TT>*.DOC</TT> file<A +HREF="#tthFtNtAAD" NAME="tthFrefAAD"><SUP>3</SUP></A>. Thus, using this +specification file (130 pages) and testing the actual behaviour of Word<A +HREF="#tthFtNtAAE" NAME="tthFrefAAE"><SUP>4</SUP></A>, one can obtain a means +of producing RTF from a L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X source. </P> + +<P> This was attempted in 1994 by students at an institution which appears to +be a Technical University in Vienna (Austria) and widely posted on CTAN under +the name <TT>latex2rtf</TT>. Their translator is provided as several C source +files which can be easily compiled with a satisfactory "makefile". +</P> + +<P> The C coding is clean and well structured but, unfortunately, the students +did not have a knowledge of L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X of the same quality as +their C programming skill; thus many things had to be revised concerning font +management, sectioning, <TT>itemize</TT>, <TT>enumerate</TT>, <TT>description +</TT> and <TT>tabular</TT> environments, notwithstanding +L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X2e more recent specifications. </P> + +<P> Anyway, even with its deficiencies, <TT>latex2rtf</TT> produces a RTF file +which is quite satisfactory in the sense that it can be processed using Word, +and nicely printed after several manual corrections, without the need to retype +the whole of the text and add the font changes. </P> + +<P> </P> + +<H2><A NAME="tth_sEc3"> 3</A> <TT>ltx2rtf</TT></H2> + +<P> </P> + +<H3><A NAME="tth_sEc3.1"> 3.1</A> Features</H3> + +<P> In the same way as <TT>latex2html</TT>, <TT>ltx2rtf</TT> compiles the +L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X source and directly produces RTF output, instead of +HTML. </P> + +<P> Part, chapter and section numbering all use Word (and RTF) built-in macros +to provide section numbers which can be updated when inserting new sections +(i.e. "title" levels) as provided by Word. Optionally, these +numberings can be computed by <TT>ltx2rtf</TT> itself, in such a way they are +frozen for further Word updates. Conversely, <TT>enumerate</TT> environments +produce frozen numbers, mainly because Word's built-in features inhibit +unnumbered paragraphs within that environment. </P> + +<P> Western European accented letters - including capitals - are correctly +treated, including the famous ISO-latin1 excluded "œ". In the +same way, additional abbreviation features provided by Bernard Gaulle's <TT> +french.sty</TT> and Daniel Taupin's <TT>smallcap.sty</TT> (which enables a +<TT>\scfamily</TT> command instead of <TT>\scshape</TT> to provide bold and/or +slanted small capitals). </P> + +<P> </P> + +<H3><A NAME="tth_sEc3.2"> 3.2</A> Implementation</H3> + +<H4><A NAME="tth_sEc3.2.1"> 3.2.1</A> Basic</H4> + +<OL> +<LI> The input code can be either 7-bit, or ANSI (ISO-latin1) or 850. The Mac +coding is not yet implemented but doing that would not be a problem. </LI> +<LI> The source can be compiled with any GCC compiler (no serious problems with +other normal C compilers). We tested it mainly with the DJGPP port of GCC to +DOS (native, Win3.11 and Win95). </LI> +<LI> Nothing more is needed, as long as one does not want to translate maths. +</LI> +<LI> Maths parts are tentatively translated using the few RTF mathematical +features such as raising parts of the text and changing fonts (size and shape). +</LI> +</OL> + +<H4><A NAME="tth_sEc3.2.2"> 3.2.2</A> Maths handling</H4> + +<P>Two options are provided for maths handling. </P> + +<P> </P> + +<OL> +<LI> The <TT>-m</TT> option uses L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X-ing for +<I>displayed equations</I>, namely those enclosed with <TT>$$</TT> ( +<TT>equation</TT> environment in the future). Then, nearly in the same way as +<TT>latex2html</TT>: + +<UL> +<LI> <TT>ltx2rtf</TT> calls <TT>latex</TT> to produce a DVI file for each +equation; </LI> +<LI> <TT>ltx2rtf</TT> calls an external procedure (<TT>DVI2PBM.BAT</TT>) under +MSDOS) which, in turn, either calls emTeX's <TT>dvidrv dvidot</TT> to +produce PCX files and then calls NETPBM routines to convert the PCX to PBM, or +calls DVIPS to produce a PostScript file and then GhostScript to produce<A HREF="#tthFtNtAAF" +NAME="tthFrefAAF"><SUP>5</SUP></A> a PBM file; </LI> +<LI> finally, the PBM file is read by <TT>ltx2rtf</TT> itself and converted to +"wbitmap" as specified in the RTF specification document<A +HREF="#tthFtNtAAG" NAME="tthFrefAAG"><SUP>6</SUP></A>; </LI> +</UL> +</LI> +<LI> The <TT>-M</TT> option not only uses L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X-ing for +<I>displayed equations</I>, but also for single <TT>$</TT>-enclosed +mathematical text. </LI> +</OL> + +<H4><A NAME="tth_sEc3.2.3"> 3.2.3</A> Quality of the result</H4> + +<P>From the L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X-er's view point, output (text and +moreover maths) is much better than the results obtained by average +"Wordists", especially with respect to lists. </P> + +<P> Therefore the RTF produced is very good when one wants to e-mail a +L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X-typeset text to unkwnown (or known) addressees +whose probability of possessing Word is 95%, but of having at least DVI +printers/viewers or easy access to PostScript printers is only 5%. </P> + +<P> </P> + +<H4><A NAME="tth_sEc3.2.4"> 3.2.4</A> The inconveniences</H4> + +<P>From the producer's viewpoint, one sees the same installation difficulties +as with <TT>latex2html</TT> with the exception that neither Perl nor GDBM/DBM +are needed. </P> + +<P> But more major inconveniences are seen from the addressee's viewpoint: </P> + +<UL> +<LI> Since Microsoft now rules the computation and networking world, any +apparent deficiency in its products must be considered as "not a bug, but +a feature". Therefore, any layout different from what a Wordist usually +gets (think of no paragraph hanging indentation in hierarchical lists) maybe +considered as a negative feature, in the same way as accented capitals or +non-english characters which are so difficult to type (4 clicks and 3 mouse +moves to produce <TT>æ</TT> or <TT>œ</TT> in French). </LI> +<LI> Even worse, the L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X-like layout takes advantage of +the powerful basic commands of RTF - something near to T<SUB>E</SUB>X +primitives plus some plain-T<SUB>E</SUB>X facilities - but such results are +nearly impossible to obtain with Word's ready-made clicking commands. + +<P> The reason is that the <TT>ltx2rtf</TT>-generated format +("format" in the Word sense) is definitely different from those which +are provided as standard in Word's clicking windows. This results in the +impossibility for the addressee to modify the RTF file except for pure text +corrections and, perhaps, changes in sectioning (but not in section numbering +style). </P> +</LI> +<LI> Obviously, math parts are frozen as images which can only be removed, +moved, enlarged or shrunk, but not edited. </LI> +</UL> + +<P> </P> + +<H3><A NAME="tth_sEc3.3"> 3.3</A> Availability</H3> + +<P>Software can be obtained from: +<TT>ftp://ftp.lps.u-psud.fr/pub/ltx2rtf/ltx2rtf.zip</TT> </P> + +<P> </P> + +<H2><A NAME="tth_sEc4"> 4</A> Conclusion</H2> + +<P>In the same way that DVIPS is not intended to help typesetters moving from +LaTeX to PostScript, <TT>ltx2rtf</TT> is not intended to help them moving from +L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X to Word, but to help them in sending or posting +nicely typeset papers, thus multiplying by tens the number of persons able to +display and print it on their own Microsoft-addicted devices. </P> + +<P> </P> + +<HR> + +<H3>Footnotes:</H3> + +<P><A NAME="tthFtNtAAB"></A><A HREF="#tthFrefAAB"><SUP>1</SUP></A> Which does +not work with network connected printers. </P> + +<P><A NAME="tthFtNtAAC"></A><A HREF="#tthFrefAAC"><SUP>2</SUP></A> Whether they +actually bought the license is the addressee's problem, not mine. </P> + +<P><A NAME="tthFtNtAAD"></A><A HREF="#tthFrefAAD"><SUP>3</SUP></A> Unzipping it +seems however to fail since that last posting. No comment... </P> + +<P><A NAME="tthFtNtAAE"></A><A HREF="#tthFrefAAE"><SUP>4</SUP></A> An old Word +6.0 did not exactly respect the specifications... </P> + +<P><A NAME="tthFtNtAAF"></A><A HREF="#tthFrefAAF"><SUP>5</SUP></A> Thanks to +Emmanuel Bigler who provided this alternate solution. </P> + +<P><A NAME="tthFtNtAAG"></A><A HREF="#tthFrefAAG"><SUP>6</SUP></A> Other +picture specifications are described, but they all fail with Word 6.0; +therefore we kept to the only one succeeding. </P> + +<P></P> + +<HR> +<INS><SMALL>File translated from T<SUB><FONT SIZE="-1">E</FONT></SUB>X by +<A HREF="http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth/">T<SUB><FONT +SIZE="-1">T</FONT></SUB>H</A>, version 2.34.<BR> +On 1 Sep 1999, 12:25.</SMALL> </INS> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2word.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2word.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ea0feee1ba9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2word.html @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>ltx2word macros</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="textopc.html">Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>ltx2word macros</H1> + +<P>last update: July 24, 2001</P> + +<P>LaTeX to WinWord 6, WinWord 7(95) and WinWord 97 converter, written as Word +macros. </P> + +<P>Author: W. Hennings (myself) (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de)</P> + +<P>Caution! Quick-and-dirty "pre-alpha" version! <BR> +The author grants no warranty of any kind, especially neither for functionality +nor for any damage caused by use of the program, but suggestions for +enhancement are welcome. </P> + +<P>New version June 11, 1997: More tags implemented, e.g. now also converts +\begin{tabular} ... \end{tabular} to a table and \begin{center} ... +\end{center} to centered text. Still no formulae!!</P> + +<P>Download: <A HREF="bin/ltx2word.zip">ltx2word.zip</A>. This zipfile +contains: </P> + +<DL> +<DT>ltx2w95.dot:</DT> +<DD>Template for GERMAN WinWord 7, probably also WinWord 6. <BR> +NOT designed for, but adaptable to non-German versions. </DD> +<DT>ltx2w97.doc:</DT> +<DD>Converted to Word97 by Carsten Schwartz <smike "at" vip.cybercity.dk></DD> +<DT>license.txt:</DT> +<DD>The GNU Public License</DD> +</DL> + +<P>Note: This macro set is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the <A HREF="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html">GNU +General Public License</A> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. </P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mathtype.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mathtype.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dae450f4fbe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mathtype.html @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>MathType equation editor</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>MathType equation editor</H1> + +<P>last update: July 24, 2001</P> + +<P>The MathType equation editor, the full scale, commercial version of +WinWord's equation editor, is capable of converting its equations to TeX +format. Plain Tex, LaTeX, AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX and several flavors of MathML are +available in the new 4.0 release. <BR> +MathType comes with a Word macro which will convert all the equations in a Word +document into TeX. </P> + +<P>A special version of MathType, called TeXaide, is now available to be +downloaded for free from the <A +HREF="http://www.mathtype.com/mathtype/">mathtype homepage</A>. With TeXaide +you can compose equations and output them in Plain TeX, AMS TeX, LaTeX, and AMS +LaTeX. You can also select and copy a Word97 equation (with or without opening +the equation editor), paste it into TeXaide and then output it in TeX format, +one equation at a time. (I didn't try it with other Word versions.) It runs on +Windows 95, 98, 2000 and NT 4.0 and newer. </P> + +<P>I personally have MathType 3.1 and 4.0, too, and it IS able to convert from its own +format as well as from WinWord's EquationEditor format TO TeX. The backward +direction (TeX to MathType) is ONLY possible for TeX code which was produced by +MathType (containing a TeX comment which allows MathType to see how it was +generated). It also IS possible to convert from MathType to EquationEditor. +</P> + +<P>Design Science, 4028 Broadway, Long Beach, CA 90803. <BR> +Phone (USA) 562-433-0685, Fax (USA) 562-433-6969 <BR> +Sales USA 800-827-0685 (sales "at" mathtype.com)<BR> +Sales Europe (+49) 6136 996090 (gregoryk "at" mathtype.com)<BR> +email: info "at" mathtype.com, support: support "at" mathtype.com<BR> +WWW: <A HREF="http://www.mathtype.com/mathtype/">http://www.mathtype.com/mathtype/</A> +</P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mswordview.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mswordview.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4a73e5ca93b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mswordview.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//SQ//DTD HTML 2.0 + all extensions//EN" "hmpro3.dtd"> + +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>MSWordView</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> +<P>Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview</A></P> +<H1>MSWordView</H1> +<P>last update: July 28, 1998</P> +<P>MSWordView is a program that can understand the microsofts word 8 binary +file format (office97), it currently converts word into html, which can then be +read with a browser. </P> +<P>See <A +HREF="http://www.csn.ul.ie/~caolan/docs/MSWordView.html">http://www.csn.ul.ie/~caolan/docs/MSWordView.html</A> +</P> +<P>Current Features include</P> +<UL> +<LI>ability to understand fastsaved files as well as non-fastsaved files. </LI> +<LI>conversion of word header paragraph style into appropiate header levels of +html. </LI> +<LI>conversion of font attributes such as italic, bold and font size into html +tags </LI> +<LI>conversion of word tables into html tables. </LI> +<LI>conversion of ms symbol and wingding font into gif pics for html output, so +math done directly in word shows up fairly alright, note <B>not</B> equation +editor, thats an ole embedded type </LI> +<LI>encoding of non-west-european ascii languages into utf-8 encoding, which +should work with at least netscape. </LI> +<LI>some understanding of lists, lists are suprisingly difficult. </LI> +<LI>slightly less understanding of headers and footers. </LI> +</UL> +<P>Non Supported Features include</P> +<UL> +<LI>text justification </LI> +<LI>embedded graphics or other embedded types </LI> +<LI>guaranteed proper handling of headers and footers </LI> +<LI>fully correct conversion of tab stops and other formatting done by the user +done with whitespace </LI> +<LI>correct conversion of lists, all lists become bullet pointed lists +(<ul>) </LI> +<LI>word 6 and 7 etc arent currently supported, just word 8. mswordview cant +understand these formats as they're somewhat different. </LI> +</UL> +<P>Defects are </P> +<UL> +<LI>mswordview uses laola to extract the ole streams from the document, and on +occasion laola cant cope with some files, i.e corrupt docs and some large docs. +</LI> +</UL> +<HR> +<P>This HTML page is part of the texcnv site.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me instead. Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some +other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents are unchanged. +</LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/nb4latex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/nb4latex.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ada59b72f2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/nb4latex.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>NB4LATEX converter</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters between from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX +- Overview</A></P> + +<H1>NB4LATEX</H1> + +<P>last update: July 24, 2000</P> + +<P>citation begin>></P> + +<P>From: Guido Milanese <MC1194 "at" mclink.it> </P> + +<P>This is to inform that there is a new program that converts NotaBene files +to LaTeX format. It is my NB4LATEX program, that converts files from NotaBene4 +(including ancient Greek and all the symbols of logic) to LaTeX2e format. The +program may be downloaded from my homepage +<A HREF="http://www.geocities.com/Vienna/3023/"> +http://www.geocities.com/Vienna/3023/</A> +at the URL: </P> + +<P><A +HREF="http://www.geocities.com/Vienna/3023/nb4latex.zip"> +http://www.geocities.com/Vienna/3023/nb4latex.zip</A> +</P> + +<P>This is also a little contribution to the issue ov 'visual' editing for TeX. +With this conversion program and its utilities, you can use NotaBene for +editing (seeing all the accents, the Greek chars, etc.) and, at the very final +stage of document preparation, convert it to LaTeX2e. </P> + +<P>It is a beta version. Please contact me for any problem. </P> + +<P>Thanks, gm </P> + +<P><<citation end</P> + +<P>remark by the FAQ maintainer: </P> + +<P>Nota Bene's home page is <A +HREF="http://www.notabene.com/">http://www.notabene.com/</A> </P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pc2txtbl.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pc2txtbl.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..40b0c8f1767 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pc2txtbl.html @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>PC -> LaTeX Converter Quick Comparison List</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>PC -> LaTeX Converter Quick Comparison List</H1> + +<P><STRONG>Switch conversion direction: <A HREF="tx2pctbl.html">From LaTeX to +PC</A></STRONG></P> + +<P>Author: Wilfried Hennings (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de), +Forschungszentrum (Research Center) Jülich GmbH<BR> +last update: March 11, 2004</P> + +<P>NOTE: This table is still under construction. I only had time to include the +most recent converters.</P> +<TABLE WIDTH="100%" BORDER="1"> +<TR> +<TH WIDTH="18%">Program<BR> +Author(s)<BR> +referred version</TH> +<TH WIDTH="35%">Features</TH> +<TH WIDTH="18%">supported Systems</TH> +<TH>where on CTAN</TH> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">rtf2latex2e <BR> +by Ujwal Sathyam and Scott Prahl (free)<BR> +1.0 fc2 (May 18, 2001)</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">convert from RTF + +<UL> +<LI> detects text style: bold, italic, color, big, small,... </LI> +<LI> reads embedded figures: PICT, WMF, PNG, JPEG,... </LI> +<LI> reads tables: simple to semi-complex </LI> +<LI> equations: reads out Equation Editor equations</LI> +<LI> symbols: converts most greek and math symbols </LI> +<LI> reads footnotes</LI> +<LI> support for use of the fontenc package </LI> +<LI> translates hyperlinks using the hyperref package </LI> +</UL> +</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">all kinds of Unix <BR> +DOS, MS Windows</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT">.../support/rtf2latex2e <BR> +for most recent version see +<A HREF="http://sourceforge.net/projects/rtf2latex2e/"> sourceforge.net/ +projects/rtf2latex2e/</A></TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">wp2latex <BR> +by J. Fojtik (free)<BR> +3.12 (Feb. 28, 2004)</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">convert from WordPerfect 3.x, 4.x, +5.x, and 6/7/8.x document files <BR> +converts (among others): + +<UL> +<LI>Equations</LI> +<LI>Tables </LI> +<LI>Footnotes, Endnotes, Cross-references</LI> +<LI>Superscript, Subscript</LI> +<LI>Extended characters (foreign language/accented, math, Greek - not +linedrawing)</LI> +</UL> +</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">Linux<BR> +DOS, MS Windows</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT">.../support/wp2latex (older version 2.111)<BR> +for most recent version see +<A HREF="http://www.penguin.cz/~fojtik/wp2latex/wp2latex.htm"> +www.penguin.cz/~fojtik/ wp2latex/wp2latex.htm</A> </TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">Word2TeX<BR> +Chikrii Softlab. shareware, 99$ (45$ academic)<BR> +version 3.0 (March 2003)</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">save as LaTeX from within Word<BR> +converts: + +<UL> +<LI>Equation Editor 2.x-3.x, Design Science MathType 1.x, 2.x, 3.x, 3.5, 4.0 +embedded objects (*)</LI> +<LI>figures (to EPS or PDF)(*)</LI> +<LI>tables (even very complicated) (*)</LI> +<LI>footnotes</LI> +<LI>endnotes (to bibliography)</LI> +<LI>index</LI> +<LI>cross-references</LI> +<LI>paragraph styles (heading1 to heading4, custom styles)</LI> +<LI>character attributes</LI> +<LI>Greek-charset</LI> +<LI>multibyte character encodings (Unicode)</LI> +<LI>and many more (see <A HREF="http://www.word2tex.com/">homepage</A>)</LI> +</UL> +(*) some restrictions will apply in unregistered Word2TeX</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">MS Windows + Word 6, 7(95), 8(97), +9(2000) or 10(XP) required</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT"><A +HREF="http://www.word2tex.com/">www.word2tex.com</A></TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">Writer2LaTeX<BR> +converts OpenOffice.org / StarOffice 6 Writer documents into LaTeX2e (free)<BR> +v. 0.3.3a, Feb. 20, 2004</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">The current version deals with plain +text and formulas. <BR> +3rd alpha test release of version 0.2 is available - now working as an export +filter in OpenOffice.org and includes an experimental Writer to XHMTL+MathML +converter.</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">all OS supporting Java </TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT"><A +HREF="http://www.hj-gym.dk/~hj/writer2latex/">http://www.hj-gym.dk/ +~hj/writer2latex/</A></TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">Publishing Companion<BR> +KTalk Communications (commercial, 399 US$)<BR> +v. 2.21</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">converts (among others): + +<UL> +<LI>Automatic Indexes</LI> +<LI>Footnotes, Endnotes</LI> +<LI>Foreign Characters</LI> +<LI>Running Headers & Footers</LI> +<LI>Superscripts & Subscripts</LI> +<LI>MathEdit Math Equations</LI> +<LI>MS Word 6.0 Math Equations</LI> +<LI>WordPerfect Math Equations</LI> +</UL> +</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">DOS / MS Windows</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT"><A HREF="http://www.ktalk.com/pubcomp.html"> +www.ktalk.com/ pubcomp.html</A></TD> +</TR> +</TABLE> +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). +Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as +long as the contents are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pctotex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pctotex.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ee107d79b0f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pctotex.html @@ -0,0 +1,439 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - Overview</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="index.html">Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors +homepage</A></P> + +<H1>Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - Overview</H1> + +<P><STRONG>Switch conversion direction: <A HREF="textopc.html">From LaTeX to +PC</A></STRONG></P> + +<P>Author: Wilfried Hennings (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de), +<A HREF="http://www.fz-juelich.de/index-e.html">Forschungszentrum (Research +Center) Jülich GmbH</A><BR> +last update (including subpages): April 19, 2004<BR> +The url of this page is +<A HREF="http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/pctotex.html"> +http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/pctotex.html</A> </P> + +<P><B><FONT SIZE="+1">To all PC users of the TeXconv FAQ pages: </FONT></B><BR> +<B>Help! My and some other TeX experts' and companies' email addresses are +continuously flooded with virus laden mails.</B><BR> +<B>PLEASE check your systems with a virus scanner, remove the viruses, and from +now on use a resident virus scanning engine and update virus data files at +least twice a week.<BR> +If you don't want this, please remove my email address from all your address +books!!!</B></P> + +<P>I maintain these pages because I need converters between LaTeX and PC +Textprocessors for my work and I want to share the information with others who +need it. Because I maintain them in my spare time (uh, what is spare time?), I +can not answer individual questions.</P> + +<P><STRONG>This list is as good or as bad as its support, and I need YOUR +support to update and supplement this list.</STRONG> Please supplement if you +know more and/or better ones. There are some more converters on the CTAN sites, +but the following seem to be most promising for conversion to and from the +current versions of wordprocessors. </P> + +<P>Neither correctness nor completeness is guaranteed. <BR> +All opinions mentioned (if any) are my own, not my employer's. Please send +corrections, enhancements and supplements (auch in deutscher Sprache) to the +following address: <BR> +W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de</P> + +<P>Note that this FAQ list contains information about converters +<STRONG>ONLY</STRONG> between PC word processors and LaTeX. Converters to and +from <STRONG>other formats may have own FAQ lists</STRONG> - e.g. see the link +for converters to and from HTML.</P> +<HR> + +<P>For the impatient, here is a <A HREF="pc2txtbl.html">table with overview of +features</A> of the most recent converters.</P> +<HR> + +<H2>General Remarks</H2> + +<P>Before looking for a converter, stop and think about a principal question: +</P> + +<H3>What do you want to be converted in which way?</H3> + +<P>Do you want to convert the <STRONG>document structure</STRONG>, i.e. a +heading should remain a heading, a list should remain a list etc., no matter +how it will look like in the target format?<BR> +Or do you want to convert the <STRONG>appearance</STRONG>, i.e. how it looks +like, no matter how it is represented in the target format?<BR> +Or do you want a mixture of both?<BR> +For using SGML as an intermediate format, you would have to specify the +translation rules yourself (as far as I understood). This makes sense, and +explains why different people have very different opinions about which +converter best fits their needs: They simply have different demands and +expectations on what should be converted and how. <BR> +So, not only practically there is no converter which is good for everyone and +every purpose, but this is even principally impossible because there are no +well-defined requirements which a converter should meet. </P> + +<P>So keep this in mind when looking through the following list of converters, +try yourself and decide what you need.</P> + +<H3>Principal problems of wordprocessor to LaTeX conversion</H3> + +<P>One advantage of LaTeX is that it forces to structure a document, whereas +wordprocessors like Word/WordPerfect allow unstructured documents. It is hardly +possible to automatically structure a document where there was no structure +before. </P> + +<P>However it is nevertheless possible to write a structured document with a +wordprocessor by consistently using styles. Therefore, wordprocessor documents +using styles can be converted to a LaTeX with an equivalent (but not +necessarily identical) structure. </P> + +<H3>There are several ways to convert</H3> + +<UL> +<LI>use a Wordprocessor macro: search for formats, special characters and +equations, tag them with LaTeX markup, then save as plain text <BR> +<BR> +</LI> +<LI>use a Wordprocessor export filter<BR> +<BR> +</LI> +<LI>use an external converter: </LI> +</UL> +<OL> +<LI>Word binary format -> LaTeX</LI> +<LI>RTF (Word ASCII format, use Word's own RTF export) -> LaTeX</LI> +<LI>Open Office format -> LaTeX</LI> +<LI>WordPerfect 5.1 format -> LaTeX</LI> +<LI>HTML (use Wordprocessor's built-in or add-on html converter) -> LaTeX +</LI> +<LI>maybe other external format(s)</LI> +</OL> + +<P>The converters being most complete, undergoing further development and +having support are:</P> + +<P><A HREF="#rtf2latex2e">rtf2latex2e</A> - free standalone converter for Mac, +PC, and Unix, and</P> + +<P><A HREF="#word2tex">word2tex</A> - shareware, MS Word export filter for PC +</P> + +<P><A HREF="#writer2latex">Writer2LaTeX</A> - free export filter and standalone +Open Office converter</P> + +<P><A HREF="#wp2latex">WP2LaTeX</A> - free standalone Word Perfect converter +for PC</P> + +<P><A HREF="#pubcomp">Publishing Companion</A> - commercial Word Perfect +converter for PC </P> +<HR> + +<H2>Using a Word macro</H2> + +<H3>Free:</H3> + +<P><A HREF="winw2ltx.html">winw2ltx</A>: A set of macros for WinWord 2, now +also available for WinWord 6 and 7 (95)</P> + +<H3>Commercial:</H3> + +<P><A HREF="mathtype.html">MathType</A>: PC equation editor with export to +LaTeX. <A HREF="http://www.mathtype.com/">MathType home page (USA)</A> </P> +<HR> + +<H2>Using a Word export filter</H2> + +<H3>Shareware:</H3> + +<P><A NAME="word2tex"><U>Word2TeX:</U></A> This converter can save documents +from Word6/Word7(=95) or later as LaTeX, <B>including equation editor (!)</B> +objects and MathType objects. <BR> +Converts:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>Equation Editor 2.x-3.x, Design Science MathType 1.x, 2.x, 3.x, 3.5, 4.0 +embedded objects (*)</LI> +<LI>figures (to EPS or PDF)(*)</LI> +<LI>tables (even very complicated) (*)</LI> +<LI>footnotes </LI> +<LI>endnotes (to bibliography)</LI> +<LI>index</LI> +<LI>cross-references</LI> +<LI>paragraph styles (heading1 to heading4, custom styles) -- customizable</LI> +<LI>character attributes (bold, italic etc.) -- customizable</LI> +<LI>Greek-charset</LI> +<LI>multibyte character encodings (Unicode)</LI> +<LI>and many more (see <A HREF="http://www.word2tex.com/">homepage</A>)</LI> +</UL> + +<P>(*) restrictions will apply in unregistered Word2TeX: only 7 first equations +will be translated, only 1 first table will be translated, only 1 first figure +will be translated. Limited to 30 days of trial.</P> + +<P>For a complete list of features, visit its +<A HREF="http://www.word2tex.com/">homepage</A>. </P> +<HR> + +<H2>Converting from Word binary format</H2> + +<H3>Free:</H3> + +<P><A HREF="laola.html">LAOLA</A>: LAOLA can read Word6/Word7(=95) documents +under Unix and extract the text. +<A HREF="http://user.cs.tu-berlin.de/~schwartz/pmh/">LAOLA homepage (DE +site)</A></P> + +<P><A HREF="word2x.html">word2x</A>: Converts Word6/Word7(=95) documents to +LaTeX or plain text. <A HREF="http://word2x.sourceforge.net/">word2x +homepage</A></P> + +<P><U>antiword</U>: A free MS Word reader for Linux, BeOS and RISC OS. It +converts the binary files from Word 6, 7, 97 and 2000 to text and Postscript. +See <A HREF="http://www.winfield.demon.nl/index.html">antiword homepage</A>. A +user's comment: "It is still a bit incomplete, but I found it to be rather +useful. Moreover, it is available fore a wider-than-usual range of +platforms."</P> + +<P><A HREF="wvlib.html">wvWare</A> is a library that can read the +Word6/Word7(=95), Word8(=97) and Word9(=2000) binary file format. See +<A HREF="http://wvware.sourceforge.net/">wvWare homepage (on sourceforge)</A>. +It works under most Unix systems.<BR> +The wvWare library is used as import library in the wordprocessor AbiWord (see +below). <BR> +Its predecessor MSWordView could only read Word8(=97) and convert word into +html, which can then be read with a browser. </P> + +<P>The free (GPL) wordprocessor <A HREF="http://www.abisource.com/">AbiWord</A> +can import Word format (by using the aforementioned wvWare) and export to LaTeX +format. AbiWord runs on BeOS, several Unix's and also Windows95/98/NT and +stores documents as XML.</P> +<HR> + +<H2>Converting from RTF</H2> + +<P>To use an RTF converter, the wordprocessor document must first be +"saved as" Rich Text Format. However each new version of MS Word came +with a new level of the RTF language. Most of the available converters cannot +understand the current RTF version</P> + +<H3>Free:</H3> + +<P><A NAME="rtf2latex2e"></A><A HREF="rtf2latex2e.html">rtf2latex2e</A> new +(2000) version which also can read current rtf levels. Now also converts +equations (courtesy Steve Swanson, +<A HREF="http://www.mackichan.com">http://www.mackichan.com</A>) <BR> +<A HREF="http://sourceforge.net/projects/rtf2latex2e/">rtf2latex2e download +site</A> (USA site)</P> + +<P><U>RTF2LaTeX</U>, a patch for WP2LaTeX that allows it to convert also RTF +documents. Experimental Release 0.4 (works, but it knows only small group of +commands). See its +<A HREF="http://www.penguin.cz/~fojtik/wp2latex/rtf2latex.htm">homepage</A></P> + +<P>older versions: <BR> +<A HREF="rtflatex.html">rtflatex</A> understands only older RTF levels <BR> +<A HREF="rtf2latex.html">rtf2latex</A> understands only older RTF levels. +<A HREF="http://www.primate.wisc.edu/software/RTF">RTF utilities homepage (USA +site)</A><BR> +<A HREF="w2latex.html">w2latex</A> understands only older RTF levels </P> + +<P>The free (GPL) wordprocessor <A HREF="http://www.abisource.com/">AbiWord</A> +can import rtf and export to LaTeX format. AbiWord runs on BeOS, several Unix's +and also Windows95/98/NT and stores documents as XML.</P> + +<H3>Commercial:</H3> + +<P><A HREF="sciword.html">Scientific Word</A>: Win95/98/2000/NT4 based +TeX/LaTeX system with graphical editor and rtf import capability including MS's +equation editor equations. The rtf import converter is basically the same as +the new rtf2latex2e. <BR> +<A HREF="http://www.mackichan.com/">Scientific Word home page (USA)</A></P> +<HR> + +<H2>Converting from Open Office format</H2> + +<P><A HREF="http://www.hj-gym.dk/~hj/writer2latex/">Writer2LaTeX</A> +<A NAME="writer2latex">is</A> a commandline utility written in java. It +converts OpenOffice.org/StarOffice 6 Writer documents into LaTeX2e. The current +version deals with plain text and formulas. <BR> +New: 3rd alpha test release of version 0.2 is available - now working as an +export filter in OpenOffice.org and includes an experimental Writer to +XHMTL+MathML converter.<BR> +Supported operating systems: All on which Java is supported. Requires java +runtime environment (JRE), version 1.4 to run Writer2LaTeX. JRE version 1.4 can +be downloaded from java.sun.com.</P> +<HR> + +<H2>Converting from WordPerfect format</H2> + +<H3>Free:</H3> + +<P><A HREF="wp2latex.html">WP2LaTeX</A><A NAME="wp2latex">:</A> converts +WordPerfect 3.x / 4.x / 5.x / 6.x / 7.x / 8.x, including equations, to LaTeX. +<A HREF="http://www.penguin.cz/~fojtik/wp2latex/wp2latex.htm">homepage</A></P> + +<P><A HREF="texperf.html">TeXPerfect</A>: WordPerfect 5.1 for DOS -> LaTeX +Translater</P> + +<H3>Commercial:</H3> + +<P><A NAME="pubcomp"></A><A HREF="pubcomp.html">Publishing Companion</A>: +converts Word/WordPerfect, including equations, to LaTeX. Comes with own +equation editor. <A HREF="http://www.ktalk.com/">KTALK's home page (USA)</A> +</P> +<HR> + +<H2>HTML as intermediate format</H2> + +<H3>Wordprocessor to HTML</H3> + +<P>There are free HTML converters for Word 6 and 7(95) for Windows available +from Microsoft: <BR> +Download... +<A HREF="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/WORDIA.EXE">IA for Word 6</A> / +<A HREF="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/WDIA204Z.EXE">IA for Word 7 (95)</A> / +<A HREF="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/MACIA20Z.HQX">IA for Word for Mac</A> +<BR> +Word 8 (97) contains an html converter by default, but in contrary to the +previous versions it only recognizes heading styles if they are first converted +into the corresponding html styles. Also, it sometimes inserts unnecessary +tags. <BR> +Word 9 (2000) and up contain the html converter by default, but you should not +use this default: It actually creates sort of XML with many Word-specific +elements. Instead, for saving as "clean" html, download and install +the <A HREF="http://office.microsoft.com/downloads/2000/Msohtmf2.aspx">add-on +converter from Microsoft</A>. </P> + +<P>WordPerfect 7 and up have an integrated InternetPublisher. <BR> +For WordPerfect 6.1 for Windows, the InternetPublisher is available separately: +<BR> +Download... +<A HREF="ftp://ftp.corel.com/pub/WordPerfect/wpwin/61/internetpublisher.exe"> +InternetPublisher for WPWin 6.1</A> </P> + +<P>There also is a tool for Unix which is intended to convert word6, word7(95) +and word8(97) binary files to html. See +<A HREF="http://www.su.shuttle.de/turbo/michael/projekte/software/word2html.c.gz"> +http://www.su.shuttle.de/turbo/michael/projekte/software/word2html.c.gz</A> +</P> + +<P>Also see www.w3.org for a +<A HREF="http://www.w3.org/pub/WWW/Tools/Word_proc_filters.html">list of +converters between word processors and HTML </A>. </P> + +<H3>HTML to LaTeX</H3> + +<P>Because HTML is a structured format, the conversion between HTML and LaTeX +is rather straightforward. However there remain the limitations of HTML +compared to LaTeX, i.e. there are many elements in LaTeX which can not (yet?) +be represented in HTML. </P> + +<P>There are several HTML-to-LaTeX converters available. Without giving +recommendations:</P> + +<P>Frans Faase's <A HREF="http://home.wxs.nl/~faase009/html2tex.html">html2tex +(NL site)</A> (C source)</P> + +<P>Peter Thatcher's <A HREF="http://html2latex.sourceforge.net/">html2latex at +sourceforge.net</A> (Perl script)</P> + +<P>Jeffrey Schaefer's +<A HREF="http://www.geom.umn.edu/software/html2latex/welcome.html">html2latex +at www.geom.umn.edu</A> (Perl script)</P> + +<P>Some converters are available from +<A HREF="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/CTAN.sites">CTAN</A> +("Comprehensive TeX Archive Network"), e.g. in +.../support/html2latex. However, what you can find in CTAN under +.../support/html2latex/ is Nathan Torkington's converter of 1993 -- rather +outdated.<BR> +(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive") </P> +<HR> + +<H2>Other intermediate formats</H2> + +<P>There are ways to use <B>SGML</B> as intermediate format, and others have +used it successfully. Having had a quick look at it, I found it rather +complicated, especially it seems that you have to define the translation rules +yourself. So I did not put more effort in trying to use it. If anyone can give +me a ready-to-use cookbook solution, I will include it here. </P> + +<P>Another intermediate format is <B>TeXML</B>. It was designed to make +conversion to (La)TeX as easy as possible, especially XSLT-conversion from XML +format. A converter from TeXML to (La)TeX is available, see +<A + HREF="http://getfo.sourceforge.net/texml/">http://getfo.sourceforge.net/texml/</A>. +However I yet don't know of any converter from a texprocessor format to TeXML. +</P> +<HR> + +<H2>Converting from PageMaker</H2> + +<P>Pmtolatex, a perl script to convert PageMaker files to LaTeX. See +<A HREF="http://www.lightandmatter.com/pmtolatex/pmtolatex.html">homepage</A>. +</P> +<HR> + +<H2>Converting from FrameMaker</H2> + +<P><A HREF="http://www.cs.stir.ac.uk/~kjt/software/framemaker/">FrameMaker +Utilities (UK site)</A>: Contains converters for both directions (LaTeX +<-> FrameMaker) as well as templates which make conversion from +Framemaker to LaTeX more easy</P> +<HR> + +<H2>Converting from NotaBene</H2> + +<P><A HREF="nb4latex.html">NB4LATEX</A>: converts files from NotaBene4 +(including ancient Greek and all the symbols of logic) to LaTeX2e format. +<A HREF="http://www.geocities.com/Vienna/3023/comphum.htm#NotaBene">homepage</A> +</P> +<HR> + +<H2>Converting from ChiWriter</H2> + +<P>There are two converters on CTAN, but I don't know how good they are and +whether they still work (they are DOS programs from 1993 and 1994). You find +them on <A HREF="index.html#ctan">CTAN</A> in directory .../support/chi2ltx/ +and in directory .../support/chi2tex/</P> +<HR> + +<H2>Converting from Excel</H2> + +<P>Excel-macro to convert Excel to Latex: +<A HREF="http://www.jam-software.com/software.html"> +http://www.jam-software.com/software.html</A> +(open page and scroll down to "Excel2LaTeX V2.0")</P> + +<P>On CTAN in .../support/excel2latex/</P> + +<P>The generated LaTeX code uses the tabular environment.</P> +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). +Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as +long as the contents are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pubcomp.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pubcomp.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2cb93559c55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pubcomp.html @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>Publishing Companion</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>Publishing Companion</H1> + +<P>last update: July 24, 2001</P> + +<P>Note: I tried an older version of this product, but it turned out not to be +useful for me. Reasons: <A HREF="ktbugs.html">see here</A>. Maybe the current +version does much better, but it's too expensive for me.</P> + +<P>citation from <A +HREF="http://www.ktalk.com/pubcomp.html">http://www.ktalk.com/pubcomp.html</A> +- citation begin>></P> + +<TABLE BORDER="3" CELLPADDING="5" ALIGN="Center" BORDERCOLOR="#000080"> +<TR> +<TH COLSPAN="2" BGCOLOR="#D9C8A6"><FONT COLOR="Maroon">Publishing Companion +translates the following to plain TeX or LaTeX:</FONT></TH> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>Automatic Indexes</TD> +<TD>Newspaper-style Columns</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>Boxes</TD> +<TD>Non-break Hyphens & Spaces</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>Centering</TD> +<TD>Outlines</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>Endnotes</TD> +<TD>Page Numbering</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>Flush Right</TD> +<TD>Paragraphs</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>Footnotes</TD> +<TD>Parallel Columns</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>Foreign Characters</TD> +<TD>Point Sizes</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>Full Fonts</TD> +<TD>Redlining</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>Horizontal Lines</TD> +<TD>Running Headers & Footers</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>Indents</TD> +<TD>Soft Hyphens</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>Justification</TD> +<TD>Strikeout</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>Mail Merge</TD> +<TD>Superscripts & Subscripts</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>MathEdit Math Equations</TD> +<TD>Table of Contents</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>MS Word 6.0 Math Equations</TD> +<TD>Type Styles (bold, italic)</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>WordPerfect Math Equations</TD> +<TD>Widows & Orphans on/off</TD> +</TR> +</TABLE> + +<P> <<citation end</P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/readme.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/readme.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..95f0fbaaf06 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/readme.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +The html files in this directory (=folder) or zipfile +contain my FAQ list of +converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors in HTML format. + +Because all html links between these pages are relative links, +the files can be put into any directory of your choice ("base dir"); +but be sure to keep the directory structure, +i.e. there should be a subdir "bin" in the base dir. + +Then start with the page "index.html". + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d1fae3204bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex.html @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>rtf2TeX and rtf2LaTeX converters</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P> Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>rtf2TeX and rtf2LaTeX</H1> + +<P>last update: July 28, 1998</P> + +<P>(written in C). <BR> +The Word document must first be saved to disk in RTF format. I'd like to hear +of experiences with these. <BR> +(They only handle RTF versions up to WinWord 2, not yet WinWord 6; there are +great differences between these rtf versions and I definitely have problems +with WinWord6-rtf with any rtf-converter.) </P> + +<P>First, Paul Dubois <dubois "at" primate.wisc.edu> wrote an RTF reader and +converter to plain text or troff. The version is dated April 1991. </P> + +<P>a) Based on this reader, Robert Lupton <rhl "at" astro.princeton.edu> wrote +the <STRONG>rtf2TeX</STRONG> converter. Last revision date: May 1992 </P> + +<P>He comments on this as follows (README-file): <BR> +citation begin>> <BR> +This is a first attempt at an RTF to TeX converter. The parts that handle fonts +and such like seem to work pretty well, although they could be improved, but +the table handling is a problem. I had a good deal of trouble trying to figure +out what particular rtf control codes were supposed to do; this makes it hard +to convert them into TeX. I have tried to produce good TeX, but this is not +easy due to the sloppy way that many RTF writers generate redundant font and +other changes. <BR> +Many things are not handled at all, more due to my lacking motivation than to +their intrinsic difficulty. For example, I don't support double columns, but it +would be easy enough to do (I'd generate a control sequence to do it, and add +the TeX code required to the TeX_defs file. I even have the TeX somewhere...). +<BR> +<<citation end</P> + +<P>So far the beginning of the README file. Later he commented: <BR> +citation begin>> <BR> +Most (all?) RTF is hopelessly unstructured <BR> +(the equivalent of \bf \it Hello \rm World \bf He \it \rm said. ) <BR> +and the code that I wrote tries valiantly to convert this to something +sensible, in this case <BR> +{\it Hello\/} World {\bf He} said. <BR> +It is this attempt to make the output TeX usable that makes the code +complicated... <BR> +I did not try to convert equations or tables as I could find no adaquate +description of either; I don't think that it would be very hard. <BR> +<<citation end</P> + +<P>My comment is: Tables yes, but formulas will be difficult. <BR> +Can be found on all CTAN sites, dir .../support/rtf2tex </P> + +<P>b) Based on these two, Erwin Wechtl wrote the rtf2LaTeX converter. <BR> +Last revision date: Aug. 1993 </P> + +<P>He comments on this as follows (README-file): <BR> +citation begin>> <BR> +<STRONG>rtf2LaTeX</STRONG> is a filter built on Paul DuBois' RTF reader that +converts RTF (Microsoft's Rich Text Format) into LaTeX. rtf2LaTeX expends a +good deal of effort in an attempt to make the resulting LaTeX maintainable and +modifiable. <BR> +<<citation end</P> + +<P>At the moment converts text elements, but no formulas and no graphics. <BR> +C-source and an executable for MSDOS can be found on all CTAN sites, dir +.../support/rtf2latex <BR> +(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive") </P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex2e.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex2e.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..edb159ff684 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex2e.html @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>rtf2latex2e</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>rtf2latex2e</H1> + +<P>The contents of this page are excerpts from the +<A HREF="http://members.home.net/setlur/rtf2latex2e/">rtf2latex2e homepage</A> +which however isn't available any longer on Dec. 13, 2001. </P> + +<P>rtf2latex2e is a utility to convert RTF files from popular word processors +to the LaTeX2e format for those who give a damn about quality typesetting. +rtf2latex2e uses the <A HREF="http://www.primate.wisc.edu/software/RTF/">RTF +reader</A> package by Paul DuBois to parse the RTF code and generates an +appropriate <A HREF="http://www.tug.org/">LaTeX</A> file. </P> + +<P>rtf2latex2e was written on the Macintosh and ported to most major platforms +including Linux, Solaris, and Win95/NT. Building a real Mac application while +still maintaining cross-platform compatibility was made possible by the +<A HREF="http://www.zenspider.com/ZSS/Products/DropUNIX/">DropUNIX</A> +application framework. rtf2latex2e is distributed along with the source code +under the <A HREF="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html">GNU General Public +License</A>. </P> + +<P>The main features of rtf2latex2e are: </P> + +<UL> +<LI>detects text style: bold, italic, color, big, small,...</LI> +<LI>reads embedded figures: PICT, WMF, PNG, JPEG,... </LI> +<LI>reads tables: simple to semi-complex</LI> +<LI>equations: reads out Equation Editor equations </LI> +<LI>symbols: converts most greek and math symbols</LI> +<LI>reads footnotes</LI> +<LI>support for use of the fontenc package </LI> +<LI>converts hypertext links using the hyperref package</LI> +</UL> + +<P>The latest version of rtf2latex2e can be found +<A HREF="http://sourceforge.net/projects/rtf2latex2e/">here</A>.</P> + +<P>(c) Ujwal Sathyam 1999 </P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtflatex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtflatex.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4ab82b606fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtflatex.html @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>RTFLATEX converter</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>RTFLATEX</H1> + +<P>last update: July 28, 1998</P> + +<P>RTFLATEX, a package consisting of a program in Pascal (also available as +C-source) which translates RTF to LaTeX-like commands and a separate sty - file +containing the TeX macro definitions for these commands. It does not yet +support formulas or tables. </P> + +<P>Disadvantage: TeX file does not conform to LaTeX style. </P> + +<P>Can be found on all CTAN sites, dir .../support/rtflatex, <BR> +(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive") <BR> +including source and MSDOS executable </P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/sciword.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/sciword.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dd8c8747d6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/sciword.html @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>Scientific Word and Scientific WorkPlace</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>Scientific Word and Scientific WorkPlace</H1> + +<P>last update: July 24, 2001</P> + +<P>citation begin>></P> + +<P><A HREF="http://www.mackichan.com/">MacKichan Software</A> publishes +Scientific Word and Scientific WorkPlace. Included with these products is a +conversion program that will input RTF and output LaTeX. This conversion will +correctly convert Microsoft Word Equation Editor or MathType equations in the +RTF file to LaTeX. The conversion program is not available separately, but it +is based on the free <A HREF="rtf2latex2e.html">rtf2latex2e</A>. </P> + +<P><<citation end</P> + +<P>There is a "light" (and cheaper) version available called +<A HREF="http://www.scinotebook.com/">Scientific Notebook</A>, which is also +capable of importing RTF and exporting (sort of) LaTeX. They also provide a +free 30 day evaluation version.</P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tex2rtf.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tex2rtf.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d54e5cdb89c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tex2rtf.html @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>TeX2rtf converter</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="textopc.html">Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>TeX2rtf converter</H1> + +<P>last update: July 24, 2001</P> + +<P>The following citation is extracted from the +<A HREF="http://www.anthemion.co.uk/tex2rtf/index.htm">TeX2rtf homepage</A>. +</P> + +<P>citation begin>> </P> + +<P> Tex2RTF is a program written by Julian Smart +(julian.smart "at" ukonline.co.uk) to convert from a LaTeX subset to four other +formats: </P> + +<UL> +<LI>Linear RTF, for importing into a wide range of word processors. </LI> +<LI>Windows Help hypertext RTF, for compilation with HC (Help Compiler). </LI> +<LI>HTML (Hypertext Markup Language), as used on the World Wide Web. </LI> +<LI>XLP wxHelp format (the wxWindows toolkit help format). </LI> +</UL> + +<P> Once in MS Word RTF format, other formats can be generated, such as +PostScript and Adobe Acrobat Portable Document Format (PDF). PDF generation +requires MS Word and the full, commercial version of +<A HREF="http://www.adobe.com">Acrobat</A>.</P> + +<P> Tex2RTF parses a 'reasonable' subset of LaTeX, notable blind spots being +the tabbing environment and maths. However, don't expect to translate your +LaTeX files immediately with no alteration of your source files, since the +objective is more to have a portable document source language than to convert +old LaTeX files.</P> + +<P> Tex2RTF has been made freely available with no commercial restrictions.</P> + +<P><<citation end</P> + +<P>Also available from CTAN sites, dir .../support/tex2rtf <BR> +(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive") </P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texcnv.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texcnv.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cff45b6dede --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texcnv.html @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//SQ//DTD HTML 2.0 HoTMetaL + extensions//EN"> + +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<META NAME="description" + CONTENT="Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors" LANG="en"> +<META NAME="keywords" + CONTENT="FAQ, converter, LaTeX, winword, word perfect, textprocessor" + LANG="en"> +<TITLE>Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> +<H1>Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors</H1> +<P>Author: <A HREF="mailto:W.Hennings@fz-juelich.de">Wilfried Hennings</A>, +Forschungszentrum (Research Center) Jülich GmbH<BR> +last update (including subpages): Feb. 8, 2000<BR> +Although this page resides on the <A HREF="http://www.fz-juelich.de/">official +WWW server of Forschungszentrum Jülich GmbH</A>, it is NOT officially +supported by Forschungszentrum Jülich but results from my personal work. +<BR> +The url of this page is +<A + HREF="http://www.fz-juelich.de/isr/1/texconv/texcnv.html">http://www.fz-juelich.de/isr/1/texconv/texcnv.html</A> +<BR> +NOTE: The url will be changed rather soon but the new one is not yet decided. +</P> +<P>Because this FAQ list grew to a size where it became difficult to manage, I +restructured it. <BR> +The detailed descriptions were stripped from the main part and put into +separate html files, each of them containing the description of only one +converter. Additionally, the main list is now divided into two parts:</P> +<P><STRONG>Converters <A HREF="textopc.html">from LaTeX to PC +textprocessors</A></STRONG></P> +<P><STRONG>Converters <A HREF="pctotex.html">from PC textprocessors to +LaTeX</A></STRONG></P> +<P>Some of these converters have been ported to Macintosh, see +<A + HREF="http://www.esm.psu.edu/mac-tex/tools.html#Converters">http://www.esm.psu.edu/mac-tex/tools.html#Converters</A><A +HREF="http://www.esm.psu.edu/mac-tex/tools.html#Converters"></A></P> +<HR> +<P>This HTML page is part of the texcnv site.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me instead. Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some +other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents are unchanged. +</LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texperf.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texperf.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b768f67783f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texperf.html @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>TeXPerfect</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>TeXPerfect</H1> + +<P>last update: July 28, 1998</P> + +<P>citation begin>></P> + +<P>From: John Forkosh <forkosh "at" panix.com> <BR> +Subject: New WordPerfect -> LaTeX Translater <BR> +Date: Thu, 22 Aug 1996 09:16:36 -0400 (EDT) <BR> +I recently uploaded my WordPerfect -> LaTeX translater, called TeXPerfect, +to CTAN. It's available in the support directory under texperf +(.../support/texperf). <BR> +(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive") <BR> +Full C source is provided, as are executables for both DOS and Linux. The +00README file in the directory provides more details. John (forkosh "at" panix.com) +<BR> +<<citation end</P> + +<P>following extracted from the 00README file: </P> + +<P>citation begin>></P> + +<P>Conversion functionality </P> + +<P>Some of the LaTeX conversions performed by TeXPerfect are: <BR> +Suppose your input contains a greek alpha from the WordPerfect character set 8. +The output will contain $\alpha$ instead. Most of the other special character +sets provided by WordPerfect are similarly converted. (This conversion is +table-driven by the data in wpchrset.h, and can be easily augmented or +modified.) <BR> +Superscripts, subscripts, bold, italics, etc, are all properly interpreted and +handled. <BR> +"Hard" returns in WordPerfect <STRONG>should</STRONG> generate an +extra blank line, so that LaTeX will see them as paragraphs. That functionality +is mostly programmed, but a last-minute difficulty prevented me from completing +it. Also, no attempt is made to generate section/subsection/etc commands. <BR> +If your running text contains an expression like f(x), TeXPerfect will +recognize it and surround it with $'s. A variety of other ad hoc +"rules" are hand-coded into the program to decide when to enter/exit +math mode. Needless to say, the decision isn't always right. You'll need to +correct tp's mistakes in Step 2 above. <BR> +Equations written with WordPerfect's equation editor will be reproduced +"verbatim" by TeXPerfect, surrounded by \[ and \]. The only +correction applied is that 1 over 2 becomes 1 \over 2, and similarly for +various other keywords. But no serious attempt to interpret and translate your +equation is made. Matrices, etc, will require considerable hand-tweaking on +your part. But at least you'll have what you originally wrote right in front of +your eyes. <BR> +A little LaTeX preamble, etc, is provided, primarily for "cosmetic" +purposes. WordPerfect's margin settings, etc, are <STRONG>not</STRONG> +interpreted to construct this preamble. You'll have to modify that information +yourself. </P> + +<P>Warnings </P> + +<P>TeXPerfect was written to interpret files formatted by WordPerfect 5.1 for +DOS. When run against 5.1 files, TeXPerfect is pretty robust. But, for this +release, I commented out the lines that check the version number. If you're +using WP/Win, it can prepare output in 5.1 format. I'd recommend you do that +before using TeXPerfect. <BR> +<<citation end</P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texport.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texport.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e4d3308575c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texport.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE></TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="textopc.html">Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>TexPort</H1> + +<P>last update: July 24, 2001</P> + +<P>Note: I tried an older version of this product, but it turned out not to be +useful for me. Reasons: <A HREF="ktbugs.html">see here</A>. Maybe the current +version does much better, but it's too expensive for me.</P> + +<P>citation from <A HREF="http://www.ktalk.com/texport.html"> +http://www.ktalk.com/texport.html</A> - citation begin>> </P> + +<P><B>TexPort converts your TeX and LaTeX files to WordPerfect or Microsoft +Word documents. </B></P> + +<TABLE BORDER="3" CELLPADDING="2" BORDERCOLOR="#000080" ALIGN="CENTER" + CELLSPACING="2"> +<TR> +<TD COLSPAN="2" BGCOLOR="#d9c8a6"> + +<P ALIGN="Center"><B><FONT COLOR="#800000">TexPort converts the +following:</FONT></B></P> +</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>Equations</TD> +<TD>Itemize and enumerate</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>Greek characters</TD> +<TD>Framebox, fbox, makebox and mbox <BR> +commands</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>Math/Scientific characters</TD> +<TD>Indexes</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>Bold and Italic styles</TD> +<TD>Simple tables</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>Footnotes</TD> +<TD>European accent characters</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>Verbatim and verb commands</TD> +<TD>\def and \newcommand</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD>Itemize and Bib Item </TD> +<TD><A HREF="http://www.ktalk.com/faq.html">Itemize, Bib Item, <BR> +Cite Item.</A> <BR> +Want to know how to convert Itemize, <BR> +Bib Item, Cite Item for TexPort 2.00 E <BR> +<A HREF="http://www.ktalk.com/faq.html">Click here</A></TD> +</TR> +</TABLE> + +<P><<citation end</P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/textopc.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/textopc.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6736c8e2f27 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/textopc.html @@ -0,0 +1,345 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - Overview</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="index.html">Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors +homepage</A></P> + +<H1>Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - Overview</H1> + +<P><STRONG>Switch conversion direction: <A HREF="pctotex.html">From PC to +LaTeX</A></STRONG></P> + +<P>Author: Wilfried Hennings (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de), +<A HREF="http://www.fz-juelich.de/index-e.html">Forschungszentrum (Research +Center) Jülich GmbH</A><BR> +this page last updated on April 1, 2004<BR> +The url of this page is <A HREF="http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/textopc.html"> +http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/textopc.html</A> </P> + +<P><B><FONT SIZE="+1">To all PC users of the TeXconv FAQ pages: </FONT></B><BR> +<B>Help! My and some other TeX experts' and companies' email addresses are +continuously flooded with virus laden mails.</B><BR> +<B>PLEASE check your systems with a virus scanner, remove the viruses, and from +now on use a resident virus scanning engine and update virus data files at +least twice a week.<BR> +If you don't want this, please remove my email address from all your address +books!!!</B></P> + +<P>I maintain these pages because I need converters between LaTeX and PC +Textprocessors for my work and I want to share the information with others who +need it. Because I maintain them in my spare time (uh, what is spare time?), I +can not answer individual questions.</P> + +<P><STRONG>This list is as good or as bad as its support, and I need YOUR +support to update and supplement this list.</STRONG> Please supplement if you +know more and/or better ones. There are some more converters on the CTAN sites, +but the following seem to be most promising for conversion to and from the +current versions of wordprocessors. </P> + +<P>Neither correctness nor completeness is guaranteed. <BR> +All opinions mentioned (if any) are my own, not my employer's. Please send +corrections, enhancements and supplements (auch in deutscher Sprache) to the +following address: <BR> +W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de</P> + +<P>Note that this FAQ list contains information about converters +<STRONG>ONLY</STRONG> between LaTeX and PC word processors. Converters to and +from <STRONG>other formats may have own FAQ lists</STRONG> - e.g. see the link +for converters to and from HTML.</P> +<HR> + +<P>For the impatient, here is a <A HREF="tx2pctbl.html">table with overview of +features</A> of the most recent converters.</P> +<HR> + +<H2>General Remarks</H2> + +<P>Before looking for a converter, stop and think about a principal question: +</P> + +<H3>What do you want to be converted in which way?</H3> + +<P>Do you want to convert the <STRONG>document structure</STRONG>, i.e. a +heading should remain a heading, a list should remain a list etc., no matter +how it will look like in the target format?<BR> +Or do you want to convert the <STRONG>appearance</STRONG>, i.e. how it looks +like, no matter how it is represented in the target format?<BR> +Or do you want a mixture of both?<BR> +For using SGML as an intermediate format, you would have to specify the +translation rules yourself (as far as I understood). This makes sense, and +explains why different people have very different opinions about which +converter best fits their needs: They simply have different demands and +expectations on what should be converted and how. <BR> +So, not only practically there is no converter which is good for everyone and +every purpose, but this is even principally impossible because there are no +well-defined requirements which a converter should meet. </P> + +<P>An additional problem is that TeX/LaTeX can be extended by an unlimited +number of macros. Unless the converter contains a full-scale TeX system, it can +at best support the publicly available macro commands, not the ones privately +written by individual users. There has not yet been an attempt to use TeX +itself for producing a textprocessor compatible output, and I don't know +whether this would be even principally possible. </P> + +<P>So the best you can expect is that a converter supports the standard LaTeX +commands and perhaps a few more widely used packages. </P> + +<P>So keep this in mind when looking through the following list of converters, +try yourself and decide what you need.</P> + +<H3>There are several ways to convert. </H3> + +<P>To illustrate these, let me restrict it to the Microsoft Word case:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>use a Word import filter <BR> +<BR> +</LI> +<LI>use a Word macro: load LaTeX file as plain text, then search for LaTeX +markup and replace the markup by formatting, special characters and equations. +<BR> +<BR> +</LI> +<LI>use an external converter: </LI> +</UL> +<OL> +<LI>LaTeX -> RTF (Word ASCII format), then use Word's own RTF import),</LI> +<LI>LaTeX -> HTML, then use Word's internet assistant or built-in html +converter,</LI> +<LI>maybe other external format(s).</LI> +</OL> + +<P>The converters being most complete and currently maintained / supported are: +</P> + +<P><A HREF="#tex2word">TeX2Word</A> - a shareware import filter for MS Word</P> + +<P><A HREF="#latex2rtf">latex2rtf</A> - a free standalone LaTeX -> RTF +converter for PC, Macintosh and Unix, </P> + +<P><A HREF="#TexPort">TexPort</A> - a commercial TeX/LaTeX to WordPerfect and +Microsoft Word converter for PC.</P> + +<P><A HREF="#TeX4ht">TeX4ht</A> - a free LaTeX to html or XML converter for PC +and Unix produces html which is good for loading into Word. TeX4ht relies on +other software, it needs at least a full TeX system.</P> + +<P>There are also converters to Powerpoint and to FrameMaker (see further +below).</P> +<HR> + +<H2>Use a Word import filter</H2> + +<P><A NAME="tex2word">TeX2Word:</A> Chikrii Softlab +<A HREF="http://www.word2tex.com/">http://www.tex2word.com/</A> Shareware, 99$ +(45$ academic). <BR> +Current version: 2.0, released March 2003.<BR> +Support for more document styles and packages will be available with future +versions. You can also supply support for document styles, packages and user +defined macros by yourself (needs TeX programming knowledge).<BR> +Needs:<BR> +* MS Windows 95 or later (NT4, ME, Win2000, WinXP), <BR> +* MS Word 95 or later (97, 2000, XP) and <BR> +* <A HREF="http://www.mathtype.com/">MathType</A> 4 or later (full version of +the Equation Editor which comes with MS Word).</P> +<HR> + +<H2>Convert to RTF</H2> + +<H3>Free:</H3> + +<P>The next two converters are based on the latex2rtf converter which was +originally developed by a group of students supervised by Ralf Schlatterbeck at +TU Wien (Vienna). Unfortunately, two different persons, not knowing of each +other, had taken over this version and started implementing more features.</P> + +<P><A NAME="latex2rtf"></A><B>latex2rtf</B>: LaTeX-to-RTF-converter. See the +<A HREF="latex2rtf.html">more detailed page</A>. </P> + +<P><B>ltx2rtf</B>: LaTeX-to-RTF-converter. See the <A HREF="ltx2rtf.html">more +detailed page</A><BR> +Nearly all features now merged into latex2rtf (see above). </P> + +<P><B>LEQ</B>: LaTeX-to-Word converter. Requires Python (free) and MS Word. See +<A HREF="http://pantheon.yale.edu/~pmm34/leq.html">LEQ homepage</A>. Translates +TeX equations to Word's formula fields first. If double-clicked in Word, a +formula field will be converted to an equation editor object, but I have some +bad experiences with this conversion from EQ fields to equation editor objects. +</P> + +<P><A HREF="tex2rtf.html">TeX2RTF</A> is not intended as an all-purpose +converter but to produce printed manuals as well as online help from a single +LaTeX source (with a limited subset of LaTeX commands). See +<A HREF="http://www.wxwindows.org/tex2rtf/index.htm">TeX2RTF homepage (UK +site)</A></P> +<HR> + +<H2>Convert to WordPerfect format</H2> + +<H3>Commercial:</H3> + +<P><A NAME="TexPort"></A><A HREF="texport.html">TexPort</A> converts your TeX +and LaTeX files to WordPerfect or Microsoft Word documents. +<A HREF="http://www.ktalk.com/">KTALK's home page (USA)</A></P> +<HR> + +<H2>Use a Word macro</H2> + +<H3>Free:</H3> + +<P><A HREF="http://members.a1.net/t.link/tex2doc.html">tex2doc</A>, by +<A HREF="http://members.a1.net/t.link/">Thomas Link</A>: LaTeX to WinWord 6 and +WinWord 7(95) converter, written as Word macros. Also attempts to convert +tables!</P> + +<P><A HREF="ltx2word.html">ltx2word</A>, by myself: LaTeX to WinWord 6, WinWord +7(95) and WinWord 97 converter, written as Word macros. No tables yet.</P> +<HR> + +<H2>Use a Powerpoint add-in</H2> + +<P>TexPoint enables the easy use of Latex symbols and formulas in Powerpoint +presentations. See <A HREF="http://raw.cs.berkeley.edu/texpoint/index.htm">homepage</A>. +Latest version requires Powerpoint2000, does not work with earlier versions.</P> +<HR> + +<H2>HTML as intermediate format</H2> + +<H3>LaTeX to HTML</H3> + +<P>Because HTML is a structured format, the conversion between HTML and LaTeX +is rather straightforward. However there remain the limitations of HTML +compared to LaTeX, i.e. there are many elements in LaTeX which can not (yet?) +be represented in HTML. Converters from LaTeX to HTML are:</P> + +<P><A NAME="TeX4ht"></A><STRONG>Recommended</STRONG> if you have TeX installed +or don't mind to install it: +<STRONG><A HREF="http://www.cis.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html">TeX4ht</A></STRONG> +is a highly configurable TeX-based converter to hypertext. It comes with a +built-in default setting for plain TeX, LaTeX and TeXinfo, and it generates +html with accompanying css stylesheet. The converter needs a full TeX +installation, but this gives the advantage that TeX's full support for macros +and styles is available (with a few exceptions) and need not be implemented in +the converter.<BR> +Equations are converted to either bitmaps or MathML. There are some different +MathML flavors around which can be chosen by an option.<BR> +The special command <BR> +<TT>oolatex</TT><BR> +is available for producing xhtml compatible with OpenOffice (formerly +StarOffice). <BR> +A command of the form <BR> +<TT>htlatex filename "html,word" "symbol/!"</TT><BR> +asks for HTML output tuned toward MicroSoft Word. Such a format, however, +relies on bitmaps for mathematical formulas.<BR> +Conversion to bitmaps additionally needs Ghostscript and ImageMagic or netpbm. +</P> + +<P><A HREF="http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth/">tth (US site)</A>: +LaTeX-to-HTML converter which translates LaTeX into HTML3.2 markup. Formulae +are also translated into standard html markup. A version which translates maths +to MathML is in the testing phase.</P> + +<P><A HREF="http://www.best.com/~quong/ltoh/">ltoh (US site)</A>: LaTeX-to-HTML +converter which is highly customizable, i.e. you can define how the LaTeX +macros which are used in your document are to be translated.</P> + +<P><A HREF="http://para.inria.fr/~maranget/hevea/">HEVEA (FR site)</A>: +LaTeX-to-HTML converter which translates LaTeX into HTML4.0 markup. Formulae +are also translated into standard html markup (not yet using MathML).</P> + +<P><A HREF="http://graphics.postech.ac.kr/otfried/html/hyperlatex.html">Hyperlatex</A> +allows the use of a subset of LaTeX to produce documents in HTML .</P> + +<P>Some converters are available from +<A HREF="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/CTAN.sites">CTAN</A> +("Comprehensive TeX Archive Network"), e.g. in +.../support/latex2html. <BR> +(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive") </P> + +<H3>HTML to Wordprocessor</H3> + +<P>Word 8 (97) and up contain the html converter by default (but its +installation may have to be explicitly chosen during the Word setup in +user-defined mode). <BR> +For Word 6 and 7 (95) for Windows and Mac there are free HTML converters +available from Microsoft: <BR> +Download... +<A HREF="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/WORDIA.EXE">IA for Word 6</A> / +<A HREF="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/WDIA204Z.EXE">IA for Word 7 (95)</A> / +<A HREF="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/MACIA20Z.HQX">IA for Word for Mac</A><BR> +</P> + +<P>WordPerfect 7 and up have an integrated InternetPublisher. <BR> +For WordPerfect 6.1 for Windows, the InternetPublisher is available separately: +<BR> +Download... +<A HREF="ftp://ftp.corel.com/pub/WordPerfect/wpwin/61/internetpublisher.exe"> +InternetPublisher for WPWin 6.1</A> </P> +<HR> + +<H2>Other intermediate formats</H2> + +<P>There are ways to use <B>SGML</B> as intermediate format, and others have +used it successfully. Having had a quick look at it, I found it rather +complicated, especially it seems that you have to define the translation rules +yourself. So I did not put more effort in trying to use it. If anyone can give +me a ready-to-use cookbook solution, I will include it here.</P> + +<P>An upcoming format is <B>XML</B>, a subset of which can be exported and +imported by Microsoft Office 2000 and up, OpenOffice uses it as its native +format, and the browser programmers are working on implementing XML. It +actually is an instance of SGML. As it is more powerful than HTML, conversion +from LaTeX to XML would lose much less information than conversion from LaTeX +to HTML. There are good chances that it could be used as a general exchange +format in the future. <A HREF="#TeX4ht">TeX4ht</A> already has scripts for +converting to XML (TEI or DOCBOOK) but Word 2000 can not import that. For +producing output compatible to MS Word, convert to html+css using the xwtex and +xwlatex scripts. </P> + +<P>Most astonishing, one could also use <B>PDF</B> as intermediate format. +Generating PDF from LaTeX is straightforward if you have a full TeX +implementation installed. If you also have the full commercial version of Adobe +Acrobat, the commercial software BCLDrake can convert PDF to RTF which can be +opened by Word and other wordprocessors. See +<A HREF="http://www.bcltechnologies.com/products/drake/drake.htm"> +http://www.bcltechnologies.com/products/drake/drake.htm</A>. +</P> +<HR> + +<H2>Convert to FrameMaker</H2> + +<P><A HREF="la2mml.html">la2mml</A>: converts LaTeX to FrameMaker format. Maybe +outdated, latest version was created Nov. 1995. +<A HREF="http://www.vasc.ri.cmu.edu/help/Document/Latex2fm/latex2fm.html">homepage</A> +</P> + +<P><A HREF="http://www.cs.stir.ac.uk/~kjt/software/framemaker/">FrameMaker +Utilities (UK site)</A>: Contains converters for both directions (LaTeX +<-> FrameMaker) as well as templates which make conversion from +Framemaker to LaTeX more easy</P> +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). +Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as +long as the contents are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tx2pctbl.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tx2pctbl.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..04cf83724b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tx2pctbl.html @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>LaTeX -> PC Converter Quick Comparison List</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="textopc.html">Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>LaTeX -> PC Converter Quick Comparison List</H1> + +<P><STRONG>Switch conversion direction: <A HREF="pc2txtbl.html">From PC to +LaTeX</A></STRONG></P> + +<P>Author: Wilfried Hennings (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de), +Forschungszentrum (Research Center) Jülich GmbH<BR> +last update of this page on March 11, 2004</P> + +<P>NOTE: This table is still under construction. I only had time to include the +most recent converters.</P> +<TABLE WIDTH="100%" BORDER="1"> +<TR> +<TH WIDTH="18%">Program<BR> +Author(s)<BR> +referred version</TH> +<TH WIDTH="35%">Features</TH> +<TH WIDTH="18%">supported Systems</TH> +<TH>where to get</TH> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">TeX2Word<BR> +Chikrii Softlab. shareware, 99$ (45$ academic)<BR> +2.0 </TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">load TeX file from within Word. Needs +Word95 or later (97, 2000, XP) </TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">Windows 95, NT4 or later (ME, 2000, +XP)</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT"><A +HREF="http://www.tex2word.com/">www.tex2word.com</A></TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">TeX4ht (free)</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">invokes TeX to convert to +html+stylesheet which can be loaded into Word; converts equations to either +bitmaps or MathML</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">DOS, MS Windows, all kinds of +Unix</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT"><A +HREF="http://www.cis.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html"> +www.cis.ohio-state.edu/ ~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html</A></TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">latex2rtf (free)<BR> +Scott Prahl<BR> +v. 1.9.15, Feb. 9, 2004</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">LaTeX-to-RTF-converter. <BR> +conversion of most equation elements to formula fields (or images, which +requires any TeX, ImageMagick, and Ghostscript) </TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">DOS, MS Windows 95 / 98 / ME / NT4 / +2000 / XP, Macintosh, all kinds of Unix</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT">CTAN: directory .../support/latex2rtf;<BR> +for most recent versions and development see the +<A HREF="http://sourceforge.net/projects/latex2rtf/">project on +sourceforge.net</A></TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">ltx2rtf (free)<BR> +Daniel Taupin<BR> +v. 5-5, 28. Dec 2001</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">LaTeX-to-RTF-converter. <BR> +Equations are converted to bitmaps, needs emTeX and Ghostscript <BR> +Nearly all features now merged into latex2rtf (see above)</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">DOS, Linux (other kinds of +Unix?)</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT">see "<A +HREF="ftp://ftp.lps.u-psud.fr/pub/ltx2rtf/">homeserver</A>" (connection to +this server is only possible with MS IE and most ftp clients, not with Netscape +or Opera)</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">tool for converting APA-format LaTeX +files (free)</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">pre-process the LaTeX file before +handing it over to ltx2rtf</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">Linux</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT"> +<A HREF="http://psych.colorado.edu/~oreilly/misc_software.html#ltxapa2rtf"> +psych.colorado.edu/~oreilly/ misc_software.html#ltxapa2rtf</A> </TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">TexPort<BR> +KTalk Communications (commercial, 1499 US$)<BR> +v. 2.5</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">LaTeX-to-WordPerfect (and Microsoft +Word) converter. Converts (among others): + +<UL> +<LI>Equations</LI> +<LI>Greek, math, scientific characters</LI> +<LI>Indexes</LI> +<LI>Footnotes, Endnotes</LI> +<LI>Simple tables</LI> +<LI>Itemize and Bib Item</LI> +<LI>\def and \newcommand</LI> +<LI>Framebox, fbox, makebox and mbox commands</LI> +</UL> +</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">MS Windows</TD> +<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT"><A +HREF="http://www.ktalk.com/texport.html">www.ktalk.com/texport.html</A></TD> +</TR> +</TABLE> +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). +Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as +long as the contents are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/w2latex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/w2latex.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cc5639c3526 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/w2latex.html @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>w2latex converter</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>w2latex</H1> + +<P>last update: July 28, 1998</P> + +<P>written in C. (C compiler necessary.) Actually converts RTF to LaTeX. <BR> +The Word document must first be saved to disk in RTF format. </P> + +<P>Advantages: <BR> +Converts text elements and formula fields. <BR> +Converts nearly all special characters of the basic TrueType fonts (Arial, +Courier New, Times New Roman) I personally made some changes to additionally +support German left quotes and a few other special characters. </P> + +<P>Disadvantages: <BR> +Does not convert the document structure (i.e. headings are not recognised as +such). <BR> +Does not handle other fields, equation editor objects, graphics. Table handling +is rudimentary (conversion of table cells to minipages, but problems with +borders). <BR> +It only handles RTF versions up to WinWord 2, not yet WinWord 6. </P> + +<P>Can be found on all CTAN sites, dir .../support/w2latex <BR> +German version is in dir .../support/w2latex/german <BR> +(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive") </P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/winw2ltx.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/winw2ltx.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2150cbdb2e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/winw2ltx.html @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>WINW2LTX macros</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>WINW2LTX</H1> + +<P>last update: July 24, 2001</P> + +<P>A set of macros for WinWord 2, now also available for WinWord 6 and 7 (95) +<BR> +by Allin Cottrell <cottrell "at" wfu.edu> </P> + +<P>Advantages: <BR> +Converts the document structure, i.e. headings level 1 and 2 (and level 3 in +German version), bulleted lists and numbered lists, and some of the special +characters. <BR> +I personally adapted the macros to the German WinWord versions. </P> + +<P>Can be found on all CTAN sites, directories <BR> +.../support/winw2ltx/english/ww2, <BR> +.../support/winw2ltx/english/ww6 <BR> +.../support/winw2ltx/german/ww2, <BR> +.../support/winw2ltx/german/ww6 (new version available, see above!)<BR> +(5 files each in uncompressed form - download binary!) <BR> +(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive") </P> + +<P><B>New German Version 5. Feb. 1998:</B> <BR> +Now supported: <BR> +Heading levels 1 to 5 <BR> +most special characters from the standard font and the symbol font.<BR> +Formulas can not be converted by this macro, but after its completion they can +be converted by MathType, the full version of the equation editor.<BR> +<B>Download</B> latest German version <A +HREF="bin/w95toltx.zip">w95toltx.zip</A>. This zipfile contains: </P> + +<DL> +<DT>w95toltx.dot:</DT> +<DD>Template for GERMAN WinWord 7, probably also WinWord 6. <BR> +NOT designed for, but adaptable to non-German versions. </DD> +<DT>license.txt:</DT> +<DD>The GNU Public License</DD> +</DL> + +<P>Note: This macro set is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the <A HREF="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html">GNU +General Public License</A> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. </P> + +<P>Disadvantages: <BR> +No conversion of tables, graphics, formulas, most fields.<BR> +(conversion of tables is planned for the near future)<BR> +Only for WinWord 6 and 7 (95).</P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/word2x.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/word2x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c130ae092bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/word2x.html @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>word2x</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>word2x</H1> + +<P>last update: Jan. 16, 2003</P> + +<P>© D.P.Simpson 2000 (word2x "at" duncan.telstar.net)</P> + +<P>Converts MS Word for Windows 6.0 / 7.0(=95) documents (binary!) to LaTeX, plain text or html, +without the necessity to have Word available, also on many non-PC systems. +</P> + +<P>See <A HREF="http://word2x.sourceforge.net/">http://word2x.sourceforge.net/</A></P> + +<P>Written in C++</P> + +<P>Environments reported to work include</P> + <UL> + <LI>RS6000 running AIX (Unix)</LI> + <LI>cygwin32 (win 32 Microsoft platforms)</LI> + <LI>DEC Alpha AXP under OSF/1 (Unix)</LI> + <LI>IBM SP2 (Unix)</LI> + <LI><A HREF="http://www.linux.org/index.html">Linux</A> (Unix)</LI> + <LI>SunOS (Unix)< /LI> + <LI>gcc on solaris (unix)</LI> + <LI>FreeBSD (Unix)</LI> + <LI>SGI (Unix, some hacking reuqired)</LI> + <LI>OS/2 and EMX with <A + HREF="http://mars.aclcom.co.uk/download/word2x_os2.zip">this + patch</A> from Oleg V.Cat. Another <A + HREF="http://www.d3.net/joerg/word2x.html">port by Joerg + Klemenz</A> has a web page.</LI> + </UL> + + <P>Environments reported <B>not</B> to work include</P> + <UL> + <LI>acc on Solaris (source ANSI violations, fixes wanted)</LI> + <LI>Microsoft Visual C++ (lots of problems, includng lack of + alloca and incapable make clone)</LI> + <LI>Borland C++</LI> + </UL> + +<P>Further development in progress. </P> + +<P>On CTAN sites, directory <BR> +.../tools/word2x <BR> +(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive") </P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wp2latex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wp2latex.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..52f62fa6108 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wp2latex.html @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>WP2LaTeX</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>WP2LaTeX</H1> + +<P>last update: Aug. 26, 2003</P> + +<P>written in C. Current version converts WordPerfect 3.x, 4.x, 5.x and 6/7/8.x +to LaTeX.</P> + +<P> Latest version is 3.7 (Aug. 11, 2003). Download from +<A HREF="http://www.penguin.cz/~fojtik/wp2latex/wp2latex.htm"> +http://www.penguin.cz/~fojtik/wp2latex/wp2latex.htm</A> <BR> +Older version 2.111 can be found on CTAN sites, dir .../support/wp2latex<BR> +MSDOS, MSWIN and LINUX executables. </P> + +<P>converts (e.g.)</P> + +<UL> +<LI>Equations</LI> +<LI>Tables, Tabs (only WP5.x and up)</LI> +<LI>Footnotes, Endnotes</LI> +<LI>Cross-References (only WP5.x and up)</LI> +<LI>Superscript, Subscript</LI> +<LI>Extended characters (foreign language/accented, math, Greek - not +linedrawing)</LI> +<LI>Newspaper-style columns (using multicol.sty) (only WP5.x and up)</LI> +</UL> + +<P>For more info on features, see homepage -> +<A HREF="http://www.penguin.cz/~fojtik/wp2latex/wp2l_features.htm">features</A> +</P> +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wvlib.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wvlib.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8163246dd16 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wvlib.html @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +<HTML> + +<HEAD> +<TITLE>wv library</TITLE> +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + +<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR> +Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview</A></P> + +<H1>wv library</H1> + +<P>last update: April 27, 2001</P> + +<P>Most of the following description was copied from the wvware homepage +<A HREF="http://www.wvware.com/">http://www.wvware.com/</A></P> + +<P>---> citation begin ---></P> + +<P>... wv library, the new name of the project previously known as +<STRONG>mswordview</STRONG>. Seeing as that name is far too close to +Microsoft's own product named +<A HREF="http://officeupdate.microsoft.com/2000/downloadDetails/wdvw9716.htm"> +wordview</A> the library has been renamed to <STRONG>wv</STRONG>. </P> + +<P>wv is a library which allows access to Microsoft Word files. It can load and +parse the word 2000, 97, 95 and 6 file formats. These are the file formats +known internally as Word 9, 8, 7 and 6. Work is underway to support reading +earlier formats as well: Word 2 docs are converted to plaintext. wv compiles +and works under most operating systems, particularly Linux, BSD, Solaris, OS/2, +AIX and OSF1. It is (to my knowledge) very portable. I have reports that it can +be compiled under Windows using Cygwin32, and that it can compile under AmigaOS +VMS with varying levels of success. It is known to compile and work on all of +<A HREF="http://www.abisource.com/">Abiword's</A> supported platforms, which +there are a lot of. </P> + +<P>wv allows other programs access to Word documents for the purpose of +converting them to other formats, it is currently being used by +<A HREF="http://www.abisource.com/">Abiword</A> as its word importer. Concepts +and bits of code are being used by the KDE folks over at +<A HREF="http://koffice.kde.org/">KWord</A> in their word importer. </P> + +<P> Provided with the wv distributions is an application caled wvWare. wvWare +is a "power-user" application with lots of command-line options, +doo-dads, bells, and whistles. Less interesting, but more convenient are the +helper scripts that utilize wvWare. These are: </P> + +<UL> +<LI>wvHtml: convert your Word document into HTML4.0 </LI> +<LI>wvLatex: convert your Word document into visually (pretty) correct LaTeX +</LI> +<LI>wvCleanLatex: convert into 'cleaner' LaTeX containing less visual mark-up, +more suitable for further use and LyX import. Work in progress </LI> +<LI>wvDVI: converts word to DVI. Requires 'latex' </LI> +<LI>wvPS: converts word to PostScript. Requires 'dvips' </LI> +<LI>wvPDF: converts word to Adobe PDF. Requires 'distill' from Adobe [Someone +do a pdflatex or pdfhtml version :-)] </LI> +<LI>wvText: converts word to plain text. Textually correct output requires +'lynx.' For poor output, this doesn't require anything special. </LI> +<LI>wvAbw: converts word to Abiword format. Abiword does a better job than +this, in some respects. </LI> +<LI>wvWml: converts word to WML for viewing on portable devices like WebPhones +and Palm Pilots. </LI> +<LI>wvRtf: a basic version exists </LI> +<LI>wvMime: can be plugged as a MIME helper application into your browser/mail +client; presents the document on-screen inside GhostView, while all +intermediate files generated go into the /tmp directory. </LI> +</UL> + +<P><--- citation end <---</P> + +<HR> + +<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR> +Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR> +You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P> + +<UL> +<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged. </LI> +<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution</LI> +</UL> + +<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P> +</BODY> +</HTML> + |
